0000811809 bhp:BhpBrasilLtdaMember bhp:SamarcoDamFailureMember bhp:FrameworkAgreementMember bhp:InsuranceBondsMember 2021-06-30Table of Contents
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM 20-F
 
 
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021.2022.
OR
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from
to
OR
 
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from                      to                    
 
Commission file number: 001-09526
Commission file number: 001-31714
BHP GROUP LIMITED
BHP GROUP PLC
(ABN 49 004 028 077)
(REG. NO. 3196209)
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
(Exact name of Registrantregistrant as specified in its charter)
VICTORIA,
AUSTRALIAAUSTRALIA
ENGLAND AND WALES
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)
171 COLLINS STREET, MELBOURNE,
VICTORIA
3000
AUSTRALIAAUSTRALIA
(Address of principal executive offices)
NOVA SOUTH, 160 VICTORIA STREET
LONDON, SW1E 5LB
UNITED KINGDOM
(Address of principal executive offices)
STEFANIE WILKINSON
BHP GROUP LIMITED
171 COLLINS STREET
MELBOURNE VIC 3000
AUSTRALIAAUSTRALIA
TELEPHONE AUSTRALIA 1300 55
47
57
TELEPHONE INTERNATIONAL +61 3 9609 3333
FACSIMILE +61 3 9609 3015
(Name, Telephone, Emailtelephone, email and/or Facsimilefacsimile number and
Addressaddress of Company Contact Person)
STEFANIE WILKINSON
BHP GROUP PLC
NOVA SOUTH, 160 VICTORIA STREET
LONDON SW1E 5LB
UNITED KINGDOM
TELEPHONE +44 20 7802 4000
FACSIMILE +44 20 7802 4111
(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and
Address of Company Contact Person)
company contact person)
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to sectionSection 12(b) of the Act.
 
Title of each class
 
Trading Symbol(s)symbol(s)
 
Name of each
exchange on
which registered
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each
exchange on
which registered
American Depositary Shares*
 BHP New York Stock ExchangeAmerican Depositary Shares*BBLNew York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares**
 BHPNew York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares, nominal
value US$0.50 each**
BBL New York Stock Exchange
 
*
Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Each American Depositary Receipt represents two ordinary shares of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc, as the case may be.Limited.
**
Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of the applicable American Depositary Shares.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
None
 
 
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
 
   
BHP Group Limited
  
BHP Group Plc
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares
  2,950,251,394  2,112,071,796
BHP Group Limited
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares
5,065,820,556
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrantregistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨  Emerging growth company ¨
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
 
U.S. GAAP  ¨
  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting
International Accounting
Standards Board  ☒
  Other  ¨
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17  ☐    Item 18  ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check
mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
 
 
 

Company details and terms of reference
BHP Group Limited isLimited’s registered in Australia. Registered office:office and global headquarters are at 171 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000, Australia. BHP Group Plc. Registration number 3196209. Registered in England and Wales. Registered office: Nova South, 160 Victoria Street London SW1E 5LB United Kingdom. Each of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc is a member of the Group. BHP is a Dual Listed Company structure comprising BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc. The two entities continue to exist as separate companies but operate as a combined group known as BHP.
The headquarters of BHP Group Limited and the global headquarters of the combined Group are located in Melbourne, Australia. The headquarters of BHP Group Plc are located in London, United Kingdom. Both companies have identical Boards of Directors and are run by a unified management team. Throughout this publication, the Boards are referred to collectively as the Board. Shareholders in each company have equivalent economic and voting rights in the Group as a whole.
In this Annual Report, the terms ‘BHP’‘BHP’, the ‘Company’, the ‘Group’, ‘our business’, ‘organisation’, ‘we’, ‘us’, ‘our’ and ‘ourselves’ refer to BHP Group Limited, BHP Group Plc and except where the context otherwise requires, their respectiveour subsidiaries. Refer to Financial Statements note 28 ‘Subsidiaries’ for a list of our significant subsidiaries included in note 30 ‘Subsidiaries’ in section 3.1.6 and into Exhibit 8.1 – List of Subsidiaries.Subsidiaries for a list of our subsidiaries. Those terms do not include
non-operated
assets.
This Annual Report covers BHP’sfunctions and assets (including those under exploration, projects in development or execution phases, sites and closed operations) that have been wholly owned and/or operated by BHP andor that have been owned as a joint venture
(1)1
operated by BHP (referred to in this Annual Report as ‘operated assets’ or ‘operations’) during the period from 1 July 20202021 to 30 June 2021. Our functions are also included.2022.
BHP also holds interests in assets that are owned as a joint venture but not operated by BHP (referred to in this Annual Report as
‘non-operated
joint ventures’ or
‘non-operated
assets’). Notwithstanding that this Annual Report may include production, financial and other information from
non-operated
assets,
non-operated
assets are not included in the BHP Group and, as a result, statements regarding our operations, assets and values apply only to our operated assets unless stated otherwise.
On 17 August 2021,31 January 2022, we announcedunified our proposal to adopt a single company structure under BHP Group Ltd,Limited, with a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX). The company would also holdExchange. BHP holds a standard listing on the London Stock Exchange, (LSE), a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) and an ADR program listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). If implemented, eligible BHP Group Plc shareholders would receive one share in BHP Group Ltd for each BHP Group Plc share they hold. The holdings of BHP Group Ltd shareholders would not change. BHP’s dividend policy and ability to distribute fully franked dividends also would not change. Subject to final Board approval, BHP shareholders are expected to vote on unification at shareholder meetings planned for the first half of CY2022.Exchange.
All references to websites in this Annual Report are intended to be inactive textual references for information only and any information contained in or accessible through any such website does not form a part of this Annual Report.
Forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements, including: statements regarding trends in commodity prices and currency exchange rates; demand for commodities; reserves and resources and production forecasts; expectations, plans, strategies and objectives of management; climate scenarios; approval of certain projects and consummation of certain transactions; closure or divestment of certain assets, operations or facilities (including associated costs); anticipated production or construction commencement dates; capital costs and scheduling; operating costs and supply of materials and skilled employees; anticipated productive lives of projects, mines and facilities; provisions and contingent liabilities; and tax and regulatory developments.
Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of terminology including, but not limited to, ‘intend’, ‘aim’, ‘ambition’, ‘aspiration’, ‘goal’, ‘target’, ‘project’, ‘see’, ‘anticipate’, ‘estimate’, ‘plan’, ‘objective’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘commit’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘need’, ‘must’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘continue’, ‘forecast’, ‘guidance’, ‘trend’ or similar words. These statements discuss future expectations concerning the results of assets or financial conditions, or provide other forward-looking information.
Examples of forward-looking statements contained in this Report include, without limitation, statements describing (i) our strategy, our values and how we define our success; (ii) our expectations regarding future demand for certain commodities, in particular copper, nickel, iron ore, metallurgical coal, steel and potash, and our intentions, commitments or expectations with respect to our supply of certain commodities, including copper, nickel, iron ore and potash; (iii) our future exploration and partnership plans and perceived benefits and opportunities, including our focus to grow our copper and nickel assets; (iv) the structure of our organisation and portfolio and perceived benefits and opportunities; (v) our outlook for long-term economic growth and other macroeconomic and industry trends; (vi) our projected and expected production and performance levels and development projects; (vii) our expectations regarding our investments, including in potential growth options and technology and innovation, and perceived benefits and opportunities; (viii) our reserves and resources; (ix) our plans for our major projects and related budget allocations; (x) our expectations, commitments and objectives with respect to sustainability, decarbonisation, natural resource management, climate change and portfolio resilience and timelines and plans to seek to achieve or implement such objectives, including our new 2030 ‘People, Planet and Prosperity’ goals, our approach to equitable change and transitions, our Climate Transition Action Plan, Climate Change Adaptation Strategy and goals, targets and strategies to seek to reduce or support the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, and related perceived costs, benefits and opportunities for BHP; (xi) the assumptions, beliefs and conclusions in our climate change related statements and strategies, including in our Climate Change Report 2020, for example, in respect of future temperatures, energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions, and climate-related impacts; (xii) our commitment to social value; (xiii) our commitments to sustainability reporting, frameworks, standards and initiatives; (xiv) our commitments to improve or maintain safe tailings storage management; (xv) our commitments to achieve certain inclusion and diversity targets, aspirations and outcomes; (xvi) our commitments to achieve certain targets and outcomes with respect to Indigenous peoples and the communities where we operate; and (xvii) our commitments to achieve certain health and safety targets and outcomes.
 
(1)
References in this Annual Report to a ‘joint venture’ are used for convenience to collectively describe assets that are not wholly owned by BHP. Such references are not intended to characterise the legal relationship between the owners of the asset.
 
i


Examples of forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report include, without limitation, statements describing (i) our strategy, our values and how we define our success; (ii) the emerging uses of and our expectations regarding future demand for certain commodities, in particular copper, nickel, iron ore, metallurgical coal, steel, oil and gas and potash, and our intentions, commitments or expectations with respect to our supply of certain commodities; (iii) our expectations of a competitive advantage in certain commodities, in particular in copper, nickel and potash; (iv) the perceived synergies and other benefits of the proposed transaction between BHP and Woodside; (v) our future exploration and partnerships plans and the structure of our portfolio; (vi) our outlook for long-term economic growth and other macroeconomic and industry trends; (vii) our projected and expected production levels and development projects across our portfolio of assets; (viii) our reserves; (ix) our plans for our major projects and related budget allocations; (x) our expectations and objectives with respect to decarbonisation, climate change resilience and timelines to achieve such objectives, including our Climate Transition Action Plan, Climate Change Adaptation Strategy and goals, targets and strategies to seek to reduce or support the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, and related perceived opportunities for BHP; (xi) the assumptions, beliefs and conclusions in our climate change-related statements and strategies, including in our Climate Change Report 2020, for example, in respect of future temperatures, energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions, and climate-related impacts; (xii) our commitment to generating social value; (xiii) our commitments under sustainability frameworks, standards and initiatives; (xiv) our intention to improve tailings storage management; (xv) our intention to achieve certain inclusion and diversity targets; and (xvi) our intention to achieve certain targets and outcomes with respect to Indigenous peoples.
Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and reflect judgments,judgements, assumptions, estimates and other information available as at the date of this Annual Report and/or the date of BHP’s planning or scenario analysis processes. These statements do not represent guarantees or predictions of future financial or operational performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements contained in this Annual Report. BHP cautions against reliance on any forward-looking statements or guidance, including in light of the current economic climate and the significant volatility, uncertainty and disruption arising in connection with the Ukrainian conflict and
COVID-19.
For example, our future revenues from our assets, projects or mines described in this Annual Report will be based, in part, on the market price of the minerals metals or petroleummetals produced, which may vary significantly from current levels. These variations, if materially adverse, may affect the timing or the feasibility of the development of a particular project, the expansion of certain facilities or mines, or the continuation of existing assets.
Other factors that may affect the actual construction or production commencement dates, revenues, costs or production output and anticipated lives of assets, mines or facilities include: (i) our ability to profitably produce and transport the minerals petroleum and/or metals extracted to applicable markets; (ii) the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on the market prices of the minerals petroleum or metals we produce; (iii) activities of government authorities in the countries where we sell our products and in the countries where we are exploring or developing projects, facilities or mines, including increases in taxes; (iv) changes in environmental and other regulations; (v) the duration and severity of the
COVID-19
pandemic and its impact on our business; (vi) political or geopolitical uncertainty; (viii) labour unrest; and (viii) other factors identified in the risk factors set out in section 1.16.OFR 9.1.
Except as required by applicable regulations or by law, BHP does not undertake to publicly update or review any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or future events.
Past performance cannot be relied on as a guide to future performance.
Emissions and energy consumption data
Due to the inherent uncertainty and limitations in measuring greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and operational energy consumption under the calculation methodologies used in the preparation of such data, all GHG emissions and operational energy consumption data or references to GHG emissions and operational energy consumption volumes (including ratios or percentages) in this Annual Report are estimates. There may also be differences in the manner that third parties calculate or report GHG emissions or operational energy consumption data compared to BHP, which means that third partythird-party data may not be comparable to our data. For information on how we calculate our GHG emissions and operational energy consumption data, see section 4.8.our Methodology tab in our ESG Standards and Databook.
The Strategic Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.
Ken MacKenzie
Chair
Dated: 2 September 2021
 
ii

Form 20-F Cross Reference Table
 
Item Number
  
Description
  
Report section reference
1.
   
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors
  Not applicable
2.
   
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
  Not applicable
3.
   
Key Information
  
 B  Capitalization and indebtedness  Not applicable
 C  Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds  Not applicable
 D  Risk factors  1.16
4.
   
Information on the Company
  
 A  History and development of the company  1.2 to 1.6, 1.8 to 1.17, 3.7, 4.3, 4.5 to 4.9, 4.10.1 to 4.10.5 and Corporate directory
 B  Business overview  1.4 to 1.6, 1.8 to 1.11, 1.17, 3.7, 4.3, 4.5 to 4.9, 4.10.3, 4.10.4, 4.10.9 and Note 1 to the Financial Statements
 C  Organizational structure  4.10.3 and Note 30 to the Financial Statements
 D  Property, plants and equipment  1.10.1 to 1.10.4, 1.11, 1.13, 1.15, 1.16, 1.17, 3.7, 4.3, 4.5 to 4.7 and Notes 11, 15 and 21 to the Financial Statements
4A.
   
Unresolved Staff Comments
  None
5.
   
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
  
 A  Operating results  1.8, 1.17 and 4.10.9
 B  Liquidity and capital resources  1.8, 3.1.4, Notes 11, 20 to 23, 34 and 39 to the Financial Statements
 C  Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.  1.10 to 1.17, 2.3.14, 3.7, 4.3, 4.6, 4.7 and Notes 11 and 15 to the Financial Statements
 D  Trend information  1.2 to 1.6, 1.13, 1.16 and 1.17
 E  Critical Accounting Estimates  IFRS is applied in the Financial Statements as issued by the IASB
6.
   
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
  
 A  Directors and senior management  2.1.1, 2.1.2 and 2.1.5
 B  Compensation  2.2
 C  Board practices  2.1.2, 2.1.9, 2.1.10, 2.1.12 and 2.2
 D  Employees  1.12, 4.8 and Note 28 to the Financial Statements
 E  Share ownership  2.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.18 and Notes 16, 17 and 25 to the Financial Statements
7.
   
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
  
 A  Major shareholders  4.10.6
 B  Related party transactions  2.2 and Notes 24 and 33 to the Financial Statements
 C  Interests of experts and counsel  Not applicable
8.
   
Financial Information
  
 A  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information  1.15, 4.9, 4.10.7, 3.1, 3.2A and the Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report
 B  Significant Changes  Note 35 to the Financial Statements
9.
   
The Offer and Listing
  
 A  Offer and listing details  4.10.2
 B  Plan of distribution  Not applicable
 C  Markets  4.10.2
 D  Selling shareholders  Not applicable
 E  Dilution  Not applicable
 F  Expenses of the issue  Not applicable
10.
   
Additional Information
  
 A  Share capital  Not applicable
 B  Memorandum and articles of association  4.10.3 and 4.10.5
 C  Material contracts  4.10.4
 D  Exchange controls  4.10.9
 E  Taxation  4.10.10
 F  Dividends and paying agents  Not applicable
 G  Statement by experts  Not applicable
 H  Documents on display  4.10.5
 I  Subsidiary information  Note 30 to the Financial Statements and Exhibit 8.1
11.
   
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
  Note 23 to the Financial Statements
12.
   
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
  
 A  Debt Securities  Not applicable
 B  Warrants and Rights  Not applicable
 C  Other Securities  Not applicable
 D  American Depositary Shares  4.10.8 and Exhibit 2.1
13.
   
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
  There have been no defaults, dividend arrearages or delinquencies
14.
   
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
  There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds since our last Annual Report
15.
   
Controls and Procedures
  2.1.10 and 3.2A
16A.
   
Audit committee financial expert
  2.1.10
16B.
   
Code of Ethics
  2.1.15
16C.
   
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
  2.1.10 and Note 36 to the Financial Statements
16D.
   
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
  Not applicable
16E.
   
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
  2.3.2
16F.
   
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
  Not applicable
16G.
   
Corporate Governance
  2
16H.
   
Mine Safety Disclosure
  Not applicable
16I.
   
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
  Not applicable
17.
   
Financial Statements
  Not applicable as Item 18 complied with
18.
   
Financial Statements
  The Financial Statements begin on page F-1 in this Annual Report
19.
   
Exhibits
  5
iii

We are BHP,
a leading global resources company
Our Purpose
Item Number
  
Description
Our Values
Report section reference
1.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors
Not applicable
2.
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable
3.
Key Information
  
A[Reserved]
Our purpose is to bring peopleBCapitalization and resources together to build a better world.indebtednessNot applicable
CReasons for the offer and use of proceedsNot applicable
DRisk factors9.1
4.
  
Sustainability
Putting health and safety first, being environmentally responsible and supporting our communities.
Information on the Company
  
Integrity
Doing what is right and doing what we say we will do.
Respect
Embracing openness, trust, teamwork, diversity and relationships that are mutually beneficial.
Performance
Achieving superior business results by stretching our capabilities.
  
Simplicity
Focusing our efforts onA
History and development of the things that matter most.companyCover page, Company details, Chair’s review, Chief Executive Officer’s review, Operating and Financial Review 1 to 10, Additional information 2, 4 to 9.4
BBusiness overviewOperating and Financial Review 1 to 5, 10, Additional information 2, 4 to 8, 9.3, 9.8 and Note 1 to the Financial Statements
COrganizational structureAdditional information 9.3 and Note 28 to the Financial Statements
DProperty, plants and equipmentOperating and Financial Review 3, 5.1, 5.2, 7 to 10, Additional information 2, 4 to 6 and Notes 11, 15 and 21 to the Financial Statements
4A.
Unresolved Staff Comments
None
5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
  
Accountability
DefiningA
Operating resultsOperating and accepting responsibility and delivering on our commitments.Financial Review 4, 10, Additional information 9.8
BLiquidity and capital resourcesOperating and Financial Review 4, Financial Statements 1.4, Notes 11, 20 to 23 and 37 to the Financial Statements
CResearch and development, patents and licenses, etc.Operating and Financial Review 3, 5 to 10, Directors’ Report 10, Additional information 2, 5, 6 and Notes 11 and 15 to the Financial Statements
DTrend informationChair’s review, Chief Executive Officer’s review, Operating and Financial Review 1 to 5, 7, 9, 10, Additional information 2, 4 to 7
ECritical Accounting EstimatesIFRS is applied in the Financial Statements as issued by the IASB
6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
  We are successful when:ADirectors and senior managementGovernance 4.1, 6.1, Directors’ Report 2.1
BCompensationRemuneration Report
CBoard practicesGovernance 4.1, 4.6, 5.2, 5.4, Remuneration Report
DEmployeesOperating and Financial Review 6, Additional information 7
EShare ownershipRemuneration Report, Directors’ Report 3, 4 and Notes 16, 17 and 25 to the Financial Statements
7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
  
•  Our people start each day with a sense of purpose and end the day with a sense of accomplishment.
A
Major shareholdersAdditional information 9.5
BRelated party transactionsRemuneration Report and Notes 24 and 31 to the Financial Statements
CInterests of experts and counselNot applicable
8.
Financial Information
  
•  Our teams are inclusiveA
Consolidated Statements and diverse.Other Financial InformationOperating and Financial Review 8, Additional information 8, 9.6, Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report and Financial Statements 1A
BSignificant ChangesNote 33 to the Financial Statements
9.
The Offer and Listing
  
•  Our communities, customersA
Offer and suppliers value their relationships with us and are better off for our presence.listing detailsAdditional information 9.2
BPlan of distributionNot applicable
CMarketsAdditional information 9.2
DSelling shareholdersNot applicable
EDilutionNot applicable
FExpenses of the issueNot applicable
10.
Additional Information
  
•  Our asset portfolio is world class and sustainably developed.
A
Share capitalNot applicable
BMemorandum and articles of associationAdditional information 9.3, 9.4
CMaterial contractsNot applicable
DExchange controlsAdditional information 9.8
ETaxationAdditional information 9.9
FDividends and paying agentsNot applicable
GStatement by expertsNot applicable
HDocuments on displayAdditional information 9.4
ISubsidiary informationNote 28 to the Financial Statements and Exhibit 8.1
11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Note 23 to the Financial Statements
12.
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
  
•  Our operational discipline and financial strength enables our future growth.
A
Debt SecuritiesNot applicable
BWarrants and RightsNot applicable
COther SecuritiesNot applicable
DAmerican Depositary SharesAdditional information 9.7 and Exhibit 2.1
13.
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
There have been no defaults, dividend arrearages or delinquencies
14.
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
  
•  Our shareholders receive a superior return on their investment.
A
Additional information 9.3, 9.4 and Exhibits 1.1 and 2.1
  BNot applicable
CNot applicable
DNot applicable
ENot applicable
15.
•  Our commodities support continued economic growth
Controls and decarbonisation.Procedures
Governance 7.2 and Financial Statements 1A
16A.
Audit committee financial expert
Governance 5.2
16B.
Code of Ethics
Governance 8.1
16C.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Governance 7.2 and Note 34 to the Financial Statements
16D.
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not applicable
16E.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Directors’ Report 3
16F.
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Not applicable
16G.
Corporate Governance
Governance
16H.
Mine Safety Disclosure
Not applicable
16I.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable
17.
Financial Statements
Not applicable
18.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements begin on page F-1 in this Annual Report
19.
Exhibits
Exhibits
iii

BHP, bringing people and resources together to build a better world.
Our values
Sustainability
Putting health and safety first, being environmentally responsible and supporting our communities.
Integrity
Doing what is right and doing what we say we will do.
Respect
Embracing openness, trust, teamwork, diversity and relationships that are mutually beneficial.
Performance
Achieving superior business results by stretching our capabilities.
Simplicity
Focusing our efforts on the things that matter most.
Accountability
Defining and accepting responsibility and delivering on our commitments.
We are successful when:
 
Our people start each day with a sense of purpose and end the day with a sense of accomplishment.
Our teams are inclusive and diverse.
Our communities, customers and suppliers value their relationships with us and are better off for our presence.
Our asset portfolio is world class and sustainably developed.
Our operational discipline and financial strength enables our future growth.
Our shareholders receive a superior return on their investment.
Our commodities support continued economic growth and decarbonisation.
iv


Table of Contents
Contents
 
1
  Strategic Report   1 
1.1  Our highlights   1 
1.2  Chair’s review   1 
1.3  Chief Executive Officer’s review   3 
1.4  Our business today   4 
1.5  Positioning for the future   5 
1.6  Delivering value   7 
1.6.1  Our business model   7 
1.6.2  How we deliver value   9 
1.6.3  How our choice of commodities and assets helps deliver value   11 
1.7  Chief Financial Officer’s review   13 
1.8  Financial review   13 
1.8.1  Group overview   13 
1.8.2  Key performance indicators   14 
1.8.3  Financial results   16 
1.8.4  Debt and sources of liquidity   18 
1.9  How we manage risk   20 
1.10  Our business   23 
1.10.1  Locations   23 
1.10.2  Minerals Australia   24 
1.10.3  Minerals Americas   29 
1.10.4  Petroleum   35 
1.10.5  Commercial   38 
1.11  Exploration   39 
1.12  People and culture   41 
1.13  Sustainability   46 
1.13.1  Our sustainability approach   46 
1.13.2  Our material sustainability issues   47 
1.13.3  Our sustainability performance: Non-financial KPIs   48 
1.13.4  Safety   50 
1.13.5  Health   53 
1.13.6  Ethics and business conduct   55 
1.13.7  Climate change and portfolio resilience   57 
1.13.8  Community   64 
1.13.9  Human rights   65 
1.13.10  Indigenous peoples   66 
1.13.11  Social investment   68 
1.13.12  Environment   70 
1.13.13  Water   71 
1.13.14  Land and biodiversity   73 
1.13.15  Tailings storage facilities   75 
1.13.16  Independent limited assurance report   77 
1.14  Section 172 statement   78 
1.15  Samarco   81 
1.16  Risk factors   82 
1.16.1  Management of risks   90 
1.16.2  Robust risk assessment and viability statement   97 
1.17  Performance by commodity   98 
1.17.1  Petroleum   98 
   1 
   2 
  
1  Our business   3 
2  Delivering value   5 
2.1  Our business model   5 
2.2  How we create and grow value   7 
3  Positioning for the future   13 
4  Financial review   16 
4.1  Group overview   16 
4.2  Key performance indicators   17 
4.3  Financial results   19 
4.4  Debt and sources of liquidity   22 
5  Our assets   25 
5.1  Minerals Australia   25 
5.2  Minerals Americas   30 
5.3  Commercial   34 
6  People and culture   35 
7  Sustainability   40 
7.1  Our sustainability approach   40 
7.2  Our material sustainability issues   42 
7.3  Our sustainability performance: Non-financial key performance indicators   43 
7.4  Safety   45 
7.5  Sexual harassment   47 
7.6  Health   50 
7.7  Ethics and business conduct   54 
7.8  Climate change   56 
7.9  Value chain sustainability   68 
7.10  Community   70 
7.11  Human rights   72 
 
v

Table of Contents
1.17.2  Copper   101 
1.17.3  Iron Ore   103 
1.17.4  Coal   105 
1.17.5  Other assets   107 
1.17.6  Impact of changes to commodity prices   107 
1.18  Other information   107 
1.18.1  Company details and terms of reference   107 
1.18.2  Forward-looking statements   107 
2
     108 
2.1  Corporate Governance Statement   110 
2.1.1  Chair’s letter   110 
2.1.2  Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team   112 
  Board of Directors   112 
  Executive Leadership Team   115 
2.1.3  BHP governance structure   116 
2.1.4  Board and Committee meetings and attendance   117 
2.1.5  Key Board activities during FY2021   118 
2.1.6  Stakeholder engagement   120 
  Shareholder engagement   120 
  Workforce engagement   123 
2.1.7  Director skills, experience and attributes   124 
2.1.8  Board evaluation   127 
2.1.9  Nomination and Governance Committee Report   127 
2.1.10  Risk and Audit Committee Report   130 
2.1.11  Sustainability Committee Report   137 
2.1.12  Remuneration Committee Report   138 
2.1.13  Risk management governance structure   139 
2.1.14  Management   139 
2.1.15  Our conduct   140 
2.1.16  Market disclosure   140 
2.1.17  Conformance with corporate governance standards   141 
2.1.18  Additional UK disclosure   143 
2.2
  Remuneration Report   143 
2.2.1  Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chair   145 
2.2.2  Remuneration policy report   150 
  Remuneration policy for the Executive Director   150 
  Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors   157 
2.2.3  Annual report on remuneration   159 
     159 
     171 
     174 
7.12  Security services   74 
7.13  Indigenous peoples   75 
7.14  Social investment   78 
7.15  Environment   80 
7.16  Water   81 
7.17  Biodiversity and land   84 
7.18  Tailings storage facilities   85 
7.19  Independent limited assurance report   87 
8  Samarco   88 
9  How we manage risk   90 
9.1  Risk factors   93 
9.2  Management of risks   99 
10  Performance by commodity   106 
10.1  Copper   106 
10.2  Iron Ore   108 
10.3  Coal   110 
10.4  Other assets   112 
10.5  Impact of changes to commodity prices �� 112 
11  Non-IFRS financial information   113 
11.1  Definition and calculation of non-IFRS financial information   123 
11.2  Definition and calculation of principal factors   126 
12  Other information   126 
12.1  Company details   126 
12.2  Forward Looking statements   126 
Governance
  
  
1  Corporate governance at BHP   127 
2  FY2022 corporate governance highlights   127 
3  BHP’s governance structure   128 
4  Board of Directors   129 
4.1  Overview of the Board   129 
4.2  Director independence   130 
4.3  Board appointments and succession planning   131 
4.4  Director induction, training and development   131 
4.5  Director skills, experience and attributes   131 
4.6  Board evaluation   133 
 
vi

Table of Contents
     176 
     177 
2.3
     184 
2.3.1  Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs   185 
2.3.2  Share capital and buy-back programs   185 
2.3.3  Results, financial instruments and going concern   186 
2.3.4  Directors   186 
2.3.5  Remuneration and share interests   187 
2.3.6  Secretaries   188 
2.3.7  Indemnities and insurance   188 
2.3.8  Employee policies   188 
2.3.9  Corporate governance   189 
2.3.10  Dividends   189 
2.3.11  Auditors   189 
2.3.12  Non-audit services   189 
2.3.13  Political donations   189 
2.3.14  Exploration, research and development   190 
2.3.15  ASIC Instrument 2016/191   190 
2.3.16  Proceedings on behalf of BHP Group Limited   190 
2.3.17  Performance in relation to environmental regulation   190 
2.3.18  Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information   191 
3
     192 
4
     194 
4.1  Financial information summary   194 
4.2  Alternative Performance Measures   195 
4.3  Information on mining operations   207 
4.4  Financial Information by commodity   222 
4.5  Production   228 
4.6  Reserves   231 
4.7  Major projects   247 
4.8  Sustainability – performance data   249 
4.9  Legal proceedings   264 
4.10  Shareholder information   269 
4.10.1  History and development   269 
4.10.2  Markets   270 
4.10.3  Organisational structure   271 
4.10.4  Material contracts   274 
4.10.5  Constitution   275 
4.10.6  Share ownership   281 
4.10.7  Dividends   284 
4.10.8  American Depositary Receipts fees and charges   285 
4.10.9  Government regulations   286 
4.10.10  Taxation   290 
4.10.11  Ancillary information for our shareholders   298 
4.11  Glossary   299 
5
     318 
5  Board Committees   133 
5.1  Nomination and Governance Committee   133 
5.2  Risk and Audit Committee   134 
5.3  Sustainability Committee   135 
5.4  Remuneration Committee   136 
6  Management   137 
6.1  Executive Leadership Team   137 
6.2  Senior management succession   138 
6.3  Performance evaluation of executives   138 
7  Risk management and assurance   138 
7.1  Risk management governance structure   138 
7.2  External audit and financial reporting   139 
8  Culture and conduct   141 
8.1  Our Code of Conduct and Our Charter   141 
8.2  Culture   141 
8.3  BHP’s EthicsPoint   141 
8.4  Diversity   141 
9  Shareholder and stakeholder engagement   142 
10  Market disclosure   143 
11  US requirements   143 
  
1  Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs   144 
2  Directors   144 
2.1  Biographical details   144 
2.2  Director attendances at meetings   145 
3  Share capital and buy-back programs   146 
4  Share interests   146 
5  Secretaries   147 
6  Indemnities and insurance   147 
7  Dividends   148 
8  Auditors   148 
9  Non-audit services   148 
 
vii

Table of Contents
10  Exploration, research and development   148 
11  ASIC Instrument 2016/191   148 
12  Proceedings on behalf of BHP Group Limited   148 
13  Performance in relation to environmental regulation   148 
14  Additional information   148 
  
   150 
1  Remuneration governance   153 
2  Remuneration framework   154 
2.1  How the remuneration framework is set   154 
2.2  Remuneration framework operation   154 
2.3  Potential remuneration outcomes   156 
3  Remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP   157 
3.1  FY2022 remuneration received by the CEO   157 
3.2  FY2022 CDP performance outcomes   158 
3.3  FY2022 LTIP performance outcomes   162 
3.4  Overarching discretion and vesting underpin   162 
3.5  Sign-on performance shares   163 
3.6  LTIP allocated during FY2022   163 
3.7  FY2023 remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP   164 
4  Remuneration for Non-executive Directors   165 
4.1  Remuneration framework   165 
4.2  Non-executive Directors’ remuneration in FY2023   166 
5  Statutory KMP remuneration and other disclosures   167 
5.1  KMP remuneration table   167 
5.2  Equity awards   168 
5.3  Estimated value range of equity awards   170 
5.4  Ordinary shareholdings and transactions   170 
5.5  Prohibition on hedging of BHP shares and equity instruments   171 
5.6  Share ownership guidelines and the MSR   171 
5.7  Transactions with KMP   171 
   172 
viii

Table of Contents
  
1  Financial information summary   173 
2  Information on mining operations   174 
3  Financial information by commodity   193 
4  Production   196 
5  Mineral resources and mineral reserves   198 
6  Major projects   224 
7  People – performance data   225 
8  Legal proceedings   226 
9
     231 
9.1  History and development   231 
9.2  Markets   231 
9.3  Organisational structure   231 
9.4  Constitution   232 
9.5  Share ownership   236 
9.6  Dividends   238 
9.7  American Depositary Receipts fees and charges   238 
9.8  Government regulations   239 
9.9  Taxation   242 
10  Glossary   247 
   263 
ix

Table of Contents
Section 1Chair’s review
Strategic Report
1.1    Our highlights
Not required for US reporting.
1.2    Chair’s review
Dear Shareholders,
I am pleased to provide ourBHP’s Annual Report for FY2021.FY2022 which was a transformational year for your company.
In
During the year BHP:
unified our dual listed company structure under a single parent company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange
merged our Petroleum business with Woodside to create a top 10 energy provider and provide shareholders with further choice as to their exposure to oil and gas
simplified the coal portfolio through the sale of our interests in Cerrej
ó
n and BHP Mitsui Coal to concentrate on higher-quality metallurgical coal which is forecast to be critical for making the steel necessary to support decarbonsiation and infrastructure growth over coming decades
approved an investment of US$5.7 billion in our Jansen Potash Project in Canada, marking BHP’s entry into a new commodity which provides shareholders with exposure to the growing population megatrend
Your Board would like to thank all shareholders for the trust you have shown in supporting these changes which set your company up to deliver value into the future.
That trust is built over time and through performance, and this year that has seen
COVID-19
continue to challenge the livesMike Henry, his management team and livelihoods of so many, I am proud of the resilience and commitmentall our people, have demonstratedcontinued to deliver an outstanding setstrong operational and financial performance through a challenging period of resultsongoing pandemic disruption, global supply chain challenges and cost pressures.
Safety and wellbeing
In terms of safety, FY2022 was the third consecutive year in FY2021.which there were no workplace occupational fatalities, and the Group made strong progress on other leading safety indicators such as a 30 per cent reduction in high-potential injuries.
These are pleasing indicators of the progress we can make when our focus is unwavering. To achieve truly safe, inclusive and diverse workplaces for all our people we know we must bring this same focus to bear on all aspects of workplace safety including addressing sexual harassment, racism and bullying.
The strong operationalvalue we create
It is against a backdrop of commitment to performance drivenand continuous improvement, that BHP has delivered considerable value to you, our shareholders.
In FY2022, the Board determined dividends worth US$36 billion to shareholders (including the distribution of Woodside shares). This takes the total amount returned to shareholders over the past four years to more than US$50 billion.
But it is not just value to shareholders. This year, we also made substantial headway in our sustainability aspirations and focus on social value. We provided shareholders with the first ‘Say on Climate’ shareholder resolution in the Australian market, and our Climate Transition Action Plan (Plan) was supported by almost 85 per cent of shareholders. This Plan aligns our teams across the world, combinedclimate goals with our strategic goals, and provides a diversified portfolioclear basis for measuring BHP’s climate performance.
We also launched a social value framework and disciplined approachscorecard with 2030 goals to bring additional transparency to our social value goals and outcomes. We are working hard to embed social value in our strategy, capital allocation has seendecisions, plans, processes and culture. It is not only the Board determineright thing to do, but we believe it provides a dividend of US$3.01 per sharesignificant competitive advantage for FY2021. This means we have returned US$15 billionBHP and is vital to delivering long-term sustainable value.
As well as the value delivered to shareholders, this year, we made significant contributions to the communities where we operate, through employment, partnerships, and more thantaxes and royalties paid to governments. This amounted to US$3857.5 billion in Australia, US$7.7 billion in Chile and US$12.9 billion in the rest of the world, and our local procurement has increased 40 per cent over the past three years. In a year of significant financial disruption across the globe, these results demonstrate the health of your company.years with US$2.7 billion directed to 2,700 local suppliers during FY2022.
BHP is in a strong position and it is against this backdrop that we are making transformative changes.
Board succession
We welcomed Michelle Hinchliffe and Catherine Tanna to the BHP Board as independent
Non-executive
Directors. Both bring over 35 years’ experience to BHP – Michelle in financial controls and risk management, and Catherine in energy, long-life capital allocation and HSE. We are delighted to welcome Michelle and Catherine.
At the other end of the succession process, we will farewell Malcolm Broomhead and John Mogford at the conclusion of the 2022 Annual General Meeting. Both have announced ourtheir intention to unify BHP’s corporate structure to a single listing on the Australian Securities Exchange. Creating one BHP today positions the company to deliver on our strategy in the future. We will be more agile, efficientretire following exceptional periods of service, and flexible, while still enabling BHP shareholders around the world to support the company as they have done for decades.
We have also announced a number of strategic steps towards the future of your company, as we continue to grow our portfolio in future facing commodities. We have announced a US$5.7 billion investment in Jansen Stage 1, a top tier potash asset in Canada. BHP has also announced our intention to merge our Petroleum assets with Woodside. The resulting global top 10 independent oil and gas company will have the resilience and optionality to succeed in the energy transition.
The essential resources we produce at BHP are not only fundamental to the way we live now, they are fundamental to the way we will live in the future.
Based on the climate change scenario analysis we undertook last year, we believe that the more action the world takes to limit climate change, the better it will be for BHP.
Commodities like copper, nickel and iron ore will be essential for building the infrastructure and technology that will aid the world’s decarbonisation ambitions, and potash will help feed the world’s growing population.
Investing in future facing commodities creates great opportunities for BHP – it means our strategic goals align with our climate goals – but it also creates a challenge. The world needs to increase production of commodities that support the transition and do so ever more sustainably. BHP has made progress against our greenhouse gas emissions reductions targets and goals, but we intend to continue to challenge ourselves to reduce our own emissions, and work in partnership with our customers and suppliers to reduce emissions along the value chain.
Our response to climate change and the decarbonisation challenge is just one aspect of our broader commitment to deliver social value. Social value is the positive contribution we make to the environment and society. It goes hand in hand with financial value in our decision-making, and we believe this approach is in the long-term best interests of shareholders. We have been able to provide significant support to the communities in which we operate. This includes US$11.1 billion in taxes, royalties and other payments to governments in FY2021 – and US$84.0 billion over the past 10 years.
In FY2021, we continued to broaden our relationships with our Indigenous partners on whose land our operated assets lie. Our Cultural Heritage team has worked to ensure our operational decision-making is informed by reliable and contemporary heritage information, and any decision regarding cultural heritage is made by the most senior site leadership. We have also set out Regional Indigenous Peoples Plans that outline our commitment to agreement-making, Indigenous procurement, employment and social investment.
The delivery of the South Flank project was an important milestone for the Group in FY2021, and weI would like to acknowledgethank Malcolm and John for their outstanding contribution to BHP and the support of the Banjima people in helping us to deliver the project.
Our Board renewal process continued this year as we welcomed Xiaoqun Clever and Christine O’Reilly as independent
Non-executive
Directors in October 2020. We are pleased that Michelle Hinchliffe will join the BHP Board on 1 March 2022. Michelle has significant expertise in financial risk management and strong global experience, and we look forward to welcoming Michelle early next year.
We have also announced that Anita Frew and Susan Kilsby will retire from the BHP Board at the end of the 2021 Annual General Meetings. Both Anita and Susan have recently accepted Chair roles at significant international companies, and we wish them well. I thank Anita and Susan for the invaluable contribution they have made to BHP. Gary Goldberg has replaced Susan as BHP’s Senior Independent Director, and Christine O’Reilly has been appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee.Board.
1

Finally, we achieve nothing unless we do it safely. While we are pleased that it has now been over two years since the last fatality at our operated assets, we know thatFY2022 was a commitment to health and safety requires more than this. We are committed to stamping out sexual assault and harassment at all our sites. This is a critical issue for BHP andsuccessful year of transformation for our industry. We have been working on this for some time, but we know we must do more to make our workplaces safe and inclusive for everyone.
business. I am confident the decisions we are making to build our companybuilding BHP for the future together with continued strong operational performance and commitment to those who rely on us, will see us continue to grow BHP and create enduring value for our shareholders and our broader stakeholders for decades to come.communities, customers, suppliers and partners.
Thank you for your continued support of BHP.
Ken MacKenzie
Chair
 
21

Table of Contents
1.3    
Chief Executive Officer’s review
Dear Shareholders,
BHP performed well in FY2022. Our strong production outcomes and solid cost control allowed us to capture the greatest benefit from the tailwind of high commodity prices during the year. It was pleasing to all of us at BHP to be able to deliver not only record returns to shareholders, but also record contributions to our other stakeholders. We paid record taxes and royalties during the year of US$17.3 billion, slightly higher than our cash returns to shareholders of US$16.4 billion.
Most importantly, we did so safely and sustainably. No one has lost their life while working at BHP for over three and a half consecutive years now. This is a very significant milestone, but we must guard against complacency. We will continue to prioritise our efforts to reduce fatal risk from our workplaces. We also reduced our operational greenhouse gas emissions by 24 per cent over the past two years and have reduced freshwater withdrawals by almost 30 per cent since 2017.
We were successful in partially mitigating the impacts of a number of external challenges, including the ongoing pandemic, to deliver well against our production and unit cost guidance for the year. We achieved record full-year shipments from our Western Australia Iron Ore business for the third year running, and we remain the world’s lowest cost major producer. In copper, our Escondida business in Chile had record material mined and near-record concentrator throughput, while Olympic Dam in South Australia performed strongly in the fourth quarter after our major smelter maintenance overhaul, which takes place every four years.
We anticipate the economic headwinds, including inflation and tight labour markets, and the impacts from
COVID-19
will continue through the year ahead. We aim to navigate these challenges better than our competitors and have the focus and capabilities in place to enable us to do so. Our continued high performance in the past year is thanks to 80,000 highly capable, diverse, engaged people across BHP, who have continued to show tremendous resilience in the face of the multiple challenges thrown at us by the external environment.
We will be safer, more reliable, lower cost and more productive if we are able to more fully harness the experience, passion and ingenuity of everyone across BHP. This is being hard-wired through the BHP Operating System (BOS), which is building a continuous improvement culture and capability right through to the fingertips of the company. This shift, coupled with our progress on creating a more inclusive and diverse workforce is unlocking performance and achieving this in a way that is exciting for BHP and more fulfilling for our people.
I am pleasedproud to report that BHP performed strongly in FY2021, with no one fatally injured across BHP’s global operations, and record production and throughput in a number of businesses. We completed four major capital projects on time and on budget, a notable feat given the pandemic context, and our approach to capital allocation remained disciplined, generating strong returns for shareholders. I want to thank our employees and all those who supported us in delivering these outcomes.
Our operational and financial results provide the strong foundation upon which we have announced our investment in the Jansen Stage 1 potash project, the intended merger of BHP’s Petroleum business with Woodside Petroleum Ltd. (Woodside), and the intention to unify the BHP corporate structure under a single primary listing in Australia. These strategic steps are intended to underpin BHP’s ability to continue to grow shareholder value in the coming decades.
The future is clear. We believesay that the world is going to need increasing supplyproportion of the essential commodities BHP produces in order to sustain global economic growthfemales and in order to decarbonise the global economy. It is important for the world that this growing demand is met sustainably, and BHP is ideally positioned to do so given our portfolio of existing assets, our strong track record on sustainability and social value creation, our operating and financial discipline, and most importantly our people.
The intended unification of BHP’s corporate structure will position us even more strongly to be able to continue growing shareholder value. We will be a simpler, more efficient and more agile company. This is expected to enable us to be more competitive and to more quickly create and capitalise on opportunities to continue to grow value.
The intended merger of BHP’s Petroleum business with Woodside will create a global top 10 independent exploration and production company, with increased scale and resilience. We expect shareholders to benefit from significant synergies arising from the intended merger, and they will have greater choice in how to shape the relative commodity exposures in their own portfolios.
The decision to proceed with the Jansen Stage 1 potash project in Canada is a significant milestone for BHP. Potash is a future facing commodity that enables more efficient and sustainable farming, which will be increasingly important in feeding a growing global population and in meeting the world’s need to decarbonise. Jansen Stage 1 also opens up a new front for future growth for BHP. We will be ideally positioned to meet potential future growth in global demand for potash with Jansen Stages 2 through 4, which we anticipate will offer high returns and faster paybacks.
These decisions and intended steps are anticipated to result in around half of BHP’s revenues being derived from the future facing commodities of copper, potash and nickel by the end of this decade. We also expect the other half, comprising iron ore and higher-quality coking coal, to see upside as the world decarbonises.
Indigenous peoples at BHP continues to take actiongrow. Representation of female employees reached 32.3 per cent in FY2022 and the executive leadership team is fully balanced. Indigenous peoples now represent 8.3 per cent of our operational workforce in Australia, 8.7 per cent in Chile and 7.2 per cent in our Jansen Potash Project in Canada.
While we have made strong progress in improving the composition of our workforce, you will see in this year’s report increased disclosure in respect of cases of sexual harassment, racism and bullying that have occurred during the year in the company. I am ashamed that these behaviours still occur in BHP. We are fiercely determined to stop them from happening. During the year, we progressed work on climate change.upgrading our facilities, improving our processes, providing more support to impacted persons and bystanders, and shifting culture. In the past year, we announcedinvested more than US$200 million to improve the security and experience in our accommodation villages, established a new suiteglobal support service to provide dedicated,
end-to-end
case coordination for anyone impacted by sexual harassment, and enhanced training programs, including for both leaders and bystanders. Most recently we took time out from work and production across all of climate change related targetsBHP to discuss sexual harassment, racism and goals, together with an assessmentbullying. These Safety Stops involved the whole of the performance of BHP’s portfolio under different climate scenarios. The latter indicated that BHP’s overall portfolio is resilientworkforce globally and in fact, many of our commodities would perform best under our Paris-aligned scenario that seeswere intended to build awareness, understanding, capability, and collective commitment to action.
As well as building an even safer and more rapid decarbonisation and an increase in average global temperature of no more than 1.5°C.
We progressed towards our operational emissions reduction targets and goal by entering into renewable power supply agreements for our Kwinana nickel refinery and Queensland Coal operations – addinginclusive workplace at BHP, we must help to the Escondida and Spence copper mine agreements announced in FY2020.
Withbuild a focus on Scope 3 emissions, we entered into partnerships with major steel producers in China and Japan, targeting technologies to reduce emissions from steelmaking.
The combined output of these steel companies equates to around 10 per cent of reported global steel production. We also entered into a series of innovative initiatives that seek to help reduce emissions in bulk shipping.
Finally, we continue to invest in people. In FY2021, we trained more than 500 apprentices and trainees through our FutureFit Academy in Australia, and have committed to creating 2,500 new Australian apprenticeship and trainee positions over the next five years. We have continued our progress towards gender balance and female participation in our workforce increased to 29.8 per cent during the year, complementing our already gender-balanced Executive Leadership Team. Our Indigenous participation rate has also increased to 7.2 per cent in Australia and 7.5 per cent in Chile. We are leading the way in building the workforce of the future.
I hope that you can see that this has been a very good year for BHP. We have taken action to shape BHP’s future, while delivering very strong operational and financial results.
The combination of a clear strategic outlook, increasing operational excellence and greater exposure to future facing commodities is expected to enable us to deliver positive returns and grow more valuebetter world for all of our stakeholdersstakeholders. We aim to create social value, which is the positive contribution BHP makes to society: our people, partners, the economy, the environment and local communities for the mutual benefit of shareholders and the community. We see this as fundamental to our long-term success and a competitive advantage that will support growth. During the year, we launched our new social value framework and set short-term milestones as well as 2030 goals under each of our six social value pillars. Our commitment to social value contributes to the relevant United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals and aligns with our continued support for the UN Global Compact and its 10 principles.
FY2022 was a year in which we also made significant progress transforming our business for the years ahead.future through reshaping our portfolio and simplifying our corporate structure. We divested our Petroleum business and created a stronger, more resilient stand-alone business by merging it with Woodside, creating more choice and opportunity for value for shareholders. We further optimised our coal portfolio through the divestment of our stakes in BHP Mitsui Coal and in Cerrejón. We approved the Jansen Stage 1 Potash Project in Canada, opening up a new long-term growth front for the company in potash, a fertiliser that will enable more sustainable farming globally. Finally, we unified our corporate structure, removing the more complex dual listed structure in place since the BHP and Billiton merger of 2001.
We now have a leaner, more agile and more efficient BHP, with a portfolio more aligned to the global megatrends unfolding around us, and better positioned to grow value by supplying the commodities required for a decarbonising world.
I am excited about our plans for the year ahead and for the future. Despite external volatility, the fundamentals that underpin our business are positive and strongly position BHP for enduring success.
Thank you for your ongoing support.
Mike Henry
Chief Executive Officer
 
32

Table of Contents
1.4    Our business today
Operating and Financial Review
1    Our business
Our purpose is to bring people and resources together to build a better world.
Our strategy is to deliver long-term value and returns through the cycle. We aim to do this through owning a portfolio of world class assets with exposure to highly attractive commodities that benefit from the mega-trends playing out in the world around us, by operating them exceptionally well, by maintaining a disciplined approach to capital allocation and through being industry leaders in sustainability and the creation of social value.
We are a global business with over 9,000 suppliers around the world, many of which are small to
medium-sized
businesses that are local to our assets.
We have approximately 80,000 employees and contractors who work in more than 17 countries around the world.
The essential resources we produce are critical for continued economic growth and decarbonisation and we are committed to supplying them more safely, responsibly and efficiently.
In FY2021, we produced:
 
the commodities to create the steel that goes into the infrastructure needed for growing cities around the world, including to support the energy transition
 
the copper and nickel required for electrification, such as copper-intensive electric vehicles and nickel-intensive batteries that can reduce the need for fossil fuels and support decarbonisation3

Table of Contents
the energy that heats homes, enables transport and powers many of the household products we use every day
Future facing commodities
Steelmaking commodities
Oil & Gas
Product
Copper
Nickel
Iron ore
Metallurgical coal*
Petroleum
FY2021 production 
1,635.7 kt
89.0 kt
253.5 Mt
40.6 Mt
102.8 MMboe
Traditional usage
Wiring, power cables, cars, smartphones, televisions, laptops, air conditionersStainless steel, refrigerators, cookware, homeware, medical equipment
Cities, hospitals, schools, houses, bridges, trains, cars, smartphones
* Metallurgical coal is also known as steelmaking coal.
Driving, air travel, heating, generating electricity, cleaning products, medical and hygiene products, roads
Emerging usage
Electrification mega trends
Supporting development and clean energy transition
Supporting mobility and modern life
Wind turbines, electric vehicles, solar panels, battery charging, electric vehicle batteries, grid storage solutionsWind turbines, carbon capture infrastructure and climate adaption to adjust to current or expected climate change and its effects
Low-emissions
shipping, technology-related materials, pairing with renewables, and the transportation impacts of the
e-commerce
revolution
 
4

Table of Contents
1.5    Positioning for the future
2    Delivering value
Growing value and positioning for the future2.1    Our business model
In August 2021, we announced proposed changes to our portfolio and corporate structure to position BHP for the future. These portfolio and capability changes are intended to enable us to even more strongly grow long-term value by sustainably producing the commodities the world needs for continued economic growth and decarbonisation. We seek to grow value while continuing to provide climate leadership and considering social value and financial value in the decisions we make. We seek to grow value while continuing to provide climate leadership and considering social value and financial value in the decisions we make.
Jansen Stage 1 potash project – entry into a
top-tier
potash basin
BHP’s Board approved a US$5.7 billion investment in Jansen Stage 1 in Canada, which is aligned with our strategy of growing our exposure to future facing commodities in world class assets. The project is expected to produce 4.35 million tonnes of potash per year with initial production targeted for 2027, ramping up to full production over two years.
Jansen is located in the world’s best potash basin and is in an attractive investment jurisdiction. It opens up a new front for growth for BHP and is an expandable resource that can support a century or more of operations. Potash provides us with greater diversification by commodity, country, and customer.
Potash is a potassium-rich salt mainly used in fertiliser and potassium is an essential nutrient for plant growth.
Potash demand is underpinned by a growing global population and the requirement for more productive farming with a lower environmental footprint.
Jansen Stage 1 is expected to be low cost and one of the world’s most sustainable potash mines, designed for a
low-carbon
footprint and low water intensity.
Jansen Stage 1 is expected to create 3,500 jobs during peak construction and 600 jobs in ongoing operations, and opportunities for local and Indigenous businesses. Our goal is for the Jansen workforce to be gender balanced and for First Nations employees to make up 20 per cent of the team. In the first of their kind in the potash industry, we have signed Opportunity Agreements with six First Nations communities around the site.
Petroleum business merger proposal – creating a global top 10 independent energy company
BHP and Woodside have entered into a merger commitment deed to combine their respective oil and gas portfolios by an
all-stock
merger. The proposed merger would create a global top 10 independent energy company by production, with a global top 10 position in the liquefied natural gas (LNG) industry, and would be the largest energy company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX).
With the combination of two high-quality asset portfolios, the combined business would have a high-margin oil portfolio, long-life LNG assets and the financial resilience to help supply the energy needed for global growth and development over the energy transition.
The proposed merger is subject to confirmatory due diligence, negotiation and execution of full form transaction documents, and satisfaction of conditions precedent, including shareholder, regulatory and other approvals.
The proposed merger is expected to be completed in the first half of CY2022. On completion, it is expected that Woodside would be owned approximately 52 per cent and 48 per cent by existing Woodside and BHP shareholders respectively. The Woodside shares would be immediately distributed to BHP shareholders. Woodside intends to remain listed on the ASX with listings on additional exchanges being considered.
A unified corporate structure – flexibility for the future
BHP currently operates as a Dual Listed Company with two parent entities, both holding primary listings: BHP Group Limited (BHP Ltd) in Australia and BHP Group Plc (BHP Plc) in the United Kingdom.
We are proposing to adopt a single company structure under BHP Ltd, with a primary listing on the ASX. The company would hold a standard listing on the London Stock Exchange, a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange and an American Depositary Receipt program listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
We believe a simplified corporate structure would be more efficient and agile, better positioning the company for continued performance and growth.
One-off
unification costs are expected to range between US$400 to US$500 million.
If a unified model is implemented, eligible BHP Plc shareholders would receive one share in BHP Ltd for each BHP Plc share they hold. The holdings of BHP Ltd shareholders would not change. BHP’s dividend policy and ability to distribute fully franked dividends also would not change.
Subject to final Board approval, BHP shareholders are expected to vote on unification at shareholder meetings planned for the first half of CY2022.
 
5

Table of Contents
Adding to our early stage options in future facing commodities
Consistent with our strategy to secure further growth opportunities in future facing commodities, in July 2021 we made a public
all-cash
offer to acquire Noront Resources to gain access to a highly prospective nickel basin in an attractive region in Canada, following which Noront’s Board recommended shareholders accept BHP’s offer.
During the year, we also signed an agreement for a nickel exploration alliance with Midland Exploration in Canada and exercised an option to sign a
farm-in
agreement with Encounter Resources for the Elliott copper project in Australia.
Update on our
non-core
coal divestment process
In August 2020, we announced plans to divest our interests in BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC), New South Wales Energy Coal and Cerrejón
to focus our coal portfolio on higher-quality metallurgical coals used in steelmaking.
In June 2021, we announced the signing of a Sale and Purchase Agreement to divest our 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón for US$294 million cash consideration. Subject to the satisfaction of customary competition and regulatory requirements, this is expected to complete in the second half of FY2022.
The process for BMC and New South Wales Energy Coal is progressing, in line with the
two-year
timeframe set last year. We remain open to all options and continue consultation with relevant stakeholders.
 
6

Table of Contents
1.6    Delivering
2.2    How we create and grow value
We produce some of the essential resources needed to support global megatrends, such as decarbonisation, and we strive to produce them sustainably, efficiently and ethically.
1.6.1    Our business model
We seek to create value with the communities where we operate and for our shareholders:
 
We are committed to continuous improvement and we strive to operate more reliably and productively than our competitors. Being the best operator will help us safely generate better return on capital employed and outcompete others for new opportunities.
We have delivered strong and consistent results and returns through our portfolio and operating discipline. We achieved net operating cashflow on a Total operations basis of US$32.2 billion in FY2022, above US$15 billion for the sixth consecutive year.
We believe our focus on social value will lead to us being the partner of choice with communities, governments, suppliers, and customers. We seek respectful, mutually beneficial relationships with the communities where we operate and the suppliers, customers and governments we interact with. Our experience has been that engaging with those around us creates optionality, stronger relationships and access to more diverse thinking. It helps us be more creative and to find different ways to problem solve. It also means we are better able to see things coming towards us and can act
pre-emptively.
Aligning strongly with partners can prevent issues or delays with projects and, if issues do arise, means we are better able to collectively work on solutions.
We assess and rank decarbonisation projects across our operated assets through our Capital Allocation Framework (CAF). During FY2022, we integrated our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario into our strategy and capital allocation process, helping to ensure our capital expenditure plans are not misaligned with the Paris Agreement’s aim to pursue efforts to limit global warming to 1.5°C.
We recruit and retain the best people and empower them to run our operations safely and productively. We promote an inclusive and diverse environment where safety and wellbeing are the highest priorities, invest in development programs to build capability and improve performance and offer competitive remuneration. We invest in technology to manage risk, streamline processes and improve productivity.
The combination of our people, strategy and operational systems will help us to outperform our competitors and attract a lower cost of capital, while our CAF helps us make better use of this capital.
We bring together essential resources, a strong balance sheet and a differentiated operating capability underpinned by our technical Centres of Excellence and the BHP Operating System (BOS).
This combination of operational excellence, a strong portfolio of large, long-life, quality assets and focus on social value will assist us to grow value more consistently for all stakeholders and underpin continued attractive returns and long-term value for our shareholders.
Our people
Health and safety
Our highest priority is the safety of our workforce and the communities where we operate. We achieved a third consecutive year without a fatality and have seen a sustained improvement in the high-potential injury frequency rate which fell by 30 per cent in FY2022 from FY2021.
We are committed to protecting the health and wellbeing of our workforce. Over the past five years, we have achieved a 68 per cent reduction in the total number of workers exposed to our most material occupational exposures. For more information refer to OFR 7.4 and 7.6.
Our focus on safety and health underpins our strong operational performance and this includes eliminating sexual harassment, racism and bullying. We are committed to eliminating incidents of sexual harassment in our workplaces and accommodation villages, and have strengthened our approach to prevention, reporting and response. Our focus on gender balance is an important factor in addressing this unacceptable behaviour
.
For more information refer to OFR 7.5.
 
7

Table of Contents
Inclusion and diversity
We continue to build a more inclusive and diverse workforce that further enhances our performance and better reflects the communities where we operate:
 
8We remain on track to achieve our aspirational goal for a gender-balanced employee workforce globally by FY2025
.

1.6.2    How we deliver value
Our people
Our global workforce is the foundation of our business. Supporting our people is vital for high performance and for furthering our competitive advantage. For more information on our culture, including our aspirational target of a gender-balanced workforce and progress in FY2021, refer to section 1.12.
Social value
We are committed to creating long-term value for our shareholders and consider social value and financial value in the decisions we make. Social value is our positive contribution to society – to our people, partners, economy, environment and local communities. We know that when we consider social impacts in our decision-making and when we build respectful and mutually beneficial relationships, we create value for all of our stakeholders and in particular for our shareholders.
We consider our social value work to be successful when the societies where we operate are better off through our presence; the communities we are part of are resilient and thriving, even in the face of change; our shareholders receive a superior return on their investment; and we are a partner of choice for governments, investors, employees, communities, suppliers and customers.
Our strategic capabilities
To deliver on our strategy we need outstanding strategic capabilities in areas where we can generate maximum value.
The strategic capabilities we are focused on include:
discovering and appraising resources
OFR 6.
 
acquiring the right assetsWe made progress during FY2022 against targets for increased Indigenous employment in our Minerals Australia operations, Minerals Americas operations in Chile and asset optionsour Jansen Potash Project in Canada.
defining the optimal waysFor more information refer to develop our resources
optimising our use of capital
continuous improvement and innovation
establishing and maintaining mutually beneficial stakeholder relationships
OFR 6.
Pursuing operational excellenceOur portfolio
Our commitmentWe are reshaping our portfolio to continuous improvement supportsfocus on higher-quality iron ore and metallurgical coal preferred by our pursuit of operational excellence. Our currentsteelmaking customers, copper for electrification and developing strengths include:
renewable energy, nickel for electric vehicles and potash to make food production and land use more efficient and sustainable. For more information refer to OFR 3.
Iron Ore
: We are the principles, practices and toolslowest-cost major iron ore producer globally.
1
Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) is one of the BHP Operating System (BOS), BHP’s way of working that makes continuous improvement part of what we dolowest emissions intensity iron ore operations
2
and is increasing its grade as the new South Flank mine ramps up. WAIO achieved record sales volumes in our business every day
FY2022, allowing us to capitalise on the opportunity presented by higher iron ore prices. For more information refer to OFR 5.1.
Copper
: We hold the capabilities and standards housed in ourworld’s largest copper endowment.
3
We are using technical functions, which includes Technology and our Centres of Excellence, which are designedinnovation such as new floatation technology to help deliver improved safety, productivitylower energy costs and sustainability outcomes
our internal venture capital unit, BHP Ventures, which looksunlock value and are looking to investsecure more copper resources through exploration, acquisition, and early-stage entry. Escondida in emerging companies with game-changing technologiesChile is the world’s largest copper mine. Escondida had record material mined and management teams to help drive innovation and provide us with a valuable portfolio of growth options
Examplesnear-record concentrator throughput in FY2021 included multi-team and cross-functional approaches to achieve:
an increase of over 1,000 productive hours a year for the automated truck fleet at our Jimblebar iron ore operation in Western Australia
improvements in the refining process atFY2022, while Olympic Dam in South Australia resultingperformed strongly in a copper recovery rate from scrap copper that was 25 per cent above the budgeted target for FY2021 and a record for scrap copper recovery at Olympic Dam
9

Technology
Technology helps us to improve frontline safety, increase productivity, reduce cost, build capability and accelerate value creation. We are leveraging technologies such as cloud computing, cloud storage and smart analytics to enhance decision-making and advance mining technologies to automate equipment.
Highlights in FY2021 included:
the development of an
in-house
machine learning tool, Trident, at Escondida that uses real-time data analytics to optimise vessel scheduling and improve the revenue per tonne from copper concentrate sales. The tool is being implemented across our other copper concentrate assets, including Spence
the use of machine learning and optimisation techniques at our Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) rail network to refine WAIO’s rail track grinding plan, which has simultaneously resulted in significantly increased grinding compliance and a reduction in hours lost
at our WAIO shipping facilities at Port Hedland, data scientists and mathematicians worked alongside the operations team on the ground to develop algorithms that lifted our port outflow capacity by more than 1.4 Mtpa, by helping to optimise transport routes to reduce dump times and vessel
line-up
Exploration
Our exploration program is focused on copper and nickel to grow our future facing resource portfolio and replenish our resource base. It is designed to enable us to generate attractive,
low-cost,
value-accretive options for our business and to position BHP for the best future access to our preferred resources. We use new technology and innovation in our exploration activities.
June 2022 quarter after planned major smelter maintenance. For more information refer to section 1.11.
OFR 5.1 and 5.2.
Capital disciplineMetallurgical coal
We use the Capital Allocation Framework (CAF) to assess the most effective: Our metallurgical coal operations in Queensland focus on higher-quality product and efficient way to deploy capital. This helps us to maintain safe and reliable operations, meet our social value and greenhouse gas emissions reduction commitments, keep our balance sheet strong, and deliver strong growth and returns to our shareholders.
We then look at what would be the most valuable risk-adjusted use for any excess capital.
We evaluate the range of investment opportunities and aim to optimise the portfolio based on our assessment of risk, returns and future optionality. We then develop a long-term capital plan and guidance for the Group.
10

1.6.3    How our choice of commodities and assets helps deliver value
Our purpose is to bring together people and resources to build a better world.
Building a better world requires the decarbonisationhave one of the global economy and the protection and improvementlowest production emissions intensities of the quality of life of people everywhere. The world needs sustainable industries and products, cleaner infrastructure and more of the types of jobs people aspire to. This transformation cannot happen without resources and companies like BHP that seek to produce them more safely, responsibly and efficiently.benchmarked mines.
2
Under our Paris-aligned 1.5°C scenario,
(
1
)
we expect demand for many of our commodities to be driven by continued growth in population and the global economy, decarbonisation and electrification. In our 1.5°C scenario, we anticipate demand for primary copper almost doubling and demand for primary nickel almost quadrupling over the next 30 years, compared to the past 30 years. We also expect demand for steel to almost double in the same period. We believe that a wholesale shift away from blast furnace steelmaking,steel making, which depends onuses metallurgical coal, is still decades in the future.
However, we are movingfuture and that metallurgical coal will remain an essential input into the steelmaking process, which is critical to concentratesupport decarbonisation infrastructure. We recently completed the sale of our interest in BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC), further focusing our coal portfolio on higher-gradehigher-quality coals used for steelmaking (metallurgical coal) that have the greatestwith greater potential upside for quality premiums as steelmakers seek to improve blast furnace utilisation and reduce emissions intensity.
Potash is expected to become vital for more efficient agricultural practices as governments and industry seek more efficient and environmentally sustainable agriculture, as well as to ease pressure on increasingly scarce land for farming.
As the shift to cleaner energy sources occurs, we expect the world will still need oil and gas to power mobility and everyday life on the pathway to decarbonisation. We see oil and gas remaining attractive in terms of their investment fundamentals for at least the next decade.
There is no easy path to achieving net zero emissions, but we believe the world has a responsibility to meet this challenge. The task of reducing emissions is more difficult in some sectors and countries, and activities that reduce or remove carbon, such as natural climate solutions or carbon capture, use and storage, will be required to offset those carbon-emitting activities that are harder to abate, such as industrial processes like steel and cement manufacturing, as the world aims for net zero emissions.
We are taking action to play our part in operating more responsibly to provide essential resources. We have been taking action on climate for decades and continue to work towards our target of reducing operational emissions by at least 30 per cent by FY2030 (from FY2020 levels
(
2
)
) and our goal of achieving net zero operational emissions by 2050.
(
3
)
We are working to support the acceleration of decarbonisation in our value chain, including in the hard to abate steelmaking sector. And we will continue to progress work to assess the potential physical impacts of climate change and what will be required to build resilience. For more information regarding our goals to reduce our emissions, refer to section 1.13.7.
Through our focus on operational and financial excellence, ever more sustainable production and use of our commodities, and the creation of broader social value, we believe BHP will play an important role in achieving a cleaner and more prosperous world, while creating greater value for our stakeholders through doing so.
(1) 
Refer to our Climate Change Report 2020 for the assumptions and outputs and limitations of our 1.5°C scenario, used in our most recent portfolio analysis.
(2) 
The FY2020 baseline will be adjusted for any material acquisitions and divestments based on greenhouse gas emissions at the time of the transaction. Carbon offsets will be used as required.
(3) 
These positions are expressed using terms that are defined in the Glossary, including the terms ‘net zero’, ‘target’ and ‘goal’.
11

OFR 5.1.
Our portfolioNickel
: We are actively managing our portfolio for value creation to maximise the opportunity to yield financial returns for shareholders and to create greater value for our partners, communities and all other stakeholders. Following our Board’s approval to invest in Jansen Stage 1, the proposed merger of Petroleum and the proposed exit of our
non-core
coal assets, BHP will be focused on producing higher-quality iron ore and metallurgical coal for steelmaking, copper for electrification and renewable energy, nickel for batteries and potash to make food production and land use more efficient. We will also continue to create and secure further options in future facing commodities.
Iron ore: Lowest-cost iron ore majors globally,
(
1
)
with improved product quality
Record annual production at WAIO in FY2021.
South Flank sustaining project in Western Australia achieved first ore in May 2021 and is expected to enhance our product mix in FY2022.
WAIO is among the world’s lowest carbon emissions intensity iron ore producers.
Metallurgical coal: World class resource with a focus on higher-quality product
Seeking value growth by enhancing productivity and focusing on higher-grade coal with greatest potential for quality premiums.
Implementing technology applications to improve safety and productivity.
Renewable power purchasing agreement in September 2020 to supply up to half of the electricity needs of our Queensland Coal operations from
low-emissions
sources.
Copper: Growth at some of the largest
(
2
)
and most sustainable copper mines globally
Securing more copper resources through exploration and early-stage entry options.
Pursuing technical innovation to unlock value.
Escondida and Spence on track for 100 per cent renewable electricity supply by the
mid-2020s
with four renewable power contracts to commence from FY2022.
Nickel: Options to grow fromhold the second-largest nickel sulphide resourceendowment globally
4
Oneand our nickel operations in Western Australia have one of the lowest carbonproduction emissions intensities of benchmarked mines.
2
We achieved our first saleable production of nickel minerssulphate crystals for the
lithium-ion
battery industry in the world.
TransitioningDecember 2021 quarter. We are growing value by supplying 87 per cent of BHP’s battery-suitable nickel to new mines and focusing on higher-margin products and technical innovation.
Seekingbattery material suppliers in FY2022. We are seeking more nickel resources through exploration, acquisition and early-stage options.
entry. For more information refer to OFR 5.1.
Potash: Developing a potash business with embedded optionalityPotash
Approved a US$5.7bn investment in the Jansen Stage 1 potash project in the world’s best potash basin in Canada.
Expected to be: We are developing one of the world’s most sustainablelargest potash mines in Canada. The proposed mine has been designed based on a sustainable approach with a relatively low carbonemissions footprint and low water intensity.
intensity compared to existing potash mines. The Jansen Potash Project is expected to increase BHP’s product diversification, customer base and operating footprint, opening up a new future growth front. The US$5.7 billion Jansen Stage 1 is tracking to plan and opportunities to bring forward Jansen S1 continue to be assessed. For more information refer to OFR 5.2.
Exceptional performance
Goal for a gender-balanced workforce and for First Nations employees to make up around 20 per cent of the team.
Petroleum: Creation of a global top 10 independent energy companyOperational excellence
We seek to continuously improve performance by empowering our people through BOS principles, practices and tools. BOS is, at its heart, a people program. It is designed to provide a way of working that creates a culture at BHP where we make continuous improvement central to everyone’s role.
Proposed mergerWe continued to deploy BOS throughout our business in FY2022 and expect full deployment by the end of our Petroleum business with Woodside expected to unlock synergies, valueFY2024. BOS has delivered over US$2 billion in estimated, recurring and choice for BHP shareholders.
one-time
On completion, existing BHP shareholders would own approximately 48 per cent ofcost and revenue improvements since we developed it in CY2018. Based on the combined business.
Combined business expected to benefit from a high-margin oil portfolio, long-life LNG assets andsuccess we are seeing, we believe it will deliver further gains in the financial resilience to help supply the energy needed for global growth over the energy transition.
future.
 
(1)1 
Based on published C1 unit costs byof major iron ore producers. There may be differences in the manner that third parties calculate or report unit costs data compared to BHP, which means that third-party data may not be comparable to our data.
For more information refer to OFR 7.8.
(2)3 
Based on published production figures.ownership interest. Peers include: Anglo American, Antofagasta, Codelco, First Quantum Minerals, Freeport, Glencore, Rio Tinto, Southern Copper and Teck. Source peers: Wood Mackenzie Ltd, Q1 2022.
Based on ownership interest. Source peers: MinEx Consulting.
8

What is the BHP Operating System?
The BHP Operating System (BOS) is a way of working that seeks to make improvement part of what we do every day through the application of BOS tools and practices. It is anchored in three principles that will help us deliver exceptional safety and productivity performance and an inclusive and empowered culture:
Serve our customers
– deliver what internal and external customers need, at the right time and at the appropriate levels of quality and cost.
Pursue operating perfection
– pursue 100 per cent safety for our people, 100 per cent value for our customers, 0 per cent waste.
Empower our people
– support our people with the right conditions and leadership to excel. They know their work and how to improve it.
Through BOS principles and practices we are delivering more to our employees and contractors, suppliers, shareholders, customers and the communities whose resources we develop.
Embracing technology and innovation
The power of data, innovation and technology, together with the BOS, have helped accelerate continuous improvement across our value chain, from the geoscience required in exploration through to the marketing of our products.
We have used technology to:
maintain safe, predictable and productive operations
drive productivity improvements, with an emphasis on automation and real-time, data-driven insights and decision-making
help drive inclusion and diversity by providing greater opportunities for roles that were traditionally labour intensive
unlock the next stage of value growth at BHP, from realising greater margins at our existing operations to finding new assets
improve sustainability outcomes through innovation
The use of technology such as in autonomous trucks, production innovation such as primary sulphide leaching at our copper assets (which has helped us to extract more copper from ore) and digital transformation across all parts of our business has helped to improve safety, increase productivity, reduce costs, build capability and accelerate value creation.
Examples of our application of technology and innovation in FY2022 include:
We continued to automate our global trucking fleets. At South Flank we began to automate our fleet of 41 Komatsu haul trucks in the June 2022 quarter, with the program expected to be completed within 18 months. We continued deployment at Goonyella Riverside (expected to be completed by the end of December 2022) and completed the rollout at Daunia. We also commenced autonomous drilling at Spence. We expect to commence the rollout of automated trucks at Spence in FY2023.
We began testing two automated shiploaders at the Port Hedland export facility in Western Australia. In what we believe is a world first, 3D laser scan technology has been used in the A$50 million project. We intend to fully automate eight shiploaders by FY2024. The project is expected to enable an increase in production of more than 1 million tonnes of iron ore each year through greater precision, reduced spillage, faster load times and equipment optimisation.
Our
in-house
Grade Adjustment Model has been introduced at multiple WAIO sites and is expected to enable a US$22.8 million annual revenue uplift at WAIO. The model uses machine learning to target a reduction in iron ore grade variability across the supply chain. It uses data sources that capture movements of ore to map the iron ore grade coming from the mine to the iron grade shipped at port.
Through our Maintenance and Engineering Centre of Excellence, we continued the rollout of our Total Equipment Strategies (TES), which were initially applied to our mobile fleets and have been extended to our fixed plant. These strategies use mathematical analysis of breakdowns, maintenance patterns and original equipment manufacturer recommendations to recalibrate our maintenance programs to increase availability and reliability, and reduce maintenance costs and inventory values. For example, at our Newman iron ore operation in Western Australia, the mobile TES project for CAT 6060 excavators helped to extend the average equipment life by 40 per cent and delivered an availability uplift of 2 per cent. The outcome is 3.5 years of extra life which has helped to achieve capital productivity by deferral of US$120 million of capital expenditure over five years.
9

Financial excellence
We use the Capital Allocation Framework (CAF) to assess the most effective and efficient way to deploy capital. This prioritises maintaining safe and reliable operations, meeting our social value and GHG emissions reductions targets, goals and strategies, keeping our balance sheet strong and delivering strong growth and returns for our shareholders. We then look at what would be the most valuable risk-adjusted use for any excess capital. We evaluate the range of investment opportunities and aim to optimise the portfolio based on our assessment of risk, returns and future optionality. We then develop a long-term capital plan and guidance for the Group.
Since the CAF’s introduction in FY2016, we have balanced reinvestment in the business with cash returns to shareholders. We want shareholders to see the short-term benefit of these cash returns and trust us to plan for the future by investing where it matters.
Social value
Social value is BHP’s positive contribution to society – our people, partners, the economy, the environment and local communities. It is about creating enduring, mutual benefit for BHP, our shareholders and the broader community.
Doing this well is essential to better business outcomes and long-term shareholder value, and will create a competitive advantage.
How social value can create competitive advantage
We recognise that decisions we make have the potential to positively or negatively impact those around us, and the environment. Our aim with social value is to be deliberate and proactive in taking into account social, environmental and financial impact in the choices we make.
Embedding social value into everything we do will open up opportunities, increase resilience and help us manage risk. It will influence our access to resources, partners, markets, the best talent, and capital.
Our commitment to social value
We have been committed to sustainability and social value for many years and are making progress in responsibly providing more of the resources the world needs:
We have set GHG emissions reduction targets and goals (that are described in OFR 7.8) and our Climate Transition Action Plan 2021 (CTAP) received majority approval from shareholders in the ‘Say on Climate’ advisory vote at our 2021 Annual General Meetings.
We are working to create nature-positive
4
outcomes through the new goal we have set to have at least 30 per cent of the land and water we steward under conservation, restoration or regenerative practices by 2030. For more information refer to 2030 social value scorecard below and OFR 7.15.
We are working to transition our operations to renewable electricity. For more information, refer to OFR 5.1 and 7.8.
We are working with suppliers to drive innovation by participating in initiatives such as Komatsu’s GHG Alliance, which aims to develop commercially viable
zero-GHG
emissions haul trucks. For more information refer to OFR 7.8.
Our spend with Indigenous businesses increased by 75 per cent to US$149.9 million in FY2022 and the number of Indigenous vendors engaged rose by 53 per cent to 148. WAIO announced its intention to more than double its spend with Indigenous vendors to more than US$300 million by the end of FY2024. For more information refer to OFR 7.13.
We completed our most recent five-year sustainability targets in FY2022. Highlights included three years fatality-free, a reduction in the total number of workers exposed to our most material occupational exposures by 68 per cent, social investment of US$681.4 million over five years and a 29 per cent reduction in freshwater withdrawal volumes from our adjusted FY2017 baseline. For more information refer to OFR 7.3 and 7.8.
Our Chilean operations Escondida and Spence, and Olympic Dam in Australia were awarded the Copper Mark during FY2022 recognising responsible production practices. For more information on our social value performance refer to OFR 7.
2030 social value scorecard
In June 2022, we launched our social value scorecard with 2030 goals, metrics and milestones (below). We believe it will enhance our opportunity to run our business in a way that delivers long-term, sustainable value to BHP, our shareholders and the broader community.
This scorecard provides clarity to our teams on our ambitions and allows us to measure progress, transparently report, and hold ourselves to account.
Our metrics will evolve over time and some are future metrics that will be developed in the coming years. They show where we are headed with measuring our performance.
At its core, this scorecard represents an emphasis on partnerships, listening and
co-design,
recognising that it is not for us alone to decide what is of value to communities or the environment, and that addressing challenges like climate change require collaboration.
We will disclose our performance against this scorecard every year as part of our Annual Report, starting in FY2023.
10

11

Supporting local economic development
We aim to source and promote locally available goods and services as an important part of our external expenditure, to help local communities thrive. Our operated assets develop local procurement plans designed to identify opportunities for local suppliers, including small businesses.
In FY2022, BHP made US$18.8 billion in payments to suppliers globally, including US$17.6 billion in payments to more than 8,000 suppliers in the regions where we operate. Of the latter amount, US$2.7 billion, or 15.2 per cent, was paid to local suppliers in the communities where we operate. Our expenditure with local suppliers was primarily in Australia (59 per cent) and Chile (30 per cent). Of our total supplier spend, 94.4 per cent was in the regions where we operate.
 
12

1.7    Chief Financial Officer’s review
3    Positioning for the future
Not required for US reporting.
Reshaping our corporate structure and portfolio
In FY2022, we took steps to create a simpler, more agile and efficient BHP, better able to capitalise on the megatrends shaping our world.
1.8A simpler corporate structure
For the past two decades, we operated with a dual listed company (DLC) structure with two parent companies – BHP Group Limited in Australia with its shares listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and BHP Group Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd) in the United Kingdom with its shares listed on the London Stock Exchange.
Following shareholder approval in January 2022, we unified our corporate structure to one parent company and one share price – under BHP Group Limited. We believe unification gives us a corporate structure that is simpler, more agile and more efficient.
Merging Petroleum with Woodside
During FY2022, we merged our Petroleum business with Woodside Energy Group Ltd (Woodside) to create a global top 10 independent energy company by production. Woodside acquired BHP’s Petroleum business in exchange for Woodside shares that were distributed to BHP shareholders through an in specie dividend.
Based on Woodside’s share price of US$21.39 (A$29.76) at 31 May 2022, the closing date of the transaction, the implied value of BHP’s Petroleum business was US$19.6 billion (A$27.2 billion).
BHP shareholders gained exposure to assets in Woodside through the transaction and greater choice about how to weight their exposure to the different investment and sector propositions. The transaction increased BHP’s portfolio weighting towards future facing commodities that support economic growth and have potential upside through the energy transition.
Consolidating our coal portfolio
In January 2022, we divested our 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón, a
non-operated
energy coal joint venture in Colombia, to Glencore, for a total cash consideration of approximately US$294 million.
In May 2022, we divested our 80 per cent interest in BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd (BMC), a metallurgical coal joint venture in Queensland operated by BMC, to Stanmore Resources Limited, for a total cash consideration of up to US$1.35 billion in paid and deferred amounts, plus a final completion adjustment amount.
In June 2022, we announced that, following a
two-year
review, we would retain New South Wales Energy Coal (NSWEC). We will be seeking approvals to continue mining at NSWEC beyond its current mining consent that expires in 2026 and intend to proceed with a managed process to cease mining at the asset by the end of FY2030.
These portfolio changes are consistent with our strategy to focus on producing higher-quality metallurgical coal.
Investing in a new commodity – potash
Potash enables more efficient and sustainable farming, which we believe will be increasingly important in feeding a growing population, and potentially opens a new long-term growth front for BHP.
In August 2021, we approved US$5.7 billion in capital expenditure for Jansen Stage 1 in Saskatchewan, Canada, with first potash production expected in CY2027. We are working to bring forward Jansen Stage 1 first production and are assessing options to accelerate Jansen Stage 2.
The US$2.97 billion Jansen project to finish the excavation and lining of the production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities, was completed in June 2022. For FY2023, approximately US$740 million in capital expenditure is planned for work at Jansen Stage 1, which will continue to focus on civil and mechanical construction on the surface and underground, as well as equipment procurement and port construction.
Unlocking growth potential at our assets
The large endowments we have under our control are becoming increasingly valuable as the resources industry finds high-quality, Tier 1 (large,
low-cost
and long-life) resources harder to access, deeper, of lower grade, or in countries with more challenging operating conditions.
13

Copper
We hold the largest copper endowment in the world at among the highest average grade.
1
This includes 27 billion tonnes of ore at an average grade of 0.52 per cent at Escondida, where we are targeting an annual average of 1.2 million tonnes (Mt) of copper production over the medium term, a 20 per cent increase on Escondida’s FY2022 production of 1 Mt.
On the basis that tailings storage facility anomalies are resolved, production at Spence is expected to reach and average approximately 270 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa) of production for four years (including cathodes) following the completion of Spence Growth Option (SGO) plant modifications. This will be supported by capital expenditure of approximately US$100 million, which is planned for the SGO plant modifications and these are currently planned to be completed in CY2023, with further studies ongoing for additional capacity uplift.
At Olympic Dam, we have improved operating stability over time. Smelter operations have been strong following our planned major smelter maintenance, completed in January 2022. The next major rebuild is not expected for six years.
Nickel
We hold the second-largest nickel sulphide endowment globally
2
and own the majority of tenements of known resource in the Agnew-Wiluna basin in Western Australia.
Our nickel sulphate plant at Nickel West delivered first crystals in October 2021, allowing us to add further value to our nickel production. We intend to capitalise on the expected ongoing global demand for nickel for the electric vehicle industry, as the method we use to produce nickel sulphate results in a product we believe is ideal for battery production.
We continue to explore ways to increase the scale of Nickel West.
Iron Ore
We are one of the world’s largest iron ore producers and expect to increase production over the medium-term.
We have secured an increase to our WAIO iron ore environmental licence to expand port operations up to 330 million tonnes per annum (Mtpa) subject to the outcomes of a standard appeals process.
The ramp up of WAIO’s US$3.6 billion South Flank mine is ahead of schedule and we have revised our medium term production guidance to more than 300 Mtpa. We are assessing expansion alternatives to take us toward 330 Mtpa of production.
Growth through exploration, focused on copper and nickel
Based on ownership interest. Peers include: Anglo American, Antofagasta, Codelco, First Quantum Minerals, Freeport, Glencore, Rio Tinto, Southern Copper, and Teck. Source peers: Wood Mackenzie Ltd, Q1 2022.
Based on ownership interest. Source peers: MinEx Consulting.
14

Our exploration program is focused on copper and nickel. We look to identify and gain access to new search spaces to test targets capable of delivering high-quality, Tier 1 deposits, and maintain research and technology activities aligned with our exploration strategy.
Despite the slowdown and restrictions on movement due to the
COVID-19
pandemic, in FY2022 our field teams pursued copper opportunities in Chile, Colombia, Peru, Ecuador, the United States and Australia. This involved early-stage reconnaissance work through target definition and drill testing. Elsewhere for copper, we continued to seek, secure and test concessions in regions such as Ecuador, South Australia, Chile, Mexico and Peru.
We have also increased the number of high-quality nickel projects within the exploration pipeline. We are actively exploring nickel targets in Western Australia, while in Canada, we continued our partnership with Midland Exploration Inc in Canada, through our 5 per cent interest and collaboration on a target generation program. BHP made a US$40 million investment in Kabanga Nickel in Tanzania in FY2022, which offers an opportunity to expand the immediate search space to add to the known resource.
Our business partnerships continued to deliver encouraging results. In Ecuador, we maintained a 13.6 per cent ownership in SolGold plc, the majority owner and operator of the Alpala porphyry copper-gold project. In Mexico, we continued our financial agreement with Riverside Resources, a US company with significant operating experience in Mexico, securing additional areas that are scheduled to be drill tested during FY2023. In Australia, we initiated work with Encounter Resources to explore for sediment-hosted copper deposits in the Northern Territory. We also entered into a Letter of Intent with Mundoro to cooperatively explore for copper resources in the highly prospective belt in Serbia and Bulgaria. Several drill-ready targets are scheduled to be tested during FY2023.
Exploration expenditure
Our resource assessment exploration expenditure increased by 30 per cent in FY2022 to US$179 million, while our greenfield expenditure increased by 43 per cent to US$77 million. Expenditure on resources assessment and greenfield exploration over the last three financial years is set out below.
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
   2021
US$M
   2020
US$M
 
Greenfield exploration
  
 
77
 
   54    44 
Resources assessment
  
 
179
 
   138    132 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total metals exploration and assessment
  
 
256
 
   192    176 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Exploration expense
Exploration expense represents that portion of exploration expenditure that is not capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in Financial Statements note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’.
Exploration expense for each segment over the last three financial years is set out below.
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
   2021
US$M
   2020
US$M
 
Exploration expense
               
Copper
  
 
85
 
   53    54 
Iron Ore
  
 
54
 
   55    47 
Coal
  
 
6
 
   7    9 
Group and unallocated items
1
  
 
54
 
   19    13 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Group
  
 
199
 
   134    123 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations, including Potash, Nickel West and legacy assets (previously disclosed as closed mines in the Petroleum reportable segment), and consolidation adjustments.
15

4    Financial review
1.8.14.1    Group overview
We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. We publish our Consolidated Financial Statements in US dollars. All Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Cash Flow Statement information below has been derived from audited Financial Statements. For more information refer to section 3.Financial Statements.
We use various Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
non-IFRS
financial information to reflect our underlying performance. These APMs are
Non-IFRS
financial information is not defined or specified under the requirements of IFRS but arehowever, is derived from the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. The APMs are
Non-IFRS
financial information is consistent with how management reviews financial performance of the Group with the Board and the investment community. Section 4.2, which is incorporated into the Strategic Report by reference,OFR 11
‘Non-IFRS
financial information’ includes our APMs
non-IFRS
financial information and section 4.2.1OFR 11.1 ‘Definition and calculation of
non-IFRS
financial information’ outlines why we believe the APMs are
non-IFRS
financial information is useful and the relevant calculation methodology. We believe these APMs provide
non-IFRS
financial information provides useful information, but theyhowever it should not be considered as an indication of, or as a substitute for, statutory measures as an indicator of actual operating performance (such as profit or net operating cash flow) or any other measure of financial performance or position presented in accordance with IFRS, or as a measure of a company’s profitability, liquidity or financial position.
Summary of financial measures
 
Year ended 30 June
US$M
 
2021
  2020 
Consolidated Income Statement (section 3.1.1)
        
Revenue
 
 
60,817
 
  42,931 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders (Attributable profit)
 
 
11,304
 
  7,956 
Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)
 
 
156.0
 
  143.0 
Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (US cents)
 
 
301.0
 
  120.0 
Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
 
 
223.5
 
  157.3 
Consolidated Balance Sheet (section 3.1.3)
(1)
        
Total assets
 
 
108,927
 
  105,733 
Net assets
 
 
55,605
 
  52,175 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (section 3.1.4)
        
Net operating cash flows
 
 
27,234
 
  15,706 
Capital and exploration expenditure
 
 
7,120
 
  7,640 
Other financial information (section 4.2)
        
Net debt
 
 
4,121
 
  12,044 
Underlying attributable profit
 
 
17,077
 
  9,060 
Underlying EBITDA
 
 
37,379
 
  22,071 
Underlying basic earnings per share (US cents)
 
 
337.7
 
  179.2 
Underlying Return on Capital Employed (per cent)
 
 
32.5
 
  16.9 
Year ended 30 June
US$M
 
2022
  2021 
Consolidated Income Statement (Financial Statements 1.1)
        
Revenue
1
 
 
65,098
 
  56,921 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Continuing operations
1
 
 
22,400
 
  13,676 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders
 
 
30,900
 
  11,304 
Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)
 
 
350.0
 
  156.0 
Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (US cents)
 
 
325.0
 
  301.0 
In specie dividend on merger of Petroleum with Woodside (US cents)
 
 
386.4
 
   
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (US cents)
 
 
610.6
 
  223.5 
Consolidated Balance Sheet (Financial Statements 1.3)
        
Total assets
 
 
95,166
 
  108,927 
Net assets
 
 
48,766
 
  55,605 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Financial Statements 1.4)
        
Net operating cash flows
 
 
32,174
 
  27,234 
Capital and exploration expenditure
2
 
 
7,545
 
  7,120 
Other financial information (OFR 11)
        
Net debt
 
 
333
 
  4,121 
Underlying attributable profit
 
 
23,815
 
  17,077 
Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations
1
 
 
21,319
 
  16,985 
Underlying EBITDA
1
 
 
40,634
 
  35,073 
Underlying basic earnings per share (US cents)
 
 
470.6
 
  337.7 
Underlying basic earnings per share – Continuing operations (US cents)
1
 
 
421.2
 
  335.9 
Underlying return on capital employed (per cent)
 
 
48.7
 
  32.5 
 
(1)1 
All comparativeComparative periods have been restatedadjusted for the effects of applying IFRS 5
‘Non-current
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ and discloses them on the same basis as the current period figures. For more information refer to reflect changesFinancial Statements note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
Includes US$1,434 million related to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition ofDiscontinued operations (FY2021: US$950 million of goodwill at Olympic Dam (included in the Copper segment) and an offsetting US$1,021 million increase in deferred tax liabilities. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ in section 3 for further information.1,316 million).
For more selected consolidated financial information derived from the historical audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the group, refer to section 4.1.
1316

1.8.2
4.2    Key performance indicators
Our key performance indicators (KPIs) enable us to measure our sustainable development and financial performance. These KPIs are used to assess performance of our people throughout the Group. For information on our approach to performance and reward refer to section 2.Remuneration Report. For information on our overall approach to executive remuneration, including remuneration policies and remuneration outcomes refer to section 2.Remuneration Report.
Following BHP’s sale of the Onshore US assets in FY2019 and subsequently the merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside in FY2022, the contribution of these assets to the Group’s results isare presented in this Annual Report as Discontinued operations. To enable more meaningful comparisons with prior year disclosures and in some cases to comply with applicable statutory requirements, the data in section 1.8.2,OFR 4.2, except for Underlying EBITDA, has been presented to include Onshore USPetroleum assets. Footnotes to tables and infographics indicate whether data presented in section 1.8.2OFR 4.2 is inclusive or exclusive of Onshore US.Petroleum assets. Details of the contribution of the Onshore USPetroleum assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in Financial Statements note 2927 ‘Discontinued operations’ in section 3..
 

 
(1)1 
Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.
 
(2)2 
Excludes data from Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.
 
(3)3 
For more information on APMs,
non-IFRS
financial information refer to section 4.2.
OFR 11.
 
1417

Reconciling our financial results to our key performance indicators
 
 
Profit
 
Earnings
 
Cash
 
Returns
  
Profit
 
Earnings
 
Cash
 
Returns
 
                
     
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
     
US$M
      
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
     
US$M
 
                
Measure:
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
 
 
 
 
13,451
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
 
 
13,451
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations
 
 
27,234
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
 
 
 
13,451
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
 
 
 
 
33,055
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
 
 
33,055
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations
 
 
29,285
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
 
 
 
33,055
 
                                        
      
Made up of:
 Profit after taxation
 
 Profit after taxation
 
 Cash generated by the Group’s consolidated operations, after dividends received, interest, proceeds and settlements of cash management related instruments, taxation and royalty-related taxation. It excludes cash flows relating to investing and financing activities.
 
 Profit after taxation
 
 Profit after taxation
 
 Profit after taxation
 
 Cash generated by the Group’s consolidated operations, after dividends received, interest, proceeds and settlements of cash management-related instruments, taxation and royalty-related taxation. It excludes cash flows relating to investing and financing activities
 
 Profit after taxation
 
                                    
Adjusted for:
 
 
Exceptional items before taxation
 
 
 
 
4,470
 
 
   
 
Exceptional items before taxation
 
 
 
 
4,470
 
 
     
 
Exceptional items after taxation
   
 
 
 
5,797
 
 
 
 
Exceptional items before taxation
 
 
 
 
620
 
 
   
 
Exceptional items before taxation
 
 
 
 
620
 
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations
 
 
 
 
2,889
 
 
 
 
Exceptional items after taxation
 
 
 
 
 
(7,085
 
                
 Tax effect of exceptional items 
 
1,327
 
   Tax effect of exceptional items 
 
1,327
 
     Net finance costs excluding exceptional items
 
 
 
1,220
 
 Net finance costs excluding exceptional items from Discontinued operations
 
 
 
159
 
                
 Exceptional items after tax attributable to
non-controlling
interests
 
 
(24
   Depreciation and amortisation excluding exceptional items 
 
6,824
 
     Income tax benefit on net finance costs   
 
(337
 Tax effect of exceptional items 
 
454
 
 Tax effect of exceptional items 
 
454
 
 Net finance costs excluding exceptional items from Continuing operations
 
 
 
679
 
   
 
                         
         Exceptional items after tax attributable to
non-controlling
interests
 
 
–  
 
 Depreciation and amortisation excluding exceptional items 
 
5,683
 
 Income tax expense on net finance costs 
 
(287
       Impairments of property,             
 
  
       plant and equipment,       Profit after taxation     Exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders – Continuing operations 
 
1,074
 
 
 
Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles excluding exceptional items
 
 
515
 
 Profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items 
 
 
26,521
 
 Exceptional items     financial assets and       excluding net finance     
 
 
 attributable to BHP     intangibles excluding       costs and exceptional            
 shareholders   
 
5,773
 
 exceptional items 
 
264
 
     items   
 
20,131
 
 Exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders – Discontinued operations 
 
(8,159
 Net finance costs excluding exceptional items from Continuing operations 
 
679
 
 Net assets at the beginning of period 
 
55,605
 
 
                
 Profit after taxation attributable to
non-controlling
interests
   
 
(2,147
 Net finance costs excluding exceptional items 
 
1,220
 
     Net Assets at the beginning of period 
 
52,175
 
   Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to
non-controlling
interests
 
 
(2,155
 Taxation expense excluding exceptional items 
 
10,283
 
 Net debt at the beginning of period 
 
4,121
 
 
         
 
  
       Taxation expense excluding exceptional items 
 
9,823
 
     Net Debt at the beginning of period 
 
12,044
 
          
                 
 
    Profit after taxation from Discontinued operations (including exceptional items) 
(10,655
)
 
 Capital employed at the beginning of period 
 
59,726
 
                
               Capital employed at the beginning of period   
 
64,219
 
 Net assets at the end of period 
 
48,766
 
 
                
               Net Assets at the end of period 
 
55,605
 
   Net debt at the end of period 
 
333
 
 
         
 
  
               Net Debt at the end of period 
 
4,121
 
          
                 
 
    Capital employed at the end of period 
 
49,099
 
         
               Capital employed at the end of period   
 
59,726
 
 Average capital employed  
 
54,413
 
               Average capital employed      
               
 
61,973
 
                    
                    
                    
To reach our KPIs
 
 
Underlying attributable profit
 
   
 
 
 
 
17,077
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
 
 
 
 
 
 
37,379
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows
 
 
 
 
 
 
27,234
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying Return on Capital Employed
 
   
 
 
 
 
32.5%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying attributable profit
 
   
 
 
 
 
23,815
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
 
 
 
 
 
 
40,634
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows
 
 
 
 
 
 
32,174
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying return on capital employed
 
   
 
 
 
 
48.7%
 
 
 
 
Why do we use it?
 
 
Underlying attributable profit allows the comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items and is also the basis on which our dividend payout ratio policy is applied.
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA is used to help assess current operational profitability excluding the impacts of sunk costs (i.e. depreciation from initial investment). It is a measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of the Group’s segments and make decisions on the allocation of resources.
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows provide insights into how we are managing costs and increasing productivity across BHP.
 
 
 
Underlying Return on Capital Employed is an indicator of the Group’s capital efficiency. It is provided on an underlying basis to allow comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
 
 
 
Underlying attributable profit allows the comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA is used to help assess current operational profitability excluding the impacts of sunk costs (ie. depreciation from initial investment). It is a measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of the Group’s segments and make decisions on the allocation of resources.
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows provide insights into how we are managing costs and increasing productivity across BHP.
 
 
 
Underlying return on capital employed is an indicator of the Group’s capital efficiency. It is provided on an underlying basis to allow comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
 
 
1518

1.8.3
4.3    Financial results
The following table provides more information on the revenue and expenses of the Group in FY2021:FY2022.
 
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
 2020
US$M
 2019
US$M
   
2022

US$M
 2021
US$M
Restated
 2020
US$M
Restated
 
Continuing operations
          
Revenue
(1)
  
 
60,817
 
 42,931  44,288 
Revenue
1
  
 
65,098
 
 56,921  38,924 
Other income
  
 
510
 
 777  393   
 
1,398
 
 380  720 
Expenses excluding net finance costs
  
 
(34,500
 (28,775 (28,022  
 
(32,371
 (30,871 (25,453
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(921
 (512 (546  
 
(19
 (915 (508
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Profit from operations
  
 
25,906
 
 14,421  16,113   
 
34,106
 
 25,515  13,683 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net finance costs
  
 
(1,305
 (911 (1,064  
 
(969
 (1,223 (858
Total taxation expense
  
 
(11,150
 (4,774 (5,529  
 
(10,737
 (10,616 (4,197
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
  
 
13,451
 
 8,736  9,520   
 
22,400
 
 13,676  8,628 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Discontinued operations
          
Loss after taxation from Discontinued operations
  
 
 
    (335
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations
  
 
10,655
 
 (225 108 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
  
 
13,451
 
 8,736  9,185   
 
33,055
 
 13,451  8,736 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
  
 
2,147
 
 780  879   
 
2,155
 
 2,147  780 
Attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
11,304
 
 7,956  8,306   
 
30,900
 
 11,304  7,956 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
(1)1 
Includes the sale of third-party products.
Profit after taxation attributable to BHP shareholders increased from a profit of US$8.0 billion in FY2020 to a profit of US$11.3 billion in FY2021. Attributable profit of US$11.3 billion in FY2021 to US$30.9 billion in FY2022. Attributable profit of US$30.9 billion includes an exceptional lossgain of US$5.87.1 billion (after tax), compared to an attributable profit of US$8.011.3 billion including an exceptional loss of US$1.15.8 billion (after tax) in the prior period. The FY2021FY2022 exceptional gain includes a US$1.1 billion exceptional loss mainly relatesrelated to impairment charges recognised in relation to the Group’s energy coal and Potash assets as well as theContinuing operations comprising of Samarco dam failure.failure impacts, corporate structure unification costs and US deferred tax asset impairments partially offset by the net gain on disposal of BMC. The net gain on merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside is included as an exceptional item related to Discontinued operations included within Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations. For more information on Exceptional items refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.and Financial Statements note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
Revenue of US$60.865.1 billion increased by US$17.98.2 billion, or 4214 per cent from FY2020.FY2021. This increase was primarily attributablemainly due to higher average realised prices for iron ore,metallurgical coal, thermal coal, copper nickel, oil, natural gas and thermal coal,nickel, partially offset by lower average realised prices for metallurgical coal and LNG. Recordiron ore.
Lower volumes achieved at WAIO, along withwere experienced across the highest annual productionGroup’s portfolio due to
COVID-19
impacts, the planned major smelter maintenance campaign at Olympic Dam since our acquisition in 2005, were more than offset by the impacts of expectedand lower feed grade declines at Escondida and Spence. Volume decline was partially offset by higher concentrate sales at Spence natural field decline in Petroleum and adverse weather events.reflecting the continued ramp up of the Spence Growth Option. For information on our average realised prices and production of our commodities refer to section 1.17.
OFR 10.
Total expenses excluding net finance costs of US$34.532.4 billion increased by US$5.71.5 billion, or 205 per cent from FY2020.FY2021. This includes a US$2.0 billion increase of net impairment charges recognised against the Group’s Potash assets of US$1.3 billionincluded higher raw materials and at NSWECconsumables of US$1.1 billion recognised in FY2021 compareddue to South Flank operational ramp up and higher input prices mainly due to higher diesel and acid prices, higher royalties of US$0.40.9 billion mainly driven by prices for metallurgical coal and thermal coal and US$0.7 billion third-party purchases mainly due to higher nickel prices. Higher depreciation and amortisation expense of US$0.6 billion reflected the commissioning of South Flank, Spence Growth Option, and the completion of the major smelter maintenance at Cerro Colorado in FY2020.Olympic Dam. The increase also included higher price linkedUS$0.4 billion of costs related to corporate structure unification. This was partly offset by lower impairments of US$0.92.0 billion reflecting higher royaltiesmainly due to higher realised prices for iron orePotash and US$0.5 billion of higher third party concentrate purchase costs. Depreciation and amortisation expense increased by US$0.7 billion reflecting a decrease in estimated remaining reserves at Bass Strait due to underperformance of the reservoirNSWEC asset impairment charges in the Turrum field and lower overall condensate and natural gas liquids (NGL) recovery from the Bass Strait gas fields and higher depreciation at WAIO due to a change in Yandi’s life of mine. This was combined with higher foreign exchange losses of US$1.6 billion reflecting the impact of the stronger Australian dollar and Chilean peso against the US dollar on our cost base.prior period.
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses of US$(0.9) billion in FY2021, increased19 million decreased by US$0.40.9 billion from FY2020.FY2021. The increasedecrease was primarily duerelated to unfavourable foreign exchange impactsa lower increase in relation to the Samarco dam failure provision of US$0.5 billion combined with acompared to FY2021 and US$0.5 billion impairment charge atof Cerrejón partially offset by higher current year profits from Antamina of US$0.4 billion primarily due to higher prices. Furtherin FY2021. For more information on the total impact of the Samarco dam failure provision and impairment charges connected with equity accounted investments, can be found atrefer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3 and Financial Statements note 13 ‘Impairment of
non-current
assets’ in section 3 respectively.
Net finance costs of US$1.31.0 billion increaseddecreased by US$0.40.3 billion, or 4321 per cent from FY2020.FY2021. This was primarily attributablemainly due to premiums of US$395 million paid as part of the value accretive multi-currency hybrid debt repurchase programs completed during the year.FY2021. For more information on net finance costs refer to section 1.8.4 andFinancial Statements note 22 ‘Net finance costs’ in section 3..
Total taxation expense of US$11.210.7 billion increased by US$6.40.1 billion from FY2020.FY2021. The increase wasis primarily due to significantly higher profits from higher prices offset by FY2021 reduction of US tax credits related to Chilean taxes and higher withholding tax on dividends, mostly driven by higher commodity prices.losses assessed as not recoverable not repeating. For more information on income tax expense refer to Financial Statements note 6 ‘Income tax expense’ in section 3..
 
1619

Principal factors that affect Underlying EBITDA
The following table and commentary describes the impact of the principal factors
(1)1
that affected Underlying EBITDA for FY2021FY2022 compared with FY2020:FY2021.
 
    
US$M
     
Underlying EBITDA for year ended 30 June 20202021 (Restated)
  
 
22,07135,073
 
   
Net price impact:
        
Change in sales prices
  
 
16,9656,594
 
  Higher average realised prices for iron ore,metallurgical coal, thermal coal, copper nickel, oil, natural gas and thermal coal,nickel, partially offset by lower average realised prices for metallurgical coal and LNG.iron ore.
   
Price-linked costs
  
 
(8701,047
  Increased royalties reflectreflecting higher realised prices for iron oremetallurgical coal and thermal coal and higher third partythird-party concentrate purchase costs reflectreflecting higher nickel prices, partially offset by lower royalties for petroleum and metallurgical coal.iron ore.
   
 
16,0955,547
 
   
Change in volumes
  
 
(3121,212
  
RecordLower volumes at WAIOacross our operations associated with strong performance across the supply chain, were offset by natural field decline at Petroleum.impacts of
COVID-19
The expected(US$952 million), lower grades at Escondida and Spence more than offset Escondida concentrator throughput maintained at record levels, the new stream of concentrate production from the Spence Growth Option that came online in December 2020 and highest annual copper production achievedvolumes at Olympic Dam since our acquisition in 2005.
Loweras a result of the planned major smelter maintenance campaign, lower copper concentrator feed grade at Escondida, lower BMA volumes due to adversesignificant wet weather impacts, and lower volumes at Nickel West due to an unplanned smelter outage in the Gulf of Mexico (Petroleum) and NSWEC, combined with dragline maintenance and higher strip ratios at BMC.June 2022 quarter. This was partially offset by higher concentrate sales at Spence reflecting the acquisitioncontinued ramp up of the additional 28 per cent working interest at ShenziSpence Growth Option and increased volumes at Nickel West following resource transition and major quadrennial maintenance shutdowns infavourable weather compared to the prior period.
year at WAIO.
Change in controllable cash costs:
Operating cash costs
  
 
(34540
  Higher inventory drawdowns at Olympic Damcosts across our operations due to stronger millthe impacts of
COVID-19
(US$277 million) reported as an exceptional item last year, higher costs at WAIO due to South Flank operational
ramp-up
expenditure and smelter performancehigher rail maintenance costs. Higher costs at Escondida due to an increase in material mined and workforce bonus payments for a new collective bargaining agreement. Higher costs at Nickel West as volumes increased following planned maintenance shutdowns in the prior period and additional costs associated with theSpence due to a
ramp-up
of South Flank. This was largely offset by strong cost performance supported by cost reduction initiatives across our assets, lower technology costsconcentrate volumes, and a prior year
one-off
gain fromdue to the optimised outcome from renegotiationcancellation of cancelled power contracts at Escondida and Spence.
Exploration This was partially offset by favourable inventory movements at Olympic Dam, Nickel West, Escondida and business development
109
Lower exploration expensesSpence, and lower costs at BMA due to lower seismic activity in Petroleum.
75
cost efficiency initiatives.
Change in other costs:        
Exchange rates
  
 
(1,5881,180
) 
  Impact of movements in the stronger Australian dollar and Chilean peso against the US dollar.
Inflation
  
 
(286867
  Impact of inflation on the Group’s cost base.
Fuel, energy, and energyconsumable price movements
  
 
223(660
) 
  Predominantly lowerhigher diesel prices at our minerals assets.and acid prices.
Non-CashNon-cash
  
 
282
Lower deferred stripping depletion at Escondida in line with planned development phase of the mines.
One-off
items
(1223
  Volume loss across our operations due to
COVID-19
restrictions, predominantly at our copper operations in Chile.
   
 
(1,491350
   
Asset sales  
 
172
 
   
Ceased and sold operations  
 
2421,668
 
  Reflects the divestmentcontribution of NeptuneBMC prior to divestment and a decrease in costs related to the closure and rehabilitation provision for closed mines of US$311297 million compared with the prior year.
   
Other items  
 
682446
 
  Other includes higher recovery of freight costs caused by movements in the freight index on consecutive voyage charter (CVC) voyages and higher average realised sales prices received by Antamina.Antamina, partially offset by the
write-off
of iron ore dormant stockpiles.
Underlying EBITDA for year ended 30 June 20212022
  
 
37,37940,634
 
   
 
(1)1 
For information on the method of calculation of the principal factors that affect Underlying EBITDA, refer to section 4.2.2.OFR 11.2.
 
1720

Discontinued operations
On 22 November 2021, the Group and Woodside signed a binding Share Sale Agreement (‘SSA’) for the merger of the assets with Woodside. Woodside has subsequently acquired the entire share capital of BHP Petroleum International Pty Ltd (‘BHP Petroleum’) in exchange for new Woodside ordinary shares.
While the merger had an economic effective date of 1 July 2021, the Group continued to control the Petroleum assets and carry on business in the normal course for 11 months until 1 June 2022 (Completion Date). As such, the Group recognises its share of revenue, expenses, net finance costs and associated income tax expense related to the discontinued operation until the Completion Date.
All income and expense items relating to the Petroleum Discontinued Operation have been removed from the individual line items in the Consolidated Income Statement. The
post-tax
loss of the Petroleum Discontinued Operation is presented as a single amount in the line item titled ‘Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations’.
Petroleum’s contribution to BHP’s 2022 financial results comprised a US$2.5 billion profit after taxation.
As consideration for the sale of BHP Petroleum, the Group received 914,768,948 newly issued Woodside ordinary shares at Completion Date. On the Completion Date, the Group paid a fully franked in specie dividend in the form of Woodside shares to eligible BHP shareholders. Eligible BHP shareholders received one Woodside share for every 5.5340 BHP shares they held on the Group’s register at the record date of 26 May 2022. As part of completion and in order to reflect the economic effective date, the Group made a net cash payment of US$0.7 billion to Woodside in addition to US$0.4 billion in cash that was left in the BHP Petroleum bank accounts to fund ongoing operations. The total cash transfer of US$1.1 billion reflects the net cash flows generated by BHP Petroleum between 1 July 2021 and Completion Date adjusted for dividends Woodside would have paid on the newly issued Woodside ordinary shares, had the merger completed on 1 July 2021. The net cash completion payment to Woodside is subject to a customary post-completion review, which may result in an adjustment to the amount paid. The merger generated a net gain after tax of US$8.2 billion that has been included in the line item titled ‘Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations’ and treated as an exceptional item.
For further information refer to Financial Statements note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
Cash flow
The following table provides a summary of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement contained in section 3.1.4:Financial Statements 1.4, excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents.
 
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
 2020
US$M
 2019
US$M
   
2022

US$M
 2021
US$M
Restated
 2020
US$M
Restated
 
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations
  
 
27,234
 
 15,706  17,397   
 
29,285
 
 25,883  14,685 
Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
 
    474   
 
2,889
 
 1,351  1,021 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net operating cash flows
  
 
27,234
 
 15,706  17,871   
 
32,174
 
 27,234  15,706 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations
  
 
(7,845
 (7,616 (7,377  
 
(4,973
 (6,325 (6,583
Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
 
    (443  
 
(904
 (1,520 (1,033
Proceeds from divestment of Onshore US, net of its cash
  
 
 
    10,427 
Net cash completion payment on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
  
 
(683
      
Cash and cash equivalents disposed on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
  
 
(399
      
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net investing cash flows
  
 
(7,845
 (7,616 2,607   
 
(6,959
 (7,845 (7,616
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations
  
 
(17,922
 (9,752 (20,515  
 
(22,734
 (17,884 (9,713
Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
 
    (13  
 
(33
 (38 (39
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net financing cash flows
  
 
(17,922
 (9,752 (20,528  
 
(22,767
 (17,922 (9,752
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  
 
1,467
 
 (1,662 (10,477  
 
2,448
 
 1,467  (1,662
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations
  
 
1,467
 
 (1,662 (10,495  
 
1,578
 
 1,674  (1,611
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations
  
 
 
    18   
 
1,952
 
 (207 (51
Net cash completion payment on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
  
 
(683
      
Cash and cash equivalents disposed on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
  
 
(399
      
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net operating cash inflows from Continuing operations
of US$27.229.3 billion increased by US$11.53.4 billion. This reflects stronger iron ore and copperhigher net commodity prices, favourable foreign exchange and strong underlying operational performance across the Group’s portfolio partially offset by the impacts
COVID-19
impacts.
21

Net investing cash outflows from Continuing operations
of US$7.85.0 billion increaseddecreased by US$0.21.4 billion. This reflectsis primarily due to net proceeds received of US$1.3 billion, including adjustment for working capital, related to the investment in an additional 28sale of BHP’s 80 per cent working interest in Shenzi from Hess Corporation of US$0.5 billion, increasing our share from 44 per centBMC to 72 per cent; partially offset by lower purchases of property plant and equipment of US$0.3 billion asStanmore Resources Limited completed in the Group commissioned SGO and South Flank in FY2021.current period.
For more information and a breakdown of capital and exploration expenditure on a commodity basis refer to section 1.17.OFR 10.
Net financing cash outflows from Continuing operations
of US$17.922.7 billion increased by US$8.24.9 billion. This increase reflects the higher repaymentdividends paid to BHP shareholders of US$10.0 billion offset by lower net repayments of interest bearing liabilities of US$6.05.6 billion mainly due to bond repayments on maturity of US$3.5 billionpayments and early repurchaserepayment of hybrid bonds of US$3.4 billion. This was combined with higher dividends paidexecuted in the FY2021 of US$1.0 billion reflecting the record half year dividend and higher dividends paid to
non-controlling
interests of US$1.1 billion driven by higher profits achieved at Escondida.year.
For more information, refer to section 1.8.4 andFinancial Statements note 20 ‘Net debt’ in section 3..
Net cash flows from Discontinued operations
relate to the Group’s Petroleum business that was merged with Woodside on 1 June 2022. For further information, refer to Financial Statements note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
Underlying Returnreturn on Capital Employedcapital employed (ROCE)
of 32.548.7 per cent increased by 15.616.2 percentage points (FY2020: 16.9(FY2021: 32.5 per cent) reflecting the significant increase in profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items of US$9.56.4 billion. The Underlying ROCE in FY2021 includes US$12.1 billionincrease is also due to the disposal of Assets under Construction (average of ending balances for FY2021 of US$10.4 billionthe Group’s Petroleum business and FY2020 of US$13.8 billion) including major projects in Potash and Mad Dog Phase Two, that are not yet producing their planned contribution to earnings.BMC reducing average capital employed.
For more information on Assets under Construction refer to Financial Statements note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ in section 3..
The comparisons for the year ended 30 June 20202021 to 30 June 20192020 in connection with Financial results, Principal factors that affect Underlying EBITDA and Cash flow have been omitted from this annual report on Form
20-F
and can be found in our annual report on Form
20-F
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020,2021, filed on 2221 September 2020.2021.
1.8.44.4    Debt and sources of liquidity
Our policies on debt and liquidity management have the following objectives:
 
a strong balance sheet through the cycle
 
diversification of funding sources
 
maintain borrowings and excess cash predominantly in US dollars
18

Interest bearing liabilities, net debt and gearing
At the end of FY2021,FY2022, Interest bearing liabilities were US$21.016.4 billion (FY2020:(FY2021: US$27.021.0 billion) and Cash and cash equivalents were US$15.217.2 billion (FY2020:(FY2021: US$13.415.2 billion). This resulted in Net debt
(1)1
of US$4.10.3 billion, which represented a decrease of US$7.93.8 billion compared with the net debt position at 30 June 2020.2021. This was primarily due to the significant operating cash flowflows generated from strong financialcoal and operationalcopper prices and reliable operating performance andwhich more than offset the favourable commodity price environment experienced during the year.payment of record dividends. Gearing, which is the ratio of Net debt to Net debt plus Net assets, was 0.7 per cent at 30 June 2022, compared with 6.9 per cent at 30 June 2021, compared with 18.8 per cent2021.
During FY2022, gross debt decreased by US$4.6 billion to US$16.4 billion as at 30 June 2020.
During FY2021, two multi-currency hybrid debt repurchase programs were completed (US$1.72022. This decrease includes a US$0.5 billion repayment of 3.25 per cent USD senior notes that matured on 17 September 202021 November 2021 and US$1.10.7 billion repayment of 2.875 per cent USD senior notes that matured on 23 November 2020) and were funded from surplus cash.24 February 2022. The Groupreduction also redeemedincludes US$1.02.3 billion of 6.250 per cent hybrid notes on 19 October 2020,favourable foreign exchange and interest rate adjustments, along with US$0.30.5 billion of 6.750 per cent hybrid notes on 30 December 2020 (the balancecoal and Petroleum leases disposed following the repurchase programs),coal divestments and €1.25 billionmerger of 4.750 per cent hybrid notes on 22 April 2021 using surplus cash.Petroleum business with Woodside.
At the subsidiary level, Escondida borrowedrefinanced US$550 million to refinance maturing0.9 billion of long-term debt during FY2021.and borrowed US$0.3 billion in long-term debt.
We use
non-IFRS
financial information to reflect our underlying financial performance. For a discussion on the
non-IFRS
financial information we use refer to OFR 11. For the definition and method of calculation of
non-IFRS
financial information, refer to OFR 11.1. For the composition of net debt refer to Financial Statements note 20 ‘Net debt’.
22

Funding sources
No new Group-level debt was issued in FY2021FY2022 and debt that matured during the year was not refinanced. These actions enhanced BHP’s capital structure and extended BHP’s average debt maturity.
Our Group-level borrowing facilities are not subject to financial covenants. Certain specific financing facilities in relation to specific assets are the subject of financial covenants that vary from facility to facility, as is considered normal for such facilities. In addition to the Group’s uncommitted debt issuance programs, we hold the following committed standby facility:
 
  
Facility
available
2021

US$M
   
Drawn

2021

US$M
   
Undrawn

2021
US$M
   Facility
available
2020
US$M
   Drawn
2020
US$M
   Undrawn
2020
US$M
   
Facility
available
2022

US$M
   
Drawn

2022

US$M
   
Undrawn

2022
US$M
   Facility
available
2021
US$M
   Drawn
2021
US$M
   Undrawn
2021
US$M
 
Revolving credit facility
(2)
  
 
5,500
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,500
 
   5,500        5,500 
Revolving credit facility
1
  
 
5,500
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,500
 
   5,500        5,500 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total financing facility
  
 
5,500
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,500
 
   5,500        5,500   
 
5,500
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,500
 
   5,500        5,500 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
(1) 
We use APMs to reflect our underlying financial performance. Refer to section 4.2 for a discussion on the APMs we use. For the definition and method of calculation of APMs, refer to section 4.2.1. For the composition of net debt, refer to note 20 ‘Net debt’ in section 3.
(2)1 
During the year we completed a
one-year
extension of the facility which is now due to mature on 10 October 2025.2026. The committed US$5.5 billion revolving credit facility operates as a back-stop to the Group’s uncommitted commercial paper program. The combined amount drawn under the facility or as commercial paper will not exceed US$5.5 billion. As at 30 June 2021,2022, US$ nil commercial paper was drawn (FY2020:(FY2021: US$ nil), therefore US$5.5 billion of committed facility was available to use (FY2020:(FY2021: US$5.5 billion). A commitment fee is payable on the undrawn balance and an interest rateis payable on any drawn balance comprising an interbanka reference rate plus a margin applies to any drawn balance.margin. The agreed margins are typical for a credit facility extended to a company with BHP’sthe Group’s credit rating.
For more information on the maturity profile of our debt obligations and details of our standby and support agreements refer to Financial Statements note 20 ‘Net debt’ in section 3.23 ‘Financial risk management’. Information in relation to our material
off-balance
sheet arrangements, principally contingent liabilities, commitments for capital expenditure and commitments under leases at 30 June 20212022 is provided in Financial Statements note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’, Financial Statements note 21 ‘Leases’ and Financial Statements note 3432 ‘Contingent liabilities’ in section 3.
, respectively.
In our opinion, working capital is sufficient for our present requirements. Our Moody’s credit rating has remained at
A2/P-1
outlook stable (long-term/short-term) throughout FY2021.FY2022 and Moody’s affirmed its credit rating on 31 May 2021.2 June 2022. Our Standard & Poor’s credit rating changed from
A/A-1
outlook stable (long-term/short-term) to
A/A-1
CreditWatch negative (long-term/short-term) on 23 August 2021.2021, following the announcement of the proposed merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside. Upon completion of the merger, on 1 June 2022 Standard & Poor’s lowered the Group’s long-term credit rating by one notch and removed the credit rating from CreditWatch, and confirmed a credit rating of
A-/A-1
outlook stable (long-term/short-term). Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on credit risk. Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s credit ratings express the opinion of each agency on the ability and willingness of BHP to meet its financial obligations in full and on time. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to suspension, reduction or withdrawal at any time by an assigning rating agency. Any credit rating should be evaluated independently of any other information.
 
1923

The following table expands on the net debt, to provide more information on the cash and
non-cash
movements in FY2021:FY2022.
 
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
 2020
US$M
   
2022

US$M
 2021
US$M
 
Net debt at the beginning of the financial year
    
 
(12,044
   (9,446   
 
(4,121
  (12,044
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
Net operating cash flows
  
 
27,234
 
   15,706     
 
32,174
 
  27,234  
Net investing cash flows
  
 
(7,845
   (7,616    
 
(6,959
  (7,845 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
Free cash flow
    
 
19,389
 
   8,090 
Free cash flow – Total operations
   
 
25,215
 
  19,389 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
Carrying value of interest bearing liability repayments
  
 
7,433
 
   1,533   
Carrying value of interest bearing liability net repayments
  
 
2,227
 
  7,433  
Net settlements of interest bearing liabilities and debt related instruments
  
 
(7,424
   (1,984    
 
(2,474
  (7,424 
Dividends paid
  
 
(7,901
   (6,876    
 
(17,851
  (7,901 
Dividends paid to
non-controlling
interests
  
 
(2,127
   (1,043    
 
(2,540
  (2,127 
Other financing activities
(1)
  
 
(234
   (143  
Other financing activities
1
  
 
(149
  (234 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
Other cash movements
    
 
(10,253
   (8,513   
 
(20,787
  (10,253
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
Fair value adjustment on debt (including debt related instruments)
(2)
  
 
58
 
   88   
Fair value adjustment on debt (including debt related instruments)
2
  
 
5
 
  58  
Foreign exchange impacts on cash (including cash management related instruments)
  
 
(1
   (26    
 
27
 
  (1 
IFRS 16 leases taken on at 1 July 2019
  
 
 
   (1,778  
Lease additions
  
 
(1,079
   (363    
 
(736
  (1,079 
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
  
 
492
 
     
Others
  
 
(191
   (96    
 
(428
  (191 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
Non-cash
movements
    
 
(1,213
   (2,175   
 
(640
  (1,213
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
Net debt at the end of the financial year
    
 
(4,121
   (12,044   
 
(333
  (4,121
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
(1)1 
Other financing activities mainly comprises purchases of shares by Employee Share Option Plan trusts of US$234149 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$143234 million).
 
(2)2 
The Group hedges against the volatility in both exchange and interest rates on debt, and also exchange on cash, with associated movements in derivatives reported in Other financial assets/liabilities as effective hedged derivatives (cross currency and interest rate swaps), in accordance with accounting standards. For more information refer to Financial Statements note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ in section 3..
Dividends
Our dividend policy provides for a minimum 50 per cent payout of Underlying attributable profit (Continuing operations) at every reporting period. The minimum dividend payment for the second half of FY2021FY2022 was US cents 109US$1.15 per share. Recognising the importance of cash returns to shareholders, theThe Board determined to pay an additional amount of US cents 91US$0.60 per share, taking the final dividend to US cents 200US$1.75 per share (US$10.18.9 billion). TotalIn total, cash dividends of US$15.216.4 billion (US$3.013.25 per share) have been determined for FY2021, including an additional amount of US$6.7 billion above the minimum payout policy.FY2022. These returns are covered by total free cash flow of US$19.425.2 billion in FY2021.FY2022.
In addition, an in specie dividend of US$19.6 billion (US$3.86 per share) was determined in FY2022, distributing the Woodside shares received as consideration for the sale of BHP Petroleum. The total dividends determined in FY2022, both cash and in specie, was US$36.0 billion (US$7.11 per share).
The comparison for the year ended 30 June 20202021 to 30 June 20192020 has been omitted from this annual report on Form
20-F
and can be found in our annual report on Form
Form 20-F
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020,2021, filed on 2221 September 2020.
1.9    How we manage risk
Risk management helps us to protect and create value, and is central to achieving our purpose and strategic objectives. Our Risk Framework has four pillars: risk strategy, risk governance, risk process and risk intelligence.
Risk strategy
Risk classification
We classify all risks to which BHP is exposed using our Group Risk Architecture. This is a tool designed to identify, analyse, monitor and report risk, which provides a platform to understand and manage risks. Similar risks are considered together in groups and categories. This gives the Board and management visibility over the aggregate exposure to risks on a Group-wide basis and supports performance monitoring and reporting against BHP’s risk appetite.
Risk appetite
BHP’s Risk Appetite Statement is approved by the Board and is a foundational element of our Risk Framework. It provides guidance to management on the amount and type of risk we seek to take in pursuing our objectives.
Key risk indicators
Key risk indicators (KRIs) are set by management to help monitor performance against our risk appetite. They also support decision-making by providing management with information about financial and
non-financial
risk exposure at a Group level. Each KRI has a target, or optimal level of risk we seek to take, as well as upper and lower limits. Where either limit is exceeded, management will review potential causes to understand if BHP may be taking too little or too much risk and to identify whether further action is required.
20

Risk culture
Our risk management approach is underpinned by a risk culture that supports decision-making in accordance with BHP’s values, objectives and risk appetite. We use a common foundation across BHP to build the tools and capabilities required to enable us to understand, monitor and manage our risk culture. These include tailored cultural assessments, Group-wide risk culture dashboards and the inclusion of behavioural auditing in our internal audit plan.
Strategic business decisions
Strategic business decisions and the pursuit of our strategic objectives can inform, create or affect risks to which BHP is exposed. These risks may represent opportunities as well as threats. Our Risk Appetite Statement and KRIs assist in determining whether a proposed course of action is within BHP’s risk appetite.
Our focus when managing risks associated with strategic business decisions is to enable the pursuit of high-reward strategies. Therefore, as well as having controls designed to protect BHP from threats, we seek to implement controls to enhance and/or increase the likelihood of opportunities being realised. For example, we might establish additional governance, oversight or reporting to help ensure new initiatives remain on track.
Risk governance
Three lines model
BHP uses the ‘three lines model’ of risk governance and management to define the role of different teams across the organisation in managing risk. This approach sets clear accountabilities for risk management and provides appropriate ‘checks and balances’ to support us in protecting and growing value.
The first line is provided by our frontline staff, operational management and people in functional roles – anyone who makes decisions, deploys resources or contributes to an outcome is responsible for identifying and managing the associated risks.
The Risk team and other second-line functions are responsible for providing expertise, support, monitoring and challenge on risk-related matters, including by defining Group-wide minimum standards.
The third line, our Internal Audit and Advisory team, is responsible for providing independent and objective assurance over the control environment (governance, risk management and internal controls) to the Board and Executive Leadership Team. Additional assurance may also be provided by external providers, such as our External Auditor.
BHP Board and Committees
The Board reviews and monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of financial and
non-financial
risk management and internal control. The broad range of skills, experience and knowledge of the Board assists in providing a diverse view on risk management. The Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) and Sustainability Committee assist the Board by reviewing and considering BHP’s risk profile (covering operational, strategic and emerging risks) on a biannual basis.
For more information, refer to sections 2.1.7, 2.1.10 and 2.1.11.
Performance against risk appetite is monitored and reported to the RAC, as well as the Sustainability Committee for HSEC matters, enabling the Board to challenge and hold management to account where necessary.
Second-line risk-based reviews are undertaken to provide greater oversight and enhance our understanding and management of the Group’s most significant risks, with outcomes reported to management, the RAC and Sustainability Committee. These outcomes may be used to develop remediation plans, adjust BHP’s Risk Appetite Statement or KRIs, enhance our Risk Framework or inform strategic decisions.
Additional information on risk management and internal controls is shared between the Board, the RAC and, for HSEC matters, the Sustainability Committee, and is provided by the Business Risk and Audit Committees (covering each business region), management committees, our Internal Audit and Advisory team and our External Auditor. For more information, refer to section 2.1.
2021.
 
2124

Risk process
Risk identification – threats and opportunities are identified and each is assigned an owner, or accountable individual.
Risk assessments – risks are assessed using appropriate and internationally recognised techniques to determine their potential impacts and likelihood, prioritise them and inform risk treatment options.
Risk treatment – controls are implemented to prevent, reduce or mitigate threats, and enable or enhance opportunities.
Monitoring and review – risks and controls are reviewed periodically and on an ad hoc basis (including where there are high-potential events or changes in the external environment) to evaluate performance.
Our Risk Framework includes requirements and guidance on the tools and process to manage current and emerging risks.
Current risks
Current risks are risks that could impact BHP today or in the near future, and comprise current operational risks (risks that have their origin inside BHP or occur as a result of our activities) and current strategic risks (risks that may enhance or impede the achievement of our strategic objectives).
Current risks include material and
non-material
risks (as defined by our Risk Framework). The materiality of a current risk is determined by estimating the maximum foreseeable loss (MFL) if that risk was to materialise. The MFL is the estimated impact to BHP in a worst-case scenario without regard to probability and assuming all risk controls, including insurance and hedging contracts, are ineffective.
Our principal risks are described in section 1.16.
Our focus for current risks is to prevent their occurrence or minimise their impact should they occur, but we also consider how to maximise possible benefits that might be associated with strategic risks (as described in the ‘Risk strategy’ section). Current material risks are required to be evaluated once a year at a minimum to determine whether our exposure to the risk is within our risk appetite.
Emerging risks
Emerging risks are newly developing or changing risks that are highly uncertain and difficult to quantify. They are generally driven by external influences and often cannot be prevented.
BHP maintains a ‘watch list’ of emerging themes that provides an evolving view of the changing external environment and how it might impact our business. We use the watch list to support the identification and management of emerging risks, as well as to inform and test our corporate strategy.
Once identified, our focus for emerging risks is on structured monitoring of the external environment, advocacy efforts to reduce the likelihood of the threats manifesting and identifying options to increase our resilience to these threats.
Risk intelligence
The Risk team provides the Board and senior management with insights on trends and aggregate exposure for our most significant risks, as well as performance against risk appetite. Risk reports may also provide an update on the Risk Framework, overview of (and material changes in) the risk profile and updates on emerging risk themes and risk culture. They are supported by an opinion from the Chief Risk Officer (or other relevant individual).
We maintain a risk insights dashboard designed to provide current, data-driven and actionable risk intelligence to our people at all levels of the business to support decision-making. This tool empowers the business to manage risks more effectively, with increased accuracy and transparency.
The Board also receives reports from other teams to support its robust assessment of BHP’s emerging and principal risks, including internal audit reports, ethics and compliance reports and the Chief Executive Officer’s report.
For information on our principal risks, robust risk assessment and viability statement, refer to section 1.16.
22

1.105    Our businessassets
1.10.1    Locations
23

1.10.25.1    Minerals Australia
Minerals Australia includes operated assets in Western Australia, Queensland, New South Wales and South Australia, focused on iron ore, metallurgical coal, copper, nickel and energy coal. The commodities produced by our Minerals Australia assets are transported by rail and road to port and exported to our global customers.
Iron Ore
Western Australia Iron Ore
Overview
Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) is an integrated system of four processing hubs and five
open-cut
operational mines in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia, connected by more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities.
WAIO’s Pilbara reserve base is relatively concentrated, allowing development through integrated mining hubs connected to the mines and satellite orebodies by conveyors or spur lines. This approach seeks to maximise the value of installed infrastructure by using the same processing plant and rail infrastructure for several orebodies.
Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended at the processing hubs – Mt Newman operations (which has our beneficiation plant), Yandi, Mining Area C and Jimblebar – to create lump and fines products that are transported along the Port Hedland – Mt Newman rail line to the Finucane Island and Nelson Point port facilities at Port Hedland.
There are four main WAIO joint ventures (JVs): Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy (which includes the new South Flank mining area) and Jimblebar. BHP’s interest in each is 85 per cent, with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated, except Jimblebar.
BHP, Mitsui, ITOCHU and POSCO are also participants in the POSMAC JV. BHP’s interest in POSMAC is 65 per cent. The ore from the POSMAC JV is sold to the main joint ventures.
All ore is transported on the Mt Newman JV and Mt Goldsworthy JV rail lines. The Nelson Point port facility is owned by the Mt Newman JV and the Finucane Island facility is owned by the Mt Goldsworthy JV. On 7 September 2021, BHP received regulatory approval to increase its export capacity at WAIO’s Port Hedland operations up to 330 million tonnes per annum (Mtpa) (100 per cent basis) subject to the outcomes of a standard appeals process. We are assessing 330 Mtpa expansion alternatives.
Our near-term focus remains on sustainable production of 290 Mtpa of iron ore in the short term. Successful
tie-in
of capital projects, including the port debottlenecking project, is expected to enable growth in excess of 300 Mtpa in the medium term.
25

Key developments in FY2022
WAIO’s production of 249 million tonnes (Mt) or 283 Mt on a 100 per cent basis was in line with the prior period, primarily reflecting continued strong supply chain performance and favourable weather compared to the prior period, offset by the impacts of temporary labour constraints relating to
COVID-19
and planned major maintenance including the Jimblebar train load out and car dumper one. Our preventative maintenance programs continue to underpin the strength of the WAIO supply chain, delivering increased car dumper, reclaimer and ship loader availability
year-on-year
and enabling record sales volumes of 284 Mt (100 per cent basis).
South Flank ramp up to full production capacity of 80 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) is ahead of schedule with an average rate of 67 Mtpa achieved in the June 2022 quarter contributing to record production from the Mining Area C hub and record lump sales in FY2022. Yandi continues its
end-of-life
ramp-down as South Flank continues to ramp up. Yandi is expected to provide supply chain flexibility with a lower level of production to continue for a few years.
Testing of two new automated shiploaders has commenced at our Port Hedland operations. This project is utilising 3D laser technology, which is expected to support the full automation of WAIO’s eight shiploaders by CY2023. Together with planned autonomous haulage rollouts at both South Flank and Newman West, these initiatives are expected to deliver significant safety, production and cost improvements as well as new job and development opportunities for our people.
Copper
 
Olympic Dam
Overview
Located in South Australia, Olympic Dam (BHP ownership: 100 per cent) is one of the world’s most significant deposits of copper, gold, silver and uranium. It comprises underground and surface operations and is a fully integrated processing facility from ore to metal.
Ore mined underground is hauled by an automated train system to crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities or trucked directly to the surface.
Olympic Dam has a fully integrated metallurgical complex with a grinding and concentrating circuit, a hydrometallurgical plant incorporating solvent extraction circuits for copper and uranium, a copper smelter, a copper refinery, including an electro-refinery and an electrowinning-refinery, and a recovery circuit for precious metals.
26

Key developments in FY2021FY2022
CopperOlympic Dam copper production increaseddecreased by 2033 per cent to 205138 kilotonnes (kt) (172 kt in FY2020), reflecting improved smelter performance and strong underground mine performance. This was the highest annual copper production since Olympic Dam was acquired in 2005. Record gold productionprimarily as a result of 146 thousand troy ounces (koz) was also achieved.
The short-term focus remains on completing the multi-year asset integrity program designed to improve the reliability of operations, which is on track heading into a planned major smelter maintenance campaign (SCM21) completed in FY2022. A new refinery crane commenced operationJanuary 2022 which was delayed due to
COVID-19
impacts on the availability of the workforce. Near-record production in FY2021the June 2022 quarter followed the successful ramp up of the smelter to improvefull capacity in April 2022. Average copper grade of 2.14 per cent was achieved in FY2022 as the majority of material mined is from the Southern Mine Area, investment in which over the past few years enabled strong underground mine performance and a stable ore blend to be delivered to the processing plant. The maintenance campaign included the rebuild of the flash furnace and its ancillary equipment, and refurbishment of the acid plant, which has resulted in significant plant improvements. Short-term focus is on delivering operational stability and reliability atimproved production performance, through debottlenecking existing facilities.
In February 2022, to support future secure and sustainable water sources for regional South Australia, Olympic Dam entered a Memorandum of Understanding with the electro-refinery. AtSouth Australian Government, SA Water and OZ Minerals to progress a business case to examine the building of a desalination plant and pipeline. Olympic Dam has also entered into a renewable energy supply arrangement to enable the asset to draw energy supplies from a solar-wind hybrid plant to reduce the Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions from its electricity consumption by 2025. In FY2022, Olympic Dam became the first Australian copper mine to be awarded the Copper Mark, an international accreditation that recognises responsible production practice.
The Oak Dam exploration program is continuing next stage resource definition drilling commencedwith six drill rigs now active on site, an increase from two drill rigs previously, after commencing the program in May 2021 to inform2021. This program is focused on resource characterisationdefinition and potential development pathways.
24

Iron oreCoal
 
Western Australia Iron Ore
Overview
Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) is an integrated system of four processing hubs and six
open-cut
mines in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia, connected by more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities.
WAIO’s Pilbara reserve base is relatively concentrated, allowing development through integrated mining hubs connected to the mines and satellite orebodies by conveyors or spur lines. This approach seeks to maximise the value of installed infrastructure by using the same processing plant and rail infrastructure for several orebodies.
Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended at the processing hubs – Mt Newman operations, Yandi, Mining Area C and Jimblebar – to create lump and fines products that are transported along the Port Hedland–Mt Newman rail line to the Finucane Island and Nelson Point port facilities at Port Hedland.
There are four main WAIO joint ventures (JVs): Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy (which includes the new South Flank mining hub) and Jimblebar. BHP’s interest in each is 85 per cent, with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated, except Jimblebar.
BHP Mitsui, ITOCHU and POSCO are also participants in the POSMAC JV. BHP’s interest in POSMAC is 65 per cent. The ore from the POSMAC JV is sold to the main joint ventures.
All ore is transported on the Mt Newman JV and Mt Goldsworthy JV rail lines. The Nelson Point port facility is owned by the Mt Newman JV and the Finucane Island facility is owned by the Mt Goldsworthy JV. WAIO’s current licensed export capacity is 290 million tonnes per annum (Mtpa).
Key developments in FY2021
WAIO production increased by 1 per cent to a record 252 million tonnes (Mt) (248 Mt in FY2020), or 284 Mt on a 100 per cent basis (281 Mt in FY2020), reflecting record production at Jimblebar and Mining Area C, which included first ore from South Flank in May 2021. This was achieved despite significant wet weather impacts, temporary rail labour shortages due to
COVID-19
related border restrictions and the planned
tie-in
activity to integrate South Flank with the Mining Area C processing hub. Strong operational performance across the supply chain reflected continued improvements in car dumper performance and reliability, and improved train cycle times.
Yandi commenced its
end-of-life
ramp-down as South Flank ramped up. Yandi is expected to provide supply chain flexibility with a lower level of production to continue for a few years.
South Flank is scheduled to ramp up to full production capacity of 80 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) over three years. South Flank’s high-quality ore is expected to increase WAIO’s average iron ore grade from 61 to 62 per cent, and the overall proportion of lump from 25 to between 30 and 33 per cent, once fully ramped up. South Flank iron ore will be transported (eight to 16 kilometres) by overland conveyors to the Mining Area C processing hub.
25

Metallurgical coal
Queensland CoalMitsubishi Alliance
Overview
Queensland Coal comprises the BHP Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) (BHP ownership: 50 per cent) and BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC) (BHP ownership: 80 per cent) assets in the Bowen Basin, Queensland. It has access to infrastructure in the Bowen Basin, including a modern, multi-user rail network and its own coal-loading terminal at Hay Point, near Mackay. Queensland Coal also has contracted capacity at three other multi-user port facilities – the Port of Gladstone (RG Tanna Coal Terminal), Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal and North Queensland Export Terminal (formerly known as Abbot Point Coal Terminal).
BMA operates seven metallurgical coal mines – Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow, Daunia, Peak Downs, Saraji, Blackwater and Caval Ridge.Ridge in the Bowen Basin, Queensland. With the exception of the Broadmeadow underground longwall operation, BMA’s mines are open cut. A small proportion of BMA’s production is sold as energy coal. BMA alsohas access to infrastructure, including a modern, multi-user rail network and owns and operates its own coal-loading terminal at Hay Point, near Mackay. BMA has contracted capacity at two other multi-user port facilities – the Port of Gladstone (RG Tanna Coal Terminal) and Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal (DBCT). Following BHP’s divestment of BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd (BMC), BMA no longer has contracted access to BMC’s port allocations at DBCT and North Queensland Export Terminal (NQXT).
27

Key developments in FY2022
BMA production decreased by 9 per cent to 29 Mt or 58 Mt on a 100 per cent basis. Significant wet weather impacts across most BMA operations and labour constraints, including
COVID-19
related absences, which impacted stripping and mine productivity, more than offset record production at the Broadmeadow mine.
Following the automation of Daunia’s truck fleet in November 2021, the automation of Goonyella’s
pre-strip
truck fleet was completed in March 2022 with the Goonyella coal truck fleet expected to be fully autonomous by the end of December 2022.
During the year, BMA commenced a project for the fabrication and installation of a new berth superstructure and shiploader at Hay Point Coal Terminal, near Mackay.
BMC ownswith a focus on improving the facility’s operational resilience to withstand significant weather events and operates two
open-cut
metallurgical coal mines – South Walker Creek and Poitrel.
Key developments in FY2021
increasing its throughput capacity.
Queensland Coal’s metallurgical coal production was 41 Mt (41 Mt in FY2020), reflecting strong operational performance, including record production at Goonyella and record tonnes from Broadmeadow, but offset by operational delays dueIn response to significantregular wet weather impactsevents, BMA is continuing to implement a range of wet weather mitigation measures which are aimed at improving the ability to operate in adverse weather conditions. These measures include using drone mapping and planned wash plant maintenance at Sarajirain on grid modelling to manage surface water flows to less impactful areas, improved road preparation and Caval Ridge. At South Walker Creek, despite record stripping, production decreased as a resultthe use of higher strip ratios duenitrogen filled tyres to ongoing impacts from geotechnical constraints and lower yields.
The divestment process for our interestsenable operation in BMC that was announced in August 2020 is progressing, in line with the
two-year
timeframe we set last year. We remain open to all options and continue consultation with relevant stakeholders.
lightning conditions.
26

Energy coal
Following the announcement of the change to the Queensland royalty regime from 1 July 2022, we will assess the impact on BMA economic reserves and mine lives, as well as the impact on production, jobs and the communities of Central Queensland. This further cost pressure is expected to discourage investment, operational growth, job creation and local business spending across the state.
New South Wales Energy Coal
Overview
New South Wales Energy Coal (NSWEC) (BHP ownership: 100 per cent) comprises the Mt Arthur Coal
open-cut
energy coal mine in the Hunter Valley. It has access to infrastructure in the Hunter Region, including a multi-user rail network and coal loading terminal access at the Port of Newcastle through Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group (28(BHP ownership: 28 per cent owned by BHP)cent) and Port Waratah Coal Services.
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
NSWEC production decreased by 114 per cent to 14 Mt (16 Mt in FY2020)primarily reflecting operational delays due to significant weather impacts and higher strip ratios, as well as lower volumes due to an increased proportion of washed coal. This was duecoal to capitalise on higher margins for higher quality coals,
COVID-19
related labour constraints which impacted stripping performance and mine productivity and wet weather. Higher-quality coals made up almost 90 per cent of sales compared to approximately 60 per cent of sales in the prior year, generating a price premium of nearly 150 per cent between high-quality and lower-quality coals in FY2022.
On 16 June 2022, we announced that we will retain NSWEC in our strategyportfolio, seek the relevant approvals to focus on higher-quality productscontinue mining beyond its current mining consent that expires in responseCY2026 and proceed with a managed process to increased price premiums for these products, and reduced port capacity following damage to a shiploadercease mining at the Newcastle port in November 2020. The shiploader returned to operation in July 2021.
The divestment process for NSWEC thatasset by the end of FY2030. A review was announced in August 2020 and a trade sale process for NSWEC was conducted, however the process did not result in a viable offer. Our assessment of the resource economics, geotechnical profile and future investment requirements led us to determine that continued mining in the near term and moving to closure in FY2030 provides the optimal financial outcome when compared to alternate options. Continuation of mining to the end of FY2030 is progressing,expected to afford eight years to work with our people, state and federal governments and local communities in linethe Hunter Valley region on an equitable transition approach that supports long-term community sustainability.
BHP Mitsui Coal divestment
On 3 May 2022, we completed the divestment of our 80 per cent interest in BMC, a metallurgical coal joint venture in Queensland operated by BMC, to Stanmore Resources Limited. Stanmore Resources paid US$1.1 billion cash consideration at completion plus a preliminary completion adjustment of approximately US$200 million for working capital. The sum of US$100 million cash remains payable to BHP on 3 November 2022, with the
two-year
timeframe we set last year. We remain openpotential for an additional amount of up to all options and continue consultation with relevant stakeholders.US$150 million in a price-linked earnout payable to BHP in CY2024. The total cash consideration for the transaction is up to US$1.35 billion plus the final completion adjustment amount.
 
2728

Nickel
 
Nickel West
Overview
Nickel West (BHP ownership: 100 per cent) is a fully integrated nickel business located in Western Australia, with three streams of concentrate. It comprises
open-cut
and underground mines, concentrators, a smelter and refinery. Nickel West owns the majority of tenements of known resource in the Agnew-Wiluna basin in Western Australia.
Disseminated sulphide ore is mined at the Mt Keith
open-pit
operation and Mt Keith Satellite mine (Yakabindie) and crushed and processed onsite to produce nickel concentrate. Nickel sulphide ore is mined at the Cliffs and Leinster underground mines and Rocky’s Reward
open-pit
mine and processed through a concentrator and dryer at Leinster. A concentrator plant in Kambalda processes ore and concentrate purchased from third parties.
The three streams feed the Kalgoorlie nickel smelter, which uses a flash furnace to produce nickel matte. The Kwinana nickel refinery then turns this into nickel powder, briquettes and briquettes.nickel sulphate.
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
Nickel West production increaseddecreased by 1114 per cent to 8977 kt (80 ktprimarily due to the significant impacts of
COVID-19
related labour absences and workforce shortages, and unplanned downtime at the oxygen plant leading to a
15-day
smelter outage in FY2020) reflecting strong performances from the Mt Keith Satellite mine (Yakabindie) and Venus underground mine (part of the Leinster underground mine complex) which reached full production.
June 2022 quarter.
Construction of aThe nickel sulphate plant at the Kwinana nickel refinery ishas been commissioned, with first saleable production achieved in the final stages of commissioning, with first production expected in the SeptemberDecember 2021 quarter. The plant is expected to produce at leastapproximately 100 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa) of nickel sulphate for the
lithium-ion
battery industry.
A
Leinster B11, BHP’s first block cave, continues development whilst producing. Ore is being hoisted to the Leinster concentrator and the undercut and drawbell development essential to this mining method are expected to be complete in CY2023.
Nickel West expanded its commitment to sourcing renewable energy through the execution of power purchase agreement with Southern Cross Energyagreements for Nickel West’s Goldfields-based operations was extended to 2038, adding flexibility100 per cent output of the 75MW Flat Rocks Wind Farm and for renewable power generation. Nickel West also entered into a renewable power purchasing agreement to supply up to 50 per cent of the power for its Kwinana refinery operations from100MW Merredin Solar Farm. TheseThe combined output from these two agreements arerenewable farms is expected to improve BHP’s position as onegenerate the equivalent of greater than 100 per cent of the lowest-carboncurrent power requirements of Nickel West’s Kalgoorlie nickel miners insmelter, Kambalda nickel concentrator and Kwinana nickel refinery from CY2024.
TransAlta has begun construction at the world. Nickel West is constructingNorthern Goldfields Solar Project, a large-scale,
38-megawattoff-grid
mining solar farm and battery energy storage system for itssystems, to help power Nickel West’s Mt Keith and Leinster operations.
Nickel West completed the acquisition of the Honeymoon Well development The solar project, and the remaining 50due to be commissioned in early 2023, is expected to reduce Scope 2 emissions by 12 per cent interest in the Albion Downs North and Jericho exploration joint ventures, located about 50 kilometres from Mt Keith.
at these operations.
 
2829

1.10.3
5.2    Minerals Americas
The Minerals Americas asset group includes projects, operated assets and
non-operated
joint ventures in Canada, Chile, Peru, the United States Colombia and Brazil.
Our operated copper assets in the Americas, Escondida and Pampa Norte, are
open-cut
mines that produce copper concentrate and copper cathodes. The
non-operated
assets in the Minerals Americas portfolio are
open-cut
mines that produce copper (Antamina), and iron ore (Samarco). We have a 45 per cent interest in the Resolution copper project in the United States and energy coal (Cerrejón).a 100 per cent interest in the Jansen Potash Project in Canada. The commodities produced by our Minerals Americas assets are transported to port by pipeline, rail or road and exported to customers around the world.
In FY2021, our Chilean assets operated with a substantial reduction in their operational workforces due to preventative measures implemented to mitigate the impact of
COVID-19.
We expect the operating environment across our Chilean assets to remain challenging, with reductions in our
on-site
workforce expected to continue in FY2022.
Copper
 
Escondida
Overview
Escondida (BHP ownership: 57.5 per cent) is a leading producer of copper concentrate, with
by-products
including gold and silver, and cathodes located in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile.
Escondida’s two pits feed three concentrator plants, as well as two leaching operations (oxide and sulphide).
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
Escondida copper production decreased by 106 per cent to 1,0681,004 kt (1,185 kt in FY2020), as continued strongprimarily due to higher than expected concentrator feed grade decline of 4 per cent, public road blockades affecting access to site for both workers and supplies, and the impact of a reduced operational workforce from
COVID-19.
Despite these challenges, Escondida achieved record material mined for the 2022 financial year and near record concentrator throughput of 371 kilotonnes per day (ktpd), at record levels was more than offset by the impact of lower concentrator feed grade and lower cathode production, due to reduced operational workforce associated with
COVID-19367 ktpd.
restrictions.
29

Pampa Norte
Overview
Pampa Norte (BHP ownership: 100 per cent) consists of two assets in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile – Spence and Cerro Colorado.
Spence produces copper cathodes and since December 2020, copper concentrate.concentrate, with
by-products
including gold, silver and molybdenum.
Cerro Colorado produces copper cathodes. Its current environmental licence expires at the end of CY2023.
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
Pampa Norte copper production decreasedincreased by 1029 per cent to 218281 kt (243 kt in FY2020) largely due to a decline in stacking feed grade atreflecting the ramp up of the Spence of 11 per cent, planned maintenance at Spence andGrowth Option, partially offset by the impact of lower cathode production as a reduced operational workforce becauseresult of
COVID-19
restrictions.
a 14 per cent decline in Pampa Norte stacking feed grade. The molybdenum plant at Spence Growth Option (SGO) produced and sold its first batch of molybdenum concentrate during Q4 FY2022. During May 2022, the new copper concentrateconcentrator in December 2020Spence was inaugurated. The concentrator operates on desalinated seawater and is inpowered from renewable sources, and will allow the process of
ramping-up
operation to full capacity.
Potash
be extended by 50 years.
 
30

Potash 
Jansen Potash Project
Overview
The Jansen Potash Project (BHP ownership: 100 per cent) is located about 140 kilometres east of Saskatoon, Canada.
Jansen’s large resource provides the opportunity to develop itthe project in stages, with Jansen Stage 1 (Jansen S1) expected to produce approximately 4.35 Mt of potash per annum on completion in CY2027 and sequenced brownfield expansions of up to 12 Mtpa (approximately 4 Mtpa per stage).
BHP holds mineral leases covering around 9,600 square kilometres in the Saskatchewan potash basin.
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
The focus was on installing watertight steelExcavation and concrete final liners inlining of the production and service shafts and continuing the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities, with current scope of work 93 per cent complete at the end of FY2021.was completed in June 2022.
On 17 August 2021, BHP approved US$5.7 billion (C$7.5 billion) in capital expenditure for the Jansen S1 potash project in the province of Saskatchewan, Canada.S1. Jansen S1 includes the design, engineering and construction of an underground potash mine and surface infrastructure, including a processing facility, a product storage building and a continuous automated rail loading system.infrastructure. Jansen S1 product willis intended to be shipped to export markets through Westshore in Delta, British Columbia and theColumbia. The project includes funding for the required port and rail infrastructure.
First ore is targeted in CY2027, with construction expected to take approximately six years, followed by a
ramp-up
period of two years.
Opportunities to bring forward Jansen S1 continue to be assessed. In addition to Jansen S1, study of Jansen Stage 2 (Jansen S2) has commenced.
31

Non-operated
minerals joint ventures
Copper
 
31

Antamina
Overview
Antamina (BHP ownership: 33.75 per cent) is a large,
low-cost
copper and zinc mine in north central Peru with
by-products,
including molybdenum and silver. Antamina owns integrated pipeline and port facilities and is operated independently by Compañía Minera Antamina S.A.
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
Antamina copper production increased by 164 per cent to 144150 kt (125 kt in FY2020) and zinc increased(BHP share) reflecting higher copper head grades. Zinc production decreased by 6415 per cent to 145123 kt due(BHP share) reflecting lower zinc head grades.
In April 2022, Antamina submitted to higher concentrator throughput and higher zinc grades. During FY2021, Antamina continued withPeruvian authorities a strong focus on developing improvement opportunitiesModification of the Environmental Impact Assessment to maintain productivity and progressing on its modified environmental impact assessment for itssustain mine life extension project from CY20282028 to CY2036, which includes extension of2036 entirely within Antamina’s current approved tailings capacity, additional waste dumps and new pit design.operational area.
Resolution Copper
32

Overview
Resolution Copper (BHP ownership: 45 per cent), located in the US state of Arizona, is operated by Rio Tinto (55 per cent ownership interest). Resolution Copper is one of the largest undeveloped copper projects in the world and has the potential to become one of the largest copper producerproducers in North America. The Resolution Copper deposit lies more than 1,600 metres beneath the surface.
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
In FY2021,During FY2022, Resolution progressed its prefeasibility studycontinued the engineering and safely completedpermitting phase of the shaft No. 9 work (November 2020).project. The shaft No. 9 project involved deepening the historic shaft from its original depth at 1,460 metres below the surface to a final depth of 2,086 metres and linking it with the existing No. 10 shaft via development activities underground.
The Resolution Copper project is subject to a federal permitting process inled by the US (the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)).Forest Service. The US Forest Service published thea Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) on 15in January 2021. On 12021, which was rescinded in March 2021,2022 for the stated purpose of conducting additional analysis and consultation with Native American tribes. The project team has been cooperating with the US Department of Agriculture (USDA) directed the Forest Service as it completes this additional review. During this time, Resolution has sought to rescind the FEIS. BHP supports meaningful consultationdeepen its engagement and relationships with local communities and Native American Tribes as Resolution continues to study the project. For more information, refer to section 1.13.10.tribes.
32

Energy coalIron Ore
 
Cerrejón
Overview
Cerrejón (BHP ownership: 33.33 per cent) owns, operates and markets (through an independent company) one of the world’s largest
open-cut
energy coal mines, located in the La Guajira province of Colombia. Cerrejón owns integrated rail and port facilities.
Key developments in FY2021
Cerrejón production declined by 30 per cent to approximately 5 Mt (7 Mt in FY2020). This was mainly due to a
91-day
strike and subsequent delays to the restart of production as well as the impact of a reduced operational workforce associated with
COVID-19
restrictions.
Cerrejón maintained its focus on higher-quality products and maintained lower operational costs through the implementation of a transformation program, which allowed it to remain cash flow positive despite the volume decline.
In June 2021, BHP entered into a sale and purchase agreement with Glencore to divest our 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón for US$294 million cash consideration. The transaction has an effective economic date of 31 December 2020. The purchase price is subject to adjustments at transaction completion, which may include an adjustment for any dividends paid by Cerrejón to BHP during the period from signing to completion. Subject to the satisfaction of competition and regulatory requirements, we expect completion to occur in the first half of CY2022.
33

Iron ore
Samarco
Overview
Samarco (BHP ownership: 50 per cent) comprises a mine and three concentrators located in the Brazilian state of Minas Gerais, and four pellet plants and a port located in Anchieta in the state of Espírito Santo. Three
400-kilometre
pipelines connect the mine site to the pelletising facilities.
Samarco is operated independently by Samarco Mineração S.A. Samarco’s main product is iron ore pellets. Pellets are independently marketed by Samarco and sold to customers around the world.
Key developments in FY2021FY2022
Having metSamarco produced 4 million tonnes of pellets and ore fines in FY2022 (BHP Share), operating at 26 per cent of its total 26 Mtpa production capacity following the licensing requirements, Samarco restarted iron ore pellet production at one concentratorresumption of operations in December 20202020. Studies to increase production to 100 per cent by FY2029 are progressing.
The progressive decharacterisation of Samarco’s upstream tailings dam structures is on track and produced 1.9 Mt of iron ore pellets in FY2021.planned to be completed by FY2029. These structures have been certified by independent third parties as stable, are following local stability and monitoring requirements, and have not received tailings since 2015.
Broader studies to unlock solutions for Samarco to operate without tailings dams beyond FY2030 are continuing.
For more information on the Fundão dam failure and the response refer to section 1.15.OFR 8.
 
3433

1.10.4    Petroleum
On 17 August 2021, BHP and Woodside entered into a merger commitment deed to combine their respective oil and gas portfolios by an
all-stock
merger. The merger is subject to confirmatory due diligence, negotiation and execution of full form transaction documents, and satisfaction of conditions precedent including shareholder, regulatory and other approvals.
United States
Gulf of Mexico
Overview
Our producing fields include our operated asset Shenzi (BHP ownership: 72 per cent) and our
non-operated
assets, Atlantis (BHP ownership: 44 per cent) and Mad Dog (BHP ownership: 23.9 per cent). They are located between 155 and 210 kilometres offshore from the US state of Louisiana.
We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent respectively of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline.
These pipelines transport oil and gas from the Green Canyon area, where our fields are located, to connecting pipelines that transport product onshore.
35

Key developments for FY2021
The Atlantis Phase 3 project, a new subsea production system that ties back to the Atlantis facility, achieved first production in July 2020. Atlantis Phase 3 is expected to have the capacity to produce up to 38,000 gross barrels of oil equivalent per day.
On 6 November 2020, BHP finalised a membership interest purchase and sale agreement with Hess Corporation to acquire an additional 28 per cent working interest in Shenzi for US$480 million, which brings our working interest to 72 per cent.
The Mad Dog Phase 2 project achieved a major milestone in April 2021 as the semi-submersible floating production platform, Argos, arrived in the US from South Korea. First production from Mad Dog Phase 2 is expected in the middle of the CY2022.
On 20 May 2021, BHP finalised a purchase and sale agreement with EnVen Energy Ventures, LLC to divest our interest in and operation of Neptune.
On 5 August 2021, the Board approved the funding to develop the Shenzi North Project, a
two-well
subsea
tie-in
to the Shenzi platform. First production is targeted in CY2024.
Australia
36

Overview
We operate Macedon (BHP ownership: 71.43 per cent) which is an offshore gas field located around 75 kilometres west of Onslow, Western Australia and an onshore gas processing facility located around 17 kilometres southwest of Onslow. The operation produces gas from four subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to the processing plant.
We operate Pyrenees (BHP ownership: 39.99–71.43 per cent), which is a floating production, storage and
off-take
facility, located about 23 kilometres off Northwest Cape, Western Australia. The facility produces oil from six offshore fields.
We have a 32.5–50 per cent
non-operated
interest in Bass Strait, which is a collection of offshore installations and onshore processing facilities producing oil and gas. It is located between 25 and 80 kilometres off the southeastern coast of Australia and onshore Victoria. Gas is piped from offshore fields to the onshore Longford processing facility for processing with liquefied petroleum gas transported to market by pipeline, road tanker or ship and ethane by pipeline.
We have a 12.5–16.67 per cent
non-operated
interest in the North West Shelf project, which comprises offshore oil and gas fields, with onshore gas processing infrastructure to produce oil, LNG, condensate, LPG and domestic gas. The offshore facilities are located about 125 kilometres northwest of Dampier in Western Australia. Gas is piped from offshore platforms to the onshore Karratha Gas Plant for processing, with LNG and all liquefied products exported to market by ship, and domestic gas transported by pipeline.
Key developments in FY2021
In December 2020, BHP and the North West Shelf joint venture partners executed fully termed gas processing agreements for processing third-party gas from the Pluto and Waitsia projects through the North West Shelf facilities, extending the life of the asset.
The Bass Strait West Barracouta gas project achieved first production in April 2021.
Rest of world
Overview
BHP operates Ruby (BHP ownership: 68.46 per cent) and Greater Angostura (BHP ownership: 45 per cent interest in a production sharing contract) fields, which form part of our Trinidad and Tobago operations – an integrated oil and gas development consisting of two fields located between 40 and 45 kilometres offshore east of Trinidad.
BHP has a
non-operated
interest in an onshore integrated development, the Rhourde Ouled Djemma (ROD) Integrated Development (BHP ownership: 28.85 per cent effective interest), that produces oil and is located 900 kilometres southeast of Algiers. It comprises six satellite oil fields that pump oil back to a dedicated processing train.
Key developments in FY2021
Ruby achieved first oil production in May 2021 ahead of schedule and on budget. Drilling and completion of the remaining wells at Ruby is ongoing with subsequent wells expected to be placed into production in CY2021 and project completion expected in the first half of CY2022.
37

1.10.55.3    Commercial
BHP’s Commercial function seeks to maximise commercial and social value while minimising costs across ourthe
end-to-end
supply chain and provides improved service levels to our assets and customers through subject-matter expertise, simplified processes and the centralisation of standardised activities.chain.
The function is organised around the following core activities in our value chain, supported by business partnering, credit and market risk management and strategy and planning activities.
Sales and Marketing
ConnectsSales and Marketing connects BHP’s resources to market through commercial expertise, sales and operations planning, customer insights and proactive risk management. It presents a single face to markets across multiple assets, with a view to realising maximum value for our products and supporting sustainability initiatives in our downstream supply chain.
Maritime and Supply Chain Excellence
ManagesMaritime and Supply Chain Excellence manages BHP’s enterprise-wide maritime transportation strategy and the chartering of ocean freight to meet BHP’s inbound and outbound transportation needs. It focuses on supply chain excellence and sourcing sustainable, cost-efficient marine freight. We seekfreight in addition to mitigatepartnering within the maritime ecosystem to reduce the GHG emissions intensity of
BHP-chartered
shipping of our products. It also seeks to manage supply chain risk by vetting the safety performance of the ships loading BHP cargo.
Procurement
PurchasesOur global Procurement team connects asset teams and suppliers to procure the goods and services used by our projects, operated assets and functions globally. Procurement workspartners with our suppliers to help optimise equipment performance, reduce operating costs, improveoptimise working capital and creategenerate social value. ItThrough innovation, we work with suppliers to reduce the GHG emissions intensity of inbound goods and services and the operational GHG emissions of our operated assets. Procurement manages supply chain risk, fosters supplier innovation and develops sustainable relationships with global suppliers and local businesses in the communities where we operate.
Warehousing, Inventory, Logistics and Property
DesignsWarehousing, Inventory, Logistics and Property designs and operates our inbound supply chain networks for the delivery and warehousing of spare parts, operating supplies and consumables, and designs and operates our office workspaces globally.
Market Analysis and Economics
DevelopsOur Market Analysis and Economics team develops BHP’s proprietary view on the outlook for commodity demand and prices, as well as our input costs, the world economy, climate change and financial markets. The team works with our Procurement, Maritime and Supply Chain Excellence, and Sales and Marketing
sub-functions
to help optimise
end-to-end
commercial value, and with the Portfolio Strategy and Development and External Affairs functions to identify and respond to
long-run
strategic changes in our operating environment.
Global Business Services
Global Business Services (GBS) unites common shared services and repeatable process activity across the Group into a single operation. Commencing operation in FY2022 with the BHP Operating System and with process transformation capabilities focusedat its core, it has the mandate to aggregate, operate and improve
end–to-end
processes on transaction efficiency, process intelligencebehalf of assets and automation. GBS manages
end-to-end
functional processes designedfunctions to deliver continuous process improvement and a better customer experience.drive operational excellence.
 
3834

1.11    Exploration
Our exploration program is focused on copper and nickel to replenish our resource base and enhance our portfolio. The purpose is to generate attractive,
low-cost,
value-accretive options by leveraging our competitive strengths. For the first time, the Petroleum and Metals teams partnered together on a Joint Global Endowment study to explore future growth opportunities and global,
yet-to-find
volume and metal accumulations through the useTable of data analytics and augmented intelligence. The study is expected to create a competitive advantage and position BHP for future access to new search spaces.

Petroleum
In FY2021, Petroleum continued to add to and mature the exploration potential of our portfolio.
In the US Gulf of Mexico, we expanded our acreage positions through lease sale participation. In July 2020, the regulator awarded BHP two blocks
(1)
in Green Canyon, central Gulf of Mexico and three blocks
(2)
in the western Gulf of Mexico. We additionally progressed our partnering strategy in the Gulf of Mexico through lease exchange agreements with Chevron, expanding our portfolio in the central Gulf of Mexico.
In Mexico, we commenced an Ocean Bottom Node seismic acquisition over the Trion field in November 2020, as part of our ongoing evaluation and analysis. The survey was completed in the March 2021 quarter. The results will be incorporated into the current evaluation of the Trion opportunity. In addition, we received formal approval for a
124-day
extension for the evaluation and exploration periods through 1 July 2021 and 1 July 2022 respectively, because of the suspension of activities in 2020 due to
COVID-19
restrictions.
In Trinidad and Tobago, we drilled the
Broadside-1
exploration well on Block 3, which fully satisfied the remaining drilling obligations on the Southern exploration licenses. The
Broadside-1
well reached the main reservoir on 22 October 2020 and did not encounter hydrocarbons. The well was a dry hole and was plugged and abandoned on 8 November 2020. The Southern licenses expired in June 2021, and BHP elected to participate in a Market Development Phase (MDP) for Block 5 to retain the acreage around the LeClerc and Victoria discoveries. The proposed MDP is pending regulatory approval. The Transocean drilling rig arrived on location and commenced drilling of two Calypso gas appraisal wells for our northern licenses in July 2021.
In Australia, BHP participated in a multi-client 3D seismic acquisition in the Gippsland Basin that was completed in September 2020. Analysis will continue through FY2022 and will inform us of the prospectivity in this area.
Exploration and appraisal wells drilled, or in the process of drilling, during the year included:
Well
Location
Target
BHP equity
Spud date
Water
depth
Total well
depth
Status
Broadside-1Trinidad and Tobago Block 3Oil
65%
(BHP operator)
20 August 2020
2,019 m7,064 mDry hole; plugged and abandoned
(1) 
Leases were awarded in blocks: GC80 and GC123.
(2)
Leases were awarded in blocks: AC36, AC80 and AC81.
Exploration expenditure
Our resource assessment exploration expenditure increased by 5 per cent in FY2021 to US$138 million, while our greenfield expenditure increased by 23 per cent to US$54 million. Expenditure on resources assessment and greenfield exploration over the last three financial years is set out below.
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
   2019
US$M
 
Greenfield exploration
  
 
54
 
   44    62 
Resources assessment
  
 
138
 
   132    126 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total metals exploration and assessment
  
 
192
 
   176    188 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Petroleum exploration and appraisal
Petroleum exploration expenditure for FY2021 was US$322 million, of which US$296 million was expensed. Expenditure on petroleum exploration over the last three financial years is set out below.
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
   2019
US$M
 
Petroleum exploration
  
 
322
 
   564    685 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Our petroleum exploration program prioritised drilling commitments for development wells and strategic partnering in FY2021. A US$540 million exploration program is planned for FY2022 as we progress testing of our future growth opportunities and evaluate potential new basins for future entries.
40

Exploration expense
Exploration expense represents that portion of exploration expenditure that is not capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ in section 3.
Exploration expense for each segment over the last three financial years is set out below.
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
   2019
US$M
 
Exploration expense
      
Petroleum
(1)
  
 
382
 
   394    409 
Copper
  
 
53
 
   54    62 
Iron Ore
  
 
55
 
   47    41 
Coal
  
 
7
 
   9    15 
Group and unallocated items
(2)
  
 
19
 
   13    10 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Group
  
 
516
 
   517    537 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes US$86 million (FY2020: US$ nil; FY2019: US$21 million) exploration expense previously capitalised, written off as impaired.
(2) 
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations, including Potash, Nickel West and legacy assets (previously disclosed as closed mines in the Petroleum reportable segment), and consolidation adjustments.
1.126    People and culture
We aim to recruit and retain the best people ensuring we deliver our strategy and run our operations safely and productively.
Around 80,000Our employees and contractors, work for us globally; theyaround 80,000 globally, are the foundation of our business. We createaim to attract, recruit, empower and promote an inclusive and diverse environment whereretain the safety and wellbeing of our people is the highest priority. best people.
To enable our people to perform at their best, safety is our highest priority and we continue to invest in technology and innovative and effective ways to manage risk, streamline processes and improve productivity. We also offer competitive remuneration that rewards expertise and invest in the development of our peopleprograms to build capability and improve performance.
Developing our capabilities and an enabled culture
To drive continuous improvement, we respect people’s differences and encourage self-accountability, a hunger to learn and a commercial mindset.
One of the ways we seek to achieve this is by applying the BHP Operating System (BOS) practices to help build leader capability. BOS is a way of leading and working that focuses on the safety of our people, value for our customers,
setting clear goals and measuring progress and a mindset of zero waste. In FY2021,FY2022, we continued to train our leaders through BOS learning academies to improve operational capability and culture.
culture, with more than 3,000 people leaders participating.
We also deployThree times a simplifiedyear we ask our employees and contractors about their experiences working with BHP via a short Engagement and Perception Survey (EPS) three times a year.Survey. After each EPS,survey, our team leaders are accountable for identifying actionsassess what is working well, what they can learn from others and take action to address improvement areas,areas. Despite significant absences and workplace disruptions caused by
COVID-19,
we maintained a high response rate of 82 per cent of employees in March 2022 (81 per cent in February 2021) and achieved a strong engagement score of 82 per cent favourable (84 per cent in February 2021). In particular, 80 per cent of our employees and 88 per cent of our contractors (from 7,932 responses) would recommend BHP as shaped by employee feedback,a great place to work, which places us in the following 90 days. With a strong response rate (81 per cent) and overall engagement scores of 84 per cent, two to three percentage points under top decilethird of global organisation benchmarks providedorganisations as benchmarked by Qualtrics,Qualtrics.
In FY2022, we believetransformed our overall workforce feels supportedapproach to developing frontline leadership with the launch of BHP Leadership Programs for supervisors, superintendents and engaged.managers. Through a combination of assessment, workshops, experiences and coaching, the suite of programs is designed to identify and develop leaders and prepare them to take on greater responsibility. We anticipate more than 1,000 leaders each year will develop their ability through these programs to lead inclusively, ethically and through complexity as they play their critical role to deliver continuous improvement.
In 2018, we created a newOur Operations Services business unit Operations Services, to provideprovides maintenance and production services across our Minerals Australia assets. Operations ServicesIt employs its people on a permanent basis and supports skillskills building through a structured coaching and
in-field
training program designed to enable theour workforce to deliver consistent equipment operation and maintenance that balances safety, maximum productivity and equipment reliability. AsOperations Services had more than 3,500 employees as at 30 June 2021, Operations Services employed more than 3,700 employees2022 and is expected to continue to grow.
As part of a new national training program toTo help bolster Australia’s skills base and create new career pathways into the mining sector, the BHP FutureFit Academy (FFA)located in Perth, Western Australia and Mackay, Queensland provides a pathway to join Operations ServicesMinerals Australia through either an accredited maintenance and production traineeship or a trade apprenticeship. Once trained and qualified, employees move to a job at one of our Australian operations. The FutureFit Academy training includes the skills required for an increasingly technological and digitised world and focuses on our safety, respectful behaviour, culture and productive ways of working. This helps FutureFit graduates to be ‘BHP site ready’ when they graduate. In FY2021,FY2022, the FFAFutureFit Academy trained more than 500417 apprentices and trainees, aswith 175 graduating. In FY2023, the first cohort graduated (163 graduatesFutureFit Academy is expanding the program to include Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) and Nickel West. New curricula will be offered, including belt splicing, electrical and auto electrical. The belt splicing program will commence at Newman in FY2021).August 2022. For more information on BHP’s FutureFit Academy, see our case study at bhp.com/people.
In Minerals Americas, the focus has been on implementing an integrated approach to capability building through defining frameworks and programs for workforce upskilling and reskilling as we transition into autonomous operations at our operated assets. Early career programs (for graduates and trainees in roles such as operators, maintainers, supervisors and engineers) are also a key area to build a sustainable base of diverse talent with the required capabilities. We will also continue building partnerships with training and learning institutions to develop those identified capabilities for the future.
41The talent market is dynamic and increasingly competitive. We continue to work on our attraction and retention strategies through strategic workforce planning, talent acquisition, inclusion and diversity, internal talent management, employee mobility and our total value proposition. We believe we are strongly and competitively placed in the market and regularly review our positioning and total reward strategies, with culture being our competitive edge. We have deployed new proactive recruitment methods, including recruitment marketing and talent pooling, strategies for securing critical skills and made improvements to our recruitment processes to increase speed while maintaining our focus on the suitability of candidates.
35

Inclusion and diversity
AnWe believe that an inclusive and diverse workforce promotes safety, productivity and wellbeing, and underpins our ability to attract newand retain employees. We employ, develop and promote based on people’s strengths and do not tolerate any form of discrimination, bullying, harassment, exclusion or victimisation. Our systems, processes and practices are designed to support fair treatment for all of our people. In July 2020, we published ourOur Inclusion and Diversity Position Statement confirmingconfirms our vision, commitment and contributions to inclusion and diversity. We have further work to do to achieve this goal.
Our employeesstrategy is to focus on attracting and retaining a workforce that is truly representative of society. We intend to do this by addressing the barriers and impacts of bias and racism experienced by people within underrepresented groups by listening to their experience combined with insights from our engagement surveys and the recently deployed self-identification survey, ‘Tell Us About You’. So far, around 10,000 people have confidentially shared with us information about themselves (a 22 per cent response rate), which is a good starting point and we expect to see participation grow over time. Our intention is to contrast this data with national/regional census data over time to measure how diverse we are encouraged to celebrate diversity and to speak up if they encounter behaviours inconsistent with our values and expectations. against the general population.
To help mitigate gender pay disparities, we have taken steps to reduce potential bias in remuneration at the time of recruitment and we conduct an annual gender pay review, the results of which are reported to the BHP Remuneration Committee.
Respect is one of our values under
Our Charter
values and is fundamental to building stronger teams and being an inclusive and diverse workplace. For some people, this has not been their experience of working at BHP. WeBHP and we are determined to address this.
For information on our approach to addressing workplace sexual harassment refer to section 1.13.4.OFR 7.5.
Our ambition to achieve a more diverse and inclusive workplace is focused on four areas:
 
embedding flexibility ininto the way we work
 
encouraging and working with our supply chain partners to support our commitment to inclusion and diversity
 
uncovering and taking steps to mitigate potential bias in our behaviours, systems, policies and processes, and in behaviours through the Respectful Behaviour campaign
 
ensuring our brand and workplaces are safe for and attractive to a diverse range of people
Gender balance
(1)1
In 2016CY2016, we publicly announced our aspiration to achieve gender balance within our employee workforce globally by the end of FY2025. AtFY2025, which we define as a minimum 40 per cent women and 40 per cent men in line with the end of FY2021 we had 5,257 more female employees than reported in 2016. In FY2021, wedefinitions used by entities such as the International Labour Organisation and HESTA.
We increased the representation of women working at BHP in FY2022 by 2.7 per cent. Overall,2.5 percentage points, with almost 8,000 more female employees at the end of the year than in 2016. At 30 June 2022, women represent 29.8represented 32.3 per cent of our employee workforce, including employees on extended absence such as parental leave. The Executive Leadership Team isup from 17.6 per cent when we set our aspirational goal. We are confident of achieving 40 per cent female representationgender balance by the end of FY2025, meeting the definition of gender balance used by entities such as the International Labour Organization and HESTA, which consider balance to be a minimum of 40 per cent women and 40 per cent men.FY2025.
The percentage of employees newly hired to work for BHP in FY2021FY2022 was 52.152.7 per cent male and 47.947.3 per cent female. This is a marked increase on our FY2015 baseline for our aspirational goal, which was 10.4 per cent female.female hired in FY2015.
We also improved our representation of women in leadership by 2.82.7 percentage points compared to FY2020,FY2021, with 25.227.9 per cent female people leaders as at the end of FY2021.FY2022.
To further accelerate female representation in FY2021, we worked to:FY2022, we:
 
improve employment messaging to target diverse audiences about why they should work for BHP
progresscontinued market mapping to proactively target people or groups of people not actively looking to work for BHP or our industry
 
broadenimplemented a ‘Tell Us About You’ survey, our employment and brand reach across social, digital and traditional media channelsfirst self-identification survey to measure the rich diversity of our workforce
 
enhanceintegrated inclusive leadership capabilities at all levels of our workforce development and retention through coaching and support materials for leadersleadership learning curriculum
 
develop aembedded the Ways of Working Framework to guide employees and leaders to ‘Work where you get great outcomes’
 
implement mentoringlaunched Phase 3 of the Respectful Behaviour campaign to reinforce our zero tolerance of sexual harassment, racism and support networksbullying including global ‘Stop for womenSafety’ sessions for all employees and contractors
 
(1)
Based on a ‘point in time’
‘point-in-time’
snapshot of employees as at 30 June 2021,2022, including employees on extended absence, as used in internal management reporting for the purposes of monitoring progress against our goals. This does not include contractors. For the first time this includesPeople leaders are defined as employees on extended absence (660 at 30 June 2021), who were previously not included in the active headcount.
with one or more direct report.
 
4236

The table below shows the gender composition of our employees, senior leaders and the Board over the last three financial years.years
1,2
 
  
2021
   2020   2019   
2022
   2021   2020 
Female employees
(1)
  
 
11,868
 
   8,072    6,874   
 
12,674
 
   11,868    9,961 
Male employees
(1)
  
 
27,953
 
   23,517    22,052   
 
26,536
 
   27,953    27,557 
Female senior employees
(2)(3)
  
 
90
 
   67    70 
Male senior employees
(2)(3)
  
 
189
 
   185    227 
Female Executive Leadership Team (ELT) members
(2)
  
 
5
 
   4    4 
Male Executive Leadership Team (ELT) members
(2)
  
 
5
 
   6    7 
Female people leaders
  
 
1,695
 
   1,439    1,157 
Male people leaders
  
 
4,380
 
   4,276    4,002 
Female Executive Leadership Team members
  
 
5
 
   5    4 
Male Executive Leadership Team members
  
 
5
 
   5    6 
Female Board members
(2)
  
 
4
 
   3    4   
 
4
 
   4    3 
Male Board members
(2)
  
 
8
 
   9    7   
 
8
 
   8    9 
 
(1)1 
FY2021 employee numbers basedBased on actual numbers at BHP operated locationa
‘point-in-time’
snapshot of employees as at 30 June 2021, not
10-month
averages. FY2020 and FY2019 are based on the average of the number of employees at the last day of each calendar month for a
10-month
period from July to April which is then2022, as used to calculate a weighted averagein internal management reporting for the year topurposes of monitoring progress against our goals. In FY2021 and FY2022 this includes employees on extended absence, 660 at 30 June 2021 and adjusted based on BHP ownership. Data includes Continuing and Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) for948 in 2022, who previously not included in the financial years being reported.active headcount.
 
(2) 
Based on actual numbers as at 30 June 2021, not
10-month
averages.
(3)2 
For FY2022, this does not include employees who left BHP via the purposesmerger of BHP Petroleum and Woodside (approximately 1,000 employees) or the UK Companies Act 2006, we are requiredsale of BHP Mitsui Coal to show information for ‘senior managers’, which are defined to include both senior leaders and any persons who are directors of any subsidiary company, even if they are not senior leaders. In FY2021, there were 297 senior leaders at BHP. There are 18 Directors of subsidiary companies who are not senior leaders, comprising 14 men and 4 women. Therefore, for UK law purposes, the total number of senior managers was 203 men and 94 women (31.6 per cent women) in FY2021.Stanmore Resources (approximately 500 employees).
Indigenous employment
Indigenous peoples are critical partners and stakeholders for many of BHP’s operations around the world. BHP recognises,We recognise, as part of our Global Indigenous Peoples Strategy, that we can contribute to the economic empowerment of Indigenous peoples through providing opportunities for employment, training, procurement and by supporting Indigenous enterprises.
Pre-employment
training, employment, career development and retention of Indigenous employees are key to this.
We have set targets to achieveincrease Indigenous employment in our Minerals Australia operations, Minerals Americas operations in Chile and our Jansen Potash Project and operations in Canada.
For information on our 2030 goals related to Indigenous partnerships refer to OFR 7.13.
Indigenous employee representation
1
Location
  
Period
  
Target (%)
   
30 June 2022 (%)
 
Minerals America operations employees in Chile
  By the end of FY2026  
 
10.0
 
  
 
8.7
 
Minerals Australia operations employees in Australia
 2
  By the end of FY2025  
 
8.0
 
  
 
8.3
 
Jansen Potash Project and operation employees in Canada
 3
  By the end of FY2027  
 
20.0
 
  
 
7.2
 
Point in time data at 30 June 2022.
Indigenous employee representation overall in Australia as at 30 June 2022 was 7.4 per cent including Minerals Australia operations, 8.3 per cent Indigenous, and
non-operational
locations, 2.5 per cent Indigenous.
Indigenous workforce representation at Potash Jansen Project and operations of 20.7 per cent includes employees, 7.2 per cent Indigenous, and contractors, 23.8 per cent Indigenous.
In our Minerals Australia operations, we have achieved the Australian Indigenous employment target of 8 per cent ahead of schedule (8.3 per cent of employees at 30 June 2022) through significant effort with targeted Indigenous recruitment campaigns, a tailored application process focused on the cultural needs of applicants and BHP’s commitment to the regional communities where we operate. A key focus in Australia now is the retention and development of our Indigenous workforce. New targets have been set and engagement strategies are being developed as part of BHP’s next Minerals Australia Reconciliation Action Plan.
From FY2023 the targets for Indigenous employee representation are 9.7 per cent by the end of FY2027 in our Australian workforceMinerals Australia operations, 10 per cent by the end of FY2025 10in our Minerals Americas operations in Chile and 20 per cent in our workforce in Chile by the end of FY2026 and 20 per cent in our Potash workforce in Canada by the end of FY2027.
Indigenous employment within our employee and contractor workforce
(1)
as at 30 June 2021 was 7.2 per cent in Australia, 7.5 per cent at our operations in Chile and 13.7 per cent at our Jansen Potash Project and operations in Canada.
37

LGBT+ inclusion
Our LGBT+ ally employee inclusion group, Jasper, was established in 2017, asis a natural extension of our inclusion and diversity aspirations and to reflectreflects our value of Respect under
Our Charter
value of respect. The.
Its membership base of LGBT+ employees and allies has grown substantiallygrew to around 2,000 in FY2022, with eight regional chapters globally.
In February 2021,FY2022, we launchedcontinued to close gaps for LGBT+ inclusion, such as releasing guidelines and implementing support for transgender and gender diverse recruitment, and updated our Gender Affirmation Policyparental leave policy to be more inclusive by making language more gender neutral and leader toolkit outlining how we will support employees affirming their gender.ensuring it applies to birth, long-term guardianship and adoption aligned to changes in Australia.
Flexible working
Our focus on flexible working over the past few years assisted our office-based workers to adapt to remote working requirements caused byhas evolved throughout the
COVID-19
pandemic.
We expect to maintainpandemic and we have embedded a hybrid working model for employees based in corporate offices,
non-operational
roles, allowing office and home-based working arrangements, while requiring 30 to 50 per cent of their work to be based in the office, (excluding times when
COVID-19-related
workplace restrictions are in place) depending on the nature of their work.
We also understand many site-based employees are in roles that by their very nature cannot be performed remotely. We will continue to seek to provide flexible working through part-timelifestyle-friendly rosters with some sites within WAIO moving away from two weeks on (seven days, seven nights)/one week off rosters to eight days on (day shift)/six days off then seven days on (night shift)/seven days off rosters. Part-time and
job-share
arrangements flexible rosters and career breaks.have increased including at senior levels.
(1) 
Based on a ‘point in time’ snapshot of employees and labour hire contractors as at 30 June 2021.
43

Employee relations
Our four key focus areas for employee relations are:
 
ensuring we complycreating relations with legal obligationsour workforce based on a culture of trust and regional labour regulationscooperation
 
negotiating where there are requirements to collectively bargain (and recognising the rights of our workforce to collectively bargain)
 
closing out agreements with our workforce in South America and Australia, with no lost time due to industrial action, to the extent possible
 
creating solid relationsensuring we comply with our workforce based on a culture of trustlegal obligations and cooperationregional labour regulations
During FY2021, In Australia, we are monitoring potential industrial relations legislative reform after the Government indicated an intention to introduce draft legislation during CY2022 that could have a material impact on our cost of labour and industrial landscape and negatively impact productivity.
Minerals Australia participated in five collective bargaining processes during FY2022:
BHP Iron Ore Pty Ltd commenced bargaining in January 2022 for the BHPIO Locomotive Drivers Agreement 2022, which is ongoing.
OS MCAP Pty Ltd recommenced bargaining in December 2022 for the Operations Services Production Agreement 2018, which is ongoing.
OS ACPM Pty Ltd recommenced bargaining in December 2022 for the Operations Services Maintenance Agreement 2018, which is ongoing.
BHP Coal Pty Ltd commenced bargaining in February 2021 for the BMA Enterprise Agreement 2021, which is ongoing.
BM Alliance Coal Operations Pty Ltd commenced bargaining in June 2022 for the BMACO Broadmeadow Mine Agreement 2022, which is ongoing.
38

Minerals Americas participated in seventwo collective bargaining processes which were important to enable our business objectivesduring FY2022:
Escondida: O&M union N°1 of 2,333 employees signed in relation to financial performance, organisational capabilities, culture change and behaviour management.
Escondida signed three collective bargaining agreements: with the supervisors’ unionAugust 2021 for 36 months (1 October 2020 to 30months.
Cerro Colorado: O&M union N°1 of 705 employees signed in September 2023), the Intermel (Operators and Maintainers) union for 24 months (1 April 2021 to 31 March 2023) and Union No. 1 (Operators and Maintainers) for 36 months (2 August 2021months.
Negotiations to 1 August 2024). Spence signed two
36-month
renew the collective bargaining agreements:agreements with the supervisors’ union (1 December 2020 to 30 November 2023) and the Operator and Maintainers union (1 June 2021 to 31 May 2024). Cerro Colorado executed two collective agreements: one with the supervisors’ union for 36 months (1 June 2021 to 31 May 2024) and with the Operators and Maintainers union for 36 months (1 September 2021 to 31 August 2024).
TheBHP Chile’s Specialists and& Supervisors Union for BHP Chile Inc. invoked article 342 of the Chilean Labor Code, under which employees had their current entitlements under existing collective agreement preserved for the next 18 months (June 2021(150 employees) and Escondida’s Intermel Union (140 employees) are expected to December 2022). In the collective bargaining between BHP Chile Inc.be completed in FY2023.
There were no legal industrial actions or strikes at Minerals Americas operated assets, Minerals Australia operated assets or our Jansen Potash Project and the Specialists and Supervisors Union, there were 13 days of legal strike action (27 May 2021 to 8 June 2021). Contingency plans were putoperations in place to hand over management of the control rooms back to the operations and planned maintenance activities were undertaken ahead of time, resultingCanada in no operational downtime due to this strike.FY2022.
Impacts and challenges from
COVID-19
related to our people
The impactrising numbers of
COVID-19
cases and the resulting measures taken by governments within Australia and Chile to control its spread in FY2022 resulted in continued changes to working patterns for our employees and contractors. In Australiacontractors and Chile, there was an increase in unplanned absenteeism due to
COVID-19
restrictions.absences. As a result of the
COVID-19
restrictions, we implemented a range of employee measurescontrols across our business to reduce the number of workers required onsite and manage planned and unplanned absences, such as temporary remote working arrangements, increased health and safety requirements, asset-based vaccination campaigns, self-testing and office-testing campaigns and hybrid working. In Australia we also introduced vaccination against
COVID-19
as a site access requirement after consultation with employees and unions. In Canada, all employees are required to remain fully vaccinated against
COVID-19
to perform work at site including a third booster shot.
With state border closures restricting the mobilisation of employees and contractors to our operating sites in Australia at times during FY2022, changes to rosters and hours of work were made to ensure operational requirements for essential work were met. There has also been a further extension of flexible work options for employees and contractors in Australia in response to government-imposed lockdowns preventing them from attending their normal place of work. These flexibleFlexible work options, includedincluding staggered start times, working from home and reducedadapted working hours. Our contractor workforce was reduced after the Spence Growth Option (SGO) transitioned to the operation.hours were in place across many of our office settings.
For information on the impact of
COVID-19
toon our workforce refer to section 1.13.5.
44

Our people policies
Our Charter
is the foundation of the work we do at BHP. It describes our purpose, our values, how we measure our success, who we are, what we do and what we stand for.
Our Code of Conduct
demonstrates how to practically apply the commitments and values set out in
Our Charter
and reflects many of the standards and procedures we apply throughout BHP.
Through these documents, we make it clear that discrimination on any basis is not acceptable and we give full and fair consideration to applications for employment received from all candidates, having regard to their particular aptitudes and abilities. In instances where employees require support for a disability, we work with them to identify roles that meet their skills, experience and capability, and offer retraining where required.
Our Human Rights Policy Statement outlines our commitment to respecting human rights, which includes rights related to workplace health, safety and labour. We commit to operating in a manner consistent with the terms of the International Labour Organization Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.
The
Our Requirements
standards outline the mandatory minimum standards we expect of those who work for or on behalf of BHP. Some of those standards relate to people activities, such as recruitment and talent retention.
Our
all-employee
share purchase plan, Shareplus, is available to all permanent full-time and part-time employees and those on fixed-term contracts, except where local regulations limit operation of the scheme. In these instances, alternative arrangements are in place.
OFR 7.6.
More information on people is available at bhp.com/people.
 
4539

1.13
7    Sustainability
1.13.17.1    Our sustainability approach
Our commitment to sustainability starts withsocial value reflects our purpose and BHP’s role in supplying products essential for the transition of society towards a more sustainable future, a role that we seek to bring people and resources together to buildperform in a better world. Our products support global development and many aspects of modern life, and we expect many will play an essential role as the world decarbonises.responsible way.
Our management of sustainability helps generate social value. We also understand there will be times when we mustknow our stakeholders and partners are increasingly focused on our sustainability performance and use it as a key determinant in assessing BHP and our industry. We strive to continuously improve and exceed these expectations.
A commitment to sustainability sometimes requires us to make difficult choices involving trade-offs, some of which may lead to differences of opinion and concern among some stakeholders. While we seek to gain and maintain the support of all our stakeholders and partners as we alsomanage complex issues. We respect the right of every stakeholder and partner to disagree withchallenge the choices we make and recognise that by listening to their views and concerns BHP becomes a decision or choice we may make.better company.
There may be adverse impacts in the production and use of our products, and while our aim is to avoid them, the nature of our activities and products means this will not always be possible. We seek to minimise and mitigate these impacts where we can and look for ways to contribute to the long-term health of society and the natural environment.
We view our management of sustainability as core to our efforts to generate social value including:
putting the health and safety of our people first
being environmentally responsible
respecting human rights
supporting the communities where we operate
We recognise sustainability is integral to the work we do at BHP. We believe it leads to higher performance by making us more productive and safe. Ourdefine our approach to sustainability is defined bythrough
Our Charter
and it is governed through the
Our Requirements
standards. These standards describe our mandatory minimum performance requirements and provide the foundation to develop and implement management systems at our operated assets.
AcrossOur approach to sustainability is overseen by BHP’s Board. The Board’s Sustainability Committee advises and assists the Group,Board in its oversight of the Group’s health, safety, environmental and community (HSEC) matters. For more information about the Sustainability Committee and its work refer to the Corporate Governance Statement.
Sustainability targets and goals
We set clear direction through our social value framework and we embed and measure sustainability performance measures through our public sustainability targets and goals. We completed our most recent five-year sustainability targets. Achievingtargets in FY2022. For more information on our performance against these targets refer to OFR 7.3.
This year we developed new 2030 goals under the pillars of People, Planet and working towards our goals alignsProsperity in line with our commitments to the Paris Agreement goalsWorld Economic Forum and the United Nations (UN) Development Program, following extensive internal and external engagement (refer to OFR 2.2). The 2030 goals comprise overarching long-term goals across six key focus areas and are underpinned by short-term metrics and milestones. We are working to embed them through asset plans and capital allocation.
The key changes compared to the previous five-year sustainability targets include a new time horizon of seven years to align with BHP’s 2030 climate change targets and goals and reference timelines set out in global frameworks and agreements, such as the UN Sustainable Development Goals, (UNSDGs)the Paris Agreement, the Convention of Biological Diversity and the Global Goal for Nature. The goals provide opportunities for BHP to engage and work in partnership with others, build capability and
co-design
approaches to deliver positive outcomes and shared prosperity for people and our planet. They are reinforced by our continued commitment to pursue zero significant health, safety, environment, community or supply chain events and to making a social investment of at least 1 per cent
pre-tax
profit
1
. It also drives improvement
Equitable change and transitions
We recognise that changes in our sustainability performance. Our current five-year public sustainability targets conclude atbusiness, ranging from the endopening to the closing of FY2022,a mine, can have significant, and sometimes disproportionate, effects on communities where we operate. We also recognise that these same communities are navigating broader shifts in the global economy, such as the energy transition and digital disruption, and that the scope and nature of these transitions will continue to evolve.
We are committed to working with communities we are developing new targets. We have already set a climatepart of in periods of change target to reduce operational greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (Scope 1 and Scope 2 from our operated assets) by at least 30 per cent from FY2020 levels
(
1
)
by FY2030. Our long-term goal istransition to achieve net zerolong-term mutual value.
(
Our approach will be grounded in our existing strategies, policies and frameworks in relation to our people, the environment, communities and other stakeholders and partners. The interconnection of these policies and frameworks
2
)aims to ensure change and transitions are equitable and deliberately considered across the life cycle of our business and for the communities where we operate.
operational emissions by 2050.
(
3
To date, our voluntary social investment has been calculated as 1 per cent of the average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit. For FY2023–FY2030, our social investment will be assessed as a total over the seven-year goals period to FY2030, rather than calculated as an average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit.
)
These include our Indigenous Peoples Framework, Social Value Framework, Inclusion and Diversity Statement, Climate Change Strategy, approach to the environment, Closure Strategy, Human Rights Policy Statement, and approach to community engagement.
40

Our approach to equitable change and transitions will:
Recognise our responsibility to our workforce – where a major change in our business is expected to affect our workforce, we will engage in meaningful dialogue and support those impacted.
Create opportunity for meaningful engagement and
co-designed
processes – we will seek to develop relationships with stakeholders and partners, including government, local businesses, community members, suppliers, Indigenous peoples and workers, that support understanding of the issues and
co-creation
of solutions. We will communicate transparently on the types of changes the business needs to make and enable active participation of those most impacted.
Recognise the impacts associated with gender, land connectedness and social and economic vulnerability – we will not assume all people are affected similarly. We will seek to understand how impacts may be differently experienced, including for Indigenous peoples, and recognise that plans and solutions must take into account the particular strengths of each community and tackle the unique impacts they experience.
Recognise that the economic, social and environmental dimensions of sustainable development are interrelated – we will aim to avoid or mitigate adverse environmental impacts of change and transitions, while pursuing opportunities to build climate resilience and environmentally sustainable communities.
Given change and transitions will involve multiple actors, we will seek to be a catalyst to bring people together and use our relationships to advocate for equitable change and transitions in line with the above principles.
Reporting standards and frameworks
We commit to severalmany sustainability frameworks, standards and initiatives and disclose data according to their requirements. Our sustainability reporting, including on our website and in our ESG Standards and Databook, is prepared in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) 2021 Sustainability Reporting Standards, comprehensive-level reporting,
(
4
)
the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) Sustainable Development Framework, the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations and the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) Metals and Mining standard. It also serves as our United NationsUN Global Compact (UNGC) Communication on Progress on implementation of the UNGC Ten Principles and support for its broader development objectives.
BHP’s Board oversees We have included a summary of our approach to sustainability. The Board’s Sustainability Committee has oversight of health, safety, environmental and community (HSEC) matters and assistsTCFD disclosures in the Board with governance and monitoring. For more information about the Sustainability Committee and its work, refer to section 2.1.11.table below.
There is a growing number of sustainabilityare also responsible mining and sourcing standards that we commit to voluntarily or as part of our memberships. In FY2021, we completed a numberFor more information about our implementation of self-assessments across different operated assets for the ICMM Mining Principles and associated performance expectations. In October 2020, BHP signed a letter of commitmentthese standards refer to the CopperMark
(OFR 7.9 Value chain sustainability.
5
Our sustainability approach – TCFD index
1,2
)
assurance process for our copper producing assets (Olympic Dam, Escondida and Spence) and completed self-assessments as part of this commitment.

 
(1)1 
The FY2020 baseline will be adjusted for any material acquisitionsOur sustainability standards index is included in our ESG Standards and divestments based on greenhouse gas emissionsDatabook, available at the time of the transaction. Carbon offsets will be used as required.
bhp.com/sustainability.
 
(2)2 
Net zero includesCertain information has been omitted from this report for the usepurposes of carbon offsets as required.
(3) 
These positions are expressed using terms that are defined in the Glossary, including the terms ‘net zero’, ‘target’ and ‘goal’.
(4) 
Our GRI Content Index is available at bhp.com/FY21ESGStandardsDatabook
(5) 
https://www.bhp.com/media-and-insights/news-releases/2020/11/bhp-commits-to-copper-mark/.
US reporting.
 
4641

1.13.2
7.2    Our material sustainability issues
SustainabilityAnnual sustainability materiality assessment
Each year we identify the sustainability issues most material to our business and stakeholders. We use this assessment to help inform our sustainability strategies and to ensure the sustainability disclosures in our Annual Report include the issues of most interest to our business and stakeholders in line with the GRI Standards Reporting Principles.
The materiality assessment considers internal and external stakeholder perspectives andby assessing the economic, social, environmental and cultural impact of our activities and business relationships.
In FY2022, we adopted the approach of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI 3: Material Topics 2021) to consider actual and potential negative and positive impacts of our activities. We identified over 30business in order to determine our material sustainability issues for reporting. In doing so we considered BHP’s material risk profile,
1
information recorded in our internal event management system, our social value framework and social investment priorities and a number of other sources. These included issues raised at our Annual General Meetings and through industry sustainability standards and benchmark assessments. We also consult with stakeholders, such as part of our materiality assessment in FY2021. Of those,through the issues shown belowBHP Forum on Corporate Responsibility, via ESG investor round tables and disclosed in this Annual Report were identified as the most material issues to BHPadvisory groups and our stakeholders. The below table also covers our requirements under the UK Companies Act 2006.
(1)
with internal stakeholders via focused discussions.
More information aboutThe material sustainability issues identified through our materialityFY2022 assessment is available at bhp.com/materialityassessment
Material sustainabilityare shown in the table below. These issues
are consistent with our FY2021 assessment with the addition of security services, sexual harassment and value chain sustainability.
 
 
(1) 
We comply with the
Non-financial
Reporting Directive requirements and therefore report sustainability matters from sections 414CA and 414CB of the UK Companies Act 2006.
This table sets out where relevant information is located in this Annual Report.
(2)
Although these standards are for internal use, we have made the HSEC-related elements of several of the
Our Requirements
standards and related documents publicly available at bhp.com.
(3) 1
‘Material’ in this context refers to the materiality of a risk under BHP’s Risk Framework. For further information on BHP’s principal risks,our Risk Framework refer to section 1.16.OFR 9.
 
4742

1.13.3
7.3    Our sustainability performance:
Non-financial
KPIskey performance indicators
OurWe completed our most recent five-year sustainability targets in FY2022. Highlights include three years fatality-free, a reduction in the total number of workers exposed to our most material occupational exposures by 68 per cent, social investment of US$681.4 million over five years and FY2021a 29 per cent reduction in freshwater withdrawal volumes from our adjusted FY2017 baseline.
The FY2017 baselines and FY2018 – FY2022 data for our occupational exposures, GHG emissions and withdrawal of freshwater have been adjusted for the merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside and divestment of our interest in BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC) in FY2022 (to exclude data related to those operations), together with adjustments made and reported in previous years to ensure ongoing comparability of performance. FY2022 data for safety, social investment and significant community and environmental events includes the operated assets in our Petroleum business up to the date of the merger (1 June 2022) and BMC up to the date of completion of the sale (3 May 2022).
 
People
 
Target
 
FY2021FY2022 result
 
Year-on-year
 Zero work-related fatalities 
WorkplaceZero work-related fatalities
and there was a 30 per cent decrease in the high-potential injury frequency rate from FY2021. High-potential injury trends remain a primary focus to assess progress against our most important safety objective, eliminating fatalities.
 
0FY2018
1
FY2017
(1)
FY2018
FY2019
(2)2
FY2020
FY2021
FY2022
3
 
1
2
1
0
0
0
 
Year-on-year
improvement of total recordable injury frequency (TRIF)
(3)4
(TRIF) per million hours worked
An increase in total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) of 8 per cent from FY2021. This shift was influenced by
COVID-19
through an 8 per cent reduction in hours worked between the first and second halves of FY2022. TRIF has decreased by 9 per cent since FY2018.
 
Total recordable injury frequency decreased by 11 per cent compared to FY2020
FY2017
(4)
FY2018
(4)1
FY2019
(5)2
FY2020
FY2021
FY2022
3
 
4.2
4.4
4.7
4.2
3.7
4.0
 
50 per cent reduction in the number of workers potentially exposed
(6)5
to our most material exposures of diesel particulate matter, respirable silica and coal mine dust compared to our FY2017
(7)6
baseline by FY2022
 
OccupationalWe exceeded our target by reducing the total number of workers potentially exposed to our most material exposures 70by 68 per cent reduction compared to our adjusted FY2017 baseline
baseline.
6
 
Adjusted FY2017 baseline
6
FY2018
6
FY2019
(8)6
FY2020
6
FY2021
(9)6,7
FY2022
6
 
4,2664,176
3,0322,803
2,1922,160
1,7441,683
1,2801,372
1,333
Society
 Zero significant community events
(10)8
 FY2021No significant community events resulting from BHP operated activities were recorded in FY2022 
0
FY2017
FY2018
FY2019
FY2020
FY2021
FY2022
3
 
0
0
0
0
0
 
Not less than 1 per cent of
pre-tax profits
(11)9
invested in community programs that contribute to the quality of life in the communities where we operate and support the achievement of the UN Sustainable Development Goals
10
 
Social investment
spend of US$174.8681.4 million
(12)
over five years
 
FY2017FY2018
(13)1
FY2018
FY2019
(14)11
FY2020
FY2021
FY2022
3
 
US$80.2 million
US$77.1 million
US$93.5 million
US$149.6 million
US$174.8 million
US$186.4 million
 
By FY2022, implement our Indigenous Peoples Strategy across all our operated assets through the development of Regional Indigenous Peoples Plans
 Regional Indigenous PeoplesPeople Plans beinghave been implemented across Australia (Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP)) and North and South America    
43

Environment
 Zero significant environmental events
(10)8
 FY2021No significant environmental events resulting from BHP operated activities were recorded in FY2022 
0
FY2017
FY2018
FY2019
FY2020
FY2021
FY2022
3
 
0
0
0
0
0
 Reduce FY2022 withdrawal of fresh waterfreshwater
(15)12
by 15 per cent from FY2017 levels
 FreshwaterExceeded our target, with a 29 per cent reduction in freshwater withdrawal reduction fromvolumes compared to our adjusted FY2017 baseline
(16)
27%
13
 
Adjusted FY2017 baseline
(16)13
FY2018
13
FY2019
13
FY2020
13
FY2021
13
FY2022
13
 
156,120152,249 ML
140,515133,265 ML
155,570149,237 ML
126,997122,331 ML
113,444108,440 ML
107,398 ML
 
By FY2022, improve marine and terrestrial biodiversity outcomes byby:
   developing a framework to evaluate and verify the benefits of our actions, in collaboration with others
Progressed framework development, including pilots and approaches
•   contributing to data validation in collaboration with others. On track to deliver by endthe management of FY2022areas of national or international conservation significance exceeding our disturbed land footprint (‘area conserved’ target)
 
Biodiversity framework was developed with the support of Conservation International and Proteus, a cross-sector partnership between the UN Environment Programme World Conservation Monitoring Centre (UNEP WCMC) and business
‘Area conserved’ target has been met by our operational and voluntary conservation investments over the target period, given BHP’s FY2022 total disturbed land footprint was 149,312 hectares.
Year-on-year
progress on development of framework to evaluate and verify the benefits of our actions
The total land set aside for conservation on land on which we operate and other land we steward was 65,870 hectares in FY2022. In addition to these conservation areas, we made several voluntary investments over the target period, of which an area of 4,465,260 hectares contributed to achievement of the ‘area conserved’ target.
 
48

(1)1 
FY2018 and FY2019 data includes Continuing and Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets to 28 February 2019)assets).
 
(2)
FY2019 data includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 28 February 2019 and Continuing operations.
 
(3)
FY2022 data includes the operated assets in our Petroleum business up to the date of the merger with Woodside (1 June 2022) and BMC up to the date of completion of the sale (3 May 2022).
4 
The sum of (fatalities + lost-time cases + restricted work cases + medical treatment cases) multiplied by 1 million/actual hours worked by our employees and contractors. Stated in units of per million hours worked. We adopt the US Government’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration Guidelines for the recording and reporting of occupational injuries and illnesses.
 
(4) 
FY2017 and FY2018 TRIF data includes Continuing and Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets).
(5) 
FY2019 TRIF data includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 28 February 2019 and Continuing operations.
(6)5 
For exposures exceeding our FY2017 baseline occupational exposure limits, discountingwithout considering protection afforded by the use of personal protective equipment where required.(where required). The baseline exposure profile (as at 30 June 2017) is derived through a combination of quantitative exposure measurements and qualitative assessments undertaken by specialist occupational hygienists consistent with best practice as defined by the American Industrial Hygiene Association.
 
(7)6 
NewThe FY2017 baseline duehas been adjusted for Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets and Petroleum) and the divestment of BMC. These adjustments have also been applied to the removal of 98 exposures attributedFY2018-FY2022 emissions stated in this table to the Onshore US assets.aid comparability.
 
(8) 
Data excludes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets).
(9)7 
As of FY2021, the Occupational Exposure Limit for Coal was reduced to 1.5 mg/m
3
m3 compared to 2.0 mg/m
3
m3 in previous years.
 
(10)8 
A significant event resulting from BHP operated activities is one with an actual severity rating of four or above, based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to five by increasing severity) as defined in our mandatory minimum performance requirements for risk management.
 
(11)9 
OurTo date, our voluntary social investment ishas been calculated as 1 per cent of the average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit. For FY2023–FY2030, our social investment will be assessed as a total over the seven-year goals period to FY2030, rather than calculated as an average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit.
 
(12)10 
Expenditure includes BHP’s equity share for operated and
non-operated
joint ventures, and comprises cash, administrative costs, including costs to facilitate the operation of the BHP Foundation.
 
(13) 
FY2017 and FY2018 social investment figures includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets).
(14)11 
FY2019 social investment figuredata includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 31 October 2018 and Continuing operations.
 
(15)12 
Where ‘withdrawal’‘Withdrawal’ is defined as water withdrawn and intended for use (in accordance with ‘A Practical Guide to Consistent Water Reporting’‘Water Reporting Good Practice Guide’, ICMM (2017)(2021)). ‘Fresh water’ is defined as waters other than seawater, wastewater from third parties and hypersaline groundwater. Freshwater withdrawal also excludes entrained water that would not be available for other uses. These exclusions have been made to align with the target’s intent to reduce the use of freshwater sources subject to competition from other users or the environment.
‘Fresh water’ is defined as waters other than seawater, wastewater from third parties and hypersaline groundwater. Freshwater withdrawal also excludes entrained water that would not be available for other uses. These exclusions have been made to align with the target’s intent to reduce the use of freshwater sources subject to competition from other users or the environment.
 
(16)13 
The FY2017 baseline data has been adjusted to account for: the materiality of the strike affecting water withdrawals at Escondida in FY2017 and improvements to water balance methodologies at WAIO BMA and BMC andBMA, exclusion of hypersaline, wastewater, entrainment, supplies from desalination and removal of data for Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets)assets, Petroleum) and BMC. These adjustments have also been applied to FY2018-FY2022 freshwater withdrawal stated in FY2019 and FY2020.this table to aid comparability.
 
4944

1.13.4
7.4    Safety
Our highest priority is the safety of our workforce and the communities where we operate.
Our safety performance
In FY2021,FY2022, we continued to focus on strong safety performance:recorded:
 
no fatalities at our operated assetsBHP
 
a decrease of 1730 per cent in the high-potential injury frequency rate from FY2020.FY2021. The highest number of events with potential for one or more fatalities werewas related to vehicle and mobile equipment accidents. High-potential injury trends will remain a primary focus to assess progress against our most important safety objective, eliminating fatalities
 
a decreasean increase in total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) of 118 per cent from FY2020.FY2021. This shift was influenced by
COVID-19
through an 8 per cent reduction in hours worked between the first and second halves of FY2022. TRIF has decreased by 9 per cent since FY2018. The highest number of injuries arewas related to slips, trips and falls for both employees and contractors
 
an increase ina consistent application of field leadership activities, which occurred at a sustainable frequency rate of 9,4009,341 activities per million hours worked with over 1,573,0001,517,117 activities completed in the period and over 44,000more than 68,000 employees and contractors participating in the program at least once. Scheduled activities compared to
non-scheduled
activities increased by 7246 per cent from FY2020FY2021 and coaching increased by 56 per cent
 
we took a number of significant steps to improve our controls to address sexual assault and sexual harassment, however we have further to go to fully stop this behaviour from occurring across BHP
noone safety fines were receivedfine at our operated assets in FY2021
Performance data – workforce health and safety for FY2021FY2022
(1)1
High-potential injury eventsinjuries
(2)2
 
Year ended 30 June
  2021   2020   2019   
2022
   2021   2020 
High-potential injury events
   33    42    50 
High-potential injuries
  
 
23
 
   33    42 
 
   Employees   Contractors 
High-potential injury frequency
(3)
   0.02    0.05 
   Employees   Contractors 
High-potential injury frequency 
3
   0.03    0.03 
Total recordable injury frequency
 
Year ended 30 June
  2021   2020   2019   
2022
   2021   2020 
Total recordable injury frequency
(4)
   3.7    4.2    4.7 
Total recordable injury frequency
4
  
 
4.0
 
   3.7    4.2 
 
   Employees   Contractors 
Total recordable injury frequency
(3)
   0.67    0.80 
   Employees   Contractors 
Total recordable injury frequency 
3
   0.77    0.82 
 
(1)1 
FY2019 dataData includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 28 February 2019 and Continuing operations. DueBMC up to the lag naturedate of incident reportingcompletion of the sale (3 May 2022) and subsequent verification, final results may vary post reporting. Prior year data has not been adjusted.operated assets in our Petroleum business up to the date of the merger with Woodside (1 June 2022)
 
(2)2 
High-potential injury includes injuries with fatality potential. The basis of calculation was revised in FY2020 from event count to injury count as part of a safety reporting methodology improvement.
 
(3)
Employee and contractor frequency per 200,000 hours worked.
 
(4)4 
Combined employee and contractor frequency per 1 million hours worked.
 
5045

Our results were achieved through a sustained focus on improving our management of risk, including through new and existing programs including:such as:
 
Fatality Elimination Program
 
Integrated Contractor Management Program
 
Field Leadership Program
Fatality Elimination Program
In FY2021,FY2022, we introducedcontinued our Fatality Elimination Program to enable a step change(FEL) towards our goal of no fatalities across our business.
Fatality elimination is not a new priority for us. We have been seeking to improve our safety performance over a number offor many years and more recently, have considerably reduced high potentialhigh-potential injuries. However, there iscontinues to be more to do and we are taking additional steps to systematise a common set of controls.
In FY2021, the Fatality Elimination Program:FY2022 we:
 
engaged subject matter expertsdeveloped five-year fatality elimination roadmap guidelines, including the recommended sequencing of strengthened controls based on effort, cost and mining, equipment, technology and services (METS) organisationsnear miss reduction impact
updated the
Our Requirements for Safety
standard to provide control solutionsreflect FEL deliverables
created the ‘Control Shift’ methodology for assets to replicate FEL processes for specific risks not considered within our top 10 safety risks (i.e. vehicle and mobile equipment, dropped object, electrical, lifting, geotechnical failure, entanglement/crushing, energy release, loss of containment, fire/explosion, fall from height)
 
identified over 60 recommended controls for our top 10 safety risks, including new controlscreated an online dashboard to enhance local implementation plans, providing global visibility of challenges, similarities and material improvements to existing controlsdifferences, thereby assisting assets with their implementation
 
conducted assessments at our operated assets and relevant functions against the recommendedpublished technical bulletins related to FEL controls to determine the actions that need to be takenprovide detailed implementation guidance based on site experience and lessons learnt
 
establishedundertook a global project team to prioritise and deliver a global five-year fatality elimination roadmap
commenced planning to update the
Our Requirements for Safety
Standard and coordinate a selection of control and human performance improvement initiativesbenchmarking study to identify the latest developments and best practices in FY2022the field of human behaviour
Integrated Contractor Management Program
Our Integrated Contractor Management Program is designed to make it safer and easier for our contractors to work with us. Introduced in FY2020, the program is focused on building long-term mutually beneficial relationships, with our contractors, integrating and simplifying processes and systems, and creating an inclusive, respectful and caring workforce culture. Since its introduction, the program has standardised roles and responsibilities of contract owners and promoted improved partnerships with BHP service providers through the implementation of the
Our Requirements for Contractor Management
standard for existing and new onsite service contracts.
In 2021, we launched our new global contractor performance standard, establishing global requirements for how we work with contractors (including subcontractors and consultants). This replaced existing local frameworks and provides a standardised way of working with contractors to drive best practice. To embed the standard, a number of initiatives and tools have been developed:FY2022 we:
 
Our Scopedeveloped the scope of Work Library iswork library as an online resource containing best practice examples for different types of contractor engagements. This assists our contractor partners to better understandengagements
created contract execution plans as a means of applying the work required at our sites, enabling them to assign contractors with the right skills
Our Requirements for Contractor Management
standard
established an integration stream ensuring enhancements are holistic and competencies to perform the work.cover functional interactions
 
To assist in defining the minimum requirements for key roles, governanceundertook assurance and process routines, we introduced an operational tiering model. The model factors in work scope, operational safety risks and contract arrangements to inform the robustness of process requirements,audit activities across BHP including key performance indicators.contractor engagements
 
We developedimplemented a specific contractor perception survey to ensure we receivethat runs in parallel with our internal survey. The survey highlighted some results on the experience of our contractor feedback on our cultureworkforce consistent with the internal survey and their experience working at BHP.other areas of focus
 
We developed systems to support the contractor management process
determined organisational design changes to improve supervisioncontract ownership and training of contractors across our operated assets. A pilot was conducted at one of our Australian operated assets to ensure the system was
fit-for-purposemanagement practices
before broader implementation.
 
51commenced deployment of a technology solution which supports an enterprise-wide approach to contractor
on-boarding
and management

Field Leadership Program
Leaders spending time in the field is vital to maintaining safe operations. Our global Field Leadership Program encourages the workforce to provide feedback to their leaders about safety to reinforce an interdependent culture of safety. It involves leaders engaging with workers in the field to drive a common approach to improving health, safety and environment (HSE) performance. These engagements are used toThe program helps verify that critical safety controls are in place, being applied and are effective in reducingmanaging risks that have the risk ofpotential to result in fatalities.
The program encourages the workforce to provide feedback to their leaders about safety and to look out for the safety of themselves and their colleagues.
In FY2021FY2022 we:
 
increasedenhanced the efficiency and effectiveness of supervisor time in the field through BOSby integrating the BHP Operating System (BOS) process confirmation and reduced the large spans of control that some supervisors had over their teamsfield leadership planned task observation processes into a planned task confirmation
 
continued to improve the quality of field leadership activities by increasing coaching and delivery of field leadership engagements at our operated assets
 
focused on ensuring our leaders were proactively scheduling Fatality Elimination Programconducted field leadership activities and executing them to plan to ensure adequatesupport the verification of all fatality risks that have the potential to result in fatalities across our operated assets
 
developed aembedded the global, standardised field leadership procedure designed to increase the effectiveness of field leadership activities by reducing variances in practices across the business
 
conducted field leadership on
COVID-19
controls, which increased our understanding of control application anddesigned to sustain effectiveness by engaging our workforce for direct feedbackwithin the changing environment
introduced sexual harassment field leadership activities, which provided information on progress and areas for improvement in this space
Sexual assault and sexual harassment
Our position on sexual assault and sexual harassment is clear. This conduct is completely unacceptable, contrary to our values and unlawful. Over a number of years, we have taken action to prevent sexual harassment including through education, encouraging reporting and security measures. While we have made important progress, this continues to be an issue at BHP and, as long as it does, we must and will do more and we continue to focus and invest in preventing this behaviour.
In 2018, we formally defined sexual assault and sexual harassment as a health and safety risk. As part of the risk assessment processes, we engaged experts in health and safety, harassment and inclusion and diversity. We introduced a range of controls including security measures such as
on-site
security guards, additional CCTV, increased security patrols in public areas and improved lighting, with a further AU$300 million for planned improvements to occur in FY2022. We have also introduced trauma informed emergency response, victim-centric investigations and a dedicated support service that provides
end-to-end
assistance and advice to anyone impacted by sexual assault and sexual harassment. We are committed to the full implementation of all requisite controls in FY2022, and have tied completion of actions to executive and employee remuneration. We also recognise that we can improve the coordination of our work to address this issue and have set up a project management office for this purpose.
Sexual assault and sexual harassment are risks for BHP and the industry, and we are working with others in the industry to address these risks, as we have done with other health and safety matters. We participated in the Minerals Council of Australia Taskforce that developed and released an industry statement and Code of Conduct aimed at eradicating sexual assault and sexual harassment from our industry. We also made a submission to the Inquiry in Western Australia into sexual harassment against women in the FIFO mining industry to contribute to the industry addressing this issue which can be found at
BHP Submission – A Inquiry in relation to Sexual Harassment in FIFO mining industry.pdf (parliament.wa.gov.au)
.
For information on reported cases, refer to section 1.13.6.
More information on safety is available at bhp.com/safety.
 
5246

1.13.5
7.5    Sexual harassment
Sexual harassment
1
is not acceptable and is contrary to our values. Our position on this is clear and aligned to our aspiration of a gender-balanced employee workforce by FY2025. Gender balance in every team and at every level is an important part of our approach to eliminate sexual harassment.
The Australian Human Rights Commission’s most recent national survey on sexual harassment in Australian workplaces has found that 71 per cent of Australians have been sexually harassed in their lifetimes and 39 per cent of Australian women experienced sexual harassment in the workplace in the five years to 2018. The same survey concluded that in the mining industry an estimated 74 per cent of women and 32 per cent of men had experienced workplace sexual harassment in the past five years. Back in 2018, we accepted those findings as true for our industry and for BHP globally, and we have focused on understanding why the behaviours exist, and what we needed to do to urgently address them at BHP.
We are deeply sorry and apologise unreservedly to those who have experienced, or continue to experience, any form of sexual harassment anywhere at BHP. We recognise the harmful impacts on individuals resulting from these behaviours.
We understand that it can be difficult for people to come forward to report sexual harassment and thank all of those who have, for their courage in doing so. We are also grateful to our employees and other stakeholders for their insights and suggestions for changes in our workplaces. Their feedback informs our approach. We are determined to make continued progress in eliminating sexual harassment and in ensuring our workplaces are safe and inclusive for everyone.
Our approach to prevent sexual harassment
In 2018, we defined sexual harassment as a health and safety risk, to be overseen in the same way as other occupational health and safety risks. This approach provides the right framework for addressing these behaviours, allowing us to apply a systematic, risk-based approach to evaluating and managing the risks. Our approach includes conducting risk assessments to identify scenarios in which sexual harassment risks may arise, their causes and the controls we can implement to prevent them and reduce harm.
As part of our risk assessment processes, we engaged members of our workforce with experience at site and accommodation villages, and experts in health and safety, harassment and inclusion and diversity. Through this, we identified factors that can contribute to the risk of workplace sexual harassment that are more pronounced in the mining industry, as well as factors that are common across all industries and workplaces. Examples of risks that can be more pronounced in the mining industry include isolated or remote working locations, a largely male-dominated workforce and accommodation villages.
Taking these into account, we identified and developed controls and actions to help prevent sexual harassment and reduce its harmful impacts. Our core controls and areas for action are culture, leadership and training; security measures at accommodation villages; recruitment processes; contractor and third-party engagement; emergency response; trauma-informed (wellbeing) care; accessible, confidential reporting and person-centred investigations; and appropriate disciplinary action.
Reports of sexual harassment
The reporting rate of sexual harassment at BHP has increased in recent years. We believe this reflects the actions we have taken to increase awareness and promote and centralise reporting and investigations, along with broader societal developments and intolerance of this behaviour. Since October 2020, BHP managers and leaders have been required to enter any serious conduct issues raised directly with them, including sexual harassment, into EthicsPoint
2
(anonymously if requested). This year, 47 per cent of reports received into EthicsPoint have been logged by managers or leaders in accordance with this policy.
During FY2022, across BHP’s global operations and offices, 103 reported and investigated cases of conduct of sexual harassment were substantiated.
3
Of the 103 substantiated cases:
37 involved
non-consensual
kissing or touching of a sexual nature, which includes a broad range of behaviour of varying severity. None of these cases involved
non-consensual
penetration or intercourse, however we recognise that this conduct can occur and has occurred in the past
66 involved other forms of sexual harassment, including inappropriate comments of a sexual nature, unwelcome gestures or comments, sending inappropriate text messages or images, or other unwanted advances or invitations
Of these 103 substantiated cases, in 101 cases the individual responsible has had their employment terminated (or they have been removed from site if a contractor), they have resigned or are otherwise no longer working at BHP.
‘Sexual harassment’ is, as defined in the Respect@Work report, an unwelcome sexual advance, unwelcome request for sexual favours or other unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature, which makes a person feel offended, humiliated and/or intimidated, where a reasonable person would anticipate that reaction in the circumstances. Sexual harassment encompasses a range of conduct including displaying sexually graphic images, sexually suggestive comments, suggestive or inappropriate looks, gestures or staring,
non-consensual
touching or acts of a sexual nature and sexual assault.
EthicsPoint is our confidential reporting tool. It is accessible to all, including external stakeholders and the public, to report conduct that may be unethical, illegal or inconsistent with
Our Code of Conduct
.
This does not include investigations that are currently in progress.
47

In addition to the matters listed above, in FY2022 87 reports of sexual harassment went through Alternative Resolution Options (AROs). AROs are alternative forms of response and resolution other than investigations, including supported conversations with respondents, additional training, monitoring or awareness raising on BHP’s expectations of respectful behaviours in the workplace. This process only occurs where an ARO is proportionate to the nature of the conduct and with the agreement of the impacted person.
We continue to work with external experts on how best to respond to cases to ensure we have a proportionate approach to reports. We will continue to monitor and review the use of AROs to ensure it is meeting the needs of impacted people where it is used and to improve reporting to support organisational learnings.
We will continue to encourage reporting and we are committed to taking action. We put the needs of anyone impacted by this behaviour at the forefront of our processes and we are committed to validating, caring for and supporting anyone in our business who is affected by this behaviour. This includes internal practical and wellbeing support mechanisms, support through our tailored Employee Assistance Program and options to access trauma-specific clinical and
non-clinical
care with experienced clinicians.
We are committed to working closely with our people, others in industry and other stakeholders to implement the necessary processes and systems designed to ensure our workplaces are safe and inclusive for everyone.
Actions we are taking
Oversight
In FY2022, a Project Management Office (PMO) was established through the office of the CEO to provide central governance over all sexual harassment work. The priority focus areas of that work include driving progress toward gender balance, creating a safe and respectful workplace, building accountability and capability of leaders, upskilling our workforce to be ‘active bystanders’, enhancing our policies, processes and controls, and providing person-centred and trauma-informed response and support. The PMO reports on progress against implementation of our critical controls and other key focus areas that underpin our overarching sexual harassment prevention strategy to senior management and the Board.
Security and physical infrastructure
We have continued to invest in security programs and physical infrastructure designed to prevent and respond to sexual harassment at our accommodation facilities. Our minimum security requirements for all BHP owned and operated accommodation villages include requirements for access controls, village policies and procedures to manage respectful behaviours, CCTV, lighting, security signage, room allocation procedures, security personnel and incident response.
Reporting and response
We encourage our workforce to report concerns, including providing centralised and confidential reporting tools and mandatory reporting requirements for line leaders. We do not tolerate any form of retaliation for raising a concern and we address these actions if they occur. We ceased using
non-disclosure
agreements (NDAs) or imposing confidentiality obligations on complainants in settlement agreements relating to sexual harassment in March 2019 and we do not enforce any NDAs or confidentiality obligations on complainants in historical agreements.
Investigation of reports of sexual harassment are conducted by our specialised Central Investigation team, which is independent of our other business units. This team includes experts trained in a person-centred, trauma-informed approach to ensure that the impacted person is placed at the centre of all decisions made during the investigation process and to minimise the risk of further harm to that individual.
We established our global Support Service in FY2022, to provide dedicated,
end-to-end
case coordination for anyone impacted by sexual harassment, designed to ensure they obtain appropriate support and information. The Support Service can also provide resolution options when an investigation is not wanted by the impacted person or cannot proceed.
Communication of expectations
Our position on sexual harassment has been reinforced through regular senior leadership communications. These include messages from our CEO,
on-site
signage regarding our expectations and avenues for support, and we have provided sexual harassment prevention training to BHP line leaders, aimed at setting clear expectations about appropriate conduct and driving consistent disciplinary outcomes. Across June and July 2022, we held Safety Stops specifically focused on sexual harassment, racism and bullying for our teams globally. The stops were intended to build awareness, understanding, and capability, as well as to reinforce expectations within our teams.
48

Alcohol use
As part of our commitment to health and safety, all workplaces should be free from the use of alcohol and illegal drugs, and the misuse of other substances, in accordance with
Our Code of Conduct
. All those who attend a BHP site, including employees, are expected to be alcohol and drug free, and may be asked to undergo random alcohol and drug testing. We also provide support for those who need it to address an alcohol or drug dependency.
For accommodation villages, our Minerals Australia Alcohol Management Standard was implemented across our owned and operated village facilities from 1 July 2021. It includes a range of limits on alcohol consumption. Residents and visitors who breach the standard may be subject to action, including removal of access to the village for a resident or visitor, or disciplinary action for employees. Since the introduction of the standard, our reviews have indicated that there has been a reduction in alcohol consumption and residents are making healthier choices, with an increase in the use of recreational facilities. Alcohol is not permitted at our accommodation villages in Chile and Canada.
Listening to employees, measuring progress and assigning accountability
We have channels through which the Board and senior leaders receive information on workplace culture and conduct. These include anonymous employee and contractor perception surveys and our Field Leadership Program. Our perception surveys are conducted three times per year and were redesigned in FY2021 to include more targeted questions to provide leaders with greater insight into key safety and engagement metrics, which we have identified as critical foundations for our culture. Executive leadership and Group-wide performance criteria are linked to remuneration that includes progress towards greater inclusion, diversity and gender representation. In FY2022, we introduced key performance indicators for our Executive Leadership Team and other BHP employees that linked remuneration outcomes to progress against our program of work to address sexual harassment. This includes implementation of controls in line with BHP’s sexual harassment risk assessments.
Engaging with and learning from others
We continue to measure and test our focus and areas for action. In FY2022 we:
engaged and learnt from external experts who reviewed the controls we have in place and advised on best practice in preventing sexual harassment, and minimising further harm when responding to sexual harassment
engaged Kristen Hilton (former Victorian Equal Opportunity and Human Rights Commissioner) to provide expert guidance on our prevention and response framework
conducted a sexual harassment audit across Minerals Americas further to the FY2021 sexual harassment audit conducted across Minerals Australia
contributed to knowledge sharing with other industry participants in relation to addressing sexual harassment, and considered broader learnings from external reports such as the Australian Human Rights Commission’s Respect@Work: Sexual Harassment National Inquiry Report and the Report into Workplace Culture at Rio Tinto by Elizabeth Broderick & Co
worked with our contracting and supplier organisations to address sexual harassment, including collaboration on response protocols, joint training sessions and knowledge sharing
undertook a series of listening workshops
Through these initiatives we identified a need for further focus on preventative controls, particularly with respect to culture and behaviours. This is in addition to the controls already in place or committed for implementation in FY2022 which included security, accommodation standards, alcohol measures, recruitment and discipline.
We are committed to working with others in the industry and beyond to address sexual harassment risks. BHP is a member of the Minerals Council of Australia Respect@Work Taskforce and the Chamber of Minerals & Energy WA Safe and Respectful Behaviours Working Group. Both groups aim to build industry capability and capacity though sharing knowledge and developing shared resources.
In FY2022, we participated in Western Australia’s parliamentary inquiry into sexual harassment against women in the FIFO mining industry (WA Inquiry), including through a detailed written submission in August 2021 (available at
parliament.wa.gov.au
). BHP welcomes the final report titled ‘Enough is enough’ released on 23 June 2022. We acknowledge the significant work of the parliamentary committee and in particular, the many people who shared their stories and experiences as part of the inquiry process.
Continuing to make progress
While we have made progress, there is still much more to do. Our focus in FY2023 will be to continue:
focusing on increasing female leader representation across our operations
continuous improvement across our suite of controls
engaging with our people, encouraging and empowering them to take action as active bystanders and enhance capability
encouraging increased reporting
enhancing our approach to supporting impacted persons to thrive at BHP and have successful careers with us
49

7.6    Health
We are committed to protecting the health and wellbeing of our employees and contractors.workforce.
We set clear mandatory minimum performance standards to identify, assess and assessmanage health risks manageand their impactpotential impacts and monitor the health of our people.workforce.
Occupational illness
The reported incidenceoccurrence of occupational illness
(1)1
for employees in FY2021FY2022 was 308265, which was 4.363.89 per million hours worked, representing a minor increasedecrease in incidence compared to FY2020FY2021, which was 4.304.36 per million hours worked.
 
(1) 
The data for FY2017 and FY2018 includes Continuing and Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets). FY2019 data includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 31 October 2018 and Continuing operations.
(2) 
Occupational illnesses excludes
COVID-19
related data.
(3) 
Due to the lag nature of incident reporting and subsequent verification, final results may vary post reporting. Prior year data has not been adjusted.
(4) 
Due to regulatory regimes and limited access to data, we do not have full oversight of the incidence of contractor noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) cases.
For our contractor workforce, the reported incidence of occupational illness
1
in FY2022 was 180151, which was 1.61 per million hours worked, representing a decrease in incidence compared to FY2021 which was 1.87 per million hours worked, an increase of 31 per cent compared with FY2020.worked. Due to regulatory regimes and limited access to data, we do not have full oversight of the incidence of contractor noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) cases.
 
(1)1 
An illness that occurs as a consequence of work-related activities or exposure.
 
5350


Musculoskeletal illness accounts foris the majoritypredominant occupational illness category representing 65 per cent of our reported occupationalworkforce illnesses. These are conditions impacting the musculoskeletal system and connective tissues caused by repetitive work-related stress or strain or exposure over time. Musculoskeletal illness does not include disorders caused by slips, trips, falls or similar incidents.
The main change in the incidence of occupational illness in FY2021 as compared to FY2020 was an increase in the rate of employee cases of NIHL reported by our operated assets in South America. This was due to an increase in testing for noise induced
Noise-induced hearing loss this year becausecontributes to the second highest illness category representing 10 per cent of illnesses. Where workers are exposed to noise above acceptable levels, workers are placed in hearing conservation programs, which include a suspension of testing activities dueperiodic hearing test and hearing protection fit testing. Through our Sustainability in Design program, we have also established design recommendations that seek to
COVID-19 eliminate or reduce high or prolonged noise exposures. Other illness categories include skin diseases, temperature-related illnesses, mental illness, bites, stings and other unspecified illnesses.
impacts last year.
Our occupational illness data excludes cases of
COVID-19
among our employees and contractors. In settings of high levels of community transmission and with an evolving understanding of the epidemiological criteria for infection and emerging
COVID-19
variants with evidence of increased transmission, it is difficult to conclude, with reasonable certainty, that a person was infected because of work-related activities or exposure. For information on our response to
COVID-19
refer to the
‘COVID-19’
section below.further in 7.6.
Occupational exposures
Occupational exposure limits (OELs) for our most material exposures are set according to the latest scientific evidence, which for a number of agents, such as diesel particulate matter (DPM), resulted in lower limits than the thenapplicable regulatory requirements. Where exposures potentially exceed regulatory limits or our stricter limits, respiratory protective equipment is required.
For our most material exposures toof DPM, silica and coal mine dust, we havehad a five-year target to achieve, by the end of FY2022, a 50 per cent reduction in the number of workers potentially exposed
(1)1
as compared to our 30 June 2017 baseline exposure profileprofile.
(2)1,2,3
(3)
. In FY2016, we committed to applying an OEL of 0.03 mg/m
3
for DPM and in FY2017, we committed to applying OELs of 1.5 mg/m
3
for respirable coal mine dust by 1 July 2020 and 0.05 mg/m
3
for silica by 1 July 2021. Exposure data in this Annual Report is based on these limits and in all cases discountsis presented without considering protection afforded by the effectuse of personal protective equipment.equipment (where required).
In FY2021, material exposures overall reduced by 70 per cent compared to the adjusted FY2017 baseline which is better than our FY2020 target. This includes a reduction of 29 per cent compared to FY2020 in the number of workers potentially exposed to silica in excess of our OEL and this reduction was largely due to reduction in exposures by our Minerals Americas operated assets where there was a 35 per cent reduction compared to the previous year.
In addition, work to control exposure to DPM at Nickel West and Olympic Dam resulted in a 12 per cent reduction compared to FY2020 in the number of workers potentially exposed to DPM. No potential exposures in excess of our OEL for respirable coal mine dust were reported in FY2020; however, in FY2021 we have identified a workgroup as being potentially exposed in excess of our OEL at one of our coal operated assets. We are committed to reducing this potential exposure to below the OEL in the next reporting period.
Coal mine dust lung disease
In FY2021, there were four coal mine dust lung disease (CMDLD)
(4)
claims accepted, which consisted of two current workers and two former workers at our BMA asset.
Mental health
The mental health of our people continues to be a focus. In FY2021, good progress was made with implementing our Group-wide Mental Health Framework to raise awareness of mental wellbeing, reduce stigma and increase the capacity of our leaders to recognise and support individuals experiencing mental illness. We also became a founding member of the Global Business Collaboration for Better Workplace Mental Health, which seeks to advance progress across the globe by committing senior leaders to a pledge to create mentally healthy workplaces.
To support the proactive management of mental wellbeing and give our workforce the tools and skills they need to build resilience and positive mental health, we provide and promote the Employee Assistance Program, our mental health toolkit, Thrive, education and awareness campaigns (including stigma reduction) and the BHP Resilience Program.
In May 2021, we held our inaugural Mental Health month, with the aim of increasing mental wellbeing in the communities where we operate and encouraging everyone to support and look out for one another. We also continue to support global mental health campaigns, including World Mental Health Day, R U OK? Day and Movember.
We plan to progress our efforts in FY2022 by addressing psychosocial hazards in the workplace using a risk management approach to further support better workplace mental health.
 
(1)1 
For exposures exceeding our FY2017 occupational exposure limits, discountingwithout considering protection afforded by the use of personal protective equipment where required.(where required).
 
51

We are pleased to have achieved our target by reducing the total number of workers potentially exposed to our most material exposures by 68 per cent. That achievement at the end of FY2022 in number of workers potentially exposed to levels exceeding our OELs include; no workers potentially exposed to coal mine dust 78 per cent reduction in the number of workers potentially exposed to DPM
4
and a 61 per cent reduction in the number of workers potentially exposed to respirable silica.
This year, an internal audit conducted on FY2021 workforce occupational exposures data at Nickel West identified that a statistical analysis error resulted in an underestimation of the number of workers assessed as potentially exposed to DPM. This has resulted in an increase in the FY2021 total number of workers potentially exposed to material exposures compared to what was reported last year.
With the conclusion of our five-year public target, we will continue to manage exposures to as low as reasonably practicable by focusing our efforts in FY2023 on further implementation of exposure reduction projects, sustaining the exposure reductions achieved by leveraging our Risk Framework and identifying exposure reduction opportunities for inclusion in FY2024 plans and beyond.
(2)1 
The baseline exposure profile is derived through a combination of quantitative exposure measurements and qualitative assessments undertaken by specialist occupational hygienists consistent with best practice as defined by the American Industrial Hygiene Association.
 
(3)
Occupational Exposure target excludes Projects.
��
3 
The baselineFY2017 to FY2022 data has been adjusted to exclude Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets).assets, Petroleum) and the divestment of BMC.
 
(4)
FY2021 data includes adjustment to DPM exposures as a result of misstatement in previous year.
52

Coal mine dust lung disease
As at 30 June 2022, 12 cases of coal mine dust lung disease (CMDLD)
1
among our employees were reported to the Queensland Department of Natural Resources Mines and Energy (DNRME).
2
In addition to these cases, there were four coal mine dust lung disease claims accepted in FY2022, which consisted of three former workers and one current worker. For cases involving current employees, we offer counselling, medical support and redeployment options where relevant.
Mental health
The mental health of our people continues to be a focus. In FY2022, we continued to implement our Group-wide Mental Health Framework to raise awareness of mental wellbeing, reduce stigma and increase the capacity of our leaders to recognise and support individuals experiencing mental illness. As a founding member of the Global Business Collaboration for Better Workplace Mental Health, we continue to contribute to the global
business-led
alliance to advocate for and accelerate positive change for mental health in the workplace worldwide.
To support the proactive management of mental wellbeing and give our workforce the tools and skills needed to build resilience and positive mental health, we provide and promote the Employee Assistance Program, our mental health toolkit, Thrive, education and awareness campaigns (including stigma reduction) and the BHP Resilience Program.
In May 2022, we continued with our annual BHP Mental Health month, with the aim of increasing mental wellbeing and encouraging everyone to support and look out for one another. We continued to support global mental health campaigns during FY2022, including World Mental Health Day, R U OK? Day and Movember.
In FY2022, we also commenced work to develop a Group-wide psychosocial risk management approach with the aim of taking a proactive and systemic approach to sustaining a mentally healthy workplace. This process will contribute to achieving our 2030 goal for a safe, inclusive and future-ready workforce.
COVID-19
We continued to navigate the challenges of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, including high community transmissions and variants that are more transmissible. In FY2022, we continued to adapt
COVID-19
controls based on current scientific evidence and medical advice designed to protect our workforce and minimise the risk of workplace transmission.
We strongly support vaccination as a control to protect the health of our workforce and the communities where we operate. As part of our
COVID-19
controls, we require vaccinations as a condition of workplace entry subject to local laws and regulatory requirements. We also implemented
pre-entry
testing programs across our operations and offices globally – aimed at reducing workplace transmissions.
More information on health, including a case study on how we supported our people and the communities where we operate through
COVID-19,
is available at bhp.com/health.
1 
CMDLD is the name given to the lung diseases related to exposure to coal mine dust and includes coal workers’ pneumoconiosis, silicosis, mixed dust pneumoconiosis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
 
Cases reported to DNRME are not an indication of work relatedness. BHP evaluates each case for work relatedness and where identified, the case will be included in occupational illness reporting.
54
53

COVID-19
Throughout FY2021, we continued to navigate the challenges of the global
COVID-19
pandemic and prioritise the health and safety of our people and workplaces. This included the removal of vulnerable workers from the workplace and an increase in testing regimes in site-based workforce during periods of high community transmissions.
Across BHP’s global workforce,
(1)
we estimated there were as many as 5,000 confirmed
(2)
COVID-19
cases including three deaths, with around 1,100 of those cases potentially infectious while at work
(3)
(figures for persons potentially infectious while at work are included irrespective of where infection may have occurred). We recognise the significant impact
COVID-19
has had on the daily lives of our people and the communities where we operate and we offer our deep sympathies to the families of our colleagues who tragically were amongst the many people who have lost their lives to
COVID-19.
Almost all confirmed cases were from people in our Minerals Americas workforce.
We conduct
COVID-19
tests as part of our workplace entry screening, which includes mainly polymerase chain reaction (PCR) testing and a small percentage of antigen testing. In FY2021, we conducted 27,261 tests in our Petroleum operated assets and 440,000 tests in our Minerals Americas operated assets and identified 248 and 2,277 confirmed cases respectively. This included symptomatic and asymptomatic cases that may not have been identified otherwise.
Our support extended to areas impacted by high community transmissions and reduced local medical capabilities. This included establishing telehealth services,
in-home
PCR testing, emergency ambulance support, mental wellness support and provision of medical support (e.g. procurement of oxygen concentrators in India) to support ill workers and their family members.
More information on health including a case study on how we supported our people and the communities where we operate through
COVID-19
is available at bhp.com/health.
1.13.67.7    Ethics and business conduct
Our conduct
Our Code of Conduct
(
Our Code
)
(4)1
brings our values to life so we can make the right choices every day. It applies to everyone who works for us, with us, or on our behalf. To ensure everyone understandsall employees and contractors understand how
Our Code
applies, and the standards of behaviour we expect, annualregular training is mandatory for all employees and contractors.mandatory. There are also consequences for breaching
Our Code
and we encourage people to speak up where a decision or action is not in line with
Our Code
or
Our Charter
.
Our Code
is available in five languages and accessible at bhp.com.
EthicsPoint is our confidential reporting toolBHP encourages individuals to speak up and report concerns about any conduct that is accessible to all, including external stakeholders and the public, to reportinconsistent with
Our Charter
,
Our Code
or internal requirements, or conduct that may be unethical, illegal or inconsistentimproper. BHP requires reports of business conduct concerns to be treated with appropriate confidentiality and prohibits any kind of retaliation against people who make or may make a report, or who cooperate with an investigation. We consider all forms of retaliation to be misconduct and grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.
Our Code
.
In 2021, 4,162FY2022, 5,402 reports were received into EthicsPoint (of these 3,5414,714 were classified as business conduct concerns,concerns)
(5)2
representing an increase of 5233 per cent in business conduct concerns from FY2020. This increase coincides with enhanced training on
Our Code
and effortsFY2021. These include reports directly made by employees, contractors or community members. It also includes reports made to increase awareness of the requirement for line leaders (31 per cent) who are then required to log all concerns relating to
Our Code
register them in EthicsPoint. We believe the increase corresponds to the continuous effort by BHP to promote the reporting of disrespectful behaviour to create an environment in which people can feel safe speaking up. The introduction of a global service to support people involved in sexual harassment incidents and discuss resolution options has also encouraged employees and contractors to report instances of sexual harassment. Of the business conduct reports received, 4236 per cent were made anonymously
(6)3
, compared with 5342 per cent in FY2020, a reduction from FY2020, which may indicate that reporters have greater confidence in the EthicsPoint process.FY2021. Of the total business conduct reports received, 38closed during FY2022, 43 per cent contained one or more substantiated allegations.
(7)4
 
(1) 1
Information is available at
Employees and contractors engaged by BHP.
bhp.com/our-approach/our-company/our-code-of-conduct/
.
 
(2) 
A person with a laboratory confirmation of
COVID-19
infection, using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test methodology, irrespective of clinical signs and symptoms.
(3) 
Potentially infectious while at work is defined as being in one of BHP’s managed locations (including camps and offices) within 48 hours before onset of symptoms and/or while symptomatic. Figures for persons potentially infectious while at work are included irrespective of where infection may have occurred.
(4) 
https://www.bhp.com/our-approach/our-company/our-code-of-conduct/.
(5)2 
Some EthicsPoint reports are enquiries, or are not related to business conduct concerns, or are a duplicate of an existing reportreport.
 
(6)3 
This excludes reports not containing a business conduct concern and excludes reports logged by leaders on behalf of others. Case classification is made at the time of the report.
 
(7)4 
The calculation is based on reports received and completed in FY2021,FY2022, containing one or more substantiated allegations. Not all reports resulted in a finding. This can occur if there is insufficient information, the respondent is not able to be identified, was previously terminated, or that the impacted person did not wish to proceed.
 
5554

Transparency and accountability
We understand the connection between:
the disclosures we make about the taxes and royalties we pay to governments, which enable the public to see what we have paid
transparency of the contracts we have with governments which allows comparison of our actual payments against what is required to be paid
We support initiatives by governments of the countries where we operate to publicly disclose the content of our licences or contracts for the development and production of oil, gas or minerals that form the basis of our payments to government, as outlined in the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) Standard.
Other key initiatives include our work in partnership with Transparency International, our representation on the Board of the EITI, our support for ultimate beneficial ownership transparency, our financial support for and Steering Committee membership of the Bribery Prevention Network (in Australia) and our funding of the BHP Foundation, including its Natural Resource Governance Global Program. We believe
In FY2022, we also continued our active and public support for ultimate beneficial ownership transparency. This support included
co-hosting
(with EITI, Open Ownership and the B Team) a Beneficial Ownership Transparency Forum in London and leading efforts with EITI for BHP and other leading resources companies to publicly commit to a Statement by Companies on Beneficial Ownership Transparency, launched at the Forum. Through the Statement, BHP and other leading resources companies recognise the need for publicly available company ownership information and (among other things) commit to promote the global adoption of beneficial ownership transparency, to disclose beneficial ownership data and to identify and use beneficial ownership data in due diligence processes. Our efforts are complementary to BHP Foundation’s partnership with EITI and Open Ownership to support governments to transform the availability and use of beneficial ownership data for effective governance in the extractive sector.
Multi-lateral measures to improve governance, such as these, should help ensure transparency initiatives will reduce corruption risk and improve our ability to operate and compete for resources.accountability are cornerstones of a successful energy transition that benefits the citizens of countries bestowed with critical minerals.
Anti-corruption
We are determinedcontinue our commitment to play a significant role in the global fight against corruption in the resources industry. Our commitment to anti-corruption is embodied in
Our Charter
and
Our Code
provide the framework for our anti-corruption compliance program..
All activities that potentially involve higher risks of exposure to corruption require review or approval by our Ethics and Compliance function. This function has a mandate to design and govern our compliance frameworks for key compliance risks, including anti-bribery and corruption. The function is independent of our assets and regions, and reports to the Chief Legal Governance and External Affairs Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer reports quarterly to the Risk and Audit Committee on ethics and compliance issues and meets at least annually with the Committee Chair.
Our Ethics and Compliance function also participates in all risk assessments in respect of operated assets or functions that are considered to carry material anti-corruption risks. In FY2021, the Ethics and Compliance team provided input into 41 risk assessments.
56

As part of ourthis commitment, to anti-corruption, we prohibit authorising, offering, giving or promising anything of value directly or indirectly to a government officialanyone to influence official action,them in their role, or to anyone to encourage them to perform their work disloyally or otherwise improperly. We also prohibit facilitation payments, which are payments to government officials for routine government actions. Our people must take care that third parties acting on our behalf do not violate anti-corruption laws. Disciplinary action including dismissal, or termination of contractual relationships, may follow from a breach of these requirements.
We regularlyTo manage corruption risk, we work to ensure optimal resource allocation to areas of our business with the highest exposure to corruption risks. The identification, assessment and management of corruption risks associated with growth opportunities remains a significant area of focus for our Compliance function, via a
sub-team
dedicated to supporting functions that are responsible for initiating transactions and growth opportunities in countries with high corruption risks.
All activities that potentially involve higher exposure to corruption risk require review or approval by our Compliance function, as documented in our anti-corruption compliance program to ensure it meetsframework. In FY2022, Compliance and Global Corporate Affairs implemented a new
end-to-end
workflow system for sponsorships, donations and community development projects, which provides greater data for enhanced monitoring and increased governance over contracting and post-contact expenditure reporting.
Our Compliance function regularly reviews our anti-corruption framework for compliance with the requirements of the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act, the Australian Criminal Code and the applicable laws and regulatory developments of all places where we do business. These laws are consistent with the standards of the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. Recognising the challenges posed to normal ways of working by
COVID-19,
in FY2021 we increased the frequency
Our Compliance function is independent of our compliance monitoring to support the timely identification of activities that could potentially present an enhanced compliance risk. By regularly calibrating our compliance processes, we work to ensure optimal resource allocation to areas presenting the highest corruption risks to our business. Our efforts are complementaryassets and regions and reports to the BHP Foundation’s global partnershipChief Legal Governance and External Affairs Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer also reports quarterly to the Risk and Audit Committee on compliance issues and meets at least annually with Transparency International, which is supporting governmentsthe Committee Chair.
The Compliance team also participates in anti-corruption risk assessments in respect of our operated assets or functions, our interests in
non-operated
assets and new business opportunities that we consider are exposed to identify and address corruption risksmaterial anti-corruption risks. In FY2022, the team provided input into 44 anti-corruption risk assessments.
Risk awareness in mining licencing processes.
first-line employees remains a critical preventative measure. Anti-corruption training is required to be provided to all employees and contractors as part of mandatory annual training on
Our CodeCode.
.Our Compliance function also regularly communicates and engages with identified higher-risk roles. In FY2021,FY2022, additional risk-based anti-corruption training was also undertaken by 3,8791,578 employees and contractors, as well as employees of certainsome of our business partners and community partners.
More information on ethics and business conduct is available at bhp.com/ethics.
1.13.7
55

7.8    Climate change and portfolio resilience
We believe the world must pursue the aims of the Paris Agreement goals with increased levels of national and global ambition to limit the impacts of climate change. Providing access to affordable and clean energy and other products is essential to meet sustainable development goals. At BHP, we advocate for effective actions in line with the Paris Agreement goals while recognising the challenge of achieving these goals is of global scale and historic complexity.
In September 2021, BHPwe published itsour Climate Transition Action Plan 2021,(CTAP), which sets out our strategic approach to achieving our goallong-term GHG emissions reduction goals. The CTAP, together with more information on our climate positions, actions and performance, is available at bhp.com/climate.
BHP’s climate change targets and goals
1
Following completion of a number of portfolio changes in FY2022, we have taken the opportunity to reducestreamline the expression (without change to the substance) of the climate change targets and goals we outlined in the CTAP, as set out here.
To support the net zero transition that the world must make, we will continue to pursue sustainable provision of our products, many of which are essential building blocks of decarbonisation.
For operational GHGgreenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (Scope 1 and Scope 2 from our operated assets), we have:
a medium-term target to reduce operational GHG emissions by at least 30 per cent from FY2020 levels by FY2030
a long-term goal to achieve net zero operational GHG emissions by 2050
(1)
For value chain greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (Scope 3):
We are pursuing the long-term goal of net zero Scope 3 GHG emissions by 2050. Achievement of this goal is uncertain, particularly given the challenges of a net zero pathway for our customers in steelmaking, and we cannot ensure the outcome alone. To progress towards this goal:
2
We will target net zero by 2050 andfor the operational GHG emissions of our enhanced Scope direct suppliers.
3 position
We will target net zero by 2050 for GHG emissions in our value chain. The Plan, together with more information on our climate commitments, actions and performance, including our Climate Change Report 2020, is available at bhp.com/climate.from all shipping of BHP products.
GovernanceWe will continue to partner with customers and others to try to accelerate the transition to carbon neutral steelmaking and other downstream processes.
Our 2030 goals are to:
support industry to develop technologies and pathways capable of 30 per cent emissions intensity reduction in integrated steelmaking, with widespread adoption expected post 2030
support 40 per cent emissions intensity reduction of
BHP-chartered
shipping of BHP products
These positions are expressed using terms that are defined in the Glossary to this Report, including the terms ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘net zero’ and ‘carbon neutral’. The baseline year(s) of our targets will be adjusted for any material acquisitions and divestments, and to reflect progressive refinement of emissions reporting methodologies. The targets’ boundaries may in some cases differ from required reporting boundaries. The use of carbon offsets will be governed by BHP’s approach to carbon offsetting described at bhp.com/climate.
The targets are referable to a FY2020 baseline year. Our ability to achieve the targets is subject to the widespread availability of carbon neutral solutions to meet our requirements, including
low/zero-emissions
technologies, fuels, goods and services.
Operational GHG emissions of our direct suppliers means the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of our direct suppliers included in BHP’s Scope 3 reporting categories of purchased goods and services (including capital goods), fuel- and energy-related activities, business travel and employee commuting.
56

Climate Transition Action Plan progress
FY2022 progress on operational decarbonisation targets and goals
To support progress towards our long-term goal to achieve net zero operational GHG emissions by 2050, in FY2022, we achieved our short-term target due to significant progress made through the execution of Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs), particularly in Chile at two of our copper operated assets but also increasingly across our Australian operations. Meeting our FY2022 target keeps us on track to achieve our FY2030 medium-term target.
Targets
FY2022 progress
Short-term:
Target to maintain operational GHG emissions at or below FY2017 levels by FY2022, while we continue to grow our business.
We have achieved and exceeded our FY2022 target on the basis of significant progress securing renewable energy supply via PPAs, notably in Minerals Americas, with Escondida and Spence mostly supplied by renewable energy for their electricity in the first half of CY2022.
Medium-term:
Target to reduce operational GHG emissions by at least 30 per cent from FY2020 levels by FY2030.
FY2022 progress on value chain decarbonisation targets and goals
Targets and goals
FY2022 progress
Steelmaking
2030 goal:
Support industry to develop technologies and pathways capable of 30 per cent emissions intensity reduction in integrated steelmaking, with widespread adoption expected post 2030.
•   Announced a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) for up to US$10 million investment with POSCO in October 2021 to jointly study optimising coal/coke quality for
low-carbon
blast furnace operation and Carbon Capture Utilisation and Storage (CCUS).
•   This, together with MOUs announced in FY2021, provides up to US$75 million for steel decarbonisation partnerships with four key customers representing approximately 12 per cent of reported global steel production. For more information refer to our steel decarbonisation framework in Value chain GHG emissions.
•   Commenced feasibility studies with Baowu, HBIS, JFE, into CCUS and Direct Reduced Iron (DRI) technologies, use of hydrogen in steelmaking, and iron ore blends suitable for DRI production.
•   Invested US$11 million in venture investments in electrolysis technology companies Electrasteel and Boston Metal.
Maritime
2030 goal:
Support 40 per cent emissions intensity reduction of
BHP-chartered
shipping of BHP products.
Target:
We will target net zero by 2050 for GHG emissions from all shipping of BHP products.
•   In May 2022, we joined the First Mover’s Coalition as a member in the shipping sector, on the basis of committing that 10 per cent of BHP’s products shipped to our customers, on our time charter vessels, will be on vessels using zero emissions fuels by 2030.
1
•   Formed a consortium with Rio Tinto, Oldendorff, Star Bulk, and the Global Maritime Forum to analyse and support the potential to develop an iron ore maritime green corridor, fuelled by green ammonia.
•   Chartered the world’s first
LNG-fuelled
Newcastlemax bulk carriers to transport iron ore from Western Australia to Asia for five years. The fuel, along with improved efficiency of the vessel design, is expected to significantly reduce GHG emissions intensity per voyage.
FY2022 progress on CTAP climate change commitments
Commitment
FY2022 progress
Assessing capital alignment with a 1.5ºC world – our approach to strategy and operational and commercial decision-making in consideration of a range of different global, sectoral and regional scenarios, including a 1.5ºC outcome
•   The impact of our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario on portfolio value was assessed and reviewed against the portfolio mix and major capital allocation decisions. All investment decisions now require an assessment of viability under our 1.5°C scenario. Work continues to determine future climate requirements for planning and capital allocation processes.
Climate policy engagement – including our strengthened approach to industry associations to ensure our review identifies areas of inconsistency with the Paris Agreement
•   We plan to publish our next formal industry association review in the second half of CY2022.
•   As part of our normal practice, we intend to analyse the industry association reviews published by our peers and relevant material published by civil society groups and other stakeholders, with the goal of strengthening our own review methodology, where possible.
Just transition – our approach to dealing with the challenges associated with the transition of our communities and workforce as assets come to the end of their operating life
•   We have set out our Equitable Change and Transition Position establishing our approach to changes and transitions in our communities. Refer to OFR 7.1.
Subject to the availability of technology, supply, safety standards, and the establishment of reasonable thresholds for price premiums.
57

Climate governance and management
Climate change is a material governance and strategic issue for us. Our Board is actively engaged in the governance of climate change issues, including our strategic approach, oversight of material risk management and performance against our commitments,targets, goals and strategies, supported by the Sustainability Committee and the Risk and Audit Committee.
The Board strengthened the link between executive remuneration and delivery of our climate change strategy in 2020, with performance on decarbonisation and adaptation now representing 10 per cent of the Cash and Deferred Plan scorecard.
The Board obtains advice from climate change experts, including by seeking the input of management (including Dr Fiona Wild, our Vice President Sustainability and Climate Change) and independent advisers. In addition, our Forum on Corporate Responsibility (which includes Don Henry, former CEO of the Australian Conservation Foundation and Changhua Wu, former Greater China Director, the Climate Group) engages with operational management teams and with the Sustainability Committee (for more information, refer to section 2.1).and the Board as appropriate.
Below theBoard level, of the Board, key management decisions in relation to climate change are made by the CEO and management, in accordance with their delegated authority. ManagementOur Executive Leadership Team (ELT) is held to account for a range of measures, including climate-related performance, which are then cascaded through the organisation. While our Board is ultimately responsible for our strategic approach to climate change issues, management has primary responsibility for the design and implementation of our climate change strategy andwith execution of that strategy is overseen by the Climate Change Steering Committee. BHP has a dedicated Climate Change Team that isteam responsible for advising the Executive Leadership Team.ELT. The team collaborates with BHP’s functionsasset and assetfunction teams, external partners and industry to develop practical climate change solutions, designed to preserve and unlock long-term value for BHP. It regularly prepares information and advice for the Executive Leadership Team,ELT, Sustainability Committee, Risk and Audit Committee and the Board on climate-related strategy, risks (both threats and opportunities) and performance against climate-related metrics. It also monitorsuses key risk indicators and signpoststo help monitor performance against our appetite for climate change-relatedchange related risks (both threats and opportunities).monitors relevant signposts through our emerging risk process. Climate-related activity is also undertaken across the Group, including in our Portfolio Strategy and Development; Commercial; Planning and Technical; and Environment teams.
Addressing climate risksClimate risk management
BHP applies a single, Group-wide approach to the management of risk, known as the Risk Framework. When new and emerging risks are identified, each is assigned an owner in the part of the business where the risk occurs. Risks are assessed to determine their potential impacts and likelihood, enable prioritisation and determine risk treatment options. We then implement controls designed to prevent, reduceminimise or mitigate downside risksthreats, and increase the likelihood of opportunities being realised.enable or enhance opportunities. Risks and controls are reviewed periodically and on an
ad-hoc
ad hoc basis to evaluate performance of the controls against the risks.
performance. For more information on BHP’s Risk Framework refer to OFR 9.
(1) 
Net zero includes the use of carbon offsets as required.
57

Climate-related risks can be grouped ininto two categories: transition risk and physical risk.
Transition risks
arise from policy, regulatory, legal, technological, market and other societal responses to the challenges posed by climate change and the transition to a
low-carbon
economy. For more information on BHP’s exposure to and management of transition risks, refer to section 1.16.Transition risks.
Physical risks
refer to acute risks that are event-driven, including increased severity and frequency of extreme weather events, and chronic risks resulting from longer-term changes in climate patterns. For more information on BHP’s exposure to and management of physical risks, refer to ‘Adaptation to physical risks’ below in this section and to section 1.16.Physical risks.
Adaptation to physicalTransition risks
Transition risks are identified, assessed and managed in line with BHP’s vision for adaptingRisk Framework. We consider these across short (up to the physical risks of climate change istwo years), medium (two to take a proactivefive years) and collaborative approachlong-term (five to building the climate resilience of our operated assets, investments, portfolio, supply chain, communities and ecosystems, to achieve mutually beneficial outcomes for our stakeholders.30 years) time horizons.
In FY2021, following external benchmarking and internal engagement, we finalised our updated Adaptation Strategy as set out below.
The focus in FY2021 wasFor more information on enhancing governance structures, developing a more consistent and comprehensive approach torisks associated with the use of climate data, and improving how we integrate physical climate risk within the existing risk management process in order to identify and resource priority actions. In FY2022, we intend to build these priority actions into planning and capital allocation processes, and continue to analyse identified risks in more detail. This will provide the basis from which we can develop our ability to report on specific material physical risks and their potential financial impacts (including material expenditure on climate change adaptation) in later years.
Portfolio analysis and capital alignment
The world must undergo multiple transitions arising from commitments to reduce GHG emissions. These transitions are complex, multi-faceted and could reasonably be expected to manifest in unique ways across different regions, reflecting heterogeneous local conditions. However, we believe that together they comprise a global transition to a lower-carbon
low-carbon
economy that can mitigate the impacts of climate change. We see steps towardsand why these transitions in the emergence of electric mobilityrisks are important to BHP, potential threats and the rapid cost declines of renewable power generation. Global accords such as the Paris Agreementopportunities, and subsequent government commitments suggest these transitions are likelykey management actions refer to accelerate.
The Paris Agreement has set an ambition to pursue efforts to limit global temperature increases to 1.5°C above
pre-industrial
levels, which will require aggressive action to reduce GHG emissions. Abatement commensurate with limiting temperature increases to 1.5°C would reduce the potential physical impact of climate change on our assets, our employees, our communities and our markets, and potentially generate significant value for our portfolio.OFR 9.1.
 
58

Scenario analysis
When forming strategy, we consider the impact of a range of future pathway scenarios, including our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario,
2
and potential responses to the threats and opportunities presented by climate change. At the time of publication of this Report, signposts do not yet indicate the appropriate measures are in place to drive decarbonisation at the pace or scale required for us to assess achieving the aims of the Paris Agreement as the most likely future outcome. However, as governments, institutions, companies and society increasingly focus on addressing climate change, the potential for a
non-linear
and/or more rapid transition and the subsequent impact on threats and opportunities increases.
We seek to maximise our exposure to products with significant opportunity under all scenarios and to minimise the risk that capital will be stranded in a rapidly decarbonising world – through portfolio commodity mix and the position of our operated assets on their cost curves.
Two scenarios (Central Energy View and Lower Carbon View)
1
are currently being used as inputs to our operational planning cases, based on our current estimates of the most likely range of future states for the global economy and associated
sub-systems.
In addition to our operational planning scenarios, we utilise a range of scenarios, including our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario when testing the resilience of our portfolio, forming strategy and making investment decisions. These scenarios are reviewed periodically to reflect new information and are benchmarked against scenarios from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and third-party energy and resource research organisations (including the International Energy Agency, IHS Markit, Wood Mackenzie, Bloomberg New Energy Finance and CRU); an update of the scenarios is expected during FY2023.
The energy and resources modelling from BHP’s 1.5°C scenario, which was conducted in 2020, remains consistent with the updated carbon budget released in the Working Group I report as the first part of the IPCC’s Sixth Assessment Report (AR6) in 2021.
Capital alignment
During FY2022, we systematically integrated our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario
2
into our strategy and capital allocation process to test the extent to which our capital allocation is aligned with a rapidly decarbonising global economy. Specifically, we apply our 1.5°C scenario to assess whether future demand for our products under that scenario supports ongoing capital investment. Our analysis and that of others, including the International Energy Agency, have shown that many of the commodities we currently produce are critical for the aims of the Paris Agreement to be met.
The impact of our 1.5°C scenario on our portfolio value was assessed after the merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside and the sale of a number of our coal assets, and was reviewed against portfolio mix and major capital allocation decisions. Our portfolio value increased under the 1.5°C scenario, consistent with the demand outcomes of the analysis published in the BHP Climate Change Report 2020
(1)3
we described the impact on our business of four divergent scenarios
(2)
across a range of temperature outcomes, including our Paris-aligned 1.5°C scenario.
(3)
Our most recent portfolio analysis indicated that under our 1.5°C scenario,indicated the world would need around twice as much steel, copper and copper,potash, and four times as much nickel in the next 30 years as it did in the last 30. PotashIt also indicated a reduction in the future demand required for higher agricultural yields due to land use competition, also grows under that scenario.
Today’s signposts do not yet indicate that the appropriate measures are in place to drive decarbonisation at the pace or scale required to achieve the Paris Agreement goals. However, as governments, institutions, companies and society increasingly focus on addressing climate change, the potential for a
non-linear
transition and the subsequent impact on opportunities and risk increases.
We intend to systematically integrate one or more Paris-aligned scenarios (including 1.5°C scenarios) into our strategy and capital prioritisation processes beginning in FY2022. This will enhance our current approach, in which our 1.5°C scenario is used to inform and test strategic portfolio decisions. See the BHP Climate Transition Action Plan 2021 at bhp.com/climate for more information.
Operational greenhouse gas emissionsoil and energy consumption
coal.
Our long-term goalfocus for capital expenditure is to achieve net zero
(4)
operational GHG emissions by 2050. We have also setnow on commodities we assess as having a medium-term target to reduce operational GHG emissions by at least 30 per cent from FY2020 levelssignificant upside through the transition. Furthermore, the internal allocation of capital under our Capital Allocation Framework and all major investment decisions now require an assessment of investment viability under our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario.
(5)
by FY2030.
(6)
This reflectsThrough these processes, we demonstrate our commitment to decarbonising BHP’sensuring our capital expenditure plans are not misaligned with the Paris Agreement’s aim to pursue efforts to limit global warming to 1.5°C. Our total capital and exploration expenditure for Continuing operations in FY2022 was US$6.1 billion, of which US$73 million or 1 per cent was for our energy coal assets. Spend in FY2022 and all currently approved spend for energy coal assets is limited to maintenance capital. Additional capital is expected to be required for the proposed life extension of the Mt Arthur Coal mine through to the end of FY2030, should relevant approvals be received. This is expected to provide certainty for our people and the community about the future of the mine and time to work together with the community on a recognitionplan that we have a partcontributes to play in acceleratinghelping the global pathway to decarbonisation.region diversify and strengthen its economy.
We are also workingIn FY2020, we announced a commitment of at least US$400 million to achieve our short-term target for FY2022 to maintain our total operationalinvest in GHG emissions at or below FY2017 levels
(7)
while continuing to growreduction across our business.
Our operational GHG emissions are measured against our target performance based on an operational control, market-based methodology.
Building on our Light Electric Vehicle (LEV) trials at Olympic Damoperated assets and Queensland Coal, we have commenced LEV trials at Nickel West using onboard battery power. This trial is anticipated to reduce noise, heat and diesel particulate matter, as well as consumption of fossil fuel. We have increasedvalue chain over the renewable componentfive-year life of our energy consumptionClimate Investment Program. We spent US$47 million on initiatives consistent with this program in FY2021 dueFY2022, targeting operational, maritime, and steelmaking emissions and BHP Ventures investments. This figure does not include the operating expenditure associated with renewable electricity arrangements established at a number of our operations, which collectively represented the main source of operational emissions abatement for BHP in FY2022. More than US$200 million has been included in approved budgets for FY2023 as our decarbonisation programs further mature, and we will continue expenditure of up to US$75 million over the start ofcoming years channelled towards partnerships with our customers in the renewable power purchasing agreement at Queensland Coal.steel sector.
 
(1)1 
Central Energy View reflects, and is periodically updated to respond to, existing policy trends and commitments. Lower Carbon View accelerates decarbonisation trends and policies, particularly in
bhp.com/climate
easier-to-abate
sectors such as power generation and light duty vehicles. For more information refer to the BHP Climate Change Report 2020 available at bhp.com.
 
(2)2 
Scenarios highlight critical elementsThis scenario aligns with the aims of assumed future statesthe Paris Agreement and draw attentionrequires steep global annual emissions reduction, sustained for decades, to stay within a 1.5°C carbon budget. 1.5°C is above
pre-industrial
levels. For more information about the assumptions, outputs and limitations of our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario, refer to the key factors that may drive future developments. They are hypothetical constructs, not forecasts, predictions or sensitivity analyses. As they are a tool to enhance critical strategic thinking, a key feature of scenarios is they should challenge conventional wisdom about the future. In a world of uncertainty, scenarios are intended to explore alternatives that may significantly alter the basis for ‘business as usual’ assumptions. BHP Climate Change Report 2020 available at bhp.com.
There are inherent limitations with scenario analysis and it is difficult to predict which, if any, of the scenarios might eventuate. Scenarios do not constitute definitive outcomes for us. Scenario analysis relies on assumptions that may or may not be, or prove to be, correct and may or may not eventuate, and scenarios may be impacted by additional factors to the assumptions disclosed.
 
(3) 
This scenario aligns with the Paris Agreement goals and requires steep global annual GHG emissions reductions, sustained for decades, to stay within a 1.5°C carbon budget. Refer to the BHP Climate Change Report 2020 available at bhp.com for information about the assumptions, outputs and limitations of our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario. 1.5°C is above
pre-industrial
levels.
(4) 
Net zero includes the use of carbon offsets as required.
(5) 
FY2020 baseline will be adjusted for any material acquisitions and divestments based on GHG emissions at the time of the transaction. Carbon offsets will be used as required.
(6) 
These positions are expressed using terms that are defined in the Glossary, including the terms ‘net zero’, ‘target’ and ‘goal’.
(7) 
FY2017 will be adjusted for any material acquisitions and divestments based on GHG emissions at the time of the transaction. Carbon offsets will be used as required.
59

Progress on decarbonisation
In FY2021:
We signed a renewable power purchasing agreement (PPA)Our capital allocation process is structured to supply up to 50 per cent of our electricity needs at the Nickel West Kwinana Refinery from the Merredin Solar Farm.
We secured firm renewable electricity via a PPA to meet half of the electricity needs across Queensland Coal mines from
low-emissions
sources.
We continued to implement power purchase agreements for renewable electricity commencing from FY2022 at our Chilean copper operated assets, Escondida and Spence, which are on track to reach net zero Scope 2 GHG emissions by the
mid-2020s.
These agreements are intended to help meet our FY2022 and FY2030 operational GHG emissions targets. We regularly monitor our forecasted GHG emissions to check we are on track.
In FY2021, we partnered with Rio Tinto and Vale to launch the ‘Charge on Innovation Challenge’, a mining truck electrification initiative, facilitated by Austmine. The initiative aims to develop innovative charging infrastructure in parallel with the development of battery-electric trucks.
In August 2021, BHP became a founding member of Komatsu’s GHG Alliance, which aims to develop commercially viable
zero-GHG
emissions haul trucks. BHP will provide engineering and technical resources to Komatsu, enabling BHP’s real-time access to technology in development and giving Komatsu the opportunity to draw on BHP’s mining expertise to accelerate its path to market. Also in August 2021, BHP and TransAlta announcedensure capital expenditure plans to build two solar farms and a battery storage system to help power the Mt Keith and Leinster operations at Nickel West.
In FY2022, we intend to look for further opportunities to collaborate with original equipment manufacturers, source renewable electricity for our Australian operated assets and progress studies for diesel displacement at our operated assets.
Value chain emissions
We recognise the importance of supporting efforts to reduce emissions in our value chain. In 2020, BHP set Scope 3 emissions goals for 2030 for processing of our steelmaking products and maritime transportation of our products, supported by an action plan and aligned to a long-term vision to support the economy-wide transition necessary to meet the Paris Agreement goals by working with customers and suppliers to achieve sectoral decarbonisation. Those goals are to:
Support industry to develop technologies and pathways capable of 30 per cent emissions intensity reduction in integrated steelmaking, with widespread adoption expected post 2030;
Support 40 per cent emissions intensity reduction of
BHP-chartered
shipping of our products.
In our Climate Transition Action Plan 2021, we are building on these medium-term goals. Our position reflects the challenges and opportunities in line with our strategy for increasing long-term portfolio exposure towards future facing commodities. Our recent proposed portfolio changes
(1)
are aligned with our strategic approach to manage riskFY2030 and maximise value. While these decisions were not made for the purpose of setting a future Scope 3 position, upon completion, the changes would lower our total Scope 3 emissions inventory.
As we shape our portfolio for the future, we are announcing our enhanced Scope 3 position.
(2)
While we cannot ensure the outcome alone, for our reshaped portfolio,
(3)
we are pursuing the long-term goal of net zero
(4)
Scope 3 GHG emissions by 2050 to support the transition that the world must make. To progress towards this goal:
we are targeting net zero for the operational GHG emissions of our direct suppliers
(5)
and the emissions from maritime transport of our products; and
recognising the particular challenge of a net zero pathway for customers’ processing of our products,
(6)
which is dependent on the development and downstream deployment of solutions and supportive policy, we cannot set a target, but will continue to partner with customers and others to accelerate the transition to carbon neutral
(7)
steelmaking and other downstream processes. We will also support the value chain by pursuing carbon neutral production of our future facing commodities, such as copper, nickel and potash, to provide the essential building blocks of a net zero transition.
(1) 
On 17 August 2021, BHP announced it had entered into a merger commitment deed with Woodside to combine their respective oil and gas portfolios by an
all-stock
merger. Completion of the merger is subject to confirmatory due diligence, negotiation and execution of full form transaction documents, and satisfaction of conditions precedent including shareholder, regulatory and other approvals, and expected to occur in the second quarter of the 2022 calendar year, with an effective date of 1 July 2021. For more information, refer to the Joint Announcement ‘Woodside and BHP to create a global energy company’ by Woodside and BHP dated 17 August 2021, available at bhp.com/investor-centre. On 28 June 2021, BHP announced its agreement with Glencore to divest its 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón, a
non-operated
energy coal joint venture in Colombia, with an effective economic date of 31 December 2020. Completion is subject to the satisfaction of customary competition and regulatory requirements and expected to occur in the first half of the 2022 calendar year.
(2) 
This position is expressed using terms that are defined in the Glossary, including the terms ‘net zero’, ‘target’ and ‘goal’.
(3) 
Subject to completion of both of the divestment of our oil and gas business and the sale of our interest in Cerrejón.
(4) 
Net zero includes the use of carbon offsets as required.
(5) 
‘Operational GHG emissions of our direct suppliers’ means the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of our direct suppliers included in BHP’s Scope 3 emissions reporting categories of purchased goods and services (including capital goods), fuel and energy related activities, business travel, and employee commuting.
(6) 
In line with our reporting methodology for Scope 3 emissions, we define ‘processing of our products’ as emissions resulting from our customers’ processing of our products comprising iron ore and metallurgical coal (steelmaking materials) and copper (assumed to be processed into copper wire for end use).
(7) 
Carbon neutral includes all those GHG emissions as defined for BHP reporting purposes.
60

We have therefore set these Scope 3 targets:
(1)
We will target net zero
(2)
by 2050 for the operational GHG emissions of our direct suppliers,
(3)
subject to the widespread availability of carbon neutral
(4)
goods and services to meet our requirements.
We will target net zero
(5)
by 2050 for GHG emissions from all shipping
(6)
of our products,
(7)
subject to the widespread availability of carbon-neutral
(8)
solutions including
low/zero-emission
technology on board suitable ships and
low/zero-emission
marine fuels.
Action on our value chain GHG emissions goals in FY2021
Steelmaking
In FY2021, BHP signed memoranda of understanding for partnerships with three of our customers, China Baowu, JFE and HBIS, to invest up to a total of US$65 million in research and development of steel decarbonisation pathways. We also established a research program with the University of Newcastle in Australia to study raw material properties in
low-carbon
iron and steelmaking. Additionally, BHP Ventures is strategically investing in a range of emerging companies, including some focused on
low-
or
no-carbon
steelmaking.
In FY2022, we intend to progress research and development and develop plans for operational testing and trials under the three steelmaking partnerships. We also plan to explore new steelmaking partnerships to jointly study
low-carbon
steelmaking technologies.
Maritime
In FY2021, BHP committed to becoming one of the founding members of the Global Centre for Maritime Decarbonisation. The Centre is to be set up in Singapore and act as a focal point for the global maritime industry’s efforts in decarbonisation and innovation. In April 2021, we participated in the first marine biofuel trial involving an ocean-going vessel bunkering in Singapore in collaboration with Oldendorff Carriers and GoodFuels, and supported by the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore. BHP also issued and awarded the world’s first
LNG-fuelled
Newcastlemax bulk carrier vessel tender in FY2021, with the aim of significantly reducing GHG emissions per voyage. In FY2022, we intend to begin to integrate the use of
LNG-fuelled
bulk carriers into our maritime operations and assess the suitability of a range of routes for LNG or
bio-fuelled
bulk carriers. We are also developing a sustainability analytics platform to analyse the operational energy efficiency and emissions of
BHP-chartered
vessels. This will enable more energy-efficient vessel selection, as well as more targeted emissions reduction insightstarget and actions that can be pursued with our shipping partners.
(1) 
These targets are referable to a FY2020 baseline year, which will be adjusted for any material acquisitions and divestments based on emissions at the time of the transaction, and to reflect progressive refinement of the Scope 3 emissions reporting methodology. The targets’ boundaries may in some cases differ from required reporting boundaries. Carbon offsets will be used as required.
(2) 
Net zero includes the use of carbon offsets as required.
(3) 
‘Operational GHG emissions of our direct suppliers’ means the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of our direct suppliers included in BHP’s Scope 3 reporting categories of purchased goods and services (including capital goods), fuel and energy related activities, business travel, and employee commuting.
(4) 
Carbon neutral includes all those greenhouse gas emissions as defined for BHP reporting purposes.
(5) 
Net zero includes the use of carbon offsets as required.
(6) 
BHP-chartered
and third party-chartered shipping.
(7) 
Target excludes maritime transportation of products purchased by BHP.
(8) 
Carbon neutral includes all those greenhouse gas emissions as defined for BHP reporting purposes.
61

Investing in decarbonisation
In FY2020, we announced a commitment of at least US$400 million to invest in GHG emissions reduction across our operated assets and value chain over the five-year life of our Climate Investment Program. In FY2021, we spent US$29 million under this program, targeting operational, maritime, steelmaking and BHP Ventures investments, and committedgoal. We expect to spend significantly more, including up toaround US$65 million over coming years towards partnerships4 billion on operational decarbonisation by FY2030, with our customers in the steel sector.
We estimate potential spendplans reflecting an annual capital allocation of between approximately US$100200 million and approximately US$200600 million per year over the next five years in support of operational decarbonisation at our operated assets. This estimate has been included in existing capital guidance.years. Going forward, as our climate response is further integrated into
business-as-usual
planning, our spending on climate initiatives is expected to become increasingly indistinguishable from normal business spending.
How we think about and use carbon pricing
Our assets and markets are likely to continue to be subject to variations in regulation and levels of carbon pricing depending on location and industry. Similarly, the competitiveness of our products and the processes in which they are used will be impacted by the adoption of carbon legislation in customer countries. We assessutilise an explicit regulatory carbon price forecast for major BHP operational, competitor and customer countries. In determining our forecast, we consider factors such as a country’s current and announced climate policies and targets and societal factors such as public acceptance and demographics.
We have incorporated regional carbon price assumptions in our planning, investment decisions and asset valuations for more than 10 years. They are used together with our operational planning cases based on the current economic outlook for asset planning, asset valuations and operational decision-making.
Our carbon price forecasts are also used along with other qualitative and quantitative metrics, such as the outcomes of our 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario analysis (refer to ‘Scenario analysis’ and ‘Capital alignment’), in our assessment of investments under the Capital Allocation Framework and to inform our portfolio strategy and investment decisions.
When considering initiatives to meet our operational emission medium-term target and long-term goal, we consider a number of additional metrics, including the initiatives’ position on our internal marginal abatement project cost curve, technology maturity and ultimate abatement potential. This informs the implied costs and benefits of our decarbonisation initiatives, allowing us to prioritise and rank each decarbonisation project acrossthose initiatives based on an implied price on carbon.
Physical risks
Our Adaptation Strategy outlines the proactive and collaborative approach we need to take to build the safety, productivity and climate resilience of our operated assets, investments, portfolio, supply chain, communities and ecosystems by adapting to the physical risks of climate change. We have analysed specific climate-related hazards and developed a more detailed approach to enable financial and economic evaluation of physical climate risks and adaptation measures in future years.
BHP requires operated assets and functions to identify and progressively assess potential physical climate change risks (including to our value chain) and build climate change adaptation into their plans, activities and investments. In FY2022, we progressed our Adaptation Strategy, conducting a physical climate risk identification process for our operated assets and supply chain. Risks associated with each hazard were prioritised in accordance with our risk process under BHP’s Risk Framework,
including consideration of their materiality. Across our portfolio of operated assets and associated value chains, we have identified a number of common, high potential impact physical climate risks; where the ‘Highest potential impact physical climate risks across BHP’s operated assets’ table presents the top eight.
1
The risk management column in the table describes our current approach, which is subject to review for new or additional climate-related measures arising from the subsequent risk evaluation work program planned for our operated assets (including legacy assets) in FY2023.
E
quitable change and transitions
There are communities around the world that rely on mining certain commodities that may therefore be disproportionately impacted by the transition to a low-carbon economy. Solutions will require a multi-stakeholder approach including the local community, investors, financiers, government at all levels and, of course, resource companies such as BHP.
We have outlined our approach to equitable change and transition, taking into account the Paris Agreement and the International Labour Organisation’s (ILO’s) Just Transition Guidelines, in OFR 7.1, recognising the role of BHP through changes and transitions.
The approach to equitable change and transition will inform implementation of our Capital Allocationstrategy for decarbonisation and adaptation to the potential physical impacts of climate change, as well as apply to the intended closure of NSWEC.
The first seven risks in the table were selected based on the number of operated assets that identified them as material in accordance with BHP’s Risk Framework and the average Maximum Foreseeable Loss severity rating assigned to each. The absence of a tick means either the risk was identified at the asset, but not rated as material under our Risk Framework, or that it was not identified for that asset. Legacy assets and
non-operated
joint ventures have been excluded from the analysis. Legacy assets are to be included in the risk evaluations planned for FY2023. The eighth risk in the table is a collation of material value chain risks with implications across the regions; its position in the table does not indicate its level of potential impact relative to the other risks.
60

Highest potential impact physical climate risks across BHP’s operated assets 
Minerals Australia
Minerals Americas
Risk
description
BMA
NSWEC
Nickel
West
Olympic
Dam
WAIO
Escondida
Jansen
Pampa
Norte
Risk management
1
Geotechnical instability and erosion of tailings storage facility (TSF) landforms and structures under conditions of extreme rainfall, leading to TSF failure
Our approach to TSF failure risk management at operated assets is multi-dimensional and includes the following key elements: maintenance of dam integrity; operation, surveillance and maintenance; emergency preparedness and response; TSF governance and standards; and Group-level oversight and assurance.
The
Our Requirements for Tailings Storage Facilities
standard is aligned to the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM) and we contribute to efforts to improve TSF management across the mining industry, including through the ICMM Tailings Working Group. For more information on our management of TSF failure risk refer to OFR 7.18.
We are working to incorporate climate risk management into the TSF life cycle and have conducted a detailed study on the potential impact of climate change on Laguna Seca TSF at Escondida.
Water shortages impacting production, associated activities (e.g. dust suppression, ore handling) and reputation due to changes in average rainfall and temperature/evaporation
We have a range of risk management measures for our water-related risks, including consideration of climate change projections as relevant (and where available), covered in more detail at bhp.com/water.
Flooding of mine and/or key production infrastructure (e.g. plants, conveyor belts etc.) due to extreme precipitation
Per above, risk management measures for our water-related risks are covered in more detail at bhp.com/water.
We have developed internal guidance on incorporating climate change projections into mine water planning, hydrologic assessment and infrastructure design.
We are conducting a pilot study on quantifying the potential impact of this risk, to inform future
value-at-risk
assessments. While our methodology is still under development, our intent is to support more effective decision-making when prioritising capital investment in risk controls.
Disruption and/or damage to port and coastal infrastructure and operations due to higher sea levels, cyclones, storm surge and changes in marine ecosystems
We maintain response plans for various scenarios that could impact our ability to access key markets, including physical disruptions of outbound supply chain logistics.
Stockpile and capacity management and use of weather forecasts are some of the tools that may assist in minimising operational disruption at our ports from weather and/or climate-related events.
We are undertaking more detailed evaluations of the potential climate change impacts for our port and coastal infrastructure, including at Port Hedland and Hay Point.
61

Minerals Australia
Minerals Americas
Risk
description
BMA
NSWEC
Nickel
West
Olympic
Dam
WAIO
Escondida
Jansen
Pampa
Norte
Risk management
1
Workforce health and safety incidents due to extreme events (e.g. extreme temperature causing heat stress)
The
Our Requirements for Health
,
Our Requirements for Safety
and
Our Requirements for Community
standards, together with BHP’s Risk Framework, govern our health and safety risk management approach.
At our operating sites, we have weather detection monitoring (e.g. wet bulb temperature) and associated weather preparation and response plans (including Trigger Action Response Plans (TARPs)) to enable our response to potential extreme weather events. Our sites also have Emergency Management Plans in place, and personnel trained in emergency response.
Disruption and/or damage to electrical infrastructure (e.g. motors, cooling and control systems) due to extreme temperatures
We aim to operate our critical equipment in accordance with industry best practice and ensure that critical equipment components are compliant with relevant design standards. We have extensive inspection and maintenance routines, hold inventory of critical spares, and undertake detailed contingency planning, in order to remain resilient in the face of potential equipment failure or inefficiencies.
A number of our sites in FY2023 will evaluate the potential impact on electrical infrastructure of extreme temperatures under different climate scenarios.
Disruption and/or damage to water supply infrastructure due to extreme precipitation or flooding
Regular maintenance of water infrastructure, such as treatment plants, pipelines and tanks is critical to ensure that water is adequate for our operated assets, both in quantity and quality.
BHP requires our water infrastructure to be designed and constructed to meet internal and external standards.
Disruption in the supply of critical production inputs and critical infrastructure due to extreme weather events
Identified as value chain risks across the relevant regions
We assess supply categories according to commercial dependency and supplier risk, both elements that have informed our selection of key value chain inputs for further evaluation of physical climate risk. This work aims to minimise potential adverse impacts from physical climate risk in our value chain.
At our Spence copper asset, we have assessed supply chain resilience in relation to the impact that swells, extreme rainfall, earthquakes and tsunamis could have on the supply of diesel, sulphuric acid and supplies for concentrates. The assessment identified specific mitigating controls for consideration by the asset.
To underpin the subsequent risk evaluation work program planned across all of our operated assets (including legacy assets) and key supply chain infrastructure, we have sourced projections of acute and chronic climate variables from a leading climate science consultancy. The risk evaluation process will be a further step toward identifying and prioritising additional adaptation measures and reporting potential financial impacts in later years, including a
value-at-risk
range. We have already allocated US$200 million to studies on physical climate risk prevention and mitigation measures at our Minerals Americas operated assets.
The risk management measures in this column describe our current approach, which is subject to review for new or additional climate-related measures arising from the subsequent risk evaluation work program planned across all of our operated assets (including legacy assets) in FY2023.
62

We have also identified a number of opportunities to adapt to the potential physical impacts of climate change, primarily related to improving operational efficiency and innovation, taking collaborative action to grow the resilience of our value chain, and supporting local communities and ecosystems. In FY2023, we plan to undertake risk evaluations at our operated assets (including legacy assets) including assessment of chronic physical risks, implement any ‘quick win’ adaptation actions and initiate studies on measures expected to require significant capital investment. We also plan to further study prioritised value chain risks to understand with more specificity where risk is concentrated. These actions are intended to contribute to addressing the climate-related risks noted under the Inadequate business resilience risk factor in OFR 9.1. We also intend to continue to build an understanding of how the communities where we operate may be impacted by future climate events and embed consideration of ecosystem-based adaptation, to contribute to both climate resilience and BHP’s biodiversity commitments and goals.
Our operational decarbonisation pathway
Decarbonising electricity
Decarbonising electricity by switching to renewables at our operated assets is a priority decarbonisation lever for this decade, in addition to a focus on preparing the business for widespread diesel displacement in the 2030s. The majority of our electricity supply is delivered via electricity networks and is accounted for as Scope 2 emissions. We are currently working to reduce Scope 2 emissions via renewable energy PPAs, such as those already executed in Chile, Queensland, South Australia and grid connected sites in Western Australia. Additionally, work is underway to decarbonise remote power demands in Western Australia either through PPAs with independent power producers or via ‘behind the meter’ renewable energy installations where we self-generate electricity in the Pilbara.
Power decarbonisation progressed with key successes in FY2022 including:
The Minerals Americas PPAs became operational in August 2021 and January 2022, with Escondida and Spence aiming to use 100 per cent renewable electricity by the
mid-2020s.
BMA’s PPA with CleanCo will deliver approximately 50 per cent of its annual electricity from renewable sources by 2025.
1
Nickel West signed PPAs to provide its operations with renewable power, with agreements for the Flat Rocks Wind Farm, the Merredin Solar Farm and the Northern Goldfields Solar Project.
Olympic Dam entered into renewable energy supply arrangements for up to 50 per cent of its electricity by 2025.
2
Decarbonising diesel
Diesel displacement represents the largest technical challenge to our decarbonisation commitments rank alongside maintenance capitalpathway for operated assets in terms of the magnitude of GHG emissions abatement required, predominantly driven by consumption by our haul truck fleet. We are taking steps now to accelerate the essential role that original equipment manufacturers must play in the hierarchydevelopment of new equipment to address emissions from our trucks and rail fleet. This includes partnerships to trial battery-electric locomotives, to develop electrified haul trucks and collaboration such as the ‘Charge On Innovation Challenge’ aimed at developing concepts for large-scale haul truck electrification and charging systems. In addition to progressing the availability of fleet solutions for zero emission material movement, we are working on readying the business for electrification of material movement by better understanding the energy balance associated with a fully electrified operation, quantifying future electricity demand and associated infrastructure requirements (e.g. transmission lines), modelling potential changes to our concept of operations, and evaluating our reliance on supporting infrastructure such as trolley lines and fast charging capabilities.
Decarbonising fugitive emissions
Although currently relatively small in relation to other emissions sources at BHP’s operated assets, fugitive methane emissions pose considerable technical and economic challenges for our abatement ambitions. We are working closely with a range of leading organisations in technology, research and industry across the globe, to develop new approaches and address the issue collectively. This includes investigating opportunities for improving the comprehensiveness and accuracy of methane emissions measurement. Under current reporting requirements, we use a combination of direct measurement and default, production-based factors for different coal mine methane sources. While emerging satellite and aerial-based sensing technology is providing new and potentially valuable perspectives, much more work is required to understand its practical application to geographically large, diffuse sources of very dilute methane such as open cut coal mines – particularly in crowded neighbourhoods such as the Bowen Basin and Hunter Valley where numerous mines
co-exist
in close proximity with a range of other significant industrial and agricultural methane sources.
Project prioritisation
Through studies and our capital allocation. Through our studies and investment governanceallocation process, we seek to optimise the risk and reward proposition for theseoperational decarbonisation projects to allocate capital and optimise decarbonisation at a portfolio level. We have developed an internal marginal abatement cost curve designed to support the allocation of capital towards the most economically efficient and effective decarbonisation projects.
We include regional carbon price forecasts inregularly monitor our assessment of all projects in the Capital Allocation Framework. In recognition that explicit carbon pricing regimes in many instances do not fully reflect the implicit regulatory risk and value of carbon across our value chain,forecasted operational GHG emissions to check we are developing additional qualitativeon track. As a result of actions taken in recent years, particularly securing the supply of renewable energy at some operations, we achieved our short-term target, for FY2022, and quantitative metricsour currently projected performance in FY2030 is tracking to better capture the future cost and valueplan against our medium-term target. Progression of GHG emissions abatement to inform corporate strategy and core business decisions.planned project studies are regularly reviewed.
Including the purchase of large-scale generation certificates (LGCs).
Including the purchase of LGCs. A portion of the LGCs are to be created from the new Port Augusta Renewable Energy Park.
 
6263

Carbon offsets
Value chain GHG emissions
We recognise the importance of supporting the climate transition in our value chain. In 2020, BHP set Scope 3 emissions goals for 2030 to support decarbonisation for processing of our steelmaking products and maritime transportation of our products. In 2021, we added to these goals with a long-term goal and targets for Scope 3, supported by an action plan of working with industry, including our customers and suppliers, to achieve sectoral decarbonisation. Refer to ‘BHP’s climate change targets and goals’ for our goals and targets for Scope 3 emissions. As a producer of materials that are essential building blocks of decarbonisation, BHP is supporting the global transition to a more sustainable development trajectory by evolving the solutions we provide to our customers and the solutions we procure from our suppliers and partners.
Progress in FY2022
Steelmaking
In FY2022, we progressed our work in supporting the steelmaking industry to accelerate decarbonisation. To support positive climate outcomes in both the near term and long term, we believe it is important to help enable our customers at whatever stage of the ‘steel decarbonisation framework’ they are in. This ‘steel decarbonisation framework’ is designed by BHP to describe the technology pathways to decarbonising the global integrated iron and steel industry.
BHP’s approachcustomers in steelmaking are diverse, with some integrated steelmakers in the ‘optimisation’ stage, focused on energy and process efficiency, increasing scrap ratios and raw materials optimisation. Other customers are exploring ‘transition’ stage solutions like alternative fuels, modified blast furnace (BF) operations, and
end-of-pipe
solutions like Carbon Capture and Utilisation (CCU) and Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS). Some companies are investigating the viability of ‘green
end-state’
technologies, such as hydrogen-based direct reduction iron (DRI) with electric arc furnace steelmaking and direct electrolysis processes, like molten-oxide electrolysis.
Steel decarbonisation framework
Potential emissions
intensity reduction
Optimisation stage
20% CO
2
reduction vs. BAU
1
Transition stage
50-60%
CO
2
reduction vs. BAU
Green end state
90% CO
2
reduction vs. BAU
Customer
partnerships
•  HBIS: Enhanced lump utilisation, slag recycling
•  POSCO: Coke quality optimisation
•  JFE: Coking coal and iron ore impact on agglomeration
•  Baowu: Modified BF oxygen and hydrogen injection
•  Baowu & POSCO: CCUS application within integrated steelmaking
•  Tata: Use of biomass and CCU
•  HBIS: Hydrogen DRI
•  JFE: DRI pathways with BHP ores
Innovation &
technology
•  R&D novel beneficiation technologies
•  R&D microalgae blending for premium coking coal quality
•  R&D ultramafic sequestration
•  R&D with Hatch and University of Newcastle on hydrogen injection into modified BF
•  Supported the CCUS Knowledge Centre, as a member of the CO2CRC
•  Ventures completed lab trials producing metallic iron using BHP ores with Boston Metal and Electra Steel
Product &
portfolio
•  Studying beneficiation at our Jimblebar iron ore operation
•  Studying improvements of BMA metallurgical coal quality
•  Testing programs to assess performance of BHP’s ores in DRI and electric furnace steel production
Advocacy &
standards
•  Joined the Global
Low-Carbon
Metallurgy Innovation Alliance, which is led by Baowu and includes World Steel Association and many steel industry stakeholders
•  Engage with industry decarbonisation initiatives, including our customers, Responsible Steel, and the Australia Industry Energy Transition Initiative, by sharing expertise and participating in consultation on emissions standards and accelerating decarbonisation pathways
BAU means business as usual, referring to a trajectory of steelmaking emissions intensity if no changes occur.
64

Our strategy to carbon offsettingsupport steelmaking is to prioritise emission reduction projectspartner, innovate, advocate and supply the optimal products across these stages. Access by steelmakers to higher-quality metallurgical coal and iron ore products, which enables them to be more efficient and lower-emissions intensity, is an important component of the transition to a
low-carbon
future. To support this, we are assessing the opportunity to implement beneficiation at our operated assets,Jimblebar iron ore operation and metallurgical coal product improvements at our BMA operations.
In FY2022, BHP signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to partner with investmentsSouth Korean steelmaking company POSCO to study optimising coal/coke quality for
low-carbon
blast furnace operation and CCUS. This is in external carbon offsetaddition to our existing partnerships with Baowu, JFE and HBIS. Across the four partnerships, we are working with companies that represent approximately 12 per cent of reported global steel production capacity, covering 31 per cent of our direct sales in iron ore and 19 per cent in metallurgical coal in FY2022. BHP has committed to invest up to US$75 million in research and development of steel decarbonisation pathways through these customer partnerships. The goal of these partnerships is to support the maturation and
scaling-up
of
fit-for-purpose
solutions across the steelmaking value-chain in all stages of steel decarbonisation.
We intend to progress our customer partnerships over three phases:
1.
Conduct feasibility studies or lab/bench-scale research and development in priority areas.
2.
Pilot-scale trial, where we jointly test potential solutions to key technical challenges at a larger scale that is sufficient to understand the impact of raw material and operational parameters.
3.
Trial at a customer plant, where we focus on optimal, high impact decarbonisation solutions for deployment on a limited basis at select sites.
In FY2023, we intend to progress a subset of existing customer partnerships on projects consideredthat in aggregate have the potential to deliver 30 per cent emissions intensity reduction if adopted at scale post-2030. We will also continue exploring other partnerships that are complementary to this ‘structural abatement’. our geographic or technology priorities, or that can help make existing projects more effective and efficient. For instance, on 20 July 2022, we announced a new MOU with Tata Steel to collaborate on the use of biomass as a source of energy and the application of CCU in steel production.
Maritime
Our strategy for supporting the maritime industry’s climate transition includes advocacy, adoption of
low-
and
zero-emissions
fuels or other efficiency technologies (like wind-assisted propulsion) and deploying real-time data analytics to optimise vessel and route selection to improve operational efficiency. For example, in FY2022:
Advocacy:
We signed the industry call to action with more than 150 other organisations urging governments to commit to decarbonising international shipping by 2050, surpassing the levels of ambition set out in the International Maritime Organisation’s Initial GHG Strategy. This is in addition to the advocacy work we do with othersthe Global Centre for Maritime Decarbonisation in Singapore, of which we became a founding member in FY2021.
Zero-emission fuels:
We joined the US Government’s First Mover’s Coalition, launched at COP26 in Glasgow, as a member in the shipping sector. This means we commit to promote10 per cent of BHP’s products shipped to our customers on our time charter vessels being on vessels using
zero-emissions
fuels by FY2030.
1
BHP has also formed a consortium with Rio Tinto, Oldendorff, Star Bulk and the Global Maritime Forum to analyse and support the development of carbon market mechanisms, particularly for natural climate solutions.an iron ore maritime green corridor, fuelled by green ammonia.
Although
Transition fuels:
We progressed use of LNG as a transitional fuel. BHP has chartered the world’s first
LNG-fuelled
Newcastlemax bulk carriers to transport iron ore from Western Australia to Asia from Eastern Pacific Shipping (EPS) for five years and awarded the LNG fuel contract to Shell. The fuel, along with improved efficiency of the vessel design, is expected to reduce GHG emissions intensity by up to 30 per cent on a per voyage basis. We have already operationalised two vessels and expect to deliver another three vessels in FY2023. BHP is also exploring biofuels as an interim GHG emission abatement option for shipping. In FY2022, we prioritise our internal emission reduction projects, we acknowledgeissued a roleRequest for high-quality offsets in a temporaryProposal for procurement of sustainable-certified (REDII or transitional capacity while abatement options are being studied, as well as for ‘hard to abate’ emissions with limited or no current technological solutions.ISCC)
2
biodiesel.
Subject to the availability of technology, supply, safety standards and the establishment of reasonable thresholds for price premiums.
Renewable Energy Directive or International Sustainability and Carbon Certification.
65

Procurement
In FY2021,FY2022, we retired 0.3 million carbon offsetsconducted a survey and assessment of the climate positions of our top 500 direct suppliers, representing approximately 76 per cent of our spend.
1
Through this study, we found that 27 per cent of the suppliers surveyed have Scope 1 and Scope 2 targets and/or goals aligned with our own. In the coming years, we intend to systematise our tracking and engagement of suppliers in the form of verified carbon units. The offsets were sourcedrelation to their public climate strategies.
In order to engage and incentivise our suppliers, we integrated climate commitments into our sourcing document and evaluation criteria. We intend to continue to refine and integrate metrics related to incentivising positive climate outcomes from high-quality projects, such as the Cordillera Azul National Park REDD+ Project and the Kasigau Corridor REDD Project,
(1)
representing additional, permanent and otherwise unclaimed emission reductions from activities designed to avoid contributing to social or environmental harms. For more information on how BHP manages offsets, refer to bhp.com/offsets-2021.our suppliers going forward.
Natural climate solutions
Investing in natural ecosystems is a cost-effective and immediately available solution to mitigate climate change that often provides sustainability
co-benefits,
such as biodiversity conservation, improved water quality or support for local communities. We work to support the development of market mechanisms that channel private sector finance into projects that increase carbon storage or avoid GHG emissions through conservation, restoration and improved management of terrestrial landscapes, wetlands and coastal and marine ecosystems (e.g. mangroves, tidal marshes, seagrasses and seaweed, generally referred to as ‘blue’ carbon ecosystems).ecosystems. We focus on project support, governance, knowledge and innovation, and market stimulation for carbon credits generated by these projects.
For more information, see bhp.com/climate.example, in FY2022 we launched a new A$3 million grants program to help drive the development of the Australian blue carbon market by providing funding and support to emerging blue carbon projects.
2
Just transitionGovernance
ThereBHP advocates for the development of efficient global carbon markets that facilitate high-quality offsetting that is both cost-effective and delivers broader sustainability
co-benefits.
We are communities around the world that relyan active member on mining certain commodities, which therefore risk being disproportionately impacted by the transition to a
low-carbon
economy. Solutions will require a multi-stakeholder approachseveral international carbon markets bodies including the localInternational Emissions Trading Association and the Taskforce on Scaling Voluntary Carbon Markets.
Use of carbon credits or offsets
BHP prioritises emissions reduction at our operated assets to achieve our Scope 1 and 2 target and goal, with investments in external carbon offset projects considered complementary to this ‘structural abatement’. Although we prioritise internal emission reduction, we acknowledge a role for offsets in a temporary or transitional capacity while abatement options are being studied, as well as for ‘hard to abate’ emissions with limited or no current technological solutions, and where access to renewable energy is constrained.
BHP has five potential ‘use cases’ for carbon offsets, to complement the structural emissions abatement that we prioritise (refer to the ‘BHP Carbon Offset Use Cases’ table). This includes contributing to our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emission reduction targets and goals and complying with emissions regulations (e.g. under the Australian Safeguard mechanism) as we work to decarbonise our business. We use our social investment to fund research into new and emerging natural carbon offsetting methodologies, and to fund offsets projects with social value
co-benefits
in line with our social value framework.
3
We also explore commercial opportunities to work with organisations in our value chain to supply offsets to supplement their focus on emissions abatement, including the bundling of offsets into product transactions.
4
This percentage is calculated as a share of our total spend in FY2021, and total spend is defined as the categories of spend that are relevant to Scope 3 emissions reporting categories, which excludes intra-company payments, internal payroll, community and charitable donations, and expenses associated with regulatory compliance and taxation.
For more information refer to
bhp.com/news/articles/2022/06/new-bhp-grants-to-support-blue-carbon-market.
For more information refer to
bhp.com/sustainability/communities/social-investment.
For example, we undertook a pilot carbon neutral commodity transaction with US copper cable and wire manufacturer, Southwire. We did not retire any of the offsets tied to that transaction against our own voluntary targets or goals. For more information refer to
bhp.com/news/media-centre/releases/2021/10/bhp-and-southwire-collaborate-for-first-carbon-neutral-copper-cathode-delivery
.
66

Sourcing
We perform due diligence designed to ensure we invest in carbon offsets that adhere to the following minimum quality standards:
1
Registered under an internationally recognised standard
that independently verifies and issues voluntary carbon credits and/or satisfies national carbon offset standards for compliance offsets.
Adheres to a robust emission reduction accounting methodology
to provide assurance of the volume of emissions reduced through a project.
Demonstrates that the emissions reductions are additional
to ensure that the emissions would not have been reduced in the absence of a carbon offset market.
Has a high likelihood of permanence
to ensure the emissions reduction are ongoing and not reversed (e.g. in the case of forestry projects, the trees are not cut down or destroyed by a natural disaster).
Provides robust mitigation against leakage
ensuring an offsetting project does not increase emissions elsewhere (e.g. an area is protected from deforestation through offsetting but another forest area is destroyed).
Demonstrates high environmental and social integrity
ensuring no broader social or environmental harm (e.g., hydropower projects that require forest clearing and community investorsdisplacement).
Restrict early vintage years
to avoid claiming emissions reduction from activities that occurred a long time ago; typically this means not purchasing offsets with a vintage greater than five years.
BHP’s carbon offsets are from a variety of sources including (but not limited to) spot markets and financiers, government at all levelsproject origination. We see a role for offsets from solutions that remove atmospheric carbon as well as avoid emissions. While we prioritise offsets from nature-based solutions, we also consider the sourcing of offsets from engineered solutions.
BHP is committed to transparently disclosing the carbon offsets that we retire towards meeting our own climate change targets and of course, resource companies such as BHP.
In FY2022, we plan to develop our approach to ‘Just Transition’ taking into consideration the evolving Climate Action 100+ Net Zero Company Benchmark (NZCB).goals. We did not retire any offsets for this purpose in FY2022.
Engagement and disclosure
Achieving the aims of the Paris Agreement goals will require supportive policy across jurisdictions globally. The policy-making process is complex, and change is unlikely to be smooth or linear. We believe BHP can best support policy development by ensuring we meet our own climate commitments,targets, goals and strategies, continuing to make the case for the economic opportunities arising from the energy transition, and focusing on those policy areas where we are likely to have the greatest ability to influence change. We engage on policy matters directly with government and through our membership of industry associations and issue-specific coalitions and initiatives.
Our Global Climate Policy Standards clarify how our policy positions on climate change should be reflected in our own advocacy and thatthe advocacy of the associations to which we belong globally.to. Over the past five years, BHP haswe have introduced a range of measures to strengthen the Company’s governance of its memberour membership of industry associations and monitor their climate change advocacy. Further
More information on our approach to industry associations can be foundis available at
bhp.com/our-approach/operating-with-integrity/industry-associations-bhps-approach/.about/operating-ethically/industry-associations.
For more information refer to
bhp.com/sustainability/climate-change/carbon-offsets
.
67

BHP was one of the first companies to align its climate-related disclosures with the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). In FY2021, weTCFD, of which our Vice President Sustainability and Climate Change, Dr Fiona Wild, has been a member since its inception in late 2015. We published our Climate Change Report in 2020, and also participatedparticipate in the CA100+ NZCB,Net Zero Carbon Benchmark (NZCB), which assesses the world’s largest corporate GHG emitters on their progress in the transition to the net zero future.
In September 2021, we published the BHP Climate Transition Action Plan 2021,CTAP, which sets out the steps BHP intends to take with the goal of reducingto reduce GHG emissions to net zero within our own operations by 2050 and pursuingto pursue net zero acrossin our value chain. As responding to climate change is an integral partThe CTAP received approval from 84.9 per cent of shareholders in the ‘Say on Climate’ advisory vote at our AGMs in 2021.
We also engage on policy matters directly with government and through our membership of industry associations and issue-specific coalitions and initiatives. Examples of these engagements are provided at bhp.com and in the ’Climate policy engagement’ section of our strategy and operations, ourCTAP.
Our TCFD-aligned disclosures and information in support of our NZCB assessment can be found throughout this Annual Report, in our BHP Climate Change Report 2020 and CTAP and at bhp.com. AFor a navigator showing where to find relevant information in relation to the TCFD recommendations refer to ‘TCFD index’ in OFR 7.1.
7.9    Value chain sustainability
Our role as both a supplier and a customer means it is availableimportant we have a coordinated and integrated approach to sustainability across the value chain. We strive to work with our customers, suppliers and other stakeholders in the value chain to create social value through sustainable practices across the full life cycle of our products.
BHP takes a systems approach to value chain sustainability, designed to assess and work with others to improve the sustainability impacts of our upstream supply chains, inbound and outbound logistics, and our products as they move through extraction, processing and use.
In FY2022, BHP developed a sustainability standards strategy that defines our pathway for the implementation of responsible mining and sourcing standards. The strategy is focused on the foundations needed to enable a more efficient adoption of standards to better position BHP’s participation in the sustainability standards landscape. We also established a global sustainability standards team to enhance our systems and processes, integrate planning and enable a more strategic approach to the governance and implementation of sustainability standards across BHP’s operated assets. This team also has accountability for sustainability reporting and disclosure, bringing together our work on sustainability standards and further strengthening our approach to transparency and standards across the value chain.
The standards that form part of our strategy are:
the Copper Mark
the London Metal Exchange (LME) Policy on Responsible Sourcing of
LME-Listed
Brands
the ICMM Mining Principles and associated Performance Expectations
the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management
Towards Sustainable Mining (TSM)
68

Accreditations
Our Chilean operations Escondida and Spence, and Olympic Dam in Australia were awarded the Copper Mark during FY2022 to recognise their responsible production practices. The Copper Mark is a voluntary assurance framework that independently assesses participants in 32 critical areas, including environment, community, human rights and governance issues for mining, smelting and refining operations.
Escondida, Spence and Olympic Dam also completed independent third-party verification of self-assessments against the ICMM Mining Principles and associated Performance Expectations. The ICMM Mining Principles require member companies to conduct a prioritisation process to determine which assets will be subject to third-party validation across a three-year cycle. All BHP’s operated assets have completed their self-assessments and the external validation sequence has been determined in consideration of commitments made by BHP to other standards, such as Copper Mark and the LME Policy on Responsible Sourcing of
LME-Listed
Brands, to enable operational efficiencies.
We recognise the importance of engaging in the sustainability standards ecosystem and we support simplification of the standards landscape and convergence of standards. Integrating multiple global and commodity-specific standards is a complex task and in FY2022 we engaged in a number of forums focused on sustainability standards – through the ICMM, the Minerals Council of Australia and the Mining Association of Canada as well as with standard-setting bodies like the Copper Mark, and the OECD and LME.
In FY2022, BHP disclosed aspects of our sustainability performance through the LMEpassport, which is the LME’s new digital credentials register to enable companies that trade
LME-listed
brands to disclose their sustainability metrics and certifications at corporate, asset and brand levels. BHP added information related to our copper and nickel
LME-registered
products from Olympic Dam, Escondida, Pampa Norte and Nickel West.
Due diligence
In FY2022, a cross-functional team defined a clear scope and began developing a due diligence management system for our minerals and metals supply chain that aligns with the OECD Due Diligence Guidance for Responsible Supply Chains of Minerals from Conflict-Affected and High-Risk Areas (OECD Guidance). This means that, for our operated assets and our inbound supply chain of minerals and metals, BHP intends to adopt the OECD Guidance’s Annex I five-step, risk-based due diligence framework in the form of a new due diligence management system. The new system will involve updating policies and procedures, and ensuring appropriate resources designed to identify, assess and manage risks in our minerals and metals supply chain where there is any origin, transport or trade association with conflict-affected and/or high-risk areas.
Alignment with the OECD Guidance is a reflection of better practice supply chain due diligence and it is also a requirement under the responsible sourcing standards of leading mining and metals industry bodies, including the LME, the Copper Mark, the ICMM and TSM. In FY2023, we aim to finalise our OECD-aligned due diligence management system and commence implementation of that system for our minerals and metals supply chain. For more information about the scope of our OECD-aligned due diligence refer to our Modern Slavery Statement 2022 at bhp.com.
Emerging sustainability initiatives
We also continue to identify sustainability-related opportunities in BHP’s value chain.
We see traceability as a key enabler to lifting sustainability standards across the value chain. In FY2022, BHP and leading US copper cable and wire manufacturer, Southwire, completed their first ‘carbon neutral’
1
copper transaction, involving delivery from BHP’s mines in Chile to Southwire’s processing activities in Georgia, United States. The pilot forms part of a collaboration for BHP that reflects our Climate Transition Action Plan commitment to support industry to develop technologies for improved traceability and the pursuit of carbon-neutral production.
Additionally, circular economy principles are an increasingly critical consideration for building sustainable supply chains in relation to our commodities that meet growing demand for our products, support goals to reduce GHG emissions and minimise the impact of mining and downstream processing on the environments and communities where we operate. Across the business, we are working to identify opportunities that leverage our capabilities to create solutions that can contribute towards a circular economy.
 
(1)1 
REDD‘Carbon neutral’ is not intended to imply certification under any standard or application of a particular methodology and REDD+ are UN programsincludes all those greenhouse gas emissions as defined for reducing GHG emissions from deforestation and forest degradation.BHP reporting purposes.
 
6369

1.13.8
7.10    Community
Making a positive contribution to the communities where we operate
To make a positive contribution to the social and economic wellbeing of the communities where we operate requires long-term partnerships based on respect, honesty, transparency and trust. Our actions and approach to community and Indigenous engagement, social investment, cultural heritage working with Indigenous peoples and human rights practices are governed by the
Our Code.Requirements for Community
standard and
Our Code of Conduct.
Community understanding
We understand our activities have the potential to create social, cultural, environmental and human rights impacts. We assess those impacts, both positive and consider external factors such as changing socio-political and economic content and societal expectations and community concerns.
negative. To gain a deeper understanding ofanalyse the context in whichpotential risks to communities where we operate, our operated assets are required towe conduct periodic social research activities. We seek to implement and conduct these planned activities in a culturally sensitive and socially inclusive manner which can include social baseline analysis, social impact and opportunity assessments, human rights impact assessments, stakeholder mapping and community perception surveys. Through these activities, we seekdue diligence to better understand social and reputational impacts, threatshuman rights contexts, work collaboratively with our community stakeholders, and look for opportunities and make more informed decisions.to create social value.
We provide a range
As part of opportunitiesour due diligence processes, we conduct community perception research in local host communities for communities to express their views, experiences, concerns and complaints. The
Our Requirements for Community
standard requires all operated assets to have culturally appropriate complaint and grievance mechanisms in place which are accessible to all stakeholders, including Indigenous peoples. To further strengthen these mechanisms, we have established globally consistent principles aligned with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights to be applied across each of our operated assets.assets every two years. In FY2022, quantitative and qualitative surveys at all operated assets provided insights into the public’s general concerns and priorities as well as perceptions of mining sector and BHP performance. Globally, community perceptions of our overall performance is positive, being on par or above average when compared to others in the sector in most markets. We tend to be perceived as being safety driven, behaving in a way that promotes diversity and inclusion, having a positive relationship with the community, and providing opportunities for local employment and procurement. The areas where people perceive room for improvement include exceeding regulatory requirements, doing the right thing by the environment, being a leader in water management and taking a more active role in the global response to climate change.
Our operated assets are also required to maintain annual stakeholder engagement plans and conduct regular engagement activities, including
one-on-one
meetings, multi-stakeholder roundtables, issue-based consultation and written communications. These engagements provide a valuable space for more open and
in-depth
dialogues with stakeholders on issues such as those raised in our community perception research, exploring mutually beneficial solutions and building trust.
In FY2021:
Community events, complaints and grievances
With no significant community events recorded as resulting from BHP operated activities in FY2022, our five-year target of no significant community events between FY2018 and FY2022 has been met.
1
There were 50 community concerns and 106 complaints (five of which were classified as grievances)
2
received globally across our operated assets through our local complaints and grievance mechanisms. This represented a total increase of 8 per cent from FY2021 figures. The increase is attributable in large part to an overall rise in the level of community reporting, which we consider to be a positive sign that provides earlier opportunities to seek to address issues and understand sentiment to avoid or reduce the adverse impact and risk of escalation.
These concerns, complaints and grievances included:
 
Community perception research was conducted at 11 of ourThe two most common themes across BHP operated assets providing an aggregated viewwere concerns regarding: (i) the continued impacts of the
COVID-19
pandemic and associated recovery initiatives; and (ii) local employment.
In Chile, community concerns focused on environmental impacts and the overall sustainability of the mining industry, the development of local communities and the impacts of automation. Complaints about contractor behaviour included claims that certain commitments were not honoured and some local Indigenous community perceptionsstakeholders raised concerns about water resources in the high Andean wetlands and a valuable input into asset planning.greater employment opportunities at Escondida.
 
All
In Canada, community concerns and complaints related to the increase in activity at the Jansen Potash Project, including routes of haul trucks and greater community support and local procurement opportunities.
In Australia, key community issues centred on local employment and associated skills and labour shortages, the impact on local procurement from supply chain delays, and our
COVID-19
vaccination mandate with particular mental health and wellbeing concerns raised by Traditional Owners. Community complaints also related to operational impacts, largely lighting, dust, noise, odour, emissions, blasting overpressure and vibration.
Following the announcement of the divestment of our operated assets had a stakeholder engagement planinterest in placeBMC, some local stakeholders focused on whether community support would continue under new ownership and conducted regular stakeholder engagement activities, including
one-on-onethe local Traditional Owners sought assurance that the Indigenous Land Use Agreement would be honoured by the new owners.
meetings, dialogue tables (multi-issue, multi-stakeholder), consultation groups (issue based), written communications and open days.
 
The primary concernsannouncement that BHP would retain New South Wales Energy Coal and intends to proceed with a managed process to cease mining at the asset by the end of FY2030 was received in a neutral to positive manner overall, with community members, as reportedstakeholders generally expressing support for BHP retaining the asset to our operated assets, largely relateda managed closure rather than selling to community support (including economic contribution, capacity building, resilience and social inclusion), environmental sustainability and a desire for more communications or engagement from BHP.new owners.
 
Complaints and grievance mechanisms were in place across all our operated assets.
103 community complaints (four classified as grievances
(
1
)
) were received globally across our operated assets. While this was a 10 per cent decrease in community complaints compared to FY2020, we are revising our approach to reporting to ensure we capture and record all concerns, complaints and grievances received through our community engagement channels.
No significant community incidents were recorded, meeting our five-year public target of no significant community events between FY2017 and FY2022.
(
2
)
No artisanal or small-scale mining on or adjacent to our operations was reported.
As part of our commitment to respecting human rights, we recognise water access, sanitation and hygiene as fundamental human rights and acknowledge traditional, spiritual and cultural connections to water. Engaging with communities on water challenges is a component of our water stewardship work outlined in our Water Stewardship Position Statement. In FY2021, we sought to strengthen our engagement with stakeholders on water-related threats and opportunities at the community and catchment levels through the commencement of Water Resource Situation Analysis projects, to identify the shared water challenges and collective action opportunities across the catchment.
More information on community is available at bhp.com/community.
(1) 
An event or community complaint relating to an adverse impact/event that has escalated to the point where a third-party intervention or adjudication is required to resolve it.
(2)1 
A significant event resulting from BHP operated activities is one with an actual severity rating of four or above, based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to five by increasing severity) as defined in our mandatory minimum performance requirements for risk management.
 
An event or community complaint relating to an adverse impact/event that has escalated to the point where a third-party intervention or adjudication is required to resolve it.
64
70

1.13.9While we have collected information and sought to understand community issues for some time, in FY2022 we identified opportunities to enhance the visibility and representation of community issues across BHP, including:
broadening our community data sets to create a more integrated and multidimensional understanding of community issues, including the incorporation of inputs received via Indigenous-specific engagement channels
greater data triangulation and the overlay of regional, national, global and industry emerging trends analysis with local insights
implementing an enterprise-wide stakeholder management system with linkages to our local community complaint and grievance mechanisms
enhancing internal understanding of reporting processes, systems and requirements
More information is available at bhp.com/community.
71

7.11    Human rights
We are committed to respecting internationally recognised
Governance and capability
The basis for BHP’s human rights as set out in the Universal Declaration on Human Rights and the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights, and operatingapproach is an ongoing commitment to operate in a way that ismanner consistent with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs) and the UNGC Ten10 UN Global Compact Principles.
Our commitments are implemented through
Our Charter
values,
Our Code of Conduct
, the Human Rights Policy Statement (HRPS) anddetails our commitment, including the
Our Requirements
standards. We seek additional issue-specific frameworks we adhere to meet those commitments through policiesas well as the standards and processes due diligence activities, training and by monitoring activities that may have human rights impacts.
BHP’s HRPS setsset out our expectations offor our people, business partners and other relevant partiesparties. Updates to respectthe HRPS commenced in FY2022 to more clearly articulate how our human rights governance and due diligence approach is organised.
Our Code of Conduct (Our Code)
, which applies to everyone who works for us, with us, or on our behalf, includes a section on human rights. Annual training on
Our Code
is mandatory and we provide an additional introductory human rights training video on our internal learning system and our website. Teams within Corporate Affairs and Commercial who lead our operational and supply chain human rights practices completed further human rights training with an external expert to better support their capabilities to identify and manage human rights risks and potential impacts. Our Directors also participated in human rights training, led by an external expert.
Due diligence
In FY2022, we used human rights impact assessments completed in FY2021 to conduct a gap analysis of each operated assets’ material risk profile (as recorded in our annual review of the HRPSenterprise risk management system) and identified two areas in which stakeholders are seeking greater transparency and a more explicit commitment:opportunities for improvement, including:
 
better representing the human rights context and potential impacts to human rights for existing material risks, including labour rights, specifically to operate consistently with the terms of the International Labor Organization (ILO) Declaration on Fundamental Principlesconditions (such as sexual harassment and Rights at Work, including the four core labour standardsmental health) and environment (such as climate change, water and biodiversity)
 
improving representation of specific human rights requirementsrisks in our risk profile, such as risks in local procurement programs that operate independently of our global procurement process, the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Managementrisk of violating consultation and consent frameworks that respect the rights of Indigenous peoples, the risk of lacking accessible and effective complaints and grievance mechanisms, and analysis regarding potential impacts specific to vulnerable groups (such as Indigenous peoples, women and LGBT+ community)
The HRPS wasWe are reflecting these learnings in our internal governance standards and processes, which are planned to be updated in FY2023.
In FY2023, relevant risk owners and regional teams will work with our human rights subject matter experts to reflectprogress these commitmentsopportunities for improvement. We intend to also pursue opportunities to improve our overall due diligence process, such as enhancing our external human rights research, better highlighting stakeholder voices throughout our due diligence and has been endorsed by relevant membersbetter integrating human rights analysis into business planning cycles and our Risk Framework.
Our Modern Slavery Statement 2022, prepared under the Australian Modern Slavery Act (2018) and UK Modern Slavery Act (2015), provides additional information regarding the management of modern slavery risks for our Executive Leadership Team. Itoperations and global supply network and is available at bhp.com.
Response and remedy
In FY2021:FY2022, we continued to evaluate feedback from our stakeholders, external experts, and internal teams on how to make our complaints and grievance mechanisms more accessible and our internal culture and processes more effective in identifying concerns that have a human rights connection. We plan to embed this feedback in our approach by the end of FY2023.
We recognise our business activities create human rights risks and potential impacts across several different areas. In FY2023, we will continue to integrate a human rights perspective when designing, implementing and evaluating our ways of working related to these issues. The human rights signpost table highlights the priority areas identified by our human rights impact assessments and where key updates may be found in this Report.
72

Reporting and disclosure
During FY2023, we intend to develop a refreshed human rights reporting framework that will:
 
A total of 610 employees completed human rights training,
(
1
)
including teams across Corporate Affairs and Commercial functions. The training is publicly available at bhp.com.better align to the UNGP Reporting Framework Index
 
Our humaninclude quantitative metrics for our operations and our supply chain, as well as qualitative commentary and the voices of rights impact assessment (HRIA) pilot project was finalised resulting in a globally consistent methodology for HRIAs to be applied across our operated assets.holders
 
HRIAs were conducted by an external consultant across Minerals Australia and Minerals Americas, with self-assessments conducted at each of these operated assets. A HRIA was also conducted for the Jansen Potash Projectfocus on
mid-
to long-term outcomes in Canada. The
Our Requirements
standards require operated assetsaddition to complete a HRIA at least every three years and review whenever there are changes that may affect the impact profile.short-term outputs
 
No resettlements or
73

7.12    Security services
Security risk management
Identifying, understanding and managing physical or economic displacementsecurity risks is critical to the protection of families or communities occurred asBHP’s people, assets and reputation.
The security risks we face are complex, constantly evolving and differ across the jurisdictions where we operate. We seek to understand the physical security threats we face, to inform the development of security programs that protect our people within a resultdynamic and constantly changing external environment. We use security controls and mandatory minimum performance requirements to reduce the likelihood of security risks materialising and mitigate their impact if they do. We support this with external environment monitoring, including through our enterprise emerging risk process, to identify changes in the activities ofexternal environment that could shift our exposure to security threats across the jurisdictions where we operate.
BHP is committed to aligning with the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights and sets mandatory minimum performance requirements for our operated assets.assets, to support implementation of these principles.
Responding to a rapidly changing external environment
In Australia,We are operating in an increasingly volatile, uncertain world, where the most salient human rights relatedphysical security risks reported inwe face are evolving from local criminal activity and asset protection risks to more complex transnational threats, which transcend traditional asset and jurisdictional boundaries. Key emerging themes include social activism, international criminal enterprise, global terrorism and war. We are also seeing the HRIA include sexual assault and sexual harassment, mental health, and fair and equitable treatment (for example, discrimination, inclusion and diversity and equal pay for equal work). These findings alignincreasingly integrated nature of physical security with responses to existing risks currently managed across our business through measuresother risk areas, including the introductionphysical security threats that stem from cybersecurity risks or climate-related risks. These threats are developing against a backdrop of increasing anti-government sentiment, inequality and political polarisation across the globe; challenges that have been exacerbated by
COVID-19.
To respond to this shifting external landscape, in FY2022 we established a sexual assaultnew Group Security function, to provide additional expertise and sexual harassment support line, our ongoing focus on mental health and our commitment to inclusion and diversity. Human rights related risks to communities, including those related to the environment, Indigenous peoplesbusiness and accessconduct assurance over security risk management globally.
Priorities for the function include revising our security framework, to remedy, were also identified. The most salient human rights related risks reported in the HRIArefresh BHP’s mandatory minimum global security requirements and developing a consistent taxonomy for Chile were accessdefining and categorising security threats. This is designed to remedy for employees and contractors, fair and equitable treatment, occupational health and safety, access to remedy for communities where we operate, water and the impacts of
COVID-19.
Additional human rights risks relating tosupport robust security cumulative impacts on communities and working conditions were identifiedrisk identification across our operated assets and functions. The team will also build upon its existing network of intelligence sources in Chile.
The outcomes of the HRIA pilot are expected to strengthen ourFY2023, by establishing an integrated approach to managingthreat intelligence. This will provide decision-makers with a tailored and monitoring human rights related risks. In FY2022, our operated assetsconsolidated view of security insights and functions intend to use a risk-based approach to determine when a HRIA needs to be reviewed or conducted. Results of the HRIAssupport risk-informed decisions.
We are also expected to be better integrated into our existing risk assessment processes to enhance ourenhancing BHP’s understanding of the full spectrumkey intersecting security risks that could impact us to provide an integrated view of identified risks, and where required, develop additional controls. Social value assessments are intended to include HRIA results to ensure our operated assets havepotential vulnerabilities. This will be complemented by the implementation of a deep understanding of their operating context and external environment as inputs into their business planning.structured global assurance program.
(1) 
The number of employees trained has been annualised using data from a
10-month
period, July to April, to determine a total for the year.
 
6574

Modern slavery
Our Modern Slavery Statement FY2021, prepared under the UK Modern Slavery Act (2015) and the Australian Modern Slavery Act (2018), is available at bhp.com.
More information on our approach to human rights is available at bhp.com/humanrights.
1.13.107.13    Indigenous peoples
We respect the rightsdistinct identities and perspectives of Indigenous peoples and acknowledge their right to maintain their culture, identity, traditionsrecognise the rights, cultures, insights, aspirations and customs.needs that result from those identities and perspectives. We also recognise the significant contributionour responsibility to develop partnerships based on respect and to pursue mutually beneficial outcomes. These responsibilities are central to BHP’s Global Indigenous peoples make to national and international economic prosperity brought about by mining.Peoples Framework.
Many
The Global Indigenous Peoples Framework consists of our operated assets around the world are located on or near the traditional lands of Indigenous peoples. We believethree key elements:
1
BHP Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement
2
BHP Indigenous Peoples Strategy and Good Practice Guidance
3
Regional Indigenous Peoples Plans
First adopted in FY2015, this establishesFramework has played a fundamental relationship with Indigenous peoples who are critical partnerskey part in guiding BHP towards being an organisation that engages meaningfully and in many jurisdictions, rights-holders under law. As global events of the past 18 months have reinforced, the continued success of BHP and the industry more broadly is dependent on having strong and trusting relationshipsrespectfully with Indigenous peoples.
In FY2021, we established However, it has been several years since it was developed and during this time the external environment and BHP’s own purpose, strategy and operating footprint have significantly evolved. Accordingly, BHP has undertaken a new global Indigenous Engagement team to lead Indigenous engagement, agreement-making and advocacy to enhance our focus on our engagement with Indigenous peoples. We also continued our focus on cultural heritage management practices. Our Cultural Heritage team has enhanced our systems and processes to ensure operational decision-making isreview of the Framework, informed by the most up to date heritage information. This programan extensive process of work commenced with enhancements to Western Australia Iron Ore’s cultural heritage databasesinternal and information systems, enabling us to better integrate cultural heritage considerations into our mine planning processes. As a result, we can better understandexternal research and engage with Traditional Owners on cultural heritage sites that may be impacted by our activities earlier in the planning process. A staged rollout across Minerals Australia will continue in FY2022, with relevant lessons to be applied beyond Australia.
We further strengthened ourconsultation, including extensive engagement with Traditional Owners and other representative Indigenous bodies during the year. This includes the introduction of a set of Principles on Cultural Heritage in Australia agreed with the First Nations Heritage Protection Alliance. The Principlesrepresentative organisations, leading external experts, BHP employees and leaders, and several investors.
75

This review has identified a number of opportunities for BHP to further strengthen the Framework, so that it continues to be aligned with our purpose, advances across our mandatory minimum requirements for community and human rights, and our social value framework and new 2030 goals.
BHP agreement-making processes are jointly developed to guidebuilt on the core principles of good faith negotiation aimed at achieving consent, with a focus on understanding the historical, legal, social, cultural and inform BHP’s approach to Indigenous cultural heritage in Australia. The Principles represent an important, further contribution to BHP’s commitments in relationpolitical contexts relevant to Indigenous peoples agreement-makingin the areas where we operate or seek to operate; and cultural heritage and will apply in addition tohow our activities might impact the existing requirements in relation torights of potentially affected Indigenous engagement and cultural heritage set out in BHP’s agreements with Traditional Owners.peoples.
Beyond cultural heritage engagement, we implement RegionalThe newly established Global Indigenous Peoples Plans, which set expectationsEngagement and Community team continues to progress immediate opportunities for our relationships with Indigenous peoplesalignment and improvement initiatives across our operated assets. We believe weassets and functions, globally. New senior Indigenous leaders have been appointed and are well positionedactively working with the regional teams to bring economic participation opportunities to Indigenous communities where we operate and through these plans, we articulatesupport our approach to cultural heritage management, agreement-making, Indigenous procurement, employment and social investment – all of which are core components of our Global Indigenous Peoples Strategy.Framework.
Our efforts are complementary to the BHP Foundation’s global programs supporting Indigenous peoples. These include the landmark ‘10 Deserts’ project in Australia that has enabled and supported Indigenous land management activities across 35 per cent of the Australian landmass, and similar projects supporting Indigenous peoples’ participation in the management and protection of traditional lands in the Boreal Forest of Canada and the Peruvian Amazon.
66

Minerals Australia
There has been broad support and wide-ranging community efforts to further strengthen the laws, policies and practices regulating how Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderIndigenous cultural heritage valuesprotections are managed in Australia.
a key component of our relationships with Indigenous peoples and our ability to operate sustainably. We participated inseek to ensure our standards are best practice and forward looking. On 18 October 2021, the Commonwealth Joint Standing Committee on Northern Australia’s inquiryAustralia handed down its report into matters relevantthe destruction of Indigenous heritage sites at Juukan Gorge. While there were no adverse findings or recommendations made specifically in relation to BHP, we are committed to understanding the Juukan Gorge eventslessons available from this extensive body of work.
Significantly, the finalisation of the Committee’s Report has coincided with important law reform in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The Committee’s TermsAboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2021 (WA) provides a revised framework for the recognition, protection, conservation and preservation of Reference include consideringWestern Australian Aboriginal cultural heritage. The new Act repeals the effectivenessoutdated Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972 (WA) and adequacyremoves the former section 18 approvals process.
In advance of state and federal lawsthis law reform, in relationFY2021, BHP confirmed to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultural heritage in each jurisdiction. In December 2020, the Committee released its Interim Report with recommendations calling for stronger cultural heritage protection legislation and notingTraditional Owners that we would not act on existing section 18 approvals from the Western Australian Government is inwithout further extensive consultation with the processTraditional Owners. In the case of progressing heritage law reform.
Consultation with Aboriginal people, industry representatives, heritage professionalsthe South Flank project, BHP and the broader community on Western Australia’s Aboriginal CulturalBanjima people established a Heritage Bill 2020 (WA) concluded in FY2021. The passage of new legislation remains subject to parliamentary processes.
AAdvisory Council. In the period since, the Heritage Advisory Council comprising Banjima Elders and senior BHP representatives has been establishedmet many times to provide input into mine planning at South Flank. The Council has convened on several occasions and is a vital forum for ongoing high-level dialogue on important culturalconsider appropriate heritage and related matters. This Council and corresponding forums seek to enable a critical exchange for appropriate understanding and management of cultural heritage so concerns can be raised and addressed.
In January 2021, as part of routine monitoring at Mining Area Cpractices in the Central Pilbara regionand to record this common understanding in the form of Western Australia, we identified a rock fallCultural Heritage Management Plans that will guide BHP’s operations at a registered Banjima heritage site. Since that time, we have been working closely with the Banjima community, via an independent investigation conducted by a team of external experts, to understand how the rock fall occurred. The key findings of the investigation will be released publicly. We continue to be committed to working in partnership with the Banjima community to responsibly manage heritage and further strengthen our processes as we learn from this event.
Upholding our commitment to Australian Indigenous peoples requires Group-wide awareness and commitment. In FY2021:
We developed an Australian Indigenous Cultural Respect Framework, including developing a package of additional Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander training and awareness sessions targeted at our leaders and employees, which is intended to be delivered in partnership with Traditional Owner groups where possible. Elements of the framework were delivered in FY2021, with further rollouts scheduled for FY2022.
those locations.
We provided a submissionare committed to the Australian Government’s Indigenous Voice
co-design
consultation process outlining support for Aboriginalmaking of land use agreements to formalise relationships in a manner that is responsive to the aspirations of Traditional Owners and Torres Strait Islander people to have a greater voice onin compliance with the laws, policies and services that impact them, their communities and their lives. This submission is consistent with our broader support for the Uluru Statement from the Heart. The Uluru Statement calls for meaningful structural reformslaw. These agreements create partnerships designed to enable a new relationship between First Nations and the Australian nation based on justice and self-determination.
realise mutually beneficial outcomes.
Further to the Indigenous Land Use Agreement reached between BMC and the Barada Barna people negotiated an Indigenous Land Use Agreement to providein FY2021, in April 2022, BMC with consentsand the Widi people entered into a native title project agreement for past, currentshared country where both the Barada Barna and future acts associated withWidi peoples hold determined native title rights in the vicinity of BMC’s South Walker Creek mineMine. In assuming majority ownership and deliveroperational control of BMC, Stanmore Resources will be subject to this agreement and its commitments.
With our existing Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) having concluded in FY2022, we commenced the development of a comprehensive benefits package for immediatenew FY2023–FY2027 RAP. In a commitment to moving beyond consultation, BHP has been
co-developing
this new RAP with our stakeholders including, Traditional Owners, Aboriginal and intergenerational benefitsTorres Strait Islander organisations, community partners and our employees across Australia. This process has involved nine separate RAP forums held across Australia. The new RAP will also align to and embed the Barada Barna people. In conjunction, a Cultural Heritage Management Plan was agreed, providing for the protection and appropriate managementprinciples of Aboriginal cultural heritage at the mine. Further work is underway with the Widi people in relation to shared country at South Walker Creek.
our Global Indigenous Peoples Framework.
BHP’s spend with Indigenous businesses has steadily increased over the past four years. In FY2021,FY2022, Minerals Australia saw a 1775 per cent increase, to A$114.6US$149.9 million, in our direct spend with Indigenous businesses across our operated assets as compared to FY2020FY2021 levels. Of this A$48.4 million was with BHP Considered Traditional Owner Businesses.
(
1
)
Compared to FY2020FY2021 levels, we also increased the number of Indigenous businesses we directly procure from by 3553 per cent.
In May 2022, we announced that WAIO intends to more than double its spend with Indigenous vendors to more than US$300 million by the end of FY2024, as it looks to create more opportunities for Indigenous businesses.
We also achieved a significant milestone in FY2022 by reaching our Australian Indigenous employment target of 8 per cent, three years ahead of schedule.
76

Indigenous community investment
1
 
(1)
  
Suppliers that have any ownership by a Traditional Owner(s) from one of the language groups in which BHP operatesPerformance
RAP target deliverable or as defined in an metric
2
FY2018FY2019FY2020FY2021
FY2022
Indigenous Land Use Agreement or other formal agreement, providing a minimum overall spend
3
US$42.8mUS$57.5mUS$67.4mUS$85.5m
US$149.9m
Indigenous ownership of 50 per cent exists.community investment
4
US$11.1mUS$8.2mUS$16.6mUS$12.5m
US$29m
 
Data includes BMC up to the date of completion of the sale (3 May 2022), operated assets in our Petroleum business up to the date of the merger with Woodside (1 June 2022) and Onshore US assets up to the date of completion of the sale (31 October 2018), as applicable.
67
These RAP targets concluded 31 December 2021.
RAP target – The identification of specific opportunities for business development and engagement for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities in Local Procurement Plans and associated targets.

RAP target – Australian operations engage and consult with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples in social research that is conducted to understand local and regional contexts, that then informs social investment planning and outcomes.
In FY2022, in support of efforts to ensure
COVID-19
vaccination was accessible to Indigenous Australians, BHP provided A$2 million to Aboriginal Community Controlled Health Organisations (ACCHOs) across Australia. These funds enabled Queensland, Western Australian, New South Wales and South Australian ACCHOs each to receive A$500,000 to distribute to their local Aboriginal Medical Service members or to collective programs that help local medical services accommodate demand. This contribution builds on a donation of A$3.9 million in FY2021, which laid the foundation for partnerships between BHP and organisations in the
Indigenous-led
health sector as
COVID-19
emerged.
Minerals Americas
In line with our Indigenous Peoples Plan for South America, we seek to work closely with the communities where we operate to make a positive contribution, including through key agreement-makingreaching agreements with local communities.
In FY2022:
We reviewed our cultural heritage risks in FY2021created and are continuing work to improve our processes for the management of cultural heritage across all our activities and supporting the work being undertaken by our
non-operated
joint ventures where we have the opportunity to do so. We establishedresourced a permanentnew Minerals Americas Indigenous Engagement team to enhancecentralise accountability for Indigenous engagement. This promotes alignment across our workregions of operation and have soughtenables us to useshare standards and processes designed to support Indigenous communities affected by our Indigenous peoples global working groupexisting operations.
We delivered against our commitment to better ensure alignment and sharingstrengthen our cultural heritage practices within the Americas. Commencing with a particular emphasis on our operations in Chile, we:
¡
established new critical controls and procedures to manage cultural heritage values within and around our operations
¡
introduced new information systems and geospatial tools to track and protect cultural heritage sites
¡
created a dedicated team within our HSE function to administer cultural heritage management activities at the asset level
¡
reinforced the consideration of cultural heritage management dimensions within our agreement-making practices
¡
engaged independent experts to analyse existing practice against the emerging Indigenous policy landscape
At Escondida, we continued to advance the implementation of leading practices.
In Chile, our operated asset Escondida, the Attorney General’s Office, the Peine Atacamanian Indigenous community and the Council of Atacamanian Peoples recently entered into an agreement to improveconcerning the environmental sustainability of the Salar de Punta Negra, signed at the end of FY2021 between Escondida, the Chilean Attorney General’s Office, the Peine Atacameño Indigenous community and the Council of Atacameño Peoples. Key governance mechanisms have been established and the terms of reference for the conduct of technical studies are currently under development.
77

At Cerro Colorado, as part of the Indigenous consultation process for operational continuity of this asset, we reached agreement with the San Isidro de Quipisca Indigenous agricultural association. Within the framework provided by the Opportunity Agreement Development Plans, FY2022 saw BHP support the advancement of electrical infrastructure that benefits approximately 80 rural families within the Parca Aymara Indigenous community.
Across our Chilean assets, FY2022 delivered steady increases in our levels of Indigenous workforce participation – with representation reaching 8.7 per cent at
year-end.
In total, BHP’s regional annual spend with Indigenous business for the period was US$9.2 million.
In Canada, following the settlementapproval of a legal claim. For more information, refer to section 1.13.13.
During FY2021, we refreshed most of our Opportunity Agreements with our Jansen Potash Project in Saskatchewan, we continued our commitment to strengthening our Indigenous partnersrelationships and engagement practices with those Indigenous communities impacted by the project. There are six primary First Nations in Canada.the vicinity of the Jansen Potash Project. BHP has entered into Opportunity Agreements with all six. Two of these agreements were targeted for refresh in FY2022. In December 2020,the period, we signedfinalised the review of our first Opportunity Agreement with the George GordonFishing Lake First Nation and reached an agreement in principle with regards to refreshing our Opportunity Agreement with the Beardy’s & Okemasis’ Cree Nation. The refreshOpportunity Agreements we have entered with our Indigenous partners continue to provide a governance framework and a platform to enable economic participation.
In support of two remaining Opportunity Agreementsthe Canadian Government Truth and Reconciliation Commission’s calls to advance the process of reconciliation in Canada, we plan to develop our first RAP for Canada in FY2023. The RAP will be designed to enable BHP to address the needs and interests of Indigenous communities within our direct area of influence. The RAP is expected to be completed
co-developed
with the stakeholders we seek relationships with, using similar principles to the process undertaken in FY2022.
Australia.
Non-operatedResolution Copper
joint ventures – Resolution
Resolution Copper Mining is jointly owned by Rio Tinto (55 per cent) and BHP (45 per cent) and managed by Rio Tinto. In January 2021, the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) was published, part of an independent governmental, social and environmental assessment and licensing process led by the United States Forest Service (USFS) under the National Environmental Policy Act. In March 2021, the US Department of Agriculture directed the USFS to rescind the FEIS.
We recogniseacknowledge the Resolution Copper project area includes sitesareas of cultural significance for Native American Tribes and their members. Development of the project continues to be studied and remains subject to regulatory reviews by federal, state and local governments. Resolution Copper Mining has indicated it intendscontinues to continue tocooperatively engage in thethese regulatory processes determined by the United States Government and has publicly stated its commitment to deepening ongoing engagement with, Native American Tribes. Resolution Copper is workingTribes and other stakeholders to understand and seek consent before any decision is made on the development of the project, consistent with the ICMM Position Statement on Indigenous Peoples and Mining.
(
1
)
to mitigate potential negative impacts. We are monitoring and supporting Resolution Copper Mining’s engagement with Native American Tribes through ongoing good-faith dialogue.
Our funding decisions in relation to Resolution Copper will be contingent upon the project satisfying commercial considerations and alignment with our values, policies and practices concerning the rights of Indigenous peoples.
More information on Indigenous peoples is available at bhp.com/indigenous.processes.
1.13.117.14    Social investment
Social investment is a further tool in our overall approach to create social value and contribute to the resilience of communities and the environment, in line with our broader business priorities. Our long-standing commitment is to invest not less than 1 per cent of
pre-tax
profits
(
2
)1
in voluntary social and environmental initiatives. For FY2023–FY2030, our social investment will be assessed as a total over the seven-year goals period to FY2030, rather than calculated as an average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit. Our social investment performance in the last five years saw BHP fund US$681.4 million in projects with a continued focus on good governance, human capability, social inclusion and environment. For more information on our performance against these and other targets refer to OFR.7.3.
In FY2021,FY2022, our voluntary social investment totalled US$174.84186.4 million, an increase of 177 per cent compared with FY2020.FY2021. This investment consisted of US$100.4199.4 million in direct community development and environmental projects and donations, US$7.9614.5 million equity share to
non-operated
joint venture social investment programs, and a US$5052.4 million donation to the BHP Foundation and US$2.081.5 million under the Matched Giving Program. Administrative costs
(
3
)2
to facilitate direct social investment activities totalled US$12.5316.1 million and US$1.862.5 million supported the operations of the BHP Foundation. The BHP Foundation is a charitable organisation established and funded by BHP that addresses some of the world’s most critical sustainable development challenges relevant to the resources sector. The Foundation partners with NGO’s and international institutions to drive systemic change. For example, its partnership with the NGO Open Contracting Partnership has led to reforms in public procurement in Colombia resulting in improved school meals for 700,000 children; and in Chile where open contracting reforms contributed to a reduction in the cost of medicines, improved citizen access to affordable healthcare and resulted in government savings of an estimated US$9 million. More information is available at bhp.com/foundation.
 
(1)1 
http://www.icmm.com/en-gb/about-us/member-requirements/position-statements/indigenous-peoples.
(2) 
OurTo date, our voluntary social investment ishas been calculated as 1 per cent of the average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit.
 
(3)2 
The direct costs associated with implementing social investment activities, including labour, travel, research and development, communications and costs to facilitate the operation of the BHP Foundation.
 
6878

 
Social Investment Frameworkinvestment framework
Theme
  Aim  FY2021FY2022
Future of work
  We aim to enhance human capability and social inclusion through education and vocational training and skills development.  
•   Through our support, approximately 19,00022,401 people completed education or training courses in digital, technology, leadership and/or problem-solving initiatives. Over 9,75010,469 of these participants were Indigenous people and 6,1877,583 were female.women.
 
•   313426 education institutions aligned course content to business needs in order to better prepare participants for future work readiness.
 
•   1,5591,249 participants found paid employment following completion of their training.
Future of environment
  We aim to contribute to environmental resilience through biodiversity conservation, ecosystem restoration, water stewardship and climate change mitigation and adaptation.  
•   We made 29131 investments in nature-based solutions.
 
•   ContributedWe contributed to improved management of approximately 138 million hectares.
 
•   7577 scientific or thought leadership papers or specific knowledge sharing events were supported.
Future of communities
  We aim to contribute to the understanding, development and sustainable use of resources to support communities to be more adaptive and resilient.  
•   836Through our support, 940 organisations enhanced their internal capability to be able to support and deliver solutions that contribute to building efficient and sustainable communities.
 
•   5051,168 organisations planned or delivered initiatives that increase/improve infrastructure, use of technology and/or use of resources that enhance community resilience, including 68171 initiatives specific to Indigenous peoples.
In March 2020, we established the Vital Resources Fund (VRF) with a commitment of A$50 million to support response and recovery efforts associated with the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic. Since that time, the funds have been invested to address immediate community need, support remote Indigenous communities and complement government investment as well as supporting the pandemic recovery phase to meet emerging needs and impacts across the key areas of employment and training, technology and wellbeing. Over 850,000 people have so far directly benefited from the donations and more than
one-third
of funding was invested specifically to support Indigenous communities.
More information on the VRF,social investment, including a case studystudies and other initiatives to support communities where we operate that are experiencing the impact of
COVID-19,
is available at bhp.com.
With our most recent five-year sustainability targets completing in FY2022, BHP developed new 2030 goals to further lift our ambitions as we look to the end of the decade. They represent a shift towards partnership, listening and
co-creation,
and recognise that addressing challenges like community and environment resilience requires close community and stakeholder collaboration. For more information on our 2030 goals refer to OFR 2.2.
The 2030 goals are intended to be complemented by a continued commitment to social investment of at least 1 per cent of
pre-tax
profit
1
in addition to our direct operational decision-making and financial contributions.
We intend to continue to report annually our contribution to social value through our social investment.
Supporting local economic growthThe BHP Foundation
To supportThe BHP Foundation is a charitable organisation established and funded by BHP that blends ambition, transformational partnerships and business acumen to catalyse new solutions to some of the growthworld’s most complex social and environmental challenges. The BHP Foundation partners with NGOs and international institutions with the goal of local communities we aim to sourcedriving systemic change. Globally the Foundation focuses on the governance of natural resources, environmental resilience and promote locally available productseducation equity. These global programs are complemented by the Foundation’s country programs in Australia, Canada, Chile and services as an important part of our external expenditure. Our operated assets develop local procurement plans designed to identify opportunities for local suppliers, including small businesses, to deliver capacity building and employment.
In FY2021, 13 per cent of our external expenditure of US$16.9 billion was with local suppliers with an additional 83 per cent of our expenditure made within the regions where we operate, while 4 per cent was from suppliers external to the home country of operation. Of the US$16.9 billion paid to more than 9,000 suppliers across the globe, US$2.1 billion was paid to local suppliers in the communities where we operate.
Our expenditure with local suppliers in FY2021 was primarily in Chile (17 per cent), Australia (12 per cent), the United States (8 per cent)which work towards improving long-term, economic, social and Trinidad and Tobago (1 per cent). These percentages are of our total external expenditure.environmental sustainability at a national level.
More information onThe Foundation’s focus is complementary to the social investment is available at bhp.com/socialinvestment.work of BHP. Its partnerships include:
 
69
Healthy environment: the Great Barrier Reef Foundation’s Resilient Reefs Initiative has been recognised by UNESCO as a model for successful resilience-based coral reef management and will be promoted as a global model for the management of all World Heritage listed reefs.
Safe, inclusive and future-ready workforce: UN Women’s Second Chance Education project is providing more than 90,000 marginalised women access to quality learning, entrepreneurship and employment opportunities.
Thriving, empowered communities: Open Contracting Partnership works with governments and key stakeholders to ensure money flowing from natural resource wealth is converted into better outcomes for citizens, for example, the implementation of open contracting in Chile has reduced the cost of some medicines.
Indigenous partnerships: Reconciliation Australia’s Narragunnawali: Reconciliation in Education program has resources and tools for schools and early learning services to contribute to the reconciliation movement. Approximately 10,000 Australian schools and early learning services registered to develop a Reconciliation Action Plan on the Narragunnawali platform.
For FY2023–FY2030, our social investment will be assessed as a total over the seven-year goal period to FY2030, rather than calculated as an average of the previous three-years’
pre-tax
profit.
79

1.13.12
7.15    Environment
We are committed to preventing or minimising our adverse environmental impacts.impacts and contributing to the resilience of the natural environment. Our operations and growth strategy depend on obtaining and maintaining the right to access environmental resources. However, with growing pressure on and competition for these resources, and with climate change amplifying certain sensitivities of our natural systems, our environmental performance and management of our environmental impacts on the communities where we operate areis critical to creating social value. This is recognised in our social value framework where the objective under our healthy environment goal is to create nature-positive outcomes by having at least 30 per cent of the land and water we steward under conservation, restoration or regenerative practices by 2030.
At every stage in the life cycle of our operated assets, we seek to avoid, minimise and mitigate our adverse environmental impacts in line with our defined risk appetite.
We recognise our activities have an environmental footprint and commit to making voluntary contributions to support environmental resilience across the regions where we operate. Our Group-wide approach to environmental management is set out in the
Our Requirements
 for Environment and Climate Change
standard and our mandatory minimum performance requirements for risk management. These standards have been designed taking account of the ISO management system requirements, including ISO14001 for Environmental Management Systems and set the basis for how we manage risk, including realising opportunities, to achieve our environmental objectives.
The
Our Requirements for Environment and Climate Change
standard requires us to take an integrated, risk-based approach to managing any actual or reasonably foreseeable operationaladverse and positive impacts (direct, indirect and cumulative) on biodiversity, land, biodiversity, water and air. This includes establishing and implementing environmental risk monitoring and reviewreviewing practices throughout our business planning and project evaluation cycles. In addition to the broader environment-specific components, the standard includes climate change related requirements for our operated assets.
To support continuous improvement, each of our operated assets is required to have an Environmental Management System (EMS) that aligns with ISO14001 standards and set target environmental outcomes for biodiversity, land, biodiversity, air and water resources that are consistent with the assessed risks and potential impacts. Target environmental outcomes are included in the life of asset
life-of-asset
plan and approved by the relevant Asset President or equivalent. We verify our EMS by ISO14001 certification (for sites currently holding ISO14001 certification) or through our internal assurance processes.
In FY2022, no significant environmental events resulting from BHP operated activities were recorded, resulting in our five-year public target of no significant environmental events between FY2018 and FY2022 being met.
During FY2022, we successfully delivered the full suite of five-year environment-related sustainability targets. We also continued work to:
develop a more integrated nature-positive approach and healthy environment goal as part of our 2030 goals
refresh our Water Stewardship Strategy and formalise our biodiversity strategy
invest in voluntary conservation projects as part of BHP’s contribution to environmental resilience more broadly
BHP joined the Taskforce for Nature-related Financial Disclosure (TNFD) Forum (a group of organisations that support the TNFD Member Group) in recognition of the increasing awareness and understanding needed on nature-related risk and the implications for the resilience of economies and society.
More information on our environmental approach, the
Our Requirements for Environment and Climate Change
standard and our environmental management and governance processes is available at bhp.com/sustainability.
Contributing to a resilient environment
Biodiversity is essential to maintain healthy ecosystems and the clean air, water and productive landscapes and seascapes we all need to survive and thrive. We are seeing an increasing societal focus on the urgent need to reverse current trends in biodiversity loss and asprotect vital ecosystems that are the foundation of the world’s economic security. As a global resources company, we acknowledge we have a role to play in contributing to environmental resilience.resilience both inside and outside our footprint. We do this through our Group-wide water stewardship and biodiversity strategies, our social investment strategy and our work with strategic partners and communities. In June 2022, we expressed our aspiration via our 2030 healthy environment goal (described above) to create nature-positive outcomes. ‘Nature positive’ is a high-level goal and a concept describing a future state of nature (e.g. biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital) which is greater than the current state. This definition comes from the TNFD.
Our collaborative work with strategic partners, including Conservation International, and local communities is focused on contributing to enduring environmental and social benefits through biodiversity conservation and ecosystem restoration, water stewardship and climate change mitigation and adaptation. Our preference is to invest our voluntary social investment funds in projects that contribute to cultural, economic and community benefits in addition to environmental resilience.
Since FY2011, we have invested more than US$8595 million of our social investment funds in voluntary environmental resilience initiatives.initiatives outside our operational area. This funding is in addition to our investment in
day-to-day
environmental management activities relating to our operations.
More information on the environment and our environmental projects is available at bhp.com/environment.
Our focus on environmental resilience is complementary to the work of the BHP Foundation.Foundation under its Environmental Resilience Global Program.
More information is available at bhp.com/foundation.
 
7080

1.13.137.16    Water
Access to safe, clean water is a basic human right and essential to maintaining healthy ecosystems. Water is also integral to what we do and we cannot operate without it. In FY2017, we adopted a Water Stewardship Strategy to improve our management of water, increase transparency and contribute to the resolution of shared water challenges. Our Water Stewardship Position Statement was developed in FY2019 and outlines our 2030 vision. In FY2022, we made minor updates to our Water Stewardship Position Statement and Strategy to align with the ambitions of our business and society, and developed our new 2030 healthy environment goal.
More information is available at bhp.com/water.
We recognise our responsibility to effectively manage our interactions with and prevent or minimise our adverse impacts on water resources. Effective water stewardship begins within our operations. We use water in a number ofmany ways, including but not limited to:
extracting it for ore processing and to access ore; ore
dust suppression; suppression
processing mine tailings; tailings
providing drinking water and sanitation facilities; and facilities
using marine water for desalination. By improvingdesalination
We work to reduce stress on water management and stewardship withinresources from our operations we can more crediblyand to collaborate with others to find solutions for wateron challenges and opportunities includinglike water scarcity or high variability in water supply. We work to identify and assess opportunities to reduce stress on water resources as a result of our operations and implement actions where appropriate.
Key opportunities identified during FY2020 and FY2021 included working with stakeholders to identify shared water challenges through Water Resource Situation Analysis (WRSAs) and ongoing engagements and adoption of new water technologies. The outcomes of the WRSAs will be publicly available to support continued collaboration between stakeholders who share the same water resources we use in our operations.
During FY2021, we focused on better understanding our catchment-level risks, developing long-term water strategies at our operated assets and setting performance standards for operational water related risk. We also commenced a pilot program focused on catchment-level WRSAs to inform development of new public context-based water targets for our operated assets.
We have made progress onachieved our current public sustainability target for water. In FY2017, we announced a five-year water target of reducingto reduce FY2022 freshwater withdrawal
(1)1
by 15 per cent from FY2017 levels
(2)2
across our operated assets. In FY2021, freshwater withdrawal decreased by 11 per cent (113,444 megalitres compared to 126,997 megalitres in FY2020). Our FY2021FY2022 result also representsdemonstrated a 2729 per cent reduction on theour adjusted FY2017 baseline, exceeding our 15 per cent reduction target. Progress onbaseline. Achievement of the target is primarily due to ongoing reductionthe gradual replacement of groundwater withdrawal over the last five years, and fromsources with desalinated water for our Escondida operations. This resulted in the cessation of groundwater withdrawal for operational water consumption from the Salar de Punta Negra aquifer in 2017 and from the Monturaqui aquifers at Escondida in December. We remain on trackFY2020. This cessation was 10 years ahead of schedule and involved an investment of around US$4 billion in large-scale desalination capability. For more information refer to sustain reductions and meet the 15 per cent reduction target by the end of FY2022.
Our global freshwater withdrawals from FY2017 to FY2021 are shown in the chart below.bhp.com/news/case-studies/2020/09/breaking-the-water-energy-nexus.
 
(1)1 
Where ‘withdrawal’ is defined as water withdrawn and intended for use (in accordance with ‘A Practical‘Water Reporting, Good Practice Guide to Consistent Water Reporting’(2
nd
Ed), ICMM (2017)(2021)). ‘Fresh water’ is defined as waters other than seawater, wastewater from third parties and hypersaline groundwater. Freshwater withdrawal also excludes entrained water that would not be available for other uses. These exclusions have been made to align with the target’s intent to reduce the use of freshwater sources of potential value to other users or the environment.
 
(2)2 
The FY2017 baseline data has been adjusted to account for: the materiality of the strike affecting water withdrawals at Escondida in FY2017 and improvements to water balance methodologies at WAIO BMA and BMCBMA, and exclusion of hypersaline, wastewater, entrainment, supplies from desalination and Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) in FY2019assets and FY2020.Petroleum) and the divestment of BMC.
 
7181

Our global freshwater withdrawals from FY2017 to FY2022 are shown in the chart below.
 
AllWhile minimisation of freshwater withdrawal will remain important for us, in some of the regions where we operate it may not be the key water-related risk. In recognition of the variation of challenges and opportunities across the regions where we operate, we committed in our Water Stewardship Position Statement to developing context-based water performance data presentedtargets (CBWTs). These CBWTs are intended to contribute more effectively to addressing the shared water challenges in this Annual Report is fromour operating regions.
During FY2022, we engaged third parties to review publicly available information and engage with stakeholders to identify shared water challenges through Water Resource Situation Analyses (WRSAs). We also began development of CBWTs for each of our operated assets, during FY2021. which are informed by BHP’s view of water-related risks in the catchments and by the shared water challenges identified in the WRSAs. The WRSAs are expected to be made publicly available to support continued collaboration between stakeholders in the shared water resources of our operating regions. More information on the WRSAs is available at bhp.com/water. During FY2023, we intend to publicly release CBWTs for our operated assets and from FY2023 we will report publicly on progress against the CBWTs.
Water accounting and reporting
We report on the water metrics and on the management of water-related risks and management, as describedon our water webpage, in section 4.8, inline with the ICMM ‘A PracticalICMM’s Water Reporting, Good Practice Guide to Consistent Water Reporting’(2
nd
Ed) (ICMM guidance), and the Minerals Council of Australia’s Water Accounting Framework (WAF). Generally, these reporting frameworks align with the reporting requirements documented inof the GRI Standards and the CEO Water Mandate. Currently, water withdrawal data reported is considered to be at a high accuracy level based
1
More information on WAF determination. This is predominately driven by a high degree of accurately measured water withdrawal quantity data at our Escondida desalination facility which represents just over half of our water withdrawal volumes. For more information about water accounting including accuracy levels with respect toand reporting of metrics required by the ICMM guidance is available at bhp.com/water and in our discharge volumesBHP ESG Standards and water data quality, refer toDatabook available at bhp.com/water.sustainability.
In FY2021,FY2022, we begancontinued to report on water volumes for those operated assets classed by the WWFWorld Wildlife Fund Water Risk Filter
(1)
as being located in areas of high or extremely high water stress areas.stress. The disclosure of water data in high-stress areas is required by numerousseveral reporting frameworks, including the draft updated ICMM guidance. In FY2022, freshwater withdrawal from those operating assets in high or extremely high water stress areas made up approximately 15 per cent of our total freshwater withdrawals.
The CEO Water Mandate is a UN Global Compact initiative that mobilizes business leaders on water, sanitation, and the Sustainable Development Goals. Endorsers of the CEO Water Mandate commit to continuous progress against six core elements of stewardship and in so doing understand and manage their own water risks. Companies that endorse the Mandate agree to continuous improvement in six core areas of their water stewardship practice: Direct Operations, Supply Chain & Watershed Management, Collective Action, Public Policy, Community Engagement and Transparency. BHP is an active signatory of the Mandate
82

During FY2021, BHP has a commitmentcontributed to contribute to improvedimproving mining sector water reporting through strengthenedparticipation in the ICMM Water Working Group to strengthen the ICMM guidance alignedand align it with the GRI requirements. In FY2021 we collated information onThe most significant change for BHP of applying the 2021 update of the ICMM guidance was that the guidance recommends
(non-mandatory)
reporting of the annual change in water storage as describedvolumes. We have taken the first step to implement this recommendation by including changes in water storage volumes in our asset water accounts for those operated assets where water storage changes are considered material. In FY2022, we assessed which sites may have changes in water storage volumes that were material to their water management; our coal operated assets (where changes in water storage are the revised ICMM Water Reporting Guidancemost material within BHP) were a particular focus. In line with our commitment for continuous improvement of our water accounts and used itdata, we continued to support further assessment of the validity ofreview assumptions underpinningfor accounting for water storage, and other metrics, in asset water models and water balances. Waterbalances, recognising that water modelling and balances contains a degree of uncertainty due to inclusion of estimates and assumptions. The collation of information to informwhich must be understood. We have now included reporting of change inmaterial water storage has identified areaschanges across BHP, but note the accuracy of this metric (as for improvementother metrics that we reported for many years) is expected to continue to improve in the estimatedforthcoming years as our knowledge and simulated data within the water models as currently used at our Coal assets. We intend to undertake work during FY2022 to assess underlying assumptions in an effort to improve the water modelling at those assets, as well as further maturing the measurement of changes in water storage across the Group. For this reason, we have not included change in water storage data in our reporting for FY2021.
understanding grows.
We continue to seek to minimise our withdrawal of high-quality fresh water. Seawater continuesIn FY2022, seawater continued to be our largest source of water withdrawal, representing more than half61 per cent of total withdrawals, predominantly for desalination at Escondida and use of seawater in our Petroleum operated assets.Escondida. Groundwater isremained our most significant freshwater
non-sea
water source in FY2022, at close to
one-quarterone-fifth
of total water withdrawals. In FY2021,FY2022, approximately 8075 per cent of our water withdrawals consisted of water classified as low quality. The definitions for water quality types are provided in section 4.11.4 and a detailed description is available in section 2.42.2.4 of the WAF.
(1) 
https://waterriskfilter.panda.org/.
72Stakeholder engagement and legal matters

Beyond our operational activities, we have committed to engaging across communities, government, business and civil society with the aim of catalysing actions to improve water governance, increase recognition of water’s diverse values and advance sustainable solutions. We continue to collaborate with the CEO Water Mandate to support harmonisationthe development of water accounting standardscatchment-scale resilience as part of our commitment to strengthen transparency and collaboration across all sectors for improved water governance.
In We also continue our collaboration with the contextUniversity of Notre Dame (United States of America) to develop an environmental damage lawsuit in relationapproach to the Salar de Punta Negra (SPN), Escondida, the Attorney General Office, the Indigenous Community of Peine and the Council of Atacamanian Peoples reached an environmental agreementwater management that considers the implementation of a long-term environmental management plan, as well as a series of compensation and repair measures. A participatory governance arrangement, comprising representatives of all the involved parties, will work together for the implementation of the plan. Escondida stopped extracting waterhuman rights to access water.
As reported in SPNour Annual Report 2021, in 2017 and then completely ceased the use of groundwater from the SPN and Monturaqui Andean aquifers in December 2019 (with small quantities of groundwater extracted for pit dewatering to allow safe mining). We remain on track to sustain reductions and meet the 15 per cent reduction target by the end of FY2022.
Following a court ruling regarding Cerro Colorado’s main environmental licence in January 2021, the Chilean Environmental Authority is
re-evaluating
the licence conditions permitting Cerro Colorado to extract water from the Lagunillas aquifer, and is carrying out a consultation process with an Indigenous community to assess potential environmental impacts.
In August 2021 an individual commenced a legalan environmental damage action through the First Environmental Court of Antofagasta (Court)against Cerro Colorado alleging that alleges Cerro Colorado’s water extraction from the Lagunillas aquifer has caused damagedamaged the aquifer and a nearby lagoon and wetlands. Following a series of injunctions in February 2022, new orders were received that permit water extraction, subject to ongoing monitoring of aquifer water levels. If the conditions are complied with, the orders permit four staged and gradual increases through to the Lagunillas aquifer,expiry of the Huantija lagoon, and nearby wetlands.current environment licence in FY2024. The Court granted an injunction requiring Cerro Coloradohearing for the environmental damage action was held in April 2022 with the outcomes still pending.
In March 2022, the Chilean Environmental Regulator (SMA) sanctioned Escondida, concluding it had breached its environmental permit from 2005 until 2019, causing irreparable environmental damage due to suspendits water extraction from the Lagunillas aquifer commencingMonturaqui aquifer. Escondida’s infraction was classified as ‘very serious’, and the SMA imposed a fine of approximately US$8.3 million. Escondida has lodged a reconsideration motion before the SMA. A decision on 1 October 2021 for a periodthe reconsideration motion before the SMA is expected in the second half of 90 days which may be extended. Cerro Colorado is evaluating its legal and operational options.2022. Appeal rights remain an option following the decision.
For moreAn environmental damage claim was lodged by the Attorney General’s Office (AGO) against Escondida, Albemarle and Compañía Minera Zaldívar (the latter two being other companies that extract water (or previously extracted) from the Monturaqui aquifer) before the First Environmental Court of Antofagasta during FY2022. The AGO alleges the defendants’ extraction of water from the Monturaqui aquifer has caused environmental damage. The Peine Community (an Indigenous community) has lodged a claim against Escondida based on the same facts. Both claims have been consolidated into a single proceeding. Escondida filed its answer to the claims on 15 June 2022.
More information on our approach to water stewardship, progress against our water strategy,Water Stewardship Strategy, water performance in FY2021FY2022 and case studies on activities we are takingundertaking to progress towards meeting our water stewardship vision refer tois available at bhp.com/water.
1.13.14    Land
83

7.17    Biodiversity and biodiversityland
The nature of our activities means we have a significant responsibility for biodiversity and land and biodiversity management. We ownAs at 30 June 2022, we owned or managemanaged more than 8 million hectares of land and sea; however, onlyjust under 2 per cent is disturbed (physical or chemical alteration that substantially disrupts the
pre-existing
habitats and land cover) for our operational activities. The area we own or manage has decreased by 8 per cent from FY2021, predominantly due to the merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside.
At each of our operated assets, we look to manage threats and realise opportunities to achieve our environmental objectives. We apply the mitigation hierarchy (avoid, mitigate, rehabilitate and, where appropriate, apply compensatory measures) to any potential or residual adverse impacts on marine or terrestrial ecosystems.
We respect legally designated protected areas and commit to avoiding areas or activities where we consider the environmental risk is outside our risk appetite. As part of our commitments:
 
We do not explore or extract resources within the boundaries of World Heritage listed properties.
 
We do not explore or extract resources adjacent to World Heritage listed properties, unless the proposed activity is compatible with the outstanding universal values for which the World Heritage property is listed.
 
We do not explore or extract resources within or adjacent to the boundaries of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Protected Areas Categories I to IV, unless a plan is implemented that meets regulatory requirements, takes into account stakeholder expectations and contributes to the values for which the protected area is listed.
 
We do not operate where there is a risk of direct impacts to ecosystems that could result in the extinction of an IUCN Red List Threatened Species in the wild.
 
We do not dispose of mined waste rock or tailings into a river or marine environment.
Our operated assets are required to have plans and processes that reflect local biodiversity risks and regulatory requirements. In FY2021, we prepared internal guidance on biodiversity-related elementsWe revised and formalised a global-level biodiversity strategy in FY2022 that outlines our purpose and strategic priorities, and is designed to inform operational decision-making across the full life cycle of the
Our Requirements for Environment and Climate Change
standard to support more consistent interpretation and application of those standardsmining operations at our operated assets. We haveThe global-level strategy provides a clear direction that aligns asset-level biodiversity and land objectives and supports delivery of the new 2030 healthy environment goal. For more information on our 2030 goals refer to OFR 2.2 and 7.1.
In FY2022, we delivered our most recent five-year sustainability target related to biodiversity. This was to improve marine and terrestrial biodiversity outcomes by developing a framework byto evaluate and verify the endbenefits of FY2022. This willour actions, in collaboration with others, which has been tested at all our operated assets, and contribute to the management of areas of national or international conservation significance exceeding our disturbed land footprint, also known as the ‘area conserved’ target. The application of the biodiversity framework is intended to enable us to better monitor the impacts of our activities and the effect of our management responses on biodiversity and to avoid, reduce and offset adverse impacts in a coordinated way.
73

Developmentconsistent way across BHP’s operated assets. The biodiversity framework was developed with the support of the framework started in FY2018 and we are progressing this work with Conservation International and Proteus, a voluntarycross-sector partnership between the UN Environment Programme World Conservation Monitoring Centre (UNEP WCMC) and 12 extractive industry companies. During FY2021, we assessed allbusiness.
For our operated assets using an early stage methodology developed by UNEP WCMC and developed a prototype scorecard based‘area conserved’ target, the total land set aside for conservation on this methodology to test and refine how we track biodiversity status and trends at our operated assets. The framework will be used to track achievement of our long-term biodiversity goal: that by FY2030, we will have made a measurable contribution to the conservation, restoration and sustainable use of marine and terrestrial ecosystems in all regionsland where we operate and other land we steward was 65,870 hectares in lineFY2022. In addition to these conservation areas, we made several voluntary investments over the target period, including to the Terrebonne Biodiversity Resilience Project (a coastal restoration project in Louisiana) and the Martu Living Desert Project in Australia (support for management and conservation activities on Martu Country). Under the Conservation International and BHP alliance, Conservation International supported an assessment of whether these projects could contribute towards achievement of this target and found that the area that could reasonably be claimed was 4,465,260 hectares. Given BHP’s FY2022 total disturbed land footprint was 149,312 hectares, our ‘area conserved’ target has been achieved by our operational and voluntary conservation investments over the target period.
In addition, we signed a grant agreement in FY2022 with UNSDGsConservation International to pilot a framework to improve marine and coastal protections and enhance resilience (known as the ‘Seascape Approach’) in Fiji, with the aim of enhancing resilience of coastal Indigenous communities and Lau’s marine and coastal ecosystems. This is expected to be a significant investment in marine biodiversity conservation in Fiji’s eastern islands of the Lau Province and its surrounding waters. The agreement is aligned with the longer-term goal released in FY2018 of supporting actions aligned with the UN Sustainable Development Goals 14 and 15.
More information on our approach to biodiversity and land management and current performance including operated assets owned, leased, managed in or adjacent to protected areas and areas of high biodiversity value outside protected areas is available at bhp.com/biodiversity.
Closure
We recognise the potentially significant social, environmental and financial risks associated with future closure of our operations. We seek to integrate closure into our planning, decision-making and operations through the entire life cycle of our operated assets.
As a global leader in the development of natural resources, we have a responsibility to demonstrate a planned and purposeful approach to closure through the life cycle of our operated assets. This process requires the consideration of risks, threats and opportunities for the communities and environment in which we operate, as well as our workforce and shareholder value. It drives towards optimised closure outcomes for our sites by balancing our values, obligations, safety, costs and the expectations of external stakeholders to enable an outcome that involves one or a combination of alternative land uses, ongoing management, relinquishment or responsible divestment.
Each of our operations (whether projects, producing, in care and maintenance or a closed site) must have a closure management plan, documenting the implementation of the closure management process. This process includes collating relevant knowledge and data, undertaking risk and opportunity assessments, framing and comparing alternative closure options, and selecting the optimised closure outcomes. Closure management plans are required to be supported by stakeholder engagement across the life cycle of the site, and should balance business and stakeholder needs while meeting the following objectives:
comply with legal requirements and obligations, and our mandatory minimum performance requirements for closure
achieve safe and stable outcomes and meet approved environment outcomes
manage pre and post-closure risks (including opportunities)
progressively reduce obligations, including progressive closure of the area disturbed by our operational footprint
manage and optimise closure costs
Closure management plans are also required to include long-term monitoring to verify any controls implemented to manage closure risks and seek to realise opportunities throughout the life of our operations, including closure and post-closure, are effective, and that performance standards are achieved and maintained after operations cease.
Progressive closure of areas no longer required for operational purposes is included in our closure management plans and integrated into operational plans. Our closure management plans are regularly reviewed to reflect updated asset planning and include current knowledge obtained from onsite experience, locally, across our business and globally across the industry.
Information about our financial provision related to closure and rehabilitation liabilities is available in note 15 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’ in section 3.
We report annually on the status of land disturbance and rehabilitation.
More information on our approach to closure is available at bhp.com/sustainability/closure.
7484

1.13.15
7.18    Tailings storage facilities
Ensuring the integrity of our tailings storage facilities (TSFs) is a primary focus across our business. Our aspiration is to achieve zero harm from tailings and we will continue to work with others and share our progress in an effort to make this a reality.
In 2015, after the tragic failure of the Fundão dam at Samarco, BHP initiated a Dam Risk Review to assess the management of major TSFs. The catastrophic failure of the Brumadinho dam at Vale’s operation in Brazil in January 2019 further strengthened our resolve to reduce tailingsTSF failure risk. For information about the Samarco tragedy and our progress with the response refer to section 1.15.
In CY2019 we created a Tailings Taskforce (TTF) team reporting to the Executive Leadership Team and the Board’s Sustainability Committee. The TTF, accountable for accelerating our short-, medium- and long-term strategies and embedding leading practice, was integrated into the Resource Centre of Excellence at the end of FY2021 to create a permanent Tailings Excellence team.OFR 8.
Governance
In FY2021, we further strengthened the governance and assurance of our operated TSFs. We updated our mandatory minimum performance requirements for the effective management of TSF failure risks, aligning our internal requirements to the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management
We are committed to the 2020 Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM). This is intended and are working to ensure our technical TSF and cross-functional guidance is consistent with the GISTM andimplement the requirements are embedded across the business. Our focus is on gap assessments against the GISTM, completing corporate, asset and
TSF-level
evaluations to inform our implementation planning towards conformance withinin line with the timelines outlined by the ICMM. A BHPOur Tailings Storage Facility Policy Statement has been published on our website, outlining our Board of Directors’ commitment to the safe management of TSFs, emergency preparedness and response, recovery in the event of a failure and transparency.
Delivery of the GISTM implementation plans was a priority in FY2022 and we made notable progress across our operated assets, which was tracked and reported to the Sustainability Committee. As part of our commitment to GISTM and continuous improvement in tailings management, we conducted a
mid-implementation
review that confirmed we are on track to achieve conformance in line with the ICMM timelines. We also definedimplemented our Accountable Executive (AE) positions, whomodel, whereby AEs are direct reports of the BHP Chief Executive Officer and answerable to the BHP Board’s Sustainability Committee as stipulated in conformance with GISTMGISTM’s requirements. The AE roles includeAEs cover both direct operational accountability for BHP’s TSFs, as well as an AE accountable for the companywideoversight of BHP’s TSF governance framework, andframework. AEs are accountable for the safety, of TSFs, tasked with avoiding or minimising the potential environmental and social impacts of a TSF failure, tailingsTSFs. Front line employees are the first line (under our three lines risk management trainingmodel) and emergency preparednessmanage the
day-to-day
operations and response. Their responsibilities will include havingsafety at site, while connected via regular communication with TSF operational and technical employees.
to the relevant AE.
In FY2021, weWe continued to progress work on TSF failure risk management. Wemanagement in FY2022 with a focus on the delivery of the risk remediation plans completed in FY2021. These plans are in addition to the independent reviewsrange of ongoing governance activities we have in place to ensure effective management of TSF failure risks across our operations with findings incorporated into risk, remediation plans. These reviews partner leading industry experts with our technical leads to review and enhance our global tailings governance framework. The process is in addition to other governance activities, including Dam Safety Reviews, Independent Tailings Review Boards and project specificproject-specific Independent Peer Reviews. Key risk indicators (KRIs) set by management help to monitor the performance of our TSFs in dam integrity and design, overtopping/flood management and emergency response planning. These KRIs have been updated to align to the GISTM.
We engaged in a partnership with Rio Tinto and the University of Western Australia For more information on BHP’s approach to support the Future Tails Initiative, focused on training, education, research and best-practice guides in the tailingsrisk management space. This is a major step towards supporting safe stewardship of TSFs for the industry and we intendincluding KRIs refer to continue this collaboration to build capacity and knowledge within the industry.OFR 9.
Strategy
Our short-term strategy continues to focus on improving KRI performance in line with defined targets. We are completing studies at all our operated assets focused on reducing and mitigating potential downstream impacts particularly to populations at risk (PAR). Most assets have completed theseThe studies resultingresulted in a diverse range of options to reduce the PAR exposure at our TSF sitesTSFs or mitigate TSF failure risk. In some cases, we have electedWith this information our assets optimised the design and execution of their risk remediation plans, which collectively are intended to proactively eliminatematerially reduce PAR across the risk of catastrophic failure. For example, we have relocated a TSF at a Legacy Asset (an operated asset, or part thereof, locatedportfolio in the Americas that is in the closure phase) site in Miami, Arizona,short to a nearby depression on the interior of the mine site which is expected to eliminate the risk of failure to people in the potential impact zone.medium term.
Our medium- and long-term strategies focus on the development of technologies to improve tailings management and storage, which we believe are important in our aspiration of zero harm from tailings. Asset-specific strategies have been developed for all of our operated andassets (including legacy assetsassets) and seek long-term alternative tailings solutions. In addition, while our
non-operated
joint ventures (NOJVs) are independently controlled and have their own operating and management standards, we encourage NOJVs to consider long-term alternative tailings solutions as an option in asset planning.
Industry collaboration
75As part of our commitment to achieving zero harm from tailings, we are accelerating transformative approaches and technologies through a wide range of initiatives in collaboration with external industry partners. In FY2022, Future Tails (which is an initiative focused on training, education, research and best-practice guides in the tailings management space that is supported by BHP, Rio Tinto and the University of Western Australia) established training programs tailored to executives, operators and technical tailings engineers. These have been positively received by the industry.
A consortium of industry peers was formed in FY2022, to jointly conduct focused research on tailings innovation solutions and share results and learnings. Expansion of the program is planned for the coming years to bring in additional industry partners and represents a significant opportunity for industry knowledge and capability uplift. As part of this program, we have created partnerships with Rio Tinto and the University of Melbourne designed to both develop novel tailings dewatering technologies and mitigate the risk involved in the large-scale application of known tailings dewatering technologies. Dewatering is a sustainable approach to tailings processing that supports our public commitment to reduce water usage. The BHP Tailings Challenge received over 150 applications from 19 countries in FY2022 and following a rigorous assessment process, two finalists were selected to progress solutions for repurposing tailings into fertiliser and construction material. The program will continue through FY2023 culminating in an
on-site
pilot ahead of full solution development.
85

Transparency
We fully support the GISTM and are working towards implementation at our sites. We have prioritised and actioned a phased disclosure approach to support our journey towards conformance, starting with an update to our previously published Church of England Disclosure.
1
We have contributed to improvements in tailings storage management across the mining industry, including through the ICMM Tailings Working Group. We are participants in other tailings working groups globally, including those associated with the Canadian Dam Association, Australian National Committee on Large Dams, Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Minerals Council of Australia, Mining Association of Canada, Society for Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration, and Fundación Chile. We have continued to participate in the Investor Mining and Tailings Safety Initiative, an
investor-led
engagement convening institutional investors active in extractive industries, including major asset owners and asset managers.
We continued our work to fulfil our commitment to provide detailed, transparent and integrated disclosure of TSF management in FY2022. In addition to our work with industry partners to support the development of credible and meaningful disclosure standards, we have sought to enable the consistent application of these in our own business through the development and rollout of our Sustainability Standards Portal. The portal is a data platform to integrate multiple ESG standards, simplify data management for our assets and further strengthen the process, data quality and governance improvements achieved to date.
Operated and
non-operated
tailings portfolio
The classifications described in this Annual Report align to the Canadian Dam Association (CDA) classification system. It is important to note theThe TSF classification is one element of TSF risk management, but does not represent risk itself. It reflects the modelled, hypothetical most significant possible failure and consequences without controls. It does not reflect the current physical stability of the TSF and it is possible for TSF classifications to change over time, for example, following changes to the operating context of a dam. As such, this data represents the status of the portfolio as at 30 June 2021. The TSF classification informs the design, surveillance and review components of risk management. Therefore, TSFs with a higher-level classification will have more rigorous requirements than TSFs that have a lower level of classification.
76

In total,As at 30 June 2022, there are 72were 71 TSFs
(1)2
at our operated assets, 2928 of which are of upstream design. Of the 7271 operated facilities, threenone are classified as extreme and a further 1720 are classified as very high. FourteenThe three facilities classified as extreme in FY2021 have been reclassified to a lower-consequence classification following the completion of risk mitigation works this year. In FY2022, two TSFs were removed from the operated TSF portfolio following the divestment of our operated facilities are active.interest in BMC and one new active TSF, a
low-consequence,
upstream facility, at Olympic Dam, has been added. A substantial portion of our inactive portfolio (58)(56) at our assets is due largely to the number of historic tailings facilities associated with our North American legacy assets portfolio. Further detail ofMore information on the risk reduction work underway for high consequencehigh-consequence classification facilities is provided aboveearlier in the StrategyGovernance and GovernanceStrategy sections and online, including in our case studies.
There are 1210 TSFs at our
non-operated
joint ventures, NOJVs, which are all located in the Americas. The fourthree active tailings facilitiesTSFs are located inat Antamina in Peru, which is of downstream construction, Patilla Norte Pit, an
in-pit
TSF and two TSFs at Samarco in Brazil, Alegria Sul TSF, which is
co-mingled
dry stack, and Alegria Sul Pit, an
in-pit
TSF. In addition, there are eightseven inactive facilities. These comprise ofinclude two upstream facilities at Samarco (Germano) in Brazil (that are being decommissioned following the February 2019 rulings by the Brazilian Government on upstream dams in Brazil;dams); three upstream inactive facilities and one inactive modified centreline facility at Resolution Copper in the United States; and one downstream inactive facility at Bullmoose in Canada and one inactive downstream facility, Cantor TSF,Canada. In FY2022, two NOJV TSFs at Cerrejón in Colombia.Colombia were removed from our TSF portfolio following the sale of the asset.
 
1 
In April 2019, the Church of England Pensions Board and the Council on Ethics Swedish National Pension Funds wrote to approximately 700 mining firms to request specific disclosures of their tailings facilities.
 
(1)2 
The number of tailings storage facilities (TSFs) is based on the definition agreed to by the ICMM Tailings Advisory Group at the original time of submission and expanded to align with the TSF definition established in the Global Industry Standard for Tailings Management (GISTM). An increase of five TSFs is reported since our Church of England submission in 2019 due to the updated BHP definition of TSF to align with the GISTM. We keep this definition under review. In FY2022, four TSFs were removed from the BHP TSF portfolio following the sale of our interests in two assets: two TSFs at Cerrejón (NOJV) in January 2022 and two TSFs at BMC (operated joint venture) in May 2022. One new, active TSF, TSF 6 at Olympic Dam, has been included.
 
(2) 
The Island Copper tailing facility originally disclosed in our Church of England submission in 2019 for the purposes of transparency has been removed as it is not a dam nor considered a TSF under the GISTM definition of a TSF. Tailings at Island Copper were deposited in the ocean under an approved license and environmental impact assessment. This historic practice ceased in the 1990s. We have since committed not to dispose of mine waste rock or tailings in river or marine environments. We continue to conduct environmental effects monitoring.
86

(3) 
The following classifications aligned to the CDA classification system. It is important to note that the classification is based on the modelled, hypothetical most significant failure mode and consequences possible without controls, and not on the current physical stability of the dam.
(4) 
For the purposes of this chart, ANCOLD and other classifications have been converted to their CDA equivalent.
(5) 
Hamburgo TSF at Escondida is an inactive facility where tailings were deposited into a natural depression. Hamburgo TSF is not considered a dam and is, therefore, not subject to CDA classification, the assessment to determine the GISTM classification will be completed in CY2021.
(6) 
SP1/2 and SP3 TSF at NSWEC are inactive facilities which have been assessed to have no credible failure modes and are therefore shown as not having a CDA classification.
(7) 
Seven TSFs are currently under assessment to determine their consequence classification.
(8) 
“Other” includes dams with a raising method that combines upstream, downstream and centreline or are of
in-pit
design.
(9) 
“Inactive” includes facilities not in operational use, under reclamation, reclaimed, closed and/or in post-closure care and maintenance.
More information on our management of TSFs and global governance strategy is available at bhp.com/tailings.
1.13.167.19    Independent Assurance Report to the Management and Directors of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc (BHP)
Not required for US reporting.
 
7787

1.14    Section 172 statement
We are committed to continuing to deliver strong value to shareholders and to growing value for other stakeholders who depend on and support BHP. We believe this focus will be a long-term sourceTable of competitive advantage. Our Directors communicate with stakeholder groups to understand their interests and priorities through various channels, including via direct engagement and delegated committees and forums.

Community and government
We recognise mutually beneficial relationships with communities and governments are crucial to our strategy and building social value. Key focus areas include the Group’s economic and social contribution, Indigenous relations and our approach to sustainability and environmental matters. For more information, refer to section 1.13.
How we engage and communicate
Forum on Corporate Responsibility (FCR)
the Sustainability Committee and other members of the Board meet with members of the FCR, which comprises civil society leaders in various fields of sustainability, to discuss FCR members’ views on societal trends and how these may influence BHP’s emerging risks.
EthicsPoint
our
24-hour
speak-up
helpline can also be used by external stakeholders to raise matters of concern.
Cultural heritage practices
the Board and Sustainability Committee receive
updates on BHP’s cultural heritage management, including in relation to actions to enhance our systems, processes and capability. The Chair and CEO also engaged directly with the First Nations Heritage Protection Alliance. We are focused on continuing to develop our relationships with Traditional Owners, for example, in September 2020, we further strengthened our
20-year
partnership with the Banjima people in Western Australia through the establishment of the South Flank Heritage Advisory Council. This is intended to ensure ongoing high-level dialogue between us on important cultural heritage and other matters.
Impact of our engagement on decision-making, strategy and purpose
Relationships with Traditional Owners in Australia
– in FY2021, we established a new global Indigenous Engagement team to lead Indigenous engagement, agreement-making and advocacy to enhance our focus on our engagement with Indigenous peoples. For more information on the improvements to our systems and processes to reflect engagement with Traditional Owners, refer to section 1.13.10.
First Nations Heritage Protection Alliance
BHP and the First Nations Heritage Protection Alliance jointly designed a set of shared principles, which reaffirm BHP’s commitment to Free, Prior and Informed Consent in agreement-making. For more information, refer to section 1.13.10.
Social value
– we are embedding the consideration of
social value creation across BHP, including in relevant Group targets, policies and investment decision-making processes, as well as in planning cycles for our operated assets.
Social investment commitment
this is aligned with our broader business priorities and supports projects and provides donations with the primary purpose of contributing to the resilience of the communities and environment where we have a presence. For more information, refer to section 1.13.11.
Climate policy and other ESG issues –
the Board takes into account community and expert external views, including the FCR, in considering climate policy and other ESG issues.
Investors
Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach BHP takes to engaging and communicating with our investors. Key focus areas include the Group’s overall strategy, capital allocation, social value and our financial and operational performance. For more information, refer to section 2.1.6.
How we engage and communicate
Investor meetings
we engage regularly with investors on key areas of market interest, including heritage protection, industry associations and climate matters and feedback from these meetings is shared with the Board.
Question and answer sessions
these sessions provide shareholders the opportunity to ask BHP leaders about the topics most important to them with answers webcast via BHP’s website.
Review of investor perspectives
the Board receives regular feedback on investor perceptions and opinions, including through independent survey results and associated analysis.
Annual General Meetings (AGMs)
all Board members attended the 2020 BHP Group Limited AGM virtually to engage directly with shareholders. A virtual forum for BHP Group Plc shareholders was also held as an opportunity to hear from the Chair and CEO, and to ask questions via a live text facility.
Industry associations
we
engaged with investors to discuss their views on industry associations in advance of and subsequent to the 2020 AGMs. For more information, refer to section 2.1.6.
79

Impact of our engagement on decision-making, strategy and purpose
Consideration of ESG issues
given investor interest in ESG issues, including related financial threats and opportunities the Board considers these during its strategy sessions when assessing our portfolio positions, including opportunities to create more options in future facing commodities.
Portfolio considerations
creating and securing more options in future facing commodities remains a priority in order to strengthen our portfolio and protect and grow value over the long term. In FY2021, this included our intention to exit from our energy coal assets and
non-core
metallurgical coal assets, and the agreement to sell our stake in Colombian energy coal mine Cerrejón. For more information, refer to section 1.5.
Industry associations
– investor feedback has been a key input to BHP’s reforms announced in August 2020 and the active role BHP plays in shaping the policy advocacy of industry associations in which it participates.
Suppliers and customers
We seek to build authentic, collaborative relationships with our local, regional and global suppliers and customers to create shared value. We see respecting human rights as critical for our ability to contribute meaningful and ongoing social value to our stakeholders. We expect businesses we work with to respect human rights throughout the value chain. Key focus areas include the Group’s supply chain management and our approach to procurement and sales. For more information, refer to section 1.13.9.
How we engage and communicate
Supply chain human rights
the Sustainability Committee considers BHP’s approach to policy developments in and management of human rights. The Board and Sustainability Committee review our approach to managing human rights risks in the supply chain through the discussion and approval of our annual Modern Slavery Statement. For more information, refer to section 1.13.9.
Climate change
– we are engaging with our customers and progressively with our suppliers, on opportunities to reduce Scope 3 GHG emissions. For more information, refer to section 1.13.7.
Impact of our engagement on decision-making, strategy and purpose
Emissions reduction partnerships
– we established emissions reduction partnerships with three major steelmakers in China and Japan whose combined output equates to around 10 per cent of global steel production.
Payment terms
from 1 July 2021, BHP implemented
seven-day
payment terms for all small, local and Indigenous businesses across our global operations. The move followed positive feedback on quicker payment terms implemented by BHP for several months in CY2020 as a temporary
COVID-19
support measure.
Environment
The Board and its Committees consider a range of environmental matters throughout the year, including detailed discussions relating to climate change, biodiversity, water, tailings storage facilities, rehabilitation and closure. For more information, refer to section 1.13.12.
How we engage and communicate
Climate change
our purpose and our strategy provide a clear direction for our climate change strategy. The Board and its relevant Committees consider climate change, including the external landscape in relation to climate risks and expectations, progress against BHP’s climate change commitments and our climate risk exposure. For more information, refer to section 1.13.7.
Health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) targets
the Sustainability Committee receives updates on how we are performing against our public HSEC targets and longer-term goals, including in relation to water and biodiversity.
For more information, refer to sections 1.13.4 and 2.1.11.
Environmental performance
– the Sustainability Committee considers reports from the HSE Officer covering environmental performance at every meeting and reports to the Board on its discussions.
Impact of our engagement on decision-making, strategy and purpose
Climate change commitments
the Board approved commitments, including setting a medium-term target for operational (Scope 1 and Scope 2) emissions, Scope 3 emissions goals and the link between emissions performance and executive remuneration. The Board considered stakeholder feedback and views as part of its decision-making process.
Capital allocation
in addressing our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions, as with all capital investments, we assess and rank each decarbonisation project through the rigour of our Capital Allocation Framework. Achieving our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions reduction targets and goal ranks alongside maintenance capital in the hierarchy of our decisions.
Renewable power contracts
in keeping with our target to reduce operational emissions by at least 30 per cent from FY2020 levels
(1)
by FY2030 and our long-term goal to achieve net zero operational emissions by 2050, we established renewable power contracts for our coal operations in Queensland and nickel operations in Western Australia.
(1) 
FY2020 baseline will be adjusted for any material acquisitions and divestments based on GHG emissions at the time of the transaction. Carbon offsets will be used as required.
80

1.158    Samarco
The Fundão dam failure
On 5 November 2015, the Fundão tailings dam operated by Samarco Mineração S.A. (Samarco) failed. Samarco is a
non-operated
joint venture (NOJV) owned by BHP Billiton Brasil Ltda (BHP Brasil) and Vale S.A. (Vale), with each having a 50 per cent shareholding.
A significant volume of tailings (39.2 million cubic metres) resulting from the iron ore beneficiation process was released. Tragically, 19 people died – five community members and 14 people who were working on the dam. The communities of Bento Rodrigues, Gesteira and Paracatu de Baixo and Gesteira were flooded and other communities and the environment downstream in the Rio Doce basin were also affected.
In December 2020, Samarco restarted its operations at a reduced production level.level in December 2020. For information on Samarco’s restart and its operations refer to section 1.10.3.OFR 5.2.
Our response and support for Fundação Renova
BHP Brasil has been and remains fully committed to supporting the extensive ongoing remediation and compensation efforts of the Fundação Renova in Brazil.Brasil.
The Framework Agreement entered into between Samarco, Vale and BHP Brasil and the relevant BrazilianBrazillian authorities in March 2016 established Fundação Renova, a
not-for-profit,
private foundation that is implementing 42 remediation and compensatory programs. BHP Brasil provides support to Fundação Renova, including through representation on the foundation’s governance structures.
To 30 June 2022, BHP Brasil has provided US$1.61.8 billion
(1)
to fund Framework Agreement programs when Samarco has been unable to do so.
Fundação Renova
Compensation and financial assistance
Fundação Renova continues to provide fair compensation to people impacted by the dam failure.
Compensation and financial assistance of approximately R$11.2 billion (approximately US$2.3 billion)
1
has been paid to support approximately 388,000 people affected by the dam failure up until 30 June 2022. This includes:
More than 22,000 general damages claims (including loss of life, injury, property damage, business impacts, loss of income and moral damages) have been resolved, and more than 290,000 people have been paid a total of approximately R$305 million (approximately US$69 million)
1
for temporary water interruption as at 30 June 2022.
Approximately R$7.1 billion (approximately US$1.4 billion)
1
has been paid to more than 66,000 people under the court-mandated simplified indemnity system (known as the ‘Novel’ system) as at 30 June 2022. The Novel system is designed to provide compensation for informal workers who have had difficulty proving the damages they suffered, such as cart drivers, sand miners, artisanal miners and street vendors. More than 166,000 people have applied to join the Novel system to 30 June 2022.
Updates on the progress of Fundação Renova’s compensation program are available at
fundacaorenova.org/en/repair-data/indemnities-and-productive-resumption.
Resettlement
One of Fundação Renova’s priorities is the resettlement of the communities of Bento Rodrigues, Paracatu de Baixo and Gesteira. This involves ongoing engagement and consultation with a large number of stakeholders, including the affected community members, their technical advisers, state prosecutors, municipal leaders, regulators and other interested parties.
The resettlement process for Bento Rodrigues and Paracatu de Baixo involves designing new towns on land that has been chosen by the communities, to be as close as possible to the previous layout, attending to the wishes and needs of the families and communities, while also meeting permitting requirements.
In Bento RodriguesMandated
COVID-19
workforce restrictions and Paracatu de Baixo, the implementationsuspensions of precautionary measures in response toworks
COVID-19,on-site,
including a suspension of works between March and June 2020, as well as increases to the technical scope for resettlement of the communities and permitting delays have impacted the timeline for completion. Ongoing efforts to accelerate completions continued throughout FY2022.
Resettlement works resumed from
mid-June
2020 and are continuing with a reduced workforce. Currently, there is no schedule to return to full workforce capacity given
USD amount is calculated based on actual transactional (historical) exchange rates related to Renova funding.
COVID-19
restrictions. At Bento Rodrigues, the construction
88

A total of 48 houses have been completed and the158 are under construction of housing is continuingand mobilisation at Bento Rodrigues and Paracatu de Baixo as at 30 June 2022. Plans for families to progress. At Paracatu, infrastructure works and the construction of some public buildings (such as the public school) weremove into their completed and the first houses are underway.progressing.
In addition toInfrastructure at Bento Rodrigues is complete, including roads, power, water and sewer networks. Public services are also complete, including the community resettlements, some families from the rural area chose to rebuild their houses on their previous property. Some other families have chosen not to join the resettlement of their previous communityhealth and Fundação Renovaservices centres, a municipal school and sewage treatment station. Infrastructure at Paracatu de Baixo is assisting them to purchase properties.complete, including roads, power, treated water pipeline, storm water and sewer networks. Public services are under construction, including an elementary school, kindergarten, health centre, water treatment station and sewage treatment station.
At Gesteira, Fundação Renova offered the families a payment solution in which they would be able to purchase property through a ‘letter of credit’. Most families of Gesteira have chosen this option and the agreements are being ratified by the 12
th
Federal Court.Court has ratified their agreements.
Some families have chosen not to join the resettlement of their previous community and instead resettle elsewhere. For these families, 88 houses and plots have been purchased, built and/or renovated, and 13 are under construction or renovation as at 30 June 2022. Other families have opted for a cash payment in lieu of any of the other resettlement solutions offered by Fundação Renova.
Updates on the progress of Fundação Renova’s resettlement program are available at
fundacaorenova.org/en/repair-data/resettlement-and-infrastructure.
(1) 
USD amount is calculated based on actual transactional (historical) exchange rates related to Renova funding.
81

Compensation and financial assistance
Fundação Renova continues to provide fair compensation to people impacted by the dam failure.
Compensation and financial assistance of approximately R$4.7 billion (approximately US$1.1 billion
(1)
)
has been paid to support approximately 336,000 people affected by the dam failure up until 30 June 2021.
More than 10,500 general damages claims have been resolved and more than 270,000 people have been paid a total of approximately R$280 million (approximately US$65 million
(1)
) for temporary water interruption. The general damages component includes loss of life, injury, property damage, business impacts, loss of income and moral damages. Fundação Renova continues to provide financial assistance cards and other income support to those whose livelihoods continue to be impacted by the dam failure, including fisherfolk whose activities are affected by fishing restrictions.
In addition, approximately R$1.6 billion (approximately US$300 million
(1)
) was paid to more than 17,000 people under the court-mandated simplified indemnity system (known as the ‘Novel’ system), which is designed to provide compensation for informal workers who have had difficulty proving the damages they suffered, such as cart drivers, sand miners, artisanal miners and street vendors.
Updates on the progress of the compensation program are available at
fundacaorenova.org/en/repair-data/indemnities-and-productive-resumption.
Other socio-economic programs
Fundação Renova continues to implement a wide range of socio-economic programs in addition to the resettlementcompensation and compensationresettlement programs. These programs cover health and infrastructure projects in the Rio Doce basin, promotion of economic development in the impacted communities and sewage treatment facilities to improve the water quality in the Rio Doce.
Environmental remediation
Since December 2019, the riverbanks and floodplains have been vegetated, river margins stabilised and in general, water quality and sediment qualities have returned to historic levels. Long-term remediation work is continuing to
re-establish
agriculture and native vegetation.
A ban on fishing activities along the coast of Espírito Santo and a precautionary conservation restriction preventing fishing for native fish species in the Rio Doce in Minas Gerais remain in place. Fundação Renova continues to support the recovery of habitats and aquatic ecology and engage with the authorities with the goal of lifting the restrictions.
Updates on the progress of Fundação Renova’s environmental remediation programs are available at fundacaorenova.org/en/repair-data/socio-environmental-repairs.
Legal proceedings
BHP Group Limited, BHP Group Plc(UK) Ltd (formerly BHP Group Plc) and BHP Brasil are involved in legal proceedings relating to the Samarco dam failure. For more information on the significant legal proceedings involving BHP refer to section 4.9.Additional information 8.
89

9    How we manage risk
Risk management helps us to protect and create value, and is central to achieving our purpose and strategic objectives. Our Risk Framework has four pillars: risk strategy, risk governance, risk process and risk intelligence.
1.16Risk strategy
Risk classification
We classify all risks to which BHP is exposed using our Group Risk Architecture. This is a tool designed to identify, analyse, monitor and report risk, which provides a platform to understand and manage risks. Similar risks are considered together in groups and categories. This gives the Board and management visibility over the aggregate exposure to risks on a Group-wide basis and supports performance monitoring and reporting against BHP’s risk appetite.
Risk appetite
BHP’s Risk Appetite Statement is approved by the Board and is a foundational element of our Risk Framework. It provides guidance to management on the amount and type of risk we seek to take in pursuing our objectives.
Key risk indicators
Key risk indicators (KRIs) are set by management to help monitor performance against our risk appetite. They also support decision-making by providing management with information about financial and
non-financial
risk exposure at a Group level. Each KRI has a target, or optimal level of risk we seek to take, as well as upper and lower limits. Where either limit is exceeded, management will review potential causes to understand if BHP may be taking too little or too much risk and to identify whether further action is required.
Risk culture
Our risk management approach is underpinned by a risk culture that supports decision-making in accordance with BHP’s values, objectives and risk appetite. We use a common foundation across BHP to build the tools and capabilities required to enable us to understand, monitor and manage our risk culture. These include tailored second-line cultural reviews, Group-wide risk culture dashboards and the inclusion of risk culture assessments as part of our internal audit plan.
Strategic business decisions
Strategic business decisions and the pursuit of our strategic objectives can inform, create or affect risks to which BHP is exposed. These risks may represent opportunities as well as threats. Our Risk Appetite Statement and KRIs assist in determining whether a proposed course of action is within BHP’s risk appetite.
Our focus when managing risks associated with strategic business decisions is to enable the pursuit of high-reward strategies. Therefore, as well as having controls designed to protect BHP from threats, we seek to implement controls to enable and/or enhance opportunities.
Risk governance
Three lines model
BHP uses the ‘three lines model’ to define the role of different teams across the organisation in managing risk. This approach sets clear accountabilities for risk management and provides appropriate ‘checks and balances’ to support us in protecting and growing value.
The first line is provided by our frontline staff, operational management and people in functional roles – anyone who makes decisions, deploys resources or contributes to an outcome is responsible for identifying and managing the associated risks.
The Risk team and other second-line teams are responsible for providing expertise, support, monitoring and challenge on risk-related matters, including by defining Group-wide minimum standards.
The third line, our Internal Audit team, is responsible for providing independent and objective assurance over the control environment (governance, risk management and internal controls) to the Board and Executive Leadership Team. Additional assurance may also be provided by external providers, such as our External Auditor.
As of 1 August 2022, the Risk team and Internal Audit team were combined to form a Risk and Internal Audit
sub-function,
led by a Chief Risk and Audit Officer. This reflects the maturity of our Risk Framework and risk management capability across the first and second lines. The integration of these areas in one
sub-function
is designed to improve overall effectiveness of both teams, including through further alignment of second and third line assurance activities across BHP. The Risk team and Internal Audit team will continue to operate in the second and third lines respectively.
90

BHP Board and Committees 
The Board reviews and monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of financial and
non-financial
risk management and internal control. The broad range of skills, experience and knowledge of the Board assists in providing a diverse view on risk management. The Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) and Sustainability Committee assist the Board by reviewing and considering BHP’s material risk profile (covering operational, strategic and emerging risks) on a biannual basis.
Performance against risk appetite is monitored and reported to the RAC, as well as the Sustainability Committee for HSEC matters, supporting the Board to challenge and hold management to account.
Second line risk-based reviews are undertaken to provide greater oversight and enhance our understanding and management of the Group’s most significant risks, with outcomes reported to management, the RAC and the Sustainability Committee. These outcomes may be used to develop remediation plans, adjust BHP’s Risk Appetite Statement or KRIs, enhance our Risk Framework or inform strategic decisions.
For information on other Board Committee activities that support risk governance at BHP refer to Corporate Governance Statement 5.
Risk process
Our Risk Framework requires identification and management of risks (both threats and opportunities) to be embedded in business activities through the following process:
Risk identification – threats and opportunities are identified and each is assigned an owner, or accountable individual.
Risk assessments – risks are assessed using appropriate and internationally recognised techniques to determine their potential impacts and likelihood, prioritise them and inform risk treatment options.
Risk treatment – controls are implemented to prevent, minimise and/or mitigate threats, and enable and/or enhance opportunities.
Monitoring and review – risks and controls are reviewed periodically and on an ad hoc basis (including where there are high-potential events or changes in the external environment) to evaluate performance.
Communication – relevant information is recorded in our enterprise risk management system to support continuous improvement and share risk intelligence across the Group.
Our Risk Framework includes requirements and guidance on the tools and process to manage current and emerging risks.
Current risks
Current risks are risks that could impact BHP today or in the near future and comprise current operational risks (risks that have their origin inside BHP or occur as a result of our activities) and current strategic risks (risks that may enhance or impede the achievement of our strategic objectives).
Current risks include material and
non-material
risks (as defined by our Risk Framework). The materiality of a current risk is determined by estimating the maximum foreseeable loss (MFL) if that risk was to materialise. The MFL is the estimated impact to BHP in a worst-case scenario without regard to probability and assuming all risk controls, including insurance and hedging contracts, are ineffective.
For a description of our risk factors refer to OFR 9.1.
Our focus for current risks is to prevent their occurrence or minimise their impact should they occur, but we also consider how to maximise possible benefits that might be associated with strategic risks (as described in the ‘Risk strategy’ section). Current material risks are required to be evaluated once a year at a minimum to determine whether our exposure to the risk is within our risk appetite.
91

Emerging risks
Emerging risks are newly developing or changing risks that are highly uncertain and difficult to quantify. They are generally driven by external influences and often cannot be prevented.
BHP maintains a ‘watch list’ of emerging themes and monitors associated signals to interpret external events and trends, providing an evolving view of the changing external environment and how it might impact our business. We use the watch list and signal monitoring to support the identification and management of emerging risks, as well as to inform and test our corporate strategy.
Once identified, our focus for emerging risks is on structured monitoring of the external environment, advocacy efforts to reduce the likelihood of the threats manifesting and identifying options to increase our resilience to these threats.
Risk intelligence
The Risk team provides the RAC, Sustainability Committee and senior management with insights on risk management across BHP. Risk reports may include trends and aggregate exposure for our most significant risks, performance against risk appetite, updates on the Risk Framework and risk management priorities, an overview of (and material changes in) BHP’s material risk profile and updates on emerging risk themes and signals, and risk culture. In FY2022, risk reports were supported by an opinion from the Chief Risk Officer.
We maintain a risk insights dashboard designed to provide current, data-driven and actionable risk intelligence to our people at all levels of the business to support decision-making. This tool empowers the business to manage risks more effectively, with increased accuracy and transparency.
The Board, RAC and Sustainability Committee also receive reports from other teams to support the Board to review and monitor the effectiveness of BHP’s systems of financial and
non-financial
risk management. These include internal audit reports, ethics and investigations reports, compliance reports and the Chief Executive Officer’s report.
For information on our risk factors refer to OFR 9.1.
92

9.1    Risk factors
Our principal risksrisk factors are described below and may occur as a result of our activities globally, including in connection with our operated and
non-operated
assets, third parties engaged by BHP or through our value chain. Our principalThese risks, individually or collectively, could threaten our viability, strategy, business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity and reputation. They could also materially and adversely affect the health and safety of our people or members of the public, the environment, the communities in whichwhere we or our third-party partners operate, or the interests of our stakeholders, leadingwhich could in each case lead to litigation, regulatory investigation or enforcement action (including class actions)actions or actions arising from contractual, legacy or other liabilities associated with divested assets), or a loss of stakeholder and/or investor confidence. References to ‘financial performance’ includesinclude our financial condition and liquidity, including due to decreased profitability or increased operating costs, capital spend, remediation costs or contingent liabilities. While the risks described in this section represent our principal risks, BHP is also exposed to other risks that are not described in this section.
While we implement preventative and/or mitigating controls designed to reduce the likelihood of a threat from occurring and minimise the impacts if it does, these may not be effective.
Key changes to our principal risks in FY2021 are the introduction of risks associated with inadequate business resilience and adopting technologies. The way in which we articulate our other principal risks has also changed since our FY2020 Annual Report. For example, risks associated with operational events have been consolidated into a single risk factor rather than being discussed across two risk factors. We have also disaggregated and combined elements of principal risks. For example, risks associated with third-party performance are embedded throughout our principal risks and climate change risks have been separated to provide a greater focus on transition risks, while risks associated with the potential physical impacts of climate change are addressed alongside other business resilience risks (as well as across other relevant principal risks). We have also simplified the presentation of our principal risks. These changes are designed to provide greater accessibility and value to stakeholders in understanding our principal risks.
With the exception of risks associated with operational events, exposure to all of our principal risks increased in FY2021. These increases were largely driven by uncertainties in the external environment, such as the continuing global impacts of the
COVID-19
pandemic, heightened geopolitical tensions and societal and stakeholder expectations of business (including in relation to social, environmental and climate-related risks), and increasing frequency and sophistication of cyberattacks against companies in the resources industry and governments.
82

 
OPERATIONAL EVENTS
 
Risks associated with operational events in connection with our activities globally, resulting in significant adverse impacts on our people, communities, the environment or our business.
 
 
Why is this important to BHP?
 
We engage in activities that have the potential to cause harm to our people and assets, communities, other stakeholders and/or communities and the environment, including serious injuries, illness and fatalities, loss of infrastructure, amenities and livelihood, and damage to sites of cultural significance. An operational event at our operated or
non-operated
assets or through our value chain could also cause damage or disruptions to our assets and operations, impact our financial performance, result in litigation or class actions and cause long-term damage to our licence to operate and reputation. The potential physical impacts of climate change could increase the likelihood and/or severity of risks associated with operational events. Impacts of operational events may also be amplified if we fail to respond in a way that is consistent with our corporate values and stakeholder expectations.
 
 
Examples of potential threats
 
 
•   An offshore well blow out, including at one of our assets in the US Gulf of Mexico, Australia, Trinidad and Tobago or Algeria, or at one of our appraisal and exploration options in Mexico, Trinidad and Tobago, Western and Central Gulf of Mexico or Australia.
•   Failure of a water or tailings storage facility, such as the tragic failure of the Fundão dam at Samarco in 2015 or a failure at one of our facilities in Australia, Chile, Colombia, Peru, the United States, Canada or Brazil.
•   Unplanned fire events or explosions (on the surface and underground).
•   Geotechnical stabilityinstability events (such as anfailure of underground excavations, unexpected and large fall of ground atwall instabilities in our underground or open pit mines, or potential interaction between our mining activities and community infrastructure or natural systems), including at our underground or open pit mines in Australia, Chile, Peru, the United States, and Canada.Canada or Brazil.
•   Air, land (road and rail) and marine transportation events (such as aircraft crashes or vessel collisions, groundings or hydrocarbon release) that occur while transporting people, supplies or products to exploration, operation or customer locations, which include remote and environmentally sensitive areas in Australia, South America, Asia, and the United States.States and Canada.
•   Critical infrastructure or hazardous materials containment failures, other occupational or process safety events or workplace exposures.
•   Operational events experienced by third parties, which may also result in unavailability of shared critical infrastructure (such as railway lines or ports) or transportation routes (such as the Port Hedland channel in Western Australia).
 
 
8393

 
ACCESSING KEY MARKETS
 
Risks associated with market concentration and our ability to sell and deliver products into existing and future key markets, impacting our economic efficiency.
 
 
Why is this important to BHP?
 
We rely on the sale and delivery of the commodities we produce to customers around the world. Changes to laws, international trade arrangements, contractual terms or other requirements and/or geopolitical developments could result in physical, logistical or other disruptions to our operations in, or the sale or delivery of our commodities to, key markets. These disruptions could affect sales volumes or prices obtained for our products, adversely impacting our financial performance, results of operations and growth prospects.
 
 
Examples of potential threats
 
 
•   Government actions, including economic sanctions, tariffs or other trade restrictions, imposed by or on countries where we operate or into which we sell or deliver our products may prevent BHP from trading or make it more difficult for BHP to trade in key markets. For example, China has imposed import restrictionsthe Ukraine conflict and tariffs oncorresponding implementation of economic sanctions, export controls and other restrictive measures by the United States, United Kingdom, European Union and other jurisdictions against Russia contributed to increased volatility for some Australian exports, including energyof the commodities we sell and metallurgical coal. The impositionsome of further tariffs or other restrictions on any of our other products could adversely affect our financial performance.the key supplies we buy (including diesel and ammonia).
•   Physical disruptions to the delivery of our products to customers in key markets, including due to the disruption of shipping routes, closure or blockage of ports or land logistics (road or rail) or military conflict. In some cases, physical disruptions may be driven or intensified by weather, climate variability or other manifestations of climate change.
•   Legal or regulatory changes (such as royalties or taxes, port or import restrictions or customs requirements, shipping/maritime regulatory changes, restrictions on movements or imposition of quarantines, or changing environmental restrictions or regulations, including measures with respect to carbon-intensive industries or imports) and commercial changes (such as changes to the standards and requirements of customers) may adversely impact our ability to sell, or deliver or realise full market value for our products.
•   Failure to maintain strong relationships with customers or changes to customer demands for our products (such as vertical integration), may reduce our market share or adversely impact our financial performance.
•   Increasing geopolitical tensions (such as the escalation of events relating to the Ukraine conflict) may adversely affect our strategic and business planning decisions and/or increase the time it takes us to manage our access to key markets, particularly if we fail to detect or anticipate deviations in the geopolitical environment in a timely manner.
 
 
84

 
OPTIMISING GROWTH AND PORTFOLIO RETURNS AND MANAGING COMMODITY PRICE MOVEMENTS
 
Risks associated with our ability to position our asset portfolio to generate returns and value for shareholders, (including securing growth options in future facing commodities)including through acquisitions, mergers and to manage adverse impacts of short- and long-term movements in commodity prices.divestments.
 
 
Why is this important to BHP?
 
We takemake decisions and take actions in pursuit of our strategy to optimise our asset portfolio and to secure and create growth options in future facing commodities (such as copper, nickel and potash). These may include active portfolio changes (such as divestment of our interests in BMC and Cerrejón, and merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside), as well as maturing organic growth options across our existing portfolio. A strategy that does not support BHP’s objectives and/or
ill-timed
execution of our strategy (including as a result of not having sector-leading talent and capabilities) or other circumstances may lead to a loss of value that impacts our ability to deliver returns to shareholders and fund our investment and expansion opportunities. It may also result in our asset portfolio being less resilient to fluctuationsmovements in commodity prices, which are determined by or linked to prices in world markets. In the short term, this may reduce our cash flow, ability to access capital and our dividends. A failure to optimise our asset portfolio for structural movements in commodity prices over the long term may result in asset impairments and could adversely affect the results of our operations, our financial performance and returns to investors.
 
 
Examples of potential threats
 
 
•   Failure to optimise our portfolio through effective and efficient acquisitions, exploration, large project delivery, mergers, divestments or expansion of existing assets.assets (including due to
sub-optimal
capital prioritisation) may adversely impact returns to investors. For example, a scarcity of growth options that align with our strategy could require us to mine deeper, lower-grade deposits, which may lead to higher operating and capital costs.
•   Failure to identify potential changes in commodity attractiveness and missed entry or commodity exit opportunities resultingmay result in decreased return on capital spend for, or overpayment to acquire or invest in, new assets or projects, stranded assets or reduced divestment proceeds.
•   Failure to achieve expected commercial objectives from assets or investments, such as cost savings, sales revenues or operational performance (including as a result of inaccurate commodity price assumptions or resources and reserves estimates), may result in returns that are lower than anticipated and loss of value (such as that experienced with US shale).value. Impacts could be exacerbated by effects of the
COVID-19
pandemic and Ukraine conflict, including supply chain disruptions (for example, disruption in the energy sector impacting our
end-user
markets), labour shortages, inflationary pressures on raw materials and unfavourable exchange rates, creating operational headwinds and challenging
on-time
and
on-budget
project delivery.
94

•   Renegotiation or nullification of permits, inability to secure new permits or approvals, increased royalties, or expropriation or nationalisation of our assets, or other legal, regulatory, political, judicial or fiscal or monetary policy instability or changes (for example, legislation, regulations or government policies implemented in Australia by the new federal government, which may include new rules governing the pay of contractors) may increase our costs or adversely impact our ability to achieve expected commercial objectives from assets or investments, access reserves, develop, maintain or operate our assets, enter new jurisdictions, or otherwise optimise our portfolio.
•   Inability to predict long-term trends in the supply, demand and price of commodities and optimise our asset portfolio accordingly may restrict our ability to generate long-term returns from the portfolio. For example, slowing economic growth in China due to factors such as the
COVID-19
pandemic, political and trade tensions or the market volatility and uncertainty resulting from the Ukraine conflict may result in lower demand and prices for our products, which would adversely impact our portfolio returns.
•   Commodity prices have historically been and may continue to be subject to significant volatility, including due to global economic and geopolitical factors, industrial activity, commodity supply and demand (including inventory levels), technological change, product substitution, tariffs, interest rate movements and exchange rate fluctuations. Our usual policy and practice is to sell our products at prevailing market prices and, as such, fluctuationsmovements in commodity prices may affect our financial performance. For example, a US$1 per tonne decline in the average iron ore price and US$1 per barrel decline in the average oil price would have an estimated impact on FY2021 profit after taxation of US$163 million and US$24 million, respectively. Long-term price volatility or sustained low prices may adversely impact our financial performance as we do not generally have the ability to offset costs through price increases.
 
 
85

 
SIGNIFICANT SOCIAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
 
Risks associated with significant impacts of our operations on and contributions to communities and environments throughout the life cycle of our assets and across our value chain.
 
 
Why is this important to BHP?
 
The long-term viability of our business is closely connected to the wellbeing of the communities and environments where we have a presence. At any stage of the asset life cycle, our activities and operations may have or be seen to have significant adverse impacts on communities and environments. In these circumstances, we may fail to meet the evolving expectations of our stakeholders (including investors, governments, employees, suppliers, customers and Indigenous peoples and other community members) whose support is needed to realise our strategy and purpose. This could lead to loss of stakeholder support or regulatory approvals, increased taxes and regulation, enforcement action, litigation or class actions, or otherwise impact our licence to operate and adversely affect our reputation, ability to attract and retain talent, ability to access capital, operational continuity and financial performance.
 
 
Examples of potential threats
 
 
•   Engaging in or being associated with activities (including through our
non-operated
joint ventures and our value chain) that have or are perceived to have individual or cumulative adverse impacts on the environment, biodiversity and land management, water access and management, human rights or cultural heritage.
 
•   Failing to meet stakeholder expectations in connection with our legal and regulatory obligations, relationships with Indigenous peoples, community wellbeing and the way we invest in communities.communities or our approach to environment, climate change, biodiversity and land management, water access and management, human rights or cultural heritage priorities.
 
•   Political, regulatory and judicial developments (such as constitutional reform in Chile that could result inlead to adjustments to water and other resource rights,rights) could increase uncertainty in relation to our operating environment, requiring us to adjust our business plans or the Dasgupta Review in the United Kingdom that could result in government actions that impact the management of biodiversity and ecosystems) or changing stakeholder expectations could result in more stringent operating requirements on our business.strategy. For example, changes to regulations or stakeholder expectations may require us to modify mine plans, limit our access to reserves and resources, delay the timing or increase costs associated with closure and rehabilitation of assets, or expose BHP to unanticipated environmental or other legacy liabilities.
 
•   Failing to identify and manage potential physical climate change risks to communities, biodiversity and ecosystems. For example, changes to species habitat or distribution as a result of sustained higher temperatures could result in land access restrictions or litigation, or limit our access to new opportunities.
 
 
8695

LOW-CARBON TRANSITIONTable of Contents
Risks associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy.
Why is this important to BHP?
Transition risks arise from policy, regulatory, legal, technological, market and other societal responses to the challenges posed by climate change and the transition to a
low-carbon
economy. As a world-leading resources company, BHP is exposed to a range of transition risks that could affect the execution of our strategy or our operational efficiency, asset values and growth options, resulting in a material adverse impact on our financial performance, share price or reputation, including litigation. The complex and pervasive nature of climate change means transition risks are interconnected with and may amplify our other principal risks. Additionally, the inherent uncertainty of potential societal responses to climate change may create a systemic risk to the global economy.
Examples of potential threats
•   Introduction or improvement of
low-carbon
technologies or changes in customer preference for products that support the transition to a
low-carbon
economy may decrease demand for some of our products (which may be abrupt or unanticipated), increase our costs or decrease the availability of key inputs to production. For example:
•  ‘Green steel’ technologies may reduce demand for our metallurgical coal or iron ore, or electric vehicle penetration may reduce demand for our petroleum products.
•  Implementing
low-carbon
processes or new investments to respond to market demand for products that support a
low-carbon
economy (such as potential capital spend at our Jansen Potash Project to deliver fertiliser products or at our Nickel West asset to supply the battery market) may increase operating or development costs.
•   Failure to address investor concerns on the potential impact of climate change on and from BHP’s portfolio and operations may result in reduced investor confidence and/or investor actions seeking to influence BHP’s climate strategy.
•   Social concerns around climate change may result in investors divesting our securities, pressure on BHP to divest or close remaining fossil fuel assets and on financial institutions not to provide financing for our fossil fuel assets, or otherwise adversely impact our ability to optimise our portfolio.
•   Perceived or actual misalignment of the resources industry’s or BHP’s climate actions (goals, targets and performance) with societal and investor expectations, or a failure to deliver our climate actions, may result in damage to our reputation, climate-related litigation (including class actions) or give rise to other adverse regulatory, legal or market responses.
•   Changes in laws, regulations, policies, obligations, government actions, and our ability to anticipate and respond to such changes (which may be abrupt or unanticipated), including emission targets, restrictive licencing, carbon taxes, border adjustments or the addition or removal of subsidies, may give rise to adverse regulatory, legal or market responses.
87

ADOPTING TECHNOLOGIES AND MAINTAINING DIGITAL SECURITY
Risks associated with adopting and implementing new technologies, and maintaining the effectiveness of our existing digital landscape (including cyber defences) across our value chain.
Why is this important to BHP?
Our business and operational processes across our value chain are dependent on the effective application of technology, which we use as a lever to deliver on our current and future operational, financial and social objectives. This exposes BHP to risks originating from adopting or implementing new technologies, or failing to take appropriate action to position BHP for the digital future, which may impact the capabilities we require, the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations and our ability to compete effectively. We may also fail to maintain the effectiveness of our existing and future digital landscape, including cyber defences, exposing us to technology availability, reliability and cybersecurity risks. These could lead to operational events, commercial disruption (such as an inability to process or ship our products), corruption or loss of system data, a misappropriation or loss of funds, unintended disclosure of commercial or personal information, enforcement action or litigation. An inability to adequately implement new technology, or any sustained disruption to our existing technology, may also adversely affect our licence to operate, reputation, results of operations and financial performance. As we continue to leverage technology to improve productivity and safety, we expect the importance of safe, secure and reliable technology to our business will continue to grow.
Examples of potential threats
•   Failure to achieve efficiencies through our investment in technologies, or to keep pace with advancements in technology, resulting in an inability to access systems or digital infrastructure required to support our operations or customers’ and other stakeholders’ evolving expectations. For example, delays, costs and failures to achieve efficiencies arising from difficulties in integrating new technologies with existing technologies, or from failures of new technology to perform as expected.
•   Failing to identify, access and secure necessary infrastructure and key inputs (including electricity, internet bandwidth, data, software, licences or other rights in intellectual property, hardware and talent) to support new technology innovations and advanced technologies may adversely affect our ability to operate or adopt those technologies. This includes artificial intelligence and machine learning, process automation, robotics, data analytics, cloud computing, smart devices and remote working. For example, adopting new technology to reduce emissions through the use of alternative energy sources may require new infrastructure (such as at our mines and ports), and effective implementation of new digital technologies will be heavily dependent on access to relevant data.
•   Failure or outage of our existing or future information and operating technology systems.
•   Cyber events or attacks (including ransomware, state-sponsored and other cyberattacks) on our existing or future information and operating technology systems, including on third-party partners and suppliers (such as our cloud service providers). For example, a cyberattack on our autonomous systems for haulage and drilling may reduce operational productivity and/or adversely impact safety.
88

ETHICAL MISCONDUCT
Risks associated with actual or alleged deviation from societal or business expectations of ethical behaviour (including breaches of laws or regulations) and wider or cumulative organisational cultural failings, resulting in significant reputational impacts.
Why is this important to BHP?
The conduct of BHP or our people or third-party partners could result in an actual or alleged deviation from expectations of ethical behaviour or breaches of laws and regulations. This may include fraud, corruption, anti-competitive behaviour, money laundering, breaching trade or financial sanctions, market manipulation, privacy breaches, ethical misconduct and wider organisational cultural failings. A failure to act ethically or legally may result in negative publicity (including on social media), investigations, public inquiries, regulatory enforcement action (including fines), litigation or other civil or criminal proceedings, or increased regulation. It could also threaten the validity of our tenements or permits, or adversely impact our reputation, results of operations, financial performance or share price. Impacts may be amplified if our senior leaders fail to uphold BHP’s values or address actual or alleged misconduct in a way that is consistent with societal and stakeholder expectations, and our workplace culture may also be eroded, adversely affecting our ability to attract and retain talent. Ethical misconduct risks and impacts are heightened by the complex and continuously evolving legal and regulatory frameworks that apply to the jurisdictions where we operate and potentially conflicting obligations under different national laws.
Examples of potential threats
•   Failing to prevent breaches of international standards, laws, regulations or other legal, regulatory, ethical, environmental, governance or compliance obligations, such as external misstatements, inaccurate financial or operational reporting or a breach of our continuous disclosure obligations.
•   Corruption (particularly in high-risk or less economically developed jurisdictions), market conduct or anti-competitive behaviour, including in relation to our joint venture operations.
•   Failing to comply with trade or financial sanctions (which are subject to rapid change and may potentially result in conflicting obligations), health, safety and environmental laws and regulations, native title and other land right or tax or royalty obligations.
•   Failing to protect our people from harm (including to mental and physical health) due to the misconduct of others that takes place in connection with their work, such as discrimination or sexual harassment and assault.
89

 
INADEQUATE BUSINESS RESILIENCE
 
Risks associated with unanticipated or unforeseeable adverse events and a failure of planning and preparedness to respond to, manage and recover from adverse events (including potential physical impacts of climate change).
 
 
Why is this important to BHP?
 
In addition to the threats described in our other risk factors, our business could experience unanticipated, unforeseeable or other adverse events (internal or external) that could harm our people, disrupt our operations or value chain, or damage our assets or corporate offices, including our
non-operated
assets overin which BHP has less control.a
non-controlling
interest. A failure to identify or understand exposure, adequately prepare for these events (including maintaining business continuity plans) or build wider organisational resilience may inhibit our (or our third-party partners’) ability to respond and recover in an effective and efficient manner. This could cause material adverse impacts on our business, such as reduced ability to access resources, markets and the operational or other inputs required by our business, reduced production or sales of commodities, or increased regulation, which could adversely impact our financial performance, share price or reputation and could lead to litigation or(including class actions.actions).
 
 
Examples of potential threats
 
 
•   Geopolitical, global economic, regional or local developments or adverse events, such as social unrest, strikes, work stoppages, labour disruptions, social activism, terrorism, bomb threats, economic slowdown, acts of war or other significant disruptions in areas where we operate or have interests (forinterests. For example, production at Escondida in FY2020, stoppagesFY2022 was impacted by public road blockades associated with social unrest in Chile impacted copper production at Escondida).unrest.
 
•   Natural events, including earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, cyclones, fires, solar flares and pandemics (forpandemics. For example, earthquakes may affectcontinued
COVID-19
related absences contributed to a fall in production volumes in the Andes region in South America where we undertake exploration activitiesMarch 2022 quarter for copper, iron ore, nickel and have operated and
non-operated
assets).energy coal.
 
•   Potential physical impacts of climate change, such as acute risks that are event-drivenevent driven (including increased frequency and severity of extreme weather events) and chronic risks resulting from longer-term changes in climate patterns. Hazards and impacts may include changes in precipitation patterns, water shortages, rising sea levels, increased storm intensity, prolonged extreme temperatures and increased drought, fire and tidal flooding.
 
•   Failure by suppliers, contractors or joint venture partners to perform existing contracts or obligations (including due to insolvency), such as construction of large projects or supply of key inputs to our business (for example, consumables for our mining equipment).
 
•   Failure of our risk management or other processes (including controls) to prepare for or manage any of the risks discussed in this ‘Risk factors’ section may inhibit our (or our third-party partners’) ability to manage any resulting adverse events and may disrupt our operations or adversely impact our financial performance or reputation.
 
1.16.1
96

LOW-CARBON
TRANSITION
Risks associated with the transition to a
low-carbon
economy.
Why is this important to BHP?
Transition risks arise from policy, regulatory, legal, technological, market and other societal responses to the challenges posed by climate change and the transition to a
low-carbon
economy. As a world-leading resources company, BHP is exposed to a range of transition risks that could affect the execution of our strategy or our operational efficiency, asset values and growth options, resulting in a material adverse impact on our financial performance, share price or reputation, including litigation. The complex and pervasive nature of climate change means transition risks are interconnected with and may amplify our other risk factors. Additionally, the inherent uncertainty of potential societal responses to climate change may create a systemic risk to the global economy.
Examples of potential threats
•   Introduction or improvement of
low-carbon
technologies or changes in customer preference for products that support the transition to a
low-carbon
economy may decrease demand for some of our products (which may be abrupt or unanticipated), increase our costs or decrease the availability of key inputs to production. For example:
•  ‘Green steel’ technologies may reduce demand for our metallurgical coal or iron ore.
•  Increased scrap-based steel production may reduce demand for our metallurgical coal and iron ore by limiting production that is required globally.
•  New battery technologies that use less nickel could enter the market and reduce demand for our nickel products.
•   Failure to address investor concerns on the potential impact of climate change on and from BHP’s portfolio and operations may result in reduced investor confidence.
•   Social concerns around climate change may result in investors divesting our securities or pressure on financial institutions not to provide financing for our fossil fuel assets, which could limit our ability to access capital markets and potentially result in reduced access to financing or increased financing costs, or otherwise adversely impact our ability to optimise our portfolio.
•   Perceived or actual misalignment of BHP’s climate actions (goals, targets and performance) with societal and investor expectations, or a failure to deliver our climate actions, may result in damage to our reputation, climate-related litigation (including class actions) or give rise to other adverse regulatory, legal or market responses.
•   Sub-optimal
selection, implementation or effectiveness of technology that is intended to contribute towards the delivery of our climate targets, goals and strategies, or unavailability of that technology (including due to a failure of external equipment manufacturers to deliver on schedule or competition for limited supply) could delay or increase costs in achieving our plans for operational decarbonisation.
•   Changes in laws, regulations, policies, obligations, government actions and our ability to anticipate and respond to such changes, including GHG emission targets, restrictive licencing, carbon taxes, carbon offset regulations, border adjustments or the addition or removal of subsidies, may give rise to adverse regulatory, legal or market responses. For example, the implementation of regulations intended to reduce GHG emissions in the steel industry in China could adversely impact demand for our metallurgical coal and/or iron ore.
ADOPTING TECHNOLOGIES AND MAINTAINING DIGITAL SECURITY
Risks associated with adopting and implementing new technologies, and maintaining the effectiveness of our existing digital landscape (including cyber defences) across our value chain.
Why is this important to BHP?
Our business and operational processes across our value chain are increasingly dependent on the effective application and adoption of technology, which we use as a lever to deliver on our current and future operational, financial and social objectives. This exposes BHP to risks originating from adopting or implementing new technologies, or failing to take appropriate action to position BHP for the digital future, which may impact the capabilities we require, the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations and our ability to compete effectively. We may also fail to maintain the effectiveness of our existing and future digital landscape, including cyber defences, exposing us to technology availability, reliability and cybersecurity risks. These could lead to operational events, commercial disruption (such as an inability to process or ship our products), corruption or loss of system data, misappropriation or loss of funds, unintended loss or disclosure of commercial or personal information, enforcement action or litigation. An inability to adequately maintain existing technology or implement critical new technology, or any sustained disruption to our existing technology, may also adversely affect our licence to operate, reputation, results of operations and financial performance.
Examples of potential threats
•   Failure to invest in appropriate technologies or to keep pace with advancements in technology that support the pursuit of our objectives may adversely impact the effectiveness or efficiency of our business and erode our competitive advantage. For example, a failure to implement appropriate technologies that support our assets to produce higher-grade commodities or less waste from existing resources could limit our ability to sell our commodities or reduce costs.
•   Failing to identify, access and secure necessary infrastructure and key inputs (including electricity, internet bandwidth, data, software, licences or other rights in intellectual property, hardware and talent) to support new technology innovations and advanced technologies may adversely affect our ability to adopt, operate or retain access to those technologies. This includes artificial intelligence and machine learning, process automation, robotics, data analytics, cloud computing, smart devices and remote working solutions. For example, adopting new technology to reduce GHG emissions through the use of alternative energy sources may require new infrastructure, while effective implementation of new digital technologies may be heavily dependent on access to relevant data.
•   Failure or outage of our information or operational technology systems.
•   Cyber events or attacks on our information or operational technology systems, including on third-party partners and suppliers (such as our cloud service providers). For example, a cyber attack could result in a failure of business-critical technology systems at one or more of our assets, which may reduce operational productivity and/or adversely impact safety.
97

ETHICAL MISCONDUCT
Risks associated with actual or alleged deviation from societal or business expectations of ethical behaviour (including breaches of laws or regulations) and wider or cumulative organisational cultural failings, resulting in significant reputational impacts.
Why is this important to BHP?
Actual or alleged conduct of BHP or our people or third-party partners that deviates from the standard of ethical behaviour expected of us could result in reputational damage or a breach of law or regulations. Such conduct includes fraud, corruption, anti-competitive behaviour, money laundering, breaching trade or financial sanctions, market manipulation, privacy breaches, ethical misconduct and wider organisational cultural failings. A failure to act ethically or legally may result in negative publicity, investigations, public inquiries, regulatory enforcement action, litigation or other civil or criminal proceedings, or increased regulation. It could also threaten the validity of our tenements or permits, or adversely impact our reputation, results of operations, financial performance or share price. Impacts may be amplified if our senior leaders fail to uphold BHP’s values or address actual or alleged misconduct in a way that is consistent with societal and stakeholder expectations. Our workplace culture may also be eroded, adversely affecting our ability to attract and retain talent. Risks and impacts are also heightened by the complex and continuously evolving legal and regulatory frameworks that apply to the jurisdictions where we operate and potentially conflicting obligations under different national laws.
Examples of potential threats
•   Failing to prevent breaches of international standards, laws, regulations or other legal, regulatory, ethical, environmental, governance or compliance obligations, such as external misstatements, inaccurate financial or operational reporting or a breach of our continuous disclosure obligations.
•   Corruption (for example, due to the acquisition of early-stage options in
non-OECD
countries), market conduct or anti-competitive behaviour, including in relation to our joint venture operations.
•   Failing to comply with trade or financial sanctions (which are complex and subject to rapid change and may potentially result in conflicting obligations), health, safety and environmental laws and regulations, native title and other land right or tax or royalty obligations.
•   Failing to protect our people from harm (including to mental and physical health) due to misconduct that takes place in connection with their work, such as discrimination or sexual harassment.
98

9.2    Management of risks
Each of our principal risksrisk factor may present opportunities as well as threats. We take riskcertain risks for strategic reward in the pursuit of our strategy and purpose, including to grow our asset portfolio and develop the right capabilities for the future of our business. Potential threats and opportunities associated with each of our principal risksrisk factors are described below, along with the key controls to manage them. These controls are not exhaustive and many Group-wide controls (such as
Our Code of Conduct
, Risk Framework, mandatory minimum performance requirements for risk management, health, safety and other matters, dedicated
non-operated
joint venture teams and our Contractor Management Framework) help to support effective and efficient management of all risks in line with our risk appetite. While we implement preventative and/or mitigating controls designed to reduce the likelihood of a threat from occurring and minimise the impacts if it does, these may not be effective.
Operational events
Risks associated with operational events in connection with our activities globally, resulting in significant adverse impacts on our people, communities, the environment or our business.
Examples of potential opportunities
 
Our focus on safety and the welfarewellbeing of our people, communities and the environment may increase workforceoperational resilience and other stakeholder confidence, enhancing our ability to attract and retain talent and access (or lower the cost of) capital.
 
Collaborating with industry peers and relevant organisations on minimum standards (such as the internationally recognised Flight Safety Foundation’s Basic Aviation Risk Standard, Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management, and Large Open Pit Project guidelines on
open-pit
mining design and management, and the Cave Mining 2040 Consortium on deep mining design and management) supports improvements to wider industry management of operational risks and may also identify opportunities to improve our own practices.
90

Key management actions
 
Planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining and monitoring surface and underground mines, water and tailings storage facilities, wells and other infrastructure and equipment in a manner designed to maintain structural integrity, prevent incidents and protect our people, assets, communities, the environment and other stakeholders.
 
Specifying minimum requirements and technical specifications, such as for transportation (including high-occupancy vehicles, aircraft and their operators) and geotechnical (including characterisation, design, ground control and monitoring), and compliance with operating specifications, industry codes and other relevant standards, including BHP’s mandatory minimum performance requirements.
 
Defining key accountablegovernance roles, such as a dam owner (an internal BHP individual who is accountable for maintaining effective governance and integrity of each tailings storage facility), and providing training and qualifications for our people.
 
Inspections, technical reviews, audits and other assurance activities, such as independent dam safety reviews and geotechnical review boards.
 
Maintaining evacuation routes, supporting equipment, continuity plans and crisis and emergency response plans and business continuity plans.
 
Incorporating future climate projections into risks associated with operational event risksevents through ongoing assessment of potential physical climate change risks.
FY2021FY2022 insights
While
Our exposure to risks associated with operational events decreased in FY2022 as the divestment of our overallinterests in Cerrejón and BMC, and the merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside, removed associated risks (including the risk of an offshore well blow out) from BHP’s risk profile. Otherwise, our exposure to risks associated with operational events remained relatively stable in FY2021, our risk profile has adapted to changes in our operating context. For example, a greater focus on exploration has increased our use of helicopters to conduct geophysical surveys and transport personnel. We have also had to adapt the way we transport people to and from work due to the
COVID-19unchanged.
pandemic (for example, more buses have been scheduled due to social distancing requirements).
Further information
 
Section 1.13.4OFR 7.4 – Safety
 
Section 1.13.15OFR 7.18 – Tailings storage facilities
 
Section 1.15OFR 8 – Samarco
 
bhp.com/sustainability
99

Accessing key markets
Risks associated with market concentration and our ability to sell and deliver products into existing and future key markets, impacting our economic efficiency.
Examples of potential opportunities
 
Monitoring macroeconomic, societal, geopolitical and policy developments and trends may reveal new markets or commodities, or identify opportunities to strengthen secondary markets for existing products.
 
Leveraging the opportunity to create value by developingDeveloping strategic partnerships and strong, mutually beneficial relationships with our customers.customers may enable us to create value.
 
Building a deep understanding of the geopolitical risks faced by BHPthreats and opportunities and their potential impacts on global trade flows and our business could enhance our strategy, business planning and response, providing a potential competitive advantage.
 
Identifying the potential for weather, climate variability or climate change to disrupt delivery of products and implementing management measures may increase the resilience of our operations and supplyvalue chain.
 
Signal monitoring and building relationships with and understanding the perspectives of influential stakeholders may improve our ability to understand and provide input to policy development, and to respond to and manage any impacts from policy changes (such as trade policies).
Key management actions
 
Monitoring and assessing our ability to access key markets, and maintaining sales plans, product placement and business resilience strategies and relationships with relevant stakeholders (such as the Chinese, United States and Australian Governments, and our customers in China and elsewhere).stakeholders.
 
Maintaining response plans for various scenarios (including physical disruptions of logistics) to mitigate disruptions to our ability to access key markets.
 
Monitoring geopolitical and macroeconomic developments and trends, including through signal monitoring and our enterprise-level watch list of emerging themes, to provide an early indication of events that could impact our ability to access key markets.
 
Identifying weather and/or climate-related vulnerabilities and implementing controls to mitigate disruptions to our ability to physically access key markets.
 
Diversification ofDiversifying our asset and commodity portfolio, such as our ongoing investment in potash through the Jansen Potash Project, to reduce exposure to market concentration risks.
FY2021FY2022 insights
Exposure to risks associated with our access to key markets increased in FY2021 as a resultFY2022 due to changes in our external environment, over which we have limited influence. The Ukraine conflict and the corresponding international response has significantly increased volatility and uncertainty in the international trading, business and financial environment. Escalation or expansion of tensionsthe conflict or the international response could cause greater disruption of global supply chains and affect macroeconomic conditions and our ability to sell to particular customers or markets. In addition, strategic competition between Australia, the United States and China and import restrictions and tariffs imposed by China on some Australian exports (including energy and metallurgical coal). Although our influence over these aspects of our external environment is limited, adjustments to our portfolio may reduce exposure to market concentration risk in the longer term.continued.
91

Further information
Section 4.10.2 Shareholder information – Markets
Optimising growth and portfolio returns and managing commodity price movements
Risks associated with our ability to position our asset portfolio to generate returns and value for shareholders (including securing growth options in future facing commodities) and to manage adverse impacts of short- and long-term movements in commodity prices.
Examples of potential opportunities
 
Acquisition of new resources or acceleration of organic growth options in future facing commodities may strengthen and diversify our portfolio and protect and grow value over the long term.
 
Ability to predict long-term commodity demand, supply and price trends may lead to BHP being able to identify and acquire new future facing commodities and assets ahead of our competitors or exit from declining commodities in a timely manner, strengthening our portfolio and leading to long-term, higher portfolio returns.
 
BHP may be perceived as a welcome and valued or preferred partner for the development of new resource opportunities, enabling us to secure new assets or exploration opportunities to create long-term optionality in the portfolio.
100

Key management actions
 
Strategies, processes and frameworks to grow and protect our portfolio and to assist in delivering ongoing returns to shareholders include:
 
our exploration and business development programs, which focus on replenishing our resource base and enhancing our portfolio (including creating and securing more options in future facing commodities)
 
our long-term strategic outlook and ongoing strategic processes to assess our competitive advantage and enable the identification of threats to, or opportunities for, our portfolio through forecasting and scenario modelling
 
monitoring signals to interpret external events and trends, and designing commodity strategies and price protocols that are reviewed by management and the Board
 
our Capital Allocation Framework, corporate planning processes, investment approval processes and annual reviews (including resilience testing) of portfolio valuations
 
our balance sheet and liquidity framework, which is designed to maintain a robust balance sheet with sufficient liquidity and access to diverse sources of funding
 
Pursuing a considered approach to new country entry, including development of capability to operate in higher-risk jurisdictions, in order to support portfolio opportunities in new jurisdictions.opportunities.
 
Further developing BHP’s social value proposition to position BHP as a preferred partner for the development of resource opportunities in line with the expectations of local communities, host governments and other global stakeholders.
 
Managing commodity price exposure through the diversity of commodities, markets, geographies and currencies provided by our portfolio, as well as our financial risk management practices in relation to our commercial activities.
FY2021FY2022 insights
Our exposure to risks associated with optimising ourgrowth and portfolio and managing commodity price movementsreturns increased in FY2021FY2022 as a result of volatility and uncertainty across global economies, including duefiscal regimes and industrial relations, licencing-regulatory uncertainty and escalating social value expectations. The ongoing conflict in Ukraine has contributed to inflationary pressures for key inputs across our value chain (such as diesel, acid, ammonia and explosives). In FY2022, we completed the continuing effects of the
COVID-19
pandemic. We announced the sale of Cerrejón in June 2021 as partdivestment of our intentioninterests in BMC and Cerrejón, and the merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside,
which are intended to optimise and consolidate our portfolio of coal assets to higher-quality metallurgical coal, and remain open to all options for BMC and NSWEC. Heightened societal expectations regarding the use of coal will continue to be a portfolio consideration. On 17 August 2021, we also announced our intention to merge our Petroleum assetsalign with Woodside,
(1)
which is designed to unlock synergies and increase value and choice for BHP’s shareholders.long-term strategy.
Further information
 
Section 1.5OFR 3 – Positioning for the future
 
Section 1.17OFR 10 – Performance by commodity
 
NoteFinancial Statements note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ in section 3
(1) 
On 17 August 2021, BHP announced it had entered into a merger commitment deed with Woodside to combine their respective oil and gas portfolios by an
all-stock
merger. Completion of the merger is subject to confirmatory due diligence, negotiation and execution of full form transaction documents, and satisfaction of conditions precedent including shareholder, regulatory and other approvals, and expected to occur in the second quarter of CY2022.
92

Significant social or environmental impacts
Risks associated with significant impacts of our operations on and contributions to communities and environments throughout the life cycle of our assets and across our value chain.
Examples of potential opportunities
 
Our support for responsible stewardship of natural resources may enhance the resilience of environments and communities to potential threats (including the potential physical impacts of climate change). For example, BHP has commenced a pilot study on developing a Natural Capital Account at a restored mine site to understand how we can better incorporate nature-related threats and opportunities into our strategic planning, risk management and asset allocation decisions.
 
Strong social performance, including sustainable mining and a focus on the wellbeing of communities, could generate competitive advantage in the jurisdictions where we operate. For example, BHP was recognised for our contribution to the development of female leaders in the Chilean mining sector (Inspirational Women in Mining Awards), which may enhance our attractiveness as a place to work and support talent retention.
 
Our global social value strategy may improve stakeholder relations, buildenhance community trust and increase investor confidence and demand for our commodities.
 
Greater clarity, transparency and standards associated with regulatory regimes that support and protect communities and the environment may increase requirements across our sector, generating competitive advantage for companies that have already invested in social and environmental performance.
Building our reputation for sustainable and responsible operating practices (such as through the Copper Mark, which was awarded to three of our copper assets in FY2022) may increase demand for some of our commodities and improve our access to talent and capital.
101

Key management actions
 
The
Our Requirements for Community
and
Our Requirements for Environment and Climate Change
standards provide requirements and practices that are designed to strengthen our social, human rights and environmental performance. Our Human Rights Policy Statement, Water Stewardship Position Statement, Climate Change Position StatementTransition Action Plan 2021 and Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement set out our targets, goals, commitments andand/or approach to these matters.
 
Engaging in regular, open and honesttransparent dialogue with stakeholders to better understand their expectations, concerns and interests, and undertaking research to better understand stakeholder perceptions.
 
Building social value into our decision-making process, along with financial considerations.considerations, including through our new social value framework and 2030 People, Planet and Prosperity goals.
 
Building stakeholder trust and contributing to environmental and community resilience, including through collaborating on shared challenges (such as climate change and water stewardship), enhanced external reporting of our operated assets’ potential impacts on biodiversity and maximising the value of social investments through our social investment strategy.
 
Conducting regular research and impact assessments for operated assets to better understand the social, environmental, human rights and economic context. This supports us to identify and analyse stakeholder, community and human rights impacts, including modern slavery risks and emerging issues. We also complete due diligence screening on suppliers through our Ethical Supply Chain and Transparency program.
 
Integrating closure into our planning, decision-making and other activities through the life cycle of our operated assets, as set out in our mandatory minimum performance requirements for closure.
FY2021FY2022 insights
Our exposure to risks with potentially significant social or environmental impacts increased in FY2021FY2022 due to environmental, political and regulatory developments, and increasing societal expectations, including of regulators and other stakeholders on Indigenous peoples’ rights, climate change and the potential impacts of our operations throughout the asset life cycle. We believehave continued to focus on improving engagement with Indigenous peoples, including the nexus between water, climate change,protection of cultural heritage. The economic importance of biodiversity is increasingly at the forefront of investor considerations (particularly following the Dasgupta Review in the United Kingdom in FY2021) and society is becoming increasingly clear asexpected to be strengthened through the development of institutional frameworks, including the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures. The opportunity for BHP in measuring and ascribing value to natural assets is to gain a driverbetter understanding of social expectations.the value of environmental impacts and dependencies, and the risks they may pose to delivery of our strategy, purpose and public targets, goals and commitments.
Further information
 
Section 1.12OFR 6 – People and culture
 
Section 1.13.8OFR 7.8 – Climate change
OFR 7.10 – Community
 
Section 1.13.10OFR 7.11 – Human rights
OFR 7.13 – Indigenous peoples
 
Section 1.13.11OFR 7.14 – Social investment
 
Section 1.13.12OFR 7.15 – Environment
 
Section 1.13.13OFR 7.16 – Water
 
Section 1.13.14 LandOFR 7.17 –Biodiversity and biodiversityland
bhp.com/sustainability
Inadequate business resilience
Examples of potential opportunities
Risk identification and management supports proactive, focused and prioritised deployment of resources to reduce exposure to adverse events. It may be used to inform priorities and strategies across BHP, supporting a proportionate and cost-effective response, which could provide a competitive advantage at a regional or global level.
Building wider organisational resilience may enable us to maintain dividends to shareholders amid adverse external events and make growth-generating, counter-cyclical investments, as well as to help us mitigate the impacts of unforeseeable adverse events. For example, we have developed new agile and remote ways of working in response to the
COVID-19
pandemic, which may also increase our resilience to other adverse events.
Adapting to climate change across our operations and value chain could enhance the safety, productivity and climate resilience of our operated assets, position BHP as a supplier of choice and provide competitive advantage (for example, by fulfilling our commitment to security of supply). Support for climate vulnerable communities and ecosystems may also improve our social value proposition.
102

Key management actions
Implementing Group-wide controls to enhance business resilience, including BHP’s mandatory minimum performance requirements for security, crisis and emergency management and business continuity plans, and seeking to maintain an investment grade credit rating.
Monitoring our current state of readiness (preparedness, redundancy and resilience), including through scenario analysis and business resilience exercises, supporting organisational capability in our operations, functions and senior management to effectively and efficiently respond to and recover from adverse events should they materialise.
Monitoring the external environment, including political and economic factors, through signal monitoring, our geopolitical monitoring and public policy frameworks and our enterprise-level watch list of emerging themes, to support early identification of policy changes or adverse events for which we may need to increase preparedness.
Identifying security threats that could directly or indirectly impact our operations and people in countries of interest to BHP.
Implementing our Adaptation Strategy with respect to the physical risks of climate change, including requiring operated assets and functions to identify and progressively assess potential physical climate change risks (including to our value chain) and build climate change adaptation into their plans, activities and investments.
Sourcing quality, centralised climate data covering each of our operating locations so that our operated assets and functions have access to appropriate data to support climate studies that will inform investment decisions around enhancing our operational resilience.
FY2022 insights
Our exposure to risks associated with inadequate business resilience continued to grow in FY2022, with the external environment becoming increasingly volatile. Key emerging themes (including social activism, international criminal enterprise, global terrorism, cyber threats and war) signal heightened levels of global uncertainty and an increased likelihood of unexpected shocks or disruptions. At the same time, crisis events are increasing in frequency and scale. Some of these events directly impacted our business during FY2022, including the emergence of new COVID-19 variants and flooding in eastern and southern Australia (which flooded the road to Olympic Dam and impacted inbound critical consumables). In addition to continuing to build organisational resilience to such threats, adaptation of our business to the potential physical impacts of climate change continues to be at the forefront of our thinking, with the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 6
th
Assessment Report noting the increased frequency and magnitude of climatic events.
Further information
BHP Climate Change Report 2020
BHP Climate Transition Action Plan 2021
OFR 7.8 – Climate change
OFR 7.12 – Security services
 
bhp.com/sustainability
Low-carbon
transition
Risks associated with the transition to a
low-carbon
economy.
Examples of potential opportunities
 
Our copper, nickel, iron ore and metallurgical coal provide essential building blocks for renewable power generation and electric vehicles, and can play an important part in the transition to a
low-carbon
economy.
 
Our potash fertiliser options can promote more efficient and more profitable agriculture and alleviate the increased competition for arable land.
 
Increased collaboration with customers, suppliers and original equipment manufacturers, such as BHP’s partnerships with each ofHBIS Group, China Baowu, JFE, POSCO and HBIS for research and development ofTata Steel to explore technologies to reduce GHG emissions across the steel decarbonisation pathways,value chain, can provide opportunities for the development of new products and markets.
93

Key management actions
 
Establishing public views and commitmentspositions on, and mandatory minimum performance requirements for managing, climate change threats and opportunities, which are set out in our Climate Change Position Statement, our Climate Change Report 2020, our Climate Transition Action Plan 2021 and the
Our Requirements for Environment and Climate Change
standard.
 
Using climate-related scenarios (including our Paris-aligned 1.5°C scenario), themes and signposts (such as monitoring policy, regulatory, legal, technological, market and other societal developments) to evaluate the resilience of our portfolio and inform our strategy.
 
Considering transition risks (including carbon prices) when making capital expenditure decisions or allocating capital through our Capital Allocation Framework, supporting the prioritisation of capital and investment approval processes.
 
Seeking to mitigate our exposure to risks arising from policy and regulation in our operating jurisdictions and markets by reducing our operational GHG emissions and taking a product stewardship approach to GHG emissions in our value chain.
 
Advocating for the introduction of an effective, long-term policy framework that can deliver a measured transition to a
low-carbon
economy.
FY2021
103

FY2022 insights
Our exposure to transition risks increaseddecreased in FY2021FY2022 due primarily to political developments –portfolio changes involving the merger of our Petroleum business with the Biden administration renewingWoodside and divestment of our interests in BMC and Cerrejón. However, societal pressure for change continued to increase with many governments and organisations making commitments to achieve GHG emissions targets within specified timeframes, including commitments at the United States’ focus on climate and net zero goals set by China, Japan and the European Union – and greater investorNations Climate Change Conference (COP 26) in November 2021. Investor and other stakeholder interest in understanding how climate change might impact our strategy and portfolio. Stakeholderportfolio continued to grow in FY2022, and stakeholder expectations of BHP regarding disclosure of climate change-relatedclimate-related information have grown accordingly (for example, Climate Action 100+ requested information from BHP to conduct its first net zero company benchmark in FY2021). Actions by investors and proxy advisers seeking to hold companies accountable for their climate strategies also accelerated during FY2021. We anticipate these and potentially other factors will continue to affect transition risks in FY2022, following publication in August 2021 of the first part of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Sixth Assessment Report, Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis. However, our recent proposed portfolio changes would, subject to their completion, reduce our exposure to certain transition risks.increased accordingly.
Further information
Section 1.5 Positioning for future
Section 1.13.7 Climate change and portfolio resilience
 
BHP Climate Change Report 2020
 
BHP Climate Transition Action Plan 2021
 
OFR 3 – Positioning for the future
OFR 7.8 – Climate change
bhp.com/climatesustainability/climate-change
Adopting technologies and maintaining digital security
Risks associated with adopting and implementing new technologies, and maintaining the effectiveness of our existing digital landscape (including cyber defences) across our value chain.
Examples of potential opportunities
 
Application ofApplying digital solutions across our operations and value chain may unlock greater productivity and safety performance. For example, using predictive analytics to enable operations to identify asset condition and efficiencies may improve safety, production and equipment availability, and reduce maintenance and other costs.
 
Technology solutions to reduce GHG emissions may support BHP, and our suppliers and customers in achieving climate action targets. For example, BHP is collaborating with other miners and suppliers to develop new technology to electrifyhas become a founding partner of Komatsu’s GHG Alliance in the ongoing development of zero GHG emissions haul trucks.
 
Developing and applying artificial intelligence in mine planning, remote operation and advanced robotic technologies may identify or provide access to previously unknown or inaccessible deposits and development of
end-to-end
autonomous mining systems.
 
Using digital simulations and predictive trend modelling may enable us to optimise the deployment of new technologies, such as automation and electrification, support early identification of process variances and faults, and support the marketing of our products to customers.
94

Key management actions
 
Our assets, functions and projects are responsible for managing localised or project-specific exposure to technology risks.and cyber risks, including risks associated with business- critical technology systems. Enterprise-level risks that are specific to technology, such as those that pose a greater threat to our wider business and strategic opportunities, are generally managed by our global Technology team and other relevant stakeholders to support delivery of our technology strategy.
 
We collaborate with industry and research partners to develop technological solutions.
 
Our Technology Risk Committee oversees the management and improvement of technology risks and controls, and supports the embedment of a sustainable risk culture in our Technology team.
 
We employ a number of measures designed to protect against, detect and respond to cyber events or attacks, including BHP’s mandatory minimum performance requirements for technology and cybersecurity, cybersecurity performance requirements for suppliers, cybersecurity strategy and resilience programs, an enterprise security framework and cybersecurity standards, cybersecurity risk and control guidance, security awareness plansprograms and training to build capability, security assessments and continuous monitoring, restricted physical access to hardware and crisis management plans.
FY2021FY2022 insights
Risks associated withAs we continued to leverage technology and the pace of technological innovation continue to evolve rapidly. The Group’senable digital transformation in FY2022, our exposure to technologyassociated risks increased in FY2021 due primarily to anincreased. In particular, a continued increase in the frequency and sophistication of cyberattackscyber attacks against companies, inas well as on supply chains and critical infrastructure (for example, cyber attacks affecting South Africa Transfer Port Terminals and the resources industry and governments. BHP continuesToronto Transit Commission) highlighted the importance of our ongoing focus to leverage technologystrengthen management of cybersecurity risk across the Group. We continued to deliver value while taking actions to manage associated risks and strengthening cyber capabilities. During FY2021, we implemented programs to enable rapid technology development, improve operational performance and to create new analytic capabilities.adopt digital technologies where appropriate, including through the use of greater automation at our operations.
Further information
Section 1.6.2 How we deliver value – TechnologyOFR 2.2
104

Ethical misconduct
Risks associated with actual or alleged deviation from societal or business expectations of ethical behaviour (including breaches of laws or regulations) and wider or cumulative organisational cultural failings, resulting in significant reputational impacts.
Examples of potential opportunities
 
Our capability to manage ethical misconduct risks may expand portfolio growth options by providing greater assurance that we can operate legally and ethically in high-risk jurisdictions.
 
Managing ethical misconduct risks in line with societal and stakeholder expectations may distinguish BHP from competitors and enhance our ability to raise capital, attract and retain talent, engage with governments and communities in new jurisdictions, obtain permits, partner with external organisations or suppliers, or market our products to customers.
Playing a leading role in the management of ethical misconduct risks, such as sexual harassment risks, may help BHP to increase ethical and behavioural standards across the resources industry.
Key management actions
 
Setting the ‘tone from the top’ through
Our Charter,
, which is central to our business and describes our purpose, values and how we measure success.
 
Implementing internal policies, standards, systems and processes for governance and compliance to support an appropriate culture and prioritise respectful behaviours at BHP, including:
 
Our Code of Conduct
¡
Our Code of Conduct and BHP’s mandatory minimum performance requirements for business conduct, market disclosure and other matters
 
training on
Our Code of Conduct
¡
training on Our Code of Conduct and in relation to anti-corruption, market conduct and competition
¡
ring fencing protocols to separate potentially competing businesses within BHP
¡
governance and compliance processes, including classification of sensitive transactions, as well as accounting, procurement and other internal controls, and tailored monitoring of control effectiveness
¡
oversight and engagement with high-risk areas by our Ethics and Investigations, Compliance and Internal Audit teams, and the Disclosure Committee
¡
review and endorsement by our Compliance team of the highest-risk transactions, such as gifts and hospitality, engagement of third parties, community donations and sponsorships above defined thresholds
¡
automated counterparty and transaction screening against lists of entities subject to trade sanctions
¡
our EthicsPoint anonymous reporting service, supported by an ethics and investigations framework and central investigations team
¡
our ‘Together we can stop sexual harassment’ campaign, launched across all our offices and sites in Australia, and ‘Stop for Safety’ sessions held globally by our leaders to set expectations around racism, sexual harassment and other disrespectful behaviours
 
ring fencing protocols to separate potentially competitive businesses within BHP
governance and compliance processes, including classification of sensitive transactions, as well as accounting, procurement and other internal controls, and tailored monitoring of control effectiveness
oversight and engagement with high-risk areas by our Ethics and Compliance function, Internal Audit and Advisory team and the Disclosure Committee
review and endorsement by our Ethics and Compliance function of the highest-risk transactions, such as gifts and hospitality, engagement of third parties, community donations and sponsorships above defined thresholds
automated counterparty and transaction screening against lists of entities subject to trade sanctions
our EthicsPoint anonymous reporting service, supported by an ethics and investigations framework and central investigations team
Continuing to enforce
Our Code of Conduct
via appropriate investigations and responses including disciplinary action, in addition to deployment of appropriate safety controls to prevent harm.
Requiring anti-corruption and human rights risks to be considered as part of our new country entry approval process.
FY2021FY2022 insights
Our exposure to ethical misconduct risks increased in FY2021,FY2022, including due to continued exploration of, and investment in, potential growth options in high-risk or less economically developed jurisdictionsjurisdictions. Societal expectations regarding respectful behaviours in the workplace continued to grow. We continued to implement and escalatingimprove controls designed to create a safe and respectful workplace and prevent sexual harassment from occurring. The ongoing conflict in Ukraine triggered the introduction of trade and financial sanctions or equivalent measures (in particular, among China and Australia andby the United States). Societal expectations have also increased – stakeholder dissatisfaction in response toStates, United Kingdom, European Union and other companies’ executive misconduct and failures to uphold corporate or societal values demonstratejurisdictions against Russia, underscoring the importance of implementing and maintaining effective preventative controls and responding to inappropriate conduct in a timely manner.
95

Further information
Our Charter
and
Our Codecontinued management of Conduct
Section 2.1.15 Our conduct – EthicsPoint
Section 2.1 Corporate Governance Statement
Section 1.13.5 Health – Sexual assault and sexual harassment
Section 1.13.6 Ethics and business conduct
Inadequate business resilience
Risks associated with unanticipated or unforeseeable adverse events and a failure of planning and preparedness to respond to, manage and recover from adverse events (including potential physical impacts of climate change).
Examples of potential opportunities
Risk identification and management supports proactive, focused and prioritised deployment of resources to reduce exposure to adverse events. It may be used to inform priorities and strategies across BHP, supporting a proportionate and cost-effective response, which could provide a competitive advantage at a regional or global level.
Building wider organisational resilience may help us to mitigate the impacts of unforeseeable adverse events. For example, processes may be redesigned to enhance resilience to adverse events, such as pandemics.
Adapting to climate changerisks across our operations and value chain could position BHP as a supplier of choice and provide competitive advantage (for example, by fulfilling our commitment to security of supply). Support for climate vulnerable communities and ecosystems may also improve our social value proposition.
Key management actions
Implementing Group-wide controls to enhance business resilience, including BHP’s mandatory minimum performance requirements for security, crisis and emergency management and business continuity plans.
Monitoring our current state of readiness (preparedness, redundancy and resilience), including through scenario analysis, to respond to and recover from adverse events to support organisational capability in our operations, functions and senior management to effectively and efficiently respond to events should they materialise.
Monitoring the external environment, including political and economic factors through signal monitoring, our geopolitical monitoring and public policy frameworks and our enterprise-level watch list of emerging themes, to support early identification of policy changes or adverse events for which we may need to increase preparedness.
Identifying security threats that could directly or indirectly impact our operations and people in countries of interest to BHP. For example, a review of BHP’s global security program was undertaken in FY2021 to better understand our security position and identify potential improvements.operations.
Implementing our Climate Change Adaptation Strategy, including requiring operated assets and functions to identify and progressively assess potential physical climate change risks (including to our value chain) and build climate change adaptation into their plans, activities and investments.
FY2021 insights
Our exposure to risks associated with inadequate business resilience grew in FY2021 due to the increasing frequency and scale of crisis events, such as extreme temperatures and weather events being experienced globally and the continuing global impacts of the
COVID-19
pandemic. While the impacts on BHP have been relatively minor to date, sustained or increased geopolitical tensions, the pandemic and nationalist sentiment may exacerbate the drivers of conflict, instability and unrest, including existing inequality within and between nations. This could increase the likelihood of more significant events that can have a greater impact on our business, such as social unrest and conflict (including war and terrorism).
Further information
 
bhp.com/climateOur Charter and Our Code of Conduct
 
96
OFR 7.5 – Sexual harassment
OFR 7.7 – Ethics and business conduct
Corporate Governance Statement
105

1.16.2    Robust risk assessment and viability statement
The Board has carried out a robust assessment of BHP’s emerging and principal risks, including those that could result in events or circumstances that might threaten BHP’s business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity and reputation.
The Board has assessed the prospects of BHP over the next three years, taking into account our current position and principal risks.
The Board believes a three-year viability assessment period is appropriate for the following reasons. BHP has a
two-year
budget, a five-year plan and a longer-term life of asset outlook. As highlighted in the ‘Risk factors’ section, there is considerable uncertainty in the external environment (which has been amplified by the
COVID-19
pandemic), including due to political and policy uncertainty, evolving stakeholder expectations (for example, in relation to the environment, climate change and human rights), civil unrest or reform in some countries in which we operate, continued market volatility and geopolitical tensions that could affect our ability to access key markets. This could lead to changes to our regulatory environment and stakeholder expectations of our business, increase the risk of commodity price volatility and also affect the longer-term supply, demand and price of our commodities. These factors result in variability in plans and budgets. A three-year period strikes an appropriate balance between long and short-term influences on performance.
The viability assessment took into account, among other things:
•   BHP’s commodity price protocols
•   the latest funding and liquidity update
•   the long-dated maturity profile of BHP’s debt and the maximum debt maturing in any one year
•   the flexibility in BHP’s capital and exploration expenditure programs under the Capital Allocation Framework
•   the reserve life of BHP’s minerals assets and the
reserves-to-production
life of BHP’s oil and gas assets
•   the Group-level material risk profile (including climate-related risks) and the mitigating actions available should particular risks materialise
•   any actual and further anticipated impacts of the
COVID-19
pandemic on BHP’s
two-year
budget and five-year plan
The Board’s assessment also took into account reverse stress testing of the Group’s balance sheet to determine the additional levels of debt it could support on forecast commodity prices, as well as the cyclical low price case used in monthly balance sheet stress testing. Results were compared against assessed financial impacts for all material risks recorded on the Group’s risk profile, enabling the Board to consider the resilience of the balance sheet in the context of identified threats.
In addition, the balance sheet was stress tested against three hypothetical scenarios. Each scenario modelled two or three hypothetical events, based on our principal risks, occurring simultaneously towards the start of FY2022. Scenarios were designed without regard to the effectiveness of preventative controls and reflect market, operational, and a combination of market and operational risks. The simultaneous occurrence of all four events was not considered plausible. Further details are set out in the table below.
Scenario
Principal risk
Hypothetical event
  A  
  B  
  C  
Operational events
Offshore well blow out involving a drilling rig that we operate in the US Gulf of Mexico
Catastrophic failure of a tailings storage facility at an operated asset in Australia
Accessing key markets
Temporary physical or logistical disruption of access to key markets preventing the sale or delivery of commodities to Asia
Optimising portfolio returns and managing commodity price movements
Low commodity price environment for two years, commencing at the start of the second half of FY2022, followed by a gradual recovery by the end of the first half of FY2026
A number of our other principal risks may have impacts that are embedded in these scenarios. For example, a cyber event or attack may lead to an operational event, while responses of governments and other stakeholders to a pandemic may result in an economic slowdown and low commodity price environment. For further information on our principal risks, see the ‘Risk factors’ section.
97

While scenario modelling was undertaken for the duration of BHP’s five-year plan, confidence is higher in the first three years. Stress testing demonstrated the Group’s balance sheet was put under the greatest stress by Scenario C, which reflects both market and operational risks, with net debt expected to increase to approximately US$48 billion over FY2022 to FY2024 (assuming dividends would be suspended in accordance with our Capital Allocation Framework). In such circumstances, the Board considered that the Group would have a number of further mitigating actions available to it which would be expected to allow the Group to limit net debt to approximately US$30 billion over that period, including deferral of discretionary capital expenditure and divestment of certain assets. BHP would also have access to US$5.5 billion of credit through its revolving credit facility. These mitigating actions would be expected to be sufficient to support minimum investment-grade credit ratings over FY2022 to FY2024.
For the purposes of stress testing, the Board made certain key assumptions regarding management of the portfolio, the alignment of production, capital expenditure and operating expenditure with five-year plan forecasts and the alignment of prices with the cyclical low price case used in monthly balance sheet stress testing.
In making this viability statement, the Board was also mindful of other relevant factors, including key risk indicator performance, monthly balance sheet stress testing against the cyclical low price case, the assessment of the Group’s portfolio against scenarios as part of BHP’s strategy and corporate planning processes, a Board-level risk identification session to help identify key uncertainties facing the Group, and the proposed changes to the Group’s portfolio which are currently expected to complete in FY2022.
(1)
Taking account of these matters (including the assumptions) and our current position and principal risks, the Board has a reasonable expectation that BHP will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the next three years.
1.1710    Performance by commodity
Management believes the following information presented by commodity provides a meaningful indication of the underlying financial and operating performance of the assets, including equity accounted investments, of each reportable segment. Information relating to assets that are accounted for as equity accounted investments is shown to reflect BHP’s share, unless otherwise noted, to provide insight into the drivers of these assets.
For the purposes of this financial information, segments are reported on a statutory basis in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. The tables for each commodity include an ‘adjustment for equity accounted investments’ to reconcile the equity accounted results to the statutory segment results.
For a reconciliation of alternative performance measures to their respective IFRS measure and an explanation as to the use of Underlying EBITDA in assessing our performance, refer to section 4.2. For the definition and method of calculation of alternative performance measures, refer to section 4.2.1. For more information as to the statutory determination of our reportable segments, refer to Financial Statements note 1 ‘Segment reporting’ in section 3..
Unit costs
(2)
is one of the our
non-IFRS
financial measures used to monitor the performance of our individual assets and is included in the analysis of each reportable segment. For the definition and method of calculation of our
non-IFRS
financial measures, including Underlying EBITDA and Unit costs, refer to OFR 11.
1.17.1    Petroleum
Detailed below is financial and operating information for Petroleum comparing FY2021 to FY2020. For more detailed financial information on our Petroleum assets, refer to section 4.4.1.
Year ended 30 June
US$M
 
  
   
2021
   2020 
Revenue
   
 
3,946
 
   4,070 
Underlying EBITDA
   
 
2,300
 
   2,207 
Net operating assets
   
 
7,964
 
   8,247 
Capital expenditure
   
 
994
 
   909 
Total petroleum production (Mmboe)
   
 
103
 
   109 
Average realised prices
     
Oil (crude and condensate) (US$/bbl)
   
 
52.56
 
   49.53 
Natural gas (US$/Mscf)
   
 
4.34
 
   4.04 
LNG (US$/Mscf)
   
 
5.63
 
   7.26 
Key drivers of Petroleum’s financial results
Price overview
Trends in each of the major markets are outlined below.
Crude oil
Our average realised sales price for crude oil for FY2021 was US$52.56 per barrel (FY2020: US$49.53 per barrel). Brent crude oil prices steadily increased through FY2021, rising from around US$40/bbl at the beginning of FY2021 to around US$75/bbl at the close. A recovery in business activity and mobility as economies reduced
COVID-19
controls has supported oil demand. Supply side curtailments from OPEC+ and capital restraint from US operators have supported oil inventories to rebalance globally. Demand is expected to continue its recovery to
pre-COVID-19
levels in FY2022. The rate at which currently curtailed supply is expected to come back
on-stream
is uncertain. Longer term, we believe oil will remain attractive, even under a plausible low price case, for a considerable time to come.
(1) 
Refer to section 1.5 Positioning for the future, Petroleum business merger proposal and Update on our
non-core
coal divestment process.
(2) 
For more information on Alternative Performance Measures, refer to section 4.2.
98

Liquefied natural gas
Our average realised sales price for LNG for FY2021 was US$5.63 per Mcf (FY2020: US$7.26 per Mcf). The Japan-Korea Marker (JKM) price for LNG performed strongly in FY2021, hitting an
all-time
high in January 2021 supported by cold weather, recovery in China, high European gas prices, unplanned outages and less incremental supply coming online. Longer term, we expect the commodity to offer a combination of systematic base decline and an attractive demand trajectory, with new supply likely to be required to balance the market in the middle of this decade, or slightly later. However, gas resource is currently abundant and liquefaction infrastructure comes with large upfront costs and extended pay backs. Within global gas, LNG is expected to gain share. Against this backdrop, LNG assets advantaged by their proximity to existing infrastructure or customers, or both, in addition to being at the lower end of the emissions intensity curve, are expected to remain attractive.
Production
Total Petroleum production for FY2021 decreased by 6 per cent to 103 MMboe.
Crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids production decreased by 6 per cent to 46 MMboe due to natural field decline across the portfolio, a highly active hurricane season in the Gulf of Mexico in the first half of the year and downtime at Atlantis, with
tie-in
activity in the first half of the year and unplanned downtime in the March 2021 quarter. These impacts were partially offset by the earlier than scheduled achievement of first production from the Atlantis Phase 3 project in July 2020 and the additional working interest acquired in Shenzi, completed on 6 November 2020.
Natural gas production decreased by 5 per cent to 341 bcf, reflecting planned shutdowns at Angostura related to the Ruby
tie-in,
lower gas demand at Bass Strait and natural field decline across the portfolio. The decline was partially offset by improved reliability at Bass Strait and higher domestic gas sales at Macedon.
For more information on individual asset production in FY2021, FY2020 and FY2019, refer to section 4.5.
Financial results
Petroleum revenue for FY2021 decreased by US$0.1 billion to US$3.9 billion reflecting lower production offset by higher average realised prices.
Underlying EBITDA for Petroleum increased by US$0.1 billion to US$2.3 billion. Price impacts, net of price-linked costs, increased
Underlying EBITDA by US$0.3 billion but were partially offset by the impacts of lower production of US$0.2 billion. Controllable cash costs decreased by US$43 million reflecting lower maintenance activity at our Australian assets due to
COVID-19
restrictions and lower exploration seismic activity. This was partially offset by higher workover activity at Atlantis, restructuring costs related to improving future competitiveness and increased business development activity in Mexico due to Trion progressing into
pre-feasibility.
Petroleum unit costs increased by 11 per cent to US$10.83 per barrel of oil equivalent due to lower volumes and unfavourable exchange rate movements, partially offset by a reduction in price-linked costs. The calculation of petroleum unit costs is set out in the table below:
Petroleum unit costs
(US$M)
  
FY2021
  FY2020 
Revenue
  
 
3,946
 
  4,070 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
2,300
 
  2,207 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Gross costs
  
 
1,646
 
  1,863 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: exploration expense
  
 
296
 
  394 
Less: freight
  
 
107
 
  110 
Less: development and evaluation
  
 
196
 
  166 
Less: other
(1)
  
 
(68
  131 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net costs
  
 
1,115
 
  1,062 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Production (MMboe, equity share)
  
 
103
 
  109 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cost per Boe (US$) 
(2)(3)
  
 
10.83
 
  9.74 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
Other includes
non-cash
profit on sales of assets, inventory movements, foreign exchange, provision for onerous lease contracts and the impact from revaluation of embedded derivatives in the Trinidad and Tobago gas contract.
(2) 
FY2021 based on an exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.75.
(3) 
FY2021 excludes
COVID-19
related costs of US$0.27 per barrel of oil equivalent that are reported as exceptional items.
Delivery commitments
We have delivery commitments of natural gas and LNG of approximately 1.1 billion Mcf through 2031 and Crude commitments of 9 million barrels through 2024. We have sufficient proved reserves and production capacity to fulfil these delivery commitments.
99

We have obligation commitments of US$41 million for contracted capacity on transportation pipelines and gathering systems through FY2025, on which we are the shipper. The agreements have annual escalation clauses.
Other information
Drilling
The number of wells in the process of drilling and/or completion as of 30 June 2021 was as follows:
   
Exploratory wells
   
Development wells
   
Total
 
   
Gross
   
Net 
(1)
   
Gross
   
Net 
(1)
   
Gross
   
Net 
(1)
 
Australia
                        
United States
           27    9    27    9 
Other
(2)
           5    3    5    3 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
           32    12    32    12 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1) 
Represents our share of the gross well count.
(2) 
Other is comprised of Trinidad and Tobago.
Petroleum
BHP’s net share of capital development expenditure in FY2021, which is presented on a cash basis within this section, was US$994 million (FY2020: US$909 million). While the majority of the expenditure in FY2021 was incurred by operating partners at our Australian and Gulf of Mexico
non-operated
assets, we also incurred capital expenditure at our operated Australian, Gulf of Mexico, and Trinidad and Tobago assets.
Australia
BHP’s net share of capital development expenditure in FY2021 was US$197 million. The expenditure was primarily related to:
Scarborough gas field development
North West Shelf: Greater Western Flank 3 and Lambert Deep subsea tie back development, Karratha Gas Plant refurbishment projects and facility integrity projects
Bass Strait: West Barracouta subsea tie back development
Gulf of Mexico
BHP’s net share of capital development expenditure in FY2021 was US$599 million. The expenditure was primarily related to:
Atlantis: execution of approved development on Atlantis Phase 3 Project and Brownfield subsea tie back to existing Atlantis facility in Gulf of Mexico
Mad Dog: execution phase of Phase 2 development
Shenzi: Drilling of Shenzi North and ongoing infill drilling
Trinidad and Tobago
BHP’s net share of capital development expenditure in FY2021 was US$152 million. The expenditure was primarily related to:
Ruby: execution of approved development of Block 3a resources in the Ruby and Delaware reservoirs
Outlook
Production is expected to be between 99 and 106 MMboe in FY2022, reflecting a full year of the additional 28 per cent working interest acquired in Shenzi, increased production at Shenzi from infill wells and increased volumes from Ruby following first production in May 2021, offset by natural field decline across the portfolio.
Unit costs in FY2022 are expected to be between US$11 and US$12 per barrel (based on an exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.78) reflecting the expected impact of an increase in exchange rate and expected higher price-linked costs. In the medium term, we expect an increase in unit costs to be maintained at less than US$13 per barrel (based on an exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.78) primarily as a result of expected natural field decline.
Petroleum capital and exploration expenditure of approximately US$2.3 billion is planned in FY2022.
100

On 17 August 2021, the Group announced the proposed merger of our Petroleum assets with Woodside. On completion of the proposed transaction, BHP’s oil and gas business would merge with Woodside, and Woodside would issue new shares to be distributed to BHP shareholders, at which time it is expected that Woodside would be owned 52 per cent and 48 per cent by existing Woodside and BHP shareholders, respectively. The merger, which has a proposed effective date of 1 July 2021, is subject to confirmatory due diligence, negotiation and execution of full form transaction documents, and satisfaction of conditions precedent including shareholder, regulatory and other approvals. The Group continues to assess the full financial reporting impacts of the proposed merger. However, the preliminary terms of the merger did not provide an indicator of impairment for our Petroleum assets at 30 June 2021. The merger is expected to be completed during the first half of CY2022, at which time, we would derecognise the carrying value of our Petroleum assets, which at 30 June 2021 included, but was not limited to, property plant and equipment and closure and rehabilitation provisions of approximately US$11.9 billion and US$3.9 billion, respectively. The outlook for our expected production, unit costs and capital and exploration expenditure in FY2022 does not take into account the proposed merger with Woodside.
The comparison for the year ended 30 June 2020 to 30 June 2019 has been omitted from this Form
20-F
and can be found in our Form
20-F
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020, filed on 22 September 2020.
1.17.210.1    Copper
Detailed below is financial and operating information for our Copper assets comparing FY2021FY2022 to FY2020. For more detailed financial information on our Copper assets, refer to section 4.4.2.FY2021.
 
Year ended 30 June
US$M
 
  
  
2021
   2020  
  
   
2022
   2021 
Revenue
   
 
15,726
 
   10,666    
 
16,849
 
   15,726 
Underlying EBITDA
   
 
8,489
 
   4,347    
 
8,565
 
   8,489 
Net operating assets
   
 
26,928
 
   25,357    
 
27,420
 
   26,928 
Capital expenditure
   
 
2,180
 
   2,434    
 
2,528
 
   2,180 
Total copper production (kt)
   
 
1,636
 
   1,724    
 
1,574
 
   1,636 
Average realised prices
          
Copper (US$/lb)
   
 
3.81
 
   2.50    
 
4.16
 
   3.81 
Key drivers of Copper’s financial results
Price overview
Our average realised sales price for FY2021FY2022 was US$3.814.16 per pound (FY2020:(FY2021: US$2.503.81 per pound). Copper rode a wave of investor optimism forprices spent much of FY2021, hitting an
all-time
highFY2022 trading around historic highs, buoyed by robust demand, low visible inventories, delays to new copper projects and Russian supply risks. However, prices fell in May.two stages in the June quarter. The first decline was due to the demand impact of China’s
COVID-19
lockdowns. The second was due to recession speculation in advanced economies. We believe mine supply and scrap collection will both need to rise to meet demand growthgrow in the medium term.coming few years, covering near-term demand growth. Longer term, traditional
end-use
demand is expected to be solid, while broad exposure to the electrification mega-trendmegatrend offers attractive upside. Prices are expected to rise compared to historical averages in the long term due to grade decline, resource depletion, increased input costs, water constraints, rising ESG standards, and a scarcity of high-quality future development opportunities after a poor decade for industry-wide exploration. Regulatory risk is an emerging theme across the industry.
Production
Total Copper production for FY2021FY2022 decreased by 54 per cent to 1,6361,574 kt.
Escondida copper production decreased by 106 per cent to 1,0681,004 kt as continued strongprimarily due to concentrator feed grade decline of 4 per cent, public road blockades affecting access to site for both workers and supplies, and the impact of a reduced operational workforce from
COVID-19.
Despite these challenges, Escondida achieved record material mined for FY2022 and near record concentrator throughput of 371 ktpd, at record levels, was more than367 ktpd.
Pampa Norte copper production increased by 29 per cent to 281 kt reflecting the ramp up of the Spence Growth Option (SGO), partially offset by the impact of expected lower concentrator feed grade and lower cathode production as a result of a reduced operational workforce due to
COVID-19
restrictions.
14 per cent decline in Pampa Norte stacking feed grade.
Olympic Dam copper production decreased by 1033 per cent to 218138 kt largely due to a decline in stacking feed grade at Spence of 11 per cent, planned maintenance at Spence and the impact of a reduced operational workforce as a result of the major smelter maintenance campaign (SCM21) completed in January 2022 which was delayed due to
COVID-19
restrictions partially offset byimpacts on the new streamavailability of concentratethe workforce. Near record production in the June 2022 quarter followed the successful ramp up of the smelter to full capacity in April 2022. Average copper grade of 2.14 per cent was achieved in FY2022 as the majority of material mined is from the Spence Growth Option that came online in December 2020.
Olympic Dam copper production increased by 20 per cent to 205 kt, the highest annual production achieved since our acquisition in 2005, reflecting improved smelter stability and strong underground mine performance. Olympic Dam also achieved record gold production of 146 koz.
Southern Mine Area.
Antamina copper production increased 16by 4 per cent to 144150 kt, and zincreflecting higher copper head grades. Zinc production increased 64decreased by 15 per cent to a record 145 Kt,123 kt reflecting both higher copper andlower zinc head grades.
For more information on individual asset production in FY2021, FY2020 and FY2019, refer to section 4.5.
101106

Financial results
Copper revenue increased by US$5.11.1 billion to US$15.716.8 billion in FY2021FY2022 due to higher average realised Copper prices offset by lower production.
Underlying EBITDA for Copper increased by US$4.1 billion76 million to US$8.58.6 billion. Price impacts, net of price-linked costs, increased Underlying EBITDA by US$4.31.0 billion. Lower volumes decreased Underlying EBITDA by US$258652 million.
Controllable cash costs increased by US$106107 million, due to higher inventory drawdownscosts at Olympic Dam,Escondida in line with record material mined and workforce bonus payments for renewal of a collective bargaining agreement, and also at Spence from stronger milla ramp up of concentrate volumes. In addition, controllable costs increased at both Escondida and smelter performance comparedPampa Norte due to costs associated with the implementation of
COVID-19
preventative measures (reported as an exceptional item in the prior period, and at Escondida to offset lower material mined during the period due to a reduced operational workforce.year). This was partially offset by strong cost performancefavourable inventory movements at Escondida and Spence as well as lower costs at Olympic Dam reflecting favourable inventory movements due to reduced operational activity during the major smelter maintenance campaign. In the prior year, costs benefited from a US$99 million
one-off
gain from the optimised outcome from renegotiation of cancelled power contracts at Escondida and Spence, and favourable leach pad inventory movements at Escondida and Spence.
Non-cash
costs decreased by US$273 million due to lower deferred stripping depletion at Escondida, reflecting the planned development phase of the mines. Inflation and foreign exchange ratehigher input prices for diesel, acid and consumables negatively impacted Underlying EBITDA by US$514408 million which wasand US$295 million respectively, partially offset by increased equityfavourable foreign exchange rate movements of US$497 million. Equity accounted investment profits attributable to Antamina ofincreased by US$411 million.97 million due to higher realised prices for both copper and zinc.
UnitEscondida unit costs at Escondida decreasedincreased by 120 per cent to US$1.001.20 per pound reflecting continuedat realised exchange rates. This reflected strong concentrator throughput, at record levels, as well as lower deferred stripping costscost discipline despite higher prices for consumables, workforce bonus payments following renewal of a new collective bargaining agreement and higher
by-product
credits. This also reflects a
one-off
gain fromrecorded in the optimisation of a settlement outcome for the cancellation ofprior year due to cancelled power contracts as part of Escondida’s transition to renewable electricity. Costs associated with a shiftplanned material mined increase of approximately 20 per cent, incremental costs associated with
COVID-19
preventative measures and lower
by-product
credits also contributed to higher unit costs. These increases were partially offset by lower power prices achieved by Escondida’s transition towards 100 per cent renewable energy at Escondida. The strong unit cost result was achieved despite the impact of unfavourable exchange rate movements, a 4 per cent decline in copper concentrate feed grade and lower cathode volumes as a result of a reduced operational workforce due toelectricity.
COVID-19
restrictions.
The calculation of Escondida unit costs is set out in the table below:below.
 
Escondida unit costs
(US$M)
  
FY2021
   FY2020   
FY2022
   FY2021 
Revenue
  
 
9,470
 
   6,719   
 
9,500
 
   9,470 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
6,483
 
   3,535   
 
6,198
 
   6,483 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Gross costs
  
 
2,987
 
   3,184   
 
3,302
 
   2,987 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Less:
by-product
credits
  
 
478
 
   407   
 
430
 
   478 
Less: freight
  
 
162
 
   178   
 
230
 
   162 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net costs
  
 
2,347
 
   2,599   
 
2,642
 
   2,347 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Sales (kt)
  
 
1,066
 
   1,164   
 
1,001
 
   1,066 
Sales (Mlb)
  
 
2,350
 
   2,567   
 
2,206
 
   2,350 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cost per pound (US$)
(1)(2)(3)
  
 
1.00
 
   1.01 
Cost per pound (US$)
1,2,3
  
 
1.20
 
   1.00 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
(1)1 
FY2021FY2022 based on average exchange rates of USD/CLP 746.811.
 
(2)2 
FY2021 excludesFY2022 includes
COVID-19-relatedCOVID-19
related costs of US$0.02 per pound, which was reported as an exceptional item in FY2021 (FY2021: US$0.03 per pound that are reported as exceptional items.pound).
 
(3)3 
FY2021 includes a (one off)one off gain from the optimised outcome from renegotiation of cancelled power contracts of US$0.04 per pound.
Outlook
We expect the operating environment across our Chilean assets to remain challenging, with reductions in our
on-site
workforce expected to continue in FY2022.
Total Copper production of between 1,5901,635 and 1,7601,825 kt is expected in FY2022.FY2023. Escondida production of between 1,0001,080 and 1,0801,180 kt is expected in FY2022,FY2023, reflecting a continuing need to catch up on mine development due to reduced material movementan expected increase in FY2021, as well as uncertainty around
COVID-19
impacts. Decline in the copper grade of concentrator feed in FY2022 is expectedgrade compared to be approximately 2 per cent.FY2022. Production at Pampa Norte is expected to increase by more than 50 per cent to be between 330240 and 370290 kt in FY2022,FY2023, reflecting the continued
ramp-up
of the Spence Growth Option (SGO), partially offset by an expecteda forecast decline in stacking feed grade at Pampa Norte, the commencement of approximately 9 per cent. The
ramp-up
to full production capacityplant design modifications at SGO is still expected to take approximately 12 months from first production in December 2020, following which Spence is currentlyand the continued transition towards the planned to average 300 ktpaclosure of production (including cathodes) overCerro Colorado at the first four yearsend of operation.CY2023. At Olympic Dam, production is expected to be between 140195 and 170215 kt in FY2022 as a result of the planned major smelter maintenance campaign and subsequent
ramp-upFY2023.
planned between August 2021 and February 2022.
Antamina Copper production is expected between 120 and 140 kt in FY2022.FY2023.
Escondida unit costs in FY2022FY2023 are expected to be between US$1.201.25 and US$1.401.45 per pound (based on an average exchange rate of USD/CLP 727) reflecting830). This largely reflects inflationary pressures, including expected lower
by-product
credits, expectedfurther price increases for consumables, and planned higher costs associated with an approximately 20 per cent increase in material mined required to catch up on mine development due to reduced material movement in FY2021 and study coststhe potential to increase optionality at Escondida longer term. This also reflects the inclusion of
COVID-19
costs (treated as an exceptional item in FY2021) and a further decline in concentrator feed grade of approximately 2 per cent. In the medium term, unit cost guidance remains unchanged atfor Escondida has been revised to less than US$1.15 per pound from less than US$1.10 per pound (based on an exchange rate of USD/CLP 727).830), reflecting inflation, the impact of higher power consumption and increased water costs. Medium-term production guidance for Escondida of 1.2 Mtpa on average over the next five years remains unchanged.
The comparison for the year ended 30 June 20202021 to 30 June 20192020 has been omitted from this Annual Report on Form
20-F
and can be found in our Annual Report on Form
20-F
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020,2021, filed on 2221 September 2020.2021.
 
102107

1.17.3
10.2    Iron Ore
Detailed below is financial and operating information for our Iron Ore assets comparing FY2021FY2022 to FY2020. For more detailed financial information on our Iron Ore assets, refer to section 4.4.3.FY2021.
 
Year ended 30 June
US$M
 
  
  
2021
   2020    
2022
   2021 
Revenue
   
 
34,475
 
   20,797  
  
  
 
30,767
 
   34,475 
Underlying EBITDA
   
 
26,278
 
   14,554    
 
21,707
 
   26,278 
Net operating assets
   
 
18,663
 
   18,400    
 
16,823
 
   18,663 
Capital expenditure
   
 
2,188
 
   2,328    
 
1,848
 
   2,188 
Total iron ore production (Mt)
   
 
254
 
   248    
 
253
 
   254 
Average realised prices
          
Iron ore (US$/wmt, FOB)
   
 
130.56
 
   77.36    
 
113.10
 
   130.56 
Key drivers of Iron Ore’s financial results
Price overview
Iron Ore’s average realised sales price for FY2021FY2022 was US$130.56113.10 per wet metric tonne (wmt) (FY2020:(FY2021: US$77.36130.56 per wmt). IronThe iron ore market was firm for much of the second half of FY2022, supported by resilient demand, constrained supply of competing scrap in China, and lower than expected seaborne supply from some
low-cost
and swing suppliers. As a result, Chinese port stocks declined steadily for much of the period. Near the close of the year, weakening sentiment within the steel value chain fed back into lower prices were elevated throughout FY2021, hitting record highsfor iron ore. Looking ahead, the key near-term uncertainties are the pace of steel
end-use
sector recovery in China, how the Chinese authorities will administer steel production cuts in the second half. Forces contributing to price gains included strong Chinese pig iron production, a rapid recovery in global markets excluding Chinaremainder of CY2022, and a shortagethe performance of branded fines products as some iron ore mining companies have been producing towards their lower end of guidance. Mediumseaborne supply. In the medium term, we believe China’s demand for iron ore is expected to be lower than it is today as crude steel production plateaus and the
scrap-to-steel
ratio rises. In the long term, we believe prices are expected to be determined by high costhigh-cost production, on a
value-in-use
adjusted basis, from Australia or Brazil. Quality differentiationIt is expectedimperative that we continue to remain a factor in determining iron ore prices as steelmakers prefer high-quality raw materials for higher productivitycompete on both quality and lower-emissions intensity.operational effectiveness.
Production
Total Iron Ore production increased by 2 per cent to 254 Mt.was in line with the prior period.
WAIO production increased by 1 per cent to a record 252of 249 Mt (284(283 Mt on a 100%100 per cent basis) was in line with the prior period, reflecting continued strong supply chain performance and favourable weather compared to the prior period, offset by the impacts of temporary labour constraints relating to
COVID-19,
planned major maintenance including the Jimblebar train load out and car dumper one. Our preventative maintenance programs continue to underpin the strength of the WAIO supply chain, delivering increased car dumper, reclaimer and ship loader availability year on year and enabling record sales volumes of 284 Mt (100 per cent basis).
South Flank ramp up to full production capacity of 80 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) is ahead of schedule with an average rate of 67Mtpa achieved in the June 2022 quarter contributing to record production at Jimblebar and Mining Area C, which included first ore from South Flank in May 2021. This was combined with strong operational performance across the supply chain reflecting continued improvements in car dumper performance and reliability, and improved train cycle times. This was achieved despite significant weather impacts, temporary rail labour shortages due to
COVID-19
related border restrictions and the planned Mining Area C and South Flank major
tie-in
activity to integrate South Flank with the Mining Area C processing hub.hub and record lump sales.
Samarco production was 1.9of 4.1 Mt (BHP share) reflected the ramp up of production to capacity, following the recommencement of iron ore pellet production at one concentrator in December 2020. For more information on individual asset production in FY2021, FY2020 and FY2019, refer to section 4.5.
Financial results
Total Iron Ore revenue increaseddecreased by US$13.73.7 billion to US$34.530.8 billion in FY2021FY2022 reflecting higherlower average realised prices and production.prices.
Underlying EBITDA for Iron Ore increaseddecreased by US$11.74.6 billion to US$26.321.7 billion including favourable price impacts,primarily due to lower average realised prices, net of price-linkedprice linked costs, of US$12.1 billion. Higher volumes4.0 billion and higher operating cash costs of US$431 million. The higher cash costs are primarily a result of South Flank operational ramp up spend, increased rail maintenance, incremental costs associated with
COVID-19
(mainly higher demurrage costs due to delays, reported as an exceptional item in the prior year) and inventory movements to support the supply chain. Other items such as inflation and higher fuel and energy costs negatively impacted Underlying EBITDA by US$148392 million. This was partially offset by unfavourablefavourable foreign exchange rate impacts of US$416 million.
Other items such as inflation and
one-off
items negatively impacted Underlying EBITDA by US$63332 million.
WAIO unit costs increased by 1713 per cent to US$14.8216.81 per tonne at realised exchange rates. The increase in unit cost was mainly due to higher diesel prices, costs associated with the ramp up of South Flank, higher rail track maintenance costs, and costs associated with
COVID-19
of approximately US$0.50 per tonne, which has been taken to unit costs in this period but reported as an exceptional item in the prior period. The cost increase was partially offset by the impact of a 12 per cent stronger Australian dollar, higher third-party royalties related to higher iron ore prices, incremental costs relating to thefavourable exchange rate movements.
ramp-up
108

The calculation of WAIO unit costs is set out in the table below:below.
 
WAIO unit costs
(US$M)
  
FY2021
   FY2020   
FY2022
   FY2021 
Revenue
  
 
34,337
 
   20,663   
 
30,632
 
   34,337 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
26,270
 
   14,508   
 
21,788
 
   26,270 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Gross costs
  
 
8,067
 
   6,155   
 
8,844
 
   8,067 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Less: freight
  
 
1,755
 
   1,459 
Less: freight
1
  
 
2,497
 
   1,755 
Less: royalties
  
 
2,577
 
   1,531   
 
2,134
 
   2,577 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net costs
  
 
3,735
 
   3,165   
 
4,213
 
   3,735 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Sales (kt, equity share)
  
 
252,052
 
   250,598   
 
250,688
 
   252,052 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cost per tonne (US$)
(1)(2)
  
 
14.82
 
   12.63 
Cost per tonne (US$)
2,3
  
 
16.81
 
   14.82 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
(1)1 
FY2021 basedYear on an average exchange rateyear increase of AUD/USD 0.75.freight costs driven by higher diesel prices and vessel demand increases from global supply chain pressures relating to
COVID-19.
 
(2)2 
FY2022 based on an average realised exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.73.
FY2022 includes
COVID-19
related costs of US$0.50 per tonne (including US$0.22 per tonne relating to operations and US$0.28 per tonne relating to demurrage). FY2021 excludesexcluded
COVID-19
related costs of US$0.51 per tonne (including US$0.25 per tonne relating to operations and US$0.26 per tonne ofrelating to demurrage) that arewas reported as an exceptional items. Anitem. In FY2021 an additional US$0.12 per tonne relating to capital projects iswas also reported as an exceptional item.
103

Outlook
WAIO production offor FY2023 is expected to increase to between 246 and 255256 Mt or between 278(278 and 288290 Mt on a 100 per cent basis, is expected in FY2022 as WAIO looks to focus on incremental volume growth through productivity improvements. We continue with our program to further improvebasis) reflecting the
tie-in
of the port reliabilitydebottlenecking project (PDP1) and this includes a major maintenance campaign on car dumper one planned for the September 2021 quarter. The Yandi resource has commenced its
end-of-life
ramp-down ascontinued ramp up of South Flank ramps up, and this is expected to continue to provide supply chain flexibility with a lower level of production to continue for a few years.Flank.
Samarco production of between 3 and 4 Mt (BHP share) is expected in FY2022.FY2023.
WAIO unit
Unit costs in FY2022FY2023 are expected to be between US$17.5018 and US$18.5019 per tonne (based on an exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.72). In the medium term, unit costs have been revised to less than US$17 per tonne reflecting updated guidance exchange rates (based on an exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.78), expected costs associated with the
ramp-up
of South Flank0.72) and ramp-down of Yandi,inflationary pressures, and elevated third-party royalties. This also reflects the inclusion of
COVID-19 costs
(treated as an exceptional item in FY2021). In the medium term, unit costs have been revisedour plan to lesscreep production to greater than US$16 per tonne predominately reflecting a number of uncontrollable factors including updated guidance exchange rates (based on an exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.78), expected higher third-party royalties and forecast higher diesel prices.300 Mtpa.
The comparison for the year ended 30 June 20202021 to 30 June 20192020 has been omitted from this Annual Report on Form
20-F
and can be found in our Annual Report on Form
20-F
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020,2021, filed on 2221 September 2020.2021.
 
104109

1.17.4
10.3    Coal
Detailed below is financial and operating information for our Coal assets comparing FY2021FY2022 to FY2020. For more detailed financial information on our Coal assets, refer to section 4.4.4.FY2021.
 
Year ended 30 June
US$M
 
  
  
2021
   2020    
2022
   2021 
Revenue
   
 
5,154
 
   6,242    
 
15,549
 
   5,154 
Underlying EBITDA
   
 
288
 
   1,632  
  
  
 
9,504
 
   288 
Net operating assets
   
 
7,512
 
   9,509    
 
7,650
 
   7,512 
Capital expenditure
   
 
579
 
   603    
 
621
 
   579 
Total metallurgical coal production (Mt)
   
 
41
 
   41    
 
37
 
   41 
Total energy coal production (Mt)
   
 
19
 
   23    
 
18
 
   19 
Average realised prices
          
Metallurgical coal (US$/t)
   
 
106.64
 
   130.97    
 
347.10
 
   106.64 
Hard coking coal (HCC) (US$/t)
   
 
112.72
 
   143.65    
 
366.82
 
   112.72 
Weak coking coal (WCC) (US$/t)
   
 
89.62
 
   92.59    
 
296.51
 
   89.62 
Thermal coal (US$/t)
   
 
58.42
 
   57.10    
 
216.78
 
   58.42 
Key drivers of Coal’s financial results
Price overview
Metallurgical coal
Our average realised sales price for FY2021FY2022 was US$112.72366.82 per tonne for hard coking coal (HCC) (FY2020:(FY2021: US$143.65112.72 per tonne) and US$89.62296.51 per tonne for weak coking coal (WCC) (FY2020:(FY2021: US$92.5989.62 per tonne). Metallurgical coal prices faced by Australian producerssurged to record highs in the
free-on-board
(FOB) market were weak for most second half of FY2021. A spikeFY2022 on firm rest of world demand, uncertainty over Russia and multi-regional, multi-causal supply disruptions. The deterioration in rest of world steelmaking profitability late in the June quarter saw prices descend from their extreme highs. The industry faces a difficult and uncertain period ahead. Natural trade flows are impaired, including uncertainty regardingaround China’s import policy on Australia origin coals distorted the usual trade flows and had a key influence on the market. Demand outside ChinaRussian coal supply. The regulatory environment has been promising supported by strong recovery in the steel sector. Prices rebounded sharply towards the end of FY2021, on multi-regional supply disruptions and trade flow rebalancing. Going forward, while trade flow from Australia into China is inhibited, the metallurgical coal industry could face an uncertain and challenging period ahead. Over time, premium quality coking coals are expectedalso become less conducive to be particularly advantaged given the drive by steelmakers to improve blast furnace productivity, partly to reduce emissions intensity. Welong-life capital investment. Long term, we believe that a wholesale shift away from blast furnace steelmaking which requires metallurgical coal, is still decades in the future givenfuture. That assessment is based on our
bottom-up
analysis of likely regional steel decarbonisation pathways, as discussed in our Climate Transition Action Plan. Demand for seaborne Hard Coking Coals (HCC) is expected to expand alongside the high costgrowth of conversion and operation associated with alternative steelmaking technologies.the steel industry in hard coking coal importing countries such as India.
Energy coal
Our average realised sales price for FY2021FY2022 was US$58.42216.78 per tonne (FY2020:(FY2021: US$57.1058.42 per tonne). The Newcastle 6,000 kcal/kg price reached itsa record high for the financial year in June 2021 amidMay 2022 due to very strong demand and disruptedconstrained supply. Newcastle 5,500 kcal/kg coal found demandTrade flow redirection from Asia to Europe due to the Russian invasion of Ukraine,
gas-to-coal
switching as LNG prices spiked upwards, and hot weather in India and North Asia given import restrictions into China.major importing regions, all contributed to the swift
run-up
in pricing. Longer term, our base case is that total primary energy derived from coal (power and
non-power)
is expected to modestly grow at a compound rate slower than that of global population growth. Underbe challenged, particularly under deep decarbonisation scenarios, where demand is expected to decline in absolute terms.
Production
Metallurgical coal
Metallurgical coal production consisted of BMA production and BMC production up to 3 May 2022 when the divestment of our interest in BMC completed.
BMA production decreased by 19 per cent to 4129 Mt (73(58 Mt on a 100 per cent basis). At Queensland Coal strong operational performance, including recordRecord production at Goonyella facilitated by record tonnes fromthe Broadmeadow mine was more than offset by significant wet weather impacts across most BMA operations earlier in the year, as well as planned wash plant maintenance at Saraji and Caval Ridge in the first half of the year. At South Walker Creek, despite recordlabour constraints, including
COVID-19
related absenteeism which impacted stripping and mine productivity.
BMC production decreased as a result of higher strip ratiosby 9 per cent to 8 Mt due to ongoing impacts from geotechnical constraints and lower yields.the divestment of our 80 per cent interest in BMC to Stanmore Resources Limited on 3 May 2022.
Energy coal
Energy coal production decreased by 17 per centconsisted of NSWEC production and Cerrejón production up to 19 Mt. 11 January 2022 when the divestment of our interest in Cerrejón completed.
NSWEC production decreased by 114 per cent to 14 Mt, despite increased stripping. This decrease reflects significant weather impacts and higher strip ratios, as well asreflecting lower volumes due to an increased proportion of washed coal in response to widening price quality differentials consistent with our strategy to focuscapitalise on higher quality products,margins for higher-quality coals,
COVID-19
related labour constraints which impacted stripping performance and reduced port capacity following damagemine productivity, and wet weather. Higher-quality coals made up almost 90 per cent of sales compared to a shiploader atapproximately 60 per cent of sales in the Newcastle port in November 2020. prior year.
Cerrejón production decreased by 3015 per cent to 54 Mt mainly as a result of a
91-day
strike in the first half of the year and subsequent delaysdue to the restartdivestment of production, as well as the impact of a reduced operational workforce due to
COVID-19
restrictions.
For more informationour interest on individual asset production in FY2021, FY2020 and FY2019, refer to section 4.5.11 January 2022.
 
105110

Financial results
Coal revenue decreasedincreased by US$1.110.4 billion to US$5.215.5 billion in FY2021FY2022 mainly due to lowerhigher average realised prices and production.prices.
Underlying EBITDA for Coal decreasedincreased by US$1.39.2 billion to US$288 million including lower price9.5 billion. Price impacts, net of price-linked costs, increased Underlying EBITDA by US$8.1 billion combined with the higher contribution of BMC of US$0.7 billion.1.4 billion, mainly due to higher realised prices, prior to the divestment of our 80 per cent interest. Lower volumes decreased Underlying EBITDA by US$168341 million and other items such as inflation and fuel and energy costs also negatively impacted Underlying EBITDA by US$279 million. Controllable cashThis was partially offset by favourable foreign exchange rate impacts of US$268 million.
BMA unit costs
1
increased by 8 per cent to US$102 million driven by increased maintenance costs at Queensland Coal (earth moving equipment maintenance89 per tonne primarily due to lower volumes following significant wet weather impacts across most BMA operations and shiploader maintenance at Hay Point port) as well as increasedlabour constraints, including
COVID-19
related absenteeism which impacted stripping volumes, whichand mine productivity, and higher diesel and electricity prices. This was partially offset by cost reduction initiatives at both Queensland Coal and NSWEC.
Other items including lower fuel and energy prices favourably impacted Underlying EBITDA by US$93 million, but were more than offset by US$512 million of foreignfavourable exchange losses.rate movements.
Queensland Coal unit costs increased by 21 per cent to US$82 per tonne, due to the impact of a 12 per cent stronger Australian dollar, higher planned maintenance in the first half of the year, shiploader maintenance at Hay Point, and lower yields and increased stripping volumes at Poitrel and South Walker Creek. This was partially offset by lower fuel and energy costs, driven by lower diesel prices, and cost reduction initiatives.
NSWEC unit costs increased by 1410 per cent to US$6471 per tonne due to the impact of a stronger Australian dollar andreflecting lower volumes as a result of significant weather impacts, higher strip ratios,due to an increased proportion of washed coal in response to widening price quality differentialscapitalise on higher margins for higher-quality coals and reduced port capacity following damage to a shiploader at the Newcastle port in November 2020.
COVID-19
related labour constraints which impacted stripping performance and mine productivity combined with higher diesel and electricity prices. This was partially offset by lower fuel and energy costs, driven by lower diesel prices, as well as cost reduction initiatives.
initiatives and favourable exchange rate movements.
The calculation of Queensland Coal’sBMA and NSWEC’sNSWEC unit costs is set out in the table below:
 
  
Queensland Coal unit costs
   
NSWEC unit costs
   
BMA unit costs
1
   
NSWEC unit costs
 
US$M
  
FY2021
   FY2020   
FY2021
 FY2020   
FY2022
   FY2021   
FY2022
   FY2021 
Revenue
  
 
4,315
 
   5,357   
 
839
 
 886   
 
10,254
 
   3,537   
 
3,034
 
   839 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
593
 
   1,935   
 
(169
 (79  
 
6,335
 
   567   
 
1,807
 
   (169
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Gross costs
  
 
3,722
 
   3,422   
 
1,008
 
 965   
 
3,919
 
   2,970   
 
1,227
 
   1,008 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Less: freight
  
 
69
 
   147   
 
 
     
 
50
 
   54   
 
 
    
Less: royalties
  
 
330
 
   498   
 
66
 
 68   
 
1,282
 
   275   
 
227
 
   66 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net costs
  
 
3,323
 
   2,777   
 
942
 
 897   
 
2,587
 
   2,641   
 
1,000
 
   942 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Sales (kt, equity share)
  
 
40,619
 
   41,086   
 
14,626
 
 15,868   
 
29,049
 
   31,958   
 
14,124
 
   14,626 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cost per tonne (US$)
(1)(2)
  
 
81.81
 
   67.59   
 
64.41
 
 56.53 
Cost per tonne (US$)
2,3
  
 
89.06
 
   82.64   
 
70.80
 
   64.41 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
(1)1 
FY2021 basedQueensland Coal unit costs no longer reported as the divestment of BHP’s 80 per cent interest in BMC to Stanmore Resources Limited was completed on an average exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.75.3 May 2022.
 
(2)2 
FY2021 excludes
FY2022 based on an average realised exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.73.
FY2022 includes
COVID-19
related costs of US$0.910.24 per tonne and US$0.57 per tonne, which was reported as an exceptional item in FY2021 (FY2021: US$0.98 and US$0.40 per tonne that are reported as exceptional itemstonne) relating to Queensland CoalBMA and NSWEC respectively.
Outlook
MetallurgicalBMA coal production for FY2023 is expected to be between 3929 and 4432 Mt or 70(58 and 7864 Mt on a 100 per cent basis, in FY2022, as we expect restrictions on coal imports into China to remainbasis).
NSWEC production for a number of years. Production is expected to be weighted to the second half of the year due to planned wash plant maintenance in the first half of the year. Energy coal productionFY2023 is expected to be between 13 and 15 Mt in FY2022, reflecting the announced divestment of our interest in Cerrejón in June 2021 and that Cerrejón volumes will now be separately reported from 1 July 2021 until transaction completion.a continued focus on higher-quality coals.
Queensland CoalBMA unit costs in FY2023 are expected to be between US$8090 and US$90100 per tonne (based on an average exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.78) in FY20220.72) as a result of expectedcontinued higher diesel prices, with mine plan optimisation and efficiency uplifts expected to largely offset increased stripping requirements.electricity prices. We remain focused on cost reduction and productivity initiatives, however given the ongoing uncertainty regarding restrictions on coal imports into China and the announcement of the change to the Queensland royalty regime, we are unable to provide medium-term volume and unit cost guidance. We are seeking to preserve
low-cost
incremental growth optionality in our portfolio with a focus on higher-quality coking coals.
NSWEC unit costs in FY2023 are expected to be between US$6276 and US$7086 per tonne (based on an average exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.78) in FY20220.72) reflecting inflationary pressures, higher port toll charges at the NCIG coal export terminal and a continued focus on higher quality products,higher-quality coals, offset by mine plan optimisation, productivity improvements and cost reduction initiatives.
The comparison for the year ended 30 June 20202021 to 30 June 20192020 has been omitted from this Annual Report on Form
20-F
and can be found in our Annual Report on Form
20-F
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020,2021, filed on 2221 September 2020.2021.
 
106111

1.17.5
10.4    Other assets
Detailed below is an analysis of Other assets’ financial and operating performance comparing FY2021FY2022 to FY2020. For more detailed financial information on our Other assets, refer to section 4.4.5.FY2021.
Nickel West
Key drivers of Nickel West’s financial results
Price overview
Our average realised sales price for FY2021FY2022 was US$16,25023,275 per tonne (FY2020:(FY2021: US$13,86016,250 per tonne). The average nickel pricemarket was in FY2021 was 16 per cent higher than FY2020, benefittingdeficit across the 2021 calendar year and early 2022. Visible inventories were drawn down steeply, putting upward pressure on prices. These tight fundamentals emerged due to a combination of strong demand from positive investor sentiment amidst a strong, geographically diverse rebound inconventional
end-use
demand. An announcement by a major nickel producer during the period that it intends to convert some nickel pig iron to nickel matte in Indonesia, thereby making it suitable for usesectors, rapid growth in the batteryelectric vehicle value chain, uncertainty over the actual and potential loss of supply chain, ledfrom Russia, and constrained
Class-1
supply in the 2021 calendar year. These forces culminated in a dramatic spike in LME prices in March 2022. Prices have since fallen back to a brief correction in March. Prices subsequently rebounded supported by strong demand, multi-region supply disruptions and falling London Metal Exchange stocks.levels before the Russian invasion of Ukraine due to recession fears, alongside other exchange-traded metals. Longer term, we believe that nickel will be a substantialcore beneficiary of the global electrification mega-trend and that nickel sulphides will be particularly attractive. This is due to their relatively lower cost of production of battery-suitable
class-1
nickel than for laterites, and the favourable position of integrated sulphide operations on the emission intensity curve.
Production
Nickel West production in FY2021 increasedFY2022 decreased by 1114 per cent to 8977 kt reflecting strong performance fromdue to the new minessignificant impacts of
COVID-19
related labour absenteeism and improved operational stability following major quadrennial maintenance shutdownsworkforce shortages, and unplanned downtime at the oxygen plant leading to a
15-day
smelter outage in the prior year.
For more information on individual asset production in FY2021, FY2020 and FY2019, refer to section 4.5.
June 2022 quarter.
Financial results
Higher production combined with higher average realised sales prices resulted in revenue increasing by US$356381 million to US$1.51.9 billion in FY2021.FY2022.
Nickel West’s Underlying EBITDA for Nickel West increased by US$296 million tofrom US$259 million in FY2021 to US$420 million in FY2022, reflecting higher average realised prices and volumes, and lower maintenance costs following the major quadrennial shutdowns in the prior year, as well as lower contractor costs following the transition and
ramp-up
of new mines.favourable exchange rate movements. This was partially offset by unfavourable exchange rate movementslower volumes mainly due to the significant impacts of
COVID-19
related labour absenteeism and workforce shortages, unplanned downtime at the oxygen plant leading to a
15-day
smelter outage in the June 2022 quarter, and the adverse impacts of the stronger nickel price on third-party concentrate purchase costs.
Outlook
Nickel West production for FY2023 is expected to be between 80 and 90 kt, weighted to the second half of the year due to planned smelter maintenance in the first half.
Potash
Potash recorded an Underlying EBITDA loss of US$167147 million in FY2021,FY2022, and a loss of US$127167 million in FY2020.FY2021.
The comparison for the year ended 30 June 20202021 to 30 June 20192020 has been omitted from this Annual Report on Form
20-F
and can be found in our Annual Report on Form
20-F
for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020,2021, filed on 2221 September 2020.2021.
1.17.610.5    Impact of changes to commodity prices
The prices we obtain for our products are a key driver of value for BHP. Fluctuations in these commodity prices affect our results, including cash flows and asset values. The estimated impact of changes in commodity prices in FY2021FY2022 on our key financial measures is set out below.
 
   
Impact on profit
after taxation from
Continuing
operations (US$M)
   
Impact on
Underlying
EBITDA (US$M)
 
US$1/bbl on oil price
   24    35 
US¢1/lb on copper price
   23    33 
US$1/t on iron ore price
   163    233 
US$1/t on metallurgical coal price
   24    35 
US$1/t on energy coal price
   9    13 
US¢1/lb on nickel price
   1    1 
1.18    Other information
1.18.1    Company details and terms of reference
Refer to page i for further information.
1.18.2    Forward-looking statements
Refer to page i for further information.
107

Section 2
Governance at BHP
In this section:
2.1
 Corporate Governance Statement   110 
2.1.1 Chair’s letter   110 
2.1.2 Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team   112 
 Board of Directors   112 
 Executive Leadership Team   115 
2.1.3 BHP governance structure   116 
2.1.4 Board and Committee meetings and attendance   117 
2.1.5 Key Board activities during FY2021   118 
2.1.6 Stakeholder engagement   120 
 Shareholder engagement   120 
 Workforce engagement   123 
2.1.7 Director skills, experience and attributes   124 
2.1.8 Board evaluation   127 
2.1.9 Nomination and Governance Committee Report   127 
2.1.10 Risk and Audit Committee Report   130 
2.1.11 Sustainability Committee Report   137 
2.1.12 Remuneration Committee Report   138 
2.1.13 Risk management governance structure   139 
2.1.14 Management   139 
2.1.15 Our conduct   140 
2.1.16 Market disclosure   140 
2.1.17 Conformance with corporate governance standards   141 
2.1.18 Additional UK disclosure   143 
2.2
 Remuneration Report   143 
2.2.1 Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chair   145 
108


2.1    Corporate Governance Statement
2.1.1     Chair’s letter
This year BHP achieved some outstanding results, underpinned by strong operational performance and disciplined capital allocation. For the second consecutive year, there were no fatalities at our operated assets. We also created more value for shareholders and continued to contribute to the communities and partners who support our work.
Ken MacKenzie
Chair
Dear Shareholder,
This year BHP achieved some outstanding results, underpinned by strong operational performance and disciplined capital allocation. For the second consecutive year, there were no fatalities at our operated assets. We also created more value for shareholders and continued to contribute to the communities and partners who support our work.
Strategy and portfolio
Our purpose is to bring people and resources together to build a better world. Our objective is to deliver sustainable long-term value and returns. We do this by owning a portfolio of world-class assets in attractive commodities, operating them exceptionally well, maintaining a disciplined approach to capital allocation and being leaders in sustainability and creating social value.
We are proactively positioning the company for the future with a portfolio and capabilities that will enable us to grow long-term value – the commodities we supply are essential to the world now and in the future. We recently announced an investment of US$5.7 billion in the Jansen Stage 1 potash project in Canada, which opens up a new growth front for BHP. We also announced our intention to merge BHP’s Petroleum business with Woodside to create a top 10 independent oil and gas company with the capability to support the world’s energy needs through the energy transition.
As well as positioning our portfolio for future growth, we have also announced our intention to move from a Dual Listed Company with two parent entities, to a single company structure under BHP Ltd with a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange. We believe unification will make BHP more efficient and agile, and better position the company for continued performance and growth.
Culture and capability
Successful delivery of our strategy relies on workforce capability and a strong culture. We believe that supporting our people’s wellbeing, creating and promoting an inclusive and diverse environment for our people to work, and keeping them safe in the workplace is critically important. It is core to our values. In FY2021, this has taken on an even greater emphasis as our workforce and their families and communities have adapted to new ways of working as a result of the pandemic.
This year we have created a simpler Engagement and Perception Survey that runs in
100-day
culture improvement cycles. The Board regularly reviews the results of these surveys and any actions that are taken as a result. We also continue to invest in our leaders and in new talent, through programs like our BHP Operating System learning academies, Operations Services and the FutureFit Academies which have seen us recruit hundreds of new apprentices and trainees into our operations in Australia.
110

Board composition
In FY2021, we continued to renew our Board through our structured Board succession process. The Board regularly assesses its current skills and expected requirements for the future and uses that analysis to establish clear succession plans. In October 2020, Christine O’Reilly and Xiaoqun Clever were appointed to the Board as independent
Non-executive
Directors.
Xiaoqun Clever has more than 20 years’ experience in technology with a focus on software engineering, data and analytics, cyber security and digitalisation. She held various roles with SAP SE, Ringier AG and ProSiebenSat.1 Media SE. She currently serves on the boards of Capgemini SE, Infineon Technologies AG and Amadeus IT Group SA.
Christine O’Reilly has more than 30 years’ experience in finance, public policy and transformational strategy. She held various roles with GasNet Australia Group and Colonial First State Global Asset Management. She currently serves on the boards of Stockland Limited, Medibank Private Limited, Baker Heart and Diabetes Institute, and will join the board of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited from November 2021.
We have also announced the appointment of Michelle Hinchliffe as an independent
Non-executive
Director from 1 March 2022. Ms Hinchliffe has over 30 years’ experience in KPMG’s financial services division and has spent time as a partner and member of the Board of KPMG’s Australian and UK practices. She is currently the UK Chair of Audit for KPMG and will retire from KPMG prior to her appointment.
Susan Kilsby and Anita Frew will retire as BHP Directors at the end of the 2021 Annual General Meetings (AGMs). Susan was appointed as Chair of Fortune Brands in January 2021 and Anita has joined the board of Rolls-Royce Holdings Plc and will become Chair from 1 October 2021. Both directors have stepped down due to the time commitments associated with these new chair roles. I would like to acknowledge and thank both Susan and Anita for their counsel and contribution to BHP and the Board.
We are continuing our renewal process and will look to add a further independent director in 2022.
Shareholder engagement
We are committed to communicating with our shareholders and hearing your views on the company’s performance. We do this through our AGMs, shareholder forums and investor meetings where we engage with investors on key areas of market interest.
Shareholders also have the opportunity to ask questions directly of the Chief Executive Officer, Mike Henry, through shareholder question and answer sessions webcast through BHP’s website.
The Board also engages with investors and considers their perspectives, including through independent survey results, and regularly seeks feedback from other external stakeholders, such as the Forum on Corporate Responsibility, to ensure it is considering all perspectives and effecting positive change.
Conclusion
I am proud that BHP’s people and operations have been resilient, and continued to create value for our shareholders, communities, customers, suppliers and partners.
I look forward to our upcoming AGMs and to engaging with as many shareholders as I can, institutional and retail, throughout the year to hear your views and feedback.
On behalf of the Board, thank you for your continued support.
Ken MacKenzie
Chair
111

2.1.2     Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team
Board of Directors
Committee Chair
Committee member
Risk and Audit
Nomination and Governance
Remuneration
Sustainability
Ken MacKenzie
BEng, FIEA, FAICD, 57
Independent
Non-executive
Director since September 2016.
Chair since 1 September 2017.
Mike Henry
BSc (Chemistry), 55
Non-independent
Director since January 2020.
Chief Executive Officer since 1 January 2020.
Mr MacKenzie has extensive global and executive experience and a deeply strategic approach, with a focus on operational excellence, capital discipline and the creation of long-term shareholder value. Ken has insight and understanding in relation to organisational culture, the external environment, and emerging issues related to the creation of social value.
Ken was the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Amcor Limited, a global packaging company with operations in over 40 countries, from 2005 until 2015. During his 23-year career with Amcor, Ken gained extensive experience across all of Amcor’s major business segments in developed and emerging markets in the Americas, Australia, Asia and Europe. Ken currently sits on the Advisory Board of American Securities Capital Partners LLC (since January 2016) and is a part-time advisor at Barrenjoey (since April 2021).
Mr Henry has over 30 years’ experience in the global mining and petroleum industry, spanning operational, commercial, safety, technology and marketing roles.
Mike joined BHP in 2003, initially in business development and then in marketing and trading of a range of mineral and petroleum commodities based in The Hague, where he was also accountable for BHP’s ocean freight operations. He went on to hold various positions in BHP, including President Operations Minerals Australia, President Coal, President HSE, Marketing and Technology, and Chief Marketing Officer. Mike was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 January 2020 and has been a member of the Executive Leadership Team since 2011.
Prior to joining BHP, Mike worked in the resources industry in Canada, Japan and Australia.
Terry Bowen
BAcct, FCPA, MAICD, 54
Independent
Non-executive
Director since October 2017.
Malcolm Broomhead
AO, MBA, BE, FAICD, 69
Independent
Non-executive
Director since March 2010.
 
Mr Bowen has significant executive experience across a range of diversified industries. He has deep financial expertise, and extensive experience in capital allocation discipline, commodity value chains and strategy.
Terry was formerly Managing Partner and Head of Operations at BGH Capital and an Executive Director and Finance Director of Wesfarmers Limited. Prior to this, Terry held various senior executive roles within Wesfarmers, including as Finance Director of Coles, Managing Director of Industrial and Safety and Finance Director of Wesfarmers Landmark. Terry is also a former Director of Gresham Partners and past President of the National Executive of the Group of 100 Inc.
Terry is currently Chair of the Operations Group at BGH Capital, and a Director of Transurban Group (since February 2020), Navitas Pty Limited and West Coast Eagles Football Club.
Mr Broomhead has extensive experience as a non-executive director of global organisations, and as a chief executive of large global industrial and mining companies. Malcolm has a broad strategic perspective and understanding of the long-term cyclical nature of the resources industry and commodity value chains, with proven health, safety and environment, and capital allocation performance.
Malcolm was Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Orica Limited from 2001 until September 2005. Prior to joining Orica, he held a number of senior positions at North Limited, including Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and, prior to that, held senior management positions with Halcrow (UK), MIM Holdings, Peko Wallsend and Industrial Equity.
Malcolm is currently Chair of Orica Limited (since January 2016, having served on the board since December 2015). He is also a Director of the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research (since July 2014).
   
Impact on profit
after taxation from
Continuing
operations (US$M)
   
Impact on
Underlying
EBITDA (US$M)
 
US¢1/lb on copper price
   22    31 
US$1/t on iron ore price
   160    228 
US$1/t on metallurgical coal price
   16    23 
US$1/t on energy coal price
   9    13 
US¢1/lb on nickel price
   1    1 
 
112

Xiaoqun Clever
Diploma in Computer Science and International Marketing, MBA, 51
Independent
Non-executive
Director since October 2020.
Ian Cockerill
MSc (Mining and Mineral Engineering), BSc (Hons.) (Geology), AMP – Oxford Templeton College, 67
Independent
Non-executive
Director since April 2019.
Ms Clever has over 20 years’ experience in technology with a focus on software engineering, data and analytics, cybersecurity and digitalisation.
Xiaoqun was formerly Chief Technology Officer of Ringier AG and ProSiebenSat.1 Media SE. Xiaoqun previously held various roles with SAP SE from 1997 to 2013, including Chief Operating Officer of Technology and Innovation. Xiaoqun was formerly a member of the Supervisory Board of Allianz Elementar Versicherungs and Lebensversicherungs AG (from January 2015 to August 2020).
She is currently a Non-executive Director of Capgemini SE (since May 2019) and Amadeus IT Group SA (since June 2020) and on the Supervisory Board of Infineon Technologies AG (since February 2020). She is also a member of the Administrative Board of Cornelsen Group (since October 2019) and the Advisory Board of Nuremberg Institute for Market Decisions e.V. (since June 2019). Xiaoqun is also the Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of LuxNova Suisse GmbH (since April 2018).
Mr Cockerill has extensive global mining operational, project and executive experience having initially trained as a geologist.
Ian previously served as Chair of BlackRock World Mining Trust plc (from 2016 to May 2019, having served on the board since September 2013), Lead Independent Director of Ivanhoe Mines Ltd (from 2012 to June 2019, having served on the board since August 2011), and a Non-executive Director of Orica Limited (from July 2010 to August 2019) and Endeavour Mining Corporation (from September 2013 to March 2019). Ian was formerly the Chief Executive Officer of Anglo American Coal and Chief Executive Officer and President of Gold Fields Limited, and a senior executive with AngloGold Ashanti and Anglo American Group.
He is currently the Chair of Polymetal International plc (since April 2019) and a Non-executive Director of I-Pulse Inc (since September 2010). Ian is a Director of the Leadership for Conservation in Africa and is the Chair of Conservation 360, a Botswanan conservation NGO dealing with anti-poaching initiatives.
Anita Frew
BA (Hons), MRes, Hon. D.Sc, 64
Independent
Non-executive
Director since September 2015.
Gary Goldberg
BS (Mining Engineering), MBA, 62
Independent
Non-executive
Director since February 2020.
Senior Independent Director of BHP Group Plc since December 2020.
 
 
 
Ms Frew has an extensive breadth of non-executive experience in diverse industries, including chemicals, engineering, industrial and finance. In particular, Anita has valuable insight and experience in the creation of value, organisational change, mergers and acquisitions, financial and non-financial risk, and health, safety and environment.
Anita was previously the Deputy Chair (from December 2014 to May 2020), Senior Independent Director (from May 2017 to December 2019) and Non-executive Director (from 2010 to May 2020) of Lloyds Banking Group plc. She also previously held the roles of Chair of Victrex Plc and Senior Independent Director of Aberdeen Asset Management Plc and IMI Plc.
Anita is currently the Chair of Croda International Plc (since September 2015, having joined the Board in March 2015). She is a Non-executive Director (since 1 July 2021) and Chair designate (commencing from 1 October 2021) of Rolls-Royce Holdings Plc.
Mr Goldberg has over 35 years of global executive experience, including deep experience in mining, strategy, risk, commodity value chain, capital allocation discipline and public policy.
Gary served as the Chief Executive Officer of one of the largest gold producers, Newmont Corporation, from 2013 until October 2019. Prior to joining Newmont, Gary was President and Chief Executive Officer of Rio Tinto Minerals, and served in executive leadership roles in Rio Tinto’s coal, gold, copper and industrial minerals businesses. Gary previously served as Vice Chair of the World Gold Council, Treasurer of the International Council on Mining and Metals, and Chair of the National Mining Association in the United States. Gary also has non-executive director experience, having previously served on the board of Port Waratah Coal Services Limited and Rio Tinto Zimbabwe.
11    Non-IFRS
financial information
We use various
non-IFRS
financial information to reflect our underlying financial performance.
Non-IFRS
financial information is not defined or specified under the requirements of IFRS, but is derived from the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. The
non-IFRS
financial information and the below reconciliations included in this document are unaudited. The
non-IFRS
financial information presented is consistent with how management review financial performance of the Group with the Board and the investment community.
Sections 1.1 and 1.2 outline why we believe
non-IFRS
financial information is useful and the calculation methodology. We believe
non-IFRS
financial information provides useful information, however should not be considered as an indication of, or as a substitute for, statutory measures as an indicator of actual operating performance (such as profit or net operating cash flow) or any other measure of financial performance or position presented in accordance with IFRS, or as a measure of a company’s profitability, liquidity or financial position.
Comparative periods have been adjusted for the effects of applying IFRS 5
‘Non-current
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ and discloses them on the same basis as the current period figures.
The following tables provide reconciliations between
non-IFRS
financial information and their nearest respective IFRS measure.
Exceptional items
To improve the comparability of underlying financial performance between reporting periods, some of our
non-IFRS
financial information adjusts the relevant IFRS measures for exceptional items. For more information on exceptional items refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
Exceptional items are those gains or losses where their nature, including the expected frequency of the events giving rise to them, and impact is considered material to the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The exceptional items included within the Group’s profit from Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years are detailed below.
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
Restated
  2020
US$M
Restated
 
Continuing operations
    
Revenue
  
 
 
      
Other income
  
 
840
 
  34   489 
Expenses excluding net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments
  
 
(494
  (545  (1,019
Depreciation and amortisation
  
 
 
      
Net impairments
  
 
 
  (2,371  (409
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(676
  (1,456  (508
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from operations
  
 
(330
  (4,338  (1,447
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial expenses
  
 
(290
  (85  (93
Financial income
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net finance costs
  
 
(290
  (85  (93
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
  
 
(620
  (4,423  (1,540
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax (expense)/benefit
  
 
(454
  (1,057  239 
Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total taxation (expense)/benefit
  
 
(454
  (1,057  239 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Continuing operations
  
 
(1,074
  (5,480  (1,301
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Discontinued operations
    
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations
  
 
8,159
 
  (317  (4
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
  
 
7,085
 
  (5,797  (1,305
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total exceptional items attributable to
non-controlling
interests
  
 
 
  (24  (201
Total exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
7,085
 
  (5,773  (1,104
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders per share (US cents)
  
 
140.0
 
  (114.2  (21.9
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Weighted basic average number of shares (Million)
  
 
5,061
 
  5,057   5,057 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
113

Susan Kilsby
Non-IFRS
financial information derived from Consolidated Income Statement
Underlying attributable profit
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
   2020
US$M
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
30,900
 
  11,304    7,956 
Total exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders
1
  
 
(7,085
  5,773    1,104 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying attributable profit
  
 
23,815
 
  17,077    9,060 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
MBA, BA, 62For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
Underlying basic earnings per share
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US cents
  2021
US cents
   2020
US cents
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share
  
 
610.6
 
  223.5    157.3 
Exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders per share
1
  
 
(140.0
  114.2    21.9 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying basic earnings per ordinary share
  
 
470.6
 
  337.7    179.2 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Independent
Non-executive
Director since April 2019.
1 
For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
John Mogford
Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
Restated
  2020
US$M
Restated
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
30,900
 
  11,304   7,956 
(Profit)/loss after taxation from Discontinued operations attributable to members of BHP
  
 
(10,655
  225   (108
Total exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders
1
  
 
(7,085
  5,773   1,104 
Total exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders for Discontinued operations
2
  
 
8,159
 
  (317  (4
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations
  
 
21,319
 
  16,985   8,948 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
BEng, 68For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
 
Independent
Non-executive
Director since October 2017.

2 
  For more information refer to Financial Statements note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
Underlying basic earnings per share – Continuing operations
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
   2021
US$M
Restated
   2020
US$M
Restated
 
Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations
  
 
21,319
 
   16,985    8,948 
Weighted basic average number of shares (Million)
  
 
5,061
 
   5,057    5,057 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying attributable earnings per ordinary share – Continuing operations (US cents)
  
 
421.2
 
   335.9    176.9 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
   2021
US$M
Restated
  2020
US$M
Restated
 
Profit from operations
  
 
34,106
 
   25,515   13,683 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
1
  
 
330
 
   4,338   1,447 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
  
 
34,436
 
   29,853   15,130 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
  
 
5,683
 
   5,084   4,667 
Net impairments
  
 
515
 
   2,507   482 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
1
  
 
 
   (2,371  (409
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
40,634
 
   35,073   19,870 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Ms Kilsby has extensive experience in mergers and acquisitions, and finance and strategy, having held several roles in global investment banking.
 
From 1996 to 2014, Susan held senior executive roles at Credit Suisse, including as a Senior Advisor, and Chair of EMEA Mergers and Acquisitions. Susan also has non-executive director experience across multiple industries. She was previously the Chair of Shire plc (from 2014 to January 2019, having served on the board since September 2011) and the Senior Independent Director at BBA Aviation plc (from 2016 to 2019, having served on the Board from April 2012).
Susan is currently the Senior Independent Director of Diageo plc (since October 2019 having served on the board since April 2018), Chair of Fortune Brands Home & Security Inc (since January 2021 having served on the board since July 2015) and a Non-executive Director of Unilever plc (since August 2019) and NHS England (since January 2021).
1 
Mr Mogford has significant global executive experience, including in oil and gas, capital allocation discipline, commodity value chains and health, safety and environment. John has also held roles as a non-executive director on a number of boards.
John spent the majority of his career in various leadership, technical and operational roles at BP Plc. He was the Managing Director and an Operating Partner of First Reserve, a large global energy focused private equity firm, from 2009 until 2015, during which he served on the boards of First Reserve’s investee companies, including as Chair of Amromco Energy LLC and White Rose Energy Ventures LLP. John retired from the boards of Weir Group Plc and one of First Reserve’s portfolio companies, DOF Subsea AS, in 2018. John is currently a Non-executive Director of ERM Worldwide Group Limited (since 2015).
Christine O’Reilly
BBus, 60
Independent
Non-executive
Director since October 2020.
Dion Weisler
BASc (Computing), Honorary Doctor of Laws, 54
Independent
Non-executive
Director since June 2020.
   
Ms O’Reilly has extensive experience in both executive and non-executive roles with deep financial and public policy expertise, as well as valuable experience in large-scale capital projects and transformational strategy. She has over 30 years’ executive experience in the financial and infrastructure sectors, including as the Chief Executive Officer of the GasNet Australia Group and as Co-Head of Unlisted Infrastructure Investments at Colonial First State Global Asset Management.
Christine served as a Non-executive Director of Transurban Group (from April 2012For more information refer to October 2020), CSL Limited (from February 2011 to October 2020) and Energy Australia Holdings Limited (from September 2012 to August 2018)Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
Christine is currently a Non-executive Director of Stockland Limited (since August 2018), Medibank Private Limited (since March 2014) and Baker Heart and Diabetes Institute (since June 2013), and will join the board of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited from November 2021.
Mr Weisler has extensive global executive experience, including in chief executive officer and operational roles. In particular, Dion has valuable transformation and commercial experience in the global information technology sector, a focus on capital discipline, as well as perspectives on current and emerging ESG issues.
Dion served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of HP Inc. from 2015 to 2019, and continued as a Director and Senior Executive Adviser until May 2020. Dion previously held a number of senior executive roles at Lenovo Group Limited. Prior to this, Dion was General Manager Conferencing and Collaboration at Telstra Corporation, and held various positions at Acer Inc., including as Managing Director, Acer UK.
Dion is currently a Non-executive Director of Intel Corporation (since June 2020) and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. (since March 2017).
Stefanie Wilkinson
BA, LLB (Hons), LLM, 43
Group Company Secretary since March 2021.
Ms Wilkinson was appointed Group Company Secretary effective March 2021. Prior to joining BHP, Stefanie was a Partner at Herbert Smith Freehills, a firm she was with for 15 years, specialising in corporate law and governance for listed companies. Earlier in her career, Stefanie was a solicitor at Allen & Overy in the Middle East. Stefanie is a fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia.
 
114

Executive Leadership Team
Underlying EBITDA – Segment
Year ended 30 June 2022
US$M
  
Copper
   
Iron Ore
   
Coal
  
Group and

unallocated

items/

eliminations
2
  
Total Group
 
Profit from operations
  
 
6,249
 
  
 
18,823
 
  
 
9,582
 
 
 
(548
 
 
34,106
 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
1
  
 
81
 
  
 
648
 
  
 
(849
 
 
450
 
 
 
330
 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
  
 
1,765
 
  
 
2,203
 
  
 
762
 
 
 
953
 
 
 
5,683
 
Net impairments
  
 
470
 
  
 
33
 
  
 
9
 
 
 
3
 
 
 
515
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
8,565
 
  
 
21,707
 
  
 
9,504
 
 
 
858
 
 
 
40,634
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
Restated
  Copper   Iron Ore   Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
2
  Total Group 
Profit from operations
   6,665    22,975    (2,144  (1,981  25,515 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
1
   144    1,319    1,567   1,308   4,338 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
   1,608    1,971    845   660   5,084 
Net impairments
   72    13    1,077   1,345   2,507 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
1
           (1,057  (1,314  (2,371
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   8,489    26,278    288   18   35,073 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
Restated
  Copper  Iron Ore   Coal   Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
2
  Total Group 
Profit from operations
   1,362   12,310    793    (782  13,683 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
1
   1,228   614    18    (413  1,447 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
   1,740   1,608    807    512   4,667 
Net impairments
   426   22    14    20   482 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
1
   (409             (409
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   4,347   14,554    1,632    (663  19,870 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations, including Potash, Nickel West, legacy assets, and consolidation adjustments.
115

Year ended 30 June 2022
US$M
  
Profit from

operations
  
Exceptional

items

included in

profit from

operations
1
  
Depreciation

and

amortisation
   
Net

impairments
   
Exceptional items
included in
Depreciation,

amortisation and

impairments
1
  
Underlying

EBITDA
 
Potash
  
 
(149
 
 
 
 
 
2
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(147
Nickel West
  
 
327
 
 
 
 
 
 
91
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
 
 
 
420
 
Corporate, legacy assets and eliminations
  
 
(726
 
 
450
 
 
 
860
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
 
 
585
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
(548
 
 
450
 
 
 
953
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
 
 
 
858
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
Restated
  Profit from
operations
  Exceptional
items
included in
profit from
operations
1
  Depreciation
and
amortisation
   Net
impairments
   Exceptional items
included in
Depreciation,
amortisation and
impairments
1
  Underlying
EBITDA
 
Potash
   (1,489  1,320   2    1,314    (1,314  (167
Nickel West
   146   3   79    31       259 
Corporate, legacy assets and eliminations
   (638  (15  579           (74
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   (1,981  1,308   660    1,345    (1,314  18 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
Restated
  Profit from
operations
  Exceptional
items
included in
profit from
operations
1
  Depreciation
and
amortisation
   Net
impairments
   Exceptional items
included in
Depreciation,
amortisation and
impairments
1
  Underlying
EBITDA
 
Potash
   (130     3           (127
Nickel West
   (113  5   68    3       (37
Corporate, legacy assets and eliminations
   (539  (418  441    17       (499
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   (782  (413  512    20       (663
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
116

Underlying EBITDA margin
Year ended 30 June 2022
US$M
  
Copper
   
Iron Ore
  
Coal
   
Group and

unallocated

items/

eliminations
1
  
Total Group
 
Revenue – Group production
  
 
13,946
 
  
 
30,748
 
 
 
15,549
 
  
 
1,860
 
 
 
62,103
 
Revenue – Third-party products
  
 
2,903
 
  
 
19
 
 
 
 
  
 
73
 
 
 
2,995
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Revenue
  
 
16,849
 
  
 
30,767
 
 
 
15,549
 
  
 
1,933
 
 
 
65,098
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA – Group production
  
 
8,529
 
  
 
21,707
 
 
 
9,504
 
  
 
858
 
 
 
40,598
 
Underlying EBITDA – Third-party products
  
 
36
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
36
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
2
  
 
8,565
 
  
 
21,707
 
 
 
9,504
 
  
 
858
 
 
 
40,634
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Segment contribution to the Group’s Underlying EBITDA
3
  
 
22%
 
  
 
54%
 
 
 
24%
 
   
 
100%
 
Underlying EBITDA margin
4
  
 
61%
 
  
 
71%
 
 
 
61%
 
   
 
65%
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
Restated
  Copper   Iron Ore  Coal   Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
1
  Total Group 
Revenue – Group production
   13,482    34,457   5,154    1,543   54,636 
Revenue – Third-party products
   2,244    18       23   2,285 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Revenue
   15,726    34,475   5,154    1,566   56,921 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA – Group production
   8,425    26,277   288    18   35,008 
Underlying EBITDA – Third-party products
   64    1          65 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
2
   8,489    26,278   288    18   35,073 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Segment contribution to the Group’s Underlying EBITDA
3
   24%    75%   1%     100% 
Underlying EBITDA margin
4
   62%    76%   6%     64% 
Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
Restated
  Copper   Iron Ore  Coal   Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
1
  Total Group 
Revenue – Group production
   9,577    20,782   6,242    1,191   37,792 
Revenue – Third-party products
   1,089    15       28   1,132 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Revenue
   10,666    20,797   6,242    1,219   38,924 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA – Group production
   4,306    14,561   1,632    (663  19,836 
Underlying EBITDA – Third-party products
   41    (7         34 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
2
   4,347    14,554   1,632    (663  19,870 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Segment contribution to the Group’s Underlying EBITDA
3
   21%    71%   8%     100% 
Underlying EBITDA margin
4
   45%    70%   26%     52% 
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations, including Potash, Nickel West, legacy assets, and consolidation adjustments. Revenue not attributable to reportable segments comprises the sale of freight and fuel to third parties. Exploration and technology activities are recognised within relevant segments.
We differentiate sales of our production from sales of third-party products to better measure the operational profitability of our operations as a percentage of revenue. These tables show the breakdown between our production and third-party products, which is necessary for the calculation of the Underlying EBITDA margin and margin on third-party products.
We engage in third-party trading for the following reasons:
Production variability and occasional shortfalls from our assets means that we sometimes source third-party materials to ensure a steady supply of product to our customers.
To optimise our supply chain outcomes, we may buy physical product from third parties.
To support the development of liquid markets, we will sometimes source third-party physical products and manage risk through both the physical and financial markets.
Percentage contribution to Group Underlying EBITDA, excluding Group and unallocated items.
Underlying EBITDA margin excludes third-party products.
117

Effective tax rate
  
2022
  2021 (Restated)  2020 (Restated) 
Year ended 30 June
 
Profit before

taxation

US$M
  
Income tax

expense

US$M
  
%
  Profit before
taxation
US$M
  Income tax
expense
US$M
  %  Profit before
taxation
US$M
  Income tax
expense
US$M
  % 
Statutory effective tax rate
 
 
33,137
 
 
 
(10,737
 
 
32.4
 
  24,292   (10,616  43.7   12,825   (4,197  32.7 
Adjusted for:
         
Exchange rate movements
 
 
 
 
 
(233
      (33      41  
Exceptional items
1
 
 
620
 
 
 
454
 
   4,423   1,057    1,540   (239 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjusted effective tax rate
 
 
33,757
 
 
 
(10,516
 
 
31.2
 
  28,715   (9,592  33.4   14,365   (4,395  30.6 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
Non-IFRS
financial information derived from Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Capital and exploration expenditure
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
   2021
US$M
Restated
   2020
US$M
Restated
 
Capital expenditure (purchases of property, plant and equipment)
  
 
5,855
 
   5,612    5,991 
Add: Exploration expenditure
  
 
256
 
   192    176 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis) – Continuing operations
  
 
6,111
 
   5,804    6,167 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital expenditure (purchases of property, plant and equipment) – Discontinued operations
  
 
1,050
 
   994    909 
Add: Exploration expenditure – Discontinued operations
  
 
384
 
   322    564 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis) – Discontinued operations
  
 
1,434
 
   1,316    1,473 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis) – Total operations
  
 
7,545
 
   7,120    7,640 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Free cash flow
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
Restated
  2020
US$M
Restated
 
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations
  
 
  29,285
 
    25,883     14,685 
Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations
  
 
(4,973
  (6,325  (6,583
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Free cash flow – Continuing operations
  
 
24,312
 
  19,558   8,102 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
2,889
 
  1,351   1,021 
Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
(904
  (1,520  (1,033
Net cash completion payment on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
  
 
(683
      
Cash and cash equivalents disposed on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
  
 
(399
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Free cash flow – Discontinued operations
  
 
903
 
  (169  (12
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Free cash flow – Total operations
  
 
25,215
 
  19,389   8,090 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
118

Non-IFRS
financial information derived from Consolidated Balance Sheet
Net debt and gearing ratio
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
   2020
US$M
 
Interest bearing liabilities – Current
  
 
2,622
 
  2,628    5,012 
Interest bearing liabilities – Non current
  
 
13,806
 
  18,355    22,036 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total interest bearing liabilities
  
 
16,428
 
  20,983    27,048 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
     
Borrowing
  
 
13,852
 
  17,087    23,605 
Lease liabilities
  
 
2,576
 
  3,896    3,443 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Lease liability associated with index-linked freight contracts
  
 
274
 
  1,025    1,160 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
  
 
17,236
 
  15,246    13,426 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Net debt management related instruments
1
  
 
(1,688
  557    433 
Less: Net cash management related instruments
2
  
 
273
 
  34    (15
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Total derivatives included in net debt
  
 
(1,415
  591    418 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net debt
  
 
333
 
  4,121    12,044 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets
  
 
48,766
 
  55,605    52,175 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Gearing
  
 
0.7%
 
  6.9%    18.8% 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Represents the net cross currency and interest rate swaps included within current and
non-current
other financial assets and liabilities.
Represents the net forward exchange contracts related to cash management included within current and
non-current
other financial assets and liabilities.
Net debt waterfall
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
 
Net debt at the beginning of the period
  
 
(4,121
  (12,044
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows
  
 
32,174
 
  27,234 
Net investing cash flows
  
 
(6,959
  (7,845
Net financing cash flows
  
 
(22,767
  (17,922
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing and Discontinued operations
  
 
2,448
 
  1,467 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Carrying value of interest bearing liability net repayments
  
 
2,227
 
  7,433 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Carrying value of debt related instruments settlements/(proceeds)
  
 
 
  (167
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Carrying value of cash management related instruments (proceeds)/settlements
  
 
(247
  403 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Fair value adjustment on debt (including debt related instruments)
  
 
5
 
  58 
Foreign exchange impacts on cash (including cash management related instruments)
  
 
27
 
  (1
Lease additions
  
 
(736
  (1,079
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
  
 
492
 
   
Other
  
 
(428
  (191
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-cash
movements
  
 
(640
  (1,213
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net debt at the end of the period
  
 
(333
  (4,121
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
119

Net operating assets
The following table reconciles Net operating assets for the Group to Net assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
Restated
 
Net assets
  
 
48,766
 
  55,605 
Less:
Non-operating
assets
   
Cash and cash equivalents
  
 
(17,236
  (15,246
Trade and other receivables
1
  
 
(72
  (280
Other financial assets
2
  
 
(1,363
  (1,516
Current tax assets
  
 
(263
  (279
Deferred tax assets
  
 
(56
  (1,912
Assets held for sale
  
 
 
  (324
Petroleum Discontinued operations operating assets
3
  
 
 
  (13,757
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Add:
Non-operating
liabilities
   
Trade and other payables
4
  
 
201
 
  227 
Interest bearing liabilities
  
 
16,428
 
  20,983 
Other financial liabilities
5
  
 
1,851
 
  588 
Current tax payable
  
 
3,032
 
  2,800 
Non-current
tax payable
  
 
87
 
  120 
Deferred tax liabilities
  
 
3,063
 
  3,314 
Liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale
  
 
 
  17 
Petroleum Discontinued operations operating liabilities
3
  
 
 
  5,684 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating assets
  
 
54,438
 
  56,024 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating assets
   
Copper
  
 
27,420
 
  26,928 
Iron Ore
  
 
16,823
 
  18,663 
Coal
  
 
7,650
 
  7,512 
Group and unallocated items
6
  
 
2,545
 
  2,921 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
54,438
 
  56,024 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Represents loans to associates, external finance receivable and accrued interest receivable included within other receivables.
Represents cross currency and interest rate swaps, forward exchange contracts related to cash management and investment in shares, other investments and receivables contingent on outcome of future events relating to mining and regulatory approvals.
Represents the Petroleum operating assets and operating liabilities as at 30 June 2021 that were merged with Woodside on 1 June 2022.
Represents accrued interest payable included within other payables.
Represents cross currency and interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts related to cash management.
Group and unallocated items include functions, other unallocated operations including Potash, Nickel West, legacy assets, and consolidation adjustments.
120

Other
non-IFRS
financial information
Principal factors that affect Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA
The following table describes the impact of the principal factors that affected Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA for FY2022 and relates them back to our Consolidated Income Statement. For information on the method of calculation of the principal factors that affect Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA refer to OFR 11.2.
  
Revenue

US$M
  
Total expenses,

Other income

and Loss from

equity

accounted

investments

US$M
  
Profit from

operations

US$M
  
Depreciation,

amortisation and

impairments and

Exceptional

Items

US$M
  
Underlying

EBITDA

US$M
 
Year ended 30 June 2021 (Restated)
     
Revenue
 
 
56,921
 
    
Other income
  
 
380
 
   
Expenses excluding net finance costs
  
 
(30,871
   
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(915
   
  
 
 
    
Total other income, expenses excluding net finance costs and Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(31,406
   
   
 
 
   
Profit from operations
   
 
25,515
 
  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
1
    
 
7,591
 
 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
    
 
(2,371
 
Exceptional items
    
 
4,338
 
 
     
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
     
 
35,073
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in sales prices
  7,267   (673 
 
6,594
 
    
 
6,594
 
Price-linked costs
     (1,047 
 
(1,047
    
 
(1,047
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net price impact
  7,267   (1,720 
 
5,547
 
    
 
5,547
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in volumes
  (1,235  23  
 
(1,212
    
 
(1,212
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Operating cash costs
     (473 
 
(473
    
 
(473
Exploration and business development
     (67 
 
(67
    
 
(67
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in controllable cash costs
2
     (540 
 
(540
    
 
(540
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exchange rates
  (3  1,183  
 
1,180
 
    
 
1,180
 
Inflation on costs
     (867 
 
(867
    
 
(867
Fuel, energy, and consumable price movements
     (660 
 
(660
    
 
(660
Non-cash
     (3 
 
(3
    
 
(3
One-off
items
       
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in other costs
  (3  (347 
 
(350
    
 
(350
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Asset sales
     2  
 
2
 
    
 
2
 
Ceased and sold operations
  1,482   186  
 
1,668
 
    
 
1,668
 
Other
  666   (220 
 
446
 
    
 
446
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
     (978 
 
(978
  978  
 
 
Exceptional items
     4,008  
 
4,008
 
  (4,008 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2022
     
Revenue
 
 
65,098
 
    
Other income
  
 
1,398
 
   
Expenses excluding net finance costs
  
 
(32,371
   
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(19
   
  
 
 
    
Total other income, expenses excluding net finance costs and Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(30,992
   
   
 
 
   
Profit from operations
   
 
34,106
 
  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
1
    
 
6,198
 
 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
    
 
 
 
Exceptional items
    
 
330
 
 
     
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
     
 
40,634
 
     
 
 
 
Depreciation and impairments that we classify as exceptional items are excluded from depreciation, amortisation and impairments. Depreciation, amortisation and impairments includes
non-exceptional
impairments of US$515 million (FY2021: US$136 million).
Collectively, we refer to the change in operating cash costs and change in exploration and business development as Change in controllable cash costs. Operating cash costs by definition do not include
non-cash
costs. The change in operating cash costs also excludes the impact of exchange rates and inflation, changes in fuel, energy costs and consumable costs, changes in exploration and business development costs and
one-off
items. These items are excluded so as to provide a consistent measurement of changes in costs across all segments, based on the factors that are within the control and responsibility of the segment.
121

Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE)
Year ended 30 June
  
2022

US$M
  2021
US$M
  2020
US$M
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
  
 
33,055
 
  13,451   8,736 
Exceptional items
1
  
 
(7,085
  5,797   1,305 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Subtotal
  
 
25,970
 
  19,248   10,041 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjusted for:
    
Net finance costs
  
 
1,128
 
  1,305   911 
Exceptional items included within net finance costs
1
  
 
(290
  (85  (93
Income tax expense on net finance costs
  
 
(287
  (337  (267
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items
  
 
26,521
 
  20,131   10,592 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net assets at the beginning of the period
  
 
55,605
 
  52,175   51,753 
Net debt at the beginning of the period
  
 
4,121
 
  12,044   9,446 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital employed at the beginning of the period
  
 
59,726
 
  64,219   61,199 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net assets at the end of the period
  
 
48,766
 
  55,605   52,175 
Net debt at the end of the period
  
 
333
 
  4,121   12,044 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital employed at the end of the period
  
 
49,099
 
  59,726   64,219 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Average capital employed
  
 
54,413
 
  61,973   62,709 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying return on capital employed
  
 
48.7%
 
  32.5%   16.9% 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) by segment
Year ended 30 June 2022
US$M
  
Copper
   
Iron Ore
   
Coal
  
Group and

unallocated

items/

eliminations
1
  
Total

Continuing
   
Petroleum

Discontinued

operations
   
Total
Group
 
Profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items
  
 
3,981
 
  
 
13,896
 
  
 
6,293
 
 
 
(256
 
 
23,914
 
  
 
2,607
 
  
 
26,521
 
Average capital employed
  
 
24,310
 
  
 
15,275
 
  
 
6,893
 
 
 
3,196
 
 
 
49,674
 
  
 
4,739
 
  
 
54,413
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying return on capital employed
  
 
16%
 
  
 
91%
 
  
 
91%
 
 
 
 
 
 
48.1%
 
  
 
 
  
 
48.7%
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
Restated
  Copper   Iron Ore   Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
1
  Total
Continuing
   Petroleum
Discontinued
operations
   Total
Group
 
Profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items
   4,191    16,640    (454  (395  19,982    149    20,131 
Average capital employed
   23,710    16,042    8,262   4,470   52,484    9,489    61,973 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying return on capital employed
   18%    104%    (5%     38.1%    1.6%    32.5% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations including Potash, Nickel West, legacy assets and consolidation adjustments.
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) by asset
Year ended 30 June 2022
US$M
 
Western
Australia
Iron

Ore
  
BHP

Mitsubishi

Alliance
  
Antamina
  
Nickel

West
  
Escondida
  
Pampa

Norte
  
Olympic

Dam
  
Potash
  
New

South

Wales

Energy

Coal
1
  
Other
  
Total

Continuing
  
Petroleum

Discontinued

operations
  
Total

Group
 
Profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items
 
 
14,051
 
 
 
4,153
 
 
 
684
 
 
 
250
 
 
 
3,346
 
 
 
81
 
 
 
(9
 
 
(123
 
 
1,309
 
 
 
172
 
 
 
23,914
 
 
 
2,607
 
 
 
26,521
 
Average capital employed
 
 
18,783
 
 
 
6,725
 
 
 
1,284
 
 
 
650
 
 
 
9,891
 
 
 
4,380
 
 
 
8,660
 
 
 
3,321
 
 
 
(413
 
 
(3,607
 
 
49,674
 
 
 
4,739
 
 
 
54,413
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying return on capital employed
 
 
75%
 
 
 
62%
 
 
 
53%
 
 
 
38%
 
 
 
34%
 
 
 
2%
 
 
 
(0
)% 
 
 
(4
)% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48.1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
48.7%
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
Restated
 Western
Australia
Iron
Ore
  BHP
Mitsubishi
Alliance
  Antamina  Nickel
West
  Escondida  Pampa
Norte
  Olympic
Dam
  Potash  New
South
Wales
Energy
Coal
  Other  Total
Continuing
  Petroleum
Discontinued
operations
  Total
Group
 
Profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items
  16,665   (13  593   136   3,281   302   214   5   (203  (998  19,982   149   20,131 
Average capital employed
  18,661   6,796   1,353   295   10,353   3,760   8,021   3,710   269   (734  52,484   9,489   61,973 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying return on capital employed
  89%   (0%  44%   46%   32%   8%   3%   0%   (75%     38.1%   1.6%   32.5% 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
NSWEC has not been shown as ROCE is distorted by negative capital employed due to the rehabilitation provision being the primary balance remaining on Balance Sheet following previous impairments.
122

11.1    Definition and calculation of
non-IFRS
financial information
 
Non-IFRS
financial
information
Reasons why we believe the
non-IFRS

financial information are useful
Calculation methodology
Underlying attributable profit
  
Athalie Williams, Chief People Officer (BA (Hons), FAHRI, 51)
Allows the comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
 
Ms Williams joined BHP in 2007Allows the comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items and was appointed Chief People Officer in January 2015. Athaliethe contribution of Discontinued operations and is responsible for delivering innovative people and culture strategies, programs and policies foralso the Group globally, and ensuring BHP has the right people and capabilities to deliver its strategy. Prior to joining BHP, Athalie was the General Manager Cultural Transformation at NAB and an organisation strategy adviser with Accenture (formerly Andersen Consulting).basis on which our dividend payout ratio policy is applied.
  
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders excluding any exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders.
Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations
  
Caroline Cox, Chief Legal, Governance and External Affairs Officer (BA (Hons), MA, LLB, BCL, 51)Underlying attributable profit from Continuing operations also excludes the contribution of Discontinued operations from the above metrics.
Ms Cox was appointed Chief Legal, Governance and External Affairs Officer in November 2020. Caroline joined BHP in 2014 as Vice President Legal and was appointed Group General Counsel in 2016 and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary from March 2019. Prior to joining BHP, Caroline was a Partner at Herbert Smith Freehills, a firm she was with for 11 years, specialising in cross-border transactions, disputes and regulatory investigations.
Underlying basic earnings per share
  
David Lamont, Chief Financial Officer (BComm, CA, 56)
On a per share basis, allows the comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
 
Mr Lamont was appointed Chief Financial Officer in December 2020. Prior to joining BHP David was
On a per share basis, allows the Chief Financial Officercomparability of
ASX-listed
global biotech company CSL Limited. He has also held underlying financial performance by excluding the positionsimpacts of CFOexceptional items and Executive Director at Minerals and Metals Group and has previously served as CFO at OZ Minerals Limited, PaperlinX Limited and Incitec Limited. David held senior roles at BHP between 2001 and 2006, including as CFOthe contribution of its Carbon Steel Materials and Energy Coal businesses.Discontinued operations.
  
Underlying attributable profit divided by the weighted basic average number of shares.
Underlying basic earnings per share – Continuing operations
  
Edgar Basto, President Minerals Australia (BSc, Metallurgy, 54)Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations divided by the weighted basic average number of shares.
Mr Basto joined BHP in 1989 and was appointed President Minerals Australia in July 2020. Edgar is responsible for BHP’s iron ore and nickel operations in Western Australia, metallurgical and energy coal in Queensland and New South Wales, and copper in South Australia. Edgar has held key leadership roles across a range of commodities, including as Asset President of Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) from March 2016 and Asset President Escondida (Chile) from 2009.
Underlying EBITDA
  
Geraldine Slattery, President Petroleum (BSc, Physics, MSc, International Management (Oil & Gas), 52)
Ms Slattery joined BHP in 1994Used to help assess current operational profitability excluding the impacts of sunk costs (i.e. depreciation from initial investment). Each is a measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of the Group’s segments and was appointed President Operations, Petroleum in March 2019. Geraldine has more than 25 yearsmake decisions on the allocation of experience with BHP, most recently as Asset President Conventional and prior to that in several senior operational and business leadership roles across the Petroleum business in the United Kingdom, Australia and the United States.resources.
  
Earnings before net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments, taxation expense, Discontinued operations and exceptional items. Underlying EBITDA includes BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments and taxation expense/(benefit).
Underlying EBITDA margin
  
Johan van Jaarsveld, Chief Development Officer (B.Eng (Chem), MCom, Applied Finance, PhD (Eng), Extractive Metallurgy, 49)Underlying EBITDA excluding third-party product EBITDA, divided by revenue excluding third-party product revenue.
Mr van Jaarsveld joined BHP in 2016 and was appointed Chief Development Officer in September 2020. Johan is responsible for strategy, acquisitions and divestments, securing early-stage growth options in future facing commodities, ventures and innovation. Prior to joining BHP, Johan held executive positions in resources and finance, including at Barrick Gold Corporation, Goldman Sachs and The Blackstone Group.
Underlying EBIT
  
Laura Tyler, Chief Technical Officer (BSc (Geology (Hons)), MSc (Mining Engineering), 54)
Ms Tyler joined BHP in 2004Used to help assess current operational profitability excluding net finance costs and was appointed Chief Technical Officer in September 2020. Laura has 17 yearstaxation expense (each of experience with BHP, most recentlywhich are managed at the Group level) as Chief Geoscientistwell as Discontinued operations and Asset President of Olympic Dam. Prior to joining BHP, Laura worked for Western Mining Corporation, Newcrest Mining and Mount Isa Mines in various technical and operational roles.any exceptional items.
  
Earnings before net finance costs, taxation expense, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items. Underlying EBIT includes BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs and taxation expense/(benefit).
Profit from operations
  
Ragnar Udd, President Minerals Americas (BAppSc (Mining Engineering), MEng, MBA, 49)
Mr Udd joined BHP in 1997Earnings before net finance costs, taxation expense and was appointed President Minerals Americas in November 2020. Ragnar has held a numberDiscontinued operations. Profit from operations includes Revenue, Other income, Expenses excluding net finance costs and BHP’s share of senior leadership positions across BHP in operations, logistics, projectsprofit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs and technology, including most recently as Acting Chief Technology Officer and Asset President of BHP Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA)taxation expense/(benefit).
Vandita Pant, Chief Commercial Officer (BCom (Hons), MBA, Business Administration, 51)
Ms Pant joined BHP in 2016 and was appointed Chief Commercial Officer in July 2019. Her global accountabilities include Marketing, Procurement, Maritime, Logistics, Global Business Services, and developing BHP’s views on global commodities markets. Prior to this role, she was Group Treasurer and Head of Europe. Prior to joining BHP, Vandita held a wide range of executive roles with ABN Amro and Royal Bank of Scotland and has lived and worked in India, Singapore, Japan and the United Kingdom.
 
115123

Non-IFRS
financial
information
Reasons why we believe the
non-IFRS

financial information are useful
Calculation methodology
Capital and exploration expenditure
Used as part of our Capital Allocation Framework to assess efficient deployment of capital. Represents the total outflows of our operational investing expenditure.
Represents the total outflows of our operational investing expenditure excluding the contribution of Discontinued operations.
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and exploration expenditure including the contribution of Discontinued operations
Capital and exploration expenditure – Continuing operations
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and exploration expenditure.
Free cash flow
It is a key measure used as part of our Capital Allocation Framework. Reflects our operational cash performance inclusive of investment expenditure, which helps to highlight how much cash was generated in the period to be available for the servicing of debt and distribution to shareholders.
Reflects our operational cash performance inclusive of investment expenditure, but excluding the contribution of Discontinued operations.
Net operating cash flows less net investing cash flows.
Free cash flow – Continuing operations
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations less net investing cash flows from Continuing operations.
Net debt
Net debt shows the position of gross debt less index-linked freight contracts offset by cash immediately available to pay debt if required and any associated derivative financial instruments. Liability associated with index-linked freight contracts, which are required to be remeasured to the prevailing freight index at each reporting date, are excluded from the net debt calculation due to the short-term volatility of the index they relate to not aligning with how the Group uses net debt for decision making in relation to the Capital Allocation Framework. Net debt includes the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to hedge cash and borrowings to reflect the Group’s risk management strategy of reducing the volatility of net debt caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates.
Net debt, along with the gearing ratio, is used to monitor the Group’s capital management by relating net debt relative to equity from shareholders.
Interest bearing liabilities less liability associated with index-linked freight contracts less cash and cash equivalents less net cross currency and interest rate swaps less net cash management related instruments for the Group at the reporting date.
Gearing ratio
Ratio of Net debt to Net debt plus Net assets.
Net operating assets
Enables a clearer view of the assets deployed to generate earnings by highlighting the net operating assets of the business separate from the financing and tax balances. This measure helps provide an indicator of the underlying performance of our assets and enhances comparability between them.
Operating assets net of operating liabilities, including the carrying value of equity accounted investments and predominantly excludes cash balances, loans to associates, interest bearing liabilities, derivatives hedging our net debt, assets held for sale, liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale and tax balances.
124

Non-IFRS
financial
information
Reasons why we believe the
non-IFRS

financial information are useful
Calculation methodology
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE)
Indicator of the Group’s capital efficiency and is provided on an underlying basis to allow comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
Profit after taxation excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after taxation) divided by average capital employed.
Profit after taxation excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after taxation) is profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations excluding exceptional items, net finance costs and the estimated taxation impact of net finance costs. These are annualised for a half year end reporting period.
The estimated tax impact is calculated using a prima facie taxation rate on net finance costs (excluding any foreign exchange impact).
Average capital employed is calculated as the average of net assets less net debt for the last two reporting periods.
Adjusted effective tax rate
Provides an underlying tax basis to allow comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
Total taxation expense/(benefit) excluding exceptional items and exchange rate movements included in taxation expense/(benefit) divided by Profit before taxation from Continuing operations excluding exceptional items.
Unit cost
Used to assess the controllable financial performance of the Group’s assets for each unit of production. Unit costs are adjusted for site specific non controllable factors to enhance comparability between the Group’s assets.
Ratio of net costs of the assets to the equity share of sales tonnage. Net costs is defined as revenue less Underlying EBITDA and excludes freight and other costs, depending on the nature of each asset. Freight is excluded as the Group believes it provides a similar basis of comparison to our peer group.
Escondida unit costs exclude:
•   by-product
credits being the favourable impact of
by-products
(such as gold or silver) to determine the directly attributable costs of copper production.
WAIO, BMA and NSWEC unit costs exclude:
•   royalties as these are costs that are not deemed to be under the Group’s control, and the Group believes exclusion provides a similar basis of comparison to our peer group.
125

2.1.3
11.2    Definition and calculation of principal factors
The method of calculation of the principal factors that affect the period on period movements of Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA are as follows:
Principal factor
Method of calculation
Change in sales prices
Change in average realised price for each operation from the prior period to the current period, multiplied by current period sales volumes.
Price-linked costs
Change in price-linked costs (mainly royalties) for each operation from the prior period to the current period, multiplied by current period sales volumes.
Change in volumes
Change in sales volumes for each operation multiplied by the prior year average realised price less variable unit cost.
Controllable cash costs
Total of operating cash costs and exploration and business development costs.
Operating cash costs
Change in total costs, other than price-linked costs, exchange rates, inflation on costs, fuel, energy, and consumable price movements,
non-cash
costs and
one-off
items as defined below for each operation from the prior period to the current period.
Exploration and business development
Exploration and business development expense in the current period minus exploration and business development expense in the prior period.
Exchange rates
Change in exchange rate multiplied by current period local currency revenue and expenses.
Inflation on costs
Change in inflation rate applied to expenses with contractual links to inflation indexes, other than depreciation and amortisation, price-linked costs, exploration and business development expenses, expenses in ceased and sold operations and expenses in new and acquired operations.
Fuel, energy, and consumable price movements
Fuel and energy expense and price differences above inflation on consumables in the current period minus fuel and energy expense in the prior period.
Non-cash
Change in net impact of capitalisation and depletion of deferred stripping from the prior period to the current period.
One-off
items
Change in costs exceeding a
pre-determined
threshold associated with an unexpected event that had not occurred in the last two years and is not reasonably likely to occur within the next two years.
Asset sales
Profit/(loss) on the sale of assets or operations in the current period minus profit/(loss) on sale of assets or operations in the prior period.
Ceased and sold operations
Underlying EBITDA for operations that ceased or were sold in the current period minus Underlying EBITDA for operations that ceased or were sold in the prior period.
Share of profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments
Share of profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments for the current period minus share of profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments in the prior period.
Other
Variances not explained by the above factors.
12    Other information
12.1    Company details
Refer to page i for further information.
12.2    Forward Looking statements
Refer to page i for further information.
This Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.
Ken MacKenzie
Chair
Dated: 16 August 2022
126

Governance
1    Corporate governance at BHP
Good corporate governance structureunderpins the way we conduct business.
We are committed to the highest level of governance and strive to foster a culture that values and rewards exemplary ethical standards, personal and corporate integrity and respect for others.
This Corporate Governance Statement sets out the corporate governance framework currently in place for the Group, including the key policies and practices. These arrangements are consistent with:
the fourth edition of the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (ASX Fourth Edition); and
the governance requirements that apply to us as a result of our London Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listings and our registration with the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) in the United States.
The ASX Fourth Edition (available at asx.com.au) requires the Board to consider the application of the relevant corporate governance principles, while recognising departures from those principles are appropriate in some circumstances. The Board considers that during FY2022, it complied with the ASX Fourth Edition, with no exceptions.
This Corporate Governance Statement is current as at 2 September 2022 and has been approved by the Board.
More information about our corporate governance framework and practices can be found on our website at bhp.com/governance, which includes links to our Appendix 4G and each of the publicly available documents referenced in this Corporate Governance Statement.
2    FY2022 corporate governance highlights
 
127

3    BHP’s governance structure
The Board has ultimate responsibility for overseeing BHP’s governance. The role of the Board, as set out in the
Board Governance Document,
is
to represent shareholders and promote and protect the interests of BHP in the short and long term. The Board considers the interests of the Group’s shareholders as a whole and the interests of other relevant stakeholders where appropriate.
The Chair is responsible for leading the Board and ensuring it operates to high governance standards. In particular, the Chair facilitates constructive Board relations and the effective contribution of all
Non-executive
Directors.
The Group Company Secretary is accountable to the Board and advises the Chair and the Board and individual Directors on all matters of governance process.
The Board currently has 12 members. The Directorsestablished Committees to assist it in exercising its authority, including monitoring the performance of BHP along with their profiles,to gain assurance that progress is being made towards our purpose within the limits imposed by the Board. These Committees include the Nomination and Governance Committee, Risk and Audit Committee, Sustainability Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Each of these permanent Committees has a Terms of Reference under which authority is delegated by the Board. These are listed in section 2.1.2.available at bhp.com/governance.
The Board believes there is an appropriate combination of Executive and
Non-executive
Directors to promote shareholder interests and govern BHP effectively. The Board has fewer Executive Directors than is common for
UK-listed
companies, but its composition is considered appropriate for the Dual Listed Company structure and is in line with Australian-listed company practice.
The Board has extensive access to members of senior management who frequently attend Board and Committee meetings. Management makesmake presentations and engagesengage in discussions with Directors, answersanswer questions and providesprovide input and perspective on their areas of responsibility. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is accountable to the Board for the authority that is delegated to the CEO and for the performance of the Group. The CEO works in a constructive partnership with the Board and is required to report regularly to the Board on progress. The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) also attends all Board meetings.
The Board led by the Chair, also holds discussions in the absence of management at each Board meeting.
The Chair is responsible for leadingdiagram below illustrates BHP’s governance structure.
128

4    Board of Directors
4.1    Overview of the Board and ensuring it operates to the highest governance standards. In particular, the Chair facilitates constructive Board relations and the effective contribution of all
Non-executive
Directors.
The Group Company Secretary is accountable toBoard currently has 12 members. At the Boardend of BHP’s 2022 Annual General Meeting (AGM), Malcolm Broomhead and advisesJohn Mogford will be stepping down from the ChairBoard.
The Directors’ qualifications, experience and through the Chair, the Board and individual Directors on all matters of governance process.
The role of the Board, as set outspecial responsibilities are listed in the
Board Governance Document,Directors’ Report 2.1.
is
to represent shareholders and promote and protect the interests of BHP in the short and long term. The Board considers the interests of the Group’s shareholders as a whole and the interests of other relevant stakeholders.
The
Board Governance Document
is a statement of the practices and processes the Board has adopted to fulfil its responsibilities. It includesoutlines the processes relating to the Board has implemented to undertake its ownBoard’s tasks and activities;activities, the matters it hasspecifically reserved for its own consideration and decision-making;Board decision making, the authority it has delegated to the CEO includingand the limitsaccountability of the CEO for that authority, guidance on the way the CEO can execute that authority; and guidance onmanagement of the relationship between the Board and the CEO.CEO, and the boundaries on CEO action.
129

The matters reserved for the Board include:
 
CEO appointment and determination of the terms of the appointment
 
approval of the appointment of Executive Leadership Team (ELT) members, and material changes to the organisational structure involving direct reports to the CEO
 
strategy, annual budgets, balance sheet management and funding strategy
 
determination of commitments, capital and
non-capital
items, acquisitions and divestments above specified limits
 
performance assessment of the CEO and the Group
 
approving the Group’s values,
Our Code of Conduct
, purpose and risk appetite
 
management of Board composition, processes and performance
 
determination and adoption of documents (including the publication of reports and statements to shareholders) that are required by the Group’s constitutional documents, statute or by other external regulation
The
Board Governance Document
is
available at bhp.com/governance.
4.2    Director independence
116The Board is committed to ensuring that a majority of Directors are independent.

The Board has established Committeesadopted a policy that it uses to assist it in exercisingdetermine the independence of its authority, including monitoringDirectors. During FY2022, as part of the performanceunification of BHP to gain assurance that progress is being made towards our purpose within the limits imposed by the Board. These Committees include the Risk and Audit Committee, the Nomination and Governance Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Sustainability Committee. Each of these permanent Committees has terms of reference under which authority is delegated by the Board. These are available at bhp.com/governance. Reports from these Committees are set out at sections 2.1.9 to 2.1.12.
2.1.4     Board and Committee meetings and attendance
The Board meets as often as required. During FY2021,Dual Listed Company structure, the Board met 12 times. The normal schedule, which includes Board meetings inamended the United Kingdom and in another global office location, was disrupted due to the impacts of the
COVID-19
pandemic. During FY2021, all Board meetingspolicy for changes arising from unification that were held virtually. An additional ad hoc meeting was held in FY2021.
Members of the ELT and other members of senior management attend meetings of the Board by invitation, with the CFO attending each meeting.
Each Board Committee provides a standing invitation for any
Non-executive
Director to attend Committee meetings (rather than just limiting attendance to Committee members). Committee agendas and papers are provided to all Directors to ensure they are aware of matters to be considered.
Board and Board Committee attendance in FY2021
   
Board
  
Risk and Audit
Committee
   
Nomination
and Governance
Committee
  
Remuneration
Committee
  
Sustainability
Committee
 
Terry Bowen
   12/12   11/11    4/4 (1)   
Malcolm Broomhead
   12/12     6/6    5/5 
Xiaoqun Clever
(2)
   8/8   7/7     
Ian Cockerill
   12/12   11/11      5/5 
Anita Frew
   12/12   11/11     6/6  
Gary Goldberg
   12/12     2/2 (3)   6/6   5/5 
Mike Henry
   12/12      
Susan Kilsby
   11/12 (4)     4/4 (5)   6/6 (5)  
Ken MacKenzie
   12/12     6/6   
Lindsay Maxsted
(6)
   4/4   4/4     
John Mogford
   12/12     4/4 (7)    5/5 
Christine O’Reilly
(8)
   8/8   7/7    2/2   3/3 (5)  
Shriti Vadera
(9)
   4.5/4.5 (9)     2/2   2/3 (10)  
Dion Weisler
   12/12      6/6  
Table indicates the number of scheduled and ad hoc meetings attended and held during the period the Director was a member of the Board and/or Committee.
(1) 
Terry Bowen became a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee on 2 December 2020.
(2) 
Xiaoqun Clever became a member of the Board and the Risk and Audit Committee on 1 October 2020.
(3) 
Gary Goldberg became a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee on 1 March 2021.
(4) 
Susan Kilsby was unable to attend the Board meeting on 5 May 2021 as the meeting time was rescheduled and Susan had a
pre-existing
Board commitment. Susan provided detailed comments to the Chair in advance of the meeting.
(5) 
Susan Kilsby ceased being a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee on 1 March 2021, and was replaced as Chair of the Remuneration Committee by Christine O’Reilly effective 1 March 2021.
(6) 
Lindsay Maxsted retired as a member of the Board and the Risk and Audit Committee on 4 September 2020.
(7) 
John Mogford became a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee on 2 December 2020.
(8) 
Christine O’Reilly became a member of the Board, the Risk and Audit Committee and the Remuneration Committee on 12 October 2020, and a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee on 1 March 2021.
(9) 
Shriti Vadera retired as a member of the Board, the Nomination and Governance Committee and the Remuneration Committee on 15 October 2020. The October Board meeting was held over two days on 13 and 16 October, and Shriti attended the first session prior to her retirement.
(10)
Shriti Vadera was unable to attend the Remuneration Committee meeting on 23 September 2020 due to
pre-existing
Board commitments. Shriti provided detailed comments to the Chair of the Committee ahead of the meeting.
117

2.1.5     Key Board activities during FY2021
Key matters considered by the Board during FY2021 are outlined below.
Chair’s matters
Board composition, succession planning, performance and culture
•   CEO and ELT succession
•   Committee succession
•   Board composition and succession
•   Board evaluation
•   Director training and development
•   Corporate governance updates
•   Employee indemnification policy
Strategic matters
Capital allocation (Capital Allocation Framework, capital prioritisation and development outcomes)
•   Dividend policy and dividend recommendations
•   Capital prioritisation and portfolio development options
•   Capital execution watch list
•   Capital allocation for pathways to net zero and other social value projects
Funding (annual budgets, balance sheet management, liquidity management)
•   Finance and business performance reports
•   Two-year
budget
•   Funding updates
Portfolio and strategy (Group scenarios, commodity and asset review, growth options, approving commitments, capital and
non-capital
items and acquisitions and divestments above a specified threshold, and geopolitical and macro-environmental impacts)
•   Growth projects and transactions
•   Commodity strategies
•   Dual Listed Company structure
•   Strategic roadmap
•   Risk Appetite Statement
•   Climate change – approval of commitments and updates on progress against commitments
•   Climate change – external landscape and risk exposure
•   Equity alternatives
•   New world trends post
COVID-19
pandemic
•   COVID-19
updates, including safety measures, wellbeing steps, workforce planning and community support
•   Samarco strategy, funding and communications
•   Strategic options for Petroleum
•   Acquisition of additional interest in Shenzi
•   Jansen Potash Project
•   Trion project and Mexico country risk update
•   Commodity price protocols
•   China strategy
•   Chile country update
•   Economic and geopolitical landscape
•   Nickel West power purchase agreement
•   Innovation and technology update
•   Minerals exploration briefing
People, culture, social value and other significant items
•   Culture and capability, including capability deep dives
•   Culture dashboard and Engagement and Perception Survey (EPS) results, including actions that will be taken based on the findings
•   Inclusion and diversity update
•   Sexual assault and sexual harassment
•   Payroll review
•   Cultural heritage review, including in relation to Project Resolution
•   Shareholder requisitioned resolutions
118

Monitoring and assurance matters
Includes matters and/or documents required by the Group’s constitutional documents, statute or by other external regulation
•   Investor relations reports, including investor perception survey results
•   CEO reports, including updates on safety and sustainability, financial and operational performance, external affairs, markets, people and projects
•   Risk review session
•   Non-financial
risk management
•   Tailings Storage Facility Policy
•   Approval of the CEO’s remuneration
•   Review and approval of half-year and full-year financial results
•   Review and approval of the Annual Reporting suite and Climate Change Report
•   Virtual site visits and site visit reports
•   Director evaluations
Policies and procedures
During FY2021, we transitioned to full compliance with the fourth edition of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (ASX Fourth Edition) published by the ASX Corporate Governance Council.
We implemented new arrangements in line with the ASX Fourth Edition and reviewed themcurrent best governance practice.
The
Independence of Directors Policy
is available at bhp.com/governance.
Determination of Director independence
The Board confirms that it considers all of the current
Non-executive
Directors, including the Chair, to ensure they remained in linebe independent of management and any business, interest or other relationship that could or could be perceived to materially interfere with the 2018 editionexercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement by the Director or the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the UK Corporate Governance Code (UK Code)BHP Group rather than an individual shareholder or other group.
A determination of independence is carried out upon a Director’s appointment, annually and at any other time where the change in circumstances of a Director warrant reconsideration. Some Directors hold, or have previously held, positions in companies with which BHP has commercial relationships. The Board has assessed the relationships between BHP and the companies in which Directors hold or held positions and has concluded that the relationships do not interfere with the Directors’ exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement, or their ability to act in the best interests of BHP.
For example, the Chair, Mr Ken MacKenzie, is a Strategic Advisor at Barrenjoey Capital Partners. Barrenjoey was established as a financial services firm in September 2020 and provides strategic advisory and corporate finance services.
In 2020, the Board considered Mr MacKenzie’s proposed appointment and it was approved on the basis that Barrenjoey would not advise BHP and that Mr MacKenzie himself would not advise on transactions or advise BHP competitors or our significant customers or suppliers.
During FY2022, at the request of the CEO, the Board reconsidered these conditions without Mr MacKenzie present. The Board considered that there may be circumstances where it would be in the best interests of shareholders to permit Barrenjoey to advise the Group. For example, where other advisers were conflicted or where Barrenjoey had specifically relevant expertise. The Board approved, without Mr MacKenzie present, the removal of the restriction on Barrenjoey advising BHP, subject to the requirement that the CEO and the Senior Independent Director consult on any engagement on a case by case basis and where appropriate they will seek approval from the independent directors of the engagement and the arrangements to manage conflicts of interest. The other condition will continue and Mr MacKenzie himself will not advise on transactions or advise BHP competitors or our significant customers or suppliers.
Accordingly, the Board is satisfied that Mr MacKenzie is able to continue to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and to act in the best interests of BHP. The Board does not consider that Mr MacKenzie’s involvement with Barrenjoey to adversely impact his role or commitment to BHP. In particular, Mr MacKenzie has committed to the Board that BHP would remain his priority.
Mr Broomhead is and was throughout FY2022, a Director and the Chair of Orica Limited (a company BHP has commercial dealings with). The BHP Board assessed the relationship between BHP and Orica and remains satisfied that Mr Broomhead was and remained during FY2022 able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and to act in the best interests of BHP.
Conflicts of interest
In lineaccordance with Australian law, if a situation arises for consideration where a Director has a material personal interest, the ASX Fourth Edition, BHP also disclosed its Periodic Disclosure – Disclosure Controls
policy, which sets out our process to verify the integrity of the periodic corporate reports we release to the market, including those that are not audited or reviewedaffected Director takes no part in decision making unless approval is provided by the external auditor (refer to section 2.1.16).
non-interested
Directors. Provisions for Directors’ interests are set out in the Constitution of BHP Group Limited.
130

ELT
4.3    Board appointments and succession planning
A critical componentBHP adopts a structured and rigorous approach to Board succession planning to guard against unforeseen departures and facilitate the orderly replacement of succession at the Executive Leadership Team (ELT) level and below is the existence of a robust senior leadership program that operates across multiple organisational levels to build, develop, renew, recruit and promote our leaders. The Board is actively engagedcurrent Directors, and oversees the development of the senior leadership team.
On 1 December 2020, David Lamont’s appointment as Chief Financial Officer (CFO) took effect. Peter Beaven continued as CFO until 30 November 2020 to provide ongoing leadership through to David’s commencement, and supported David with handover into early CY2021.
In August 2020,a diverse pipeline. This process is continuous, allowing the Board approved new roles and appointments on the ELT. Ragnar Udd became President Minerals Americas, effective 1 November 2020, replacing Daniel Malchuk. Daniel continued in the role until that time and left BHP at the end of CY2020. Laura Tyler commenced in the new role of Chief Technical Officer on 1 September 2020. This role is an expansion of her previous position on the ELT as Chief Geoscientist. She relinquished her role as Asset President Olympic Dam. Caroline Cox became Chief Legal, Governance and External Affairs Officer, effective 1 November 2020, replacing Geoff Healy. Geoff continued in the role until that time and left BHP at the end of CY2020. Johan van Jaarsveld commenced in the new role of Chief Development Officer on 1 September 2020.
Culture
The delivery of our strategy is predicated on our culture and capability. The Board, supported by the Committees, considers a range of qualitative and quantitative information in relation to culture at BHP and monitors and assesses culture on an ongoing basis for alignment with our strategy, purpose and values. Board and Committee papers include workforce planning in the context of
COVID-19,
EPS results, inclusion and diversity update, Risk and Audit Committee report-outs on
Our Code of Conduct
investigations, the culture and capability required to execute our strategy, and culture as a part of asset reviews. Recognising our culture cannot be measured using a single number or index, a culture dashboard was developed in FY2021 to provide the Board with an additional tool to monitor our culture. The dashboard includes simple measures to provide key signposts on the health of our culture. This data combined with the EPS results provides the Board with insight on safety, engagement and enablement. The culture dashboard will be further developed over the next year to provide insight into the execution of our strategy.
Directors also gain insights into culture through direct engagement with a cross-section of the workforce where they can gain direct feedback on a range of issues, including
COVID-19
impacts, diversity, health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) topics and social value. For more information, refer to sections 1.14, 2.1.6 and 1.12.
119

Climate change
Climate changeensure there is a material governance and strategic issue and is routinelyright balance on the Board agenda, including asbetween experience and fresh perspectives, and the Board continues to be fit for purpose.
As part of strategy discussions, portfolio reviewsthis process, we are delighted to have appointed Michelle Hinchliffe and investment decisions, risk management oversightCatherine Tanna to our Board during FY2022. Malcolm Broomhead and monitoring,John Mogford will retire at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM, and performance againstwe thank both Malcolm and John for their commitment to our commitments. The Sustainability Committee assistsongoing success.
Before the Board in overseeing the Group’s climate change performance and governance responsibilities. The Risk and Audit Committee and Sustainability Committee assistformally appoints a person or puts a person forward for election, the Board, with the oversightassistance of climate-related risk management, althoughexternal consultants, will conduct appropriate background and reference checks as to that person’s character, experience, education, criminal and bankruptcy history.
The Board has adopted a letter of appointment that contains the Board retains overall accountability for BHP’s risk profile. Belowterms on which
Non-executive
Directors will be appointed, including the level of the Board, key management decisions are madebasis upon which they will be indemnified by the CEOGroup. The letter of appointment defines the role of Directors, including the expectations in terms of independence, participation, time commitment and management,continuous improvement. Written agreements are in accordance withplace for all
Non-executive
Directors.
4.4    Director induction, training and development
Upon appointment, each new
Non-executive
Director undertakes an induction program tailored to their delegated authority.needs.
Following discussionthe induction program,
Non-executive
Directors participate in continuous improvement activities through a training and development program, which is overseen by the ELTNomination and SustainabilityGovernance Committee to help ensure that Directors, individually and collectively develop and maintain the skills and knowledge to assist them in August 2020 the Board approved our medium-term target, Scope 3 emissions goalsperforming their role effectively. The training and development program is periodically reviewed to maximise effectiveness and to ensure it is tailored to Directors’ needs and the strengtheningBoard’s areas of links between executive remunerationfocus.
Throughout the year, the Chair discusses development areas with each Director. Board Committees review and climate change performance measures.
For information regarding ouragree their needs for more briefings. The benefit of this approach is that induction and learning opportunities can be tailored to climate changeDirectors’ Committee memberships, as well as the Board’s specific areas of focus. This approach is also intended to ensure a coordinated process on succession planning, Board renewal, training and sustainability, refer to sections 1.13.7development and 1.13.1.
2.1.6     Stakeholder engagement
ThereCommittee composition. In turn, these processes are multiple ways the views of stakeholders, beyond shareholders, are broughtrelevant to the BoardNomination and its Committees. For example, HSEC updates, site visits (physicalGovernance Committee’s role in identifying appropriate
Non-executive
Director candidates.
Examples of activities in the training and virtual where necessary) involving engagement with community members and government, and engagement with the Forum on Corporate Responsibility. In addition, the Risk and Audit Committee receives reports on engagement with regulators. It also receives reports on material litigation and disputes with third parties and complaints raised through the
speak-up
hotline, EthicsPoint, which allows our workforce to raise concerns in confidence. The strategic framework, focus on social value, our purpose and Risk Appetite Statement reflect the significance of external stakeholders in decision-making.
The Annual Report includes additional information on our stakeholders, including
non-governmental
organisations, how we have elicited the views of stakeholders and the outcomes of our engagements with stakeholders, in particular in relation to the Board’s decision-making. For more information, refer to sections 1.12, 1.13 and 1.14.
Shareholder engagement
Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach BHP takes to engaging and communicating with our shareholders. As part of our investor relationsdevelopment program to facilitate effective
two-way
communication with investors, the Board uses formal and informal communication channels to understand and take into account the views of shareholders. BHP provides information about itself and its governance to investors via its website at bhp.com.
120

Investor engagement in FY2021
Method of engagement
FY2021 activity
Chair investor meetings
The Chair regularly meets with investors to discuss Board priorities and seek shareholder feedback.
Virtual meetings were held in July 2020 between the Chair and investors in Australia, the US, the UK and mainland Europe, with additional meetings held in June 2021.
The Chair also held a UK Virtual Shareholder Forum with the CEO in September 2020 to allow shareholders to ask questions in advance of the AGMs. This was arranged after consultation with the UK Shareholders’ Association and ShareSoc.
Live webcasts and Q&A sessions
Provides a forum to update shareholders on results or other key announcements.
Annual and half-year results, as well as key announcements are webcast and the materials are made available on our website.
The CEO held a shareholder question and answer session in August 2020 via webcast in relation to BHP’s FY2020 performance.
Presentations and briefings
Presentation materials are set out on the BHP website.
Presentations delivered relating to our climate change strategy in September 2020, cultural heritage in October 2020, decarbonising steel in November 2020 and tailings storage facilities in June 2021.
Direct engagement
Provides a conduit to enable the Board and its Committees to be up to date with investor expectations and continuously improve the governance processes of BHP.
We also engage with other capital providers, for example, through meetings with bondholders.
The CEO, CFO, senior management and Investor Relations team held virtual meetings with investors worldwide, including: Australia, Canada, Germany, Hong Kong SAR (China), Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, South Africa, Sweden, United Arab Emirates, the UK and the US. Topics covered include corporate governance and ESG matters, strategy, finance and operating performance.
We engaged with investors on cultural heritage issues, including the withdrawn shareholder resolution and our updated approach. This included a number of presentations and investor
one-on-one
meetings through the first half of FY2021 to set out the detail of our approach to cultural heritage both in the Pilbara and worldwide.
We engaged regularly with the Climate Action 100+ lead investors and the broader investor group of the CA100+ on a range of decarbonisation and emissions related topics. We also engaged with the Transparency Pathway Initiative and FTSE Russell about their methodologies relating to the transition and approach to mined commodities.
The CEO had a series of meetings with the CEOs and chief investment officers of major investors globally to discuss a range of topics including decarbonisation and the criticality of minerals and metals to the transition.
In addition, we engaged with a range of ESG data providers about their methodologies and responded to enquiries on topics including cultural heritage, industry associations, thermal coal, decarbonisation, Scope 3 emissions, diversity and inclusion, tailings dams, Samarco,
non-operated
joint ventures, biodiversity, water stewardship and
COVID-19.
The Risk and Audit Committee considered and oversaw management work in relation to a letter from the Institutional Investors Group on Climate Change (IIGCC) setting out ‘investor expectations for Paris-aligned accounts’.
The Remuneration Committee also engages with investors on remuneration-related matters. The Chair of the Remuneration Committee wrote an open letter to shareholders and proxy advisers in September 2020, summarising key aspects of BHP’s FY2020 remuneration outcomes and welcoming investor feedback. This letter was published on BHP’s website.
Annual General Meetings
Our AGMs provide an opportunity for all investors to question and engage with the Board.
Due to
COVID-19
restrictions, the BHP Group Limited AGM for FY2020 was held as a virtual meeting and the BHP Group Plc AGM for FY2020 was held as a closed meeting.
A virtual forum for BHP Group Plc shareholders was held in September 2020 to provide an opportunity to hear from the Chair and CEO and to ask questions via a live text facility. BHP Group Plc shareholders were also invited to attend the BHP Group Limited AGM virtually.
Information on our AGMs is available at bhp.com/meetings.
We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us. Shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available at bhp.com. In addition, shareholders can communicate with us and our registrar electronically.
We facilitate and encourage shareholder participation at our AGMs. These meetings provide an update for shareholders on our performance and offer an opportunity for shareholders to ask questions and vote. Before an AGM, shareholders are provided with all material information in BHP’s possession relevant to their decision on whether or not to elect or
re-elect
a Director.
Proceedings at shareholder meetings are webcast live from our website. Copies of the speeches delivered by the Chair and CEO at the AGMs are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted on our website. A summary of proceedings and the outcome of voting on the items of business are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted on our website as soon as they are available. The External Auditor will also be available to answer questions at the AGMs.
121

At our AGMs in 2020, resolution 25 (a shareholder-requisitioned resolution to suspend memberships of industry associations that are involved in
COVID-19-related
advocacy that is inconsistent with the goals of the Paris Agreement) received the support of 22 per cent of votes cast.
The key messages received from engagement with shareholders include:
 
an emphasis that BHP constructively influence its trade associationsbriefings and development sessions to further enhance the global energy transition
ensuring the
COVID-19
pandemic was not used (or seen to be used) asprovide each Director with a rationale by associations to impede progress on alignment with the Paris Agreement goals and that the economic recovery measures being considered present a unique opportunity to accelerate clean energy innovation
enhancing transparency on the alignment between the policy positions held by BHP and those of industry associations of which BHP is a member is important but not sufficient. If an industry association is advocating for policy changes inconsistent with the goalsdeeper understanding of the Paris Agreement, companies must take tangible action to drive consistency
We are confident our existing processes, combinedactivities, environment, key issues and direction of the assets, along with the reforms outlined below, provide strengthened oversight over industry association advocacybroader sustainability and will help ensure our commitment to responsible and constructive advocacy is shared by the associations of which we are a member.
Prior to the 2020 AGMs, BHP announced a series of industry association reforms, including a new set of Global Climate Policy Standards (applicable to BHP in its direct advocacy and also to the associations of which we are a member) and disclosure enhancements, such as publishing a list of material association memberships (including membership fees) on our website. Since the AGMs, BHP has continued to work to implement the reforms announced in August 2020. This has included:
working with the minerals sector associations of which BHP is a member in Australia (i.e. the Minerals Council of Australia (MCA) and the various state-based minerals sector associations) to develop and agree an advocacy protocol. This protocol delineates the policy areas on which the associations will advocate, having regard to their jurisdictional responsibilitiesgeopolitical considerations
 
workingsite visits to provide insights into key issues at the site and to provide an opportunity for direct engagement with the key associations of which BHP is a member in Australia (i.e. the MCA, the various state-based minerals sector associations, the Australian Petroleum Production and Exploration Association (APPEA) and the Business Council of Australia (BCA)) to develop plans outlining their expected advocacy priorities and activities for the coming year. These plans are now available on the websites of the respective associations or will soon be available pending board approval by the relevant associationsstakeholders
 
implementing BHP’s new modelengagement with the Forum on Corporate Responsibility (FCR), which comprises civil society leaders in various fields of disclosing material departures from our Global Climate Policy Standards in ‘real time’sustainability, to discuss FCR members’ views on the BHP websitecurrent and emerging trends and risks
BHP has also played an active role in shaping the policy advocacy of its industry associations. This has included working with other members to:
change the American Petroleum Institute’s position on methane regulation and carbon pricing
update the APPEA’s climate change policy principles (which now call for Australia to achieve net zero emissions by 2050)
enable the BCA to provide
in-principle
support for the Climate Change (National Framework for Adaptation and Mitigation) Bill 2020 that was introduced before the Australian Parliament in November 2020
We will be conducting our next industry association review in CY2022. Consistent with BHP’s culture of continuous improvement, we will work to strengthen the review process. More information on our approach to industry associations is available at bhp.com.
122

Workforce engagement
Our global workforce is the foundation of our business and we believe supporting the wellbeing of our people and promoting an inclusive and diverse culture are vital for maintaining a competitive advantage. The Board considers effective workforce engagement a key element of its governance and oversight role.
The Board has arrangements in place for managing workforce engagement. The Board and its Committees receive information related to the workforce through a range of channels, including direct engagement at Board and Committee meetings and site visits, the Employee Perception Survey (EPS) findings, culture dashboard insights, gender pay gap reports and updates from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief People Officer.
Alongside section 1.14, the table below further describes the ways the Board engaged with our workforce in FY2021 and how workforce considerations impacted key decisions.
Having reviewed these workforce engagement arrangements in FY2021, the Board considers these arrangements to be effective as they enable the Board to hear first-hand from a cross-section of the workforce and to engage with them interactively (e.g. during site visits and Board and Committee meetings), with the opportunity to consider the feedback received in subsequent Board discussions.
Engagement
practice
Description
Site visits
Directors participated in site visits (many of these were virtual in FY2021 due to
COVID-19
travel restrictions) to engage directly with a cross-section of the workforce.
These engagements deliberately included a cross-section of staff in various regions and provide insight into matters that are front of mind for Directors and the workforce.
For more information, refer to section 2.1.9.
Board and Committee meetingsDirectors hear from employees, up to several levels below the CEO, at each Board and Committee meeting. Topics raised by employees include the health and safety of our people, culture, ethics and compliance, workforce relations, sexual assault and sexual harassment, response to
COVID-19,
our purpose, social value, conduct concerns and diversity.
EthicsPointMembers of our workforce are able to raise matters of concern through our
24-hour
speak-up
helpline, EthicsPoint (refer to sections 1.13.6 and 2.1.15). This helps to ensure Board oversight of culture and management response to serious conduct contrary to
Our Charter
and
Our Code of Conduct
.
Employee survey results and culture dashboard
Metrics from the EPS and culture dashboard provide Directors with insight into our culture and areas of focus, including where we are lagging in certain measures.
The EPS was redesigned in FY2021 to include more targeted questions and a new survey platform to provide leaders with greater insight into the key metrics related to safety, engagement and enablement, which were identified as critical foundations for our performance culture. The culture dashboard was also developed in FY2021 to provide key signposts on the health of our culture.
Management engagement through webcasts, Q&A sessions and emailsManagement regularly engages with the workforce through a range of formal and informal channels, including webcasts, live Q&A sessions and emails from the CEO and other ELT members. Live Q&A sessions were particularly helpful in providing an opportunity for employees to ask questions of our leaders and receive responses in real time.
123

2.1.74.5    Director skills, experience and attributes
Overarching statement of Board requirements
At BHP, we know that inclusive and diverse teams are safer and more productive. This is because people in these teams feel safe to speak up, share their ideas and different points of view, and work together to solve problems and make better decisions.
The BHP Board will be diverse in terms of gender, nationality, geography, age, personal strengthsis no different and social and ethnic backgrounds. The Board willbelieves that its membership should comprise Directors who have proven past performancewith a broad range of skills and diversity in order for the level of business, executive and
non-executiveBoard to:
experience required to:
 
provide the breadth and depth of understanding necessary to effectively create long-term shareholder value
 
protect and promote the interests of BHP and itsthe creation of social licence to operatevalue
 
ensure the talent, capability and culture of BHP to support the long-term delivery of our strategy
Attributes and commitment to role
All Directors are expected to comply with
Our
Code of Conduct,
act with integrity, lead by example and promote the desired culture.
The Board believes each
Non-executive
Director has demonstrated the attributes of sufficient time to undertake the responsibilities of the role;role, honesty and integrity;integrity, and a preparedness to question, challenge and critique throughout the year through their participation in Board meetings, as well asand the other activities that they have undertaken in their roles.
In accordance with provision 15
131

Skills matrix
The Board, supported by the Nomination and Governance Committee, reviews the skills and diversity represented by the Directors on the Board and determines whether the composition and mix of those skills remains appropriate to achieve BHP’s purpose and strategy.
The Board maintains a skills matrix which identifies the skills and experience the Board needs for the next period of BHP’s development, considering BHP’s circumstances and the changing external environmentenvironment.
The Board has redesigned its Board skills matrix to identify the future facing skills that the Board intends to build, acquire and retain over the medium term in anticipation of its needs as referredit pursues its strategy of securing growth options in future facing commodities. The new Board skills matrix not only indicates the skills that the Board currently possesses, but also provides an illustration of the new skills that the Board intends to above.acquire, and indicates the preferred manner in which it intends to acquire them.
The Board collectively possesses all the skills and experience set out in the skills matrix, and each Director satisfies the Board requirements and attributes discussed above. For more information on the individual skills and attributes of the Directors, refer to section 2.1.2.
 
124

Skills and experience
attributes
  
Board
Number of
Total Directors
12 
Mining
4
Senior executive who has deep operating or technical mining experience with a large company operating in multiple countries; successfully optimised and led a suite of large, global, complex operating assets that have delivered consistent and sustaining levels of high performance (related to cost, returns and throughput); successfully led exploration projects with proven results and performance; delivered large capital projects that have been successful in terms of performance and returns; and a proven record in terms of health, safety and environmental performance and results.
Oil and gas
Senior executive who has deep technical and operational oil and gas experience with a large company operating in multiple countries; successfully led production operations that have delivered consistent and sustaining levels of high performance (related to cost, returns and throughput); successfully led exploration projects with proven results and performance; delivered large capital projects that have been successful in terms of performance and returns; and a proven record in terms of health, safety and environmental performance and results.
   24 
Global experience
 
Global experience gained from working, managing business units and residing in multiple geographies over an extended period of time, including a deep understanding of and experience with global markets, and the macro-political and economic environment.environments.
   10 
Strategy
 
Experience inSenior executive who has had accountability for enterprise-wide strategy development and implementation in industries with long cycles, and developing and leading business transformation strategies.
   11
Risk
Experience and deep understanding of systemic risk and monitoring risk management frameworks and controls, and the ability to identify key emerging and existing risks to the organisation.
12 
Commodity value chain expertiseand customers
 
End-to-end
value or commodity chain experience – understanding of consumers and customers, marketing demand drivers (including specific geographic markets) and other aspects of commodity chain development.
   810 
Financial expertiseacumen
 
Extensive relevant experience in financial regulation and the capability to evaluate financial statements and understand key financial drivers of the business, bringing a deep understanding of corporate finance and internal financial controls and experience probing the adequacy of financial and risk controls.
   12
(1)
 
Relevant public policy expertise
Extensive experience specifically and explicitly focused on public policy or regulatory matters, including ESG (in particular climate change) and community issues, social responsibility and transformation, and economic issues.
5
Health, safety, environment and communityOperating risk
 
Extensive experience with the development and oversight of complex frameworks focused on the identification, assessment and assurance of operational workplace, health, safety and environmental and community risks and frameworks.risks.
   1011 
Technology
 
Recent experience and expertise with the development, selection and implementation of leading and business transforming technology and innovation, and responding to digital disruption.
   56 
Capital allocation and cost efficiency
 
Extensive direct experience gained through a senior executive role in capital allocation discipline, cost efficiency and cash flow, with proven long-term performance.
   1110
Social value, community and stakeholder engagement
Extensive track record of positive external stakeholder engagement including in relation to community issues and social responsibility.
In-depth
understanding of public policy, government relations and the intersection between value generation and corporate reputation.
8 
 
(1)
Twelve Directors meet the criteria of financial expertise outlined above. The Risk and Audit Committee Report contains details of how its members meet the relevant legal and regulatory requirements in relation to financial experience.
125132

4.6    Board skills and experience: Climate changeevaluation
Board members bring experience from a range of sectors, including resources, energy, finance, technology and public policy. The Board also seeks the input of management and other independent advisers. This equips them to consider potential implications of climate change on BHP and its operational capacity, as well as understand the nature of the debate and the international policy response as it develops. In addition, there is a deep understanding of systemic risk and the potential impacts on our portfolio.
The Board has taken measures designed to ensure its decisions are informed by climate change science and expert advisers. The Board seeks the input of management (including Dr Fiona Wild, our Vice President Sustainability and Climate Change) and other independent advisers. In addition, our Forum on Corporate Responsibility (which includes Don Henry, former CEO of the Australian Conservation Foundation and Changhua Wu, former Greater China Director, the Climate Group) advises operational management teams and engages with the Sustainability Committee and the Board as appropriate.adopted a policy under which all
Non-executive
Directors seek
re-election
For more information, refer to section 1.13.7.
126

2.1.8    Board evaluation
annually.
The Board is committed to transparency in assessing the performance of Directors. The Board conducts regular evaluations of its performance, the performance of its Committees, the Group Chair, Directors and the governance processes that support the Board’s work.
The evaluation considers the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the Group and the Board, its diversity, including gender diversity, and how the Board works together as a unit.
Internal evaluations of the Board, its Committees and Directors were conducted in FY2022. An evaluationexternal board review is conducted approximately every three years and was not conducted during the year in accordance with this process. More informationFY2022 and is provided below.scheduled for CY2023.
Review of individual Director reviewperformance
In FY2021,FY2022, an assessment was conducted of Directors’each Director’s performance with the assistance of an external service provider, (Lintstock).Lintstock. Lintstock does not have any other connection with the Group or individual Directors.
The assessment of Directors focused on the contribution of each Director to the work of the Board and its Committees, and the expectations of Directors as set out in BHP’s governance framework. In addition, the assessment focused on how each Director contributes to Board cohesion and effective relationships with fellow Directors, commits the time required to fulfil their role and effectively performs their responsibilities. Directors were asked to comment on areas where their fellow Directors contribute the greatest value and on potential areas for development. With the introduction of virtual Board and Committee meetings (as a consequence of
COVID-19
health and safety protocols), the assessment also focused on the effectiveness of the Board’s virtual interactions.
Lintstock provided feedback received to the Chair, which was then discussed with Directors. Feedback relating to the Chair was discussed with the Chair by the Senior Independent Director. As a result of these outcomes, the review supported the Board’s decision to endorse those Directors standing for
re-election.
Committee assessments
Following an assessment of its work, each Committee concluded that it had met the requirements under its termsTerms of referenceReference in FY2021.FY2022.
External5    Board reviewCommittees
The Board conducted an external evaluation in FY2019 using Consilium Board Review, which considered Board,For Committee attendance and Chair effectiveness, and assessed themembers during FY2022 refer to Directors’ contributions. The review was concluded in FY2020 and theReport 2.2.
5.1    Nomination and Governance Committee considered the status of implementation of the review findings in FY2021.
In accordance with the UK Code, the Board intends to conduct an external Board review in FY2022.
2.1.9    Nomination and Governance Committee ReportMembers
Ken MacKenzie (Chair), Terry Bowen, Gary Goldberg, Christine O’Reilly
Role and focus
The Nomination and Governance Committee oversees and monitors renewal and succession planning, Board and Director performance evaluation, Director training and development, and advises and makes recommendations on the Group’s governance practices.
More information on the role and responsibilities of the Nomination and Governance Committee can be found in its termsTerms of reference,Reference, which areis available at bhp.com/governance.
Committee activities in FY2021FY2022 included:
Succession planning processes
 
ImplementationReview of the skills and experience matrix
 
Identification of suitable
Non-executive
Director candidates
 
Board and Committee succession
 
Partnering with search firms regarding candidate searches
133

Evaluation and training
 
Board evaluation and Director development
 
20212022 training and development program
 
Director induction
Corporate governance practices
 
Independence of
Non-executive
Directors
 
Authorisation of situations of actual or potential conflict
 
Crisis management
5.2    Risk and Audit Committee
127
Members
Terry Bowen (Chair), Xiaoqun Clever, Ian Cockerill, Michelle Hinchliffe, Christine O’Reilly
Role and focus
The Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) oversees and monitors financial reporting, other periodic reporting, external and internal audit, capital management, and risk (including effectiveness of the systems of risk management and internal control).
More information on the role and responsibilities of the RAC can be found in its Terms of Reference, which is available at bhp.com/governance.
US committee membership requirements
The Board is satisfied that Terry Bowen meets the audit committee financial expert requirements under the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rules. In addition, he is the Board’s nominated ‘audit committee financial expert’ for the purposes of the SEC Rules.
The Board is also satisfied that the Committee meets the independence criteria under Rule
10A-3
of the Exchange Act.
Committee activities in FY2022 included:
Integrity of Financial Statements and funding matters
Accounting matters for consideration, materiality limits, half-year and full-year results
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX) compliance
Financial governance procedures
Funding loan and guarantee updates
Samarco dam failure provision, including related provisions and contingent liabilities
Carrying value of other long-term assets
Climate change in financial reporting
Closure and rehabilitation provisions
Disputes and litigation updates
External Auditor and integrity of the audit process
Status and results of the external audit
Management and External Auditor closed sessions
Audit plan and review of the External Auditor’s performance
External Auditor independence and
non-audit
services
Effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management
Material risk reports including updates on BHP’s Risk Framework, our most significant risks, performance against risk appetite, emerging risks and signals, and risk culture
Internal audit reports, annual internal audit plan and review of performance of the Internal Audit team
Compliance, Ethics and Investigations reports including on sexual harassment, regulatory compliance reports, and grievance and investigation processes
Reserves and resources updates
The RAC assists the Remuneration Committee with reviewing the audited parts of the Remuneration Report.
134

Policy on inclusion and diversity
5.3    Sustainability Committee
Members
Gary Goldberg (Chair), Ian Cockerill, John Mogford, Catherine Tanna, Dion Weisler
Role and focus
The BoardSustainability Committee oversees and management believe diversity is required to meet our purpose and strategy, which is outlined in section 1.4. Diversity is key to ensuring the Board and its Committees have the right blend of perspectives so that the Board oversees BHP effectively for shareholders. In FY2021, we adopted an Inclusion and Diversity Position Statement, which sets out our diversity policy in relation to the Board, senior management and our workforce, and our priorities to accelerate the development of a more inclusive workmonitors material health, safety, environment and enhanced overall workplace diversity. The Inclusioncommunity (HSEC) matters, including the adequacy of the Group’s HSEC Framework and Diversity Position StatementHSEC Management Systems, and the Group’s HSEC reporting and performance. This includes consideration of existing HSEC issues, such as climate, safety and Indigenous and human rights, as well as emerging areas of HSEC risk for the Group.
More information on the role and responsibilities of the Sustainability Committee can be found in its Terms of Reference, which is available at
bhp.com/careers/diversity-and-inclusion/our-approach/
and is summarised in section 1.12.
As described in our Inclusion and Diversity Position Statement, our aspiration is to achieve gender balance on our Board, among our senior executives and across our workforce by CY2025. Our aspiration includes a fixed target of maintaining the level of Board diversity above 33 per cent, which we achieved last year and we continue to maintain. We therefore satisfy the guidance of having at least 30 per cent of Directors of each gender in accordance with the ASX Fourth Edition and the target set by the Hampton-Alexander Review in the United Kingdom for all FTSE 100 Boards to have at least 33 per cent female representation by the end of CY2020.
We also welcome the final Parker Report into ethnic diversity of UK boards and continue to seek additional ethnic diversity on our Board and throughout BHP. Our Board meets the target of having ‘at least one Director of colour by 2021’ as recommended by the Parker Review.
In accordance with the UK Code, our gender diversity among senior management (defined as the ELT plus the Company Secretary and their direct reports) was 36 per cent.
Part of the Board’s role continues to be to consider and approve BHP’s measurable objectives for workforce diversity each financial year and to oversee our progress in achieving those objectives. For more information, including our progress against our FY2021 measurable objectives and our employee profile more generally, refer to section 1.12.governance.
Board appointments and succession planningCommittee activities in FY2022 included:
When considering new appointments, the Board’s Nomination
Assurance and Governance Committee takes the following approach:
Step 1: Rigorous approachBHP adopts a structured and rigorous approach to Board succession planning and oversees the development of a diverse pipeline. Succession plans consider both unforeseen departures as well as the orderly replacement of current members of the Board. When considering succession planning and a diverse pipeline of talent, the Nomination and Governance Committee considers Board diversity, size, tenure and the skills, experience and attributes needed to effectively govern and manage risk within BHP.
Step 2: Continuous approachThis process is continuous and for
Non-executive
Directors planning is based on a nine-year tenure as a guide, allowing the Board to ensure the right balance on the Board between experience and fresh perspectives. It also ensures the Board continues to be
fit-for-purpose
and evolves to take account of the changing external environment and BHP’s circumstances. It also prepares pipelines for Nomination and Governance Committee membership, considering relevant skills and requirements.
Step 3: Role descriptionWhen considering new appointments to the Board, the Nomination and Governance Committee oversees the preparation of a role description, which includes the criteria and attributes described in the
Board Governance Document
and section 2.1.7.
Step 4: Selection and appointment of search firmThe role description is provided to an external search firm retained to conduct a global search based on the Board’s criteria.
Step 5: Board interviewsThe shortlisted candidates are considered by the Nomination and Governance Committee and interviewed by the Chair initially. Meetings for selected candidates are held with each Board member ahead of the Board deciding whether to appoint the candidate.
Step 6: Committee recommendationThe Nomination and Governance Committee recommends the Board appoint the preferred candidate.
Step 7: Background checksThe Board, with the assistance of external consultants, conducts appropriate background and reference checks.
Step 8: Letter of appointmentThe Board has adopted a letter of appointment that contains the terms on which
Non-executive
Directors will be appointed, including the basis upon which they will be indemnified by the Group. The letter of appointment defines the role of Directors, including the expectations in terms of independence, participation, time commitment and continuous improvement. Written agreements are in place for all
Non-executive
Directors.
A copyadequacy of the terms of appointment for
Non-executive
Directors is available at
HSEC Framework and HSEC Management Systems
bhp.com/governance.
 
128
Review of key HSEC risks
Site visits and asset deep dives that include updates on key HSEC matters and HSEC performance and an opportunity to engage directly with the workforce
Review of internal audit reports and approval of the HSEC components of the internal audit plan
Review of the HSE function and Group HSE Officer
Compliance and reporting
Review of sustainability reporting, including consideration of processes for preparation and assurance provided by EY
Review of BHP’s Modern Slavery Statement
Performance
Review of BHP’s performance on HSEC matters, including cultural heritage, community relations, greenhouse gas emissions targets and goals, closure and rehabilitation, biodiversity and human rights
Monitoring against the FY2018–FY2022 HSEC targets
Approving and recommending to the Board, the Group’s 2030 goals which form part of the new social value framework
Review of performance outcomes under the FY2022 HSEC performance metrics and considering HSEC performance metrics for FY2023
For information on sustainability matters refer to OFR 7.
135

5.4    Remuneration Committee
Members
Christine O’Reilly (Chair), Catherine Tanna, Dion Weisler
Role and focus
The Remuneration Committee oversees and monitors the remuneration framework and practices (including the adoption of incentive plans and levels of reward for the CEO and other ELT members), compliance with applicable requirements associated with remuneration matters and the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender.
More information on the role and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee can be found in its Terms of Reference, which is available at bhp.com/governance.
Committee activities in FY2022 included:
Remuneration of the ELT and the Board
Remuneration of the CEO, other ELT members and the Group Company Secretary
Remuneration arrangements for ELT members upon appointment
The impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic on remuneration
Considering remuneration implications of unification and the merger of Petroleum and Woodside Energy Group Limited
Performance measures, performance levels and incentive award outcomes
Long-Term Incentive Plan sector peer group review
Chair fees
Other remuneration matters
Remuneration by gender
Annual Remuneration Report
Shareholder engagement
Shareplus enrolment update
Other
Induction, training and development program
Board Committee procedures, including closed sessions
The Sustainability Committee and the RAC assist the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC and financial metrics, respectively, to be included in senior executive scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.
For more information on the Remuneration Committee’s work refer to the 2022 Remuneration Report.
136

6    Management
Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the ELT, management committees and members of management in accordance with their delegated authority.
6.1    Executive Leadership Team
137

6.2    Senior management succession
A robust senior management succession process is also conducted to ensuresupport pipeline stability for critical roles. A talent deep dive is conducted by the Board at least once a year to evaluate these pipelines, including the diversity of the pipeline.
Senior management succession is viewed from a five-year perspective that considers the readiness of successors across time horizons, contexts and future capability demands. Select Board members are involved in the interview process for executive-level appointments one level below the CEO and occasionally for roles two levels below the CEO. Appropriate checks are undertaken before appointing a member of the ELT. BHP has a written agreement with each ELT member setting out the terms of their appointment. For more information about CEO
In May 2022, the Board approved the appointment of Jad Vodopija as the Chief People Officer, effective 1 July 2022 and ELT succession, refer to sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.5.replacing Athalie Williams.
External recruitment specialists
The Committee retained the services6.3    Performance evaluation of external recruitment specialists. Russell Reynolds and MWM Consulting assisted with
Non-executive
Director candidate searches during FY2021. These recruitment specialists do not have any connection with the Group or any Director.
Director induction, training and development
Upon appointment, each new
Non-executive
Director undertakes an induction program tailored to their needs.
Following the induction program,
Non-executive
Directors participate in continuous improvement activities (training and development program), which are overseen by the Nomination and Governance Committee. The training and development program covers matters of a business nature, including environmental, social and governance matters and provides updates on BHP’s assets, commodities, geographies and markets. Programs are designed and periodically reviewed to maximise effectiveness, and the results of Director performance evaluations are incorporated into these programs.
Training and development in FY2021
Area
Purpose
FY2021 activity
Briefings and development sessions
Provide each Director with a deeper understanding of the activities, environment, key issues and direction of the assets, along with HSEC and public policy considerations.
•   Strategy day with the ELT
•   Strategy presentation from external presenter
•   Climate change sessions
•   Briefing on ESG issues from senior investor representative
•   Innovation and Technology
Site visits
Briefings on the assets, operations and other relevant issues and meetings with key personnel. During FY2021, a number of site visits were held virtually due to
COVID-19
travel restrictions, but where possible, some Directors also participated in physical site visits.
•   Olympic Dam
•   Legacy assets
•   Pilbara
•   Jansen Potash Project
•   Petroleum Offshore
•   Nickel West
•   Western Australia Iron Ore
Throughout the year, the Chair discusses development areas with each Director. Board Committees review and agree their needs for more briefings. The benefit of this approach is that induction and learning opportunities can be tailored to Directors’ Committee memberships, as well as the Board’s specific areas of focus. This approach also ensures a coordinated process on succession planning, Board renewal, training and development and Committee composition. These processes are all relevant to the Nomination and Governance Committee’s role in identifying appropriate
Non-executive
Director candidates.
129

Independenceexecutives
The Boardperformance of executives and other senior employees is committedreviewed on an annual basis. The annual performance review process considers the performance of executives against criteria designed to ensuring a majoritycapture ‘what’ is achieved and ‘how’ it is achieved. All performance assessments of Directors are independent.executives include how effective they have been in undertaking their role and what they have achieved against their specified key performance indicators.
The Board has adopted a policy that it uses to determine the independence of its Directors. This determination is carried out upon appointment, annually and at any other time where the change in circumstances of a Director warrant reconsideration. The Board confirms that it considersA performance evaluation was conducted for all members of the currentELT during FY2022. For the CEO, the performance evaluation was led by the Chair of the Board on behalf of all the
Non-executive
Directors includingand was discussed with the Chair, to be independent ofRemuneration Committee.
7    Risk management and free from any business relationship or other circumstance that could materially interfere with the exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement.
A copy of the policy on Independence of Directors is available at bhp.com/governance.
Tenure
At the end of FY2021, Malcolm Broomhead, who was appointed in March 2010, had served on the Board for more than nine years. In light of the retirement of both Susan Kilsby and Anita Frew at the end of the 2021 AGMs, the Board has requested that Mr Broomhead seek
re-election
at the 2021 AGMs for a further year. Mr Broomhead would step down from the Sustainability Committee and Nomination and Governance Committee following the AGMs but remain on the Board. The Board supports Mr Broomhead’s
re-election
given his extensive knowledge of BHP and the mining and resources sector and the proposed corporate transaction that the Group is undertaking at this time. The Board does not believe his tenure interferes with his ability to act in the best interests of BHP. The Board believes he continues to demonstrate strong independence of character and judgement, and has not formed associations with management (or others) that might compromise his ability to exercise independent judgement or act in the best interests of the Group. The Board has been undergoing a process of renewal and, recognising the importance of continuity on the Board and Mr Broomhead’s expertise, considers his continued service to be in the best interests of shareholders.
Relationships and associations
Some of the Directors hold or have previously held positions in companies that BHP has commercial relationships with. Those positions and companies are listed in the Director profiles in section 2.1.2 and in past Annual Reports. The Board has assessed the relationships between the Group and the companies in which our Directors hold or held positions and has concluded that the relationships do not interfere with the Directors’ exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement or their ability to act in the best interests of BHP.
For example, Mr Broomhead was a Director of Orica Limited (a company BHP has commercial dealings with) during FY2021, and Mr Cockerill was also a Director of Orica until August 2019. Orica provides commercial explosives, blasting systems and mineral processing chemicals and services to the mining and resources industry, among others. Mr Cockerill was appointed to the Orica Board in 2010 (prior to his appointment to the BHP Board) and Mr Broomhead was appointed to the Orica Board in 2016 (after his appointment to the BHP Board). At the time of Mr Broomhead’s appointment to the Board of Orica, and at the time of Mr Cockerill’s appointment to the Board of BHP, the BHP Board assessed the relationship between BHP and Orica and determined (and remains satisfied) that Mr Broomhead and Mr Cockerill were (and Mr Broomhead remains during FY2021) able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and to act in the best interests of BHP.
Conflicts of interest
BHP Group Plc’s Articles of Association allow the Directors to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts where appropriate. A procedure operates to ensure the disclosure of conflicts and for the consideration and, if appropriate, the authorisation of those conflicts by
non-conflicted
Directors. The Nomination and Governance Committee supports the Board in this process by reviewing requests from Directors for authorisation of situations of actual or potential conflict and making recommendations to the Board. It also regularly reviews any situations of actual or potential conflict that have previously been authorised by the Board and makes recommendations on whether the authorisation remains appropriate. In addition, in accordance with Australian law, if a situation arises for consideration where a Director has a material personal interest, the affected Director takes no part in decision-making unless authorised by
non-interested
Directors. Provisions for Directors’ interests are set out in the Constitution of BHP Group Limited.
2.1.10     Risk and Audit Committee Reportassurance
Role and focus7.1    Risk management governance structure
Risk governance
The Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) oversees and monitors financial reporting, other periodic reporting, external and internal audit, capital management, and risk (including effectiveness ofRAC assists the systemsBoard with the oversight of risk management and internal control).the Board retains accountability for BHP’s risk profile. The Board requires the CEO to implement a system of control for identifying and managing risk. The Risk team is accountable for this system, known as BHP’s Risk Framework, and also supports, challenges and verifies risk management activities to give assurance to management and the Board. The Directors, through the RAC, monitor our Risk Framework and review it at least annually to satisfy themselves that the Risk Framework continues to be sound and that BHP is operating with regard to the risk appetite set by the Board. For more information refer to OFR 9.
More information
Internal Audit
The Internal Audit team provides assurance to the Board, CEO and Executive Leadership Team on whether risk management, internal control and governance processes are adequate and functioning. The Internal Audit team is independent of the roleExternal Auditor. The RAC evaluates and, responsibilitiesif thought fit, approves the Terms of Reference of the Internal Audit team and the annual internal audit plan and monitors the effectiveness of the internal audit activities.
As of 1 August 2022, the Risk team and Internal Audit team were combined to form a Risk and Internal Audit
sub-function,
led by a Chief Risk and Audit Officer. The Risk team and Internal Audit team will continue to operate in the second and third lines respectively. Refer to OFR 9 for more information.
The RAC approves the appointment and dismissal of the Chief Audit Officer and assesses their performance, independence and objectivity. During FY2022, the Group Audit Officer reported directly to the RAC and functional oversight of the Internal Audit team was provided by the Chief Legal, Governance and External Affairs Officer. As of 1 August 2022, functional oversight of the Risk and Internal Audit Committee can be found in its terms of reference, which are available at bhp.com/governance.
sub-function
130

UK committee membership requirements
The Board is satisfied that Terry Bowen meets the criteria for recent and relevant financial experience as outlined in the UK Code, the competence in accounting and auditing as requiredprovided by the Chief Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules and the audit committee financial expert requirements under the US Securities and Exchange Commission Rules. In addition, he is the Board’s nominated ‘audit committee financial expert’ for the purposes of the US Securities and Exchange Commission Rules.
The Board is satisfied that the members of the Committee as a whole have competence relevant to the mining sector for the purposes of the FCA Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. The Board is also satisfied that the Committee meets the independence criteria under Rule
10A-3
of the Exchange Act. For information on Committee members’ qualifications, which include competence relevant to the mining sector, refer to section 2.1.2.
Committee activities in FY2021 included:
Integrity of Financial Statements and funding matters
Accounting matters for consideration, materiality limits, half-year and full-year results
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX) compliance
Financial governance procedures
Funding, loans and guarantees updates
External auditor and integrity of the audit process
External audit report
Management and external auditor closed sessions
Audit plan, review of performance and quality of service
External auditor independence and
non-audit
services
Officer.
Effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management
In delegating authority to the CEO, the Board has established CEO limits, outlined in the
Board Governance Document
and these require the CEO to ensure there is a system of control in place for identifying and managing risk in BHP. Through the RAC, the Directors regularly review these systems for their effectiveness. These reviews include assessing whether processes continue to meet evolving external governance requirements.
The RAC oversees and reviews the internal controls and risk management systems (including procedures, processes and systems for, among other things, budgeting and forecasting, provisions, financial controls, financial reporting and reporting of reserves and resources, compliance, preventing fraud and serious breaches of business conduct,
speak-up
procedures, and protecting information and data systems). Any material breaches of
Our Code of Conduct
, including breaches of our anti-bribery and corruption requirements and any material incidents reported under our
speak-up
procedures are reported quarterly to the RAC by the Chief Compliance Officer. These reports are then communicated to the Board through the
report-out
process.
During FY2022, management presented an assessment of the material risks facing BHP and the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management. The reviews were overseen by the RAC, with findings and recommendations reported to the Board. In addition to considering key risks facing BHP, the Board assessed the effectiveness of internal controls over key risks identified through the work of the Board Committees.
Having carried out a review during FY2022, the Board is satisfied with the effectiveness of BHP’s risk management and internal control systems.
Material risk reportsEnvironmental and consideration of approach to emergingsocial risks
GroupBHP’s risk profilefactors (including material exposure to environmental and monitoring performance against risk appetite through key risk indicators
Internal audit reports, annual internal audit plansocial risks) and review of performance of the Internal Audithow we manage these risks are described in OFR 9 and Advisory team
Ethics and Investigations reports including on sexual harassment, compliance reports, and grievance and investigation processes
Risks of climate change and its potential impacts on measurement in the financial statements
9.1.
 
Climate change financial statement disclosures138

Climate change considerations in key judgements
7.2    External audit and estimates
Consistency between narrativefinancial reporting on climate risks with the accounting assumptions
Other governance matters
Samarco dam failure provision, closure and rehabilitation provision
Disputes and litigation updates
Closure, rehabilitation and reserves updates
Fair, balanced and understandable
The RAC confirmed its view to the Board that BHP’s 2021 Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable. For the Board’s statement on the Annual Report, refer to the Directors’ Report in section 2.3.
In making this assessment, the RAC considers the substantial governance framework that is in place for the Annual Report. This includes management representation letters, certifications, RAC oversight of the Financial Statements and other financial governance procedures focused on the financial section of the Annual Report, together with verification procedures for the narrative reporting section of the Annual Report.
Integrity of Financial Statements
The RAC assists the Board in assuring the integrity of the Financial Statements. The RAC evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board about the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, areas of judgement, compliance with accounting standards, stock exchange and legal requirements and the results of the external audit.
131

CEO and CFO assurance
For the FY2021FY2022 full year and half year, the CEO and CFO have certified that in their opinion, BHP’s financial records have been properly maintained and the FY2021FY2022 Financial Statements present a true and fair view of our financial condition and operating results and are in accordance with accounting standards and applicable regulatory requirements.
The CEO and CFO have also certified to the Board that this opinion was formed on the basis of a sound system of risk management and internal control and the system is operating efficiently and effectively. The RAC considered these certifications when recommending the Financial Statements to the Board for approval.
Significant issues
In addition to the Group’s key judgements and estimates disclosed throughout the FY2021 Financial Statements, the Committee also considered the following significant issues relating to financial reporting:
Divestment of interests in certain of the Group’s assets
The Committee examined management’s review of impairment triggers and potential impairment charges for certain of the Group’s assets that were subject to divestment processes throughout the year. While the processes were underway, prior to receipt of bids, considerations were consistent with the approach to the Group’s other long-term assets as presented below.
The Committee concurred with management’s conclusion on significant impairments recognised in relation to New South Wales Energy Coal and Cerrejón, including associated deferred tax assets.
The Committee also reviewed other potential Financial Statements impacts, including classification and disclosure as assets held for sale and Discontinued operations.
Conclusions from these reviews are reflected in notes 3 ‘Exceptional items’, 13 ‘Impairment of
non-current
assets’ and 31 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’ in section 3.
Carrying value of other long-term assets
The assessment of carrying values of long-term assets uses a number of significant judgements and estimates.
The Committee examined management’s review of impairment triggers and potential impairment charges or reversals for the Group’s cash generating units.
Specific consideration was given to market conditions for the Group’s commodities, including the impacts of climate change, along with key assumptions underpinning asset valuations. Assumptions include the most recent short, medium and long-term price forecasts, expected production volumes and updated development plans, operating and capital costs, discount rates and other market indicators of fair value.
The Committee concurred with management’s conclusion on the significant impairment recognised in relation to the Group’s Potash assets, including associated deferred tax assets, and that no impairment reversals were appropriate.
The results of the Olympic Dam impairment assessment were reviewed and the Committee concurred with management that no impairment was required.
Conclusions from these reviews are reflected in note 13 ‘Impairment of
non-current
assets’ in section 3.
Climate change in financial reporting
While the Group’s understanding of evolving climate risks continues to develop, the potential financial implications, along with appropriate disclosure, are an area of focus for the Committee.
The Committee was informed of and acknowledged global trends, including increased disclosure within financial statements and more broadly. Specifically, the Committee considered a request from the Institutional Investors Group on Climate Change (IIGCC) for Paris-aligned financial statements and disclosure of material climate risks and the potential impacts to financial statements.
The Committee considered financial statement disclosures and how the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions reduction commitments and climate change scenarios, including those aligned with the Paris Agreement goals, are reflected in the Group’s key judgements and estimates used in the preparation of the Group’s FY2021 finance statements. This included consideration of portfolio impacts, demand for the Group’s commodities and associated price outlooks, costs of decarbonisation and Scope 3 emissions considerations. Specific focus was also given to the potential impact on impairment assessments and the expected timing and cost of closure activities.
The Committee reviewed the approach proposed by management to provide additional disclosure in relation to the potential financial statement impacts of climate change, including under a Paris-aligned 1.5°C scenario.
The Committee, recognising the evolving nature of climate change risks and responses, concluded that climate change has been appropriately considered by management in key judgements and estimates and concurred with the disclosures proposed by management.
For more information, refer to the Basis of Preparation in section 3 and the Climate change risk factor in section 1.16.
132

Samarco dam failure
On 5 November 2015, the Samarco Mineração S.A (Samarco) iron ore operation in Minas Gerais, Brazil experienced a tailings dam failure that resulted in a release of mine tailings, flooding the community of Bento Rodrigues and impacting other communities downstream. Samarco is jointly owned by BHP Brasil and Vale S.A.
BHP Brasil’s 50 per cent interest in Samarco is accounted for as an equity accounted joint venture investment.
Samarco’s provisions and contingent liabilities
The Committee reviewed updates to matters relating to the Samarco dam failure, including developments on existing and new legal proceedings, judicial reorganisation and changes to the estimated costs of remediation and compensation.
BHP Brasil’s loss from Equity Accounted Investments includes impairments arising from working capital funding provided to Samarco and revisions to the Samarco dam failure and Germano decommissioning provisions during the year ended 30 June 2021.
Potential direct financial impacts to BHP Brasil
The Committee considered:
changes to the estimated cost of remediation and compensatory programs under the Framework Agreement
developments in existing and new legal proceedings, including judicial reorganisation, on the provision related to the Samarco dam failure and related disclosures
the provisions recognised and contingent liabilities disclosed by BHP Brasil or other BHP entities
Based on currently available information, the Committee concluded that the accounting for the equity investment in Samarco, the provision recognised by BHP Brasil (including the decommissioning of the Germano tailings dam complex) and contingent liabilities disclosed in the Group’s Financial Statements are appropriate.
For more information, refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ in section 3.
Closure and rehabilitation provisions
Determining the closure and rehabilitation provision is a complex area requiring significant judgement and estimates, particularly given the timing and quantum of future costs, the unique nature of each site and the long timescales involved.
The Committee considered the various changes in estimates for closure and rehabilitation provisions recognised during the year, including a reduction to the discount rates applied.
Specific consideration was given to ongoing and recently completed study, survey and characterisation activity, changes to current cost estimates and the expected timing of closure activities. The Committee concluded that the assumptions and inputs for closure and rehabilitation cost estimates were reasonable and the related provisions recorded were appropriate.
For more information, refer to note 15 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’ in section 3.
Impact of amended accounting standards and changes to accounting policies
The Group implemented the IFRS Interpretations Committee agenda decision ‘Income Taxes – Multiple tax consequences of recovering an asset’ on a retrospective basis. The Committee reviewed management’s analysis of the accounting outcomes, including the recognition of goodwill relating to Olympic Dam.
In addition, the Committee considered and approved the early adoption, for FY2021, of further amendments to certain accounting standards relating to interest rate benchmark reforms.
For more information, refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ in section 3.
Impact of
COVID-19
The Committee considered the impacts of the global
COVID-19
pandemic on the Group’s FY2021 financial reporting, including the recognition and disclosure of costs incurred by the Group that are directly attributable to
COVID-19.
The Committee concluded that the disclosure of costs directly attributable to
COVID-19
was appropriate. For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.
133

United Kingdom (UK) Financial Reporting Council (FRC) reviews
Audit Quality Review of the audit of the Company’s 2019 Financial Statements
During 2020, the Audit Quality Review Team (AQRT) from the UK FRC undertook a review of KPMG LLP’s (KPMG) audit of BHP Group Plc’s financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2019. KPMG were the auditors of BHP Group prior to Ernst & Young (EY). There were no key findings arising from the AQRT’s review. The review findings, which were not considered to be significant, were discussed with KPMG. The company made EY aware of the actions that KPMG had proposed to implement had they still been the auditors of the company and if similar circumstances were to prevail.
Review of BHP Group’s Annual Report and Accounts
The UK FRC carried out a review of the Group’s published Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2020. This review considered compliance with reporting requirements and, given the inherent limitations of the review, provided no assurance that the Annual Report and Accounts were correct in all material respects. There were no exchanges of substantive correspondence as a result of this review and the FRC confirmed, based on the review performed, it had no questions or queries that it wished to raise.
External AuditorInternal Audit
The RAC managesInternal Audit team provides assurance to the relationship with the External AuditorBoard, CEO and Executive Leadership Team on behalf of the Board. It considers the independencewhether risk management, internal control and reappointmentgovernance processes are adequate and functioning. The Internal Audit team is independent of the External Auditor each year, as well as remuneration and other terms of engagement and makes a recommendation to the Board.
Audit tender and transition
BHP confirms that during FY2021, it was in compliance with the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014.
Consistent with the UK and EU requirements in regard to audit firm tender and rotation, the Committee conducted an audit tender process during FY2017 to appoint a new external auditor to replace KPMG, resulting in the appointment of EY in 2019.
Evaluation of External Auditor and external audit process
Auditor. The RAC evaluates and, if thought fit, approves the objectivity and independenceTerms of Reference of the External AuditorInternal Audit team and the qualityannual internal audit plan and effectiveness of the external audit arrangements. As part of this evaluation, the RAC considers specified criteria, including delivering value to shareholders and BHP, and also assesses the adequacy of the external audit process with emphasis on quality, effectiveness and performance. It does so through a range of means, including:
the Committee considers the External Audit Plan, in particular to gain assurance that it is tailored to reflect changes in circumstances from the prior year
throughout the year, the Committee meets with the audit partners, particularly the lead Australian and UK audit engagement partners, without management present
following the completion of the audit, the Committee considers the quality of the External Auditor’s performance drawing on survey results. The survey is based on a
two-way
feedback model where the BHP and EY teams assess each other against a range of criteria. The criteria against which the BHP team evaluates EY’s performance include ethics and integrity, insight, service quality, communication, reporting and responsiveness
reviewing the terms of engagement of the External Auditor
discussing with the audit engagement partners the skills and experience of the broader audit team
reviewing audit quality inspection reports on EY published by the UK Financial Reporting Council in consideringmonitors the effectiveness of the internal audit
activities.
In addition,As of 1 August 2022, the RAC reviewsRisk team and Internal Audit team were combined to form a Risk and Internal Audit
sub-function,
led by a Chief Risk and Audit Officer. The Risk team and Internal Audit team will continue to operate in the integrity, independencesecond and objectivity of the External Auditor and assesses whether there is any element of the relationship that impairs or appearsthird lines respectively. Refer to impair the External Auditor’s judgement or independence. The External Auditor also certifies its independence to the RAC.
Non-audit
services
Although the External Auditor does provide some
non-audit
services, the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor are safeguarded through restrictions on the provision of these services with some services prohibited from being undertaken.
134

Pre-approved
services
OFR 9 for more information.
The RAC has adopted a policy entitled ‘Provisionapproves the appointment and dismissal of the Chief Audit Officer and Other Servicesassesses their performance, independence and objectivity. During FY2022, the Group Audit Officer reported directly to the RAC and functional oversight of the Internal Audit team was provided by the Chief Legal, Governance and External Auditor’ covering the RAC’s
pre-approval
policies and procedures to maintain the independenceAffairs Officer. As of 1 August 2022, functional oversight of the External Auditor, which reflects the requirements for External Auditors contained in the Ethical Standards publishedRisk and Internal Audit
sub-function
is provided by the UKChief Financial Reporting Council.Officer.
Effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management
In delegating authority to the CEO, the Board has established CEO limits, outlined in the
Board Governance Document
and these require the CEO to ensure there is a system of control in place for identifying and managing risk in BHP. Through the RAC, the Directors regularly review these systems for their effectiveness. These reviews include assessing whether processes continue to meet evolving external governance requirements.
The categoriesRAC oversees and reviews the internal controls and risk management systems (including procedures, processes and systems for, among other things, budgeting and forecasting, provisions, financial controls, financial reporting and reporting of reserves and resources, compliance, preventing fraud and serious breaches of business conduct,
‘pre-approved’speak-up
services are:
procedures, and protecting information and data systems). Any material breaches of
Our Code of Conduct
Audit services – work that constitutes the agreed scope, including breaches of the statutory auditour anti-bribery and includes the statutory audits of BHPcorruption requirements and its entities (including interim reviews). This category also includes work that is reasonably related to the performance of an audit or review and is a logical extension of the audit or review scope. The RAC monitors the audit services engagements and if necessary, approves any changes in terms and conditions resulting from changes in audit scope, Group structure or other relevant events.
Audit-related and other assurance services – work that is outside the scope of the statutory audit but is consistent with the role of the external statutory auditor, is of an assurance or compliance nature, is work the External Auditor must or is best placed to undertake and is permissiblematerial incidents reported under the relevant applicable standard.our
speak-up
Activities outside the scope of the categories above are not
‘pre-approved’
and must be approved by the RAC prior to engagement, regardless of the dollar value involved. In addition, any engagement for other services with a value over US$100,000, even if listed as a
‘pre-approved’
service, requires the approval of the RAC.
All engagements for other services whether
‘pre-approved’
or not and regardless of the dollar value involvedprocedures are reported quarterly to the RAC. While not prohibitedRAC by BHP’s policy, any proposedthe Chief Compliance Officer. These reports are then communicated to the Board through the
non-auditreport-out
engagementprocess.
During FY2022, management presented an assessment of the External Auditor relating to internal control (such as a review of internal controls) requires specific prior approval frommaterial risks facing BHP and the RAC. With the exceptioneffectiveness of the external auditGroup’s systems of BHP’s Financial Statements, any engagement identified that contains an internal control-related element is not considered to be
pre-approved.
In addition, while the categories of
‘pre-approved’
services include a list of certain
pre-approved
services, the use of the External Auditor to perform these services will always be subject to our overriding governance practices as articulated in the policy.
In addition,risk management. The reviews were overseen by the RAC, did not approve any services during the year ended 30 June 2021 pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule
2-01
of SEC Regulation
S-X
(provision of services other than audit).
Fees paid to BHP’s external auditor during FY2021 for auditwith findings and other services were US$15.5 million, of which 77 per cent comprised audit fees (including in relation to SOX matters), 11 per cent for audit-related fees and 12 per cent for all other fees. No fees were paid in relation to tax services. Details of the fees paid are set out in note 36 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ in section 3.
Our policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor is available at bhp.com/governance.
Business Risk and Audit Committees
Business Risk and Audit Committees (Business RACs), covering each asset group, assist management in providing the information to enable the RAC to fulfil its responsibilities. They are management committees and perform an important monitoring function in the governance of BHP. Meetings take place annually as part of our financial governance framework.
As management committees, the appropriate member of the ELT participates, but the Committee is chaired by a member of the RAC. Each Committee also includes the Group Financial Controller, the Chief Risk Officer and the Group Assurance Officer.
Significant operational and risk matters raised at Business RAC meetings arerecommendations reported to the RAC by management.Board. In addition to considering key risks facing BHP, the Board assessed the effectiveness of internal controls over key risks identified through the work of the Board Committees.
Having carried out a review during FY2022, the Board is satisfied with the effectiveness of BHP’s risk management and internal control systems.
Risk functionEnvironmental and social risks
The Risk function’s role isBHP’s risk factors (including material exposure to createenvironmental and maintain the Group’s Risk Framework,social risks) and to support, verify, overseehow we manage these risks are described in OFR 9 and provide insight on the effective application9.1.
138

7.2    External audit and emerging risks.financial reporting
Integrity of Financial Statements
The RAC assists the Board in assuring the integrity of the Financial Statements. The RAC evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board about the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, areas of judgement, compliance with accounting standards, stock exchange and legal requirements and the oversightresults of the external audit.
CEO and CFO assurance
For the FY2022 full year and half year, the CEO and CFO have certified that in their opinion, BHP’s financial records have been properly maintained and the FY2022 Financial Statements present a true and fair view of our financial condition and operating results and are in accordance with accounting standards and applicable regulatory requirements.
The CEO and CFO have also certified to the Board that this opinion was formed on the basis of a sound system of risk management althoughand internal control and the Board retains accountability for BHP’s risk profile. In addition, the Board requires the CEO to implement a system of control for identifyingis operating efficiently and managing risk. The Directors, through the RAC, review the systems that have been established, regularly review the effectiveness of those systems and monitor that necessary actions have been taken to remedy any significant failings or weaknesses identified from that review.effectively. The RAC regularly reportsconsidered these certifications when recommending the Financial Statements to the Board to enable the Board to review our Risk Framework at least annually to confirm that the Risk Framework continues to be sound and that BHP is operating with regard to the risk appetite set by the Board. A review was undertaken during FY2021, resulting in refinements to BHP’s Risk Framework. For more information, refer to section 1.9.for approval.
135

Internal AuditReview of the HSE function and Group HSE Officer
The Internal Audit function is carried out by the Internal Audit and Advisory team (IAA). IAA provides assurance on whether risk management, internal control and governance processes are adequate and functioning. The Internal Audit function is independent of the External Auditor. The RAC evaluates and, if thought fit, approves the terms of reference of IAA, the staffing levels and its scope of work to ensure it is appropriate in light of the key risks we face. It also reviews and approves the annual internal audit plan and monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the internal audit activities.
The RAC approves the appointment and dismissal of the Group Assurance Officer and assesses their performance, independence and objectivity. During FY2021, the Group Assurance Officer reported directly to the RAC, and functional oversight of IAA was provided by the Chief Legal, Governance and External Affairs Officer.
Effectiveness of systems of internal controlCompliance and risk management (RAC and Board)
In delegating authority to the CEO, the Board has established CEO limits, outlined in the
Board Governance Document
. Limits on the CEO’s authority require the CEO to ensure there is a system of control in place for identifying and managing risk in BHP. Through the RAC, the Directors regularly review these systems for their effectiveness. These reviews include assessing whether processes continue to meet evolving external governance requirements.
The RAC oversees and reviews the internal controls and risk management systems (including procedures, processes and systems for, among other things, budgeting and forecasting, provisions, financial controls, financial reporting and reporting of reserves, compliance, preventing fraud and serious breaches of business conduct and whistle-blowing procedures, protecting information and data systems, and operational effectiveness of the Business RAC structures). Any material breaches of
Our Code of Conduct
, including breaches of our anti-bribery and corruption requirements, as well as any material incidents reported under our ‘speaking up with confidence’ requirements are reported quarterly to the RAC by the Chief Compliance Officer. These reports are then communicated to the Board through the
report-out
process.
During FY2021, management presented an assessment of the material risks facing BHP and the level of effectiveness of risk management over the material business risks. The reviews were overseen by the RAC, with findings and recommendations reported to the Board. In addition to considering key risks facing BHP, the Board assessed the effectiveness of internal controls over key risks identified through the work of the Board Committees.
Having carried out a review during FY2021, the Board is satisfied with the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems.
Management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule
13a-15(f)
and Rule
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act).
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, the effectiveness of BHP’s internal control over financial reporting was evaluated based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Controls – Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of the Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 30 June 2021. There were no material weaknesses in BHP’s internal controls over financial reporting identified by management as at 30 June 2021.
BHP has engaged our independent registered public accounting firm, EY, to issue an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting for inclusion in the Financial Statements section of the Annual Report and the Annual Report on Form
20-F
as filed with the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC).
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during FY2021 that materially affected or were reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. This included
COVID-19,
which only had a minor impact on internal controls over financial reporting in relation to the number and nature of controls that were impacted.
During FY2021, the RAC reviewed our compliance with the obligations imposed by SOX, including evaluating and documenting internal controls as required by section 404 of SOX.
 
136
Review of sustainability reporting, including consideration of processes for preparation and assurance provided by EY
Review of BHP’s Modern Slavery Statement
Performance
Review of BHP’s performance on HSEC matters, including cultural heritage, community relations, greenhouse gas emissions targets and goals, closure and rehabilitation, biodiversity and human rights
Monitoring against the FY2018–FY2022 HSEC targets
Approving and recommending to the Board, the Group’s 2030 goals which form part of the new social value framework
Review of performance outcomes under the FY2022 HSEC performance metrics and considering HSEC performance metrics for FY2023
For information on sustainability matters refer to OFR 7.
135

Management’s assessment of disclosure controls and procedures
5.4    Remuneration Committee
Management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as at 30 June 2021. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the material financial and
non-financial
information required to be disclosed by BHP, including in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported on a timely basis. This information is accumulated and communicated to BHP’s management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the evaluation, management (including the CEO and CFO) concluded that, as at 30 June 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in providing that reasonable assurance.
There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
In the design and evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, management was required to apply its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
2.1.11    Sustainability Committee ReportMembers
Christine O’Reilly (Chair), Catherine Tanna, Dion Weisler
Role and focus
The SustainabilityRemuneration Committee oversees and monitors material HSECthe remuneration framework and practices (including the adoption of incentive plans and levels of reward for the CEO and other ELT members), compliance with applicable requirements associated with remuneration matters including the adequacy of the Group’s HSEC Framework and HSEC Management Systems, and the Group’s HSEC reporting and performance. This includes considerationreview, at least annually, of existing HSEC issues, such as climate, safety and Indigenous and human rights, as well as emerging areas of HSEC risk for the Group.remuneration by gender.
More information on the role and responsibilities of the SustainabilityRemuneration Committee can be found in its termsTerms of reference,Reference, which areis available at bhp.com/governance.
HSEC FrameworkCommittee activities in FY2022 included:
The Group’s HSEC Framework consists of:
Remuneration of the ELT and the Board
 
the Sustainability Committee, which is responsible for assisting the Board in overseeing the adequacyRemuneration of the Group’s HSEC Framework and HSEC Management Systems (amongCEO, other things)
the
Board Governance Document
, which establishes the remit of the Board and delegates authority to the CEO, including in respect of the HSEC Management Systems
the HSEC Management Systems, established by management in accordance with the CEO’s delegated authority. The HSEC Management Systems provide the processes, resources, structures and performance standards for the identification, management and reporting of HSEC risksELT members and the investigation of any HSEC incidentsGroup Company Secretary
 
a robustRemuneration arrangements for ELT members upon appointment
The impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic on remuneration
Considering remuneration implications of unification and independent internal audit process overseen by the RAC, in accordance with its termsmerger of referencePetroleum and Woodside Energy Group Limited
 
independent advice on HSEC matters, which may be requested by the BoardPerformance measures, performance levels and its Committees where deemed necessary in order to meet their respective obligations
Our approach to sustainability is reflected in
Our Charter
, which defines our values, purpose and how we measure success, and in our sustainability performance targets, which define our public commitments to HSEC. HSEC considerations are also taken into account in employee and executive remuneration. For more information, refer to Sustainability in section 1.13 and section 2.2.
Committee activities in FY2021 included:
Assurance and adequacy of HSEC Framework and HSEC Management Systems
Key HSEC risks, including tailings storage facility failure, climate change related risks, fatalities, aviation and underground fire or explosionincentive award outcomes
 
Asset deep dives providing updates on key HSEC matters and HSEC performanceLong-Term Incentive Plan sector peer group review
 
Audit planning and reporting on HSEC risks and processesChair fees
Other remuneration matters
Remuneration by gender
 
Annual Remuneration Report
Shareholder engagement
Shareplus enrolment update
Other
Induction, training and development program
Board Committee procedures, including closed sessions
The Sustainability Committee and the RAC assist the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC and financial metrics, respectively, to be included in senior executive scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.
For more information on the Remuneration Committee’s work refer to the 2022 Remuneration Report.
136

6    Management
Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the ELT, management committees and members of management in accordance with their delegated authority.
6.1    Executive Leadership Team
137

6.2    Senior management succession
A senior management succession process is conducted to support pipeline stability for critical roles. A talent deep dive is conducted by the Board at least once a year to evaluate these pipelines, including the diversity of the pipeline.
Senior management succession is viewed from a five-year perspective that considers the readiness of successors across time horizons, contexts and future capability demands. Select Board members are involved in the interview process for executive-level appointments one level below the CEO and occasionally for roles two levels below the CEO. Appropriate checks are undertaken before appointing a member of the ELT. BHP has a written agreement with each ELT member setting out the terms of their appointment.
In May 2022, the Board approved the appointment of Jad Vodopija as the Chief People Officer, effective 1 July 2022 and replacing Athalie Williams.
6.3    Performance evaluation of executives
The performance of executives and other senior employees is reviewed on an annual basis. The annual performance review process considers the performance of executives against criteria designed to capture ‘what’ is achieved and ‘how’ it is achieved. All performance assessments of executives include how effective they have been in undertaking their role and what they have achieved against their specified key performance indicators.
A performance evaluation was conducted for all members of the ELT during FY2022. For the CEO, the performance evaluation was led by the Chair of the Board on behalf of all the
Non-executive
Directors and was discussed with the Remuneration Committee.
7    Risk management and assurance
7.1    Risk management governance structure
Risk governance
The RAC assists the Board with the oversight of risk management and the Board retains accountability for BHP’s risk profile. The Board requires the CEO to implement a system of control for identifying and managing risk. The Risk team is accountable for this system, known as BHP’s Risk Framework, and also supports, challenges and verifies risk management activities to give assurance to management and the Board. The Directors, through the RAC, monitor our Risk Framework and review it at least annually to satisfy themselves that the Risk Framework continues to be sound and that BHP is operating with regard to the risk appetite set by the Board. For more information refer to OFR 9.
Review of the HSE function and Group HSE Officer
Compliance and reporting
 
Compliance with HSEC legal and regulatory requirements and updates on key legal and regulatory changes
SustainabilityReview of sustainability reporting, including consideration of processes for preparation and assurance provided by EY
 
Review of BHP’s Modern Slavery Statement
Social value metrics
Performance
 
PerformanceReview of BHPBHP’s performance on HSEC matters, including cultural heritage, community relations, greenhouse gas emissions targets and goals, closure and rehabilitation, biodiversity and human rights
 
Monitoring against the FY2018–FY2022 HSEC performance targets and goals
 
Performance outcomes underApproving and recommending to the HSEC performance targets and setting targets for FY2021
137

Other governance matters
Training and developmentBoard, the Group’s 2030 goals which form part of Committee membersthe new social value framework
 
Updates toReview of performance outcomes under the Committee’s terms of referenceFY2022 HSEC performance metrics and considering HSEC performance metrics for FY2023
Members of the Sustainability Committee also participated in several site visits during FY2021. Where not limited by
COVID-19
travel restrictions, these were
in-person
site visits, but otherwise were attended virtually. During these site visits, Committee members received briefings on HSEC matters and the management of material HSEC risks, and met with key personnel. These visits offer access to a diverse cross-section of the workforce from frontline through to the leadership team, including, where possible, risk and control owners.
For information on the key areas of focus for the Committee, management and the HSE and Community functions,sustainability matters refer to section 1.13.OFR 7.
135

5.4    Remuneration Committee
Sustainability disclosuresMembers
The Sustainability Committee oversees the preparation and presentation of sustainability disclosures by management. This year, BHP has again included material sustainability content in this Annual Report. The Sustainability Committee reviewed and recommended to the Board the approval of these disclosures in section 1.12 and 1.13, along with the FY2021 Modern Slavery Statement. These disclosures identify our targets for HSEC matters and our performance against those targets. Our targets rely on fact-based measurement and quality data, and reflect a desire to move BHP to a position of industry leadership.
Our sustainability reporting, including additional case studies and a databook of key ESG and sustainability data is available at bhp.com.
For information on our material exposure to environmental and social risks and how we manage or intend to manage those risks, refer to sections 1.9 and 1.16.
2.1.12    Remuneration Committee Report
Christine O’Reilly (Chair), Catherine Tanna, Dion Weisler
Role and focus
The Remuneration Committee oversees and monitors the remuneration policyframework and practices (including the adoption of incentive plans and levels of reward for the CEO and other ELT members), compliance with applicable requirements associated with remuneration matters and the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender.
More information on the role and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee can be found in its termsTerms of reference,Reference, which areis available at bhp.com/governance.
UK committee membership requirements
Christine O’Reilly was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee with effect from 1 March 2021. She served on the Committee from her appointment to the Board in October 2020, which provided an appropriate transition to become Chair. She has relevant skills and experience, including her former appointment as a member of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee of CSL Limited. She therefore satisfies the position in the UK Code that the incoming Chair should have served on a remuneration committee for at least 12 months.
Committee activities in FY2021FY2022 included:
Remuneration of the ELT and the Board
 
Remuneration of the CEO, other ELT members and the Group Company Secretary
 
Remuneration arrangements for new ELT members upon appointment
 
The impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic on remuneration
Considering remuneration implications of unification and the merger of Petroleum and Woodside Energy Group Limited
 
Performance measures, performance levels and incentive award outcomes
 
Long-Term Incentive Plan sector peer group review
 
Chair fees
Other remuneration matters
 
Workforce remuneration, policies, practices and engagement
Remuneration by gender
 
Annual remuneration reportRemuneration Report
 
Shareholder engagement
 
Corporate Governance Code provisions compliance
Shareplus enrolment update
138

Other
 
Induction, training and development program
 
Board Committee procedures, including closed sessions
Update of the Committee terms of reference
The Sustainability Committee and the RAC assist the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC and financial metrics, respectively, to be included in senior executive scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.
For more information on the Remuneration Committee’s work refer to the 2022 Remuneration Report in section 2.2.Report.
2.1.13    Risk management governance structure
136

Identifying and managing risk are central to achieving our purpose. For information on our approach to risk and risk governance, including the roleTable of the BHP Board and its Committees, refer to section 1.9.
Contents
2.1.14
6    Management
Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the ELT, management committees and members of management who havein accordance with their delegated authority.
Management committees consider BHP’s risks and controls. Strategic risks (threats and opportunities) arising from changes in our business environment are regularly reviewed
6.1    Executive Leadership Team
137

6.2    Senior management succession
A senior management succession process is conducted to support pipeline stability for critical roles. A talent deep dive is conducted by the Board at least once a year to evaluate these pipelines, including the diversity of the pipeline.
Senior management succession is viewed from a five-year perspective that considers the readiness of successors across time horizons, contexts and future capability demands. Select Board members are involved in the interview process for executive-level appointments one level below the CEO and occasionally for roles two levels below the CEO. Appropriate checks are undertaken before appointing a member of the ELT. BHP has a written agreement with each ELT member setting out the terms of their appointment.
In May 2022, the Board approved the appointment of Jad Vodopija as the Chief People Officer, effective 1 July 2022 and discussed by the Board.replacing Athalie Williams.
6.3    Performance evaluation forof executives
The performance of executives and other senior employees is reviewed on an annual basis. For the members of the ELT, this review includes their contribution, engagement and interaction at Board level. The annual performance review process considers the performance of executives against criteria designed to capture ‘what’ is achieved and ‘how’ it is achieved. All performance assessments of executives include how effective they have been in undertaking their role;role and what they have achieved against their specified key performance indicators; how they match up to the behaviours prescribed in our leadership model; and how those behaviours align with
Our Charterindicators.
values.
A performance evaluation was conducted for all members of the ELT during FY2021.FY2022. For the CEO, the performance evaluation was led by the Chair of the Board on behalf of all the
Non-executive
Directors and was discussed with the Remuneration Committee.
7    Risk management and assurance
7.1    Risk management governance structure
Risk governance
The RAC assists the Board with the oversight of risk management and the Board retains accountability for BHP’s risk profile. The Board requires the CEO to implement a system of control for identifying and managing risk. The Risk team is accountable for this system, known as BHP’s Risk Framework, and also supports, challenges and verifies risk management activities to give assurance to management and the Board. The Directors, through the RAC, monitor our Risk Framework and review it at least annually to satisfy themselves that the Risk Framework continues to be sound and that BHP is operating with regard to the risk appetite set by the Board. For more information refer to OFR 9.
Internal Audit
The Internal Audit team provides assurance to the Board, CEO and Executive Leadership Team on whether risk management, internal control and governance processes are adequate and functioning. The Internal Audit team is independent of the External Auditor. The RAC evaluates and, if thought fit, approves the Terms of Reference of the Internal Audit team and the annual internal audit plan and monitors the effectiveness of the internal audit activities.
As of 1 August 2022, the Risk team and Internal Audit team were combined to form a Risk and Internal Audit
sub-function,
led by a Chief Risk and Audit Officer. The Risk team and Internal Audit team will continue to operate in the second and third lines respectively. Refer to OFR 9 for more information.
The RAC approves the appointment and dismissal of the Chief Audit Officer and assesses their performance, independence and objectivity. During FY2022, the Group Audit Officer reported directly to the RAC and functional oversight of the Internal Audit team was provided by the Chief Legal, Governance and External Affairs Officer. As of 1 August 2022, functional oversight of the Risk and Internal Audit
sub-function
is provided by the Chief Financial Officer.
Effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management
In delegating authority to the CEO, the Board has established CEO limits, outlined in the
Board Governance Document
and these require the CEO to ensure there is a system of control in place for identifying and managing risk in BHP. Through the RAC, the Directors regularly review these systems for their effectiveness. These reviews include assessing whether processes continue to meet evolving external governance requirements.
The RAC oversees and reviews the internal controls and risk management systems (including procedures, processes and systems for, among other things, budgeting and forecasting, provisions, financial controls, financial reporting and reporting of reserves and resources, compliance, preventing fraud and serious breaches of business conduct,
speak-up
procedures, and protecting information and data systems). Any material breaches of
Our Code of Conduct
, including breaches of our anti-bribery and corruption requirements and any material incidents reported under our
speak-up
procedures are reported quarterly to the RAC by the Chief Compliance Officer. These reports are then communicated to the Board through the
report-out
process.
During FY2022, management presented an assessment of the material risks facing BHP and the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management. The reviews were overseen by the RAC, with findings and recommendations reported to the Board. In addition to considering key risks facing BHP, the Board assessed the effectiveness of internal controls over key risks identified through the work of the Board Committees.
Having carried out a review during FY2022, the Board is satisfied with the effectiveness of BHP’s risk management and internal control systems.
Environmental and social risks
BHP’s risk factors (including material exposure to environmental and social risks) and how we manage these risks are described in OFR 9 and 9.1.
138

7.2    External audit and financial reporting
Integrity of Financial Statements
The RAC assists the Board in assuring the integrity of the Financial Statements. The RAC evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board about the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, areas of judgement, compliance with accounting standards, stock exchange and legal requirements and the results of the external audit.
CEO and CFO assurance
For the FY2022 full year and half year, the CEO and CFO have certified that in their opinion, BHP’s financial records have been properly maintained and the FY2022 Financial Statements present a true and fair view of our financial condition and operating results and are in accordance with accounting standards and applicable regulatory requirements.
The CEO and CFO have also certified to the Board that this opinion was formed on the basis of a sound system of risk management and internal control and the system is operating efficiently and effectively. The RAC considered these certifications when recommending the Financial Statements to the Board for approval.
External Auditor
The RAC manages the relationship with the External Auditor on behalf of the Board. It considers the independence and reappointment of the External Auditor each year, as well as remuneration and other terms of engagement and makes a recommendation to the Board.
Evaluation of External Auditor and external audit process
The RAC evaluates the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor and the quality and effectiveness of the external audit arrangements, including through:
reviewing the terms of engagement of the External Auditor
considering the external audit plan, in particular to gain assurance that it is tailored to reflect changes in circumstances from the prior year
meeting with the audit partners, particularly the lead audit engagement partners, throughout the year and without management present
discussing with the audit engagement partners the skills and experience of the broader audit team
considering the quality of the External Auditor’s performance following the completion of the audit
In addition, the RAC reviews the integrity, independence and objectivity of the External Auditor and assesses whether there is any element of the relationship that impairs or appears to impair the External Auditor’s judgement or independence. The External Auditor also certifies its independence to the RAC.
Non-audit
services
Although the External Auditor provides some
non-audit
services to the Group, the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor are safeguarded through restrictions on the provision of these services with some services prohibited from being undertaken.
Pre-approved
services
The RAC has adopted a policy entitled Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor covering the RAC’s
pre-approval
policies and procedures to maintain the independence of the External Auditor.
The categories of
‘pre-approved’
services are:
Audit services – work that constitutes the agreed scope of the statutory audit and includes the statutory audits of BHP and its entities (including interim reviews).The RAC monitors the audit services engagements and if necessary, approves any changes in terms and conditions resulting from changes in audit scope, Group structure or other relevant events.
Audit-related and other assurance services – work that is outside the scope of the statutory audit but is consistent with the role of the external statutory auditor. This category includes work that is reasonably related to the performance of an audit or review and is a logical extension of the audit or review scope, is of an assurance or compliance nature and is work that the external auditors must or are best placed to undertake and is permissible under the relevant applicable standard.
 
139

Activities outside the scope of the categories above are not
‘pre-approved’
and must be approved by the RAC prior to engagement, regardless of the dollar value involved. In addition, any engagement for other services with a value over US$250,000, even if listed as a
‘pre-approved’
service, requires the approval of the RAC.
All engagements for
non-audit
services, whether
‘pre-approved’
or not and regardless of the dollar value involved, are reported quarterly to the RAC. While not prohibited by BHP’s policy, any proposed engagement of the External Auditor that contains an internal control element requires specific prior approval from the RAC. In addition, while the categories of
‘pre-approved’
services include a list of certain
pre-approved
services, the use of the External Auditor to perform these services will always be subject to our overriding governance practices as articulated in the policy.
In addition, the RAC did not approve any services during the year ended 30 June 2022 pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule
2-01
of SEC Regulation
S-X
(provision of services other than audit).
Fees paid to BHP’s External Auditor during FY2022 for audit and other services were US$20.3 million, of which 51 per cent comprised audit fees (including in relation to SOX matters), 10 per cent for audit-related fees and 39 per cent for all other fees. No fees were paid in relation to tax services. Details of the fees paid are set out in Financial Statements note 34 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’.
Our policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor is available at bhp.com/governance.
Management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule
13a-15(f)
and Rule
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act).
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, the effectiveness of BHP’s internal control over financial reporting was evaluated based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Controls – Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of the Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 30 June 2022. There were no material weaknesses in BHP’s internal controls over financial reporting identified by management as at 30 June 2022.
BHP has engaged our independent registered public accounting firm, EY, to issue an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting for inclusion in the Financial Statements of the Annual Report and the Annual Report on Form
20-F
as filed with the SEC.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during FY2022 that materially affected or were reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
During FY2022, the RAC reviewed our compliance with the obligations imposed by SOX, including evaluating and documenting internal controls as required by section 404 of SOX.
Management’s assessment of disclosure controls and procedures
Management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as at 30 June 2022. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the material financial and
non-financial
information required to be disclosed by BHP, including in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported on a timely basis. This information is accumulated and communicated to BHP’s management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the evaluation, management (including the CEO and CFO) concluded that, as at 30 June 2022, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in providing that reasonable assurance.
There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
In the design and evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, management was required to apply its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
140

2.1.15     Our
8    Culture and conduct
Successful delivery of our strategy relies on workforce capability and a strong culture, and the Board, together with management plays a critical role in setting the culture of the Group. Supporting our people’s wellbeing, creating and promoting an inclusive and diverse environment for our people to work, and keeping them safe in the workplace are critically important and core to our values.
8.1    Our Code of Conduct and Our Charter
Our Code of Conduct (Our Code)
is approved by the Board and is based on
Our Charter
values.
Our Code
includes our policies on speaking up and anti-bribery and corruption, sets out standards of behaviour for our people and includes our policies on speaking up, anti-briberyis an important statement of the culture at BHP.
During FY2022, we began work to refresh
Our Code
to align it with global best practice and corruption.to provide an effective basis for standard setting and enforcement. We expect to launch the refreshed version of
Our Code
in FY2023.
Our
Code
and
Our Charter
are accessible to all our people and external stakeholders
at bhp.com.
8.2    Culture
The Board, supported by the Committees, considers a range of qualitative and quantitative information in relation to culture at BHP and monitors and assesses culture on an ongoing basis for alignment with our strategy, purpose and values. Board and Committee papers include workforce planning in the context of
COVID-19,
Employee Perception Survey results, updates on sexual harassment controls, inclusion and diversity updates, RAC report-outs on
Our Code
investigations, the culture and capability required to execute our strategy, and culture as a part of asset reviews. Recognising our culture cannot be measured using a single number or index, a culture dashboard is used to provide the Board with a tool to monitor our culture. The dashboard includes simple measures to provide key signposts on the health of our culture. This data, combined with the Employee Perception Survey results, provides the Board with insight on safety, engagement and enablement.
Directors also gain insights into culture through direct engagement with a cross-section of the workforce where they can gain direct feedback on a range of issues, including sexual harassment, ongoing
COVID-19
impacts, diversity, HSEC topics and social value.
8.3    BHP’s EthicsPoint
We have mechanisms in place for anyone to raise a query about
Our Code
, or make a report if they feel
Our Code
has been breached.
EthicsPoint is our system
24-hour
confidential reporting tool for reporting misconduct and can be used by employees, contractors and external stakeholders, including members of the public to raise concerns about misconduct that has either happened to them or they have witnessed. Reports can be raised in EthicsPoint directly, via an employee or contractor’s line leader or via the
24-hour,
multilingual call service. Reporters of misconduct can choose to raise their concern anonymously.
Reports received are assigned by the Ethics Team to an investigator, line leader or team for investigation or resolution as appropriate, in accordance with internal policy and process documents. The reporting and investigations processes are transparent and summary information is accessible to all BHP employees via BHP’s intranet.
All reports received in EthicsPoint are reviewed and categorised by the Ethics Team.team. Once categorised, reports are assigned in accordance with internal policy and processes to an investigator, line leader or appropriate team for resolution. The processes for reporting and investigation are transparent and BHP employees and contractors can access this information via BHP’s intranet. External stakeholders can access this via the BHP website.
Reports raised via EthicsPoint provide valuable insight into culture and organisational learning. All significant
Our
Code of Conduct
matters and key trends from investigations are reported to the RAC. These are then reported to the Board as part of its
report-out
as setprocess.
8.4    Diversity
The Board and management believe diversity is required to meet our purpose and strategy. Diversity is key to supporting the Board and its Committees to have the right blend of perspectives so that the Board oversees BHP effectively for shareholders.
We have adopted an Inclusion and Diversity Position Statement, which sets out our diversity policy in section 2.1.5. The most serious breaches of
Our Code
are also reportedrelation to the Integrity Working Group, which Board, senior management and our workforce, and our priorities to accelerate the development of a more inclusive work environment and enhanced overall workplace diversity. BHP’s Inclusion and Diversity Position Statement
is accountable for oversightavailable at bhp.com/careers/inclusion-diversity and is summarised in OFR 6. As described in our Inclusion and Diversity Position Statement, our aspiration is to achieve gender balance (which we define as a minimum 40 per cent women and 40 per cent men, in line with the definition used by entities such as the International Labour Organization) on our Board, among our senior executives and across our workforce by FY2025.
Currently 33 per cent of Directors are female and we therefore satisfy the guidance of having at least 30 per cent of Directors of each gender in accordance with the ASX Fourth Edition. When Mr Broomhead and Mr Mogford retire from the Board at the conclusion of the operational effectiveness2022 AGM, 40 per cent of Directors will be female. We also continue to seek additional ethnic diversity on our Board and throughout BHP.
Part of the Investigations Framework,Board’s role continues to be to consider and approve BHP’s measurable objectives for diversity on its Board, among its senior executives and general workforce each financial year and to oversee our progress in achieving those objectives. For more information, including oversightour progress against our FY2022 measurable objectives and our employee profile more generally, refer to OFR 6.
The diagram below illustrates the diversity that is currently represented on the Board.
141

9    Shareholder and stakeholder engagement
Shareholder engagement
Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach BHP takes to engaging and communicating with our shareholders. As part of our investor relations program to facilitate effective
two-way
communication with investors, the Board uses formal and informal communication channels to understand and take into account the views of shareholders. BHP provides information about itself and its governance to investors via its website at bhp.com.
We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us. Shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available at bhp.com. In addition, shareholders can communicate with us and our registrar electronically.
We facilitate and encourage shareholder participation at our AGM. The AGM provides an update for shareholders on our performance and offers an opportunity for shareholders to ask questions and vote. The External Auditor will also be available to answer questions at the AGM.
Information on our AGM is available at bhp.com/meetings.
Before the AGM, shareholders are provided with all material information in BHP’s possession relevant to their decision on whether or not to elect or
re-elect
a Director. Copies of the speeches delivered by the Central Investigations team. Chair and CEO at the AGM are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted on our website.
Proceedings at shareholder meetings are webcast live from our website. Substantive resolutions at general meetings are decided by a poll rather than by a show of hands.
A summary of proceedings and the outcome of voting on the items of business are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted on our website as soon as they are available.
142

During FY2022, key shareholder engagement initiatives included:
discussions with major institutional investors and proxy advisers in relation to the Climate Transition Action Plan 2021, and obtaining shareholder approval at the 2021 AGMs
presentations and briefings provided to investors about the merger of BHP’s Petroleum business with Woodside
communications to investors about the unification of our Dual Listed Company structure, including General Meetings in Australia and London for investors to directly engage with the Board on this topic
live webcasts and Q&A sessions with senior leaders for shareholders to directly ask questions of management
an investor briefing on social value which included the launch of our 2030 social value goals
Stakeholder engagement
The Integrity Working Group is chaired byBoard considers effective stakeholder engagement a key element of its governance and oversight role.
There are multiple ways the views of stakeholders, beyond shareholders, are brought to the Board and its Committees. For example, site visits (physical and virtual where necessary) involving engagement with the workforce, community members and government, Employee Perception Survey findings, gender pay gap reports, updates from the CEO and Chief CompliancePeople Officer and comprisesengagement with the Forum on Corporate Responsibility. In addition, the RAC and Sustainability Committee receive reports on engagement with regulators. They also receive reports on material litigation and disputes with third parties and complaints raised through the
speak-up
hotline, EthicsPoint, which allows our workforce to raise concerns in confidence.
The strategic framework, focus on social value, our purpose and Risk Appetite Statement reflect the significance of a number of senior leaders across BHP.external stakeholders in decision making.
2.1.1610    Market disclosure
We have disclosure controls in place for periodic disclosures, including the Operational Review, our results announcements, debt investor documents (such as the prospectus for the Euro or Australian Medium Term Notes) and Annual Report documents, which must comply with relevant regulatory requirements.
More information about these verification processes can be found in the Periodic Disclosure – Disclosure Controls document available at bhp.com.bhp.com/governance.
To safeguard the effective dissemination of information, we have developed mandatory minimum performance requirements for market disclosure, which outline how we identify and distribute information to shareholders and market participants and sets out the role of the Disclosure Committee in managing compliance with market disclosure obligations. In addition, where an announcement is determined to be material by the Disclosure Committee, the Board receives a copy promptly after it has been made. Where BHP gives a new and substantive investor or analyst presentation, it releases a copy of the presentation materials on the ASX Market Announcements Platform ahead of the presentation.
In response to
COVID-19,
we have introduced extra monitoring and disclosure controls. These have included: increasing the regularity and breadth of information gathered from management (including the Finance, Supply, Marketing, Legal, and Operational teams); more regular updates to the Disclosure Committee; and more regular discussions with UBS (our corporate broker in the UK), as well as our Investor Relations team. This enables BHP to assess the materiality of developments and stay across market expectations, dynamics and emerging best practice.
A copy of the market disclosureMarket Disclosure and communications documentCommunications Policy is available at bhp.com/governance.
Copies of announcements to the stock exchanges on which BHP is listed, investor briefings, Financial Statements, the Annual Report and other relevant information can be found at bhp.com
.
To receive email alerts of news releases, subscribe at bhp.com.
11    US requirements
140

2.1.17     Conformance with corporate governance standards
Our compliance with the governance standards in our home jurisdictions of Australia and the United Kingdom, and with the governance requirements that apply to us as a result of our New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing and our registration with the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) in the United States is summarised in this Corporate Governance Statement, the Remuneration Report, the Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements.
The UK Code (available at frc.org.uk) and the ASX Principles and Recommendations (available at
asx.com.au
) require the Board to consider the application of the relevant corporate governance principles, while recognising departures from those principles are appropriate in some circumstances. The Board considers that during FY2021 it applied the Principles and complied with the provisions set out in the 2018 edition of the UK Code and complied with the ASX Fourth Edition, with no exceptions.
Our Appendix 4G, which summarises our compliance with the ASX Fourth Edition is available at bhp.com/governance.
BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc are registrantsis a registrant with the SEC in the United States. Each companyIt is classified as a foreign private issuer and each has American Depositary Shares listed on the NYSE.
We have reviewed the governance requirements applicable to foreign private issuers under SOX, including the rules promulgated by the SEC and the rules of the NYSE, and are satisfied that we comply with those requirements.
Under NYSE rules, foreign private issuers such as BHP are required to disclose any significant ways our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under the NYSE corporate governance standards. After a comparison of our corporate governance practices with the requirements of Section 303A of the NYSE-Listed Company Manual followed by US companies, a significant difference was identified:
Rule
10A-3
of the Exchange Act requires NYSE-listed companies to ensure their audit committees are directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the External Auditor unless the company’s governing law or documents or other home country legal requirements require or permit shareholders to ultimately vote on or approve these matters. While the RAC is directly responsible for remuneration and oversight of the External Auditor,Prior to unification, the ultimate responsibility for the appointment and retention of the External Auditor restsrested with our shareholders in accordance with UK law (and our constitutional documents reflected this legal requirement). The RAC was then directly responsible for the compensation and oversight of the work of the External Auditor throughout the year. Following the unification of our corporate structure, BHP is no longer subject to the UK requirement to
re-appoint
the External Auditor by shareholder vote annually and our constitutional documents. However, the RAC does make recommendationsconstitution has been amended to the Board on these matters, which are reported to shareholders.
141

Compliance with the UK Code
This table describes how BHP has applied the Principles of the UK Code
Board leadership and our purpose
•   Long-term sustainable success – we believe we put the long-term sustainable success of BHP at the centre of what we do (sections 1.6 and 1.14).
•   Purpose, values, strategy and culture – we renewed our purpose in FY2019 to better capture the aspirations of all our stakeholders (sections 1.6, 1.14, 1.13, 2.1.5 and 2.1.7).
•   Performance measurement and control framework (section 4.8).
•   Responsibilities to shareholders and stakeholders (sections 1.14, 1.12 and 2.1.6).
•   Workforce policies and practices (sections 1.6.2, 1.14, 1.12 and 2.1.6).
Composition, succession and evaluation
•   Appointments and succession planning – we have a rigorous process in place for Board appointments and to consider succession having regard to diversity of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds and personal strengths (section 2.1.9).
•   Skills matrix – we have an appropriate mix of skills, experience and knowledge on the Board and in 2018 revised our skills matrix (section 2.1.7). Section 2.1.9 provides information on tenure and Board renewal.
•   Director review – reviews are undertaken on the contribution of each Director to the work of the Board and its Committees, the expectations of Directors as specified in BHP’s governance framework and the performance of Directors. The review confirmed that each Director continues to contribute effectively (section 2.1.8).
Division of responsibilities
•   Chair of the Board – the Chair leads the Board and isremove this requirement. From January 2022 our shareholders remain ultimately responsible for its effectiveness and the effective contribution from all
Non-executive
Directors (section 2.1.3).
•   Board composition – the Board operates effectively with the appropriate balance of executives and
non-executives
and believes the roles of the Chair and the CEO should be separated (section 2.1.3).
•   Non-executive
Directors have sufficient time to meet their responsibilities – when we appoint new Directors we ensure they have sufficient time to undertake their responsibilities and are able to offer challenge, strategic guidance and specialist advice (sections 2.1.2 and 2.1.7).
•   Time and resources – the Board ensures it has the necessary time, resources, policies and processes in place as part of its evaluation process (sections 2.1.3 and 2.1.8).
Audit Risk and Internal Control
•   Internal and external audit independence – we understand the importance of ensuring these lines of defence remain independent (section 2.1.10).
•   Fair balanced and understandable – the Board presents a fair balanced and understandable assessment of BHP’s position and prospects (section 2.1.10).
•   Management and oversight of risk – our risk and control environment is monitored and overseen by the Risk and Audit Committee. The Board, Risk and Audit Committee, and Sustainability Committee considered emerging and principal risk during the year (sections 1.9, 2.1.5, 2.1.10 and 2.1.11).
Remuneration
•   Policies and practices – remuneration is designed to support our strategy and long-term sustainable success (section 2.2).
•   Formal and transparent procedure – we have formal and transparent procedures in place, and routinely engage with investors for their feedback (section 2.2 and ‘Shareholder engagement’ in section 2.1.6).
•   Use of discretion – we have used discretion to adjust the formulaic remuneration outcomes (section 2.2).
142

2.1.18     Additional UK disclosure
The information specified in the UK FCA Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, DTR 7.2.6, is located elsewhere in this Annual Report. The Directors’ Report in section 2.3 provides cross-references to where the information is located.
This Corporate Governance Statement was current and approved by the Board on 2 September 2021 and signed on its behalf by:
Ken MacKenzie
Chair
2 September 2021
2.2     Remuneration Report
In this section
This Remuneration Report describes the remuneration policies, practices, outcomes and governance for the KMPappointment and retention of BHP.
BHP’s DLC structure means that wethe External Auditor and are subjectrequired to remuneration disclosure requirements in the United Kingdom and Australia. This results in some complexity in our disclosures, as there are some key differences in the requirements and the information that must be disclosed. For example, UK requirements give shareholders the right to a binding vote on the remuneration policy every three years and as a result, the remuneration policy needs to be described in a separate section in the Remuneration Report. Our remuneration policy is set out in section 2.2.2. In Australia, BHP is required to make certain disclosures for KMP as defined by the Australian Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS.
The UK requirements focus on the remuneration of Executive and
Non-executive
Directors. At BHP, this is our Board, including the CEO, who is our sole Executive Director. In contrast, the Australian requirements focus on the remuneration of KMP, defined as those who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activitiesappointment of the Group directly or indirectly. KMP includes the Board, as well as certain members of our senior executive team.
After due consideration, the Committee has determined the KMP for FY2021 comprised the following roles: all
Non-executive
Directors, the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer, the President Minerals Australia, the President Minerals Americas,External Auditor from time to time (as required under Australian law), and the President Petroleum.
The following individuals have held their positions and were KMPRAC remains directly responsible for the wholecompensation and oversight of FY2021, unless stated otherwise:
Mike Henry, CEO and Executive Director
Edgar Basto, President Minerals Australia
Peter Beaven, Chief Financial Officer (to 30 November 2020)
David Lamont, Chief Financial Officer (from 1 December 2020)
Daniel Malchuk, President Minerals Americas (to 31 October 2020)
Geraldine Slattery, President Petroleum
Ragnar Udd, President Minerals Americas (from 1 November 2020)
Non-executive
Directors - see ‘Remuneration for
Non-executive
Directors’ in section 2.2.3 for details
the work of the
Non-executive
Directors, including dates of appointment or cessation (where relevant)
External Auditor.
 
143

Contents
   
2.2.1
    
145
2.2.2
    
150
  Remuneration policy for the Executive Director  150
  Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors  157
2.2.3
    
159
  Remuneration for the Executive Directors (the CEOs)  159
  Remuneration for other Executive KMP (excluding the CEO)  171
  Remuneration for Non-executive Directors  174
  Remuneration governance  176
  Other statutory disclosures  177
Directors’ Report
The information presented by the Directors in this Directors’ Report relates to BHP Group Limited and its subsidiaries. The Operating and Financial Review (OFR), the Remuneration Report, and the ‘Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration’ are incorporated by reference into, and form part of, this Directors’ Report.
1    Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs
A review of the operations of BHP during FY2022, the results of those operations during FY2022 and the expected results of those operations in future financial years are set out in the OFR. Information on the development of BHP and likely developments in future years also appears in this section.
Our principal activities, including significant changes in the nature of BHP’s principal activities during FY2022 are disclosed in the OFR.
There were no significant changes in BHP’s state of affairs that occurred during FY2022 and no significant post balance date events other than as disclosed in the OFR and Financial Statements note 33 ‘Subsequent events’.
No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of FY2022 that has significantly affected or is expected to significantly affect the operations, the results of operations or state of affairs of BHP in future years.
2    Directors
The Directors who served at any time during FY2022 or up until the date of this Directors’ Report are listed in the Board and Board Committee attendance table in Directors’ Report 2.2. Information on the current Directors is set out in Directors’ Report 2.1.
2.1    Biographical details
144

2.2    Director attendances at meetings
The Board meets as often as required. During FY2022, the Board met 15 times.
Members of the Executive Leadership Team and other members of senior management attend meetings of the Board by invitation.
Each Board Committee provides a standing invitation for any
Non-executive
Director to attend Committee meetings (rather than just limiting attendance to Committee members). Committee agendas and papers are provided to all Directors to ensure they are aware of matters to be considered.
Board and Board Committee attendance in FY2022
   
Board
   
Risk and Audit
Committee
   
Nomination
and Governance
Committee
  
Remuneration
Committee
  
Sustainability
Committee
 
Terry Bowen
   15/15    11/11    5/5       
Malcolm Broomhead
   15/15        2/2     2/2
Xiaoqun Clever
   15/15    11/11           
Ian Cockerill
   15/15    11/11          5/5 
Anita Frew
2
   7/7    5/5       2/2    
Gary Goldberg
3
   15/15        5/5   5/5   5/5 
Mike Henry
   15/15               
Michelle Hinchliffe
4
   4/4    2/2           
Susan Kilsby
5
   7/7           2/2   
Ken MacKenzie
   15/15        5/5       
John Mogford
6
   15/15        5/5      5/5 
Christine O’Reilly
   15/15    11/11    5/5   5/5    
Catherine Tanna
7
   3/3           2/2   2/2 
Dion Weisler
   15/15           5/5   3/3
Malcolm Broomhead ceased being a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee and Sustainability Committee on 11 November 2021
Anita Frew served as a
Non-executive
Director from 15 September 2015 until her retirement as a member of the Board, Risk and Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee on 11 November 2021
Gary Goldberg ceased being a member of the Remuneration Committee on 17 June 2022. He became Chair of the Sustainability Committee on 18 June 2022
Michelle Hinchliffe became a member of the Board and the Risk and Audit Committee on 1 March 2022
Susan Kilsby served as a
Non-executive
Director from 1 April 2019 until her retirement as a member of the Board and the Remuneration Committee on 11 November 2021
John Mogford ceased being a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee on 17 June 2022. He ceased being the Chair of the Sustainability Committee on 17 June 2022, but remains a member of this Committee
Catherine Tanna became a member of the Board, Remuneration Committee and Sustainability Committee on 4 April 2022
Dion Weisler became a member of the Sustainability Committee on 12 November 2021
145

3    Share capital and
buy-back
programs
At the Annual General Meetings held in 2019, 2020 and 2021, shareholders authorised BHP Group Plc to make
on-market
purchases of up to 211,207,180 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Group Plc’s issued share capital at that time. During FY2022, we did not make any
on-market
or
off-market
purchases of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc ordinary shares under any share
buy-back
program. As at the date of this Directors’ Report, there were no current
on-market
buy-backs.
BHP Group Plc (now BHP Group (UK) Limited) is no longer able to make
on-market
purchases of its ordinary shares as a result of its delisting in connection with the unification transaction with BHP Group Limited and as such it can no longer utilise the shareholder authorisation in relation to
on-market
purchases obtained at the Annual General Meeting in 2021.
Some of our executives receive rights over BHP shares as part of their remuneration arrangements. Entitlements may be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares, which are acquired
on-market
by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts or, in respect of some entitlements, by the issue of shares.
The number of shares referred to in column A below were purchased to satisfy awards made under the various BHP Group employee share schemes during FY2022.
Period
  
A

Total number

of shares

purchased and

transferred to

employees to

satisfy

employee

awards
   
B

Average

price paid

per share
1

US$
   
C

Total number

of shares

purchased as

part of
publicly

announced
plans or

programs
   
D

Maximum number of
shares that may yet be
purchased under the

plans or programs
 
               
BHP Group
Limited
2
   
BHP Group Plc
(now BHP
Group (UK)
Limited)
 
1 Jul 2021 to 31 Jul 2021
                   211,207,180
1 Aug 2021 to 31 Aug 2021
   63,567    32.08            211,207,180
1 Sep 2021 to 30 Sep 2021
                   211,207,180
1 Oct 2021 to 31 Oct 2021
                   211,207,180
1 Nov 2021 to 30 Nov 2021
                   211,207,180
1 Dec 2021 to 31 Dec 2021
                   211,207,180
1 Jan 2022 to 31 Jan 2022
                   211,207,1803,4 
1 Feb 2022 to 28 Feb 2022
                    
1 Mar 2022 to 31 Mar 2022
   3,354,850    35.95             
1 Apr 2022 to 30 Apr 2022
                    
1 May 2022 to 31 May 2022
                    
1 Jun 2022 to 30 Jun 2022
   949,819    28.37             
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   4,368,236    34.24             
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The shares were purchased in the currency of the stock exchange on which the purchase took place and the sale price has been converted into US dollars using the average weekly exchange rate of the week that such purchases took place for purchases on the ASX, and the average monthly exchange rate of the month that such purchases took place for purchases on the LSE
BHP Group Limited is able to
buy-back
and cancel BHP Group Limited shares within the ‘10/12 limit’ without shareholder approval in accordance with section 257B of the Australian Corporations Act 2001. Any future
on-market
share
buy-back
program would be conducted in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and with the ASX Listing Rules
At the Annual General Meetings held during 2019, 2020 and 2021, shareholders authorised BHP Group Plc to make
on-market
purchases of up to 211,207,180 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Group Plc’s issued capital at the time
BHP Group Plc (now BHP Group (UK) Limited) is no longer able to make
on-market
purchases of its ordinary shares as a result of its delisting in connection with the unification transaction with BHP Group Limited and as such it can no longer utilise the shareholder authorisation in relation to
on-market
purchases obtained at the Annual General Meeting in 2021
As at the date of this Directors’ Report, there were 15,846,572 unvested equity awards outstanding in relation to BHP Group Limited ordinary shares held by 20,790 holders. The expiry dates of these unvested equity awards range between August 2022 and August 2026 and there is no exercise price. 4,400,000 fully paid ordinary shares in BHP Group Limited were issued as a result of the exercise of rights over unissued shares during or since the end of FY2022.
No options over unissued shares or unissued interests in BHP have been granted during or since the end of FY2022 and no shares or interests were issued as a result of the exercise of an option over unissued shares or interests during or since the end of FY2022. For more information refer to Financial Statements note 25 ‘Employee share ownership plans’. For information on movements in share capital during and since the end of FY2022 refer to Financial Statements note 16 ‘Share capital’.
4    Share interests
Directors
‘Ordinary shareholdings and transactions’ in the Remuneration Report 5.4 sets out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Group Limited of the Directors who held office during FY2022, at the beginning and end of FY2022. No rights or options over shares in BHP Group Limited are held by any of the
Non-executive
Directors. Interests held by the Executive Director under employee equity plans as at 30 June 2022 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in ‘Equity awards’ in the Remuneration Report 5.2. Except for Mike Henry, as at the date of this Directors’ Report, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Group Limited and held directly, indirectly or beneficially by Directors is the same as set out in the table in ‘Ordinary shareholdings and transactions’ in the Remuneration Report 5.4. Where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.
All Directors have met the minimum shareholding requirement under their Terms of Appointment.
146

As at the date of this Directors’ Report, Mike Henry held:
(either directly, indirectly or beneficially) 521,592 shares in BHP Group Limited
rights and options over 978,790 shares in BHP Group Limited
Where applicable, the above information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.
We have not made available to any Directors any interest in a registered scheme.
Executive Key Management Personnel
Interests held by members of the Executive KMP under employee equity plans as at 30 June 2022 are set out in the tables contained in the ‘Equity awards’ section in the Remuneration Report 5.2.
The table below sets out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Group Limited held directly, indirectly or beneficially, as at the date of this Directors’ Report by those senior executives who were Executive Key Management Personnel (KMP) (other than the Executive Director) on that date. Where applicable, the information also includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.
Executive KMP member
As at date of

Directors’ Report
Edgar Basto
130,038
David Lamont
6,345
Geraldine Slattery
127,232
Ragnar Udd
118,955
5    Secretaries
Stefanie Wilkinson is the Group Company Secretary. For details of her qualifications and experience refer to the Biographical details in Directors’ Report 2.1. The following people also acted during FY2022 as Company Secretaries of BHP Group Limited: Geof Stapledon, BEc, LLB (Hons), DPhil, FCIS, until 7 July 2021, Prakash Kakkad, LLB, LPC, from 7 July 2021, John-Paul Santamaria, BEng (Civil) (Hons), LLB, from 7 July 2021.
Each individual has experience in a company secretariat role or other relevant fields arising from time spent in roles within BHP, other large listed companies or other relevant entities.
6    Indemnities and insurance
Rule 146 of the BHP Group Limited Constitution requires the company to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Officer of BHP Group Limited against liability incurred in, or arising out of, the conduct of the business of BHP or the discharge of the duties of the Officer. The Directors named in 2.1 of the Directors’ Report, the Company Secretaries and other Officers of BHP Group Limited have the benefit of this requirement, as do individuals who formerly held one of those positions.
In accordance with this requirement, BHP Group Limited has entered into Deeds of Indemnity, Access and Insurance (Deeds of Indemnity) with its Directors.
We have a policy that BHP will, as a general rule, support and hold harmless an employee, including an employee appointed as a Director of a subsidiary who, while acting in good faith, incurs personal liability to others as a result of working for BHP.
In addition, as part of the arrangements to effect the demerger of South32, we agreed to indemnify certain former Officers of BHP who transitioned to South32 from certain claims and liabilities incurred in their capacity as Directors or Officers of South32.
The terms of engagement for certain services include that we must compensate and reimburse EY for, and protect EY against, any loss, damage, expense, or liability incurred by EY in respect of third-party claims arising from a breach by BHP of any obligation under the engagement terms.
We have insured against amounts that we may be liable to pay to Directors, Company Secretaries or certain employees (including former Officers) pursuant to Rule 146 of the Constitution of BHP Group Limited or that we otherwise agree to pay by way of indemnity. The insurance policy also insures Directors, Company Secretaries and some employees (including former Officers) against certain liabilities (including legal costs) they may incur in carrying out their duties. For this Directors’ and Officers’ insurance, we paid premiums of US$21,772,900 excluding taxes during FY2022.
No indemnity in favour of a current or former officer of BHP Group Limited, or in favour of the External Auditor, was called on during FY2022.
147

7    Dividends
A final dividend of 175 US cents per share will be paid on 22 September 2022, resulting in total cash dividends determined in respect of FY2022 of 325 US cents per share.
The merger of BHP’s oil and gas portfolio with Woodside Energy was completed on 1 June 2022 and BHP paid a fully franked in specie dividend of US$3.86 per share or US$19.6 billion.
For information on the dividends paid refer to Financial Statements note 16 ‘Share capital’ and note 18 ‘Dividends’.
8    Auditors
No current officer of BHP has held the role of director or partner of the Group’s current external auditor.
9    Non-audit
services
For information on the
non-audit
services undertaken by BHP’s External Auditor, including the amounts paid for
non-audit
services, refer to Financial Statements note 34 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’. All
non-audit
services were approved in accordance with the process set out in the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor. No
non-audit
services were carried out that were specifically excluded by the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor. Based on advice provided by the Risk and Audit Committee, the Directors have formed the view that the provision of
non-audit
services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors, and that the nature of
non-audit
services means that auditor independence was not compromised. The reason for this view is that the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor are safeguarded through restrictions on the provision of these services with some services prohibited from being undertaken.
For a more information about our policy in relation to the provision of
non-audit
services by the external auditor refer to 7.2 ‘External audit and financial reporting’ of our Corporate Governance Statement.
10    Exploration, research and development
Companies within the Group carry out exploration and research and development necessary to support their activities. Details are provided in OFR 5 ‘Our assets’, OFR 10 ‘Performance by commodity’ and Resources and Reserves in the Annual Report.
11    ASIC Instrument 2016/191
BHP Group Limited is an entity to which Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016 applies. Amounts in this Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements, except estimates of future expenditure or where otherwise indicated, have been rounded to the nearest million dollars in accordance with ASIC Instrument 2016/191.
12    Proceedings on behalf of BHP Group Limited
No proceedings have been brought on behalf of BHP Group Limited, nor has any application been made, under section 237 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001.
13    Performance in relation to environmental regulation
BHP seeks to be compliant with all applicable environmental laws and regulations relevant to its operations. We monitor compliance on a regular basis, including through external and internal means, to minimise the risk of
non-compliance.
For more information on BHP’s performance in relation to health, safety and the environment refer to OFR 7.4, 7.6 and 7.15.
For the purposes of section 299 (1)(f) of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, in FY2022 BHP was levied four fines in relation to environmental laws and regulations at our operated assets, the total amount payable being US$22,514.
14    Additional information
BHP Group Limited has a branch registered in the United Kingdom. The Group, through various subsidiaries, has also established branches in a number of other countries.
The Directors’ Report is approved in accordance with a resolution of the Board.
Ken MacKenzie
Mike Henry
ChairChief Executive Officer
Dated: 16 August 2022
148

Remuneration Report
 
Abbreviation
  
Item
AGM
  Annual General Meeting
CDP
  Cash and Deferred Plan
CEO
  Chief Executive Officer
DEP
  Dividend Equivalent Payment
DLC
Dual Listed Company
ELT
  Executive Leadership Team
GHG
  Greenhouse Gasgas
HSEC
  Health, Safety, Environmentsafety, environment and Communitycommunity
IFRS
  International Financial Reporting Standards
KMP
  Key Management Personnel
KPI
Key Performance Indicator
LTIP  Long-Term Incentive Plan
MAP  Management Award Plan
MSR  Minimum Shareholding Requirementshareholding requirement
ROCE  Return on Capital Employed
STIP  Short-Term Incentive Plan
TSR  Total Shareholder Return
 
144149

2.2.1     Annual statement by the
Remuneration Committee Chair
‘The Committee believes the remuneration outcomes for FY2021 are aligned with BHP’s performance and the experience of shareholders, and are also fair in terms of the wider context of global circumstances.’ Letter to Shareholders
Dear Shareholders,
I am pleased to introduce BHP’s Remuneration Report for the financial year to 30 June 2021, my first as Chair of BHP’s2022. During FY2022, the Remuneration Committee. During FY2021, the Committee (
Committee
) continued its focus on achieving remuneration outcomes that fairly reflect the performance of BHP and the contribution of our employees, and which are aligned to the interests of shareholders and other key stakeholders.
During FY2021,
COVID-19
has remained a significant source of uncertainty across the world. While the emergence and deployment of successful vaccines is reason for optimism, the pandemic continues to have widespread impacts on lives, society and the global economy. In the face of this, BHP employees have operated in line with our purpose and values, working effectively to keep the business performing strongly, and keeping each other safe.
Our approach and framework
Our Charter
sets out our values placing health and safety first, upon which the Remuneration Committee places great weight in the determination of performance-based remuneration outcomes for BHP executives.
Our Charter
also setsplaces health and safety at the forefront of our values while setting out our purpose, our strategy and how we measure success. The Committee is guided by
Our Charter
and aims to support our executives in takingto take a long-term approach to decision-making in order to build a sustainable and value-adding business.
The Committee is focused on having and applying a remuneration policyframework and approach that supports the Group’s strategy and enables us to attract, retain and motivate theour executives located in different geographiesgeographies. This is critical to delivering the best outcomes for all BHP stakeholders. In addition, asAs BHP is a global organisation, the Committee is cognisantalso mindful of the need to navigatenavigating the priorities and expectations of multiple jurisdictions.
Our policy and approach to remuneration remains unchanged; however,At the 2021 AGMs, we continue to strive for simplification in our programs. We were pleased to again receivereceived strong support for our remuneration policy at the 2020 AGMs,framework and outcomes, with over 9597 per cent voting ‘for’in favour of the Remuneration Report, and, on average, over 96 per cent supportReport. This means that over the past five years.years we have received an average of approximately 96 per cent support. The Committee and the Board continue to incorporate shareholder feedback into our deliberations on paytheir approach to ensure it supports BHP’s strategy.
remuneration.
Remuneration policy
FY2021FY2022 represents the secondthird year of applicationoperation of theour revised remuneration policy, which was approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs with almost 94 per cent of votes in favour. Weframework and we believe the policyframework is servingcontinuing to serve stakeholders well. The key changes approved in 2019 for the CEO, whichto variable remuneration that took effect from 1 July 2019 were:
a change infor the balance of incentive arrangements comprising:
aCEO were to significantly reducedreduce the LTIP grant size of 200from 400 per cent of base salary (on a face value basis), down from 400 to 200 per cent,
and a rebalancing to a CDP award with a longerlong term focus than the former STIP.focus. The CDP outcome is delivered
one-third
as a cash award, with
two-thirds
delivered in equity asthat is deferred equally for
two-year
and five-year deferred share awards each of equivalent value to the cash award.periods. This structure aligns participants’ incentive remuneration with performance over the short, medium and long-term
long term.
this rebalancing from LTIPWe continue to CDP reduced the leverage in the overall pay arrangements resulting in a 12 per cent reduction in the maximum remuneration for a year
a significant reduction in the pension contribution rate to 10 per cent of base salary, down from 25 per cent (noting the estimated workforce average is approximately 11.5 per cent of base salary). As a result of this change, fixed remuneration forbenchmark the CEO role was reduced by 12 per cent and overall target remuneration reduced by 4 per cent
the introduction of a
two-year
post-retirement shareholding requirement for the CEO
A consequence of the transition to the revised remuneration policy is that the FY2021 single total figure of remuneration for the CEO under UK requirements requires disclosure of the total amount of the CDP award earned during FY2021 (i.e. irrespective that some elements of the CDP award are deferred and five-year deferred shares were not a feature of the former STIP), together with the full amount of the
pre-existing
LTIP award vesting at the end of FY2021, which was granted in 2016 when the CEO was President Operations, Minerals Australia (i.e. when the LTIP award size was double the current grant size). This legacy consequence of remuneration policy transition will continue each year through to FY2024.
The Committee strives to implement the remuneration policy in a considered way. We test the CEO’sother executives’ remuneration against CEO and executive roles in other global companies of similar complexity, size, reach and industry. The remuneration also reflects the CEO’s responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience. This detailed benchmarking ensures BHP’s executive remuneration packages areframework remains competitive enough to attract, motivate and retain key talented executives without being excessive. External benchmarking showsand is consistent with the CEO’s target remuneration package is below the average for similar global companies. Importantly, a significant portionmarket.
The majority of the CEO’s target remuneration package can onlycontinues to be realised as actual remuneration if performance targets are met.
In addition,delivered in BHP equity, not in cash, and the CEO’s remuneration is deliberately tied to the performance of the business, withbusiness. In addition, the majority of the remuneration package intendedCEO is required to be delivered in BHP equity, not cash. The CEO also hasmeet a minimum shareholding requirementMSR of five times
pre-tax
base salary which continuesand this applies for two years post-retirement. This alignsensures that the CEOCEO’s remuneration is aligned to the experience of BHP’s shareholders. As at the date of this Report, the CEO’s BHP shareholding is in excess of his MSR.
145

Business performance
Given the strong link at BHP between executive remuneration and performance, I am pleased to be able to report BHPsay BHP’s performance for FY2022 has performed strongly across a wide range of areas in FY2021.
Our people have continued their focus on safety. Our global safety improvement programs are progressing wellbeen underpinned by safe, reliable operations and firm demand for our safety leading indicators have continued a strong positive trend underpinning the current safety performance.commodities. We have now had over two and a half years without acompleted another year fatality at our operated assetsfree and we continueare unwavering in our effort to focus on fostering a cultureimprove safety, including the elimination of respectsexual harassment, racism and ensuring our workplace is safe at all times.bullying.
We have delivered strong underlyingreliable operational performance during the year, with record volumes achieved at Western Australia Iron Ore, Goonyellawith record sales for a third consecutive year and the South Flank project ramp up ahead of schedule. In copper, Escondida in Chile achieved record material mined and near-record concentrator throughput, while Olympic Dam and Escondida maintained average concentrator throughput at record levels. We successfully achieved first production at four major development projects:in South Flank, Spence Growth Option, Atlantis Phase 3 and Ruby, allAustralia performed strongly in the fourth quarter after planned smelter maintenance. Queensland metallurgical coal ended the year with strong underlying performance in the face of which were delivered on or ahead of schedule and on budget. We have also progressed significant strategic initiatives during FY2021, including preparing for the investment in Jansen Stage 1, pursuing a merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside, and unifying our corporate structure.wet weather.
We have made strong progress on actions required to meet our commitments to reduce operational GHG emissions.emissions, which are down by 15 per cent since FY2017. We have established significant renewable power supply agreements forfurther progressed our Kwinana nickel refinery, Queensland Coal operations, and Escondida and Spence copper mines. We have established emissionsemission reduction partnerships with three major steelmakers in China and Japan whoseand we also entered a new partnership with a fourth steelmaker in South Korea. The combined output of these four steelmakers equates to around 1012 per cent of global steel production.
Our US$5.7 billion Jansen potash project in Canada is tracking to plan and opportunities to bring forward first potash production at Jansen continue to be assessed. In shipping,addition, during FY2022, we havemerged our Petroleum business with Woodside, completed the sales of our interests in BMC and Cerrejón, and following a strategic review decided to retain New South Wales Energy Coal. As a consequence, we will seek approvals to continue mining until 2030. We also taken a numberunified our corporate structure, and added to our global options in copper and nickel.
COVID-19
continued to impact in FY2022, particularly in the areas of actions to help reduce emissions in our value chain: awarded the world’s first liquified natural gas fuelled bulk carriers contractlabour and took part in a successful marine biofuel trial.
With respect to
COVID-19,
wesupply chain constraints. We remain vigilant and will continue with continued social distancing and hygiene practices, and other additional protocols as appropriate to protect our workforce and communities. Our Australian operations have effectively managed the rapidly changing environment relating to interstate travel and border access. In Chile, the operating environment is expected to continue to be challenging. The Remuneration Committee is proud of the way BHP’s employees have continued to collaborate to solve problems and support each other and their communities.
Despite the challenges that the
COVID-19
pandemic has presented,continues to present, in FY2021FY2022 BHP has againcontinued its approach to not needed to furlough any employees, without pay, did not seek any government assistance, and did not raise additional equity. In addition, BHP’s strong, safe and reliable operational performance through this year, together with strong profitability, enabled the Board to announce record dividends for FY2021.FY2022. This continues the delivery of strong and consistent returns to shareholders.
Activities
150

FY2022 CDP
The CDP scorecard used to assess Mike Henry’s annual performance comprises stretching performance measures, including HSEC, financial and individual performance elements. For FY2022, the Committee has assessed the CEO’s performance and determined a CDP outcome of 96 per cent against a target of 100 per cent (and 64 per cent of the maximum).
For the HSEC element, the outcome took into account BHP’s strong HSEC performance during the year, with no fatalities recorded, the strong progress against our Fatality Elimination Program and delivery of our cultural heritage commitments. This year we have also made progress on the implementation of controls for sexual harassment, although there remains more to be done. We also saw strong progress against our climate change targets, and our progress in the management of priority tailings storage facilities was pleasing. The CDP outcome for the HSEC measures was 31 per cent out of a target of 25 per cent.
Our financial performance was strong, and during FY2022 shareholders have again benefitted through record dividends. However, after fully eliminating the positive impacts of commodity prices during the year, operating performance at our assets was below the challenging internal targets set at the commencement of the year. This is in part due to higher than expected unplanned costs and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, which flowed through into CDP outcomes without moderation for FY2022. This is a similar approach that was applied in FY2021 and FY2020 and has the effect of reducing the remuneration outcomes for executives. The CDP outcome for the financial measure was 40 per cent out of a target of 50 per cent.
Finally, from a personal performance perspective, the Committee considered Mike Henry’s performance against his individual measures. These included projects and initiatives in respect of social value (long term growth in value and returns for all stakeholders), people (right people, right skills, coming together in the right way to support exceptional performance), performance (material improvement in the system that supports exceptional performance) and portfolio (material progress on our strategic objectives to create a portfolio that will set BHP up for the next 20 years). The Committee considered Mike’s performance against his individual objectives met expectations and warranted an outcome aligned with the target of 25 per cent.
The CDP scorecard outcomes for other Executive KMP and the short-term incentive pool applicable to the majority of BHP employees below the ELT level, were, like the CEO, slightly below the 100 per cent target.
2017 LTIP award
The vesting outcome for the 2017 LTIP award was 100 per cent. The LTIP performance condition is relative TSR and BHP outperformed both the sector peer group and the MSCI World Index. This level of vesting is aligned with the projected vesting outcome that was communicated to shareholders in the Remuneration Report at the time the changes to our remuneration framework were approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs. The table below outlines the level of vesting each year from 2009 to 2022, together with the vesting outcomes projected in 2019.
LTIP vesting
As shareholders will recall, one of the key elements of our revised remuneration framework was to reduce the weighting of future LTIP grants in the overall CEO remuneration package from FY2020. Pre-existing grants remained on foot and their vesting would be determined on the basis of existing service and performance conditions.
The value of the vested 2017 LTIP award is higher than the value of the award at the time it was granted due to the increase in share price during the five-year vesting period and strong dividends. In terms of value realised, 44 per cent is due to the value at the time the awards were granted and 56 per cent is due to share price appreciation and dividends. This reflects the experience of shareholders over the period.
151

Consistent with its normal practice, in considering vesting, the Board and Committee have also conducted a holistic review of business performance over the five years since the award was granted to ensure this level of vesting was appropriate. More information on the 2017 LTIP vesting outcome, including the five-year holistic business review covering HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct, is included in 3.3 LTIP performance outcomes and 3.4 Overarching discretion and vesting underpin.
More information on the overall remuneration outcomes for the CEO for the year, and how the outcomes are aligned to performance during FY2022, is provided in 3.1 FY2022 Remuneration received by the CEO. Having considered the overall remuneration outcomes for the CEO carefully, as set out above and in 3.1, the Committee concluded it was a fair reflection of performance and the experience of shareholders, and the application of any downwards discretion was not warranted.
FY2023 remuneration
For FY2023, the Committee determined that the CEO’s base salary would increase by 3 per cent, effective 1 September 2022. This was assessed as appropriate having conducted updated benchmarking and considered the external market demand for senior executive talent. The Committee considers the increase modest in this context, as well as being below the median salary increase applied for other BHP employees of approximately 4 per cent. Other components of the CEO’s total target remuneration (pension contributions, benefits, CDP and LTIP) remain unchanged and, where relevant, as percentages of base salary. A summary of the CEO’s arrangements for FY2023 is set out below.
Fixed remuneration
CDP
LTIP
•   Base salary US$1.750 million per annum, an increase of 3% from 1 September 2022.
•   Pension contribution 10% of base salary.
•   Target cash award of 80% of base salary (maximum 120%).
•   Plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years, respectively.
•   Three performance categories:
•   HSEC – 25%
•   Financial – 50%
•   Individual – 25%
•   The LTIP grant is based on a face value of 200% of base salary.
•   Our LTIP awards have rigorous relative TSR performance hurdles measured over five years.
The Committee has also reviewed the base salaries and total target remuneration packages for other Executive KMP. The Committee determined they would also increase by 3 per cent, effective 1 September 2022. An additional increase has been determined for Ragnar Udd reflecting his performance and development in role (for more information regarding base salaries for FY2023 refer to 3.7 FY2023 remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP). Other aspects of other Executive KMP remuneration arrangements remain unchanged.
Remuneration outcomes for the Chair and
Non-executive
Directors
Fees for the Chair and Non-executive Directors are reviewed annually and are benchmarked against peer companies. No changes to the Chair’s fee will be made for FY2023. The Chair fee has remained unchanged since 1 July 2017. In 2017, a decision was made to reduce the Chair’s annual fee by approximately 8 per cent from US$0.960 million to US$0.880 million with effect from 1 July 2017. This followed an earlier reduction on 1 July 2015 of approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million.
Base fee levels for Non-executive Directors will also remain unchanged. The fees of Non-executive Directors were also reduced on 1 July 2015 by approximately 6 per cent, from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum.
In FY2022, BHP undertook a series of major transactions. As a consequence, modest fees were paid to certain Non-executive Directors for additional or extra services performed in FY2022 in connection with major transactions undertaken by the Group.
Summary
This year the
COVID-19
pandemic continued to impact not only BHP, but our customers, suppliers, governments, employees, families and communities across the world. On behalf of the Committee, I would like to thankrecognise the continued hard work, dedication and sacrifices of our employees. Through their steadfast commitment, they have enabled BHP to generate strong results for all stakeholders and continued to support their communities.
We deliberately align our executive remuneration with performance, with a significant component of possible remuneration structured as variable pay. We are confident that the outcomes this year are consistent with our long held approach of remuneration outcomes reflecting the performance of BHP and the experience of our shareholders. Given our critical need to attract, motivate and retain our executives in order to progress our strategic objectives and deliver the best outcomes for all BHP stakeholders, this is a pleasing result for all concerned.
We look forward to ongoing dialogue with and the support of BHP’s shareholders. As always, we welcome your feedback and comments on any aspect of this Report.
Christine O’Reilly
Chair, Remuneration Committee
16 August 2022
152

1    Remuneration governance
Board oversight
The Board is responsible for ensuring the Group’s remuneration arrangements are equitable and aligned with the long-term interests of BHP and its shareholders. In performing this function, it is critical the Board is independent of management when making decisions affecting remuneration of the CEO, other Executive KMP and the Group’s employees.
The Board has established the Committee to assist it in making such decisions. The Committee is comprised solely of
Non-executive
Directors, all of whom are independent. The Committee has extensive access to members of senior management and regularly invites them to attend meetings to provide reports and updates. However, members of management are not present when decisions are considered or taken concerning their own remuneration. The Committee can also draw on services from a range of external sources, including independent remuneration advisers.
Remuneration Committee
The activities of the Committee are governed by its Terms of Reference which is available at bhp.com. The current members of the Remuneration Committee for their contributionsare: Christine O’Reilly (Chair), Catherine Tanna (member from 4 April 2022) and Dion Weisler. The following present and former
Non-executive
Directors served as members of the Committee during the past year. In particular, I would likeyear: Gary Goldberg (member to express my appreciation17 June 2022), Anita Frew (member to my predecessor as Chair,11 November 2021) and Susan Kilsby who has provided strong leadership(member to 11 November 2021). The role and guidance during her term, as BHP navigated onefocus of the most tumultuous periodsCommittee and details of meeting attendances can be found in our history.
2.2 Directors’ Report.
A key element of the Committee’s work during the year was the remuneration implications of changes to the BHP ELT, with a number of appointments and departures taking place. David Lamont, Edgar Basto and Ragnar Udd join Mike Henry and Geraldine Slattery as Executive KMP for the purposes of this Remuneration Report, and Peter Beaven and Daniel Malchuk departed BHP having been Executive KMP during FY2021. Information on remuneration arrangements for David, Edgar and Ragnar and the departure arrangements for Peter and Daniel is set out in ‘Arrangements for KMP leaving and joining the Group’ and ‘Executive KMP remuneration table’ in section 2.2.3.
Other keyKey decisions and activities of the Committee during FY2021FY2022 included:
 
considering and approving remuneration for members of the ELT and the Group Company Secretary
 
setting targets for and reviewing outcomes against performance measures and conditions of relevant incentive plans, including the Committee considering its discretion over FY2021FY2022 plan outcomes
 
reviewing the fee for the BHP Chair, which remains unchanged
 
commencing early preparations for
considering remuneration and remuneration reporting implications of unification and the
re-approval
merger of the remuneration policy at the 2022 AGMsPetroleum business and Woodside
 
reviewing and adopting changes and improvements flowing from regulatory requirements and guidance, which in turn helps us improve our processes and approaches
 
engaging with shareholders and other key stakeholders
 
undertaking regular reviews of workforce engagement, workforce remuneration and related policies, remuneration by gender and the annual Shareplus enrolment
146

FY2021 CDPEngagement of independent remuneration advisers
The scorecard against which Mike Henry’s annual performance asCommittee seeks and considers advice from independent remuneration advisers where appropriate. Remuneration consultants are engaged by and report directly to the Committee. Potential conflicts of interest are taken into account when remuneration consultants are selected and their terms of engagement regulate their level of access to, and require their independence from, BHP’s CEO is assessed comprises stretching performance measures, including HSEC, financial and individual performance elements. For FY2021, the Remuneration Committee has assessed the CEO’s performance and determined a CDP outcome of 115 per cent, against the target of 100 per cent (and the maximum of 150 per cent).management.
These outcomes took into account BHP’s strong HSEC performance during the year, with no fatalities recorded, and good progress against our Fatality Elimination Program. We also saw positive progress against our climate change targets, which were expanded and strengthened for FY2021 from prior years, and our progress in the management of priority tailings storage facilities was pleasing.
As previously mentioned,
Our Charter
sets out our values, placing health and safety first, upon which the Remuneration Committee places great weight in determining performance-based remuneration outcomes for BHP executives. Good progressPwC has been made atappointed to act as an independent remuneration adviser and is currently the only remuneration adviser appointed by the Committee. In that capacity, they may provide remuneration recommendations in relation to KMP, however, they did not provide any remuneration recommendations in FY2022.
KMP for FY2022
This Remuneration Report describes the remuneration policies, practices, outcomes and governance for the KMP of BHP. At BHP, through significant efforts since 2018 to address sexual assaultKMP consists of our Board (including the CEO), as well as certain members of our ELT who have authority and sexual harassment inresponsibility for planning, directing and controlling the workplace, and completionactivities of work to implement controls has been incorporated into the FY2022 CDP HSEC scorecard. The Committee considers that the efforts to address the risk of sexual assault and sexual harassment could have been further accelerated through stronger coordination of work streams and integrated planning. Accordingly,Group directly or indirectly. After due consideration, the Committee has exercised its discretion to make a downwards adjustment todetermined the HSEC outcome ofKMP for FY2022 comprised all
Non-executive
Directors and the CDP scorecard by 10 per cent from an initial 33 per cent to a final outcome of 30 per cent out of a target of 25 per cent. This downwards adjustment was applied tofollowing Executive KMP: the CEO, and all other ELT members.
the Chief Financial and operating performance was strong, even after fully eliminatingOfficer, the very positive impacts of commodity prices duringPresident Minerals Australia, the year, particularly for iron ore. Accordingly, performance was better than the stretching targets set at the commencement of the year.
While the
COVID-19
pandemic continued to impact BHP, societyPresident Minerals Americas and the global economy, the Group maintained continuity of operations while keeping employees healthy and safe. Despite this, as occurred in FY2020, there were costs and other impacts of
COVID-19
to BHP’s financial results for FY2021. The direct costs have been recorded as an exceptional item in the Financial Statements, as they were in FY2020. Nevertheless, the Committee concluded that, to the extent the
COVID-19
related costs were higher than those included in the approved budget, they should flow through to the financial measures for CDP scorecard purposes, thereby reducing the remuneration outcome for executives from what they would have otherwise been. The Committee considered this was appropriate in light of the global impacts of the
COVID-19
pandemic. The CDP outcome for the financial measure was 60 per cent out of a target of 50 per cent.Senior Executive Officer (i.e. President Petroleum until 31 May 2022).
The Committee also considered Mike’s performance against his individual objectives. These included projectsfollowing individuals have held their positions and initiatives in respect of performance (material improvement in the system that supports exceptional performance), social value (long-term growth in value and returns for all stakeholders), people (right people, right skills, coming together in the right way to support exceptional performance) and portfolio (progress on our strategic objectives to create a winning portfolio and set BHP upwere KMP for the next 20 years). The Committee considered Mike’s performance against his individual objectives to be in line with the targetwhole of 25 per cent.
While the CEO’s CDP scorecard outcome was determined at 115 per cent of target, the CDP scorecard outcomes for other Executive KMP were also on average ahead of target. Likewise, the short-term incentive pool applicable to the majority of BHP employees below the ELT level was above target. These outcomes were considered appropriate and due recognition, given the excellent performance across BHP’s whole workforce in the face of the continuing
COVID-19
pandemic, where strong safety performance and operational continuity were achieved during FY2021.
2016 LTIP award
The vesting outcome for the 2016 LTIP award against the relative TSR performance conditions was 100 per cent. BHP outperformed both the sector peer group and the MSCI World Index significantly. This 100 per cent level of vesting is aligned with the projected vesting outcome communicated to shareholders in the 2019 Remuneration Report at the time of the changes to our remuneration policy, which were approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs, and is set out in the chart below.
FY2022, unless stated otherwise:
 
Mike Henry, CEO and Executive Director
147

As shareholders will recall, one of the key elements of our revised remuneration policy was to reduce the weighting of future LTIP grants as part of the overall CEO remuneration package; however,
pre-existing
grants would stay on foot and their vesting would be determined with existing service and performance conditions.
The Committee is conscious that the granting of the 2016 LTIP awards and the early part of the five-year performance period coincided with a period of lower share prices, driven in part by the Samarco dam failure having occurred on 5 November 2015.
At the time of the grant of the 2016 LTIP award, the Committee sought to ensure the Samarco dam failure did not result in an inappropriate LTIP award size due to the lower share price, and reduced the number of awards by 26 per cent from that which would have resulted from the standard grant size calculation. The Committee has reviewed this approach and concluded it was appropriate. In reaching this conclusion, the Committee noted the positive feedback received from shareholders and other investor groups in 2016 on the approach adopted.
Having considered the LTIP grant size, the Committee undertook a further exercise to satisfy itself that the TSR performance, which formulaically would result in 100 per cent vesting, had not been inappropriately enhanced by the starting position of the performance period being lower as a consequence of a fall in share price following the Samarco dam failure. This analysis included estimating and removing the impact of the dam failure from the start of the performance period (i.e. removing the impact this would have otherwise had on the TSR outcome due to the lower starting position), reducing the TSR outcome for estimated payments in relation to the Samarco dam failure that may take place beyond the end of the performance period and examining the construct of the comparator group against which TSR performance is measured.
While this analysis uses inputs and assumptions that are theoretical, the Committee concluded the analysis was sufficiently robust to provide confidence that the underlying TSR performance was sufficient to support the formulaic vesting of the 2016 LTIP award at 100 per cent.
The Committee notes the value of the vested 2016 LTIP award is higher than the value of the award at the time it was granted. With the share price having risen appreciably during the five-year period and strong dividends, 36 per cent of the value realised is the value at grant time and 64 per cent of the value realised is due to share price appreciation and dividends. This value increment due to share price appreciation and dividends is consistent with the experience of shareholders over the period.
Consistent with prior practice, the Board and Committee has also conducted a holistic review of business performance over the five years since grant to ensure this level of vesting was appropriate. More information on the 2016 LTIP vesting outcome, including the five-year holistic business review covering HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct, is included in ‘LTIP performance outcomes’ and ‘Overarching discretion and vesting underpin’ in section 2.2.3.
More information on the overall remuneration outcomes for the CEO for the year, and how the outcomes are aligned to performance during FY2021, is provided in ‘Single total figure of remuneration’ in section 2.2.3. Having considered the overall remuneration outcomes for the CEO carefully, as set out above and in section 2.2.3, the Committee concluded it was a fair reflection of performance and the experience of shareholders, and the application of any downwards discretion was not warranted. As at the date of this Report, the CEO’s BHP shareholding is in excess of his minimum shareholding requirement of five times
pre-tax
base salary.
FY2022 remuneration
For FY2022, the Committee determined that the CEO’s base salary remains unchanged at US$1.700 million per annum, as it was at the time of his appointment at the beginning of 2020. In addition, the other components of his total target remuneration (pension contributions, benefits, CDP and LTIP) also remain unchanged. A summary of the CEO’s arrangements for FY2022 is set out below.
 
Edgar Basto, President Minerals Australia
The Committee has also reviewed the base salaries and total target remuneration packages for other Executive KMP and determined there would be no changes to base salaries in September 2021, and other aspects of their remuneration arrangements would also remain unchanged.
 
148
David Lamont, Chief Financial Officer
Geraldine Slattery, President Petroleum from 1 July 2021 to 31 May 2022 and Senior Executive Officer from 1 June to 30 June 2022
Ragnar Udd, President Minerals Americas
Non-executive
Directors – for details
of
Non-executive
Directors, including dates of appointment or cessation (where relevant), refer to 2.2 Directors’ Report.
153

Remuneration outcomes for the Chair and
Non-executive
Directors
Fees for the Chair and
Non-executive
Directors are reviewed annually and are benchmarked against peer companies. No changes to the Chair’s fee will be made for FY2022. This follows a review in 2017, where a decision was made to reduce the Chair’s annual fee by approximately 8 per cent from US$0.960 million to US$0.880 million with effect from 1 July 2017, which followed an earlier reduction, effective 1 July 2015,Table of approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million.Contents
Base fee levels for
Non-executive
Directors will also remain unchanged, after they were also reduced effective 1 July 2015 by approximately 6 per cent, from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum. Prior to the above reductions in fee levels for the Chair and
Non-executive
Directors, their fees had remained unchanged since 2011.
Summary
It is with much pleasure that I note the strong performance by BHP across a wide range of areas during FY2021. We deliberately align our executive remuneration outcomes to performance – in particular, in our incentive plans where executives’ variable remuneration will reflect circumstances where shareholders have been rewarded very well, as delivered this year and measured in share price and dividend performance. As such, the remuneration outcomes for our executives in FY2021 reflect BHP’s strong performance, even after favourable commodity price movements for the year are backed out in full under the CDP. Given our need to attract, retain and motivate the executives critical to delivering the best outcomes for all BHP stakeholders, this is an especially pleasing result this year for all concerned, after recent years where the variable pay outcomes have been at the lower end for our executive team.
With the
COVID-19
pandemic continuing to impact this year, not only for BHP, but also for many other companies, governments, employees, families and communities across the world, I note the ongoing challenges. On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, I would like to recognise the hard work, dedication and sacrifices of our employees. Through their steadfast commitment, they have remained safe and healthy, continued to support their communities, and enabled BHP to generate strong results for all stakeholders.
The Committee believes the remuneration outcomes for FY2021 are aligned with BHP’s performance and the experience of shareholders, and are also fair in terms of the wider context of global circumstances. We are confident shareholders will recognise this as a continuation of our long-held approach. We look forward to ongoing dialogue with and the support of BHP’s shareholders, and I very much look forward to meeting shareholders
face-to-face
when we are able to do so. As always, we welcome your feedback and comments on any aspect of this Report.
Christine O’Reilly
Chair, Remuneration Committee
2 September 2021
149

2.2.22    Remuneration policy reportframework
BHP has an overarching remuneration policyframework that guides the Remuneration Committee’s decisions. Under UK legislation,decisions and is designed to support our strategy and reinforce our culture and values.
2.1    How the remuneration framework is set
The Committee sets the remuneration framework for the Executive KMP, including the CEO. The Committee is briefed on and considers prevailing market conditions, the competitive environment and the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP workforce. The Committee takes into account the annual base salary increases for our employee population when determining any change in the Executive KMP’s base salary. The salary increases in locations where our Executive KMP are based are particularly relevant when reviewing their remuneration to ensure that their remuneration also reflects the local economic conditions.
The principles that underpin the remuneration framework for Executives are the same as those that apply to other employees, however Executive KMP arrangements have a greater emphasis on and a higher proportion of remuneration that is at risk as performance-related variable pay. The performance measures used to determine variable pay outcomes for the Executive KMP and all other employees are linked to the delivery of our strategy and behaviours that are aligned to
Our Charter
values
.
As part of the Board’s commitment to good governance, the Committee considers shareholder views and those of the wider community when setting the remuneration framework for the Executive KMP. We are committed to engaging and communicating with shareholders haveregularly and, as our shareholders are spread across the opportunityglobe, we are proactive with our engagement on remuneration and governance matters with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. Feedback from shareholders and investors is used as input into decision-making by the Board and the Committee in relation to vote on our remuneration policy every three years, with binding effect in regardframework and its application. The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to theensure Directors (including the CEO). Under Australian legislation,are aware of matters raised, have a deep understanding of current shareholder views and can formulate frameworks and make decisions as appropriate. We encourage shareholders also have the opportunity to vote onmake their views known to us by directly contacting our Investor Relations team (contact details available at bhp.com).
2.2    Remuneration framework operation
Our approved remuneration policy was adopted by shareholders in conjunction2019 for a three-year period in accordance with UK requirements and following the broader Remuneration Report each year at the AGMs as it appliesunification of our corporate structure in early 2022 BHP is no longer required to all KMP under a
non-binding
advisory vote. Our remunerationhave our policy which was approved by shareholders atevery three years. However, the 2019 AGMs, has not changed and is repeated below.
Remuneration policy for the Executive Director
This section only refers to the remuneration policy for our CEO, who is our sole Executive Director. If any other executive were to be appointed an Executive Director, this remuneration policy would apply to that new role.
Components of remuneration
The following table shows the current components of totalour remuneration framework, which is consistent with the link to strategy, the applicable operation and performance frameworks, and the maximum opportunity for each component.prior approved remuneration policy.
 
Remuneration component
and link to strategy           
Fixed remuneration
  
Operation and performance frameworkCDP
  
Maximum
(1)
LTIP
Base salaryPurpose and link to strategy
A
Market competitive base salaryfixed remuneration is paid in order to attract, motivate and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO,executives, and to provide appropriate remuneration for thisthese important roleroles in the Group.The CDP encourages and focuses executives’ efforts for the relevant financial year on the delivery of the Group’s strategic priorities, balancing financial and
non-financial
performance, to deliver short, medium and long-term success aligned to our purpose and
Our Charter
, and to motivate executives to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.
The purpose of the LTIP is to focus executive’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term value creation and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).
Remuneration components and link to performance
  
•  BaseFixed remuneration comprises base salary, denominated in US dollars,pension contributions and benefits.
Competitive fixed remuneration is broadly aligned with salaries for comparable roles in global companies of similarto global complexity, size, reach and industry, and reflects the CEO’sexecutives’ responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience.
•  Base salary is reviewed annually with effect from 1 September. Reviews are informed, but not led, by benchmarking to comparable roles (as above), changes in responsibility and general economic conditions. Substantial weight is also given to the general base salary increases for employees.
•  Base salary is not subject to separate performance conditions.
  8% increase per annum (annualised) or inflation if higher in Australia.
Pension contributions
(2)
Provides a market-competitive levelAnnual variable pay opportunity linked to execution of post-employment benefits provided to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.
•  Pension contributions are benchmarked to comparable roles in global companies and have been determined after considering the pension contributions provided to the wider workforce.
business strategy. A choicebalanced scorecard of funding vehicles is offered, including a defined contribution plan, an unfunded retirement savings plan, an international retirement plan or a self-managed superannuation fund. Alternatively, a cash payment may be provided in lieu.
A pension contribution rate of 10% of base salary applies.
Benefits
Provides personal insurances, relocation benefits and tax assistance where BHP’s structure gives rise to tax obligations across multiple jurisdictions, and a market-competitive level of benefits to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.
•  Benefits may be provided, as determined by the Committee, and currently include costs of private family health insurance, death and disability insurance, car parking and personal tax return preparation in the required countries where BHP has requested the CEO relocate internationally, or where BHP’s DLC structure requires personal tax returns in multiple jurisdictions.
•  Costs associated with business-related travel for the CEO’s spouse/partner, including for Board meetings, may be covered. Where these costs are deemed to be taxable benefits for the CEO, BHP may reimburse the CEO for these tax costs.
•  The CEO is eligible to participate in Shareplus, BHP’s
all-employee
share purchase plan.
•  A relocation allowance and assistance is provided only where a change of location is made at BHP’s request. The Group’s mobility policies generally provide for
‘one-off’
payments with no material trailing entitlements.
Benefits as determined by the Committee but to a limit not exceeding 10% of base salary and (if applicable) a
one-off
taxable relocation allowance up to US$700,000.
150


Remuneration component
and link to strategy           
Operation and performance framework
Maximum
(1)
CDP
The purpose of the CDP is to encourage and focus the CEO’s efforts on the delivery of the Group’s strategic priorities for the relevant financial year to deliver short, medium and long-term success,elements including HSEC (25% weighting), financial (50% weighting) and to motivate the CEO to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.
Theindividual performance measures for each year(25% weighting) are chosen on the basis that they are expected to have a significant short, medium and long-term impact on the success of the Group.
Delivery of
two-thirds
of CDP awards in deferred shares encourages a longer-term focus aligned to that of shareholders.
Setting performance measures andGroup, with appropriate targets
•  The Committee sets a balanced scorecard of short, medium and long-term elements including HSEC, financial and individual performance measures, with targets and relative weightings at the beginning of the financial year in order to for each measure which will appropriately motivate the CEOExecutive KMP to achieve outperformance that contributes to the long-term sustainability of the Group and shareholder wealth creation.
Annual long-term variable pay opportunity based on grants of five-year performance rights designed to align executives’ reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in excess of relevant comparator group(s), through the relative TSR performance condition.
 
•  Specific financial measures will constitute the largest weighting and are derived from the annual budgetRelative TSR has been chosen as approved by the Board for the relevant financial year.an appropriate measure as it enables an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders.
•  Appropriate HSEC measures that are consistent with the Group’s long-term five-year public HSEC targets, and their weightings, are determined by the Remuneration Committee with the assistance of the Sustainability Committee.
•  Individual measures are an important element of effective performance management, and are a combination of quantitative and qualitative targets. They are aligned with medium and long-term strategy aspirations that are intended to drive long-term value for shareholders and other stakeholders.
•  For HSEC and for individual measures the target is ordinarily expressed in narrative form and will be disclosed near the beginning of the performance period. However, the target for each financial measure will be disclosed retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will seek to explain why and give an indication of when the target may be disclosed.
•  Should any other performance measures be added at the discretion of the Committee, we will determine the timing of disclosure of the relevant target with due consideration of commercial sensitivity.
 
154

CDP
LTIP
Assessment of performance
•  At the conclusion of the financial year, the CEO’s achievementAchievement against each scorecard measure is assessed by the Remuneration Committee and the Board, with guidance provided by other relevant Board Committees in respect of HSEC, financial and other measures, and a CDP award determined.
If performance is below the threshold level for any measure, no CDP award will be provided in respect of that portion of the CDP award opportunity.
 
•  The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance.
•  In the event that the Remuneration Committee does not consider the outcomeoutcomes that would otherwise apply to be a true reflection of the performance of the Group or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to not provide all or a part of any CDP award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended award outcomes.
  
MaximumVesting of the LTIP award
A cash award of 120% of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value is dependent on BHP’s TSR relative to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively.TSR of relevant comparator group(s) over a five-year performance period.
 
Target performance
A cash25% of the award of 80% of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent valuewill vest where BHP’s TSR is equal to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively, for targetmedian TSR of the relevant comparator group(s), as measured over the performance on all measures.period. Where TSR is below the median, awards will not vest.
 
Threshold performance
A cashVesting occurs on a sliding scale between the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s) up to a nominated level of TSR outperformance over the relevant comparator group(s), as determined by the Committee, above which 100% of the award of 40% of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively, for threshold performance on all measures.will vest.
 
MinimumWhere the TSR performance condition is not met, there is no retesting and awards will lapse. The Committee also retains discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award
Zero. where it considers the vesting outcome is not appropriate given Group or individual performance. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended outcomes.
151

Remuneration component
Delivery and link to strategy           
vesting
  
Operation and performance framework
Maximum
(1)
Delivery of award
•  CDP awards are provided under the CDP as cash and two awards of deferred shares, each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively.
 
•  The awardsAwards of deferred shares comprise rights to receive ordinary BHP shares in the future at the end of the deferral periods. Before the awards vest (or are exercised), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards. The Committee also has a discretion to settle CDP awards in cash.
 
Underpin, malus and clawback
•  To ensure any vestingVesting of five-year deferred shares under the CDP is underpinned by satisfactory performance post-grant, the vesting will be subject to an underpin. This will encompass a holistic review of performance at the end of the five-year vesting period, including a five-year view onreview of HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct.
•   Both cash and deferred share CDP awards are subject to malus and clawback as described in ‘Malus and clawback’ in this section 2.2.2.
LTIP
The purpose of the LTIP is to focus the CEO’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term value creation and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).
It also encourages retention through long-term share exposure for the CEOconduct over the five-year performance period (consistent with the long-term nature of resources), and aligns the long-term interests of the CEO and shareholders.
The LTIP aligns the CEO’s reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in excess of that of relevant comparator group(s), through the relative TSR performance condition.period.
  
Relative TSR performance condition
•   The LTIP award is conditional on achieving five-year relative TSR
(3)
performance conditions as set out below.
•   The relevant comparator group(s) and the weighting between relevant comparator group(s) will be determined by the Committee in relation to each LTIP grant.
Level of performance required for vesting
•   Vesting of the award is dependent on BHP’s TSR relative to the TSR
of relevant comparator group(s) over a five-year performance period.
•   25% of the award will vest where BHP’s TSR is equal to the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s), as measured over the performance period. Where TSR is below the median, awards will not vest.
•   Vesting occurs on a sliding scale between the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s) up to a nominated level of TSR outperformance
(4)
over the relevant comparator group(s), as determined by the Committee, above which 100% of the award will vest.
•   Where the TSR performance condition is not met, there is no retesting and awards will lapse. The Committee also retains discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award where it considers the vesting outcome is not appropriate given Group or individual performance. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended outcomes.
Maximum award
Face value of 200% of base salary.
(6)
152

Remuneration component
and link to strategy           
Operation and performance framework
Maximum
(1)
Relative TSR has been chosen as an appropriate measure as it allows for an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders.
Further performance measures
•   The Committee may add further performance conditions, in which case the vesting of a portion of any LTIP award may instead be linked to performance against the new condition(s). However, the Committee expects that in the event of introducing an additional performance condition(s), the weighting on relative TSR would remain the majority weighting.
Delivery of award
•   LTIP awards are provided under the LTIP approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs. When considering the value of the award to be provided, the Committee primarily considers the face value of the award, and also considers its fair value which includes consideration of the performance conditions.
(5)
•   LTIP awards consist of rights to receive ordinary BHP shares in the future if the performance and service conditions are met.
Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards. The Committee has a discretion to settle LTIP awards in cash.
 
Underpin, malus and clawback
•   IfVesting of five-year performance rights under the specified performance conditions are satisfied in part or in full, to ensure any vesting of LTIP awards is underpinned by satisfactory performance through the performance period, the vesting will be subject to an underpin. This will encompass a holistic review of performance at the end of the five-year performance period, including a five-year view onreview of HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct.conduct over the five-year period.
Cessation of employment
On cessation of employment, a ‘good leaver’
1
may receive a
pro-rated
cash award based on performance for that year. For a ‘good leaver’, their unvested CDP deferred awards generally remain on foot (wholly or in part) unless the Committee determine otherwise. If the executive is not a ‘good leaver’, all unvested CDP deferred awards will lapse.
On cessation of employment, for a ‘good leaver’
1
their unvested LTIP awards generally remain on foot on termination and are
pro-rated
for the portion of the vesting period served. These awards are eligible for vesting in the ordinary course, subject to any applicable performance conditions. If the executive is not a ‘good leaver’, all unvested LTIP awards will lapse.
Malus and clawback
CDP awards (including cash and deferred share awards) and LTIP awards are subject to the Group’s malus and clawback as described in ‘Malus and clawback’ in this section 2.2.2.policy (see below).
 
(1)
UK regulations require‘Good leaver’ treatment may apply where the disclosurereason for the cessation of employment with BHP is due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the maximumGroup, or such other circumstances that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase that is annualised it shoulddo not be interpreted that it is BHP’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year,constitute resignation or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.termination for cause.
(2)
Pension contributions maximum column wording has been updated to reflect the leadership transition of Executive Director and CEO on 1 January 2020 and the current application of policy with respect to pension contribution rate for Mike Henry. The FY2019 remuneration report policy table wording reflected the application of Andrew Mackenzie’s contribution rate: ‘For the existing CEO, the current pension contribution rate of 25 per cent of base salary will reduce as follows: 25 per cent of base salary to 30 June 2020; 20 per cent of base salary from 1 July 2020; 15 per cent of base salary from 1 July 2021; 10 per cent of base salary from 1 July 2022 onwards. For a new appointment, the pension contribution rate will be 10 per cent of base salary immediately.’
(3)
BHP’s TSR is a weighted average of the TSRs of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc.
(4)
Maximum vesting is determined with reference to a position against each comparator group.
(5)
Fair value is calculated by the Committee’s independent adviser and is different to fair value used for IFRS disclosures (which do not take into account forfeiture conditions on the awards). It reflects outcomes weighted by probability, taking into account the difficulty of achieving the performance conditions and the correlation between these and share price appreciation, together with other factors, including volatility and forfeiture risks. The current fair value is 41 per cent of the face value of an award, which may change should the Committee vary elements (such as adding a performance measure or altering the level of relative TSR outperformance).
(6)
In order to ensure there was a fair transitional outcome for participants, the LTIP grant made in late CY2019 was based on 400 per cent face value basis in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders in 2017, with potential vesting five years later in
mid-CY2024.
The first five-year deferred shares that result from performance under the CDP for FY2020 were granted in late CY2020 and will first vest five years later in
mid-CY2025.
The LTIP grant in late CY2020 was made on the reduced 200 per cent face value basis, with potential vesting five years later in
mid-CY2025.
The Remuneration Committee’s discretion in respect of each remuneration component applies up to the maximum shown in the table above. Any remuneration elements awarded or granted under the previous remuneration policies approved by shareholders in 2014 and 2017, but which have not yet vested or been awarded or paid, shall continue to be capable of vesting, awarded or payment made on their existing terms.
153

Malus and clawback
TheAs has been set out in prior Remuneration Reports, for many years we have had malus and clawback provisions in place. During FY2022, we enhanced our malus and clawback policy covering awards made from 2021 under the CDP STIP and LTIP rule provisions allowLTIP. This enhanced policy further clarified the circumstances in which the Committee is able to reduce or clawback awards, in the following circumstances:which include:
 
an error in the Group’s Financial Statements that requires a material downward restatement
performance of a participant, acting fraudulently or dishonestlyof the business or beingof the Group does not justify vesting or where the participant’s conduct or performance has been in material breach of their obligationsemployment contract, any laws, rules, codes of conduct or policies applicable to them or the standards reasonably expected of a person in their position
misstatement or misrepresentation of the performance of the company
where any team, business area, member of the Group or profit centre in which the participant works or worked has been found guilty in connection with any regulatory investigation or has been in breach of any laws, rules, codes of conduct or policies applicable to it or the standards reasonably expected of it
155

an event that has had, or may have a material adverse effect on the value or reputation of any member of the Group
 
where BHP becomes awarethe Committee determines there has been material damage to the Group’s social licence to operate
a catastrophic health, safety, environment or community event or events occurring in any part of a material misstatement or omission in the Financial Statements of a Group company or the Group
 
any circumstances occur that the Committee determines in good faithan act, omission or event occurs which constitutes a material failure of risk management or of other operational systems and controls
a participant is found to have resulted in an unfair benefitcontributed to the participantcircumstances that give rise to a material loss for any Group Company
These malus and clawback provisions apply whether or not awards are made in the form of cash or equity, whether or not the equity has vested, and whether or not employment is ongoing.
Potential remuneration outcomesService contracts
The Remuneration Committee recognises market forces necessarily influence remuneration practices and it strongly believes the fundamental driverterms of remuneration outcomes should be business performance. It also believes overall remuneration should be fair to the individual, such that remuneration levels accurately reflect the CEO’s responsibilities and contributions, and align with the expectations of our shareholders, while considering the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP workforce.
The amount of remuneration actually received each year depends on the achievement of superior business and individual performance generating sustained shareholder value. Before deciding on the final incentive outcomes for the CEO the Committee first considers the achievement against the
pre-determined
performance conditions.and Executive KMP are formalised in their employment contracts. The Committee then applies its overarching discretion on the basis of what it considers to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level to decide if the outcome should be reduced. When the CEO was appointed in January 2020 the Board advised him the Committee would exercise its discretion on the basis of what it considered to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level to decide if the outcome should be reduced.
In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO that is sufficient to incentivise him and is also fair to him and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions.
The diagram below provides the scenario for the potential total remunerationcurrent contracts of the CEO at different levels of performance.
Minimum
: consists ofand Executive KMP are not fixed remuneration, which comprises base salary (US$1.700 million), pension contributions (10 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (notional 10 per cent of base salary).
Target
: consists of fixed remuneration, target CDP (a cash award of 80 per cent ofterm. BHP may choose to terminate a contract on up to 12 months’ notice. BHP can require an executive to work through the notice period or may terminate the individual’s contract immediately by paying base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vestingpension contributions in two and five years respectively) and target LTIP. The LTIP target value is based on the fair valuelieu of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value of 200 per cent of base salary.notice period. The potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards.
MaximumCEO and Executive KMP must provide up to 12 months’ notice for voluntary resignation.
: consists of fixed remuneration, maximum CDP (a cash award of 120 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively), and maximum LTIP (face value of 200 per cent of base salary). The potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards. All other things being equal, if the share price at vesting of LTIP awards was 50 per cent higher than the share price at grant, then the total maximum value would be US$13.260 million.
The maximum opportunity represented above is the most that could potentially be paid of each remuneration component, as required by UK regulations. It does not reflect any intention by the Group to award that amount. The Remuneration Committee reviews relevant benchmarking data and industry practices, and believes the maximum remuneration opportunity is appropriate.
154

Approach to recruitment and promotion remuneration
The remuneration policy as set out in ‘Components of remuneration’ in this section 2.2.2 will apply to the remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or for another Executive Director should one be appointed. A market-competitive level of base salary will be provided. The pension contributions, benefits and variable pay will be in accordance with the remuneration policy table in ‘Components of remuneration’ in this section 2.2.2.
For external appointments,candidates that are appointed Executive KMP, the Remuneration Committee may determine that it is appropriate to provide additional cash and/or equity components to replace any remuneration forfeited or not received from a former employer. It is anticipated any foregone equity awards would be replaced by equity. The value of the replacement remuneration would not be any greater than the fair value of the awards foregone or not received (as determined by the Committee’s independent adviser). The Committee would determine appropriate service conditions and performance conditions within BHP’s remuneration framework, taking into account the conditions attached to the foregone awards. The Committee is mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary. For any internal CEO (or another Executive Director)KMP appointment, any entitlements provided under former arrangements will be honoured and remain on foot according to their existing terms.
Service contracts and policy on loss of office2.3    Potential remuneration outcomes
The termsCommittee recognises market forces influence remuneration practices and it strongly believes the fundamental driver of employment for the CEO are formalised in his employment contract. Key terms of the current contract and relevant payments on loss of office are shown below. If a new CEO or another Executive Director was appointed, similar contractual terms would apply, other than where the Remuneration Committee determinesremuneration outcomes should be performance. It also believes that different termsoverall remuneration should apply for reasons specificbe fair to the individual, or circumstances.
The CEO’s current contract has no fixed term. It can be terminated by BHP on 12 months’ notice. BHP can terminate the contract immediately by paying base salary plus pension contributions for the notice period. The CEO must give 12 months’ notice for voluntary resignation
(1)
. The table below sets out the basis on which payments on loss of office may be made.
Leaving reason
(2)(3)
Voluntary
resignation
Termination for
cause
Death, serious
injury, illness,
disability or total
and permanent
disablement
Cessation of
employment as agreed
with the Board
(4)
Base salary
•  Paid as a lump sum for the notice period or progressively over the notice period.
•  No payment will be made.
•  Paid for a period of up to six months, after which time employment may cease.
•  Paid as a lump sum for the notice period or progressively over the notice period.
Pension contributions
•  Paid as a lump sum for the notice period or progressively over the notice period.
•  No contributions will be provided.
•  Paid for a period of up to six months, after which time employment may cease.
•  Paid as a lump sum for the notice period or progressively over the notice period.
Benefits
•  May continue to be provided during the notice period.
•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.
•  May pay repatriation expenses to the home location where a relocation was at the request of BHP.
•  Any unvested Shareplus matched shares held will lapse.
•  No benefits will be provided.
•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.
•  May pay repatriation expenses to the home location where a relocation was at the request of BHP.
•  Any unvested Shareplus matched shares held will lapse.
•  May continue to be provided for a period of up to six months, after which time employment may cease.
•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.
•  May pay repatriation expenses to the home location where a relocation was at the request of BHP.
•  Any unvested Shareplus matched shares held will vest in full.
•  May continue to be provided for year in which employment ceases.
•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.
•  May pay repatriation expenses to the home location where a relocation was at the request of BHP.
•  Any unvested Shareplus matched shares held will vest in full.
155

Leaving reason
(2)(3)
Voluntary
resignation
Termination for
cause
Death, serious
injury, illness,
disability or total
and permanent
disablement
Cessation of
employment as agreed
with the Board
(4)
CDP/STIP – cash and deferred shares
Where the CEO leaves either during or after the end of the financial year, but before an award is provided.
•  No cash award will be paid.
•  Unvested CDP/STIP deferred shares will lapse.
•  Vested but unexercised CDP/STIP deferred shares will remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period unless the Committee determines they will lapse.
•  Vested but unexercised CDP/STIP awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
•  No cash award will be paid.
•  Unvested CDP/STIP deferred shares will lapse.
•  Vested but unexercised CDP/STIP deferred shares will remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period unless the Committee determines they will lapse.
•  Vested but unexercised CDP/STIP awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
•  The Committee has discretion to pay and/or award an amount in respect ofand remuneration levels should accurately reflect the CEO’s performance for that year.
•  Unvested CDP/STIP deferred shares will vest in full and, where applicable become exercisable.
•  Vested but unexercised CDP/STIP deferred shares will remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period.
•  Unvested and vested but unexercised CDP/STIP awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
•  The Committee has discretion to pay and/or award an amount in respect of the CEO’s performance for that year.
•  Unvested
two-year
CDP/STIP deferred shares and a pro rata portion (based on the proportion of the vesting period served) of unvested five-year CDP deferred shares continue to be held on the existing terms for the deferral period before vesting (subject to Committee discretion to lapse some or all of the award).
•  Vested but unexercised CDP/STIP deferred shares remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period, or a reduced period, or may lapse, as determined by the Committee.
•  Unvested and vested but unexercised CDP/STIP awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
156

Leaving reason
(2)(3)
Voluntary
resignation
Termination for
cause
Death, serious
injury, illness,
disability or total
and permanent
disablement
Cessation of
employment as agreed
with the Board
(4)
LTIP –
unvested and
vested but
unexercised
awards
•  Unvested awards will lapse.
•  Vested but unexercised awards will remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period, or for a reduced period, or may lapse, as determined by the Committee.
•  Vested but unexercised awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
•  Unvested awards will lapse.
•  Vested but unexercised awards will remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period, or for a reduced period, or may lapse, as determined by the Committee.
•  Vested but unexercised awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
•  Unvested awards will vest in full.
•  Vested but unexercised awards will remain exercisable for remaining exercise period.
•  Unvested and vested but unexercised awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
•  A pro rata portion of unvested awards (based on the proportion of the performance period served) will continue to be held subject to the LTIP rules and terms of grant. The balance will lapse.
•  Vested but unexercised awards will remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period, or for a reduced period, or may lapse, as determined by the Committee.
•  Unvested and vested but unexercised awards remain subject to malus and clawback.
(1)
Notice period for voluntary resignation updated to reflect the terms of the new Executive Director and CEO employment contract effective on 1 January 2020.
(2)
If the Committee deems it necessary, BHP may enter into agreements with a CEO, which may include the settlement of liabilities in return for payment(s), including reimbursement of legal fees subject to appropriate conditions; or to enter into new arrangements with the departing CEO (for example, entering into consultancy arrangements).
(3)
In the event of a change in control event (for example, takeover, compromise or arrangement, winding up of the Group) as defined in the CDP, STIP and LTIP rules:
base salary, pension contributions and benefits will be paid until the date of the change of control event
in relation to the CDP and STIP: the Committee may determine that a cash payment be made in respect of performance during the current financial year and all unvested
two-year
deferred shares would vest in full and, in relation to the CDP, all unvested five-year deferred shares would vest pro rata (based on the proportion of the vesting period served up to the date of the change of control event)
the Committee may determine unvested LTIP awards will either (i) be prorated (based on the proportion of the performance period served up to the date of the change of control event) and vest to the extent the Committee determines appropriate (with reference to performance against the performance condition up to the date of the change of control event and expectations regarding future performance) or (ii) be lapsed if the Committee determines the holders will participate in an acceptable alternative employee equity plan as a term of the change of control event
(4) 
Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the Group, or such other circumstances that do not constitute resignation or termination for cause.
Remuneration policy for
Non-executive
Directors
Our
Non-executive
Directors are paid in line with the UK Corporate Governance Code (2018 edition) and the Australian Securities Exchange Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations (3
rd
Edition).
157

Components of remuneration
The following table shows the components of total remuneration, the link to strategy, the applicable operation and performance frameworks, and the maximum opportunity for each component
Remuneration component
and link to strategy
Operation and performance framework
Maximum
(1)
Fees
Competitive base fees are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.
Committee fees are provided to recognise the additional responsibilities, time and commitment required.
•  The Chair is paid a single fee for all responsibilities.
•  Non-executive
Directors are paid a base fee and relevant committee membership fees.
•  Committee Chairs and the Senior Independent Director are paid an additional fee to reflect their extra responsibilities.
•  All fee levels are reviewed annually and any changes are effective from 1 July.
•  Fees are set at a competitive level based on benchmarks and advice provided by external advisers. Fee levels reflect the size and complexity of the Group, the multi-jurisdictional environment arising from the DLC structure, the multiple stock exchange listings and the geographies in which the Group operates. The economic environment and the financial performance of the Group are taken into account. Consideration is also given to salary reviews across the rest of the Group.
•  Where the payment of pension contributions is required by law, these contributions are deducted from the Director’s overall fee entitlements.
8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per fee basis.
Benefits
Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals and adequately remunerate them for the role undertaken, including the considerable travel burden.
•  Travel allowances are paid on a
per-trip
basis reflecting the considerable travel burden imposed on members of the Board as a consequence of the global nature of the organisation and apply when a Director needs to travel internationally to attend a Board meeting or site visits at our multiple geographic locations.
•  As a consequence of the DLC structure,
Non-executive
Directors are required to prepare personal tax returns in Australia and the UK, regardless of whether they reside in one or neither of those countries. They are accordingly reimbursed for the costs of personal tax return preparation in whichever of the UK and/or Australia is not their place of residence (including payment of the tax cost associated with the provision of the benefit).
8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a
per-trip
basis.
Up to a limit not exceeding 20% of fees.
Variable pay (CDP and LTIP)
•  Non-executive
Directors are not eligible to participate in any CDP or LTIP award arrangements.
Payments on early termination
•  There are no provisions in any of the
Non-executive
Directors’ appointment arrangements for compensation payable on early termination of their directorship.
(1) 
UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase that is annualised, it should not be interpreted that it is BHP’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.
Approach to recruitment remuneration
The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited
Non-executive
Director will reflect the remuneration policy in place for other
Non-executive
Directors, comprising fees and benefits as set out in the table above. No variable remuneration (CDP and LTIP award arrangements) will be provided to newly recruited
Non-executive
Directors.
Letters of appointment and policy on loss of office
The standard letter of appointment for
Non-executive
Directors is available on our website. The Board has adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all
Non-executive
Directors must seek
re-election
by shareholders annually if they wish to remain on the Board. As such, no
Non-executive
Directors seeking
re-election
have an unexpired term in their letter of appointment. A
Non-executive
Director may resign on reasonable notice. No payments are made to
Non-executive
Directors on loss of office.
158

How remuneration policy is set
The Remuneration Committee sets the remuneration policy for the CEO and other Executive KMP. The Committee is briefed onKMP’s responsibilities and considers prevailing market conditions,contributions, while aligning with the competitive environmentexpectations of our shareholders and considering the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP workforce. The Committee takes into account the annual base salary increases for our employee population when determining any change in the CEO’s base salary. Salary increases in Australia, where the CEO is located, are particularly relevant as they reflect the local economic conditions.
The principles that underpin the remuneration policy for the CEO are the same as those that apply to other employees, although the CEO’s arrangements have a greater emphasis on and a higher proportionamount of remuneration inactually received each year depends on the formachievement of performance-related variable pay. Similarly,business and individual performance that generate sustained shareholder value. Before deciding on the performance measures used to determine variable payfinal incentive outcomes for the CEO and all other employees are linked to the delivery of our strategy and behaviours that are aligned to the values in
Our Charter.
Although BHP does not consult directly with employees on CEO and other Executive KMP remuneration, the Group conducts regular employee engagement surveys that give employees an opportunity to provide feedback on a wide range of employee matters. Further, many employees are ordinary shareholders through our
all-employee
share purchase plan, Shareplus, and therefore have the opportunity to vote on AGM resolutions. In addition, in line with changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Remuneration Committee is considering additional means of engaging with the workforce to explain how executive remuneration aligns with wider Group pay policy.
As part of the Board’s commitment to good governance, the Committee also considers shareholder views, together with those of the wider community, when setting the remuneration policy for the CEO and other Executive KMP, the Committee first considers the achievement of
pre-determined
performance conditions. The Committee then applies its overarching discretion to determine what it considers to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level in order to decide if the outcome should be reduced. In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO and other Executive KMP that is sufficient to incentivise and is also fair and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions.
The diagram below provides the scenarios for the potential total remuneration of the CEO and other Executive KMP at different levels of performance.
Minimum
: consists of fixed remuneration, which comprises base salary, pension contributions (10 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (notional 10 per cent of base salary), details of which are set out in 5.1 KMP remuneration table.
Target
: consists of fixed remuneration, target CDP (a cash award of 80 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years, respectively) and target LTIP. The LTIP target value in the chart above is based on the fair value of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value of 200 per cent of base salary for the CEO and 175 per cent for other Executive KMP. We are committedThe potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards.
156

Maximum
: consists of fixed remuneration, maximum CDP (a cash award of 120 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to engagingthe cash award, vesting in two and communicating with shareholders regularlyfive years respectively), and as our shareholders are spread acrossmaximum LTIP (in the globe, we are proactive with our engagementchart above based on the face value of 200 per cent of base salary for the CEO and 175 per cent for other Executive KMP). The potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards.
The maximum opportunity represented above is the most that could potentially be paid for each remuneration and governance matters with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. Feedback from shareholders and investors is shared with and used as input into decision-makingcomponent. It does not reflect any intention by the BoardGroup to award that amount. In determining the maximum remuneration opportunity, the Committee reviews relevant benchmarking data and Remuneration Committee in respect of ourindustry practices and believes the maximum remuneration policy and its application. The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of matters raised, have a good understanding of current shareholder views and can formulate policy and make decisions asopportunity is appropriate. We encourage shareholders to always make their views known to us by directly contacting our Investor Relations team (contact details available at bhp.com).
3    Remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP
2.2.3    Annual report on remuneration
This section of
3.1    FY2022 remuneration received by the Report shows the impactCEO
The table below is a voluntary
non-statutory
disclosure of the remuneration policy in FY2021received by the CEO during FY2022 and howFY2021. This table is unaudited and differs from the audited remuneration outcomes are linked to actual performance.
Remuneration for the Executive Directors (the CEOs)
Single total figure of remuneration
This section shows a single total figure of remuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration received, rather than a figure calculated in accordance with IFRS (which is detailedthe Australian Accounting Standards (refer to 5.1 KMP remuneration table and in Financial Statements note 24 ‘Employee25 Employee share ownership plan’plans).
The difference between the disclosure in section 3.1)the table below and remuneration calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards relates to the CDP and LTIP. The remuneration calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards require the fair value of the CDP and LTIP to be calculated at the time of grant and to be amortised over the relevant vesting periods regardless of the performance outcome. This may not reflect what the executive receives. In the table below, the CDP and LTIP values relate to the performance outcomes and actual amount received each year under the CDP (i.e. against the CDP scorecard) and the LTIP (i.e. the LTIP vesting outcome). The
This table is designed to provide greater transparency for shareholders on the remuneration for the CEO during FY2022 and FY2021 as it has a stronger link to performance, with the CDP and LTIP included below representing those amounts that have been received as a consequence of satisfying performance conditions in the relevant financial year.
Details of the components of remuneration are detailedcontained in 2.2 Remuneration framework operation and the values in the remuneration policy table are explained further in section 2.2.2.the notes below.
 
US$(’000)
    
Base salary
   
Benefits
 (1)
   
Pension
 (2)
   
Total

fixed
   
CDP
 (3)
   
LTIP
 (4)
   
Total
variable
   
Single
total
figure
       
Base salary
   
Benefits
1
   
Pension
2
   
CDP
3
   
LTIP
4
   
Total
 
Mike Henry
  
 
FY2021
 
 
 
1,700
 
  
 
20
 
  
 
170
 
  
 
1,890
 
  
 
4,692
 
  
 
7,939
 
  
 
12,631
 
  
 
14,521
 
  
 
FY2022
 
  
 
1,700
 
  
 
168
 
  
 
170
 
  
 
3,917
 
  
 
8,712
 
  
 
14,667
 
   FY2020 (5)  850    6    85    941    1,959    3,169    5,128    6,069    FY2021    1,700    120    170    4,692    7,939    14,621 
Andrew Mackenzie
   FY2020 (5)  850    55    213    1,118    1,306        1,306    2,424 
 
(1)1 
Benefits are
Includesnon-pensionable
and include net movements in leave balances, private family health insurance, spouse business-related travel, car parking, fringe benefits tax and personal tax return preparation in required countries.
 
(2)2 
Mike Henry’s FY2021FY2022 and FY2020FY2021 pension contributions were made in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders in 2019 (i.e.provided based on 10 per cent of base salary which applied for a new Executive Director appointment). Pension contributions for Andrew Mackenzie in FY2020 (until the date he ceased as CEO and Executive Director) were also made in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders in 2019 (i.e. based on 25 per cent of base salary). Pension contributions for both were made into an international retirement plan.salary.
 
(3)3 
FY2021The values shown are the full CDP value (cash and deferred equity) earned as a consequence of performance during FY2022 and FY2021. The FY2022 CDP award iswill be provided
one-third
in cash in September 2022 and
two-thirds
in deferred equity, with
one-third
due to vest in FY2025 and
one-third
due to vest in FY2027 (on the terms of the CDP) as shown . The FY2021 CDP award was provided
one-third
in cash in September 2021 and
two-thirds
in deferred equity, with
one-third
due to vest in FY2024 and
one-third
due to vest in FY2026 (on the table below. No discretion was applied to STIP awards when determining vestingterms of awards in FY2021 or FY2020.the CDP).
 
(4)4 
Mike Henry’s LTIP award valuevalues for FY2022 and FY2021 is(refer below) are based on the full awardawards he received in 2017 and 2016 respectively when he was President Operations, Minerals Australia (prior to becoming and with no proration applied for time as CEOCEO), and Executive Director). The value is based on 100 per cent of the awards vesting. For FY2022 the LTIP award vesting, including a DEP amount of US$1.291 million paid in shares. The value delivered throughis calculated on the average share price appreciation betweenfor the datemonth of grant andJuly 2022 (which will be updated for the actual share price on the vesting date as prescribed under UK requirements was US$3.800 million. Mike Henry’sin the 2023 Remuneration Report); whereas the LTIP award value for FY2020 is basedFY2021 was calculated on the full award he received in 2015 when he was President Coal (prior to becoming, and with no proration applied for time as, CEO and Executive Director). The value is based on 48 per cent of the award vesting, including a DEP amount of US$0.548 million paid in shares. The value delivered throughactual share price appreciation between the date of grant andon the vesting date was US$0.774 million.date.
(5)
For Mike Henry, the single total figure of remuneration is calculated on the basis of his appointment on 1 January 2020. There have been no changes to his base salary, benefit entitlements or pension contributions since that date. For Andrew Mackenzie, the single total figure of remuneration is calculated on the basis of his period as CEO and Executive Director up until 31 December 2019. There were no changes to his base salary, benefit entitlements or pension contributions prior to the date of his cessation as CEO and Executive Director.
159

A consequence of the transition to the revised remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs whichframework took effect from 1 July 2019 is thatand significantly reduced the FY2021 single total figureLTIP grant size for the CEO from 400 per cent of base salary (on a face value basis) to 200 per cent and a rebalancing to a CDP award with a long-term focus. As a result, the remuneration for Mike Henry requires disclosure ofreported above reflects the transition to this structure and includes the full amountamounts of the CDP award earned during FY2022 and FY2021 (i.e. irrespective that some elements of the CDP award are deferred and five-year deferred shares were not a feature of the former STIP)deferred) together with the full amountamounts of the
pre-existing
LTIP awardawards vesting at the end of FY2022 and FY2021 which waswere granted in 2017 and 2016, respectively (i.e. when the LTIP award size was double the current grant size).
Had the current approved remuneration policyframework been in place when Mike’s 2017 and 2016 LTIP grant was made,awards were granted and a reduced size awarded, the reported LTIP value for FY2021values would have been US$4.356 million for FY2022 and US$3.970 million for FY2021 (instead of US$8.712 million and US$7.939 million in the table above). The reported total remuneration would have therefore been US$10.311 million for FY2022 and the reported single total figure of remunerationUS$10.652 million for FY2021 would have been US$10.552 million (instead of US$14.52114.667 million and US$14.621 million in the table above).
Changes from prior year outcomes of CDP/STIP and LTIP are set out below.
 
CDP
LTIP
Mike Henry
FY2021
CDP awarded for FY2021 performance.
One-third
was provided in cash in September 2021,
one-third
deferred in an equity award that is due to vest in FY2024, and
one-third
deferred in an equity award that is due to vest in FY2027.
Based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2021, 100% of Mike’s 192,360 awards from the 2016 LTIP (granted to him when he was President Operations, Minerals Australia before he was appointed CEO and Executive Director) have vested. The value of the vested awards is inclusive of a DEP, which is paid in shares.
FY2020CDP awarded for FY2020 performance.
One-third
was provided in cash in September 2020,
one-third
deferred in an equity award that is due to vest in FY2023, and
one-third
deferred in an equity award that is due to vest in FY2026.
Based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2020, 48% of Mike’s 192,360 awards from the 2015 LTIP (granted to him when he was President Coal before he was appointed CEO and Executive Director) vested, and the remaining awards lapsed. The value of the vested awards is inclusive of a DEP, which is paid in shares.
Andrew MackenzieFY2020Prorated CDP awarded for FY2020 performance.
Two-thirds
of the award was paid in cash in September 2020 covering the cash and
two-year
deferred equity portion. Nothing has been or will be granted or paid in respect of the remaining
one-third
of the award i.e. the five-year deferred equity portion.
Details of Andrew’s vested 2015 LTIP award (which vested after Andrew retired from BHP) are set out in section 3.3.24 of the 2020 Annual Report.
157

CEO pay ratio
The FY2022 CEO pay ratio, calculated using the reported total fixed and variable remuneration above for the CEO, and compared to the median remuneration for all of our employees worldwide was 123:1 (FY2021 – 130:1). The remuneration calculation for all employees is based on actual earnings for the 12 months to 31 March 2022, including annual incentive payments for employees calculated using the Group performance outcome, and vested equity received if applicable. Pension contributions are calculated as the total cost of contributions made by the Group over the
12-month
period. Employees on international assignments have been excluded from the analysis as their remuneration structures are generally not consistent with the remuneration received by the CEO as noted in the table above.
The FY2022 ratio of 123:1 at the median compared to the FY2021 ratio of 130:1 reflects the proportion of the CEO’s pay being more heavily weighted to variable pay, including share-based long-term incentives, than for other employees. The change from FY2021 to FY2022 is driven by a lower FY2022 CDP outcome of 96 per cent (FY2021: 115 per cent) for the CEO, a higher value of the CEO’s vested LTIP award in FY2022 compared to FY2021 and an increase in the median remuneration for all of our employees worldwide.
The Group believes the median pay ratio reflects the diversity of our global business footprint and employee population. BHP’s remuneration policies and practices are based on a high degree of alignment and consistency, with total remuneration at all levels providing a competitive package that enables the attraction and retention of talent while also providing
at-risk
remuneration based on performance.
3.2    FY2022 CDP performance outcomes
The Board and Remunerationthe Committee assessed the CEO’sExecutive KMP’s CDP outcomeoutcomes in light of the Group’s performance in FY2021, takingFY2022 and took into account the CEO’s performance against the KPIsmeasures in hiseach Executive KMP’s CDP scorecard. Having recorded strong safety, operational and financial performance in FY2021 (after fully eliminatingFor the very positive impacts of commodity prices during the year, particularly for iron ore), when assessing performance against the targets set at the commencement of the yearCEO, the Board and the Committee determined thea CDP outcome for the CEO for FY2021FY2022 at 11596 per cent against the target of 100 per cent (which represents an outcome of 7764 per cent against maximum). The Board and Committee believe this outcome is appropriately aligned with the shareholder experience and the interests of the Group’s other stakeholders.
The CEO’s CDP scorecard outcomesoutcome for FY2021 areFY2022 is summarised in the following tables, including a narrative description of each performance measure and the CEO’s level of achievement, as determined by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the Board. The level of performance for each measure is determined based on a range of threshold (the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward outcome), target (where the performance requirements are met), and maximum (where the performance requirements are significantly exceeded).
160

SummaryRemuneration Committee
The activities of outcomes for the CEOCommittee are governed by its Terms of Reference which is available at bhp.com. The current members of the Committee are: Christine O’Reilly (Chair), Catherine Tanna (member from 4 April 2022) and Dion Weisler. The following present and former
Non-executive
Directors served as members of the Committee during the year: Gary Goldberg (member to 17 June 2022), Anita Frew (member to 11 November 2021) and Susan Kilsby (member to 11 November 2021). The role and focus of the Committee and details of meeting attendances can be found in 2.2 Directors’ Report.
Key decisions and activities of the Committee during FY2022 included:
 
considering and approving remuneration for members of the ELT
HSECsetting targets for and reviewing outcomes against performance measures and conditions of relevant incentive plans, including the Committee considering its discretion over FY2022 plan outcomes
reviewing the fee for the BHP Chair, which remains unchanged
considering remuneration and remuneration reporting implications of unification and the merger of the Petroleum business and Woodside
reviewing and adopting changes and improvements flowing from regulatory requirements and guidance, which in turn helps us improve our processes and approaches
engaging with shareholders and other key stakeholders
undertaking reviews of remuneration by gender and the annual Shareplus enrolment
Engagement of independent remuneration advisers
The HSEC targetsCommittee seeks and considers advice from independent remuneration advisers where appropriate. Remuneration consultants are engaged by and report directly to the Committee. Potential conflicts of interest are taken into account when remuneration consultants are selected and their terms of engagement regulate their level of access to, and require their independence from, BHP’s management.
PwC has been appointed to act as an independent remuneration adviser and is currently the only remuneration adviser appointed by the Committee. In that capacity, they may provide remuneration recommendations in relation to KMP, however, they did not provide any remuneration recommendations in FY2022.
KMP for FY2022
This Remuneration Report describes the remuneration policies, practices, outcomes and governance for the KMP of BHP. At BHP, KMP consists of our Board (including the CEO), as well as certain members of our ELT who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group directly or indirectly. After due consideration, the Committee determined the KMP for FY2022 comprised all
Non-executive
Directors and the following Executive KMP: the CEO, are alignedthe Chief Financial Officer, the President Minerals Australia, the President Minerals Americas and the Senior Executive Officer (i.e. President Petroleum until 31 May 2022).
The following individuals have held their positions and were KMP for the whole of FY2022, unless stated otherwise:
Mike Henry, CEO and Executive Director
Edgar Basto, President Minerals Australia
David Lamont, Chief Financial Officer
Geraldine Slattery, President Petroleum from 1 July 2021 to 31 May 2022 and Senior Executive Officer from 1 June to 30 June 2022
Ragnar Udd, President Minerals Americas
Non-executive
Directors – for details
of
Non-executive
Directors, including dates of appointment or cessation (where relevant), refer to 2.2 Directors’ Report.
153

2    Remuneration framework
BHP has an overarching remuneration framework that guides the Group’s suite of HSEC five-year public targets asCommittee’s decisions and is designed to support our strategy and reinforce our culture and values.
2.1    How the remuneration framework is set out in section 1.13. As it has done for several years, the Remuneration Committee seeks guidance each year from the Sustainability Committee when assessing HSEC performance against scorecard targets. The Remuneration Committee has taken a holistic view of Group performance in critical areas, including any matters outside the scorecard targets that the Sustainability Committee considers relevant.
The performance commentary belowCommittee sets the remuneration framework for the Executive KMP, including the CEO. The Committee is provided againstbriefed on and considers prevailing market conditions, the HSEC scorecard targets, which were updated in FY2021 as a consequencecompetitive environment and the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP workforce. The Committee takes into account the annual base salary increases for our commitment to clarify and strengthen the links between climate change and executive remuneration. This resulted in a weighting for climate change of 10 per cent under the CDP, which compares to around 4 per cent allocated to climateemployee population when determining any change in the Executive KMP’s base salary. The salary increases in locations where our Executive KMP are based are particularly relevant when reviewing their remuneration to ensure that their remuneration also reflects the local economic conditions.
The principles that underpin the remuneration framework for Executives are the same as those that apply to other employees, however Executive KMP arrangements have a greater emphasis on and a higher proportion of remuneration that is at risk as performance-related variable pay. The performance measures used to determine variable pay outcomes for the Executive KMP and all other employees are linked to the delivery of our strategy and behaviours that are aligned to
Our Charter
values
.
As part of the Board’s commitment to good governance, the Committee considers shareholder views and those of the wider community when setting the remuneration framework for the Executive KMP. We are committed to engaging and communicating with shareholders regularly and, as our shareholders are spread across the globe, we are proactive with our engagement on remuneration and governance matters with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. Feedback from shareholders and investors is used as input into decision-making by the Board and the Committee in relation to our remuneration framework and its application. The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of matters raised, have a deep understanding of current shareholder views and can formulate frameworks and make decisions as appropriate. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us by directly contacting our Investor Relations team (contact details available at bhp.com).
2.2    Remuneration framework operation
Our approved remuneration policy was adopted by shareholders in 2019 for a three-year period in accordance with UK requirements and following the unification of our corporate structure in early 2022 BHP is no longer required to have our policy approved by shareholders every three years. However, the following table shows the current components of our remuneration framework, which is consistent with the prior STIP. The targets were set on the basis of operated assets only.approved remuneration policy.
 
HSEC measuresFixed remuneration
  
Scorecard targetsCDP
  
Performance against scorecard targetsLTIP
Purpose and link to strategy
  
Measure outcome
Significant eventsMarket competitive fixed remuneration is paid in order to attract, motivate and retain high-quality and experienced executives, and provide appropriate remuneration for these important roles in the Group.  No significant (actual level 4) health, safety (including fatalities)The CDP encourages and focuses executives’ efforts for the relevant financial year on the delivery of the Group’s strategic priorities, balancing financial and
non-financial
performance, to deliver short, medium and long-term success aligned to our purpose and
Our Charter
, environment or community events during the year.and to motivate executives to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.
  
•  There were no fatalities or other significant HSEC events during FY2021 at operated assets.
•  In addition, for a maximum outcomeThe purpose of the LTIP is to be awarded, strong progress was requiredfocus executive’s efforts on the developmentachievement of sustainable long-term value creation and implementationsuccess of BHP’s Fatality Elimination Program in all regions, and this was largely achieved for FY2021.
Close to maximum.the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).
Climate change
Remuneration components and link to performance
  
Steps in place to achieve reported GHG emissions in FY2022 at FY2017 level.Fixed remuneration comprises base salary, pension contributions and benefits.
 
Decarbonisation plans developedCompetitive fixed remuneration is aligned to global complexity, size, reach and industry, and reflects executives’ responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience.
Annual variable pay opportunity linked to execution of business strategy. A balanced scorecard of short, medium and long-term elements including HSEC (25% weighting), financial (50% weighting) and individual performance measures (25% weighting) are chosen on the basis that they are expected to have a significant short, medium and long-term impact on the success of the Group, with appropriate targets for each measure which will appropriately motivate Executive KMP to achieve outperformance that contributes to the long-term sustainability of the Group and shareholder wealth creation.
Annual long-term variable pay opportunity based on grants of five-year performance rights designed to align executives’ reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in line with pathways to net zero and incorporated intoexcess of relevant comparator group(s), through the capital allocation plan process.relative TSR performance condition.
 
Two partnerships formalised with strategic customers in the steel sector.Relative TSR has been chosen as an appropriate measure as it enables an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders.
•  For FY2021, we improved on our operational GHG emissions target of 17.0Mt, with an actual result of 16.2Mt.
•  All operated assets completed the development of decarbonisation plans which were incorporated in the capital allocation process. The new renewable power purchase agreements at Escondida and Spence, both in Chile, remain on track for first power supply in the first half of FY2022. In addition, in FY2021 we also entered into renewable power purchase agreements for Queensland Coal and Kwinana nickel refinery in Australia.
•  During the year, memorandums of understanding were signed with China Baowu (China), JFE Steel Corporation (Japan) and HBIS Limited (China) to partner on emissions intensity reduction in integrated steelmaking. We have significantly progressed developing a Phase 1 research and development agreement with China Baowu (which we anticipate will be signed in FY2022) and significant work is also being undertaken in collaboration with our partners to convert the remaining two memorandums of understanding into executed definitive contracts.
Slightly above target.
Management of priority Tailings Storage Facilities (TSFs)All priority TSFs are assessed based on key risk indicator data, and are either within appetite or continued operation outside appetite is approved with remediation progressing to plan.
•  All priority TSFs are now either within appetite based on key risk indicator data or continued operation outside appetite is approved with remediation progressing to plan.
•  We have continued improving our key risk indicator performance with 84% of all key risk indicators for priority TSFs rated either on target or less risk being taken than target, against a target of 80%.
Slightly above target.
 
161154

The initial outcome against the HSEC KPI for FY2021 was 33 per cent outTable of the target of 25 per cent.Contents
However, having assessed performance against the FY2021 HSEC KPI, the Sustainability Committee also considered sexual assault and sexual harassment and noted:
Good progress has been made in relation to preventing, managing and responding to risks of sexual assault and sexual harassment through significant efforts since 2018, including enhancing controls to prevent incidents, improved reporting processes and in the creation and commencement of a dedicated support service to assist impacted persons.
Management acknowledges there were areas where coordination of work streams and integrated planning in relation to work regarding sexual assault and sexual harassment could have been improved, and this may have allowed certain actions to have been taken sooner, including the introduction of increased alcohol restrictions in camps.
Aligned targets for implementation of controls have been incorporated into the FY2022 CDP HSEC scorecard with support from a dedicated project management office.
In recognition of the opportunity to have enhanced coordination of work streams and integrated planning in relation to sexual assault and sexual harassment, and with the Remuneration Committee being mindful that this is a critical health and safety matter, the Committee, upon the recommendation of the Sustainability Committee, determined a 10 per cent reduction in the overall FY2021 CDP HSEC KPI outcome from 33 per cent to a final outcome of 30 per cent out of the target of 25 per cent.
Financial
ROCE is underlying profit after taxation (excluding after-taxation finance costs and exceptional items) divided by average capital employed. ROCE is the key financial KPI against which CDP outcomes for our senior executives are measured and is, in our view, a relevant measure to assess the financial performance of the Group for this purpose. While ROCE excludes exceptional items, the Remuneration Committee reviews each exceptional item to assess if it should be included in the result for the purposes of deriving the ROCE CDP outcome.
When we are assessing management’s performance, we make adjustments to the ROCE result to allow for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements and other material items to ensure the assessment appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Of these, changes in commodity prices have historically been the most material due to volatility in prices and the impact on Group revenue and ROCE.
162

Financial
measure
CDP
  
Scorecard targetsLTIP
Assessment of performance
  
PerformanceAchievement against each scorecard targetsmeasure is assessed by the Committee and the Board, with guidance provided by other relevant Board Committees in respect of HSEC, financial and other measures, and a CDP award determined.
If performance is below the threshold level for any measure, no CDP award will be provided in respect of that portion of the CDP award opportunity.
In the event the Committee does not consider the outcomes that would otherwise apply to be a true reflection of the performance of the Group or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to not provide all or a part of any CDP award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended award outcomes.
  
Measure
outcome
ROCE
For FY2021, the target for ROCE was 13.5%, with a threshold of 11.6% and a maximum of 15.0%.
The target ROCE is derived from the Group’s approved annual budget. It is the Group’s practice to build a material element of stretch performance into the budget. Achievement of this stretching ROCE target will result in a target CDP outcome. The threshold and maximum are a fair range of ROCE outcomes that represent a lower limit of underperformance below which no CDP award should be made, and an upper limit of outperformance that would represent the maximum CDP award.
Because a material element of stretch performance is built into the budget (and hence the ROCE target derived from the budget), together with physical and regulatory asset constraints, the performance range around target is subject to a greater level of downside risk than there is upside opportunity. Accordingly, the range between threshold and target is greater than that between target and maximum. For maximum, the Committee takes care not to create leveraged incentives that encourage executives to push for short-term performance that goes beyond our risk appetite and current operational capacity. The Committee retains, and has a track record of applying, downward discretion to ensure the CDP outcome is appropriately aligned with the overall performanceVesting of the Group for the year, andLTIP award is fair to management and shareholders.
ROCE of 32.5% was reported by BHP for FY2021. Adjusted for the factors outlined below, ROCE is 14.3%, which is above target. The following adjustments were made to ensure the outcomes appropriately reflect the performance of management for the year:
•   The full elimination of the impacts of very positive movements in commodities prices (particularly iron ore) and exchange rates decreased ROCE by 17.4 percentage points.
•   Having reviewed the FY2021 exceptional items (as described in note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3), the Committee determined they should not be considered for the purposes of determining the FY2021 ROCE CDP outcome, with the exception of the exceptional item in relation to the costs of the
COVID-19
pandemicdependent on BHP’s FY2021 results. The Committee concluded the above-budget portion of additional direct costs of
COVID-19
should flow through to the ROCE outcomes for CDP scorecard purposes. The Committee considered this was appropriate in light of the continuing global impacts of the
COVID-19
pandemic. This adjustment reduced ROCE by 0.3 percentage points. Beyond this, the Committee concluded no further action was required in respect of exceptional items.
•   Adjustments for other material items ordinarily made to ensure the outcomes reflect the performance of management for the year decreased ROCE by 0.5 percentage points. This was mainly due to the elimination of the positive effect on ROCE outcomes of the reduction in the closing balance sheet due to exceptional items.
Between
target and
maximum.
The key drivers of the FY2021 ROCE outcome of 14.3% being above the target for FY2021 of 13.5% set at the commencement of the year were:
•   In Minerals Australia, operational performance was strong, with Western Australia Iron Ore achieving record production, Olympic Dam achieving its highest annual copper production level since our acquisition in 2005 on the back of improved smelter stability and strong underground mine performance, and Queensland Coal achieving record production at Goonyella. However, this was more than offset by higher than budgeted depreciation across most assets and the inclusion of the above-budget portion of additional direct costs of
COVID-19,
resulting in a slight overall below-target ROCE outcome for Minerals Australia.
•   In Minerals Americas, driven mainly by Escondida maintaining average concentrator throughput at record levels by managing
COVID-19
impacts and optimisation of materials fed to the concentrators. This was partially offset by the slower than planned Spence Growth Option concentrator
ramp-up
due to tailings work, permits and water availability, and the inclusion of the above-budget portion of additional direct costs of
COVID-19.
•   In Petroleum, driven mainly by higher than expected gas demand and improved performance in Australia, combined with lower maintenance activity at Australian operations, partially offset by the inclusion of the above-budget portion of additional direct costs of
COVID-19.
The outcome against the ROCE KPI for FY2021 was 60 per cent out of the target of 50 per cent.
163

Individual measures for the CEO
Individual measures for the CEO are determined at the commencement of the financial year. The application of personal measures remains an important element of effective performance management. These measures seek to provide a balance between the financial and
non-financial
performance requirements that maintain our position as a leader in our industry. The CEO’s individual measures for FY2021 included contribution to BHP’s overall performance and the management team, and also the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as specified by the Board, as set out in the table below.
Individual
measures
Individual scorecard targets
Performance against scorecard targets
Measure
outcome
Performance
•   BHP Operating System deployment on track.
•   Enterprise-wide improvement initiatives established and progressed to plan.
•   The deployment of the BHP Operating System is tracking better than target on the schedule and costs of implementation, and the improvement value identified and delivered to date is in excess of target.
•   The accelerated delivery of cost savings targeted by the end of FY2021 has been achieved, and
in-flight
initiatives are progressing to plan.
Between target and maximum.
Social value
•   Social value plans established for each asset.
•   Reframing the social value narrative plan agreed and underway.
•   Restructure of the leadership of Samarco/Fundação Renova oversight.
•   Progress on Samarco claims.
•   All assets have established social value plans, and also delivered the FY2021 actions set out in those plans.
•   ‘Reframing the Narrative’, marketing segmentation strategy, audience testing and creative concepts were presented to the Board throughout FY2021, approved as necessary, and implemented, with strong results received so far.
•   Samarco/Fundação Renova leadership was successfully restructured to have Samarco/Fundação Renova overseen by a dedicated person reporting directly to the regional President Minerals Americas, and a dedicated external affairs team was also established.
•   Good progress on Fundação Renova compensation programs, and we have continued to amplify our communications and stakeholder engagement in Brazil, with positive feedback received.
Target.
People
•   Increase in female participation by three percentage points.
•   Operations Services (OS) increased to 5,000 employees.
•   New Engagement and Perception Survey (EPS) system embedment.
•   ELT members’ development and succession plans.
•   By 30 June 2021 gender diversity had increased 2.7 percentage points to 29.2%, up from 26.5% at 30 June 2020, for a cumulative increase of 11.6 percentage points from 17.6% at 30 June 2016.
•   By 30 June 2021 there were 3,864 OS employees.
•   The new EPS was successfully implemented during FY2021 with high levels of participation and a strong improvement focus.
•   The ELT transitions were completed in FY2021 (i.e. promotions, recruitment and departures), and updated individual development plans were established for all ELT members.
Between threshold and target.
Portfolio
•   Portfolio strategy delivery.
•   Exploration and development performance.
•   Business development process improvement.
•   Strong progress on delivery of key strategy elements as have been publicly announced, including preparing for the investment in Jansen Stage 1, pursuing a merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside, unifying our corporate structure and the Cerrejon divestment. The process for BHP Mitsui Coal and New South Wales Energy Coal is progressing, in line with the
two-year
timeframe set last year.
•   The metals exploration strategy was refreshed, as presented to the Board in June 2021, and is now in execution. Greenfield exploration activity has increased, with wider geographic coverage and greater focus on using technology to increase identification of ore under cover.
•   Business Development and Exploration teams are working effectively together, with the
co-location
of senior personnel, which will improve the interactions of the teams, as well as access to new opportunities. In addition, the Business Development team has significantly increased capability during FY2021.
Target.
Overall, it was considered the performance of the CEO against the individual measures KPI for FY2021 warranted an outcome at the target of 25 per cent.
164

LTIP performance outcomes
LTIP vesting based on performance to June 2021
The five-year performance period for the 2016 LTIP award ended on 30 June 2021. The CEO’s 2016 LTIP award comprised 192,360 awards (granted as President Operations, Minerals Australia prior to his appointment as CEO). Vesting is subject to achievement of the relative TSR performance conditions and any discretion applied by the Remuneration Committee (see ‘Overarching discretion and vesting underpin’ in this section 2.2.3).
Testing the performance condition
For the award to vest in full, TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR (for 67 per cent of the award) and the Index TSR (for 33 per cent of the award) by an average of 5.5 per cent per year for five years, being 30.7 per cent in total compounded over the performance period from 1 July 2016 to 30 June 2021. TSR includes returns to BHP shareholders in the form of share price movements along with dividends paid and reinvested in BHP (including cash and
in-specie
dividends).
BHP’s TSR performance was positive 266.5 per cent over the five-year period from 1 July 2016 to 30 June 2021. This is above the weighted median Peer Group TSR of positive 213.9 per cent and above the Index TSR of positive 99.8 per cent over the same period. This level of performance results in 100 per cent vesting for the 2016 LTIP award. The value of the CEO’s vested 2016 LTIP award has been reported in ‘Single total figure of remuneration’ in this section 2.2.3.
The graph below shows BHP’s performance relative to comparator groups.
The Committee is conscious the granting of the 2016 LTIP awards and the early part of the five-year performance period coincided with a period of share price reductions, driven in part by the Samarco dam failure having occurred on 5 November 2015.
The number of LTIP awards to be granted in December 2016 was to be determined using the share price and US$/A$ exchange rate over the 12 months up to and including 30 June 2016. Using a
12-month
average share price of A$20.3326 and a
12-month
average US$/A$ exchange rate of 0.728415 (each up to and including 30 June 2016), the number of LTIP awards derived for Mike Henry was 259,982. However, to ensure Mike (and other Executive KMP) did not receive a larger number of awards as a result of the lower BHP share price since the Samarco dam failure in Brazil on 5 November 2015, as the Committee was conscious of shareholder expectations in this respect, the Committee instead granted 192,360 LTIP awards to Mike in December 2016, a reduction of 26 per cent. This was the same number that was granted to Mike in the prior year in December 2015, which in itself had been reduced from the formulaically derived amount to ensure the Samarco dam failure did not inflate the 2015 LTIP award grant size. The Committee has reviewed this approach and concluded it was appropriate.
Having considered the LTIP grant size, the Committee undertook a further exercise to satisfy itself that the TSR performance, which formulaically would result in 100 per cent vesting, had not been inappropriately enhanced by the starting position of the performance period being lower as a consequence of a fall in share price following the Samarco dam failure. This analysis included estimating and removing the impact of the dam failure from the start of the performance period (i.e. removing the impact this would have otherwise had on the TSR outcome due to the lower starting position), reducing the TSR outcome for estimated payments in relation to the Samarco dam failure that may take place beyond the end of the performance period and examining the construct of the comparator group against which TSR performance is measured.
While this analysis uses inputs and assumptions that are theoretical, the Committee concluded the analysis was sufficiently robust to provide confidence that the underlying TSR performance was sufficient to support the formulaic vesting of the 2016 LTIP award at 100 per cent.
The value of the vested 2016 LTIP award is higher than the value of the award at the time it was granted. With the share price having risen appreciably during the five-year period and strong dividends, 36 per cent of the value realised is the value at grant time and 64 per cent of the value realised is due to share price appreciation and dividends. This value increment due to share price appreciation and dividends is consistent with the experience of shareholders over the period.
165

The following chart shows the cumulative outcomes of the decisions above, with the original notional grant size as if it had vested in full, the grant size reduction due to the Samarco dam failure, and the final vested value of US$7.939 million, split between the original grant value and share price appreciation and dividends.
LTIP allocated during FY2021
Following shareholder approval at the 2020 AGMs, LTIP awards (in the form of performance rights) were granted to Mike Henry on 20 October 2020.
The face value and fair value of the awards granted on 20 October 2020 are shown in the table below. The face value of Mike’s award was 200 per cent of his base salary of US$1.700 million at the time of grant.
The fair value of the awards is ordinarily calculated by multiplying the face value of the award by the fair value factor of 41 per cent (for the current plan design, as determined by the independent adviser to the Committee).
The number of LTIP awards for Mike as detailed below was determined based on the US$ face value of the LTIP awards and calculated using the average share price and US$/A$ exchange rate over the 12 months up to and including 30 June 2020.
   
Number of LTIP
awards
  
Face value
US$(‘000)
  
Face value
% of salary
  
Fair value
US$(‘000)
  
Fair value
% of salary
  
% of max
(1)
Mike Henry
  140,239  3,400  200  1,394  82  100
(1) 
The allocation is 100 per cent of the maximum award that was permitted under the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs.
166

Terms of the LTIP award
In addition to those LTIP terms set in the remuneration policy for the CEO approved by shareholders in 2019, the Remuneration Committee has determined:
Performance period
•   1 July 2020 to 30 June 2025
Performance conditions
•   An averaging period of six months will be used in the TSR calculations.
BHP’s TSR relative to the weighted median TSR of sector peer companies selected by the Committee (Peer Group TSR) and the MSCI World Index (Index TSR) will determine the vesting of 67% and 33% of the award, respectively.relevant comparator group(s) over a five-year performance period.
 
•   Each company in25% of the peer groupaward will vest where BHP’s TSR is weighted by market capitalisation. The maximum weighting for any one companyequal to the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s), as measured over the performance period. Where TSR is 25% andbelow the minimum is set at 0.4% to reduce sensitivity to any single peer company.median, awards will not vest.
 
•   For the whole of either portion of the award to vest, BHP’s TSR must be at or exceed the weighted 80th percentile of the Peer Group TSR or the Index TSR (as applicable). Threshold vesting (25% of each portion of the award) occurs where BHP’s TSR equals the weighted 50th percentile (i.e. the median) of the Peer Group TSR or the Index TSR (as applicable). Vesting occurs on a sliding scale between the weighted 50
th
and 80
th
percentiles.median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s) up to a nominated level of TSR outperformance over the relevant comparator group(s), as determined by the Committee, above which 100% of the award will vest.
 
Where the TSR performance condition is not met, there is no retesting and awards will lapse. The Committee also retains discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award where it considers the vesting outcome is not appropriate given Group or individual performance. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended outcomes.
Delivery and vesting
CDP awards are provided as cash and two awards of deferred shares, each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively.
Awards of deferred shares comprise rights to receive ordinary BHP shares in the future at the end of the deferral periods. Before the awards vest (or are exercised), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards. The Committee has a discretion to settle CDP awards in cash.
Vesting of five-year deferred shares under the CDP is underpinned by a holistic review of performance at the end of the five-year vesting period, including a review of HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct over the five-year period.
LTIP awards consist of rights to receive ordinary BHP shares in the future if the performance and service conditions are met.
Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards. The Committee has a discretion to settle LTIP awards in cash.
Vesting of five-year performance rights under the LTIP is underpinned by a holistic review of performance at the end of the five-year performance period, including a review of HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct over the five-year period.
Cessation of employment
On cessation of employment, a ‘good leaver’
1
may receive a
pro-rated
cash award based on performance for that year. For a ‘good leaver’, their unvested CDP deferred awards generally remain on foot (wholly or in part) unless the Committee determine otherwise. If the executive is not a ‘good leaver’, all unvested CDP deferred awards will lapse.
On cessation of employment, for a ‘good leaver’
1
their unvested LTIP awards generally remain on foot on termination and are
pro-rated
for the portion of the vesting period served. These awards are eligible for vesting in the ordinary course, subject to any applicable performance conditions. If the executive is not a ‘good leaver’, all unvested LTIP awards will lapse.
Sector peer group companies
(1)(2)(3)
Malus and clawback
  CDP awards (including cash and deferred share awards) and LTIP awards are subject to the Group’s malus and clawback policy (see below).
•   Resources (85%): Anglo American, Fortescue Metals, Freeport-McMoRan, Glencore, Rio Tinto, Southern Copper, Teck Resources, Vale.
 
•   Oil ‘Good leaver’ treatment may apply where the reason for the cessation of employment with BHP is due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the Group, or such other circumstances that do not constitute resignation or termination for cause.
Malus and clawback
As has been set out in prior Remuneration Reports, for many years we have had malus and clawback provisions in place. During FY2022, we enhanced our malus and clawback policy covering awards made from 2021 under the CDP and LTIP. This enhanced policy further clarified the circumstances in which the Committee is able to reduce or clawback awards, which include:
an error in the Group’s Financial Statements that requires a material downward restatement
performance of a participant, or of the business or of the Group does not justify vesting or where the participant’s conduct or performance has been in breach of their employment contract, any laws, rules, codes of conduct or policies applicable to them or the standards reasonably expected of a person in their position
misstatement or misrepresentation of the performance of the company
where any team, business area, member of the Group or profit centre in which the participant works or worked has been found guilty in connection with any regulatory investigation or has been in breach of any laws, rules, codes of conduct or policies applicable to it or the standards reasonably expected of it
155

an event that has had, or may have a material adverse effect on the value or reputation of any member of the Group
where the Committee determines there has been material damage to the Group’s social licence to operate
a catastrophic health, safety, environment or community event or events occurring in any part of the Group
an act, omission or event occurs which constitutes a material failure of risk management or of other operational systems and controls
a participant is found to have contributed to circumstances that give rise to a material loss for any Group Company
These malus and clawback provisions apply whether or not awards are made in the form of cash or equity, whether or not the equity has vested, and whether or not employment is ongoing.
Service contracts
The terms of employment for the CEO and Executive KMP are formalised in their employment contracts. The current contracts of the CEO and Executive KMP are not fixed term. BHP may choose to terminate a contract on up to 12 months’ notice. BHP can require an executive to work through the notice period or may terminate the individual’s contract immediately by paying base salary plus pension contributions in lieu of the notice period. The CEO and Executive KMP must provide up to 12 months’ notice for voluntary resignation.
Approach to recruitment and promotion
For external candidates that are appointed Executive KMP, the Committee may determine that it is appropriate to provide additional cash and/or equity components to replace any remuneration forfeited or not received from a former employer. It is anticipated any foregone equity awards would be replaced by equity. The value of the replacement remuneration would not be any greater than the fair value of the awards foregone or not received (as determined by the Committee’s independent adviser). The Committee would determine appropriate service conditions and performance conditions within BHP’s remuneration framework, taking into account the conditions attached to the foregone awards. The Committee is mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary. For any internal Executive KMP appointment, any entitlements provided under former arrangements will be honoured and remain on foot according to their existing terms.
2.3    Potential remuneration outcomes
The Committee recognises market forces influence remuneration practices and it strongly believes the fundamental driver of remuneration outcomes should be performance. It also believes that overall remuneration should be fair to the individual, and remuneration levels should accurately reflect the CEO’s and other Executive KMP’s responsibilities and contributions, while aligning with the expectations of our shareholders and considering the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP workforce.
The amount of remuneration actually received each year depends on the achievement of business and individual performance that generate sustained shareholder value. Before deciding on the final incentive outcomes for the CEO and other Executive KMP, the Committee first considers the achievement of
pre-determined
performance conditions. The Committee then applies its overarching discretion to determine what it considers to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level in order to decide if the outcome should be reduced. In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO and other Executive KMP that is sufficient to incentivise and is also fair and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions.
The diagram below provides the scenarios for the potential total remuneration of the CEO and other Executive KMP at different levels of performance.
Minimum
: consists of fixed remuneration, which comprises base salary, pension contributions (10 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (notional 10 per cent of base salary), details of which are set out in 5.1 KMP remuneration table.
Target
: consists of fixed remuneration, target CDP (a cash award of 80 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years, respectively) and target LTIP. The LTIP target value in the chart above is based on the fair value of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value of 200 per cent of base salary for the CEO and 175 per cent for other Executive KMP. The potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards.
156

Maximum
: consists of fixed remuneration, maximum CDP (a cash award of 120 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively), and maximum LTIP (in the chart above based on the face value of 200 per cent of base salary for the CEO and 175 per cent for other Executive KMP). The potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards.
The maximum opportunity represented above is the most that could potentially be paid for each remuneration component. It does not reflect any intention by the Group to award that amount. In determining the maximum remuneration opportunity, the Committee reviews relevant benchmarking data and industry practices and believes the maximum remuneration opportunity is appropriate.
3    Remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP
3.1    FY2022 remuneration received by the CEO
The table below is a voluntary
non-statutory
disclosure of the remuneration received by the CEO during FY2022 and FY2021. This table is unaudited and differs from the audited remuneration calculated in accordance with the Australian Accounting Standards (refer to 5.1 KMP remuneration table and in Financial Statements note 25 Employee share ownership plans).
The difference between the disclosure in the table below and remuneration calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards relates to the CDP and LTIP. The remuneration calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards require the fair value of the CDP and LTIP to be calculated at the time of grant and to be amortised over the relevant vesting periods regardless of the performance outcome. This may not reflect what the executive receives. In the table below, the CDP and LTIP values relate to the performance outcomes and actual amount received each year under the CDP (i.e. against the CDP scorecard) and the LTIP (i.e. the LTIP vesting outcome).
This table is designed to provide greater transparency for shareholders on the remuneration for the CEO during FY2022 and FY2021 as it has a stronger link to performance, with the CDP and LTIP included below representing those amounts that have been received as a consequence of satisfying performance conditions in the relevant financial year.
Details of the components of remuneration are contained in 2.2 Remuneration framework operation and the values in the table are explained further in the notes below.
US$(’000)
      
Base salary
   
Benefits
1
   
Pension
2
   
CDP
3
   
LTIP
4
   
Total
 
Mike Henry
  
 
FY2022
 
  
 
1,700
 
  
 
168
 
  
 
170
 
  
 
3,917
 
  
 
8,712
 
  
 
14,667
 
   FY2021    1,700    120    170    4,692    7,939    14,621 
Benefits are
non-pensionable
and gas (15%): Apache, BP, Canadian Natural Res., Chevron, ConocoPhillips, Devon Energy, EOG Resources, ExxonMobil, Occidental Petroleum, Royal Dutch Shell, Woodside Petroleum.include net movements in leave balances, private family health insurance, spouse business-related travel, car parking, fringe benefits tax and personal tax return preparation in required countries.
Mike Henry’s FY2022 and FY2021 pension contributions were provided based on 10 per cent of base salary.
 
(1)3 
Sector peer group companiesThe values shown are selected by the Committee onfull CDP value (cash and deferred equity) earned as a consequence of performance during FY2022 and FY2021. The FY2022 CDP award will be provided
one-third
in cash in September 2022 and
two-thirds
in deferred equity, with
one-third
due to vest in FY2025 and
one-third
due to vest in FY2027 (on the basisterms of the commodities they produceCDP). The FY2021 CDP award was provided
one-third
in cash in September 2021 and their market capitalisations, such that
two-thirds
in deferred equity, with
one-third
due to vest in FY2024 and
one-third
due to vest in FY2026 (on the sector peer group as a whole, to the extent practical, reflects the weightingterms of the value of commodities produced by BHP. The targeted outcome is that, to the extent practical, the vesting outcome is driven by BHP’s performance excluding movements in commodity prices over the five-year performance period.
CDP).
 
(2)4 
From DecemberMike Henry’s LTIP award values for FY2022 and FY2021 (refer below) are based on the full awards he received in 2017 and 2016 BG Grouprespectively when he was President Operations, Minerals Australia (prior to becoming and Peabody Energy were removed fromwith no proration applied for time as CEO), and 100 per cent of the comparator group. BG Groupawards vesting. For FY2022 the LTIP award value is calculated on the average share price for the month of July 2022 (which will be updated for the actual share price on the vesting date in the 2023 Remuneration Report); whereas the LTIP award value for FY2021 was acquired by Royal Dutch Shell and Peabody Energy had become a significantly less comparable peer.calculated on the actual share price on the vesting date.
(3) 
From November 2018, CONSOL Energy was removed from the comparator group, as due to its internal restructuring it had become a less comparable peer.
Overarching discretionA revised remuneration framework took effect from 1 July 2019 and vesting underpin
The rules of the CDP, STIP and LTIP and the terms and conditions of the awards give the Committee an overarching discretion to reduce the number of awards that will vest, notwithstanding the fact that the performance condition for partial or full vesting, as tested following the end of the performance period, or the relevant service conditions, have been met.
This holistic, qualitative judgement, which is applied as an underpin test before final vesting is confirmed, is an important risk management tool to ensure vesting is not simply driven by a formula or the passage of time that may give unexpected or unintended remuneration outcomes.
The Committee considers its discretion carefully each year ahead of the scheduled vesting of equity awards in August. It considers performance holistically over the five-year period, including a five-year ‘look back’ on HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct. For the five years from FY2017 to FY2021, the Committee noted BHP’s continued improvement in HSEC outcomes, strong operational performance with improving production and cost performance, and significant returns to shareholders, together with no governance or conduct issues of note.
Accordingly, in respect of the STIP
two-year
deferred shares (granted in November 2019 in respect of performance in FY2019), the Committee chose not to exercise its discretion and allowed the STIP awards to vest in full. In addition, in respect ofsignificantly reduced the LTIP five-year performance shares (granted in December 2016),grant size for the formulaic outcome of the 2016 LTIP was a 100 per cent vesting. Having undertaken the ‘look back’ review described above and the assessment of the estimated impact on TSR performance of the Samarco dam failure, the Committee concluded the vesting outcome was appropriate given Group and individual performance, and chose not to exercise its discretion and allowed 100CEO from 400 per cent of the LTIP awardsbase salary (on a face value basis) to vest. There is no upwards discretion available200 per cent and a rebalancing to a CDP award with a long-term focus. As a result, the Remuneration Committee in respect of the LTIP, as the overarching discretion may only reduce the number of awards that may vest.
167

CEO remuneration and returns to shareholders
10-year
CEO remuneration
The table below shows the single total figure of remuneration for Mike Henry Andrew Mackenziereported above reflects the transition to this structure and Marius Kloppers overincludes the last 10 years alongfull amounts of the CDP award earned during FY2022 and FY2021 (i.e. irrespective that some elements of the CDP award are deferred) together with the proportionfull amounts of maximum opportunity earnedthe
pre-existing
LTIP awards vesting at the end of FY2022 and FY2021 which were granted in 2017 and 2016, respectively (i.e. when the LTIP award size was double the current grant size).
Had the current remuneration framework been in place when Mike’s 2017 and 2016 LTIP awards were granted and a reduced size awarded, the reported LTIP values would have been US$4.356 million for each typeFY2022 and US$3.970 million for FY2021 (instead of incentive.
Executive Director
 
Financial year
  
Single total figure of
remuneration, US$(‘000)
   
CDP/STIP (% of
maximum)
   
LTIP (% of
maximum)
 
Mike Henry
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
14,521
 
  
 
77
 
  
 
100
 
  FY2020(1)   6,069    64    48 
Andrew Mackenzie
  FY2020(1)   2,424    64    48 
  FY2019   3,531    32    0 
  FY2018   4,657    60    0 
  FY2017   4,554    57    0 
  FY2016   2,241    0    0 
  FY2015   4,582    57    0 
  FY2014   7,988    77    58 
  FY2013(2)   9,740    47    65 
Marius Kloppers
  FY2013(2)   5,624    47    65 
  FY2012   16,092    0    100 
(1)
As Mike Henry assumed the role of CEO and Executive Director in January 2020, the FY2020 single total figure of remuneration shown includes remuneration relevant to that role for the period 1 January 2020 to 30 June 2020. The FY2020 single total figure of remuneration for Andrew Mackenzie includes remuneration relevant to his role as CEO and Executive Director for the period 1 July 2019 to 31 December 2019. The value of Mike’s vested 2015 LTIP award is included in full, while Andrew’s vested 2015 LTIP award (with a value of US$5.317US$8.712 million and US$7.939 million and which vested after Andrew stepped down from his role as CEO and Executive Director) was reported in section 3.3.24 of the 2020 Annual Report.
(2)
As Andrew Mackenzie assumed the role of CEO and Executive Director in May 2013, the FY2013 single total figure of remuneration shown includes remuneration relevant to that role for the period 10 May 2013 to 30 June 2013. The FY2013 single total figure of remuneration for Marius Kloppers includes remuneration relevant to his role as CEO and Executive Director for the period 1 July 2012 to 10 May 2013. The value of Andrew’s vested 2008 LTIP award of US$8.480 million (inclusive of vested
sign-on
awards provided when Andrew joined BHP) is included in full, while Marius’ vested 2008 LTIP award (with a value of US$12.051 million and which vested after Marius stepped down from his role as CEO and Executive Director) was reported in section 4.4.28 of the 2014 Annual Report.
10-year
TSR
The graph below shows BHP’s TSR against the performance of relevant indices over the same
10-year
period. The indices shown in the graph were chosen as being broad market indices, which include companiestable above). The reported total remuneration would have therefore been US$10.311 million for FY2022 and US$10.652 million for FY2021 (instead of a comparable sizeUS$14.667 million and complexity to BHP.
US$14.621 million in the table above).
 
168157

Changes in Directors’ remuneration from FY2019 to FY2021
The table below sets out the percentage change in remuneration from FY2019 to FY2021 for the CEOs (for the time they were CEO) and
Non-executive
Directors, compared to the average change in each remuneration element for employees in Australia (being approximately 24,000 employees) over the same period. This has been chosen by the Committee as the most appropriate comparison, as Australia has the largest employee base, and the Committee considers remuneration levels in Australia when setting salaries and fees for Executive and
Non-executive
Directors and the CEO is located in Australia. The CEOs’ and
Non-executive
Directors’ remuneration described in the table align to what is disclosed in ‘Single total figureTable of remuneration’ (Executive Directors and
Non-executive
Directors) in this section
2.2.3.Contents
      
FY2019 to FY2020
   
FY2020 to FY2021
 
      
Base salary/fees
% change
  
Benefits
% change
  
CDP/STI
% change
   
Base salary/fees
% change
  
Benefits
% change
(4)
  
CDP/STI
% change
 
CEO
(1)
  Mike Henry   0   0   0    0   67   20 
  Andrew Mackenzie   0   10   100           
Non-executive Directors
  Terry Bowen   2   33  
 
 
   17   (90 
 
 
  Malcolm Broomhead   (5  (53 
 
 
   (3  (84 
 
 
  Xiaoqun Clever
(2)
   0   0  
 
 
   0   0  
 
 
  Ian Cockerill
(2)
   0   0  
 
 
   0   (100 
 
 
  Anita Frew   0   (2 
 
 
   0   (96 
 
 
  Gary Goldberg
(2)
   0   0  
 
 
   14   (87 
 
 
  Carolyn Hewson
(3)
   0   0  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Susan Kilsby
(2)
   0   0  
 
 
   7   (99 
 
 
  Ken MacKenzie   0   25  
 
 
   0   (90 
 
 
  Lindsay Maxsted
(3)
   (2  (44 
 
 
   0   0  
 
 
  John Mogford   6   13  
 
 
   8   (97 
 
 
  Christine O’Reilly
(2)
   0   0  
 
 
   0   0  
 
 
  Shriti Vadera
(3)
   0   0  
 
 
   0   0  
 
 
  Dion Weisler
(2)
   0   0  
 
 
   0   0  
 
 
Australian employees
     2   (7  43    3   (36  3 
(1)
The per cent changes for Mike Henry from FY2019 to FY2020 are zero due to his appointment as CEO on 1 January 2020. The per cent changes for Mike Henry from FY2020 to FY2021 are based on annualised FY2020 figures. The per cent changes for Andrew Mackenzie from FY2019 to FY2020 are based on annualised FY2020 figures.
(2)
The per cent changes in remuneration from FY2019 to FY2020 are zero as there were no changes made to the remuneration of
Non-executive
Directors who joined the Board during FY2019 (Ian Cockerill and Susan Kilsby both joined on 1 April 2019). The per cent changes in remuneration from FY2020 to FY2021 are zero as there were no changes made to the remuneration of
Non-executive
Directors who joined the Board in FY2021 (Xiaoqun Clever and Christine O’Reilly joined on 1 October 2020 and 12 October 2020 respectively). The per cent changes for Gary Goldberg and Dion Weisler from FY2020 to FY2021 are based on annualised FY2020 figures as they joined the Board on 1 February 2020 and 1 June 2020 respectively.
(3)
The per cent changes in remuneration from FY2019 to FY2020 for Carolyn Hewson are zero as there were no changes made to her remuneration up to the date of her retirement from the Board on 7 November 2019. The per cent changes for Lindsay Maxsted and Shriti Vadera from FY2020 to FY2021 are zero as there were no changes made to their remuneration up to the date of their retirement from the Board on 4 September 2020 and 15 October 2020 respectively.
(4)
The majority of the amounts disclosed for benefits for
Non-executive
Directors are usually travel allowances (amounts of between US$ nil and US$90,000 for FY2020), however, the
COVID-19
pandemic restricted
Non-executive
Director travel during FY2021.
CEO pay ratio disclosure
As BHP is a global companyThe FY2022 CEO pay ratio, calculated using the reported total fixed and our UK employees represent less than 1 per cent ofvariable remuneration above for the CEO, and compared to the median remuneration for all of our employees worldwide these disclosures are voluntary, and we have chosen to amend the comparison to all employees, an approach that is still compliant with UK requirements.
The table below shows the CEO pay ratios, calculated using the reported single total figure of remuneration, and compared to employees at the 25
th
percentile, Median and 75
th
percentile using Option A methodology as set out under UK requirements.
Year
25
th
 percentile
Median
75
th
 percentile
FY2021
189:1
129:1
106:1
FY2020
116:181:167:1
169

Option A uses the full-time equivalent base salary and benefits paid during the year as it is the most accurate reflection of employee pay as a direct comparison to the single total figure of remuneration for the CEO. The FY2021 CEO remuneration used in the calculation is the reported single total figure of remuneration data for Mike Henry.was 123:1 (FY2021 – 130:1). The remuneration calculation for all employees is based on actual earnings for the 12 months to 31 March 2021,2022, including annual incentive payments for employees calculated using the Group performance outcome, and vested equity received if applicable. Pension contributions are calculated as the total cost of contributions made by the Group over the
12-month
period. Employees on international assignments have been excluded from the analysis as their remuneration structures are generally not consistent with the single total figure of remuneration forreceived by the CEO. The FY2020 CEO remuneration usedas noted in the calculation is a combination of reported single total figure of remuneration data for Mike Henry and Andrew Mackenzie, recognising the transition in CEO leadership during FY2020.table above.
The FY2021FY2022 ratio of 129:123:1 at the median compared to the FY2020FY2021 ratio of 81:130:1 reflects the proportion of the CEO’s pay being more heavily weighted to variable pay, including share-based long-term incentives, than for other employees. Specifically, theThe change from FY2020FY2021 to FY2021FY2022 is driven by a higher FY2021 CDP outcome of 115 per cent against a target of 100 per cent compared to thelower FY2022 CDP outcome of 96 per cent (FY2021: 115 per cent) for the CEO, a higher value of the CEO’s vested LTIP award in FY2020, together withFY2022 compared to FY2021 and an increase in the 100 per cent LTIP vestingmedian remuneration for FY2021 at a BHP Group Limited share priceall of A$47.70 per share, whereas there was 48 per cent LTIP vesting for FY2020 at a BHP Group Limited share price of A$39.06 per share.our employees worldwide.
The Group believes the median pay ratio reflects the diversity of our global business footprint and employee population. BHP’s remuneration policies and practices are based on a high degree of alignment and consistency, with total remuneration at all levels providing a competitive package that enables the attraction and retention of talent while also providing
at-risk
remuneration based on performance.
Remuneration for the CEO in3.2    FY2022 CDP performance outcomes
The remuneration forBoard and the CEO in FY2022 will be in accordance withCommittee assessed the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the AGMs in 2019.
Base salary review
Base salary is reviewed annually and increases are applicable from 1 September. The CEO commenced in the role on 1 January 2020 and did not receive a base salary increase in September 2021 and it will remain unchanged at US$1.700 million per annum for FY2022. The CEO’s base salary will be kept under review in future years to ensure it remains competitive, especiallyExecutive KMP’s CDP outcomes in light of recent movementthe Group’s performance in exchange ratesFY2022 and took into account performance against the US dollar.
measures in each Executive KMP’s CDP scorecard. For the CEO, the Board and the Committee determined a CDP outcome for FY2022 CDP performance measures
For FY2022,at 96 per cent against the Remunerationtarget of 100 per cent (which represents an outcome of 64 per cent against maximum). The Board and Committee has setbelieve this outcome is appropriately aligned with the following CDP scorecard performance measures:
Performance categories
Weighting
Target measures
HSEC
25
The following HSEC performance measures are designed to incentivise achievementshareholder experience and the interests of the Group’s public five-year HSEC targets.
Significant events (10%): No significant (actual level 4) health, safety (including fatalities), environment or community events during the year, implementation of sexual assault and sexual harassment controls, and design of cultural heritage controls.
Climate change (10%): Reported GHG emissions in FY2022 are below the FY2017 level. A majority of planned decarbonisation projects are presented for tollgates and all asset adaptation plans are updated. Work undertaken as planned under partnerships with strategic customers in the steel sector established in FY2021, one more partnership formalised, and a review of Scope 3 goals and estimation methodologies completed.
Management of priority tailings storage facilities (5%): All priority tailings storage facilities are assessed based on key risk indicator data, and are either within appetite or continued operation outside appetite is approved with remediation progressing to plan.
Financial
50
ROCE is underlying profit after taxation (excluding after-taxation finance costs and exceptional items) divided by average capital employed. When we are assessing management’s performance, we make adjustments to the ROCE result to allow for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements and other material items to ensure the assessment appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives.
For reasons of commercial sensitivity, the target for ROCE will not be disclosed in advance; however, we plan to disclose targets and outcomes retrospectively in our next Remuneration Report, following the end of each performance year. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will explain why and give an indication of when they will be disclosed.
Individual
25
The CEO’s individual measures for FY2022 comprise contribution to BHP’s overall performance and the management team and the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as set out by the Board. These include projects and initiatives in respect of social value (long term growth in value and returns for all stakeholders), people (right people, right skills, coming together in the right way to support exceptional performance), performance (material improvement in the system that supports exceptional performance) and portfolio (material progress on our strategic objectives to create a winning portfolio and set BHP up for the next 20 years).
These performance measures are aligned with medium and long-term strategy aspirations that are intended to drive long-term value for shareholders and other stakeholders.
170

FY2022 LTIP award
The maximum face value of the CEO’s LTIP award under the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMsCDP scorecard outcome for FY2022 is US$3.400 million, being 200 per cent of the CEO’s base salary. The number of LTIP awards in FY2022 has been determined using the share price and US$/A$ exchange rate over the 12 months up to and including 30 June 2021. Based on this, a FY2022 grant of 107,183 LTIP awards is proposed and approval for this LTIP grant will be sought from shareholders at the 2021 AGMs. If approved, the award will be granted following the AGMs (i.e. in or around November/December 2021 subject to securities dealing considerations). The FY2022 LTIP award will use the same performance and service conditions and comparator groups as the FY2021 LTIP award.
Remuneration for other Executive KMP (excluding the CEO)
The information in this section contains details of the remuneration policy that guided the Remuneration Committee’s decisions and resultedsummarised in the remuneration outcomes for other Executive KMP (excluding the CEO). The remuneration policy and structures for other Executive KMP are essentially the same as those already described for the CEO in previous sections of the Remuneration Report,following tables, including the treatment of remuneration on loss of office as detailed in ‘Service contracts and policy on loss of office’ in section 2.2.2.
Components of remuneration
The components of remuneration for other Executive KMP are the same as for the CEO, with any differences described below.
CDP
The CDP performance measures for other Executive KMP for FY2021 are similar to those of the CEO, which are outlined in ‘FY2021 CDP performance outcomes’ in this section 2.2.3; however, the weightinga narrative description of each performance measure will vary to reflect the focus required from each Executive KMP role.
Individual performance measures are determined at the start of the financial year. These include the other Executive KMP’s contribution to the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of their role and the overall performanceCEO’s level of the Group. Individual performance of other Executive KMP was reviewed against these measuresachievement, as determined by the Committee and on average, was considered slightly above target.
171

The diagram below represents the FY2021 CDP weightings and outcomes against the original scorecard.
LTIP
LTIP awards granted to other Executive KMP for FY2022 will be calculated in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders in 2019. Awardsthe Board. The level of performance for other Executive KMP will have a maximum face value of 175 per cent of base salary, which is a fair value of 72 per cent of base salary under the current plan design (with a fair value of 41 per cent, taking into account the performance condition: 175 per cent x 41 per cent = 72 per cent).
Other Executive KMP who were promoted from executive roles within BHP may hold MAP awards that were granted to them in respect of their service in
non-KMP
roles.
Shareplus
Other Executive KMP are eligible to participate in Shareplus. For administrative simplicity, Executive KMP, including the CEO, do not currently participate in Shareplus. No Executive KMP, including the CEO, had any holdings under the Shareplus program during FY2021.
Remuneration mix
A significant portion of other Executive KMP remuneration is
at-risk,
in order to provide strong alignment between remuneration outcomes and the interests of BHP shareholders.
The diagram below sets out the relative mix of each remuneration component for the other Executive KMP for FY2021. Each componentmeasure is determined as a percentage of base salary (at the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance-based remuneration).
(1)
Base salary earned by each Executive KMP is set out in ‘Executive KMP remuneration table’ in this section 2.2.3.
(2)
Retirement benefits are 10 per cent of base salary for other Executive KMP, with the exception of Geraldine Slattery.
From FY2021, contribution rates for Geraldine reduced to 20 per cent of base salary in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs (progressive reduction to 10 per cent of base salary as follows: 15 per cent of base salary from 1 July 2021; and 10 per cent of base salary from 1 July 2022 onwards). For any new Executive KMP appointments, the pension contribution rate will be 10 per cent of base salary immediately.
(3)
Other benefits are based on a notional 10 per cent of base salary.
(4)
As for the CEO, the minimum CDP award is zero, with a cash award of 80 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively, for target performance on all measures, and a maximum cash award of 120 per cent base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively.
(5)
Other Executive KMP have a maximum LTIP award with a face value of 175 per cent of base salary.
172

Employment contracts
The terms of employment for other Executive KMP are formalised in employment contracts, which have no fixed term. They typically outline the components of remuneration paid to the individual, but do not prescribe how remuneration levels are to be modified from year to year. Other Executive KMP’s employment contracts may be terminated by BHP on up to 12 months’ notice or can be terminated immediately by BHP making a payment of up to 12 months’ base salary plus pension contributions for the relevant period. Other Executive KMP must give up to 12 months’ notice for voluntary resignation.
Arrangements for KMP leaving and joining the Group
KMP leaving the Group
The arrangements for Executive KMP leaving the Group are within the approval provided by shareholders at the 2020 AGMs in regard to Australian termination benefits legislation, including the provision of performance-based remuneration in accordance with the rules of the relevant incentive plans.
Peter Beaven stepped down from his role as Chief Financial Officer on 30 November 2020 and exited BHP on 28 February 2021. Daniel Malchuk stepped down from his role as President Minerals Americas on 31 October 2020 and exited BHP on 31 December 2020. Peter and Daniel received base salary, pension contributions, prorated CDP, statutory leave entitlements and applicable benefits up to the dates of their exit from BHP.
Peter and Daniel received a part payment in lieu of notice upon exit and have been paid or will receive in the future the value of pension funds that they have accumulated during their service with the Group. When determining the Executive KMP CDP awards for FY2021, the Remuneration Committee resolved that Peter and Daniel would each receive a prorated FY2021 CDP award in the form of cash based on their performance (covering the cash and
two-year
deferred share components, but not the five-year deferred share component). No deferral period will apply in respect of these CDP awards.
All unvested FY2019 STIP and FY2020 CDP
two-year
deferred share awards allocated to Peter and Daniel remained on foot on termination. FY2019 STIP deferred share awards vested in August 2021 and FY2020 CDP
two-year
deferred share awards will not vest until August 2022. Peter’s and Daniel’s unvested LTIP awards and CDP five-year deferred shares were prorated to reflect the percentage of the performance period to 28 February 2021 for Peter and 31 December 2020 for Daniel. The vesting of the retained prorated LTIP awards will be determined by the Committee at the relevant time in future years and will only vest to the extent the performance conditions are met at the end of each five-year performance period. The vesting of LTIP awards and CDP five-year deferred share awards are subject to the Committee’s ability to reduce vesting through its discretion under the plan rules.
KMP joining the Group
David Lamont joined BHP as Chief Financial Officer on 1 December 2020. David left his former employer, CSL Limited, a major Australian company listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, on 30 October 2020. As a consequence of his resignation certain CSL incentive awards, which were expected to have been paid or vested in 2021 and beyond, were foregone.
Replacement BHP awards have been provided in accordance with BHP’s remuneration policy (approved by shareholders in 2019 with almost 94 per cent support) under which a new senior executive appointed from outside BHP can be provided cash and/or BHP equity awards to replace any remuneration forfeited or not received from the former employer. In accordance with that policy, remuneration that David forfeited or did not receive as a consequence of leaving CSL to join BHP has been partly replaced as set out in the table below.
The value of the BHP awards is less than the fair value of the awards foregone (as confirmed by the Committee’s independent adviser), and the duration of the BHP awards is longer, on average, than those they replace. The Committee has determined appropriate service and performance conditions within BHP’s framework, considering the vesting status of the conditions attached to the foregone awards. As always, the Committee has been mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary and, under BHP’s incentive plans, retains the right to adjust vesting outcomes where an inappropriate benefit would be received.
173

The BHP awards provided are set out in the table below.
Award
Amount/number
Payable/vesting
Release
Conditions
Replaces
Cash
US$300,000September 2021
(1)
September 2022
(1)
NilReplaces a cash bonus payment foregone that would have been payable in September 2021
Performance shares
77,000August 2022
(2)
August 2023
(2)
Service and performance conditions, being subject to a holistic assessment of underlying financial performance of BHP and personal performance of David during the vesting periodPartly replaces equity awards foregone that would have been paid and vested to David in 2021 and beyond
(1)
Should David voluntarily resign or retire during the holding lock period, or be terminated for cause, the cash payment would become repayable on a
pro-rata
basis.
(2) 
Upon performance shares vesting in August 2022, a holding lock will apply to the vested shares until August 2023, at which time they will be released to David. Should David voluntarily resign or retire during the holding lock period, or be terminated for cause, the shares subject to the holding lock will be forfeited.
Remuneration for
Non-executive
Directors
The remuneration outcomes described below have been provided in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs. The maximum aggregate fees payable to
Non-executive
Directors (including the Chair) were approved by shareholders at the 2008 AGMs at US$3.800 million per annum. This sum includes base fees, Committee fees and pension contributions. Travel allowances and
non-monetary
benefits are not included in this limit.
Single total figure of remuneration
This section shows a single total figure of remuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration. Fees include the annual base fee, plus additional fees as applicable for the Senior Independent Director, Committee Chair and Committee memberships.
Non-executive
Directors do not have any performance-based
at-risk
remuneration or receive any equity awards as part of their remuneration, therefore the totals shown below are total remuneration and total fixed fees. This table also meets the requirements of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and relevant accounting standards.
US$(‘000)
  
Financial year
  
Fees
   
Benefits
 (1)
   
Pensions
 (2)
   
Total
 
Terry Bowen
  
FY2021
  
 
219
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
12
 
  
 
235
 
  FY2020   187    40    10    237 
Malcolm Broomhead
  
FY2021
  
 
195
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
10
 
  
 
208
 
  FY2020   201    19    11    231 
Ian Cockerill
  
FY2021
  
 
220
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
220
 
  FY2020   220    90        310 
Xiaoqun Clever
(3)
  
FY2021
  
 
144
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
144
 
Anita Frew
  
FY2021
  
 
220
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
 
  
 
222
 
  FY2020   220    47        267 
Gary Goldberg
(3)
  
FY2021
  
 
246
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
 
  
 
248
 
  FY2020   90    15        105 
Carolyn Hewson
(4)
  
FY2020
  
 
75
 
  
 
18
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
97
 
Susan Kilsby
  
FY2021
  
 
220
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
  
 
221
 
  FY2020   205    83        288 
Ken MacKenzie
  
FY2021
  
 
864
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
16
 
  
 
884
 
  FY2020   866    40    14    920 
Lindsay Maxsted
(4)
  
FY2021
  
 
33
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
38
 
  FY2020   205    18    11    234 
John Mogford
  
FY2021
  
 
215
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
 
  
 
217
 
  FY2020   199    69        268 
Christine O’Reilly
(3)
  
FY2021
  
 
162
 
  
 
 
  
 
9
 
  
 
171
 
Shriti Vadera
(4)
  
FY2021
  
 
74
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
  
 
75
 
  FY2020   253    48        301 
Dion Weisler
(3)
  
FY2021
  
 
178
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
9
 
  
 
188
 
  FY2020   15        1    16 
174

(1)
The majority of the amounts disclosed for benefits for
Non-executive
Directors are usually travel allowances (amounts of between US$ nil and US$90,000 for FY2020) however, the
COVID-19
pandemic restricted
Non-executive
Director travel during FY2021. For FY2021, amounts of between US$ nil and US$3,500 are included in respect of tax return preparation; and amounts of between US$ nil and US$2,500 are included in respect of the reimbursement of the tax cost associated with the provision of taxable benefits.
(2)
BHP Group Limited made minimum superannuation contributions of up to 9.5 per cent of fees for FY2021 in accordance with Australian superannuation legislation. No other pension contributions were paid.
(3)
The FY2020 remuneration for Gary Goldberg and Dion Weisler relates to part of the year only, as they joined the Board on 1 February 2020 and 1 June 2020 respectively. The FY2021 remuneration for Xiaoqun Clever and Christine O’Reilly relates to part of the year only, as they joined the Board on 1 October 2020 and 12 October 2020 respectively.
(4)
The FY2020 remuneration for Carolyn Hewson relates to part of the year only, as she retired from the Board on 7 November 2019. The FY2021 remuneration for Lindsay Maxsted and Shriti Vadera relates to part of the year only, as they retired from the Board on 4 September 2020 and 15 October 2020 respectively.
Non-executive
Directors’ remuneration in FY2022
In FY2022, the remuneration for the
Non-executive
Directors will be paid in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGMs (which is unchanged from the remuneration policy for
Non-executive
Directors approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGMs). Fee levels for the
Non-executive
Directors and the Chair are reviewed annually. The review includes benchmarking against peer companies, with the assistance of external advisers.
From 1 July 2017, the Chair’s annual fee was reduced by approximately 8 per cent from US$0.960 million to US$0.880 million and will remain at that level for FY2022. This fee reduction was in addition to the reduction of approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million effective 1 July 2015. Base fee levels for
Non-executive
Directors will remain at the reduced levels that took effect from 1 July 2015, at which time they were reduced by approximately 6 per cent from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum.
The below table sets out the annualised fee levels for FY2022.
Levels of fees and travel allowances for
Non-executive
Directors (in US$)
From 1 July 2021
Base annual fee
160,000
Plus additional fees for:
Senior Independent Director of BHP Group Plc
48,000
Committee Chair:
Risk and Audit
60,000
Remuneration
45,000
Sustainability
45,000
Nomination and Governance
No additional fee
Committee membership:
Risk and Audit
32,500
Remuneration
27,500
Sustainability
27,500
Nomination and Governance
18,000
Travel allowance:
(1)
Greater than 3 but less than 10 hours
7,000
10 hours or more
15,000
Chair’s fee
880,000
(1) 
In relation to travel for Board business, the time thresholds relate to the flight time to travel to the meeting location (i.e. one way flight time). Only one travel allowance is paid per round trip.
175

Remuneration governance
Board oversight and the Remuneration Committee
Board
The Board is responsible for ensuring the Group’s remuneration arrangements are equitable and aligned with the long-term interests of BHP and its shareholders. In performing this function, it is critical the Board is independent of management when making decisions affecting remuneration of the CEO, other Executive KMP and the Group’s employees.
The Board has therefore established a Remuneration Committee to assist it in making such decisions. The Committee is comprised solely of
Non-executive
Directors, all of whom are independent. To ensure it is fully informed, the Committee regularly invites members of management to attend meetings to provide reports and updates; however, members of management are not present when decisions are considered or taken concerning their own remuneration. The Committee can draw on services from a range of external sources, including remuneration advisers.threshold (the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward outcome), target (where the performance requirements are met), and maximum (where the performance requirements are significantly exceeded).
Remuneration Committee
The activities of the Remuneration Committee are governed by its Terms of Reference (updated version approved by the Board in April 2021), which areis available at bhp.com. The current members of the Remuneration Committee are: Christine O’Reilly (Remuneration(Chair), Catherine Tanna (member from 4 April 2022) and Dion Weisler. The following present and former
Non-executive
Directors served as members of the Committee Chair)during the year: Gary Goldberg (member to 17 June 2022), Anita Frew Gary Goldberg,(member to 11 November 2021) and Susan Kilsby and Dion Weisler.(member to 11 November 2021). The role and focus of the Committee and details of meeting attendances can be found in section 2.1. Other Directors2.2 Directors’ Report.
Key decisions and employees who regularly attended meetings were: Ken MacKenzie (Chair), Mike Henry (CEO), Athalie Williams (Chief People Officer), Andrew Fitzgerald (Vice President Reward), Caroline Cox (Group Company Secretary to 31 October 2020), Stefanie Wilkinson (Group Company Secretary from 1 March 2021), Geof Stapledon (Vice President Governance to 31 March 2021), and Prakash Kakkad (Head of Group Governance from 1 June 2021). These individuals were not present when decisions regarding their own remuneration were considered or taken.
When determining executive director remuneration practices, the Remuneration Committee considers any decisions in the contextactivities of the principles of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, including:Committee during FY2022 included:
 
Principle
considering and approving remuneration for members of the ELT
How the Remuneration Committee has applied the principle
Clarity
BHP engages proactively with shareholders on remuneration matters. Feedback from shareholders is used by the Remuneration Committee in its decision-making in respect of the remuneration policy and its application. The Group also conducts regular employee engagement surveys which give employees an opportunity to provide feedback on a wide range of employee matters. Many employees are also ordinary shareholders through Shareplus and therefore have the opportunity to share their views as shareholders.
Simplicity
The purpose, structure and strategic alignment of each element of remuneration is clearly set out in section 2.2.2.
Risk
A significant portion of variable remuneration is
at-risk
in order to provide strong alignment between remuneration outcomes and the interests of BHP shareholders. The delivery of
two-thirds
of CDP awards in deferred shares and the LTIP five-year performance period help to align the long-term interests of the CEO and shareholders.
Predictability
The remuneration opportunities under different performance scenarios (minimum, target and maximum) are set out in section 2.2.2.
Proportionality
The CEO is incentivised to achieve stretching performance through the targets set under the CDP and LTIP. In addition, the Remuneration Committee has discretion to adjust formulaic outcomes downwards to ensure that poor performance is not rewarded.
Alignment with culture
The FY2021 CDP performance measures for the CEO include a number of measures linked to culture including the delivery of social value plans for assets, improving gender diversity and embedding a new Engagement and Perception Survey system. We continue to focus on fostering a culture of respect and ensuring the workplace is safe at all times.
 
176
setting targets for and reviewing outcomes against performance measures and conditions of relevant incentive plans, including the Committee considering its discretion over FY2022 plan outcomes

reviewing the fee for the BHP Chair, which remains unchanged
considering remuneration and remuneration reporting implications of unification and the merger of the Petroleum business and Woodside
reviewing and adopting changes and improvements flowing from regulatory requirements and guidance, which in turn helps us improve our processes and approaches
engaging with shareholders and other key stakeholders
undertaking reviews of remuneration by gender and the annual Shareplus enrolment
Engagement of independent remuneration advisers
The Committee seeks and considers advice from independent remuneration advisers where appropriate. Remuneration consultants are engaged by and report directly to the Committee. Potential conflicts of interest are taken into account when remuneration consultants are selected and their terms of engagement regulate their level of access to, and require their independence from, BHP’s management.
PricewaterhouseCoopers wasPwC has been appointed by the Committee in March 2016 to act as an independent remuneration adviser.
The PricewaterhouseCoopers team that advises the Remuneration Committee does not provide any other services to the Group. Other PricewaterhouseCoopers teams provide services to the Group in the areas of forensicadviser and general technology, internal audit and international assignment solutions. Processes and arrangements are in place to protect independence (for example, ring-fencing of teams) and to manage any conflicts of interest that may arise.
PricewaterhouseCoopers is currently the only remuneration adviser appointed by the Committee. In that capacity, they may provide remuneration recommendations in relation to KMP;KMP, however, they did not do soprovide any remuneration recommendations in FY2021.
Total fees paid to the PricewaterhouseCoopers team advising the Committee on remuneration-related matters for FY2021 were £177,300. These fees are based on an agreed fee for regular items with additional work charged at agreed rates. Total fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers for other services rendered to the Group for FY2021 were approximately US$31 million.FY2022.
Statement of voting at the 2020 AGMsKMP for FY2022
BHP’sThis Remuneration Report describes the remuneration resolutionspolicies, practices, outcomes and governance for the KMP of BHP. At BHP, KMP consists of our Board (including the CEO), as well as certain members of our ELT who have attracted a high levelauthority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of support by shareholders. Voting in regard to those resolutions put to shareholders at the 2020 AGMs is shown below.Group directly or indirectly. After due consideration, the Committee determined the KMP for FY2022 comprised all
Non-executive
Directors and the following Executive KMP: the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer, the President Minerals Australia, the President Minerals Americas and the Senior Executive Officer (i.e. President Petroleum until 31 May 2022).
The following individuals have held their positions and were KMP for the whole of FY2022, unless stated otherwise:
 
AGM resolution
  
Requirement
   
% vote ‘for’
   
% vote ‘against’
   
Votes withheld
(1)
 
Remuneration Report (excluding remuneration policy
(2)
)
   UK    95.8    4.2    4,630,094 
Remuneration Report (whole Report)
   Australia    95.7    4.3    4,961,722 
Approval of grants to Executive Director
   Australia    98.5    1.5    4,624,916 
Approval of leaving entitlements
   Australia    99.3    0.7    5,029,752 
Mike Henry, CEO and Executive Director
Edgar Basto, President Minerals Australia
David Lamont, Chief Financial Officer
Geraldine Slattery, President Petroleum from 1 July 2021 to 31 May 2022 and Senior Executive Officer from 1 June to 30 June 2022
Ragnar Udd, President Minerals Americas
Non-executive
Directors – for details
of
Non-executive
Directors, including dates of appointment or cessation (where relevant), refer to 2.2 Directors’ Report.
153

2    Remuneration framework
BHP has an overarching remuneration framework that guides the Committee’s decisions and is designed to support our strategy and reinforce our culture and values.
2.1    How the remuneration framework is set
The Committee sets the remuneration framework for the Executive KMP, including the CEO. The Committee is briefed on and considers prevailing market conditions, the competitive environment and the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP workforce. The Committee takes into account the annual base salary increases for our employee population when determining any change in the Executive KMP’s base salary. The salary increases in locations where our Executive KMP are based are particularly relevant when reviewing their remuneration to ensure that their remuneration also reflects the local economic conditions.
The principles that underpin the remuneration framework for Executives are the same as those that apply to other employees, however Executive KMP arrangements have a greater emphasis on and a higher proportion of remuneration that is at risk as performance-related variable pay. The performance measures used to determine variable pay outcomes for the Executive KMP and all other employees are linked to the delivery of our strategy and behaviours that are aligned to
Our Charter
values
.
As part of the Board’s commitment to good governance, the Committee considers shareholder views and those of the wider community when setting the remuneration framework for the Executive KMP. We are committed to engaging and communicating with shareholders regularly and, as our shareholders are spread across the globe, we are proactive with our engagement on remuneration and governance matters with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. Feedback from shareholders and investors is used as input into decision-making by the Board and the Committee in relation to our remuneration framework and its application. The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of matters raised, have a deep understanding of current shareholder views and can formulate frameworks and make decisions as appropriate. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us by directly contacting our Investor Relations team (contact details available at bhp.com).
2.2    Remuneration framework operation
Our approved remuneration policy was adopted by shareholders in 2019 for a three-year period in accordance with UK requirements and following the unification of our corporate structure in early 2022 BHP is no longer required to have our policy approved by shareholders every three years. However, the following table shows the current components of our remuneration framework, which is consistent with the prior approved remuneration policy.
Fixed remuneration
CDP
LTIP
Purpose and link to strategy
Market competitive fixed remuneration is paid in order to attract, motivate and retain high-quality and experienced executives, and provide appropriate remuneration for these important roles in the Group.The CDP encourages and focuses executives’ efforts for the relevant financial year on the delivery of the Group’s strategic priorities, balancing financial and
non-financial
performance, to deliver short, medium and long-term success aligned to our purpose and
Our Charter
, and to motivate executives to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.
The purpose of the LTIP is to focus executive’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term value creation and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).
Remuneration components and link to performance
Fixed remuneration comprises base salary, pension contributions and benefits.
Competitive fixed remuneration is aligned to global complexity, size, reach and industry, and reflects executives’ responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience.
Annual variable pay opportunity linked to execution of business strategy. A balanced scorecard of short, medium and long-term elements including HSEC (25% weighting), financial (50% weighting) and individual performance measures (25% weighting) are chosen on the basis that they are expected to have a significant short, medium and long-term impact on the success of the Group, with appropriate targets for each measure which will appropriately motivate Executive KMP to achieve outperformance that contributes to the long-term sustainability of the Group and shareholder wealth creation.
Annual long-term variable pay opportunity based on grants of five-year performance rights designed to align executives’ reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in excess of relevant comparator group(s), through the relative TSR performance condition.
Relative TSR has been chosen as an appropriate measure as it enables an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders.
154

CDP
LTIP
Assessment of performance
Achievement against each scorecard measure is assessed by the Committee and the Board, with guidance provided by other relevant Board Committees in respect of HSEC, financial and other measures, and a CDP award determined.
If performance is below the threshold level for any measure, no CDP award will be provided in respect of that portion of the CDP award opportunity.
In the event the Committee does not consider the outcomes that would otherwise apply to be a true reflection of the performance of the Group or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to not provide all or a part of any CDP award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended award outcomes.
Vesting of the LTIP award is dependent on BHP’s TSR relative to the TSR of relevant comparator group(s) over a five-year performance period.
25% of the award will vest where BHP’s TSR is equal to the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s), as measured over the performance period. Where TSR is below the median, awards will not vest.
Vesting occurs on a sliding scale between the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s) up to a nominated level of TSR outperformance over the relevant comparator group(s), as determined by the Committee, above which 100% of the award will vest.
Where the TSR performance condition is not met, there is no retesting and awards will lapse. The Committee also retains discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award where it considers the vesting outcome is not appropriate given Group or individual performance. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended outcomes.
Delivery and vesting
CDP awards are provided as cash and two awards of deferred shares, each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively.
Awards of deferred shares comprise rights to receive ordinary BHP shares in the future at the end of the deferral periods. Before the awards vest (or are exercised), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards. The Committee has a discretion to settle CDP awards in cash.
Vesting of five-year deferred shares under the CDP is underpinned by a holistic review of performance at the end of the five-year vesting period, including a review of HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct over the five-year period.
LTIP awards consist of rights to receive ordinary BHP shares in the future if the performance and service conditions are met.
Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards. The Committee has a discretion to settle LTIP awards in cash.
Vesting of five-year performance rights under the LTIP is underpinned by a holistic review of performance at the end of the five-year performance period, including a review of HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct over the five-year period.
Cessation of employment
On cessation of employment, a ‘good leaver’
1
may receive a
pro-rated
cash award based on performance for that year. For a ‘good leaver’, their unvested CDP deferred awards generally remain on foot (wholly or in part) unless the Committee determine otherwise. If the executive is not a ‘good leaver’, all unvested CDP deferred awards will lapse.
On cessation of employment, for a ‘good leaver’
1
their unvested LTIP awards generally remain on foot on termination and are
pro-rated
for the portion of the vesting period served. These awards are eligible for vesting in the ordinary course, subject to any applicable performance conditions. If the executive is not a ‘good leaver’, all unvested LTIP awards will lapse.
Malus and clawback
CDP awards (including cash and deferred share awards) and LTIP awards are subject to the Group’s malus and clawback policy (see below).
 
(1)1 
The sum‘Good leaver’ treatment may apply where the reason for the cessation of votes marked ‘Vote withheld’ atemployment with BHP is due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the Group, Plc’s 2020 AGM or such other circumstances that do not constitute resignation or termination for cause.
Malus and clawback
As has been set out in prior Remuneration Reports, for many years we have had malus and clawback provisions in place. During FY2022, we enhanced our malus and clawback policy covering awards made from 2021 under the CDP and LTIP. This enhanced policy further clarified the circumstances in which the Committee is able to reduce or clawback awards, which include:
an error in the Group’s Financial Statements that requires a material downward restatement
performance of a participant, or of the business or of the Group does not justify vesting or where the participant’s conduct or performance has been in breach of their employment contract, any laws, rules, codes of conduct or policies applicable to them or the standards reasonably expected of a person in their position
misstatement or misrepresentation of the performance of the company
where any team, business area, member of the Group or profit centre in which the participant works or worked has been found guilty in connection with any regulatory investigation or has been in breach of any laws, rules, codes of conduct or policies applicable to it or the standards reasonably expected of it
155

an event that has had, or may have a material adverse effect on the value or reputation of any member of the Group
where the Committee determines there has been material damage to the Group’s social licence to operate
a catastrophic health, safety, environment or community event or events occurring in any part of the Group
an act, omission or event occurs which constitutes a material failure of risk management or of other operational systems and controls
a participant is found to have contributed to circumstances that give rise to a material loss for any Group Company
These malus and clawback provisions apply whether or not awards are made in the form of cash or equity, whether or not the equity has vested, and whether or not employment is ongoing.
Service contracts
The terms of employment for the CEO and Executive KMP are formalised in their employment contracts. The current contracts of the CEO and Executive KMP are not fixed term. BHP may choose to terminate a contract on up to 12 months’ notice. BHP can require an executive to work through the notice period or may terminate the individual’s contract immediately by paying base salary plus pension contributions in lieu of the notice period. The CEO and Executive KMP must provide up to 12 months’ notice for voluntary resignation.
Approach to recruitment and promotion
For external candidates that are appointed Executive KMP, the Committee may determine that it is appropriate to provide additional cash and/or equity components to replace any remuneration forfeited or not received from a former employer. It is anticipated any foregone equity awards would be replaced by equity. The value of the replacement remuneration would not be any greater than the fair value of the awards foregone or not received (as determined by the Committee’s independent adviser). The Committee would determine appropriate service conditions and performance conditions within BHP’s remuneration framework, taking into account the conditions attached to the foregone awards. The Committee is mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary. For any internal Executive KMP appointment, any entitlements provided under former arrangements will be honoured and remain on foot according to their existing terms.
2.3    Potential remuneration outcomes
The Committee recognises market forces influence remuneration practices and it strongly believes the fundamental driver of remuneration outcomes should be performance. It also believes that overall remuneration should be fair to the individual, and remuneration levels should accurately reflect the CEO’s and other Executive KMP’s responsibilities and contributions, while aligning with the expectations of our shareholders and considering the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP workforce.
The amount of remuneration actually received each year depends on the achievement of business and individual performance that generate sustained shareholder value. Before deciding on the final incentive outcomes for the CEO and other Executive KMP, the Committee first considers the achievement of
pre-determined
performance conditions. The Committee then applies its overarching discretion to determine what it considers to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level in order to decide if the outcome should be reduced. In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO and other Executive KMP that is sufficient to incentivise and is also fair and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions.
The diagram below provides the scenarios for the potential total remuneration of the CEO and other Executive KMP at different levels of performance.
Minimum
: consists of fixed remuneration, which comprises base salary, pension contributions (10 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (notional 10 per cent of base salary), details of which are set out in 5.1 KMP remuneration table.
Target
: consists of fixed remuneration, target CDP (a cash award of 80 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years, respectively) and target LTIP. The LTIP target value in the chart above is based on the fair value of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value of 200 per cent of base salary for the CEO and 175 per cent for other Executive KMP. The potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards.
156

Maximum
: consists of fixed remuneration, maximum CDP (a cash award of 120 per cent of base salary plus two awards of deferred shares each of equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively), and maximum LTIP (in the chart above based on the face value of 200 per cent of base salary for the CEO and 175 per cent for other Executive KMP). The potential impact of future share price movements is not included in the value of deferred CDP awards or LTIP awards.
The maximum opportunity represented above is the most that could potentially be paid for each remuneration component. It does not reflect any intention by the Group to award that amount. In determining the maximum remuneration opportunity, the Committee reviews relevant benchmarking data and industry practices and believes the maximum remuneration opportunity is appropriate.
3    Remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP
3.1    FY2022 remuneration received by the CEO
The table below is a voluntary
non-statutory
disclosure of the remuneration received by the CEO during FY2022 and FY2021. This table is unaudited and differs from the audited remuneration calculated in accordance with the Australian Accounting Standards (refer to 5.1 KMP remuneration table and in Financial Statements note 25 Employee share ownership plans).
The difference between the disclosure in the table below and remuneration calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards relates to the CDP and LTIP. The remuneration calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards require the fair value of the CDP and LTIP to be calculated at the time of grant and to be amortised over the relevant vesting periods regardless of the performance outcome. This may not reflect what the executive receives. In the table below, the CDP and LTIP values relate to the performance outcomes and actual amount received each year under the CDP (i.e. against the CDP scorecard) and the LTIP (i.e. the LTIP vesting outcome).
This table is designed to provide greater transparency for shareholders on the remuneration for the CEO during FY2022 and FY2021 as it has a stronger link to performance, with the CDP and LTIP included below representing those amounts that have been received as a consequence of satisfying performance conditions in the relevant financial year.
Details of the components of remuneration are contained in 2.2 Remuneration framework operation and the values in the table are explained further in the notes below.
US$(’000)
      
Base salary
   
Benefits
1
   
Pension
2
   
CDP
3
   
LTIP
4
   
Total
 
Mike Henry
  
 
FY2022
 
  
 
1,700
 
  
 
168
 
  
 
170
 
  
 
3,917
 
  
 
8,712
 
  
 
14,667
 
   FY2021    1,700    120    170    4,692    7,939    14,621 
Benefits are
non-pensionable
and votes marked ‘Abstain’ at BHP Group Limited’s 2020 AGM.include net movements in leave balances, private family health insurance, spouse business-related travel, car parking, fringe benefits tax and personal tax return preparation in required countries.
Mike Henry’s FY2022 and FY2021 pension contributions were provided based on 10 per cent of base salary.
 
(2)
The values shown are the full CDP value (cash and deferred equity) earned as a consequence of performance during FY2022 and FY2021. The FY2022 CDP award will be provided
one-third
in cash in September 2022 and
two-thirds
in deferred equity, with
one-third
due to vest in FY2025 and
one-third
due to vest in FY2027 (on the terms of the CDP). The FY2021 CDP award was provided
one-third
in cash in September 2021 and
two-thirds
in deferred equity, with
one-third
due to vest in FY2024 and
one-third
due to vest in FY2026 (on the terms of the CDP).
The UK requirementMike Henry’s LTIP award values for approvalFY2022 and FY2021 (refer below) are based on the full awards he received in 2017 and 2016 respectively when he was President Operations, Minerals Australia (prior to becoming and with no proration applied for time as CEO), and 100 per cent of the remuneration policyawards vesting. For FY2022 the LTIP award value is calculated on the average share price for the month of July 2022 (which will be updated for the actual share price on the vesting date in the 2023 Remuneration Report); whereas the LTIP award value for FY2021 was metcalculated on the actual share price on the vesting date.
A revised remuneration framework took effect from 1 July 2019 and significantly reduced the LTIP grant size for the CEO from 400 per cent of base salary (on a face value basis) to 200 per cent and a rebalancing to a CDP award with a long-term focus. As a result, the remuneration for Mike Henry reported above reflects the transition to this structure and includes the full amounts of the CDP award earned during FY2022 and FY2021 (i.e. irrespective that some elements of the CDP award are deferred) together with the full amounts of the
pre-existing
LTIP awards vesting at the end of FY2022 and FY2021 which were granted in 2017 and 2016, respectively (i.e. when the LTIP award size was double the current grant size).
Had the current remuneration framework been in place when Mike’s 2017 and 2016 LTIP awards were granted and a reduced size awarded, the reported LTIP values would have been US$4.356 million for FY2022 and US$3.970 million for FY2021 (instead of US$8.712 million and US$7.939 million in the table above). The reported total remuneration would have therefore been US$10.311 million for FY2022 and US$10.652 million for FY2021 (instead of US$14.667 million and US$14.621 million in the table above).
157

CEO pay ratio
The FY2022 CEO pay ratio, calculated using the reported total fixed and variable remuneration above for the CEO, and compared to the median remuneration for all of our employees worldwide was 123:1 (FY2021 – 130:1). The remuneration calculation for all employees is based on actual earnings for the 12 months to 31 March 2022, including annual incentive payments for employees calculated using the Group performance outcome, and vested equity received if applicable. Pension contributions are calculated as the total cost of contributions made by the Group over the
12-month
period. Employees on international assignments have been excluded from the analysis as their remuneration structures are generally not consistent with the remuneration received by the CEO as noted in the table above.
The FY2022 ratio of 123:1 at the median compared to the FY2021 ratio of 130:1 reflects the proportion of the CEO’s pay being more heavily weighted to variable pay, including share-based long-term incentives, than for other employees. The change from FY2021 to FY2022 is driven by a lower FY2022 CDP outcome of 96 per cent (FY2021: 115 per cent) for the CEO, a higher value of the CEO’s vested LTIP award in FY2022 compared to FY2021 and an increase in the median remuneration for all of our employees worldwide.
The Group believes the median pay ratio reflects the diversity of our global business footprint and employee population. BHP’s remuneration policies and practices are based on a high degree of alignment and consistency, with total remuneration at all levels providing a competitive package that enables the attraction and retention of talent while also providing
at-risk
remuneration based on performance.
3.2    FY2022 CDP performance outcomes
The Board and the Committee assessed the Executive KMP’s CDP outcomes in light of the Group’s performance in FY2022 and took into account performance against the measures in each Executive KMP’s CDP scorecard. For the CEO, the Board and the Committee determined a CDP outcome for FY2022 at 96 per cent against the target of 100 per cent (which represents an outcome of 64 per cent against maximum). The Board and Committee believe this outcome is appropriately aligned with the shareholder experience and the interests of the Group’s other stakeholders.
The CEO’s CDP scorecard outcome for FY2022 is summarised in the following tables, including a narrative description of each performance measure and the CEO’s level of achievement, as determined by the Committee and approved by the Board. The level of performance for each measure is determined based on a range of threshold (the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward outcome), target (where the performance requirements are met), and maximum (where the performance requirements are significantly exceeded).
Summary of outcomes for the CEO
HSEC
The HSEC targets for the CEO are aligned to the Group’s 2030 public sustainability goals. As it has done for several years, when assessing HSEC performance against the scorecard targets, the Committee seeks guidance from the Sustainability Committee. The Committee has taken a holistic view of Group performance in critical areas, including considering any additional matters outside the scorecard targets that the Sustainability Committee has provided and considers relevant.
The performance commentary below is provided against the HSEC scorecard targets, which were set on the basis of operated assets only.
158

HSEC measures
Scorecard targets
Performance against scorecard targets
Measure outcome
Significant eventsNo significant (actual level 4) health, safety (including fatalities), environment or community events during the year.
•   There were no fatalities or other significant HSEC events during FY2022 at operated assets.
•   In addition, for a maximum outcome to be awarded, strong progress was required on the 2019 AGMs, wheredevelopment and implementation of controls in relation to the following outcomesFatality Elimination Program, sexual harassment and cultural heritage, and this was achieved in relation to the Fatality Elimination Program and cultural heritage for FY2022. While we continued to make progress on the implementation of our actions to eliminate sexual harassment during FY2022, we have more to do in FY2023.
Between target and maximum.
Climate change
Reported GHG emissions in FY2022 are below the FY2017 level.
A majority of planned decarbonisation projects are presented for tollgates and all asset adaptation plans are updated.
Work undertaken as planned under partnerships with strategic customers in the steel sector established in FY2021, one more partnership formalised, and a review of Scope 3 goals and estimation methodologies completed.
•   For FY2022, we improved on our operational GHG emissions target of 14.6Mt, with an outcome of 12.5Mt
1
, which was greater than 10% below the target (i.e. required for maximum).
•   Each region presented 90% of GHG reduction projects schedules and adaptation plans, updated for material changes, which were recorded:incorporated in the planning process. The completion of early stage development studies that contributed to the Group’s medium term target and financial and economic evaluation of physical climate change risks and adaptation measures (i.e. both required for maximum) was largely completed, with work continuing into FY2023.
•   During the year, we commenced Phase 1 work for each of the three strategic Memorandum of Understandings (MOUs) signed with steel customers in FY2021 (China Baowu (China), JFE Steel Corporation (Japan) and HBIS Limited (China)), including the commencement and delivery of work plans for each partnership. An additional steelmaking partnership MOU was signed with POSCO (South Korea) in October 2021, a 93.5 per cent vote ‘for’new customer partnership was signed focussed on plant trials with Zenith Steel (China), and a 6.5 per cent vote ‘against’review of BHP Scope 3 goals and methodology was completed. An industrial scale sinter plant emission reduction trial (i.e. required for maximum) was commenced with 23,166,578 votes withheld. This resolution was notZenith Steel in May 2022 relating to the optimisation stage of steel decarbonisation.
Between target and maximum.
Management of priority tailings storage facilities (TSFs)All priority TSFs are assessed based on key risk indicator data, and are either within appetite or continued operation outside appetite is approved with remediation progressing to plan.
•   All priority TSFs are within appetite based on key risk indicator data or continued operation outside appetite is approved with remediation progressing to plan.
•   We have continued improving our key risk indicator performance with 85% of all key risk indicators for priority TSFs rated either on target or less risk being taken than target, against a target of 85% and 90% required for maximum.
Target.
The outcome against the HSEC measure for FY2022 was 31 per cent out of the target of 25 per cent.
As reported to the Sustainability Committee and Remuneration Committee meetings in 2020.early August 2022 and considered for the purposes of determining FY2022 CDP outcomes. The GHG emissions for FY2022 are subject to third-party verification.
Financial
Other statutory disclosures
This section provides detailsROCE is underlying profit after taxation (excluding after-taxation finance costs and exceptional items) divided by average capital employed. ROCE is the key financial measure against which CDP outcomes for our senior executives are measured and is, in our view, a relevant measure to assess the financial performance of any additional statutory disclosures required by Australian or UK regulations that have not beenthe Group for this purpose. While ROCE excludes exceptional items, the Committee reviews each exceptional item to assess if it should be included in the previous sectionsresult when determining the ROCE CDP outcome.
When we are assessing management’s performance, we make adjustments to the ROCE result to allow for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements and other material items (from the levels assumed in setting the targets) to ensure the assessment appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Remuneration Report.Group and its executives. Of these, changes in commodity prices have historically been the most material due to volatility in prices and the impact on Group revenue and ROCE. As it has done for several years, the Committee seeks guidance each year from the Risk and Audit Committee when assessing financial performance against scorecard targets.
 
177159

Financial
measure
Scorecard targets
Performance against scorecard targets
Measure outcome
ROCE
For FY2022, the target for ROCE was 38.1%, with a threshold of 33.5% and a maximum of 42.0%.
Achievement of the ROCE target will result in a target CDP outcome. The ROCE target considers the upside opportunities and downside risks inherent in BHP’s businesses, and is an outcome that the Committee believes would be a level of performance that shareholders would view positively. The maximum and threshold are an appropriate range of ROCE outcomes, given the upside opportunities and downside risks, that represent an upper limit of stretch outperformance that would represent the maximum CDP award, and a lower limit of underperformance below which no CDP award should be made.
The performance range around target is subject to a greater level of downside risk than there is upside opportunity, mainly due to physical and regulatory asset constraints. Accordingly, the range between threshold and target is somewhat greater than that between target and maximum. For maximum, the Committee takes care not to create leveraged incentives that encourage executives to push for short-term performance that goes beyond our risk appetite and current operational capacity.
The Committee retains, and has a track record of applying, downward discretion (but not upwards discretion) to ensure the CDP outcome is appropriately aligned with the overall performance of the Group for the year, and is fair and equitable to management and shareholders.
ROCE of 48.7% was reported by BHP for FY2022. Adjusted for the factors outlined below, ROCE is 36.3%, which is below target. The following adjustments were made to ensure the outcomes appropriately reflect the performance of management for the year:
•   The full elimination of the impacts of positive movements in commodities prices and exchange rates decreased ROCE by 6.9 percentage points.
•   Adjustments for other material items made to ensure the outcomes reflect the performance of management for the year decreased ROCE by 5.5 percentage points. This was mainly due to the elimination of the positive effect on reported ROCE outcomes of lower depreciation and lower asset values in the closing balance sheet due to the merger of the Petroleum business with Woodside and the sale of our interest in BMC. This downwards adjustment was necessary to ensure the basis of the ROCE outcome for CDP purposes was the same as the basis upon which Petroleum and our interest in BMC were included in the ROCE target for FY2022.
•   Having reviewed the FY2022 exceptional items (as described in Financial Statements note 3 Exceptional items), the Committee determined these should not be considered for the purposes of determining the FY2022 ROCE CDP outcome and that no further action was required in respect of exceptional items.
The key drivers of the FY2022 ROCE outcome of 36.3% being below the target for FY2022 of 38.1% set at the commencement of the year were:
•   In Minerals Australia, production volumes were lower than expected mainly driven by labour and supply constraints across most assets associated with
COVID-19,
delays in the ramp up of South Flank at Western Australian Iron Ore, labour availability issues and interrupted autonomous haulage rollout at BMA, and the longer than planned duration of the smelter maintenance campaign at Olympic Dam. In addition, input prices were higher across all assets.
Below target.
•   In Minerals Americas, in addition to unplanned maintenance and higher input prices at all assets, production volumes were impacted by lower than expected recoveries at Pampa Norte due to plant design issues related to the Spence Growth Option and higher clay content, and lower than expected copper concentrator feed grade at Escondida.
•   In Petroleum, despite achieving planned production, sales volumes were lower than expected due to unfavourable timing, partly offset by better than expected cost performance.
The outcome against the ROCE measure for FY2022 was 40 per cent out of the target of 50 per cent.
160

Individual measures for the CEO
Individual measures for the CEO are determined at the commencement of the financial year. The application of personal measures remains an important element of effective performance management. These measures seek to provide a balance between the financial and
non-financial
performance requirements that maintain our position as a leader in our industry. The CEO’s individual measures for FY2022 included contribution to BHP’s overall performance and the management team, and the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as specified by the Board, as set out in the table below.
Individual
measures
Individual scorecard targets
Performance against scorecard targets
Measure
outcome
Social valueDeliver a successful Say on Climate outcome at the 2021 AGMs.
•   The Climate Transition Action Plan/Say on Climate was successfully approved at the 2021 AGMs with 85% of votes in favour.
Target.
Deliver an external update on BHP’s embedment and measurement of Social Value.
•   A Social Value Framework (SVF) was developed and approved by the Board in October 2021 and subsequently deployed across BHP. In June 2022, the SVF was presented to our workforce as well as externally via an investor roundtable, and both internal and external engagements were received positively.
PeopleIncrease in female participation by three percentage points.
•   Female participation increased in FY2022 by 2.5 percentage points to 32.3% at 30 June 2022, compared to 29.8% at 30 June 2021.
Below target.
Engagement and Perception Survey (EPS) improvement survey on survey over the year and substantively improve lower performing teams.
•   While most of our people continue to feel safe, engaged and enabled, our EPS results declined marginally in FY2022. The EPS results of lower performing teams were, on average, similar in FY2022 compared to the prior year, even though a number of lower performing teams did show improvement.
Performance>90% of BHP Operating System (BOS) deployments on track, Operational Excellence Indicator (OEI) > 40 at 75% of sites at end of deployment, and > 75% improving OEI improving
assessment-on-assessment
for other sites.
•   94% of BOS deployments are on track according to plan. 88% of BOS sites at the end of deployment achieved an OEI score above the target of 40 (with an average OEI score of 43). 91% of sites already in deployment recorded an
assessment-on-assessment
improvement over FY2022.
Slightly above target.
Enable the data strategy and associated value creation through transforming data accuracy, consistency and access.
•   The data strategy has been reinforced to enable value creation through transformation of data accuracy, consistency and cloud-native access. We have also established a data analytics operating model which retains capabilities in the assets and functions whilst enabling standards and tool replication across the Group to remove duplication, and migrated 1SAP and an additional 78 applications to the cloud to unlock enhanced performance and enhance cybersecurity.
PortfolioProgress the strategic review activities with respect to Petroleum, our interest in BMC and New South Wales Energy Coal as approved by the Board.
•   We made strong progress on strategic review activities as approved by the Board, including the merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside (completed in June 2022), and the divestments of our interests in Cerrejón (completed in January 2022) and BMC (completed in May 2022). In June 2022, we announced that we will retain New South Wales Energy Coal and will seek approval to continue mining through to cessation of operations in FY2030.
Slightly above target.
Additional nickel and copper search spaces captured.
•   While we secured additional investments in nickel and copper projects, the public offer made for Noront Resources (nickel) was unsuccessful.
Continued maturation of the innovation and venture business units.
•   Our pursuit of innovation has progressed, with 60 innovation concepts generated for evaluation in FY2022. Strong progress also continues across ventures, with 9 investments executed during FY2022, while ventures also supported market intelligence in our strategic evaluations of new products and processes.
Overall, it was considered the performance of the CEO against the individual measures for FY2022 had met expectations and warranted an outcome aligned to the target of 25 per cent.
The CDP performance measures for other Executive KMP for FY2022 are similar to those of the CEO outlined above. However, for the other Executive KMP, the weighting of each performance measure will vary to reflect the focus required from each Executive KMP role. As with the CEO, individual performance measures are determined at the start of the financial year. These include the other Executive KMP’s contribution to the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of their role and the overall performance of the Group. Individual performance of other Executive KMP was reviewed against these measures by the Committee and, on average, were considered to have met expectations and warranted an outcome aligned with target.
161

The diagram below represents the FY2022 CDP weightings and outcomes against the original scorecard for other Executive KMP.
3.3    FY2022 LTIP performance outcomes
The five-year performance period for the 2017 LTIP award for relevant Executive KMP ended on 30 June 2022. Vesting is subject to achievement of the relative TSR performance conditions and any discretion applied by the Committee (refer to 3.4 Overarching discretion and vesting underpin).
For the 2017 LTIP award to vest in full, BHP’s TSR over the performance period from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2022 must be at or exceed the 80th percentile of the Sector Group TSR and the World TSR. TSR includes returns to BHP shareholders in the form of share price movements along with dividends paid and reinvested in BHP (including cash and
in-specie
dividends).
BHP’s TSR performance was positive 181.7 per cent over the five-year period from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2022. This is above the 80th percentile of the Sector Group TSR of positive 168.7 per cent and above the 80th percentile of the World TSR of positive 128.8 per cent over the same period. This level of performance results in 100 per cent vesting for the 2017 LTIP award. The value of the CEO’s vested 2017 LTIP award has been reported in 3.1 FY2022 remuneration received by the CEO.
The graph below shows BHP’s performance relative to comparator groups.
The value of the vested 2017 LTIP award is higher than the value of the award at the time it was granted. With the share price having risen appreciably during the five-year period and strong dividends, 44 per cent of the value realised is due to the value at the time the awards were granted and 56 per cent is due to share price appreciation and dividends. This value increment due to share price appreciation and dividends is consistent with the experience of shareholders over the period.
3.4    Overarching discretion and vesting underpin
The rules of the CDP and LTIP and the terms and conditions of the awards provide the Committee with an overarching discretion to reduce the number of awards that will vest, notwithstanding that the performance condition or the relevant service conditions have been met.
This overarching discretion is a holistic, qualitative judgement and is applied as an underpin test before final vesting is confirmed. It is an important risk management tool to ensure vesting is not simply driven by a formula or the passage of time that may give unexpected or unintended remuneration outcomes.
The Committee considers its discretion carefully each year ahead of the scheduled vesting of CDP and LTIP equity awards in August. It considers performance holistically over the five-year period, including a five-year ‘look back’ on HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct. For the five years from FY2018 to FY2022, the Committee noted BHP’s continued improvement in HSEC outcomes, strong operational performance with improving production and cost performance, and significant returns to shareholders, together with no governance or conduct issues of note.
Firstly, in respect of the vesting of CDP
two-year
deferred shares (granted in November 2020 in respect of performance in FY2020), the Committee chose not to exercise its discretion and allowed the CDP awards to vest in full.
Secondly, in respect of the vesting of the 2017 LTIP five-year performance shares, the formulaic outcome of the 2017 LTIP was 100 per cent vesting. Having undertaken the ‘look back’ review described above, the Committee concluded the vesting outcome was appropriate given Group and individual performance, and chose not to exercise its discretion and allowed 100 per cent of the LTIP awards to vest. There is no upwards discretion available to the Committee in respect of the LTIP and the overarching discretion may only reduce the number of awards that may vest.
162

3.5    Sign-on
performance shares
David Lamont joined BHP as Chief Financial Officer on 1 December 2020. David left his former employer, CSL Limited (CSL), a major Australian company listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, on 30 October 2020. As a consequence of his resignation, certain CSL incentive awards, which were expected to have been paid or vested in 2021 and beyond, were foregone. Replacement BHP awards were provided in accordance with BHP’s remuneration framework. In accordance with that policy, remuneration that David forfeited or did not receive as a consequence of leaving CSL to join BHP was partly replaced with 86,279 performance shares (i.e. 77,000 awards granted plus 9,279 additional uplift awards allocated as part of the merger of the Petroleum business with Woodside) and the Committee determined appropriate service and performance conditions.
The performance conditions were a holistic assessment of underlying financial performance of BHP and personal performance of David during the vesting period. At the time of grant, the target was 80 per cent vesting of awards, with a maximum of 100 per cent and a minimum of zero.
The service condition was satisfied and the Committee assessed the performance condition over the relevant performance period (1 December 2020 to 30 June 2022). The Committee considered BHP’s TSR, the CDP finance measure outcomes and David’s personal performance (with guidance on this assessment from the CEO).
In particular, the Committee considered the following information over the relevant period:
BHP’s relative TSR performance was slightly above the weighted median of BHP’s sector peers
BHP’s financial performance, as measured by the CDP finance measure outcomes, was slightly below target
the CEO’s view that David had performed in line with expectations in his role
The Committee exercised its discretion and determined to vest 80 per cent or 69,023 of the performance shares. The awards which will not vest will instead lapse. A holding lock will apply to the vested shares until August 2023, at which time they will be released to David. Should David voluntarily resign or retire during the holding lock period, or be terminated for cause, the shares subject to the holding lock will be forfeited.
3.6    LTIP allocated during FY2022
Following shareholder approval at the 2021 AGMs, 107,183 LTIP awards (in the form of performance rights) were granted to the CEO on 23 November 2021. The face value of the CEO’s award was 200 per cent of his base salary of US$1.700 million at the time of grant. The fair value of the awards is ordinarily calculated by multiplying the face value of the award by the fair value factor of 41 per cent (for the current plan design, as determined by the independent adviser to the Committee).
The 107,183 LTIP awards for the CEO was determined based on the US$ face value of the LTIP awards of US$3.400 million and calculated using the average share price and US$/A$ exchange rate over the 12 months up to and including 30 June 2021. LTIP awards granted to other Executive KMP during FY2022 were calculated on the same basis as described above for the CEO, except that awards for other Executive KMP had a face value of 175 per cent of base salary.
In addition to the LTIP terms set out in 2.2 Remuneration framework operation, the Committee has determined the following terms for the 2021 LTIP:
Performance period
•   1 July 2021 to 30 June 2026
Performance conditions
•   An averaging period of six months will be used in the TSR calculations.
•   BHP’s TSR relative to the weighted median TSR of sector peer companies selected by the Committee (Sector Group TSR) and the MSCI World Index (World TSR) will determine the vesting of 67% and 33% of the award, respectively.
•   Each company in the sector peer group is weighted by market capitalisation. The maximum weighting for any one company is 25% and the minimum is set at 0.4% to reduce sensitivity to any single sector peer company.
•   For the whole of either portion of the award to vest, BHP’s TSR must be at or exceed the weighted 80th percentile of the Sector Group TSR or the World TSR (as applicable). Threshold vesting (25% of each portion of the award) occurs where BHP’s TSR equals the weighted 50th percentile (i.e. the median) of the Sector Group TSR or the World TSR (as applicable). Vesting occurs on a sliding scale between the weighted 50th and 80th percentiles.
Sector peer group companies
(1)
•   Resources (85%): Anglo American, Fortescue Metals, Freeport-McMoRan, Glencore, Rio Tinto, Southern Copper, Teck Resources, Vale.
•   Oil and gas (15%): Apache, BP, Canadian Natural Res., Chevron, ConocoPhillips, Devon Energy, EOG Resources, ExxonMobil, Occidental Petroleum, Shell, Woodside.
From November 2018, CONSOL Energy was removed from the sector comparator group, as due to its internal restructuring it had become a less comparable peer.
163

3.7     FY2023 remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP
The remuneration for the CEO and other Executive KMP in FY2023 will be in accordance with 2.2 Remuneration framework operation.
Base salary review
Base salaries are reviewed annually and increases are applicable from 1 September. The CEO commenced in the role on 1 January 2020 and did not receive a base salary increase in FY2021 or FY2022. The Board and the Committee have assessed the CEO and other Executive KMP’s performance and determined that, as of 1 September 2022:
The CEO’s and other Executive KMP’s base salaries will increase by 3 per cent following a review by the Committee of the external market demand for senior executive talent and updated benchmarking. The Committee considers the increases modest in this context, as well as being below the median salary increase applied for other BHP employees of approximately 4 per cent.
In addition, having reviewed Ragnar Udd’s performance and development in role since appointment in November 2020, including the dynamic context and growing importance of the Americas region to the Group, the Committee provided an additional increase of 6 per cent increase in base salary (i.e. 9 per cent in total).
The CEO’s and other Executive KMP’s base salaries will be kept under review in future years to ensure they remain competitive.
FY2023 CDP performance measures
For FY2023, the Board and the Committee have set the following CDP scorecard performance measures for the CEO. The weighting of each performance measure and specific individual performance measures will vary for other Executive KMP to reflect the focus required from each of them in their role:
Performance categories
Weighting
Target measures
Safety and Sustainability
25
The following Safety and Sustainability (previously HSEC) performance measures are designed to incentivise achievement of the Group’s public goals.
Significant events (10%): No significant (actual level 4) health, safety (including fatalities), environment or community events during the year. Achievement of sexual harassment and Fatality Implementation Program FY2023 deliverables.
Climate change (10%): FY2023 GHG emissions targets met, aligned with progress towards the 2030 medium term target. A majority of planned decarbonisation projects are presented for tollgates or milestones as scheduled. Progress Memorandum of Understanding commitments with steel customers.
Indigenous partnerships (5%): Achieve uplift in Indigenous, Traditional Owner and First Nations vendor procurement. Planned progress on Indigenous employment/participation targets. Release revised Global Indigenous Peoples Strategy.
Financial
50ROCE is underlying profit after taxation (excluding after-taxation finance costs and exceptional items) divided by average capital employed. When assessing management’s performance, adjustments are made to the ROCE result to allow for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements and other material items to ensure the assessment appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. For reasons of commercial sensitivity, the target for ROCE is not disclosed in advance.
Individual
25
The CEO’s individual measures for FY2023 comprise the contribution to BHP’s overall performance and the management team and the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as set out by the Board. These include projects and initiatives in respect of social value, people, performance and portfolio.
These performance measures are aligned with medium and long-term strategy aspirations that are intended to drive long-term value for shareholders and other stakeholders, and the Board considers a 25% weighting in the CDP to be appropriate for these important elements.
Individual performance measures for other Executive KMP similarly contribute to the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of their role and BHP’s overall performance.
164

FY2023 LTIP award
The maximum face value of the CEO’s FY2023 LTIP award under the remuneration framework is US$3.500 million, being 200 per cent of the CEO’s base salary at the time of grant. The number of LTIP awards in FY2023 has been determined using the share price and US$/A$ exchange rate over the 12 months up to and including 30 June 2022 (adjusted to eliminate the value of the
in-specie
dividend distributed in connection with the merger of BHP’s Petroleum business with Woodside from the daily BHP Group Limited share prices between 1 July 2021 to 31 May 2022). Based on this, a FY2023 grant of 118,853 LTIP awards is proposed and approval for this LTIP grant will be sought from shareholders at the 2022 AGM. If approved, the award will be granted following the AGM (i.e. in or around November 2022, subject to securities dealing considerations). The FY2023 LTIP award will use the same performance and service conditions as the FY2022 LTIP award, except that the MSCI World Metals and Mining Index will replace the sector group companies comparator group, due to the merger of the Petroleum business with Woodside. Accordingly, the FY2023 LTIP award will use the following comparator groups: the new MSCI World Metals and Mining Index and the existing MSCI World Index, which will determine the vesting of 67 per cent and 33 per cent of the award, respectively.
LTIP awards granted to other Executive KMP during FY2023 will be calculated on the same basis as described above for the CEO, except that awards for other Executive KMP will have a maximum face value of 175 per cent of base salary.
4    Remuneration for
Non-executive
Directors
Our remuneration framework for
Non-executive
Directors aligns with the Australian Securities Exchange Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations (4
th
Edition).
4.1    Remuneration framework
The following table shows the components for
Non-executive
Directors’ remuneration.
Non-executive
Directors are not eligible to participate in any CDP or LTIP awards.
Fees
Benefits
Purpose and link to strategy
Competitive fees are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken. Fees are set at a competitive level based on benchmarks and advice provided by external advisers.Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals and adequately remunerate them for the role undertaken, including the considerable travel burden.
Remuneration components
The Chair is paid a single fee for all responsibilities.
Non-executive
Directors are paid a base fee and relevant committee membership fees. Committee Chairs and the Senior Independent Director are paid an additional fee to reflect their extra responsibilities.
All fee levels are reviewed annually and any changes are ordinarily effective from 1 July.
Fee levels reflect the size and complexity of the Group and the geographies in which the Group operates. The economic environment and the financial performance of the Group are taken into account. Consideration is also given to salary reviews across the rest of the Group.
Where the payment of pension contributions is required by law, these contributions are deducted from the Director’s overall fee entitlements.
Travel allowances are paid on a
per-trip
basis reflecting the considerable travel burden imposed on members of the Board as a consequence of the global nature of the organisation and apply when a Director needs to travel internationally to attend a Board meeting or site visits at our multiple geographic locations.
As a consequence of our prior dual listed company structure,
Non-executive
Directors are required to prepare personal tax returns in Australia and the UK, regardless of whether they reside in one or neither of those countries. They are accordingly reimbursed for the costs of personal tax return preparation in whichever of the UK and/or Australia is not their place of residence (including payment of the tax cost associated with the provision of the benefit).
165

Letters of appointment
The Board has adopted a letter of appointment that contains the terms on which
Non-executive
Directors will be appointed, including the basis upon which they will be indemnified by the Group. The Board has adopted a policy under which all
Non-executive
Directors must seek
re-election
at the AGM each year. As a result of requiring
re-election
each year,
Non-executive
Directors do not have a fixed term in their letter of appointment.
The maximum aggregate fees payable to
Non-executive
Directors (including the Chair) were approved by shareholders at the 2008 AGMs at US$3.800 million per annum. This sum includes base fees, Committee fees and pension contributions. Travel allowances and
non-monetary
benefits are not included in this limit.
Payments on early termination or loss of office
There are no provisions in any of the
Non-executive
Directors’ appointment arrangements for compensation payable on early termination of their directorship. A
Non-executive
Director may resign on reasonable notice. No payments are made to
Non-executive
Directors on loss of office.
4.2    Non-executive
Directors’ remuneration in FY2023
In FY2023, the remuneration for the
Non-executive
Directors will be paid in accordance with the remuneration framework set out above. Fee levels for the
Non-executive
Directors and the Chair are reviewed annually. The review includes benchmarking against peer companies, with the assistance of external advisers.
From 1 July 2017, the Chair’s annual fee was reduced by approximately 8 per cent from US$0.960 million to US$0.880 million and will remain at that level for FY2023. This fee reduction was in addition to the reduction of approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million effective 1 July 2015. Base fee levels for
Non-executive
Directors will remain at the reduced levels that took effect from 1 July 2015, at which time they were reduced by approximately 6 per cent from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum.
The below table sets out the annualised total remuneration and total fixed fees for FY2023, which remain unchanged from FY2022.
Levels of fees and travel allowances for
Non-executive
Directors (in US$)
From 1 July 2022
Base annual fee
160,000
Plus additional fees for:
Senior Independent Director
48,000
Committee Chair:
Risk and Audit
60,000
Remuneration
45,000
Sustainability
45,000
Nomination and Governance
No additional fee
Committee membership:
Risk and Audit
32,500
Remuneration
27,500
Sustainability
27,500
Nomination and Governance
18,000
Travel allowance:
1
Greater than 3 but less than 10 hours
7,000
10 hours or more
15,000
Chair’s fee
880,000
In relation to travel for Board business, the time thresholds relate to the flight time to travel to the meeting location (i.e. one way flight time). Only one travel allowance is paid per round trip.
166

5    Statutory KMP remuneration and other disclosures
5.1    KMP remuneration table
The table below has been prepared in accordance with relevant accounting standards and remunerationstandards. Remuneration data for Executive KMP are for the periods of FY2020FY2021 and FY2021FY2022 that they were KMP. More information on the policyframework and operation of each element of remuneration is provided earlier in previous sections of this Report.
 
Share-based payments
The figures included in the shaded columns of the statutory table below for share-based payments were not actually provided to the Executive KMP including the CEO during FY2021FY2022 or FY2020.FY2021. These amounts are calculated in accordance with accounting standards and are the amortised IFRS fair values at grant date of equity and equity-related instruments that have been granted to the executives. For information on awards that were allocated and vested during FY2021FY2022 and FY2020,FY2021, refer to ‘Equity awards’ in this section 2.2.3.5.2 Equity awards.
 
     
Short-term benefits
 
Post-
employment
benefits
  
Share-based payments
  
Total
    
Short-term benefits
 
Post-
employment
benefits
  
Share-based payments
    
US$(‘000)
 
Financial
year
 
Base
salary
(1)
 
Annual cash
incentive
(2)
 
Non-monetary

benefits
(3)
 
Other
benefits
(4)
 
Retirement
benefits
(5)
  
Value of CDP/STIP
awards
(2)(6)
 
Value of LTIP
awards
(6)
  
Financial
year
 
Base
salary /

Fees
1
 
Annual cash
incentive
2
 
Non-monetary

benefits
3
 
Other
benefits
4
 
Retirement
benefits
5
  
Value of CDP/STIP
awards
2, 6
 
Value of LTIP
awards
6
  
Total
 
Executive Director
                  
Mike Henry
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
1,700
 
 
 
1,564
 
 
 
120
 
 
 
 
 
 
170
 
 
 
1,487
 
 
 
2,315
 
 
 
7,356
 
 
FY2022
 
 
1,700
 
 
 
1,306
 
 
 
168
 
 
 
 
 
 
170
 
 
 
1,890
 
 
 
2,297
 
 
 
7,531
 
 FY2020  1,400  1,075  129     223  907  2,299  6,033  FY2021 1,700  1,564  120     170  1,487  2,315  7,356 
Andrew Mackenzie
(7)
 FY2020  850  653  124     213  1,202  2,038  5,080 
Other Executive KMP
Other Executive KMP
 
        
Other Executive KMP
        
Edgar Basto
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
950
 
 
 
866
 
 
 
60
 
 
 
 
 
 
95
 
 
 
432
 
 
 
839
 
 
 
3,242
 
 
FY2022
 
 
950
 
 
 
646
 
 
 
45
 
 
 
 
 
 
95
 
 
 
698
 
 
 
786
 
 
 
3,220
 
Peter Beaven
(7)
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
417
 
 
 
400
 
 
 
39
 
 
 
 
 
 
83
 
 
 
876
 
 
 
787
 
 
 
2,602
 
 FY2020  1,000  848  41     250  810  2,090  5,039  FY2021 950  866  60     95  432  839  3,242 
Peter Beaven
7
 
FY2021
 
 
417
 
 
 
400
 
 
 
39
 
 
 
 
 
 
83
 
 
 
876
 
 
 
787
 
 
 
2,602
 
David Lamont
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
554
 
 
 
510
 
 
 
42
 
 
 
 
 
 
55
 
 
 
167
 
 
 
935
 
 
 
2,263
 
 
FY2022
 
 
950
 
 
 
730
 
 
 
37
 
 
 
300
 
 
 
95
 
 
 
615
 
 
 
1,754
 
 
 
4,481
 
Daniel Malchuk
(7)
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
333
 
 
 
307
 
 
 
23
 
 
 
 
 
 
67
 
 
 
765
 
 
 
620
 
 
 
2,115
 
 FY2020  1,000  816  38     250  797  2,090  4,991  FY2021 554  510  42     55  167  935  2,263 
Daniel Malchuk
7
 
FY2021
 
 
333
 
 
 
307
 
 
 
23
 
 
 
 
 
 
67
 
 
 
765
 
 
 
620
 
 
 
2,115
 
Geraldine Slattery
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
800
 
 
 
800
 
 
 
25
 
 
 
 
 
 
160
 
 
 
777
 
 
 
930
 
 
 
3,492
 
 
FY2022
 
 
850
 
 
 
700
 
 
 
 
 
 
695
 
 
 
128
 
 
 
1,019
 
 
 
856
 
 
 
4,248
 
 FY2020  750  618        188  378  903  2,837  FY2021 800  800  25     160  777  930  3,492 
Ragnar Udd
 
 
FY2021
 
 
 
567
 
 
 
521
 
 
 
49
 
 
 
420
 
 
 
57
 
 
 
190
 
 
 
483
 
 
 
2,287
 
 
FY2022
 
 
850
 
 
 
653
 
 
 
32
 
 
 
 
 
 
85
 
 
 
576
 
 
 
676
 
 
 
2,872
 
 FY2021 567  521  49  420  57  190  483  2,287 
Non-Executive
Directors
Non-Executive
Directors
        
Terry Bowen
 
FY2022
 
 
248
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
 
 
 
15
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
295
 
 FY2021 219        4  12        235 
Malcolm Broomhead
 
FY2022
 
 
165
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31
 
 
 
12
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
208
 
 FY2021 195        3  10        208 
Ian Cockerill
 
FY2022
 
 
233
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
294
 
 FY2021 220                    220 
Xiaoqun Clever
8
 
FY2022
 
 
193
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
211
 
 FY2021 144                    144 
Anita Frew
9
 
FY2022
 
 
81
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83
 
 FY2021 220        2           222 
Gary Goldberg
3
 
FY2022
 
 
301
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
372
 
 FY2021 246        2           248 
Michelle Hinchliffe
8
 
FY2022
 
 
64
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94
 
Susan Kilsby
9
 
FY2022
 
 
69
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85
 
 FY2021 220        1           221 
Ken MacKenzie
 
FY2022
 
 
863
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
 
 
 
17
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
912
 
 FY2021 864        4  16        884 
Lindsay Maxsted
9
 
FY2021
 
 
33
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38
 
John Mogford
 
FY2022
 
 
234
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
251
 
 FY2021 215        2           217 
Christine O’Reilly
8
 
FY2022
 
 
276
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
308
 
 FY2021 162           9        171 
Catherine Tanna
8
 
FY2022
 
 
49
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83
 
Shriti Vadera
9
 
FY2021
 
 
74
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75
 
Dion Weisler
3
 
FY2022
 
 
191
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
 
 
 
14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
237
 
 FY2021 178        1  9        188 
167

 
(1)
Base salaries and fees shown in this table reflect the amounts paid over the
12-month
period from 1 July 20202021 to 30 June 20212022 for each Executive KMP.KMP and
Non-Executive
Director. There were no changes to Executive KMP base salaries during FY2022. The following
Non-Executive
Directors have received special exertion fees for additional or extra services they performed in FY2022 in connection with major transactions undertaken by the year except for Edgar Basto who was appointed as President Minerals Australia on 1 July 2020 onGroup: in connection with the unification of BHP’s dual listed structure – Gary Goldberg received an annual base salaryadditional fee of US$0.950 million, Ragnar Udd who was appointed20,000 as President Minerals Americas on 1 November 2020 onChair of the Transaction Committee and Ian Cockerill and Terry Bowen received US$12,500 each as members of the Transaction Committee; and in connection with the merger of the Petroleum business with Woodside – Christine O’Reilly received an annual base salaryadditional fee of US$0.850 million, David Lamont who was appointed20,000 as Chief Financial Officer on 1 December 2020 on an annual base salaryChair of US$0.950 million,the Transaction Committee and Geraldine Slattery whose salary changed toTerry Bowen and John Mogford received US$0.850 million on 1 January 2021. Geraldine’s base salary was set by12,500 each as members of the Remuneration Committee in March 2019 upon her appointment as President Petroleum at US$0.750 million per annum, which was 25 per cent below that of Geraldine’s predecessor. In December 2020, the Committee assessed Geraldine’s performance as President Petroleum and it was confirmed that Geraldine was performing and developing strongly in role. The Committee also considered market factors, job relativities and contribution in the role in reaching its decision that Geraldine’s base salary would be increased to US$0.850 million per annum on 1 January 2021. The base salaries for Executive KMP will be kept under review in future years to ensure they remain competitive, especially in light of recent movement in exchange rates against the US dollar.Transaction Committee.
 
(2)
Annual cash incentive in this table is the cash portion of CDP awards earned in respect of performance during each financial year for each executive. CDP is provided
one-third
in cash and
two-thirds
in deferred equity (which are included in the Share-based payments columns of the table). The cash portion of CDP awards is paid to Executive KMP in September of the year following the relevant financial year. The minimum possible value awarded to each individual is nil and the maximum is 360 per cent of base salary (120 per cent in cash and 240 per cent in deferred equity). For FY2021,FY2022, Executive KMP earned the following CDP awards as a percentage of the maximum (the remaining portion has been forfeited): Mike Henry 7764 per cent, Edgar Basto 7657 per cent, Peter Beaven 80David Lamont 64 per cent, (for the time served as Chief Financial Officer), David Lamont 77 per cent (for the time served as Chief Financial Officer), Daniel Malchuk 77 per cent (for the time served as President Minerals Americas), Geraldine Slattery 8369 per cent, and Ragnar Udd 7764 per cent (for the time served as President Minerals Americas). Andrew’s FY2020 CDPcent. Peter Beaven’s and Peter’s and Daniel’sDaniel Malchuk’s FY2021 CDP was paid in cash and prorated to reflect the period served until they ceased to be KMP on 31 December 2019, 30 November 2020 and 31 October 2020 respectively, as noted for Andrew in ‘Single total figure of remuneration’ in this section 2.2.3, with 50 per cent of the total CDP award included in the Annual cash incentive column, and 50 per cent in the Value of CDP/STIP awards column.respectively.
 
(3)
Non-monetary
benefits are
non-pensionable
and include items such as net leave accruals, private family health insurance, spouse business-related travel, car parking, fringe benefits tax and other insurances, fees forpersonal tax return preparation (ifin required in multiple jurisdictions), car parking and travel costs.countries.
 
(4)
Other benefits are
non-pensionable
and for FY2022 include a
sign-on
cash award on commencement of employment for David Lamont representing compensation for remuneration that David forfeited or did not receive as a consequence of leaving CSL to join BHP in 2020; an encashment of annual leave entitlements under the US Annual Leave policy for Geraldine Slattery, together with a retention award for Geraldine to ensure her services were retained by BHP after the August 2021 announcement of the merger of the Petroleum business with Woodside; and in FY2021, a
one-off
relocation allowance (with no trailing entitlements) provided to Ragnar Udd in FY2021 relating to his international relocation from Australia to Chile. The majority of the amounts disclosed for benefits for
Non-executive
Directors are usually travel allowances (amounts of between US$ nil and US$70,000 for FY2022) however, the
COVID-19
pandemic restricted
Non-executive
Director travel during FY2021 and FY2022. For FY2022, amounts of between US$ nil and US$4,000 are included in respect of tax return preparation; and amounts of between US$ nil and US$1,500 are included in respect of the reimbursement of the tax cost associated with the provision of taxable benefits.
 
(5)
In FY2021, retirementRetirement benefits were 20 per cent of base salary for each Executive KMP except for Mike Henry, who was appointed CEO on 1 January 2020, Edgar Basto, who was appointed as President Minerals Australia on 1 July 2020, David Lamont, who was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 1 December 2020,in FY2021 and Ragnar Udd, who was appointed as President Minerals Americas on 1 November 2020, each with a pension contribution rate ofFY2022 were 10 per cent of base salary as per the remuneration policy approved atframework, with the 2019 AGMs.exception of the retirement benefits reported for Geraldine Slattery of 15 per cent of base salary for FY2022 and the retirement benefits reported for Peter Beaven, Daniel Malchuk and Geraldine Slattery of 20 per cent of base salary for FY2021 in accordance with prior remuneration framework.
Non-Executive
Director fees are inclusive of minimum superannuation contributions of up to 10 per cent of remuneration for FY2022 in accordance with Australian superannuation legislation. No other pension contributions were paid.
 
(6)
The IFRS fair value of CDP STIP and LTIP awards is estimated at grant date. Refer to Financial Statements note 25 ‘EmployeeEmployee share ownership plans’ in section 3 for more information on IFRS.plans.
 
(7)
The remuneration reported for Andrew Mackenzie, Peter Beaven and Daniel Malchuk reflects service as Executive KMP up to 31 December 2019, 30 November 2020 and 31 October 2020, respectively.
 
The FY2021 remuneration for Xiaoqun Clever and Christine O’Reilly relates to part of the year only, as they joined the Board on 1 October 2020 and 12 October 2020 respectively. The FY2022 remuneration for Michelle Hinchliffe and Catherine Tanna relates to part of the year only, as they joined the Board on 1 March 2022 and 4 April 2022 respectively.
178
The FY2022 remuneration for Anita Frew and Susan Kilsby relates to part of the year only, as they retired from the Board on 11 November 2021. The FY2021 remuneration for Lindsay Maxsted and Shriti Vadera relates to part of the year only, as they retired from the Board on 4 September 2020 and 15 October 2020 respectively.

5.2    Equity awards
The interests held by Executive KMP under the Group’s employee equity plans are set out in the table below. Each equity award is a right to acquire one ordinary share in BHP Group Limited or in BHP Group Plc upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions. BHP Group Limited share awards are shown in Australian dollars. BHP Group Plc awards are shown in Pounds Sterling. Our mandatory minimum performance requirements for securities dealing governs and restricts dealing arrangements and the provision of shares on vesting or exercise of awards. No interests under the Group’s employee equity plans are held by related parties of Executive KMP.
Dividend Equivalent Payments
Approval from BHP’s shareholders for the issue of equity awards to the CEO under the CDP and LTIP was obtained under ASX Listing Rule 10.14 at the 2021 AGM.
DEP applies to awards provided to Executive KMP under the CDP STIP and LTIP as detailed in ‘Components of remuneration’ in section 2.2.2.2.2 Remuneration framework operation. No DEP is payable on MAP awards previously provided to Executive KMP.
Equity awards provided for Executive KMP service
Awards under the CDP, STIP, and LTIP
Executive KMP received or will receive awards under the CDP, STIP and LTIP. The terms and conditions of CDP STIP and LTIP awards, including the performance conditions, are described in ‘Components of remuneration’ in section 2.2.2. The LTIP rules are available at bhp.com.
Equity awards provided prior to Executive KMP service
Awards under the MAP
2.2 Remuneration framework operation.
BHP senior management who are not KMP receive awards under the MAP. While no MAP awards were granted to Executive KMP after becoming KMP, Edgar Basto, Geraldine Slattery and Ragnar Udd still hold MAP awards that were allocated to them prior to commencing their Executive KMP service.
 
179168

Award type
 
Date of grant
 
At 1 July
2020
 
Granted
 
Vested
 
Lapsed
 
At 30 June
2021
 
Award vesting
date
(1)
 
Market price on date of:
  
Gain on
awards
(‘000)
(4)
 
DEP on
awards
(‘000)
  
Date of grant
 
At 1 July
2021
 
Granted
 
Uplift
1
 
Vested
 
Lapsed
 
At 30 June
2022
 
Award vesting
date
2
 
Market price on date of:
  
Gain on
awards
(‘000)
5
 
DEP on
awards
(‘000)
 
Grant
(2)
 
Vesting
(3)
 
Grant
3
 
Vesting
4
 
Mike Henry
                                              
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     44,348        44,348  Aug 25 A$35.90           
23-Nov-21
    49,304           49,304  Aug 26 A$38.05         
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     44,348        44,348  Aug 22 A$35.90           
23-Nov-21
    49,304           49,304  Aug 23 A$38.05         
STIP
 
20-Nov-19
  17,420           17,420  Aug 21 A$37.24          
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
 44,348              44,348  Aug 25 A$35.90         
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
 44,348              44,348  Aug 22 A$35.90         
STIP
 
18-Dec-18
  30,692     30,692        19 Aug 20 A$33.50  A$39.06  A$1,199  A$152  
20-Nov-19
 17,420        17,420        18 Aug 21 A$37.24 A$47.70  A$831  A$66 
LTIP
 
20-Oct-20
     140,239        140,239  Aug 25 A$35.90           
23-Nov-21
    107,183           107,183  Aug 26 A$38.05         
LTIP
 
20-Nov-19
  153,631           153,631  Aug 24 A$37.24           
20-Oct-20
 140,239              140,239  Aug 25 A$35.90         
LTIP
 
18-Dec-18
  172,413           172,413  Aug 23 A$33.50           
20-Nov-19
 153,631              153,631  Aug 24 A$37.24         
LTIP
 
24-Nov-17
  218,020           218,020  Aug 22 A$27.97           
18-Dec-18
 172,413              172,413  Aug 23 A$33.50         
LTIP
 
9-Dec-16
  192,360           192,360  Aug 21 A$25.98           
24-Nov-17
 218,020              218,020  Aug 22 A$27.97         
LTIP
 
4-Dec-15
  192,360     92,333  100,027     19 Aug 20 A$17.93  A$39.06  A$3,607  A$748  
9-Dec-16
 192,360        192,360        18 Aug 21 A$25.98 A$47.70  A$9,176  A$1,634 
Edgar Basto
(5)
 
                    
LTIP
 
20-Oct-20
     68,572        68,572  Aug 25 A$35.90          
MAP
 
19-May-20
  28,245           28,245  Aug 24 A$35.05          
MAP
 
19-May-20
  28,245           28,245  Aug 23 A$35.05          
MAP
 
25-Sep-19
  28,245           28,245  Aug 22 A$36.53          
MAP
 
24-Sep-18
  27,651           27,651  Aug 21 A$33.83          
MAP
 
25-Sep-17
  33,828     33,828        19 Aug 20 A$25.98  A$39.06  A$1,321    
Peter Beaven
(6)
                      
Edgar Basto
Edgar Basto
                      
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     34,977        34,977  Aug 25 A$35.90           
23-Nov-21
    27,312  3,292        30,604  Aug 26 A$38.05         
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     34,977        34,977  Aug 22 A$35.90           
23-Nov-21
    27,312  3,292        30,604  Aug 23 A$38.05         
STIP
 
20-Nov-19
  19,003           19,003  Aug 21 A$37.24          
STIP
 
18-Dec-18
  30,964     30,964        19 Aug 20 A$33.50  A$39.06  A$1,209  A$154 
LTIP
 
20-Oct-20
     72,182        72,182  Aug 25 A$35.90          
LTIP
 
20-Nov-19
  139,664           139,664  Aug 24 A$37.24          
LTIP
 
18-Dec-18
  156,739           156,739  Aug 23 A$33.50          
LTIP
 
24-Nov-17
  198,200           198,200  Aug 22 A$27.97          
LTIP
 
9-Dec-16
  174,873         174,873  Aug 21 A$25.98          
LTIP
 
4-Dec-15
  174,873     83,940  90,933     19 Aug 20 A$17.93  A$39.06  A$3,279  A$680 
David Lamont
(5)
 
                    
Performance shares
 
1-Dec-20
     ��77,000        77,000  Aug 22 A$38.56          
LTIP
 
1-Dec-20
     68,572        68,572  Aug 25 A$38.56          
Daniel Malchuk
(6)
                      
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     33,657        33,657  Aug 25 A$35.90          
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     33,657        33,657  Aug 22 A$35.90          
STIP
 
20-Nov-19
  16,786           16,786  Aug 21 A$37.24          
STIP
 
18-Dec-18
  33,686     33,686        19 Aug 20 A$33.50  A$39.06  A$1,316  A$167 
LTIP
 
20-Oct-20
     72,182        72,182  Aug 25 A$35.90          
LTIP
 
20-Nov-19
  139,664           139,664  Aug 24 A$37.24          
LTIP
 
18-Dec-18
  156,739           156,739  Aug 23 A$33.50          
LTIP
 
24-Nov-17
  198,200           198,200  Aug 22 A$27.97          
LTIP
 
9-Dec-16
  174,873           174,873  Aug 21 A$25.98          
LTIP
 
4-Dec-15
  174,873     83,940  90,933     19 Aug 20 A$17.93  A$39.06  A$3,279  A$680 
Geraldine Slattery
 
                    
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     25,490        25,490  Aug 25 A$35.90          
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
     25,490        25,490  Aug 22 A$35.90          
STIP
 
20-Nov-19
  6,628           6,628  Aug 21 A$37.24          
LTIP
 
20-Oct-20
     54,136        54,136  Aug 25 A$35.90           
23-Nov-21
    52,409  6,316        58,725  Aug 26 A$38.05         
LTIP
 
20-Nov-19
  104,748           104,748  Aug 24 A$37.24           
20-Oct-20
 68,572     8,263        76,835  Aug 25 A$35.90         
MAP
 
21-Feb-19
  28,527           28,527  Aug 23 A$34.83           
19-May-20
 28,245     3,404        31,649  Aug 24 A$35.05         
MAP
 
21-Feb-19
  28,527           28,527  Aug 22 A$34.83           
19-May-20
 28,245     3,404        31,649  Aug 23 A$35.05         
MAP
 
24-Sep-18
  28,527           28,527  Aug 21 A$33.83           
25-Sep-19
 28,245     3,404        31,649  Aug 22 A$36.53         
MAP
 
25-Sep-17
  34,349     34,349        19 Aug 20 A$25.98  A$39.06  A$1,342     
24-Sep-18
 27,651        27,651        18 Aug 21 A$33.83 A$47.70  A$1,319    
Ragnar Udd
(5)
 
                    
David Lamont
David Lamont
                      
Performance shares
 
1-Dec-20
 77,000     9,279        86,279  Aug 22 A$38.56         
CDP
 
23-Nov-21
    16,072  1,937        18,009  Aug 26 A$38.05         
CDP
 
23-Nov-21
    16,072  1,937        18,009  Aug 23 A$38.05         
LTIP
 
23-Nov-21
    52,409  6,316        58,725  Aug 26 A$38.05         
LTIP
 
1-Dec-20
 68,572     8,263        76,835  Aug 25 A$38.56         
Geraldine Slattery
Geraldine Slattery
                      
CDP
 
23-Nov-21
    25,219  3,039        28,258  Aug 26 A$38.05         
CDP
 
23-Nov-21
    25,219  3,039        28,258  Aug 23 A$38.05         
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
 25,490     3,072        28,562  Aug 25 A$35.90         
CDP
 
20-Oct-20
 25,490     3,072        28,562  Aug 22 A$35.90         
STIP
 
20-Nov-19
 6,628        6,628        18 Aug 21 A$37.24  A$47.70   A$316  A$25 
LTIP
 
23-Nov-21
    46,892  5,651        52,543  Aug 26 A$38.05         
LTIP
 
20-Oct-20
 54,136     6,524        60,660  Aug 25 A$35.90         
LTIP
 
20-Nov-19
 104,748     12,623        117,371  Aug 24 A$37.24         
MAP
 
21-Feb-19
 28,527     3,438        31,965  Aug 23 A$34.83         
MAP
 
21-Feb-19
 28,527     3,438        31,965  Aug 22 A$34.83         
MAP
 
24-Sep-18
 28,527      28,527        18 Aug 21 A$33.83  A$47.70   A$1,361    
Ragnar Udd
Ragnar Udd
                      
CDP
 
23-Nov-21
    16,434  1,981        18,415  Aug 26 A$38.05         
CDP
 
23-Nov-21
    16,434  1,981        18,415  Aug 23 A$38.05         
LTIP
 
23-Nov-21
    46,892  5,651        52,543  Aug 26 A$38.05         
LTIP
 
2-Nov-20
     61,354        61,354  Aug 25 A$33.81           
2-Nov-20
 61,354     7,394        68,748  Aug 25 A$33.81         
MAP
 
21-Aug-20
  21,231           21,231  Aug 24 A$38.36           
21-Aug-20
 21,231     2,559        23,790  Aug 24 A$38.36         
MAP
 
21-Aug-20
  21,231           21,231  Aug 23 A$38.36           
21-Aug-20
 21,231     2,559        23,790  Aug 23 A$38.36         
MAP
 
25-Sep-19
  21,231           21,231  Aug 22 A$36.53           
25-Sep-19
 21,231     2,559        23,790  Aug 22 A$36.53         
MAP
 
24-Sep-18
  25,565           25,565  Aug 21 A$33.83           
24-Sep-18
 25,565       25,565        18 Aug 21 A$33.83  A$47.70   A$1,219    
 
(1)
Uplift awards granted as a consequence of the merger of the Petroleum business with Woodside. For the CEO shareholder approval for these awards will be sought at the 2022 AGM and following approval these would be granted in or around November 2022. Uplift awards for other Executive KMP were granted on 17 June 2022.
Where the vesting date is not yet known, the estimated vesting month is shown. Where awards lapse, the lapse date is shown. If the vesting conditions are met, awards will vest on or as soon as practicable after the first
non-prohibited
period date occurring after 30 June of the preceding year of vest. The year of vesting is the second (STIP and CDP
two-year
awards), third (MAP), fourth (MAP) or fifth (MAP, CDP five-year awards and LTIP) financial year after grant. All awards are conditional awards and have no exercise period, exercise price or expiry date; instead ordinary fully paid shares are automatically delivered upon the vesting conditions being met. Where vesting conditions are not met, the conditional awards will immediately lapse.
 
(2)
The market price shown is the closing price of BHP shares on the relevant date of grant. No price is payable by the individual to receive a grant of awards. The IFRS fair value of the CDP and LTIP awards granted in FY2021FY2022 at the grant date of 20 October 202023 November 2021 are as follows: CDP – A$35.9038.05 and LTIP – A$20.98. The IFRS fair value of the LTIP awards granted in FY2021 at the grant date of 2 November 2020 and 1 December 2020 are A$18.61 and A$20.85 respectively. The IFRS fair value of David Lamont’s performance shares at the grant date of 1 December 2020 is A$38.56.18.92.
 
(3)
The market price shown is the closing price of BHP shares on the relevant date of vest.
 
(4)
The gain on awards is calculated using the market price on date of vesting or exercise (as applicable) less any exercise price payable. The amounts that vested and were lapsed for the awards during FY2021FY2022 are as follows: STIPCDP – 100 per cent vested; LTIP – 48100 per cent vested and 52 per cent lapsed;vested; MAP – 100 per cent vested.
 
(5)
The opening balances of awards for Edgar Basto, David Lamont and Ragnar Udd reflect their holdings on the date that each became KMP, being 1 July 2020, 1 December 2020 and 1 November 2020 respectively.
(6)
Awards shown as held by Peter Beaven and Daniel Malchuk at 30 June 2021 are their balances at the date they ceased being KMP (30 November 2020 and 31 October 2020, respectively). The subsequent treatment of their awards is set out in ‘Arrangements for KMP leaving and joining the Group’ in this section 2.2.3.
180169

5.3    Estimated value range of equity awards
The current face value (and estimate of the maximum possible total value) of equity awards allocated during FY2021FY2022 and yet to vest are the awards as set out in the previous table multiplied by the current share price of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc as applicable.Limited. The minimum possible total value of the awards is nil.
The actual value that may be received by participants in the future cannot be determined as it is dependent on and therefore fluctuates with the share prices of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc at the date that any particular award vests or is exercised. The table below provides five-year share price history for BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc, history of dividends paid and the Group’s earnings.
Five-year share price, dividend and earnings history
The table below provides the five-year share price history for BHP Group Limited, history of dividends paid and the Group’s earnings.
     
FY2021
   
FY2020
   
FY2019
  
FY2018
   
FY2017
 
BHP Group Limited  Share price at beginning of year 
 
A$35.82
 
   A$41.68    A$33.60   A$23.23    A$19.09 
  Share price at end of year 
 
A$48.57
 
   A$35.82    A$41.16   A$33.91    A$23.28 
  Dividends paid 
 
A$2.07
 
   A$2.13    A$3.08(1)   A$1.24    A$0.72 
BHP Group Plc
  Share price at beginning of year 
 
£16.28
 
   £20.33    £16.53   £12.15    £9.40 
  Share price at end of year 
 
£21.30
 
   £16.54    £20.15   £17.06    £11.76 
  Dividends paid 
 
£1.15
 
   £1.13    £1.70(1)   £0.72    £0.44 
BHP  Attributable profit
(US$ million, as reported)
 
 
11,304
 
   7,956    8,306   3,705    5,890 
BHP Group Limited
  
FY2022
  
FY2021
   
FY2020
   
FY2019
  
FY2018
 
Share price at beginning of year
  
 
A$48.22
 
  A$35.82    A$41.68    A$33.60   A$23.23 
Share price at end of year
  
 
A$41.25
 
  A$48.57    A$35.82    A$41.16   A$33.91 
Dividends paid
   
A$10.18
  A$2.07    A$2.13    A$3.08  A$1.24 
Attributable profit (US$ million, as reported)
  
 
30,900
 
  11,304    7,956    8,306   3,705 
 
(1)
1
.
The FY2022 dividends paid includes A$5.38 in respect of the
in-specie
dividend associated with the merger of the Petroleum business with Woodside.
The FY2019 dividends paid includes A$1.41 or £0.80 in respect of the special dividend associated with the divestment of Onshore US.
The highest and lowest closing share pricesprice during FY2021FY2022 were A$51.65
for BHP Group Limited shares54.06 and £23.76 for BHP Group Plc shares. The lowest share prices during FY2021 were A$33.78
and £14.9035.56 respectively.
181

5.4    Ordinary share holdings and transactions
The number of ordinary shares in BHP Group Limited or in BHP Group Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each individual (including shares held in the name of all close members of the Director’s or Executive KMP’s family and entities over which either the Director or Executive KMP or the family member has, directly or indirectly, control, joint control or significant influence) are shown below. No shares are held nominally by any KMP or their related parties. There have been no changes in the interests of any Directors in the period to 1 September 2021 (being not less than one month prior to the date of the notice of the 2021 AGMs), except as noted below. These are ordinary shares held without performance conditions or restrictions and are included in MSR calculations for each individual.
The interests of Directors and Executive KMP in the ordinary shares of each of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc as at 30 June 2021 did not exceed on an individual basis or in the aggregate 1 per cent of BHP Group Limited’s or BHP Group Plc’s issued ordinary shares.
  
BHP Group Limited shares
  
BHP Group Plc shares
 
  
Held at
1 July 2020
  
Purchased
  
Received as
remuneration
(1)
  
Sold
  
Held at
30 June 2021
  
Held at
1 July 2020
  
Purchased
  
Received as
remuneration
(1)
  
Sold
  
Held at
30 June 2021
 
Executive Director
           
Mike Henry
  120,069   –     146,072   67,162   198,979   196,262   –     –     –     196,262 
 
Other Executive KMP
           
Edgar Basto
(2)
  117,279   42   33,828   16,260   134,889   –     –     –     –     –   
Peter Beaven
(3)
  261,287   –     136,244   65,424   332,107   –     –     –     –     –   
David Lamont
(2)
  6,345   –     –     –     6,345   –     –     –     –     –   
Daniel Malchuk
(3)
  194,608   –     139,312   56,934   276,986   –     –     –     –     –   
Geraldine Slattery
(4)
  71,520   –     34,349   8,544   97,325   –     –     –     –     –   
Ragnar Udd
(2)
 
 
105,418
 
 
 
–  
 
 
 
–  
 
 
 
–  
 
 
 
105,418
 
 
 
–  
 
 
 
–  
 
 
 
–  
 
 
 
–  
 
 
 
–  
 
 
Non-executive
Directors
           
Terry Bowen
  11,000   –     –     –     11,000   –     –     –     –     –   
Malcolm Broomhead
  19,000   –     –     –     19,000   –     –     –     –     –   
Xiaoqun Clever
(5)
  5,000   2,000   –     –     7,000   –     –     –     –     –   
Ian Cockerill
  8,759   –     –     –     8,759   3,500   –     –     –     3,500 
Anita Frew
  –     –     –     –     –     15,000   –     –     –     15,000 
Gary Goldberg
(4)
  10,000   –     –     –     10,000   –     –     –     –     –   
Susan Kilsby
  –     –     –     –     –     6,900   –     –     –     6,900 
Ken MacKenzie
  52,351   –     –     –     52,351   –     –     –     –     –   
Lindsay Maxsted
(6)
  18,000   –     –     –     18,000   –     –     –     –     –   
John Mogford
  –     –     –     –     –     12,000   1,938   –     –     13,938 
Christine O’Reilly
(5)
  7,000   –     –     –     7,000   –     –     –     –     –   
Shriti Vadera
(6)
     –              25,000            25,000 
Dion Weisler
  1,544   –           1,544                
   
Held at
1 July 2021
1
   
Purchased
   
Received as
remuneration
2
   
Sold
   
Held at

30 June 2022
 
Mike Henry
   395,241    –      245,423    119,072    521,592 
Edgar Basto
   134,889    –      27,651    32,502    130,038 
David Lamont
   6,345    –      –      –      6,345 
Geraldine Slattery
3, 4
   100,917    –      35,681    9,366    127,232 
Ragnar Udd
3
   105,816    –      25,565    12,426    118,955 
Terry Bowen
   11,000    –      –      –      11,000 
Malcolm Broomhead
   19,000    –      –      –      19,000 
Xiaoqun Clever
   7,000    1,000    –      –      8,000 
Ian Cockerill
3
   13,188    1,111    –      –      14,299 
Anita Frew
6
   15,000    –      –      –      15,000 
Gary Goldberg
4
   10,000    2,000    –      –      12,000 
Michelle Hinchliffe
5
   –      8,508    –      –      8,508 
Susan Kilsby
6
   6,900    –      –      –      6,900 
Ken MacKenzie
   52,351    –      –      –      52,351 
John Mogford
   13,938    –      –      –      13,938 
Christine O’Reilly
3
   7,420    2,000    –      –      9,420 
Catherine Tanna
5
   10,400    –      –      –      10,400 
Dion Weisler
   1,544    6,000    –      –      7,544 
 
(1)
Includes shares in BHP Group Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each individual (including shares held in the name of all close members of the Director’s or Executive KMP’s family and entities over which either the Director or Executive KMP or the family member has, directly or indirectly, control, joint control or significant influence) prior to unification.
Includes DEP in the form of shares on equity awards vesting, where applicable, as disclosed in ‘Equity awards’ in this section 2.2.3.5.2 Equity awards.
 
(2)
The opening balances for Edgar Basto, David LamontIan Cockerill, Christine O’Reilly, Geraldine Slattery and Ragnar Udd reflect their shareholdings on the date that each became KMP being 1 July 2020, 1 December 2020have been adjusted to include an additional 929 shares, 420 shares, 3,592 shares and 1 November 2020398 shares, respectively.
 
(3)
Shares shown as held by Peter Beaven and Daniel Malchuk at 30 June 2021 are their balances at the date they ceased being KMP being 30 November 2020 and 31 October 2020 respectively.
(4)
The following BHP Group Limited shares were held in the form of American Depositary Shares: 1,892 for Geraldine Slattery (868 BHP Group Limited) and 6,000 for Gary Goldberg (5,000 BHP Group Limited).Goldberg.
 
(5)
The opening balances for Xiaoqun CleverMichelle Hinchliffe and Christine O’ReillyCatherine Tanna reflect their shareholdings on the date that each became
Non-executive
Directors being 1 October 2020March 2022 and 12 October 20204 April 2022, respectively.
 
(6)
Shares shown as held by Lindsay MaxstedAnita Frew and Shriti VaderaSusan Kilsby at 30 June 20212022 are their balances at the date of their retirement from the Board on 4 September 2020 and 15 October 2020 respectively.11 November 2021.
 
182170

5.5    Prohibition on hedging of BHP Group shares and equity instruments
The CEO and other Executive KMP may not use unvested BHP equity awards as collateral or protect the value of any unvested BHP equity awards or the value of shares and securities held as part of meeting the MSR.
Any securities that have vested and are no longer subject to restrictions, or not held as part of meeting the MSR, may be subject to hedging arrangements or used as collateral, provided that prior consent is obtained.
5.6    Share ownership guidelines and the MSR
The share ownership guidelines and the MSR help to ensure the interests of Directors, executives and shareholders remain aligned.
The CEO and other Executive KMP are expected to grow their holdings to the MSR from the scheduled vesting of their employee awards over time. The MSR is tested at the time that shares are to be sold. Shares may be sold to satisfy tax obligations arising from the granting, holding, vesting, exercise or sale of the employee awards or the underlying shares whether the MSR is satisfied at that time or not.
For FY2021:FY2022:
 
The MSR for the CEO was five times annual
pre-tax
base salary. At the end of FY2021,FY2022, the CEO met the MSR.
 
The MSR for other Executive KMP was three times annual
pre-tax
base salary. At the end of FY2021,FY2022, the other Executive KMP met the MSR, except for David Lamont, as he was appointed as Executive KMP on 1 December 2020.
 
No other Executive KMP sold or purchased shares during FY2021,FY2022, other than sales to satisfy taxation obligations, andapart from Edgar Basto, who sold shares in order to fund the purchase of a net immaterial purchase for Edgar Basto.residential dwelling.
Effective 1 July 2020, a
two-year
post-retirement shareholding requirement for the CEO applies from the date of retirement, which will be the lower of the CEO’s MSR or the CEO’s actual shareholding at the date of retirement.
Subject to securities dealing constraints,
Non-executive
Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees) to the purchase of BHP shares until they achieve an MSR equivalent in value to one year of remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees). Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. At the end of FY2021,FY2022, each
Non-executive
Director met the MSR with the exception of Susan Kilsby, Dion Weisler and Christine O’Reilly as they only recently joined the Board on 1 April 2019, 1 June 2020 and 12 October 2020, respectively. As at the date of this Report, Susan, Dion and Christine each met the MSR.
Payments to past Directors and for loss of office
UK regulations require the inclusion in the Remuneration Report of certain payments to past Directors and payments made for loss of office.
The following payments were made to Andrew Mackenzie for FY2021 that relate to the period when he was no longer an Executive Director and CEO and which have not been reported elsewhere in this section 2.2.3:
100 per cent of the 254,815 retained LTIP awards granted in 2016, reduced from 339,753 awards originally granted and prorated for time served at the time of departure, vested on 18 August 2021. The value of these awards for Andrew was US$10.517 million, including a related DEP of US$1.710 million which was paid in shares.
During FY2021, Andrew was provided tax return preparation services of US$0.073 million in respect of his tax obligations in multiple jurisdictions for BHP employment income in accordance with contractual and termination arrangements.
The Remuneration Committee has adopted a de minimis threshold of US$7,500 for disclosure of payments to past Directors under UK requirements.
There were no payments made for loss of office in FY2021.
183

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out the total spend for Continuing operations on employee remuneration during FY2021 (and the prior year) compared with other significant expenditure items, and includes items as prescribed in the UK requirements. BHP has included tax payments and purchases of property, plant and equipment being the most significant other outgoings in monetary terms.
US$ million
  
FY2021
   
FY2020
 
Aggregate employee benefits expense
  
 
4,842
 
   4,120 
Dividends paid to BHP shareholders
(1)
  
 
7,901
 
   6,876 
Income tax paid and royalty-related taxation paid (net of refunds)
  
 
7,610
 
   5,944 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
  
 
6,606
 
   6,900 
(1)
There were no share buybacks in FY2021 or FY2020.
5.7    Transactions with KMP
During the financial year, there were no transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries and KMP (including their related parties) (2020:(2021: US$ nil; 2019:2020: US$ nil). There were no amounts payable by or loans with KMP (including their related parties) at 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$ nil).
A number of KMP hold or have held positions in other companies (i.e. personally related entities) where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. There have been no transactions with those entities and no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities or any other related parties (2020:(2021: US$ nil; 2019:2020: US$ nil).
This Remuneration Report was approved by the Board on 2 September 202116 August 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
 
 
Christine O’Reilly
Chair, Remuneration Committee
2 September 2021
2.3    Directors’ Report
The information presented by the Directors in this Directors’ Report relates to BHP Group Limited, BHP Group Plc and their respective subsidiaries. Section 1 ‘Strategic Report’ (which includes the Chair’s review in section 1.2 and the Chief Executive Officer’s review in section 1.3, and incorporates the operating and financial review), section 2.1 ‘Corporate Governance Statement’, section 2.2 ‘Remuneration Report’, section 3.5 ‘Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration’ and section 4 ‘Additional information’ are each incorporated by reference into, and form part of, this Directors’ Report. In addition, for the purposes of UK law, the Strategic Report in section 1 and the Remuneration Report in section 2.2 form separate reports and have been separately approved by the Board for that purpose.
For the purpose of the Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA) Listing Rule 9.8.4C R, the applicable information required to be disclosed in accordance with FCA Listing Rule 9.8.4 R is set out in the sections below.
Applicable information required by FCA Listing Rule 9.8.4 R
Section in this Annual Report
(1) Interest capitalised by the Group
Section 3, note 22 ‘Net finance costs’
Paragraphs (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13) and (14) of Listing Rule 9.8.4 R are not applicable.
The Directors confirm, on the advice of the Risk and Audit Committee (RAC), that they consider the Annual Report (including the Financial Statements), taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess BHP’s position, performance, business model and strategy.
184

2.3.1    Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs
A review of the operations of BHP during FY2021, the results of those operations during FY2021 and the expected results of those operations in future financial years are set out in section 1, in particular in 1.2 to 1.15, 1.17 and 1.18 and in other material in this Annual Report. Information on the development of BHP and likely developments in future years also appears in those sections.
Our principal activities during FY2021 are disclosed in section 1. We are among the world’s top producers of major commodities, including iron ore, metallurgical coal and copper. We also have substantial interests in oil, gas and energy coal. No significant changes in the nature of BHP’s principal activities occurred during FY2021 other than as disclosed in section 1.
There were no significant changes in BHP’s state of affairs that occurred during FY2021 and no significant post balance date events other than as disclosed in section 1 and note 35 ‘Subsequent events’ in section 3.
No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of FY2021 that has significantly affected or is expected to significantly affect the operations, the results of operations or state of affairs of BHP in future years.
2.3.2    Share capital and
buy-back
programs
At the Annual General Meetings held in 2019 and 2020, shareholders authorised BHP Group Plc to make
on-market
purchases of up to 211,207,180 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Group Plc’s issued share capital at that time. During FY2021, we did not make any
on-market
or
off-market
purchases of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc shares under any share
buy-back
program. As at the date of this Directors’ Report, there were no current
on-market
buy-backs.
Shareholders will be asked at the 2021 Annual General Meetings to renew this authority. As at the date of this Directors’ Report, there is no intention to exercise this authority.
Some of our executives receive rights over BHP shares as part of their remuneration arrangements. Entitlements may be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares, which are acquired
on-market
by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts or, in respect of some entitlements, by the issue of shares.
The number of shares referred to in column A below were purchased to satisfy awards made under the various BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc employee share schemes during FY2021.
Period
  
A

Total number of
shares
purchased and
transferred to
employees to
satisfy employee
awards
   
B

Average
price paid
per share
(1)

US$
   
C

Total
number of shares
purchased as

part of publicly

announced plans

or programs
   
D

Maximum number of shares that

may yet be purchased under the

plans or programs
 
               
BHP Group
Limited
(2)
   
BHP Group
Plc
 
1 Jul 2020 to 31 Jul 2020
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 Aug 2020 to 31 Aug 2020
   6,158,718    28.32            211,207,180(3) 
1 Sep 2020 to 30 Sep 2020
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 Oct 2020 to 31 Oct 2020
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 Nov 2020 to 30 Nov 2020
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 Dec 2020 to 31 Dec 2020
                 211,207,180(3) 
1 Jan 2021 to 31 Jan 2021
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 Feb 2021 to 28 Feb 2021
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 Mar 2021 to 31 Mar 2021
   882,454    36.57            211,207,180(3) 
1 Apr 2021 to 30 Apr 2021
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 May 2021 to 31 May 2021
                   211,207,180(3) 
1 Jun 2021 to 30 Jun 2021
   731,235    38.00            211,207,180(3) 
  
 
 
   
 
 
       
 
 
 
Total
   7,772,407    30.16            211,207,180(3) 
  
 
 
   
 
 
       
 
 
 
(1)
The shares were purchased in the currency of the stock exchange on which the purchase took place and the sale price has been converted into US dollars at the exchange rate on the day of purchase.
(2)
BHP Group Limited is able to
buy-back
and cancel BHP Group Limited shares within the ‘10/12 limit’ without shareholder approval in accordance with section 257B of the Australian Corporations Act 2001. Any future
on-market
share
buy-back
program would be conducted in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and with the ASX Listing Rules.
(3)
At the Annual General Meetings held during 2019 and 2020, shareholders authorised BHP Group Plc to make
on-market
purchases of up to 211,207,180 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Group Plc’s issued capital at the time.
16 August 2022
 
185171

2.3.3    Results, financial instruments and going concern
Table of Contents
Information about the Group’s financial position and financial results is included in the Financial Statements in this Annual Report. The Consolidated Income Statement shows profit attributable to BHP members of US$11.3 billion in FY2021, compared with a profit of US$8.0 billion in FY2020.
BHP’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are discussed in section 1. In addition, sections 1.3 to 1.9 and 2.1.13, and note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ in section 3 outline BHP’s capital management objectives, its approach to financial risk management and exposure to financial risks, liquidity and borrowing facilities.
The Directors, having made appropriate enquiries, have a reasonable expectation that BHP has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Therefore, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.
2.3.4    Directors
The Directors who served at any time during FY2021 or up until the date of this Directors’ Report were Ken MacKenzie, Mike Henry, Terry Bowen, Malcolm Broomhead, Xiaoqun Clever, Ian Cockerill, Anita Frew, Gary Goldberg, Susan Kilsby, Lindsay Maxsted, John Mogford, Christine O’Reilly, Shriti Vadera and Dion Weisler. For information on the current Directors of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc, refer to section 2.1.2. These details include the period for which each Director held office up to the date of this Directors’ Report, their qualifications, experience and particular responsibilities, the directorships held in other listed companies since 1 July 2018 and the period for which each directorship has been held.
Shriti Vadera served as a
Non-executive
Director of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc from January 2011 until her retirement on 15 October 2020. Lindsay Maxsted served as a
Non-executive
Director of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc from March 2011 until his retirement on 4 September 2020.
Xiaoqun Clever and Christine O’Reilly were appointed as
Non-executive
Directors of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc with effect from 1 October 2020 and 12 October 2020 respectively and were elected at the 2020 Annual General Meetings.
The number of meetings of the Board and its Committees held during the year and each Director’s attendance at those meetings are set out in section 2.1.4.
186

2.3.5    Remuneration and share interests
Remuneration
The policy for determining the nature and amount of emoluments of the Executive Key Management Personnel (KMP) (including the Executive Director) and the
Non-executive
Directors, and information about the relationship between that policy and BHP’s performance are set out in sections 2.2.2 and 2.2.3.
The remuneration tables contained in section 2.2.3 set out the remuneration of members of the Executive KMP (including the Executive Director) and the
Non-executive
Directors.
Directors
‘Ordinary share holdings and transactions’ in section 2.2.3 sets out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc of the Directors who held office during FY2021, at the beginning and end of FY2021. No rights or options over shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc are held by any of the
Non-executive
Directors. Interests held by the Executive Director under employee equity plans as at 30 June 2021 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in ‘Equity awards’ in section 2.2.3. Except for Mike Henry, as at the date of this Directors’ Report, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially by Directors is the same as set out in the table in ‘Ordinary share holdings and transactions’ in section 2.2.3. Where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.
Non-executive
Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration (base fees plus committee fees) to the purchase of shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc until they achieve a shareholding equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration (base fees plus committee fees). Thereafter,
Non-executive
Directors must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. All dealings by Directors are subject to mandatory minimum performance requirements for securities dealing and are reported to the Board and to the stock exchanges. Information on our policy governing the use of hedging arrangements over shares in BHP by Directors and other members of the KMP is set out in ‘Prohibition on hedging of BHP Group shares and equity instruments’ in section 2.2.3.
As at the date of this Directors’ Report, Mike Henry held:
(either directly, indirectly or beneficially) 196,262 shares in BHP Group Plc and 325,330 shares in BHP Group Limited
rights and options over nil shares in BHP Group Plc and 772,999 shares in BHP Group Limited
We have not made available to any Directors any interest in a registered scheme.
Key Management Personnel
‘Ordinary share holdings and transactions’ in section 2.2.3 sets out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially at the beginning and end of FY2021 by those senior executives who were Executive KMP (other than the Executive Director) during FY2021. Where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities. Interests held by members of the Executive KMP under employee equity plans as at 30 June 2021 are set out in the tables contained in ‘Equity awards’ in section 2.2.3.
The table below sets out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, as at the date of this Directors’ Report by those senior executives who were Executive KMP (other than the Executive Director) on that date. Where applicable, the information also includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.
Executive KMP member
BHP Group entity
As at date of
Directors’ Report
Edgar Basto
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Plc
 
130,038
 
David Lamont
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Plc
 
6,345
 
Geraldine Slattery
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Plc
 
123,640
 
Ragnar Udd
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Plc
 
118,557

 
187

2.3.6    Secretaries
Stefanie Wilkinson is the Group Company Secretary. For details of her qualifications and experience, refer to section 2.1.2. The following people also acted during FY2021 as Company Secretaries of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc: Caroline Cox BA (Hons), MA, LLB, BCL until 1 March 2021, Rachel Agnew, BComm (Economics), LLB (Hons), GAICD, until 1 September 2020 and Geof Stapledon, BEc, LLB (Hons), DPhil, FCIS.
Geof Stapledon resigned as Company Secretary of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc with effect from 7 July 2021. Prakash Kakkad, LLB, LPC was appointed as a Company Secretary of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc and John-Paul Santamaria, BEng (Civil) (Hons), LLB was appointed as a Company Secretary of BHP Group Limited, in each case with effect from 7 July 2021.
Each individual has experience in a company secretariat role or other relevant fields arising from time spent in roles within BHP, other large listed companies or other relevant entities.
2.3.7    Indemnities and insurance
Rule 146 of the BHP Group Limited Constitution and Article 146 of the BHP Group Plc Articles of Association require each company to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Officer of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc, respectively, against liability incurred in, or arising out of, the conduct of the business of BHP or the discharge of the duties of the Officer. The Directors named in section 2.1.2, the Company Secretaries and other Officers of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc have the benefit of this requirement, as do individuals who formerly held one of those positions.
In accordance with this requirement, BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc have entered into Deeds of Indemnity, Access and Insurance (Deeds of Indemnity) with each of their respective Directors. The Deeds of Indemnity are qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the purposes of the UK Companies Act 2006 and each of these qualifying third party indemnities was in force as at the date of this Directors’ Report.
We have a policy that BHP will, as a general rule, support and hold harmless an employee, including an employee appointed as a Director of a subsidiary who, while acting in good faith, incurs personal liability to others as a result of working for BHP.
In addition, as part of the arrangements to effect the demerger of South32, we agreed to indemnify certain former Officers of BHP who transitioned to South32 from certain claims and liabilities incurred in their capacity as Directors or Officers of South32.
From time to time, we engage our External Auditor, Ernst & Young (EY), to conduct
non-statutory
audit work and provide other services in accordance with our policy on the provision of other services by the External Auditor. The terms of engagement in the United Kingdom include that we must compensate and reimburse EY LLP for, and protect EY LLP against, any loss, damage, expense, or liability incurred by EY LLP in respect of third party claims arising from a breach by BHP of any obligation under the engagement terms. In Australia, the terms of engagement for certain services include that we must compensate and reimburse EY for, and protect EY against, any loss, damage, expense, or liability incurred by EY in respect of third party claims arising from a breach by BHP of any obligation under the engagement terms.
We have insured against amounts that we may be liable to pay to Directors, Company Secretaries or certain employees (including former Officers) pursuant to Rule 146 of the Constitution of BHP Group Limited and Article 146 of the Articles of Association of BHP Group Plc or that we otherwise agree to pay by way of indemnity. The insurance policy also insures Directors, Company Secretaries and some employees (including former Officers) against certain liabilities (including legal costs) they may incur in carrying out their duties. For this Directors’ and Officers’ insurance, we paid premiums of US$24,114,600 excluding taxes during FY2021.
During FY2021, BHP paid legal defence costs for certain current and former employees of BHP or BHP Brasil in relation to the criminal charges filed by the Federal Prosecutors’ Office in Brazil. In addition, BHP paid legal defence costs for Roger Gilbertson, a former BHP Bolivia country manager, in connection with the Bolivian authorities’ decision to criminally prosecute two former presidents of Bolivia and a number of former international oil company executives in relation to exploration and production contracts entered into between 1994 and 1997.
Other than as set out above, no indemnity in favour of a current or former officer of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc, or in favour of the External Auditor, was called on during FY2021.
2.3.8    Employee policies
Our people are fundamental to our success. We are committed to shaping a culture where our employees are provided with opportunities to develop, are valued and encouraged to contribute towards making work safer, simpler and more productive. We strongly believe that having employees who are engaged and connected to BHP reinforces our shared purpose aligned to
Our Charter
and will result in a more productive workplace.
For more information on employee engagement and employee policies, including communications and regarding disabilities, refer to section 1.14, 1.12 and in ‘Workforce engagement’ in section 2.1.6.
188

2.3.9    Corporate governance
The FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR 7.2) require that certain information be included in a corporate governance statement. BHP has an existing practice of issuing a corporate governance statement as part of our Annual Report that is incorporated into the Directors’ Report by reference. The information required by the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules and the FCA’s Listing Rules (LR 9.8.6) is located in section 2, with the exception of the information referred to in LR 9.8.6 (1), (3) and (4) and DTR 7.2.6, which is located in sections 2.3.2, 2.3.3, ‘Directors’ in section 2.3.5 and 2.3.18.
2.3.10    Dividends
A final dividend of 200 US cents per share will be paid on 21 September 2021, resulting in total dividends determined in respect of FY2021 of 301 US cents per share. For information on the dividends paid, refer to notes 16 ‘Share capital’ and 18 ‘Dividends’ in section 3. For information on the Group’s dividend policy, refer to section 4.10.7.
2.3.11    Auditors
No current officer of BHP has held the role of director or partner of the Group’s current external auditor. During FY2021, Lindsay Maxsted was the only officer of BHP who, prior to his appointment as an officer of BHP, previously held the role of director or partner of the Group’s former external auditor, at a time when the Group’s former external auditor conducted an audit of BHP. KPMG resigned as BHP’s external auditor on 7 November 2019 following the conclusion of the 2019 AGMs, in order to comply with UK and EU requirements on auditor tenure. Lindsay Maxsted was not part of the KPMG audit practice after 1980 and, while at KPMG, was not in any way involved in, or able to influence, any audit activity associated with BHP. Lindsay Maxsted retired as a
Non-executive
Director of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc on 4 September 2020.
Each person who held the office of Director at the date the Board approved this Directors’ Report made the following statements:
so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which BHP’s External Auditor is unaware
the Director has taken all steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director to make him or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that BHP’s External Auditor is aware of that information
This confirmation is given pursuant to section 418 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and should be interpreted in accordance with, and subject to, those provisions.
Consistent with the then applicable UK and EU requirements in regard to audit firm tender and rotation, BHP conducted an audit tender during FY2017.
After a comprehensive tender process, at a meeting held on 16 August 2017, the Board selected EY as its independent registered public accounting firm from the financial year beginning 1 July 2019, and our shareholders approved EY’s appointment at the Annual General Meetings in 2019.
2.3.12    Non-audit
services
Information on the
non-audit
services undertaken by BHP’s External Auditor, including the amounts paid for
non-audit
services, refer to note 36 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ in section 3. All
non-audit
services were approved in accordance with the process set out in the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor. No
non-audit
services were carried out that were specifically excluded by the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor. Based on advice provided by the RAC, the Directors have formed the view that the provision of
non-audit
services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors, and that the nature of
non-audit
services means that auditor independence was not compromised. For a statement of the reasons for this view and for more information about our policy in relation to the provision of
non-audit
services by the auditor, refer to section 2.1.10.
2.3.13    Political donations
We maintain a position of impartiality with respect to party politics and do not make political contributions or expenditure/donations for political purposes to any political party, politician, elected official or candidate for public office. We do, however, contribute to the public debate of policy issues that may affect BHP in the countries in which we operate.
No political contributions/donations for political purposes were made by BHP to any political party, politician, elected official or candidate for public office during FY2021.
(1)
(1) 
Note that Australian Electoral Commission (AEC) disclosure requirements are broad, such that amounts that are not political donations can be reportable for AEC purposes. For example, where a political party or organisation owns shares in BHP, the AEC filing requires the political party or organisation to disclose the dividend payments received in respect of their shareholding.
189

2.3.14    Exploration, research and development
Companies within the Group carry out exploration and research and development necessary to support their activities. Details are provided in sections 1.10 to 1.17 and 4.6.
2.3.15    ASIC Instrument 2016/191
BHP Group Limited is an entity to which Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016 applies. Amounts in this Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements, except estimates of future expenditure or where otherwise indicated, have been rounded to the nearest million dollars in accordance with ASIC Instrument 2016/191.
2.3.16    Proceedings on behalf of BHP Group Limited
No proceedings have been brought on behalf of BHP Group Limited, nor has any application been made, under section 237 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001.
2.3.17    Performance in relation to environmental regulation
BHP seeks to be compliant with all applicable environmental laws and regulations relevant to its operations. We monitor compliance on a regular basis, including through external and internal means, to minimise the risk of
non-compliance.
For more information on BHP’s performance in relation to health, safety and the environment, refer to section 1.13.
Fines and prosecutions
For the purposes of section 299 (1)(f) of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, in FY2021 BHP was levied four fines in relation to environmental laws and regulations at our operated assets, the total amount payable being US$35,526. Three fines were received in Australia: the first fine was received at the Caval Ridge Mine for mine affected water release (US$10,187), the second fine was received at the Poitrel Mine for unverified environmental monitoring data (US$10,329) and the third fine was received at Ripstone Dam for water monitoring telemetry system failure (US$10,417). One fine was received in South America, at the Spence Mine for incorrect waste storage (US$4,593).
Greenhouse gas emissions and energy consumption
Regulations made under the UK Companies Act 2006 require BHP, to the extent practicable, to obtain relevant information on the Group’s annual quantity of greenhouse gas emissions, which is reported in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent, and the Group’s energy consumption. In accordance with those UK requirements, information on BHP’s total FY2021 greenhouse gas emissions and intensity and energy consumption has been included in sections 1.13.7 and 4.8.
For more information on environmental performance, including environmental regulation, refer to section 1.13
.
190

2.3.18    Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information
Information relating to BHP Group Plc’s share capital structure, restrictions on the holding or transfer of its securities or on the exercise of voting rights attaching to such securities, certain agreements triggered on a change of control and the existence of branches of BHP outside of the United Kingdom, is set out in the following sections:
section 1.10.1 (Locations)
section 2.3.2 (Share capital and
buy-back
programs)
section 4.10.3 (Organisational structure)
section 4.10.4 (Material contracts)
section 4.10.5 (Constitution)
section 4.10.6 (Share ownership)
section 4.10.9 (Government regulations)
note 16 ‘Share capital’ and note 25 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ in section 3
As at the date of this Directors’ Report, there were 13,607,440 unvested equity awards outstanding in relation to BHP Group Limited ordinary shares held by 18,942 holders and 324,504 unvested equity awards outstanding in relation to BHP Group Plc ordinary shares held by 1,015 holders. The expiry dates of these unvested equity awards range between February 2022 and August 2025 and there is no exercise price. 4,155 options over unissued shares or unissued interests in BHP have been granted during or since the end of FY2021 and 4,096,660 shares or interests were issued as a result of the exercise of an option over unissued shares or interests during or since the end of FY2021. For more information, refer to note 25 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ in section 3. For information on movements in share capital during and since the end of FY2021, refer to note 16 ‘Share capital’ in section 3.
The Directors’ Report is approved in accordance with a resolution of the Board.
Ken MacKenzie
Mike Henry
ChairChief Executive Officer
Dated: 2 September 2021
191

Section 3
Financial Statements
Refer to the pages beginning on page
F-1
in this Annual Report.
 
192172


4    Additional Information
4.11    Financial information summary
We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. We publish our Consolidated Financial Statements in US dollars. All Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Cash Flow Statement information below has been derived from audited Financial Statements. For more information refer to section 3.the Financial Statements.
InformationSome information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from Onshore US assets, unless otherwise noted.Discontinued operations. Details of the contribution of the Onshore US assetsDiscontinued operations to the Group’s results are disclosed in Financial Statements note 2927 ‘Discontinued operations’ in section 3..
 
Year ended 30 June
US$M
  
2021
   2020   2019  2018  2017 
Consolidated Income Statement (section 3.1.1)
        
Revenue
  
 
60,817
 
   42,931    44,288   43,129   35,740 
Profit from operations
  
 
25,906
 
   14,421    16,113   15,996   12,554 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
  
 
13,451
 
   8,736    9,520   7,744   6,694 
Loss after taxation from Discontinued operations
  
 
 
       (335  (2,921  (472
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders (Attributable profit)
(1)
  
 
11,304
 
   7,956    8,306   3,705   5,890 
Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)
  
 
156.0
 
   143.0    220.0   98.0   54.0 
Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (US cents)
  
 
301.0
 
   120.0    235.0   118.0   83.0 
Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
(1)(2)
  
 
223.5
 
   157.3    160.3   69.6   110.7 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
(1)(2)
  
 
223.0
 
   157.0    159.9   69.4   110.4 
Basic earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (US cents)
(2)
  
 
223.5
 
   157.3    166.9   125.0   119.8 
Diluted earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (US cents)
(2)
  
 
223.0
 
   157.0    166.5   124.6   119.5 
Number of ordinary shares (million)
        
– At period end
  
 
5,058
 
   5,058    5,058   5,324   5,324 
– Weighted average
  
 
5,057
 
   5,057    5,180   5,323   5,323 
– Diluted
  
 
5,068
 
   5,069    5,193   5,337   5,336 
Consolidated Balance Sheet (section 3.1.3)
(3)
        
Total assets
(4)
  
 
108,927
 
   105,733    101,811   112,943   117,956 
Net assets
(4)
  
 
55,605
 
   52,175    51,753   60,599   62,655 
Share capital (including share premium)
  
 
2,686
 
   2,686    2,686   2,761   2,761 
Total equity attributable to BHP shareholders
(4)
  
 
51,264
 
   47,865    47,169   55,521   57,187 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (section 3.1.4)
        
Net operating cash flows
(5)
  
 
27,234
 
   15,706    17,871   18,461   16,804 
Capital and exploration expenditure
(6)
  
 
7,120
 
   7,640    7,566   6,753   5,220 
Other financial information (section 4.2)
        
Net debt
(7)
  
 
4,121
 
   12,044    9,446   11,605   17,201 
Underlying attributable profit
(7)
  
 
17,077
 
   9,060    9,124   8,933   6,732 
Underlying EBITDA
(7)
  
 
37,379
 
   22,071    23,158   23,183   19,350 
Underlying EBIT
(7)
  
 
30,291
 
   15,874    17,065   16,562   13,190 
Underlying basic earnings per share (US cents)
(7)
  
 
337.7
 
   179.2    176.1   167.8   126.5 
Underlying Return on Capital Employed (per cent)
(4)(7)
  
 
32.5
 
   16.9    16.0   14.2   9.8 
Year ended 30 June
US$M
  
2022
   2021  2020   2019   2018 
Consolidated Income Statement (Financial Statements 1.1)
         
Revenue
1
  
 
65,098
 
   56,921   38,924    38,446    37,817 
Profit from operations
1
  
 
34,106
 
   25,515   13,683    13,629    14,437 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
1
  
 
22,400
 
   13,676   8,628    8,528    8,559 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations
1
  
 
10,655
 
   (225  108    657    (3,736
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders (Attributable profit)
  
 
30,900
 
   11,304   7,956    8,306    3,705 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations attributable to BHP shareholders
1
  
 
20,245
 
   11,529   7,848    7,656    7,467 
Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)
  
 
350.0
 
   156.0   143.0    220.0    98.0 
Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (US cents)
  
 
325.0
 
   301.0   120.0    235.0    118.0 
In specie dividend on merger of Petroleum with Woodside (US cents)
  
 
386.4
 
               
Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
2
  
 
610.6
 
   223.5   157.3    160.3    69.6 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
2
  
 
609.3
 
   223.0   157.0    159.9    69.4 
Basic earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (US cents)
1,2
  
 
400.0
 
   228.0   155.2    147.8    140.3 
Diluted earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (US cents)
1,2
  
 
399.2
 
   227.5   154.8    147.4    139.9 
Number of ordinary shares (million)
2
                        
– At period end
  
 
5,062
 
   5,058   5,058    5,058    5,324 
– Weighted average
  
 
5,061
 
   5,057   5,057    5,180    5,323 
– Diluted
  
 
5,071
 
   5,068   5,069    5,193    5,337 
Consolidated Balance Sheet (Financial Statements 1.3)
3
         
Total assets
  
 
95,166
 
   108,927   105,733    101,811    112,943 
Net assets
  
 
48,766
 
   55,605   52,175    51,753    60,599 
Share capital (including share premium)
  
 
4,638
 
   2,686   2,686    2,686    2,761 
Total equity attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
44,957
 
   51,264   47,865    47,169    55,521 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Financial Statements 1.4)
         
Net operating cash flows
4
  
 
32,174
 
   27,234   15,706    17,871    18,461 
Capital and exploration expenditure
5
  
 
7,545
 
   7,120   7,640    7,566    6,753 
Other financial information (OFR 11)
         
Net debt
6
  
 
333
 
   4,121   12,044    9,446    11,605 
Underlying attributable profit
6
  
 
23,815
 
   17,077   9,060    9,124    8,933 
Underlying attributable profit - Continuing operations
1,6
  
 
21,319
 
   16,985   8,948    8,431    10,393 
Underlying EBITDA
1,6
  
 
40,634
 
   35,073   19,870    19,093    19,829 
Underlying EBIT
1,6
  
 
34,436
 
   29,853   15,130    14,581    15,003 
Underlying basic earnings per share (US cents)
6
  
 
470.6
 
   337.7   179.2    176.1    167.8 
Underlying basic earnings per share - Continuing operations (US cents)
1,6
  
 
421.2
 
   335.9   176.9    162.8    195.2 
Underlying return on capital employed (per cent)
6
  
 
48.7
 
   32.5   16.9    16.0    14.2 
 
(1
)
 
Comparative periods have been adjusted for the effects of applying IFRS 5
Includes Loss after taxation from‘Non-current
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued operations attributableOperations’ and discloses them on the same basis as the current period figures. For more information refer to BHP shareholders.
Financial Statements note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
 
(2)2 
For more information on earnings per share refer to Financial Statements note 7 ‘Earnings per share’ in section 3..
 
(3)3 
The Consolidated Balance Sheet for comparative periods includes the associated assets and liabilities held for sale in relation to Petroleum (merger with Woodside in FY2022), BMC and Cerrejón for FY2021(both disposed in FY2022) and Onshore US for FY2018(disposed in FY2019) as IFRS 5/AASB 5
‘Non-current
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods.
 
(4) 
All comparative periods have been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$950 million of goodwill at Olympic Dam (included in the Copper segment) and an offsetting US$1,021 million increase in deferred tax liabilities. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ in section 3 for further information.
(5)4 
Net operating cash flows are after dividends received, net interest paid, proceeds and settlements of cash management related instruments, net taxation paid and includes Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations.
 
194

(6)5 
Capital and exploration expenditure is presented on a cash basis and represents purchases of property, plant and equipment plus exploration expenditure from the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement in section 3 and includes purchases of property, plant and equipment plus exploration expenditure from Discontinued operations. For more information refer to Financial Statements note 2927 ‘Discontinued operations’ in section 3. Purchase of property, plant and equipment includes capitalised deferred stripping of US$810 million for FY2021 (FY2020: US$698 million) and excludes capitalised interest.. Exploration expenditure is capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in Financial Statements note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ in section 3..
 
(7)
We use Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
non-IFRS
financial information to reflect the underlying performance of the Group. Underlying attributable profit, Underlying basic earnings per share and Underlying return on capital employed includes Continuing and Discontinued operations. Refer to section 4.2OFR 11 for a reconciliation of APMs
non-IFRS
financial information to their respective IFRS measure. Refer to section 4.2.1OFR 11.1 for the definition and method of calculation of APMs.
non-IFRS
financial information. Refer to Financial Statements note 20 ‘Net debt’ in section 3 for the composition of Net debt.
4.2    Alternative Performance Measures
We use various Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) to reflect our underlying financial performance.
These APMs are not defined or specified under the requirements of IFRS, but are derived from the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. The APMs are consistent with how management review the financial performance of the Group with the Board and the investment community.
Sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 outline why we believe the APMs are useful and the calculation methodology. We believe these APMs provide useful information, but they should not be considered as an indication of or as a substitute for statutory measures as an indicator of actual operating performance (such as profit or net operating cash flow) or any other measure of financial performance or position presented in accordance with IFRS, or as a measure of a company’s profitability, liquidity or financial position.
The following tables provide reconciliations between the APMs and their nearest respective IFRS measure.
The measures and reconciliations below included in this section for the year ended 30 June 2021 and comparative periods are unaudited and have been derived from the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Exceptional items
To improve the comparability of underlying financial performance between reporting periods, some of our APMs adjust the relevant IFRS measures for exceptional items. For more information on exceptional items, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
Exceptional items are those gains or losses where their nature, including the expected frequency of the events giving rise to them, and impact is considered material to the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The exceptional items included within the Group’s profit from Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years are detailed below.
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
  2020
US$M
  2019
US$M
 
Continuing operations
    
Revenue
  
 
 
      
Other income
  
 
34
 
  489   50 
Expenses excluding net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments
  
 
(592
  (1,025  (57
Depreciation and amortisation
  
 
 
      
Net impairments
  
 
(2,371
  (409   
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(1,456
  (508  (945
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from operations
  
 
(4,385
  (1,453  (952
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial expenses
  
 
(85
  (93  (108
Financial income
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net finance costs
  
 
(85
  (93  (108
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
  
 
(4,470
  (1,546  (1,060
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax (expense)/benefit
  
 
(1,327
  241   242 
Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total taxation (expense)/benefit
  
 
(1,327
  241   242 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Continuing operations
  
 
(5,797
  (1,305  (818
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Discontinued operations
    
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
  
 
(5,797
  (1,305  (818
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total exceptional items attributable to
non-controlling
interests
  
 
(24
  (201   
Total exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
(5,773
  (1,104  (818
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders per share (US cents)
  
 
(114.2
  (21.9  (15.8
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Weighted basic average number of shares (Million)
  
 
5,057
 
  5,057   5,180 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
195

APMs derived from Consolidated Income Statement
Underlying attributable profit
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
   2019
US$M
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
11,304
 
   7,956    8,306 
Total exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders
(1)
  
 
5,773
 
   1,104    818 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying attributable profit
  
 
17,077
 
   9,060    9,124 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
   2019
US$M
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
11,304
 
   7,956    8,306 
Loss attributable to members of BHP for Discontinued operations
  
 
 
       342 
Total exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders
(1)
  
 
5,773
 
   1,104    818 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying attributable profit – Continuing operations
  
 
17,077
 
   9,060    9,466 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
Underlying basic earnings per share
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US cents
   2020
US cents
   2019
US cents
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share
  
 
223.5
 
   157.3    160.3 
Exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders per share
(1)
  
 
114.2
 
   21.9    15.8 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying basic earnings per ordinary share
  
 
337.7
 
   179.2    176.1 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
Underlying EBITDA
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
  2020
US$M
  2019
US$M
 
Profit from operations
  
 
25,906
 
  14,421   16,113 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
(1)
  
 
4,385
 
  1,453   952 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
  
 
30,291
 
  15,874   17,065 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
  
 
6,824
 
  6,112   5,829 
Net impairments
  
 
2,635
 
  494   264 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
(1)
  
 
(2,371
  (409   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
37,379
 
  22,071   23,158 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
 
196173

Underlying EBITDA – Segment
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
  
Petroleum
   
Copper
   
Iron Ore
   
Coal
  
Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
(2)
  
Total Group
 
Profit from operations
  
 
386
 
  
 
6,665
 
  
 
22,975
 
  
 
(2,144
 
 
(1,976
 
 
25,906
 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
(1)
  
 
47
 
  
 
144
 
  
 
1,319
 
  
 
1,567
 
 
 
1,308
 
 
 
4,385
 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
  
 
1,739
 
  
 
1,608
 
  
 
1,971
 
  
 
845
 
 
 
661
 
 
 
6,824
 
Net impairments
  
 
128
 
  
 
72
 
  
 
13
 
  
 
1,077
 
 
 
1,345
 
 
 
2,635
 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
(1)
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
(1,057
 
 
(1,314
 
 
(2,371
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
2,300
 
  
 
8,489
 
  
 
26,278
 
  
 
288
 
 
 
24
 
 
 
37,379
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
  Petroleum   Copper  Iron Ore   Coal   Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
(2)
  Total Group 
Profit from operations
   744    1,362   12,310    793    (788  14,421 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
(1)
   6    1,228   614    18    (413  1,453 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
   1,445    1,740   1,608    807    512   6,112 
Net impairments
   12    426   22    14    20   494 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
(1)
       (409             (409
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   2,207    4,347   14,554    1,632    (669  22,071 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2019
US$M
  Petroleum   Copper  Iron Ore   Coal   Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
(2)
  Total Group 
Profit from operations
   2,480    2,587   8,426    3,400    (780  16,113 
Exceptional items included in profit from operations
(1)
          971        (19  952 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
   1,560    1,835   1,653    632    149   5,829 
Net impairments
   21    128   79    35    1   264 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   4,061    4,550   11,129    4,067    (649  23,158 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
(2) 
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations, including Potash, Nickel West, legacy assets, and consolidation adjustments.
197

Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
  
Profit from
operations
  
Exceptional
items
included in
profit from
operations
(1)
  
Depreciation
and
amortisation
   
Net
impairments
   
Exceptional
item included
in Depreciation,
amortisation
and
impairments
(1)
  
Underlying
EBITDA
 
Potash
  
 
(1,489
 
 
1,320
 
 
 
2
 
  
 
1,314
 
  
 
(1,314
 
 
(167
Nickel West
  
 
146
 
 
 
3
 
 
 
79
 
  
 
31
 
  
 
 
 
 
259
 
Corporate, legacy assets and eliminations
  
 
(633
 
 
(15
 
 
580
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(68
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
(1,976
 
 
1,308
 
 
 
661
 
  
 
1,345
 
  
 
(1,314
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
  Profit from
operations
  Exceptional
items
included in
profit from
operations
(1)
  Depreciation
and
amortisation
   Net
impairments
   Exceptional item
included in
Depreciation,
amortisation and
impairments
(1)
  Underlying
EBITDA
 
Potash
   (130     3           (127
Nickel West
   (113  5   68    3       (37
Corporate, legacy assets and eliminations
   (545  (418  441    17       (505
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   (788  (413  512    20       (669
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2019
US$M
  Profit from
operations
  Exceptional
items
included in
profit from
operations
(1)
  Depreciation
and
amortisation
   Net
impairments
   Exceptional item
included in
Depreciation,
amortisation and
impairments
(1)
  Underlying
EBITDA
 
Potash
   (131     4           (127
Nickel West
   91      11           102 
Corporate, legacy assets and eliminations
   (740  (19  134    1       (624
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   (780  (19  149    1       (649
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1)
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
198

Underlying EBITDA margin
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
  
Petroleum
  
Copper
   
Iron Ore
  
Coal
  
Group and
unallocated
items/

eliminations
(4)
  
Total Group
 
Revenue – Group production
  
 
3,935
 
 
 
13,482
 
  
 
34,457
 
 
 
5,154
 
 
 
1,493
 
 
 
58,521
 
Revenue – Third-party products
  
 
11
 
 
 
2,244
 
  
 
18
 
 
 
 
 
 
23
 
 
 
2,296
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Revenue
  
 
3,946
 
 
 
15,726
 
  
 
34,475
 
 
 
5,154
 
 
 
1,516
 
 
 
60,817
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA – Group production
(1)
  
 
2,299
 
 
 
8,425
 
  
 
26,277
 
 
 
288
 
 
 
24
 
 
 
37,313
 
Underlying EBITDA – Third-party products
(1)
  
 
1
 
 
 
64
 
  
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
2,300
 
 
 
8,489
 
  
 
26,278
 
 
 
288
 
 
 
24
 
 
 
37,379
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Segment contribution to the Group’s Underlying EBITDA
(2)
  
 
6%
 
 
 
23%
 
  
 
70%
 
 
 
1%
 
  
 
100%
 
Underlying EBITDA margin
(3)
  
 
58%
 
 
 
62%
 
  
 
76%
 
 
 
6%
 
  
 
64%
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
  Petroleum  Copper   Iron Ore  Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
(4)
  Total Group 
Revenue – Group production
   4,031   9,577    20,782   6,242   1,128   41,760 
Revenue – Third-party products
   39   1,089    15      28   1,171 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Revenue
   4,070   10,666    20,797   6,242   1,156   42,931 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA – Group production
(1)
   2,209   4,306    14,561   1,632   (669  22,039 
Underlying EBITDA – Third-party products
(1)
   (2  41    (7        32 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   2,207   4,347    14,554   1,632   (669  22,071 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Segment contribution to the Group’s Underlying EBITDA
(2)
   10%   19%    64%   7%    100% 
Underlying EBITDA margin
(3)
   55%   45%    70%   26%    53% 
Year ended 30 June 2019
US$M
  Petroleum  Copper   Iron Ore  Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
(4)
  Total Group 
Revenue – Group production
   5,920   9,729    17,223   9,102   1,116   43,090 
Revenue – Third-party products
   10   1,109    32   19   28   1,198 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Revenue
   5,930   10,838    17,255   9,121   1,144   44,288 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA – Group production
(1)
   4,061   4,434    11,115   4,068   (649  23,029 
Underlying EBITDA – Third-party products
(1)
      116    14   (1     129 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   4,061   4,550    11,129   4,067   (649  23,158 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Segment contribution to the Group’s Underlying EBITDA
(2)
   17%   19%    47%   17%    100% 
Underlying EBITDA margin
(3)
   69%   46%    65%   45%    53% 
(1) 
We differentiate sales of our production from sales of third-party products to better measure the operational profitability of our operations as a percentage of revenue. These tables show the breakdown between our production and third-party products, which is necessary for the calculation of the Underlying EBITDA margin and margin on third-party products.
We engage in third-party trading for the following reasons:
Production variability and occasional shortfalls from our assets means that we sometimes source third-party materials to ensure a steady supplyTable of product to our customers.
(2) 
Percentage contribution to Group Underlying EBITDA, excluding Group and unallocated items.
(3) 
Underlying EBITDA margin excludes third-party products.
(4) 
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations, including Potash, Nickel West, legacy assets, and consolidation adjustments. Revenue not attributable to reportable segments comprises the sale of freight and fuel to third parties. Exploration and technology activities are recognised within relevant segments.

Effective tax rate
  
2021
  2020  2019 
Year ended 30 June
 
Profit before
taxation

US$M
  
Income tax
expense

US$M
  
%
  Profit before
taxation
US$M
  Income tax
expense
US$M
  %  Profit before
taxation
US$M
  Income tax
expense
US$M
  % 
Statutory effective tax rate
 
 
24,601
 
 
 
(11,150
 
 
45.3
 
  13,510   (4,774  35.3   15,049   (5,529  36.7 
Adjusted for:
         
Exchange rate movements
 
 
 
 
 
(95
      20       (25 
Exceptional items
(1)
 
 
4,470
 
 
 
1,327
 
   1,546   (241   1,060   (242 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjusted effective tax rate
 
 
29,071
 
 
 
(9,918
 
 
34.1
 
  15,056   (4,995  33.2   16,109   (5,796  36.0 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
APMs derived from Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Capital and exploration expenditure
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
   2019
US$M
 
Capital expenditure (purchases of property, plant and equipment)
  
 
6,606
 
   6,900    6,250 
Add: Exploration expenditure
  
 
514
 
   740    873 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis) – Continuing operations
  
 
7,120
 
   7,640    7,123 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital and exploration expenditure – Discontinued operations
  
 
 
       443 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis) – Total operations
  
 
7,120
 
   7,640    7,566 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Free cash flow
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
  2020
US$M
  2019
US$M
 
Net operating cash flows
  
 
27,234
 
  15,706   17,871 
Net investing cash flows
  
 
(7,845
  (7,616  2,607 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Free cash flow
  
 
19,389
 
  8,090   20,478 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Free cash flow – Continuing operations
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
  2020
US$M
  2019
US$M
 
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations
  
 
27,234
 
  15,706   17,397 
Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations
  
 
(7,845
  (7,616  (7,377
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Free cash flow – Continuing operations
  
 
19,389
 
  8,090   10,020 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
200

APMs derived from Consolidated Balance Sheet
Net debt and gearing ratio
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
Restated
  2019
US$M
Restated
 
Interest bearing liabilities – Current
  
 
2,628
 
   5,012   1,661 
Interest bearing liabilities – Non current
  
 
18,355
 
   22,036   23,167 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total interest bearing liabilities
  
 
20,983
 
   27,048   24,828 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Comprising:
     
Borrowing
  
 
17,087
 
   23,605   24,113 
Lease liabilities
  
 
3,896
 
   3,443   715 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Lease liability associated with index-linked freight contracts
  
 
1,025
 
   1,160    
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
  
 
15,246
 
   13,426   15,613 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Net debt management related instruments
(1)
  
 
557
 
   433   (204
Less: Net cash management related instruments
(2)
  
 
34
 
   (15  (27
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Total derivatives included in net debt
  
 
591
 
   418   (231
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net debt
  
 
4,121
 
   12,044   9,446 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net assets
(3)
  
 
55,605
 
   52,175   51,753 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Gearing
  
 
6.9%
 
   18.8%   15.4% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
Represents the net cross currency and interest rate swaps included within current and
non-current
other financial assets and liabilities.
(2) 
Represents the net forward exchange contracts related to cash management included within current and
non-current
other financial assets and liabilities.
(3) 
30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 net assets have been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ resulting in retrospective decrease of US$71 million. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ in section 3.1.
Net debt waterfall
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
  2020
US$M
 
Net debt at the beginning of the period
  
 
(12,044
  (9,446
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows
  
 
27,234
 
  15,706 
Net investing cash flows
  
 
(7,845
  (7,616
Net financing cash flows
  
 
(17,922
  (9,752
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing and Discontinued operations
  
 
1,467
 
  (1,662
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Carrying value of interest bearing liability repayments
  
 
7,433
 
  1,533 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Carrying value of debt related instruments (proceeds)/settlements
  
 
(167
  157 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Carrying value of cash management related instruments settlements/(proceeds)
  
 
403
 
  (451
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Fair value adjustment on debt (including debt related instruments)
  
 
58
 
  88 
Foreign exchange impacts on cash (including cash management related instruments)
  
 
(1
  (26
IFRS 16 leases taken on at 1 July 2019
  
 
 
  (1,778
Lease additions
  
 
(1,079
  (363
Other
  
 
(191
  (96
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-cash
movements
  
 
(1,213
  (2,175
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net debt at the end of the period
  
 
(4,121
  (12,044
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
201

Net operating assets
The following table reconciles Net operating assets for the Group to Net assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet:
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
  2020
US$M
Restated
 
Net assets
(1)
  
 
55,605
 
  52,175 
Less:
Non-operating
assets
   
Cash and cash equivalents
  
 
(15,246
  (13,426
Trade and other receivables
(2)
  
 
(280
  (194
Other financial assets
(3)
  
 
(1,516
  (2,425
Current tax assets
  
 
(279
  (366
Deferred tax assets
   
(1,912
)
 
  (3,688
Assets held for sale
  
 
(324
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Add:
Non-operating
liabilities
   
Trade and other payables
(4)
  
 
227
 
  310 
Interest bearing liabilities
  
 
20,983
 
  27,048 
Other financial liabilities
(5)
  
 
588
 
  1,618 
Current tax payable
  
 
2,800
 
  913 
Non-current
tax payable
   
120
   109 
Deferred tax liabilities
(1)
  
 
3,314
 
  3,779 
Liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale
  
 
17
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating assets
  
 
64,097
 
  65,853 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating assets
   
Petroleum
  
 
7,964
 
  8,247 
Copper
(1)
  
 
26,928
 
  25,357 
Iron Ore
  
 
18,663
 
  18,400 
Coal
  
 
7,512
 
  9,509 
Group and unallocated items
(6)
  
 
3,030
 
  4,340 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
64,097
 
  65,853 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
30 June 2020 balances have been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$950 million of goodwill at Olympic Dam (included in the Copper segment) and an offsetting US$1,021 million increase in deferred tax liabilities. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ in section 3.1 for further information.
(2) 
Represents loans to associates, external finance receivable and accrued interest receivable included within other receivables.
(3) 
Represents cross currency and interest rate swaps, forward exchange contracts related to cash management and investment in shares and other investments.
(4) 
Represents accrued interest payable included within other payables.
(5) 
Represents cross currency and interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts related to cash management.
(6) 
Group and unallocated items include functions, other unallocated operations including Potash, Nickel West, legacy assets, and consolidation adjustments.
202

Other APM
Principal factors that affect Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA
The following table describes the impact of the principal factors that affected Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA for FY2021 and relates them back to our Consolidated Income Statement. For information on the method of calculation of the principal factors that affect Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA, refer to section 4.2.2.
  
Revenue

US$M
  
Total expenses,

Other income

and Loss from

equity

accounted
investments

US$M
  
Profit from
operations

US$M
  
Depreciation,

amortisation and
impairments and
Exceptional
Items

US$M
  
Underlying

EBITDA

US$M
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
     
Revenue
 
 
42,931
 
    
Other income
  
 
777
 
   
Expenses excluding net finance costs
  
 
(28,775
   
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(512
   
  
 
 
    
Total other income, expenses excluding net finance costs and loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(28,510
   
   
 
 
   
Profit from operations
   
 
14,421
 
  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
(1)
    
 
6,606
 
 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
    
 
(409
 
Exceptional items
    
 
1,453
 
 
     
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
     
 
22,071
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in sales prices
  17,186   (221 
 
16,965
 
    
 
16,965
 
Price-linked costs
   (870 
 
(870
    
 
(870
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net price impact
  17,186   (1,091 
 
16,095
 
    
 
16,095
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in volumes
  (371  59  
 
(312
    
 
(312
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Operating cash costs
     (34 
 
(34
    
 
(34
Exploration and business development
     109  
 
109
 
    
 
109
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in controllable cash costs
(2)
     75  
 
75
 
    
 
75
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exchange rates
  104   (1,692 
 
(1,588
    
 
(1,588
Inflation on costs
     (286 
 
(286
    
 
(286
Fuel and energy
     223  
 
223
 
    
 
223
 
Non-cash
     282  
 
282
 
    
 
282
 
One-off
items
  (142  20  
 
(122
    
 
(122
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change in other costs
  (38  (1,453 
 
(1,491
    
 
(1,491
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Asset sales
     17  
 
17
 
    
 
17
 
Ceased and sold operations
  (22  264  
 
242
 
    
 
242
 
Other
  1,131   (449 
 
682
 
    
 
682
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
     (891 
 
(891
  891  
 
 
Exceptional items
     (2,932 
 
(2,932
  2,932  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
     
Revenue
 
 
60,817
 
    
Other income
  
 
510
 
   
Expenses excluding net finance costs
  
 
(34,500
   
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(921
   
  
 
 
    
Total other income, expenses excluding net finance costs and loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(34,911
   
   
 
 
   
Profit from operations
   
 
25,906
 
  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
(1)
    
 
9,459
 
 
Exceptional item included in Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
    
 
(2,371
 
Exceptional items
    
 
4,385
 
 
     
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
     
 
37,379
 
     
 
 
 
(1)
Depreciation and impairments that we classify as exceptional items are excluded from depreciation, amortisation and impairments. Depreciation, amortisation and impairments includes
non-exceptional
impairments of US$264 million (FY2020: US$85 million).
(2)
Collectively, we refer to the change in operating cash costs and change in exploration and business development as Change in controllable cash costs. Operating cash costs by definition do not include
non-cash
costs. The change in operating cash costs also excludes the impact of exchange rates and inflation, changes in fuel and energy costs, changes in exploration and business development costs and
one-off
items. These items are excluded so as to provide a consistent measurement of changes in costs across all segments, based on the factors that are within the control and responsibility of the segment. Change in controllable cash costs and change in operating cash costs are not measures that are recognised by IFRS. They may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
203

Underlying Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
Year ended 30 June
  
2021

US$M
  2020
US$M
Restated
  2019
US$M
Restated
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
  
 
13,451
 
  8,736   9,185 
Exceptional items
(1)
  
 
5,797
 
  1,305   818 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Subtotal
  
 
19,248
 
  10,041   10,003 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjusted for:
    
Net finance costs
  
 
1,305
 
  911   1,072 
Exceptional items included within net finance costs
(1)
  
 
(85
  (93  (108
Income tax benefit on net finance costs
  
 
(337
  (267  (319
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit after taxation excluding net finance costs and exceptional items
  
 
20,131
 
  10,592   10,648 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net assets at the beginning of the period
(2)
  
 
52,175
 
  51,753   60,599 
Net debt at the beginning of the period
  
 
12,044
 
  9,446   11,605 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital employed at the beginning of the period
  
 
64,219
 
  61,199   72,204 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net assets at the end of the period
(2)
  
 
55,605
 
  52,175   51,753 
Net debt at the end of the period
  
 
4,121
 
  12,044   9,446 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital employed at the end of the period
  
 
59,726
 
  64,219   61,199 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Average capital employed
  
 
61,973
 
  62,709   66,702 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying Return on Capital Employed
  
 
32.5%
 
  16.9%   16.0% 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1)
For more information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3.1.
(2)
The Underlying ROCE calculation uses restated net assets for the comparative periods.
204

4.2.1    Definition and calculation of Alternative Performance Measures
Alternative Performance Measures
(APMs)
Reasons why we believe the APMs are
useful
Calculation methodology
Underlying attributable profit
Allows the comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items and is also the basis on which our dividend payout ratio policy is applied.
Profit after taxation attributable to BHP shareholders excluding any exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders.
Underlying basic earnings per share
On a per share basis, allows the comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
Underlying attributable profit divided by the weighted basic average number of shares.
Underlying EBITDA
Used to help assess current operational profitability excluding the impacts of sunk costs (i.e. depreciation from initial investment). Each is a measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of the Group’s segments and make decisions on the allocation of resources.
Earnings before net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments, taxation expense, discontinued operations and exceptional items. Underlying EBITDA includes BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments and taxation expense/(benefit).
Underlying EBITDA margin
Underlying EBITDA excluding third-party product EBITDA, divided by revenue excluding third-party product revenue.
Underlying EBIT
Used to help assess current operational profitability excluding net finance costs and taxation expense (each of which are managed at the Group level) as well as discontinued operations and any exceptional items.
Earnings before net finance costs, taxation expense, discontinued operations and any exceptional items. Underlying EBIT includes BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs and taxation expense/(benefit).
Profit from operations
Earnings before net finance costs, taxation expense and discontinued operations. Profit from operations includes Revenue, Other income, Expenses excluding net finance costs and BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs and taxation expense/(benefit).
Capital and exploration expenditure
Used as part of our Capital Allocation Framework to assess efficient deployment of capital. Represents the total outflows of our operational investing expenditure.
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and exploration expenditure.
Free cash flow
It is a key measure used as part of our Capital Allocation Framework. Reflects our operational cash performance inclusive of investment expenditure, which helps to highlight how much cash was generated in the period to be available for the servicing of debt and distribution to shareholders.
Net operating cash flows less net investing cash flows.
Net debt
Net debt shows the position of gross debt less index-linked freight contracts offset by cash immediately available to pay debt if required and any associated derivative financial instruments. Liability associated with index-linked freight contracts, which are required to be remeasured to the prevailing freight index at each reporting date, are excluded from the net debt calculation due to the short-term volatility of the index they relate to not aligning with how the Group uses net debt for decision making in relation to the Capital Allocation Framework. Net debt includes the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to hedge cash and borrowings to reflect the Group’s risk management strategy of reducing the volatility of net debt caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates. Net debt, along with the gearing ratio, is used to monitor the Group’s capital management by relating net debt relative to equity from shareholders.
Interest bearing liabilities less liability associated with index-linked freight contracts less cash and cash equivalents less net cross currency and interest rate swaps less net cash management related instruments for the Group at the reporting date.
Gearing ratio







Ratio of Net debt to Net debt plus Net assets.
Net operating assets
Enables a clearer view of the assets deployed to generate earnings by highlighting the net operating assets of the business separate from the financing and tax balances. This measure helps provide an indicator of the underlying performance of our assets and enhances comparability between them.
Operating assets net of operating liabilities, including the carrying value of equity accounted investments and predominantly excludes cash balances, loans to associates, interest bearing liabilities, derivatives hedging our net debt, assets held for sale, liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale and tax balances.
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE)
Indicator of the Group’s capital efficiency and is provided on an underlying basis to allow comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
Profit after taxation excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after taxation) divided by average capital employed.
Profit after taxation excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after taxation) is profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations excluding exceptional items, net finance costs and the estimated taxation impact of net finance costs. These are annualised for a half year end reporting period.
The estimated tax impact is calculated using a prima facie taxation rate on net finance costs (excluding any foreign exchange impact).
Average capital employed is calculated as the average of net assets less net debt for the last two reporting periods.
Adjusted effective tax rate
Provides an underlying tax basis to allow comparability of underlying financial performance by excluding the impacts of exceptional items.
Total taxation expense/(benefit) excluding exceptional items and exchange rate movements included in taxation expense/(benefit) divided by Profit before taxation and exceptional items.
Unit cost
Used to assess the controllable financial performance of the Group’s assets for each unit of production. Unit costs are adjusted for site specific
non-controllable
factors to enhance comparability between the Group’s assets.
Ratio of net costs of the assets to the equity share of sales tonnage. Net costs is defined as revenue less Underlying EBITDA and excludes freight and other costs, depending on the nature of each asset.
Freight is excluded as the Group believes it provides a similar basis of comparison to our peer group.
Petroleum unit costs exclude:
•   exploration, development and evaluation expense as these costs do not represent our cost performance in relation to current production and the Group believes it provides a similar basis of comparison to our peer group
•   other costs that do not represent underlying cost performance of the business
Escondida unit costs exclude:
•   by-product
credits being the favourable impact of
by-products
(such as gold or silver) to determine the directly attributable costs of copper production
WAIO, Queensland Coal and NSWEC unit costs exclude:
•   royalties as these are costs that are not deemed to be under the Group’s control, and the Group believes exclusion provides a similar basis of comparison to our peer group
205

4.2.2    Definition and calculation of principal factors
The method of calculation of the principal factors that affect the period on period movements of Revenue, Profit from operations and Underlying EBITDA are as follows:
Principal factor
Method of calculation
Change in sales prices
Change in average realised price for each operation from the prior period to the current period, multiplied by current period sales volumes.
Price-linked costs
Change in price-linked costs (mainly royalties) for each operation from the prior period to the current period, multiplied by current period sales volumes.
Change in volumes
Change in sales volumes for each operation multiplied by the prior year average realised price less variable unit cost.
Controllable cash costs
Total of operating cash costs and exploration and business development costs.
Operating cash costs
Change in total costs, other than price-linked costs, exchange rates, inflation on costs, fuel and energy costs,
non-cash
costs and
one-off
items as defined below for each operation from the prior period to the current period.
Exploration and business development
Exploration and business development expense in the current period minus exploration and business development expense in the prior period.
Exchange rates
Change in exchange rate multiplied by current period local currency revenue and expenses.
Inflation on costs
Change in inflation rate applied to expenses, other than depreciation and amortisation, price-linked costs, exploration and business development expenses, expenses in ceased and sold operations and expenses in new and acquired operations.
Fuel and energy
Fuel and energy expense in the current period minus fuel and energy expense in the prior period.
Non-cash
Change in net impact of capitalisation and depletion of deferred stripping from the prior period to the current period.
One-off
items
Change in costs exceeding a
pre-determined
threshold associated with an unexpected event that had not occurred in the last two years and is not reasonably likely to occur within the next two years.
Asset sales
Profit/(loss) on the sale of assets or operations in the current period minus profit/(loss) on sale of assets or operations in the prior period.
Ceased and sold operations
Underlying EBITDA for operations that ceased or were sold in the current period minus Underlying EBITDA for operations that ceased or were sold in the prior period.
Share of profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments
Share of profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments for the current period minus share of profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments in the prior period.
Other
Variances not explained by the above factors.
206

4.32    Information on mining operations
Minerals Australia
Copper mining operations
The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with OFR 5.1 and the production table (refer to section 4.5.1) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.2).and resources tables in Additional information 4 and 5.
 
Mine & location
 
Means of access
 
OwnershipType and
amount of
ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage
involved
 
History and
stage of
property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing
conditionplants and
other available
facilities
Olympic Dam
        
560 km northwest of Adelaide, South Australia 
Public road
 
Copper cathode trucked to ports
 
Uranium oxide transported by road to ports
 
Gold bullion transported by road and plane
 BHP 100% BHP 
Mining lease granted by South Australian Government expires in 20362036.
Approximately 17,788 hectares
 
Right of extension for 50 years (subject to remaining mine life)
 
Production stage
Acquired in 2005 as part of Western Mining Corporation (WMC) acquisition
 
Copper production began in 1988
 
Nominal milling capacity raised to 9 Mtpa in 1999
 
Optimisation project completed in 2002
 
New copper solvent extraction plant commissioned in 2004
 
Major smelter maintenance campaigncampaigns completed in 20182017 and 2022
 
Underground
 
Large poly-metallic deposit of iron oxide-copper-uranium-gold mineralisation
 
Electricity transmitted via (i) BHP’s 275 kV power line from Port Augusta and (ii) ElectraNet’s system upstream of Port Augusta
 
Energy purchased via Retail Agreement
 
Underground automated train and trucking network feeding crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities
 
2 grinding circuits
 
Nominal milling capacity: 10.3 Mtpa
 
Flash furnace produces copper anodes, which are then refined to produce copper cathodes
 
Electrowon copper cathode and uranium oxide concentrate produced by leaching and solvent extracting flotation tailings
 
Gold cyanide leach circuit and gold room producing gold bullion
Key permit conditionsThe Roxby Downs (Indenture Ratification) Act 1982 (Indenture Act) applies to Olympic Dam’s operations. It contains conditions from the South Australian Government, including relating to the protection and management of the environment; water; closure and rehabilitation considerations; local procurement and community plans/initiatives/project commitments; and payment of royalties. Olympic Dam also holds other relevant approvals and tenements granted by the South Australian Government, including under the SA Mining Act.
 
207174

Iron ore mining operations
The following table contains additional details of our iron ore mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with OFR 5.1 and the production table (refer to section 4.5.1) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.2).and resources tables in Additional information 4 and 5.
 
Mine & location
 
Means of
access
 
OwnershipType and
amount of
ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage
involved
 
History and
stage of
property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing
conditionplants and
other available
facilities
WAIO
Mt Newman joint venture
Pilbara region, Western Australia
 
MtNewman West (Mt Whaleback,
Orebodies 24, 25, 29, 30, 31, 32 and 3535)
Newman East (Orebodies 24, 25)
 
Private road
 
Ore transported by Mt Newman
JV-owned
rail to Port Hedland (427 km)
 
BHP Minerals 85%

Mitsui-ITOCHU Iron 10%
 
ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 5%
 BHP Mineral lease granted and held under the Iron Ore (Mount Newman) Agreement Act 1964 expires in 2030 with right to successive renewals of 21 years eacheach. ML244SA - approximately 78,934 hectares 
Production stage
Production began at Mt W
halebackWhaleback in 1969
 
Production from Orebodies 24, 25, 29, 30, 31, 32 and 35 complements production from Mt Whaleback
 
Production from Orebodies 31 and 32 started in 2015 and 2017 respectively
 
Mining at Orebody 18 ceased in 2020 after depletion
 
Open-cut
 
Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba; also present is iron-rich detrital material
 
Power for all mine operations in the Central and Eastern Pilbara is supplied by BHP’s natural gas fired
gas-fired
Yarnima power station
 
Power consumed in port operations is supplied via a contract with Alinta
 
Newman Hub: primary crusher, ore handling plant, heavy media beneficiation plant, stockyard blending facility, single cell rotary car dumper, train load out (nominal capacity 75 Mtpa)
 
Orebody 25 Ore processing plant (nominal capacity 12 Mtpa) ceased operation mid FY2022
Key permit conditions
State Agreement contains conditions set by the Western Australian Government, including requirements for future development proposals; environmental compliance and reporting obligations; closure and rehabilitation considerations; local procurement and community plans/initiatives/investment requirements; payment of rent, taxes and government royalties.
Tenements granted by the Western Australian Government under the Mining Act. Key permit conditions include resource reporting, environmental compliance and reporting, rehabilitation considerations and offset payments and payment of lease rentals, and royalties.
Registered Indigenous Land Use Agreements with conditions, including appropriate native title compensation and opportunity sharing; enshrine heritage protections and land access rights; and guarantee certain heritage, environment and consultation processes.
175

Mine & location
Means of access
Type and
amount of
ownership
Operator
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
History and stage
of property
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
Power source
Processing plants
and other
available
facilities
WAIO
Yandi joint venture
       
Pilbara region, Western Australia 
Private road
 
Ore transported by Mt Newman
JV-owned
rail to Port Hedland (316 km)
 
Yandi JV’s railway spur links Yandi hub to Mt Newman JV main line
 
BHP Minerals 85%
 
ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%
 
Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%
 BHP 
Mining lease granted pursuant to the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with 1 renewal right to a further 21 years to 2054
M270SA - approximately 30,344 hectares
 
Production stage
Production began at the Yandi mine in 1992

Capacity of Yandi hub expanded between 1994 and 2013
Yandi has commenced production ramp down activity in FY2022
 
Open-cut
 
Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments
 
Power for all mine operations in the Central and Eastern Pilbara is supplied by BHP’s natural gas fired
gas-fired
Yarnima power station
 
Power consumed in port operations is supplied via a contract with Alinta
 
4 primary crushers, 3 ore handling plants, stockyard blending facility and 2 train load outs (nominal capacity 80 Mtpa)
Decommissioning has commenced on 2 ore handling plants, as part of planned ramp down activities
Key permit conditions
State Agreement contains conditions set by the Western Australian Government, including requirements for future development proposals; environmental compliance and reporting obligations; closure and rehabilitation considerations; local procurement and community plans/initiatives/investment requirements; payment of rent, taxes and government royalties.
Tenements granted by the Western Australian Government under the Mining Act. Key permit conditions include resource reporting, environmental compliance and reporting, rehabilitation considerations and offset payments and payment of lease rentals, and royalties.
Registered Indigenous Land Use Agreements with conditions, including appropriate native title compensation and opportunity sharing; enshrine heritage protections and land access rights; and guarantee certain heritage, environment and consultation processes.
 
208176

Mine & location
 
Means of
access
 
OwnershipType and
amount of
ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
 
History and stage
of property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other
available
facilities
WAIO
Jimblebar operation*
       
Pilbara region, Western Australia
Jimblebar
Bill’s Hill, Eastern Syncline and Mt Helen (jointly called Western Ridge deposits)
 
Private road
 
OreJimblebar ore is transported via overland conveyor (12.4 km) and by Mt Newman
JV-owned
rail to Port Hedland (428 km)
The Western Ridge deposits are located close to Newman Operations and all production will be trucked and/or transported via overland conveyor
 
BHP Minerals 85%
 
ITOCHU Iron OreMinerals and Energy of Australia 8%
 
Mitsui & Co. Iron Ore Exploration & Mining 7%
 
*Jimblebar is an ‘incorporated’ venture, with the above companies holding A Class Shares with rights to certain parts of Mining Leasemining lease 266SA held by BHP Iron Ore Jimblebar(Jimblebar) Pty Ltd (BHPIOJ)
 
BHPBHPIOJ holds 100% of the B Class Shares, which has rights to all other BHPIOJJimblebar assets
 BHP 
Mining lease granted pursuant to the Iron Ore (McCamey’s Monster) Agreement Authorisation Act 1972 expires in 2030 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years each
M266SA – approximately 51,756 hectares
 
Production stage
Production began in March 1989
 
From 2004, production was transferred to Wheelarra JV as part of the Wheelarra sublease agreement
 
This sublease agreement expired in March 2018
 
Ore was first produced from the newly commissioned Jimblebar hub in late 2013
 
Jimblebar sells ore to the Newman JV proximate to the Jimblebar hub
Production at Western Ridge commenced in FY2022
 
Open-cut
 
Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba; also present is iron-rich detrital material
 
Power for all mine operations in the Central and Eastern Pilbara is supplied by BHP’s natural gas fired
gas-fired
Yarnima power station
 
Power consumed in port operations is supplied via a contract with Alinta
 
3 primary crushers, ore handling plant, train loadout, stockyard blending facility and supporting mining hub infrastructure (nominal capacity 71 Mtpa)
Production from the Western Ridge deposits will be processed through existing processing facility for Newman Operations
Key permit conditions
State Agreement contains conditions set by the Western Australian Government, including requirements for future development proposals; environmental compliance and reporting obligations; closure and rehabilitation considerations; local procurement and community plans/initiatives/investment requirements; payment of rent, taxes and government royalties.
Tenements granted by the Western Australian Government under the Mining Act. Key permit conditions include resource reporting, environmental compliance and reporting, rehabilitation considerations and offset payments and payment of lease rentals, and royalties.
Registered Indigenous Land Use Agreement with conditions, including appropriate native title compensation and opportunity sharing; enshrine heritage protections and land access rights; and guarantee certain heritage, environment and consultation processes.
 
209177

Mine & location
 
Means of
access
 
OwnershipType and
amount of
ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
 
History and stage
of property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other
available
facilities
WAIO
Mt Goldsworthy joint venture
       
Pilbara region, Western Australia
 
Yarrie
Nimingarra
 
Mining Area C (includes South Flank)
 
Private road
 
Yarrie and Nimingarra iron ore transported by Mt Goldsworthy
JV-owned
rail to Port Hedland (218 km)
 
Mining Area C iron ore transported by Mt Newman
JV-owned
rail to Port Hedland (360 km)
 
South Flank iron ore transported by overland conveyors (8–16 km) to the Mining Area C processing hub
 
Mt Goldsworthy JV railway spur links Mining Area C and South Flank to Yandi railway spur
 
BHP Minerals 85%
 
Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%
 
ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%
 BHP 
1 mineral lease and 1 mining lease both granted pursuant to the Iron Ore (Goldsworthy – Nimingarra) Agreement Act 1972, expire 2035, with rights to successive renewals of 21 years each. ML251SA and M263SA – approximately 15,623 hectares
 
A number of smaller mining leases granted under the Mining Act 1978 expire in 2026 with rights to successive renewals of 21 yearsyears. 5 leases – approximately 2,999 hectares
 
3 mineral leases granted under the Iron Ore (Mount Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964, which expire 2028, with rights to successive renewals of 21 years eacheach. ML235SA, ML249SA and ML281SA – approximately 91,124 hectares
 
Production stage
Operations commenced at Mt Goldsworthy in 1966 and at Shay Gap in 1973
 
Original Goldsworthy mine closed in 1982
 
Associated Shay Gap mine closed in 1993
 
Mining at Nimingarra mine ceased in 2007, then continued from adjacent Yarrie area
 
Production commenced at Mining Area C mine in 2003
 
Yarrie mine operations were suspended in February 2014
 
First ore at South Flank commenced in May 2021
 
Mining Area C, South Flank, Yarrie and Nimingarra are
open-cut
 
Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman, Marra Mamba and Nimingarra; also present is iron-rich detrital material
 
 
Power for Yarrie and Shay Gap is supplied by their own small diesel generating stations
Power for all remaining mine operations in the Central and Eastern Pilbara is supplied by BHP’s natural gas fired
gas-fired
Yarnima power station
 
Power consumed in port operations is supplied via a contract with Alinta
 
Mining Area C: 2 primary crushers, 2 ore handling plants, stockyard blending facility and train load out (nominal capacity 60 Mtpa)
South Flank: 2 primary crushers, 1 ore handling plant, stockyard and blending facility and train load out (nominal capacity 80 Mtpa)
Key permit conditions
State Agreements contain conditions set by the Western Australian Government, including requirements for future development proposals; environmental compliance and reporting obligations; closure and rehabilitation considerations; local procurement and community plans/initiatives/investment requirements; payment of rent, taxes and government royalties.
Tenements granted by the Western Australian Government under the Mining Act. Key permit conditions include resource reporting, environmental compliance and reporting, rehabilitation considerations and offset payments and payment of lease rentals, and royalties.
Registered Indigenous Land Use Agreements with conditions, including appropriate native title compensation and opportunity sharing; enshrine heritage protections and land access rights; and guarantee certain heritage, environment and consultation processes.
178

Mine & location
Means of access
Type and
amount of
ownership
Operator
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
History and stage
of property
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
Power source
Processing plants
and other
available
facilities
WAIO
POSMAC joint venture
       
Pilbara region, Western Australia 
Private road
 
POSMAC JV sells ore to Mt Goldsworthy JV at Mining Area C
 
Ore is transported via Mt Goldsworthy
JV-owned
rail and Mt Newman
JV-owned
rail to Port Hedland
 
BHP Minerals 65%
 
ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%
 
Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%
 
POSCO-OrePOS-Ore
20%
 BHP 
Sublease over part of Mt Goldsworthy Mining Area C mineral lease that expires on the earlier of
termination of the mineral lease or the end of the POSMAC JV
JV. ML281SA – approximately 56,335 hectares
 
Production stage
Production commenced in October 2003
 
POSMAC JV sells all ore to Mt Goldsworthy JV at Mining Area C
 
Open-cut
 
Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which is Marra Mamba
 
Power for all mine operations in the Central and Eastern Pilbara is supplied by BHP’s natural gas fired
gas-fired
Yarnima power station
 
Power consumed in port operations is supplied via a contract with Alinta
 POSMAC sells all ore to Mt Goldsworthy JV, which is then processed at Mining Area C
Key permit conditions
Key permit conditions of POSMAC joint venture are captured within the Mount Goldsworthy joint venture key permit conditions outlined above.
 
210179

Coal mining operations
The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with OFR 5.1 and the production table (refer to section 4.5.1) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.2).and resources tables in Additional information 4 and 5.
 
Mine &
location
 
Means of access
 
OwnershipType and amount
of ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
 
History and stage
of property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other
available facilities
Queensland CoalBHP Mitsubishi Alliance
Central Queensland Coal Associates joint venture
Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia
 
Goonyella Riverside
Broadmeadow
Daunia
Caval Ridge
Peak Downs
Saraji
Blackwater and Norwich Park mines
Saraji South
 
Public road
 
Coal transported by rail to Hay Point, Gladstone, Dalrymple Bay and Abbot Point ports
 
Distances between the mines and port are between 160 km and 315 km
 
BHP 50%
 
Mitsubishi Development 50%
 BMA 
Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements, have expiry dates ranging up to 2043, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government legislation allowsallows. Approximately 125,100 hectares
 
Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period
 
All required renewal applications were lodged and pending a decision from the Minister
 
Production stage
Goonyella mine commenced in 1971, merged with adjoining Riverside mine in 1989
 
Operates as Goonyella Riverside
 
Production commenced at:
Peak Downs in 1972
Saraji in 1974
Norwich Park in 1979
Blackwater in 1967
Broadmeadow (longwall operations) in 2005
Daunia in 2013 and
Caval Ridge in 2014
 
Production at Saraji South (formerly Norwich ParkPark) ceased in May 20122012; limited product is due to be sourced from Saraji South for processing at Saraji scheduled from the December 2022 quarter and will be included under the Saraji mine
 
All
open-cut
except Broadmeadow (longwall underground)
 
Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Moranbah and Rangal Coal measures
 
Products range from premium quality, low volatile, high vitrinite, hard coking coal to medium volatile hard coking coal, to weak coking coal, some pulverised coal injection (PCI) coal and medium ash thermal coal as a secondary product
 Queensland electricity grid connection is under medium-termlong-term contracts and energy purchased via Retail Agreements 
On-site
beneficiation processing facilities
 
Combined nominal capacity: in excess of 67 Mtpa
BHP Mitsui Coal
Key permit conditions
 
Bowen Basin,Key permit conditions are contained in the various legislation set by the Queensland Australia
South Walker CreekGovernment and Poitrel mines
Public road
Coal transported by railinclude conditions relating to Hay Pointcarrying out works in accordance with the environmental authority and Dalrymple Bay ports
Distances between the minesapproved development plans, payment of rents, reporting and port are between 135 km and 165 km
BHP 80%
Mitsui and Co 20%
BMC
payment of royalties. Mining leases including undeveloped tenements, have expiry dates ranging up to 2041, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government legislation allows
Mining is permitted to continuegranted under the legislation during the renewal application period
All renewal applications were lodged and pending a decision from the Minister
South Walker Creek commenced in 1996
Poitrel commenced in 2006
BMC purchased remaining 50% shareCentral Queensland Coal Associates Agreement Act 1968 place an extraction cap of Red Mountain processing facility in 2018 to secure 100% ownership
Open-cut
Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Rangal Coal measures
Produces a range of coking coal and pulverised coal injection (PCI) coal
Queensland electricity grid connection is under medium-term contracts and energy purchased via Retail Agreements
South Walker Creek coal beneficiated
on-site
Nominal capacity: in excess of 6 Mtpa
Poitrel mine utilises Red Mountain for processing and rail loading facilities
Nominal capacity: in excess of 6 Mtpa
1,860 Mt.
 
211180

Mine &
location
 
Means of
access
 
OwnershipType and amount
of ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
 
History and stage
of property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other
available facilities
New South Wales Energy Coal
Mt Arthur Coal
Approximately 126 km northwest of Newcastle,
New South Wales, Australia
 
Public road
 
Export coal transported by
third-party
rail to Newcastle port
 BHP 100% BHP 
Current Development Consent expires in 2026
Mt Arthur Coal Mine (MAC) commenced the first formal stepcontinues to obtainwork on obtaining new State and Commonwealth approvals to continue
open-cut
mining at MAC beyond 30 June 2026
 
MAC holds 10 mining leases, 2 sub leases and 3 exploration licences
 
MAC’s primary exploration licence (EL5965)mining lease (ML 1487) was renewed in full in December 2020granted for a further
21-year
term until July 2026
from June 2022
 
MAC’s primary Mining Lease (ML 1487) will expire in June 2022. A renewal application was submitted in April 2021 seeking a further 21 yearsTotal mining leases approximately 8,750 hectares
 
Production stage
Production commenced in 2002
 
Government
Approval to expand mining granted in 2010 with an additional area also granted by an approval permits extraction of up to 36 Mtpa of run of mine coal from underground and
open-cutmodification in 2014
operations, with
open-cut
extraction limited to 32 Mtpa
 
Domestic sales ceased during FY2020
Conveyor with conveyor to Bayswater and Liddell Power Stations has been decommissioned
On 16 June 2022, BHP announced the decision to cease mining at the asset by the end of FY2030
 
Open-cut
 
Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal
 NSW electricity grid connection under a deemed long-term contract and energy purchased via a Retail Agreement 
Beneficiation facilities: coal handling, preparation, washing plants
 
Nominal capacity: in excess of 23 Mtpa
Key permit conditions
The project approval contains key conditions: (i) it requires MAC to be operated generally in accordance with the environmental assessment; and (ii) permits extraction of up to 36 Mtpa of run of mine coal from underground and
open-cut
operations, with
open-cut
extraction limited to 32 Mtpa.
 
212181

Nickel mining operations
The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with OFR 5.1 and the production table (refer to section 4.5.1) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.2).and resources tables in Additional information 4 and 5.
 
Mine &
location
 
Means of access
 
OwnershipType and amount
of ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
 
History and stage
of property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other
available facilities
Nickel West
Mt Keith mine and concentrator
485450 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia
 
Mt Keith Mine
 
Mt Keith Satellite Mine (Yakabindie)
 
Private road
 
Nickel concentrate transported by road to Leinster for drying and
on-on-shipping
shipping
 BHP 100% BHP 
Mining leases granted by Western Australian Government
 
Key leases expire between 2029 and 2036
 
First renewal of 21 years is as a right. Further renewals at government discretion
Mt Keith mining leases approximately 9,240 hectares
Mt Keith satellite mining leases approximately 3,835 hectares
 
Production stage
Commissioned in 1995 by WMC
 
Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition
 
Mt Keith Satellite mineMine contains 2
open-pit
mines: Six Mile Well in full production and Goliath currently being
pre-stripped
 
Open-cut
 
Disseminated textured magmatic nickel-sulphide mineralisation associated with a metamorphosed ultramafic intrusion
 
On-site
third-party
gas-fired
turbines with backup from diesel engine generation
 
Contracts expire in December 2038
 
Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts
 
Concentration plant with a nominal capacity:
capacity of 11 Mtpa of ore
Key permit conditions
Use of the land for the purposes set out by the Western Australian Government under granted mining tenements and broadly comprise of submission of detailed mining proposals; payment of royalties, annual rent to the State Government; rates to relevant local governments; compliance with environmental regulations and mine closure requirements and other reporting obligations. Existing mining operations are also subject to an Indigenous Land Use Agreement (ILUA), which includes commitments for payments made to trust accounts; Indigenous employment and business opportunities; heritage and cultural protections.
182

Mine & location
Means of access
Type and amount
of ownership
Operator
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
History and stage
of property
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
Power source
Processing plants
and other
available facilities
Nickel West
Leinster mine complex and concentrator
     
375 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia
 
Venus
sub-level
caving operation
 
B11 block caving operation
Camelot
open-pit
mine
 
Rocky’s Reward
open-pit
mine
 
Public road
 
Nickel concentrate shipped by road and rail to Kalgoorlie Nickel Smelter
 BHP 100% BHP 
Mining leases granted by Western Australian Government
 
Key leases expire between 2025 and 2040
 
Renewals of principal mineral lease in accordance with State Agreement ratified by the Nickel (Agnew) Agreement Act 1974
Leinster mining leases approximately 6,325 hectares
Camelot mining leases approximately 2,353 hectares
 
Production stage
Production commenced in 1979
 
Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition
 
Leinster underground ceased operations in 2013 and recommenced operations in 2016 with Venus
sub-level
cave now in operation and B11 block cave developing its undercut and first draw points
Rocky’s Reward
open-pit
mine ceased mining in 2021
 
Open-cut
and underground
 
Steeply dipping disseminated and massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows and intrusions
 
On-site
third-party
gas-fired
turbines with back up from diesel engine generation
 
Contracts expire in December 2038
 
Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts
 Concentration plant with a nominal capacity: 3 Mtpa of ore
Key permit conditionsUse of the land for the purposes set out by the Western Australian Government in the Nickel (Agnew) Agreement Act 1974 and other Nickel West granted tenements broadly comprise of submission of detailed mining proposals; payment of royalties, annual rent to Western Australian Government; rates to relevant local governments; compliance with environmental regulations and mine closure requirements and other reporting obligations. Existing mining operations are also subject to an Indigenous Land Use Agreement (ILUA), which includes commitments for payments made to trust accounts; Indigenous employment and business opportunities; heritage and cultural protections.
 
213183

Mine &
location
 
Means of access
 
OwnershipType and amount
of ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
 
History and stage
of property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other
available facilities
Nickel West
Cliffs mine
        
481450 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 
Private road
 
Nickel ore transported by road to Leinster or Mt Keith for further processing
 BHP 100% BHP 
Mining leases granted by Western Australian Government
 
Key leases expire between 2025 and 2028
 
First renewal of 21 years is as of right. Further renewals at government discretion
Mining leases approximately 2,675 hectares
 
Production stage
Production commenced in 2008
 
Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition
 
Underground
 
Steeply dipping massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows
 Supplied from Mt Keith Mine site
Key permit conditionsUse of the land for the purposes set out by the Western Australian Government under granted mining tenements and broadly comprise of submission of detailed mining proposals; payment of royalties, annual rent to the State Government; rates to relevant local government; compliance with environmental regulations and mine closure requirements and other reporting obligations. Existing mining operations are also subject to an Indigenous Land Use Agreement (ILUA), which includes commitments for payments made to trust accounts; Indigenous employment and business opportunities; heritage and cultural protections.
184

Nickel smelters, refineries and processing plants
 
Smelter,
refinery or
processing
plant
 
Location
 
Ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options
 
Key permit
conditions
Product
 
Power source
 
Nominal
production
capacity
Nickel West
       
Kambalda
       
Nickelnickel concentrator 56 km south of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia BHP 100% BHP 
Mineral leases granted by Western Australian Government
 
Key leases expire in 2028
Mining leases approximately 242 hectares
Use of the land for the purposes set out by the Western Australian Government under granted mining tenements and broadly comprise of submission of detailed mining proposals; payment of royalties, annual rent to the State Government; rates to relevant local government; compliance with environmental regulations and mine closure requirements and other reporting obligations Concentrate containing approximately 13% nickel 
On-site
third-party
gas-fired
turbines supplemented by access to grid power
 
Contracts expire in December 2038
 
Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts
 
1.6 Mtpa ore
 
OreNickel sourced through ore tolling and concentrate purchase arrangements with third parties in Kambalda regionand outer regions
Kalgoorlie
       
Nickelnickel smelter Kalgoorlie, Western Australia BHP 100% BHP Freehold title over the property Matte containing approximately 65% nickel 
On-site
third-party
gas-fired
turbines supplemented by access to grid power
 
Contracts expire in December 2038
 
Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts
 110 ktpa nickel metal in matte
Kwinana
       
Nickelnickel refinery 30 km south of Perth, Western Australia BHP 100% BHP Freehold title over the property 
London Metal Exchange (LME) grade nickel briquettes, nickel powder
 
Also intermediate products, including copper sulphide, cobalt-nickel-sulphide, ammonium-sulphate
Nickel sulphate containing approximately 22% nickel
 Power is sourced from the local grid, which is supplied under a retail contract, supplemented by a Power Purchase Agreement with Merredin Solar Farm for 50% of its output 
82.5 ktpa mattenickel metal in powder, briquettes, and nickel sulphate (with approval to increase up to 90kpta)90 ktpa)
99 kt–100 kt nickel sulphate (approximately 22 kt–24 kt nickel)
 
214185

Minerals Americas
Copper mining operations
The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with OFR 5.2 and the production table (refer to section 4.5.1) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.2).and resources tables in Additional information 4 and 5.
 
Mine &
location
 
Means of access
 
OwnershipType and amount
of ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases
or options
and acreage
involved
 
History and
stage of
property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other available
facilities
Escondida
       
Atacama Desert
170 km southeast of Antofagasta, Chile
 
Private road available for public use
 
Copper cathode transported by privately owned rail to ports at Antofagasta and Mejillones
 
Copper concentrate transported by Escondida-owned pipelines to its Coloso port facilities
 
BHP 57.5%
 
Rio Tinto 30%
 
JECO Corporation consortium comprising Mitsubishi, JX Nippon Mining and Metals 10%
 
JECO 2 Ltd 2.5%
 BHP 
Mining concession from Chilean Government valid indefinitely (subject to payment of annual fees)
Mining concessions (exploitation): approximately 380,000 hectares
 
Production stage
Original construction completed and production commenced in 1990
 
Start of operations of the third concentrator plant in 2015
 
Inauguration of Escondida Water Supply desalination plant (CY2018) and its extension (CY2019)
 
2
open-cut
pits: Escondida and Escondida Norte
 
Escondida and Escondida Norte mineral deposits are adjacent but distinct supergene enriched porphyry copper deposits
 
Escondida-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid
 
Electricity sourced from external vendors and Tamakaya SpA (100% owned by BHP), which generates power from the Kelar
gas-fired
power plant
 
Renewable power agreements signed in FY2020 with supply to commencecommenced in FY2022
 
Crushing facilities feed concentrator and leaching processes
 
3 concentrator plants produce copper concentrate from sulphide ore by flotation extraction process
(by-products:
gold and silver)
 
2 solvent extraction and electrowinning plants produce copper cathode
 
Nominal capacity: 153.7 Mtpa422 ktpd (nominal milling capacity) and 350 ktpa copper cathode (nominal capacity of tank house)
 
2 x 168 km concentrate pipelines, 167 km water pipeline
Port facilities at Coloso, Antofagasta
 
Desalinated water plant (total water capacity of 3,800 litres per second)
Key permit conditions
Mining companies in Chile must comply with an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) approved by the Environmental Assessment Service (SEA) in order to operate.
Changes in the scope of the operation can trigger a Environmental Impact Declaration (DIA) or a full EIA.
Mining companies must also pay a yearly mining concession.
186

Mine & location
Means of access
Type and amount
of ownership
Operator
Title, leases
or options
and acreage
involved
History and
stage of
property
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
Power source
Processing plants
and other available
facilities
Pampa Norte Spence
       
Atacama Desert
162 km northeast of Antofagasta, Chile
 
Public road
 
Copper cathode transported by rail to ports at Mejillones and Antofagasta
 
Copper concentrate transported by rail or trucks to port in Mejillones
Molybdenum concentrate is transported by trucks
 BHP 100% BHP 
Mining concession from Chilean Government valid indefinitely (subject to payment of annual fees)
Mining concessions (exploitation): approximately 44,000 hectares
 
Production stage
First copper produced in 2006
 
Spence Growth Option (SGO) project (i.e. new 95 ktpd copper concentrator and molybdenum plants) produced first copper in December 2020 and first molybdenum in April 2022
 
Open-cut
 
Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit containing in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a near-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphides, transitional sulphides, and finally primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation
 
Spence-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid
 
Electricity purchased from external vendors
Renewable power agreements signed in FY2020 with supply to commencecommenced in FY2022
 
Crushing facilities feed concentrator and leaching processes
 
1 copper concentrator plant with 95 ktpd capacity
(by-products:
gold and silver), molybdenum plant and a 1,000 lps desalinated water plant under a Build, Own, Operate, Transfer (BOOT) agreement
 
Dynamic leach pads, solvent extraction and electrowinning plant
 
Nominal capacity of tank house: 200 ktpa copper cathode
Key permit conditions
Mining companies in Chile must comply with an EIA approved by the SEA in order to operate
Changes in the scope of the operation can trigger a DIA or a full EIA
Mining companies must also pay a yearly mining concession
 
215187

Mine &
location
 
Means
of
access
 
OwnershipType and
amount of
ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or options
optionsand acreage involved
 
History and stage of
property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power
source
 
Facilities, use &Processing
conditionplants and
other available
facilities
Pampa Norte Cerro Colorado
       
Atacama Desert
120 km east of Iquique, Chile
 
Public road
 
Copper cathode trucked to port at Iquique
 BHP 100% BHP 
Mining concession from Chilean Government valid indefinitely (subject to payment of annual fees)
 
Current environmental licence expires at the end of CY2023
Mining concessions (exploitation): approximately 34,000 hectares
 
Production stage
Commercial production commenced in 1994
 
Expansions in 1996 and 1998
 
Open-cut
 
Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit containing in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a near-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphides, transitional sulphides and finally primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation
 Electricity purchased from external vendors 
Crushing facilities, dynamic leach pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant
 
Nominal capacity of tank house: 130 ktpa copper cathode
Key permit conditions
Mining companies in Chile must comply with an EIA approved by the SEA in order to operate.
Changes in the scope of the operation can trigger a DIA or a full EIA.
Mining companies must also pay a yearly mining concession.
188

Mine & location
Means of
access
Type and
amount of
ownership
Operator
Title, leases
or options
and acreage
involved
History and
stage of property
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
Power
source
Processing plants
and other
available
facilities
Antamina
       
Andes mountain range
 
270 km northeast of Lima, Peru
 
Public road
 
Copper and zinc concentrates transported by Antamina-owned pipeline to its Punta Lobitos port
 
Molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrates transported by truck
 
BHP 33.75%
 
Glencore 33.75%
 
Teck 22.5%
 
Mitsubishi 10%
 Compañía Minera Antamina S.A. 
Mining rights from Peruvian Government held indefinitely, subject to payment of annual fees and supply of information on investment and production
Total acreage: approximately 6,600 hectares
 
Production stage
Commercial production commenced in 2001
 
Open-cut
 
Zoned porphyry and skarn deposit with central copper dominated ores and an outer band of copper-zinc dominated ores
 
Long-term
contracts with individual power producers
 
Primary crusher, concentrator, copper and zinc flotation circuits, bismuth/moly cleaning circuit
 
Nominal milling capacity 53 Mtpa145 ktpd
304 km concentrate pipeline
Port facilities at Huarmey
Key permit conditions
In April 2022, Antamina submitted to Peruvian authorities an Environmental Impact Study Modification (MEIA), which would enable Antamina to extend its life from 2028 to 2036, maintaining annual production volumes within its current operational footprint.
 
216189

Mine & location
Means of
access
Type and
amount of
ownership
Operator
Title, leases
or options
and acreage
involved
History and
stage of property
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
Power source
Processing plants
and other available
facilities
Resolution
Superior,
Arizona, Pinal
County, US
Public road
BHP 45%
Rio Tinto 55% (operator)
Resolution Copper Mining LLC
Private land, patented and unpatented mining claims
Total acreage: approximately 46,000 acres
Exploration stage
The Resolution deposit is within the footprint and adjacent the historical Magma Copper Mine
The Resolution
Non-Operated
Joint Venture (NOJV) was formed in 2004 with Rio Tinto as operator
Underground
Porphyry copper and molybdenum deposit
115kV power lines to East and West Plant sites with supply contract with Salt River ProjectWater treatment and reverse osmosis plant, two active underground shafts with associated support infrastructure including hoisting, ventilation and cooling, and a rail corridor connecting the site to the national rail network
Key permit conditions
The Resolution Copper Project is subject to a federal permitting process pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and other U.S. legislation, including requirements for consultation, coordination and collaboration with Native American Tribes.
The NEPA process is led by the U.S. Forest Service.
The Resolution Copper Project is also required to obtain several state and local permits, including air quality and groundwater protection permits.
190

Iron ore mining operations
The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with OFR 5.2 and the production table (refer to section 4.5.1) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.2).and resources tables in Additional information 4 and 5.
 
Mine & location
 
Means of access
 
OwnershipType and
amount of
ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage involved
 
History and stage
of property
 
Mine type &

mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing plants
conditionand other
available
facilities
Samarco
        
Southeast Brazil 
Public road
 
Conveyor belts used to transport iron ore to beneficiation plant
 
3Three slurry pipelines owned by Samarco used to transport concentrate to its pellet plants on coast
 
Iron ore pellets exported via port facilities
 
BHP Brasil 50% of Samarco Mineração S.A.
 
Vale S.A. 50%
 Samarco 
Mining concessions granted by Brazilian Government subject to compliance with the mine plan
 
Samarco commencedrecommenced iron ore pellet production in December 2020, having met licensing requirements to restart operations at its Germano complex in Minas Gerais and its Ubu complex in Espírito Santo
Mining rights for approximately 1,605 hectares
 
Production stage
Production began at Germano mine in 1977 and at Alegria complex in 1992
 
Second pellet plant built in 1997
 
Third pellet plant, second concentrator and second pipeline built in 2008
 
Fourth pellet plant, third concentrator and third pipeline built in 2014
 
Open-cut
 
Itabirites (metamorphic quartz-hematite rock) and friable hematite ores
 
Samarco holds interests in 2 hydroelectric power plants, which supply part of its electricity
 
Power supply contract with Cemig Geração e Transmissão expires in 20222026
 
Samarco’s gradual restart of operations includes 1 concentrator and a new system of tailings disposal combining a confined pit and filtration plant for dry stacking of sandy tailings
 
Beneficiation plants, pipelines, pellet plants and port facilities
Key permit conditions
Samarco has an operating licence (LOC – Corrective Operating License) obtained for the return of operations.
For the continuity of operations, it has a long-term licensing plan that includes expansion of the mining area and new structures for the disposal of waste and tailings.
 
217
191

Coal
Other mining operations
The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with OFR 5.2 and the production table (refer to section 4.5.1) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.2).and resources tables in Additional information 4 and 5.
 
Mine & location
 
Means of access
 
OwnershipType and
amount of
ownership
 
Operator
 
Title, leases or
options and
acreage
involved
 
History and
stage of
property
 
Mine type &
mineralisation
style
 
Power source
 
Facilities, use &Processing
conditionplants and
other available
facilities
Cerrejón
Jansen Stage 1 (under construction)
        
La Guajira province, Colombia
Province of Saskatchewan
Approximately 150 km east of Saskatoon, Canada
 
Public road
 
Coal exportedMuriate of Potash (MOP) to be transported by company-owned rail to its Port Bolivar facilities (150 km)the port at Westshore Terminal in Delta, British Columbia, Canada
 
BHP 33.33%
Anglo American 33.33%
Glencore 33.33%
CerrejónMining leases expire progressively from 2028 to early 2034
Original mine began producing in 1976
BHP interest acquired in 2000
In June 2021, BHP entered into a sale and purchase agreement with Glencore to divest its 33.3 % interest in Cerrejón. See section 1.10.3 for more information
Open-cut
Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal
Local Colombian power system
Electricity purchased from external vendors
Beneficiation facilities: crushing plants, rail loading facilities with capacity in excess of 40 Mtpa and a 3.2 Mtpa washing plant
218

4.3.1    Information on oil and gas operations
Petroleum operations
The following table contains additional details of our petroleum operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production table (refer to section 4.5.2) and reserves table (refer to section 4.6.1).
Operation &
location
Product
Ownership
Operator
Title, leases or
options
Nominal production
capacity
Facilities, use &
condition
United States
Offshore Gulf of Mexico
Neptune (Green Canyon 613)
Offshore
deepwater
Gulf of Mexico
(1,300 m)
Oil and gas
BHP 0%
EnVen Energy 65%
W&T Offshore 20%
31 Offshore 15%
EnVen EnergyLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities50 Mbbl/d oil
50 MMcf/d gas
Stand-alone tension leg platform (TLP)
On 20 May 2021, BHP finalised a purchase and sale agreement with EnVen Energy Ventures, LLC to divest our interest in and operation of Neptune
Shenzi (Green Canyon 653)
Offshore
deepwater
Gulf of Mexico
(1,310 m)
Oil and gas
BHP 72%
Repsol 28%
100%
 BHP Lease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities100 Mbbl/d oil
50 MMcf/d gas
Stand-alone TLPThe total area of the Jansen lease is approximately 1,156 square km
 
Genghis Khan field (part of same geological structure) tied back to Marco Polo TLPAll surface lands have been acquired
Development stage
 
On 6 November 2020, BHP finalised a membership interest purchase and sale agreement with Hess Corporation to acquire an additional 28% working interest in Shenzi
Atlantis (Green Canyon 743)
Stage 1 is currently under construction
 
OffshoreUnderground
deepwater
The Lower Patience Lake (LPL)
Gulfsub-member
is the potash horizon targeted for Jansen. The
LPL sub-member
is composed of Mexico
(2,155 m)
sylvite (KCl), halite (NaCl) with variable amounts of disseminated insolubles and clay seams
 Oil and gasPermanent power supply to be constructed 
BHP 44%Mill, buildings, and other facilities and infrastructure are planned to be constructed
 
BP 56%
BPLease from US Government as long as oilConstruction of production and gas produced in paying quantities200 Mbbl/d oil
180 MMcf/d gas
Moored semi-submersible platform
Mad Dog (Green Canyon 782)
service shafts was completed during FY2022
Offshore
deepwater
Gulf of Mexico
(1,310 m)
 
Oil and gasKey permit conditions 
BHP 23.9%An Environmental Assessment is required to be submitted to the regulatory authority in order to determine the potential environmental and social impacts of a project during construction, operation and closure.
 
BP 60.5%
Chevron 15.6%
BPLeaseDepending on the activity, permits from US Government as long as oilmunicipal, provincial and gas produced in paying quantities100 Mbbl/d oil
60 MMcf/d gas
Moored integrated truss spar, facilities for simultaneous production and drilling operations
219

Operation &
location
Product
Ownership
Operator
Title, leases or
options
Nominal production
capacity
Facilities, use &
condition
Australia
Bass Strait
Offshore and onshore VictoriaOil and gas
Gippsland Basin joint venture (GBJV):
BHP 50%
Esso Australia (Exxon Mobil subsidiary) 50%
Kipper Unit joint venture (KUJV):
BHP 32.5%
Esso Australia 32.5%
Mitsui E&P Australia 35%
Esso Australia
20 production licences and 2 retention leases issued by Australian Government
Production licences and leases expire between 2032 and end of life of field. Retention leases expire between 2023 and end of life field
1 production licence held with Mitsui E&P Australia
65 Mbbl/d oil
1,040 TJ/d
5,150 tpd LPG
850 tpd Ethane
11 offshore fields producing through offshore infrastructure, including 12 steel jacket platforms, 2 concrete gravity platforms and a subsea pipeline network
Onshore infrastructure:
– Longford facility (gas conditioning/processing and liquids processing facilities)
– interconnecting pipelines
– Long Island Point (LPG processing and liquids storage/offtake)
– heliport and onshore supply base
North West Shelf
Offshore and onshore Western Australia
Domestic gas, LPG, condensate,
LNG
BHP:
16.67% of original LNG JV
12.5% of China LNG JV
15.78% of Extended Interest Joint Venture
Other participants: subsidiaries of Woodside, Chevron, BP, Shell, Mitsubishi/Mitsui and China National Offshore Oil Corporation
Woodside Petroleum Ltd
14 production licences issued by Australian Government
Licences expire between 2022 and 5 years after production ceases
North Rankin Complex: 3,010 MMcf/d gas
53 Mbbl/d condensate
Goodwyn A platform:
1,746 MMcf/d gas
100 Mbbl/d condensate
Angel platform:
960 MMcf/d gas
51 Mbbl/d condensate
Karratha Gas Plant:
630 MMcf/d gas
52,000 tpd LNG
Production from offshore fields is processed over the North Rankin Complex, Goodwyn Alpha and Angel platforms, then transported onshore to the Karratha Gas Plant by 2 subsea trunklines
The Karratha Gas Plant comprises 5 LNG processing trains, two domestic gas trains, LPG fractionation and condensate stabilisation units and associated storage and loading facilities
North West Shelf
Offshore
Western Australia
Oil
BHP 16.67%
Woodside 33.34%,
BP, Chevron, Japan Australia LNG (MIMI) 16.67% each
Woodside Petroleum Ltd
3 production licences issued by Australian Government
Licences expire between 2033 and 2039
Production capacity: 60 Mbbl/d
Storage: 1 MMbbl
12 subsea well completions (5 producers), 1 floating production storage and offloading (FPSO) unit
Pyrenees
Offshore
Western Australia
Oil
WA-42-L
permit:
BHP 71.43%
Santos 28.57%
WA-43-L
permit:
BHP 39.999%
Santos 31.501%
Inpex Alpha Ltd 28.5%
BHPProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases
Production capacity: 96 Mbbl/d oil
Storage: 920 Mbbl
26 subsea well completions (21 producers, 4 water injectors, 1 gas injector), 1 FPSO unit
220


Operation &
location
Product
Ownership
Operator
Title, leases or
options
Nominal production
capacity
Facilities, use &
condition
Macedon
Offshore and onshore Western
Australia
Gas and condensate
WA-42-L permit
BHP 71.43%
Santos 28.57%
BHPProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases
Production capacity:
213 MMcf/d gas
0.02 Mbbl/d condensate
4 well completions
Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility
Gas plant located approximately 17 km southwest of Onslow
Other production operations
Trinidad and Tobago
Greater Angostura
Offshore
Trinidad and Tobago
Oil and gas
BHP 45%
National Gas Company 30% Chaoyang 25%
BHPProduction sharing contract with the Trinidad and Tobago Government entitles us to operate Greater Angostura until 2031
100 Mbbl/d oil
340 MMcf/d gas
Integrated oil and gas development: central processing platform connected to 4 wellhead platforms and a gas export platform
31 wells completed for production and injection including: 17 oil producers, 7 gas producers (3 subsea) and 7 gas injectors
Ruby
Offshore
Trinidad and Tobago
Oil and gas
BHP 68.46%
Heritage Petroleum 20.13%
National Gas Company 11.41%
BHPProduction sharing contract with the Trinidad and Tobago Government entitles us to operate Ruby until 2038
16 Mbbl/d oil
80 MMcf/d gas
Single well head protector platform (WPP) consisting of 5 oil/gas producers tied back to the existing CPP/GEP facilities in the Greater Angostura Block
Algeria
ROD Integrated Development
Onshore
Berkine Basin
900 km southeast of Algiers, Algeria
Oil
BHP 45% interest in 401a/402a production sharing contract ENI 55%
BHP effective 28.85% interest in ROD unitised integrated development
Joint Sonatrach/ENI entityProduction sharing contract with Sonatrach (title holder)Approximately 80 Mbbl/d oil
Development and production of 6 oil fields
2 largest fields (ROD and SF SFNE) extend into neighbouring blocks 403a, 403d
Production through dedicated processing train on block 403federal agencies may also be required.
 
221192

4.4
3    Financial Informationinformation by commodity
Management believes the following financial information presented by commodity provides a meaningful indication of the underlying financial performance of the assets, including equity accounted investments, of each reportable segment. Information relating to assets that are accounted for as equity accounted investments is shown to reflect BHP’s share, unless otherwise noted, to provide insight into the drivers of these assets.
For the purposes of this financial information, segments are reported on a statutory basis in accordance with IFRS 8/AASB 8 ‘Operating Segments’. The tables for each commodity include an ‘adjustment for equity accounted investments’ to reconcile the equity accounted results to the statutory segment results.
For a reconciliation of alternative performance measures
non-IFRS
financial information to their respective IFRS measuremeasures and an explanation as to the use of Underlying EBITDA in assessing our performance refer to section 4.2.OFR 11. For the definition and method of calculation of alternative performance measures,
non-IFRS
financial information refer to section 4.2.1.OFR 11.1. For more information as to the statutory determination of our reportable segments refer to Financial Statements note 1 ‘Segment reporting’ in section 3.1.
.
4.4.1    Petroleum
Detailed below is financial information for our Petroleum assets for FY2021 and FY2020.
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  
Revenue
(4)
  
Underlying

EBITDA
  
D&A
  
Underlying

EBIT
  
Net

operating

assets
  
Capital

expenditure
   
Exploration

gross
(5)
   
Exploration

to profit
(6)
 
Australia Production Unit
(1)
  
 
327
 
 
 
202
 
 
 
186
 
 
 
16
 
 
 
64
 
 
 
23
 
          
Bass Strait
  
 
1,066
 
 
 
798
 
 
 
775
 
 
 
23
 
 
 
1,136
 
 
 
70
 
          
North West Shelf
  
 
893
 
 
 
761
 
 
 
239
 
 
 
522
 
 
 
1,281
 
 
 
104
 
          
Atlantis
  
 
560
 
 
 
401
 
 
 
162
 
 
 
239
 
 
 
1,109
 
 
 
178
 
          
Shenzi
  
 
417
 
 
 
309
 
 
 
175
 
 
 
134
 
 
 
970
 
 
 
113
 
          
Mad Dog
  
 
231
 
 
 
174
 
 
 
54
 
 
 
120
 
 
 
1,885
 
 
 
308
 
          
Trinidad/Tobago
  
 
204
 
 
 
80
 
 
 
44
 
 
 
36
 
 
 
433
 
 
 
152
 
          
Algeria
  
 
164
 
 
 
135
 
 
 
 
 
 
135
 
 
 
107
 
 
 
2
 
          
Exploration
  
 
 
 
 
(296
 
 
122
 
 
 
(418
 
 
1,148
 
 
 
 
          
Other
(2)
  
 
85
 
 
 
(262
 
 
113
 
 
 
(375
 
 
(169
 
 
44
 
          
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
           
Total Petroleum from Group production
  
 
3,947
 
 
 
2,302
 
 
 
1,870
 
 
 
432
 
 
 
7,964
 
 
 
994
 
          
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
           
Third-party products
  
 
11
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Petroleum
  
 
3,958
 
 
 
2,303
 
 
 
1,870
 
 
 
433
 
 
 
7,964
 
 
 
994
 
  
 
322
 
  
 
382
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
(3)
  
 
(12
 
 
(3
 
 
(3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Petroleum statutory result
  
 
3,946
 
 
 
2,300
 
 
 
1,867
 
 
 
433
 
 
 
7,964
 
 
 
994
 
  
 
322
 
  
 
382
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
222

Year ended
30 June 2020
US$M
 Revenue
(4)
  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
(5)
  Exploration
to profit
(6)
 
Australia Production Unit
(1)
  361   253   197   56   289   6         
Bass Strait
  1,102   761   449   312   1,796   87         
North West Shelf
  1,076   731   260   471   1,261   130         
Atlantis
  561   431   175   256   1,061   197         
Shenzi
  277   174   139   35   550   45         
Mad Dog
  216   164   64   100   1,551   375         
Trinidad/Tobago
  191   92   46   46   323   46         
Algeria
  159   111   12   99   60   16         
Exploration
     (394  41   (435  1,227   (1        
Other
(2)
  104   (111  77   (188  129   8         
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
         
Total Petroleum from Group production
  4,047   2,212   1,460   752   8,247   909         
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
         
Third-party products
  39   (2     (2              
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Petroleum
  4,086   2,210   1,460   750   8,247   909   564   394 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
(3)
  (16  (3  (3               
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Petroleum statutory result
  4,070   2,207   1,457   750   8,247   909   564   394 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
Australia Production Unit includes Macedon, Pyrenees and Minerva (divested in December 2019).
(2)
Predominantly divisional activities, business development and Neptune (sale finalised in May 2021). Also includes the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline, which are equity accounted investments. The financial information for the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline presented above, with the exception of net operating assets, reflects BHP’s share.
(3) 
Total Petroleum statutory result revenue excludes US$12 million (FY2020: US$16 million) revenue related to the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline. Total Petroleum statutory result Underlying EBITDA includes US$3 million (FY2020: US$3 million) D&A related to the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline.
(4) 
Total Petroleum statutory result revenue includes: crude oil US$2,013 million (FY2020: US$2,033 million), natural gas US$977 million (FY2020: US$980 million), LNG US$682 million (FY2020: US$774 million), NGL US$212 million (FY2020: US$198 million) and other US$62 million (FY2020: US$85 million) which includes third-party products.
(5) 
Includes US$26 million of capitalised exploration (FY2020: US$170 million).
(6) 
Includes US$86 million of exploration expenditure previously capitalised, written off as impaired (included in depreciation and amortisation) (FY2020: US$ nil).
223

4.4.23.1    Copper
Detailed below is financial information for our Copper assets for FY2021FY2022 and FY2020.FY2021.
 
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  
Revenue
  
Underlying

EBITDA
  
D&A
  
Underlying

EBIT
  
Net

operating

assets
   
Capital

expenditure
  
Exploration

gross
  
Exploration

to profit
 
Escondida
(1)
  
 
9,470
 
 
 
6,483
 
 
 
969
 
 
 
5,514
 
 
 
11,926
 
  
 
666
 
        
Pampa Norte
(2)
  
 
1,801
 
 
 
954
 
 
 
390
 
 
 
564
 
 
 
4,510
 
  
 
678
 
        
Antamina
(3)
  
 
1,627
 
 
 
1,158
 
 
 
142
 
 
 
1,016
 
 
 
1,362
 
  
 
237
 
        
Olympic Dam
  
 
2,211
 
 
 
598
 
 
 
313
 
 
 
285
 
 
 
9,045
 
  
 
830
 
        
Other
(3)(4)
  
 
 
 
 
(230
 
 
10
 
 
 
(240
 
 
85
 
  
 
7
 
        
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
         
Total Copper from Group production
  
 
15,109
 
 
 
8,963
 
 
 
1,824
 
 
 
7,139
 
 
 
26,928
 
  
 
2,418
 
        
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
         
Third-party products
  
 
2,244
 
 
 
64
 
 
 
 
 
 
64
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
        
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper
  
 
17,353
 
 
 
9,027
 
 
 
1,824
 
 
 
7,203
 
 
 
26,928
 
  
 
2,418
 
 
 
62
 
 
 
58
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
(5)
  
 
(1,627
 
 
(538
 
 
(144
 
 
(394
 
 
 
  
 
(238
 
 
(9
 
 
(5
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper statutory result
  
 
15,726
 
 
 
8,489
 
 
 
1,680
 
 
 
6,809
 
 
 
26,928
 
  
 
2,180
 
 
 
53
 
 
 
53
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
         
Year ended
30 June 2020
(Restated)
US$M
  Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
   Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 
Escondida
(1)
   6,719   3,535   1,143   2,392   12,013    919         
Pampa Norte
(2)
   1,395   599   316   283   3,187    955         
Antamina
(3)
   832   468   114   354   1,453    205         
Olympic Dam
(6)
   1,463   212   291   (79  8,601    538         
Other
(3)(4)
      (202  58   (260  103    22         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
         
Total Copper from Group production
   10,409   4,612   1,922   2,690   25,357    2,639         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
         
Third-party products
   1,089   41      41                
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper
   11,498   4,653   1,922   2,731   25,357    2,639   62   57 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
(5)
   (832  (306  (165  (141      (205  (8  (3
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper statutory result
   10,666   4,347   1,757   2,590   25,357    2,434   54   54 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended
30 June 2022
US$M
  
Revenue
  
Underlying

EBITDA
  
D&A
  
Underlying

EBIT
  
Net

operating

assets
  
Capital

expenditure
  
Exploration

gross
  
Exploration

to profit
 
Escondida
1
  
 
9,500
 
 
 
6,198
 
 
 
907
 
 
 
5,291
 
 
 
11,703
 
 
 
860
 
  
Pampa Norte
2
  
 
2,670
 
 
 
1,363
 
 
 
893
 
 
 
470
 
 
 
4,543
 
 
 
673
 
  
Antamina
3
  
 
1,777
 
 
 
1,289
 
 
 
146
 
 
 
1,143
 
 
 
1,306
 
 
 
323
 
  
Olympic Dam
  
 
1,776
 
 
 
409
 
 
 
421
 
 
 
(12
 
 
9,877
 
 
 
966
 
  
Other
3,4
  
 
 
 
 
(157
 
 
16
 
 
 
(173
 
 
(9
 
 
29
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
Total Copper from Group production
  
 
15,723
 
 
 
9,102
 
 
 
2,383
 
 
 
6,719
 
 
 
27,420
 
 
 
2,851
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
Third-party products
  
 
2,903
 
 
 
36
 
 
 
 
 
 
36
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper
  
 
18,626
 
 
 
9,138
 
 
 
2,383
 
 
 
6,755
 
 
 
27,420
 
 
 
2,851
 
 
 
96
 
 
 
92
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
5
  
 
(1,777
 
 
(573
 
 
(148
 
 
(425
 
 
 
 
 
(323
 
 
(11
 
 
(7
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper statutory result
  
 
16,849
 
 
 
8,565
 
 
 
2,235
 
 
 
6,330
 
 
 
27,420
 
 
 
2,528
 
 
 
85
 
 
 
85
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 
Escondida
1
   9,470   6,483   969   5,514   11,926   666   
Pampa Norte
2
   1,801   954   390   564   4,510   678   
Antamina
3
   1,627   1,158   142   1,016   1,362   237   
Olympic Dam
   2,211   598   313   285   9,045   830   
Other
3,4
      (230  10   (240  85   7   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
Total Copper from Group production
   15,109   8,963   1,824   7,139   26,928   2,418   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
Third-party products
   2,244   64      64         
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper
   17,353   9,027   1,824   7,203   26,928   2,418   62   58 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
5
   (1,627  (538  (144  (394     (238  (9  (5
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper statutory result
   15,726   8,489   1,680   6,809   26,928   2,180   53   53 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1)
Escondida is consolidated under IFRS 10 and reported on a 100 per cent basis.
 
(2)
Includes Spence and Cerro Colorado.
 
(3)
Antamina, SolGold and Resolution are equity accounted investments and their financial information presented above with the exception of net operating assets reflects BHP Group’s share.
 
(4)
Predominantly comprises divisional activities, greenfield exploration and business development. Includes Resolution and SolGold.
 
(5)
Total Copper statutory result revenue excludes US$1,6271,777 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$8321,627 million) revenue related to Antamina. Total Copper statutory result Underlying EBITDA includes US$144148 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$165144 million) D&A and US$394425 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$141394 million) net finance costs and taxation expense related to Antamina, Resolution and SolGold that are also included in Underlying EBIT. Total Copper Capital expenditure excludes US$237323 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$205237 million) related to Antamina and US$ nil (FY2021: US$1 million (FY2020: US$ nil)million) related to SolGold. Exploration gross excludes US$911 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$89 million) related to SolGold of which US$57 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$35 million) was expensed.
 
(6)
Net operating assets has been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$950 million of Goodwill at Olympic Dam. Note, an offsetting increase in Deferred tax liabilities of US$1,021 million which is not included in Net Operating Assets above. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ in section 3.1 for further information.
224193

4.4.3
3.2    Iron Ore
Detailed below is financial information for our Iron Ore assets for FY2021FY2022 and FY2020.FY2021.
 
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  
Revenue
   
Underlying

EBITDA
 
D&A
   
Underlying

EBIT
 
Net

operating

assets
 
Capital

expenditure
   
Exploration

gross
(4)
   
Exploration

to profit
 
Year ended
30 June 2022
US$M
  
Revenue
   
Underlying

EBITDA
 
D&A
   
Underlying

EBIT
 
Net

operating

assets
 
Capital

expenditure
   
Exploration

gross
1
   
Exploration

to profit
 
Western Australia Iron Ore
  
 
34,337
 
  
 
26,270
 
 
 
1,959
 
  
 
24,311
 
 
 
21,289
 
 
 
2,186
 
        
 
30,632
 
  
 
21,788
 
 
 
2,119
 
  
 
19,669
 
 
 
20,376
 
 
 
1,847
 
    
Samarco
(1)
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(2,794
 
 
 
      
Other
(2)
  
 
120
 
  
 
7
 
 
 
25
 
  
 
(18
 
 
168
 
 
 
2
 
      
Samarco
2
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(3,433
 
 
 
    
Other
3
  
 
116
 
  
 
(81
 
 
117
 
  
 
(198
 
 
(120
 
 
1
 
    
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
         
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
     
Total Iron Ore from Group production
  
 
34,457
 
  
 
26,277
 
 
 
1,984
 
  
 
24,293
 
 
 
18,663
 
 
 
2,188
 
        
 
30,748
 
  
 
21,707
 
 
 
2,236
 
  
 
19,471
 
 
 
16,823
 
 
 
1,848
 
    
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
         
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
     
Third-party products
(3)
  
 
18
 
  
 
1
 
 
 
 
  
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
Third-party products
4
  
 
19
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Iron Ore
  
 
34,475
 
  
 
26,278
 
 
 
1,984
 
  
 
24,294
 
 
 
18,663
 
 
 
2,188
 
  
 
100
 
  
 
55
 
  
 
30,767
 
  
 
21,707
 
 
 
2,236
 
  
 
19,471
 
 
 
16,823
 
 
 
1,848
 
  
 
95
 
  
 
54
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Iron Ore statutory result
  
 
34,475
 
  
 
26,278
 
 
 
1,984
 
  
 
24,294
 
 
 
18,663
 
 
 
2,188
 
  
 
100
 
  
 
55
 
  
 
30,767
 
  
 
21,707
 
 
 
2,236
 
  
 
19,471
 
 
 
16,823
 
 
 
1,848
 
  
 
95
 
  
 
54
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Year ended
30 June 2020
US$M
  Revenue   Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A   Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure
   Exploration
gross
(4)
   Exploration
to profit
 
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  Revenue   Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A   Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure
   Exploration
gross
1
   Exploration
to profit
 
Western Australia Iron Ore
   20,663    14,508  1,606    12,902  20,177  2,326          34,337    26,270  1,959    24,311  21,289  2,186     
Samarco
(1)
                (2,045         
Other
(2)
   119    53  24    29  268  2       
Samarco
2
                (2,794       
Other
3
   120    7  25    (18 168  2     
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
         
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
     
Total Iron Ore from Group production
   20,782    14,561  1,630    12,931  18,400  2,328          34,457    26,277  1,984    24,293  18,663  2,188     
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
         
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
     
Third-party products
(3)
   15    (7      (7            
Third-party products
4
   18    1       1           
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Iron Ore
   20,797    14,554  1,630    12,924  18,400  2,328    87    47    34,475    26,278  1,984    24,294  18,663  2,188    100    55 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
                                                          
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Iron Ore statutory result
   20,797    14,554  1,630    12,924  18,400  2,328    87    47    34,475    26,278  1,984    24,294  18,663  2,188    100    55 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
Includes US$41 million of capitalised exploration (FY2021: US$45 million).
Samarco is an equity accounted investment and its financial information presented above, with the exception of net operating assets, reflects BHP Billiton Brasil Ltda’s share. All financial impacts following the Samarco dam failure have been reported as exceptional items in both reporting periods.
 
(2)
Predominantly comprises divisional activities, towage services, business development and ceased operations.
 
(3)
Includes inter-segment and external sales of contracted gas purchases.
 
(4)
Includes US$45 million of capitalised exploration (FY2020: US$40 million).
225194

4.4.4
3.3    Coal
Detailed below is financial information for our Coal assets for FY2021FY2022 and FY2020.FY2021.
 
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  
Revenue
  
Underlying

EBITDA
  
D&A
  
Underlying

EBIT
  
Net

operating

assets
  
Capital

expenditure
  
Exploration

gross
   
Exploration

to profit
 
Queensland Coal
  
 
4,315
 
 
 
593
 
 
 
735
 
 
 
(142
 
 
7,843
 
 
 
512
 
         
New South Wales Energy Coal
(1)
  
 
927
 
 
 
(87
 
 
144
 
 
 
(231
 
 
(289
 
 
50
 
         
Colombia
(1)(5)
  
 
281
 
 
 
74
 
 
 
86
 
 
 
(12
 
 
 
 
 
21
 
         
Other
(2)
  
 
 
 
 
(122
 
 
14
 
 
 
(136
 
 
(42
 
 
18
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
          
Total Coal from Group production
  
 
5,523
 
 
 
458
 
 
 
979
 
 
 
(521
 
 
7,512
 
 
 
601
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
          
Third-party products
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal
  
 
5,523
 
 
 
458
 
 
 
979
 
 
 
(521
 
 
7,512
 
 
 
601
 
 
 
20
 
  
 
7
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
(3)(4)
  
 
(369
 
 
(170
 
 
(114
 
 
(56
 
 
 
 
 
(22
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal statutory result
  
 
5,154
 
 
 
288
 
 
 
865
 
 
 
(577
 
 
7,512
 
 
 
579
 
 
 
20
 
  
 
7
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
         
Year ended
30 June 2020
US$M
  Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
   Exploration to
profit
 
Queensland Coal
   5,357   1,935   684   1,251   8,168   523          
New South Wales Energy Coal
(1)
   972   (19  152   (171  841   73          
Colombia
(1)
   364   69   112   (43  776   24          
Other
(2)
      (155  11   (166  (276  8          
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
          
Total Coal from Group production
   6,693   1,830   959   871   9,509   628          
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
          
Third-party products
                            
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal
   6,693   1,830   959   871   9,509   628   22    9 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
(3)(4)
   (451  (198  (138  (60     (25       
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal statutory result
   6,242   1,632   821   811   9,509   603   22    9 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Year ended
30 June 2022
US$M
  
Revenue
  
Underlying

EBITDA
  
D&A
  
Underlying

EBIT
  
Net

operating

assets
  
Capital

expenditure
  
Exploration

gross
   
Exploration

to profit
 
BHP Mitsubishi Alliance
  
 
10,254
 
 
 
6,335
 
 
 
627
 
 
 
5,708
 
 
 
7,802
 
 
 
491
 
   
New South Wales Energy Coal
1
  
 
3,122
 
 
 
1,868
 
 
 
91
 
 
 
1,777
 
 
 
(121
 
 
73
 
   
Colombia
2
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Other
3,4
  
 
2,260
 
 
 
1,363
 
 
 
80
 
 
 
1,283
 
 
 
(31
 
 
57
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
Total Coal from Group production
  
 
15,636
 
 
 
9,566
 
 
 
798
 
 
 
8,768
 
 
 
7,650
 
 
 
621
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
Third-party products
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal
  
 
15,636
 
 
 
9,566
 
 
 
798
 
 
 
8,768
 
 
 
7,650
 
 
 
621
 
 
 
17
 
  
 
6
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
5,6
  
 
(87
 
 
(62
 
 
(27
 
 
(35
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal statutory result
  
 
15,549
 
 
 
9,504
 
 
 
771
 
 
 
8,733
 
 
 
7,650
 
 
 
621
 
 
 
17
 
  
 
6
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
   Exploration
to profit
 
BHP Mitsubishi Alliance
   3,537   567   597   (30  7,240   440    
New South Wales Energy Coal
1
   927   (87  144   (231  (289  50    
Colombia
2
   281   74   86   (12     21    
Other
3,4
   778   (96  152   (248  561   90    
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
Total Coal from Group production
   5,523   458   979   (521  7,512   601    
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
Third-party products
                      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal
   5,523   458   979   (521  7,512   601   20    7 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjustment for equity accounted investments
5,6
   (369  (170  (114  (56     (22       
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal statutory result
   5,154   288   865   (577  7,512   579   20    7 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group and Cerrejón areis an equity accounted investmentsinvestment and theirits financial information presented above with the exception of net operating assets reflects BHP Group’s share.
 
(2)
On 11 January 2022, BHP completed the sale of its 33.33 per cent interest in Cerrejón to Glencore. The transaction was first announced on 28 June 2021 for a total cash consideration of US$294 million with an effective economic date of 31 December 2020. During the year ended 30 June 2022, the Group received dividends of US$238 million from Cerrejón, reducing completion proceeds, net of expected transaction costs at completion date. For more information refer to Financial Statements note 29 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’.
On 3 May 2022, BHP completed the sale of its 80 per cent interest in BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC) to Stanmore SMC Holdings Pty Ltd, a wholly owned entity of Stanmore Resources Limited (Stanmore Resources) resulting in a net after tax gain on disposal of US$840 million that has been recognised as an exceptional item. For more information refer to Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’. The Group’s share of BMC revenue, Underlying EBITDA, D&A, Underlying EBIT, Net operating assets and Capital expenditure have been presented within ‘Other’.
Predominantly comprises BMC, divisional activities and ceased operations.
 
(3)
Total Coal statutory result revenue excludes US$ nil (FY2021: US$281 million (FY2020: US$364 million) revenue related to Cerrejón. Total Coal statutory result Underlying EBITDA includes US$ nil (FY2021: US$86 million (FY2020: US$112 million) D&A and US$ nil (FY2021: US$2 million (FY2020: US$25 million) net finance costs and taxation expensebenefit related to Cerrejón, that are also included in Underlying EBIT. Total Coal statutory result Capital expenditure excludes US$ nil (FY2021: US$21 million (FY2020: US$24 million) related to Cerrejón.
 
(4)
Total Coal statutory result revenue excludes US$8887 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$8788 million) revenue related to Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group. Total Coal statutory result excludes US$8262 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$6182 million) Underlying EBITDA, US$2827 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$2628 million) D&A and US$5435 million (FY2020:(FY2021: US$3554 million) Underlying EBIT related to Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group until future profits exceed accumulated losses. Total Coal Capital expenditure excludes US$1 million (FY2020: nil (FY2021: US$1 million) related to Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group.
(5)
On 28 June 2021, BHP announced that it had signed a Sale and Purchase Agreement with Glencore to divest its 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón. While BHP continued to report its share of profit and loss within the Coal segment and asset tables, the Group’s investment of US$284 million in Cerrejón has subsequently been classified as ‘Assets held for sale’ and therefore excluded from net operating assets.
226

4.4.53.4    Other assets
Detailed below is financial information for our Other assets for FY2021FY2022 and FY2020.FY2021.
 
Year ended
30 June 2022
US$M
  
Revenue
   
Underlying

EBITDA
 
D&A
   
Underlying

EBIT
 
Net

operating

assets
   
Capital

expenditure
   
Exploration

gross
   
Exploration

to profit
 
Potash
  
 
 
  
 
(147
 
 
2
 
  
 
(149
 
 
3,570
 
  
 
376
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Nickel West
  
 
1,926
 
  
 
420
 
 
 
93
 
  
 
327
 
 
 
721
 
  
 
362
 
  
 
42
 
  
 
37
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Year ended
30 June 2021
US$M
  
Revenue
   
Underlying

EBITDA
 
D&A
   
Underlying

EBIT
 
Net

operating

assets
   
Capital

expenditure
   
Exploration

gross
   
Exploration

to profit
   Revenue   Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A   Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
   Capital
expenditure
   Exploration
gross
   Exploration
to profit
 
Potash
  
 
 
  
 
(167
 
 
2
 
  
 
(169
 
 
3,073
 
  
 
268
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   (167 2    (169 3,073    268   
 
 
  
 
 
Nickel West
  
 
1,545
 
  
 
259
 
 
 
110
 
  
 
149
 
 
 
300
 
  
 
286
 
  
 
17
 
  
 
17
 
   1,545    259  110    149  300    286    17    17 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Year ended
30 June 2020
US$M
  Revenue   Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A   Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
   Capital
expenditure
   Exploration
gross
   Exploration
to profit
 
Potash
       (127 3    (130 4,068    201         
Nickel West
   1,189    (37 71    (108 60    254    13    13 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
227195

4.5
4    Production
4.5.1    Production – Minerals
The table below details our mineral and derivative product production for all operations (except Petroleum) for the three years ended 30 June 2022, 2021 2020 and 2019.2020. Unless otherwise stated, the production numbers represent our share of production and include BHP’s share of production from which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments. Production information for equity accounted investments is included to provide insight into the operational performance of these entities. For discussion of minerals pricing during the past three years refer to section 1.17.OFR 10.
 
  BHP interest
%
   
BHP share of production
(1)

Year ended 30 June
   
BHP interest

%
   
BHP share of production
1

Year ended 30 June
 
  
2021
   2020   2019   
2022
   2021   2020 
Copper
(2)
            
Copper
2
        
Payable metal in concentrate (‘000 tonnes)
                    
Escondida, Chile
(3)
   57.5   
 
871.7
 
   925.9    882.1 
Pampa Norte, Chile
(5)
   100   
 
27.4
 
   0    0 
Antamina, Peru
(4)
   33.75   
 
144.0
 
   124.5    147.2 
Escondida, Chile
3
   57.5   
 
802.6
 
   871.7    925.9 
Pampa Norte, Chile
5
   100   
 
111.2
 
   27.4    0 
Antamina, Peru
4
   33.75   
 
149.9
 
   144.0    124.5 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total copper concentrate
     
 
1,043.1
 
   1,050.4    1,029.3     
 
1,063.7
 
   1,043.1    1,050.4 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Copper cathode
(‘000 tonnes)
                    
Escondida, Chile
(3)
   57.5   
 
196.5
 
   259.4    253.2 
Pampa Norte, Chile
(5)
   100   
 
190.8
 
   242.7    246.5 
Escondida, Chile
3
   57.5   
 
201.4
 
   196.5    259.4 
Pampa Norte, Chile
5
   100   
 
170.0
 
   190.8    242.7 
Olympic Dam, Australia
   100   
 
205.3
 
   171.6    160.3    100   
 
138.4
 
   205.3    171.6 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total copper cathode
     
 
592.6
 
   673.7    660.0     
 
509.8
 
   592.6    673.7 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total copper concentrate and cathode
     
 
1,635.7
 
   1,724.1    1,689.3     
 
1,573.5
 
   1,635.7    1,724.1 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Lead
                    
Payable metal in concentrate (‘000 tonnes)
                    
Antamina, Peru
(4)
   33.75   
 
2.5
 
   1.7    2.4 
Antamina, Peru
4
   33.75   
 
1.1
 
   2.5    1.7 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total lead
     
 
2.5
 
   1.7    2.4     
 
1.1
 
   2.5    1.7 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Zinc
                    
Payable metal in concentrate (‘000 tonnes)
                    
Antamina, Peru
(4)
   33.75   
 
145.1
 
   88.5    98.1 
Antamina, Peru
4
   33.75   
 
123.2
 
   145.1    88.5 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total zinc
     
 
145.1
 
   88.5    98.1     
 
123.2
 
   145.1    88.5 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Gold
                    
Payable metal in concentrate (‘000 ounces)
                    
Escondida, Chile
(3)
   57.5   
 
167.0
 
   177.4    286.0 
Escondida, Chile
3
   57.5   
 
167.0
 
   167.0    177.4 
Pampa Norte, Chile
5
   100   
 
28.9
 
   4.7   
Olympic Dam, Australia (refined gold)
   100   
 
146.0
 
   146.0    107.0    100   
 
119.5
 
   146.0    146.0 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total gold
     
 
313.0
 
   323.4    393.0     
 
315.4
 
   317.7    323.4 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Silver
                    
Payable metal in concentrate (‘000 ounces)
                    
Escondida, Chile
(3)
   57.5   
 
5,759
 
   6,413    8,830 
Antamina, Peru
(4)
   33.75   
 
5,965
 
   4,116    4,758 
Escondida, Chile
3
   57.5   
 
5,334
 
   5,759    6,413 
Antamina, Peru
4
   33.75   
 
5,078
 
   5,965    4,116 
Pampa Norte, Chile
5
   100   
 
1,011
 
   214   
Olympic Dam, Australia (refined silver)
   100   
 
810
 
   984    923    100   
 
743
 
   810    984 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total silver
     
 
12,534
 
   11,513    14,511     
 
12,166
 
   12,748    11,513 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Uranium
                    
Payable metal in concentrate (tonnes)
                    
Olympic Dam, Australia
   100   
 
3,267
 
   3,678    3,565    100   
 
2,375
 
   3,267    3,678 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total uranium
     
 
3,267
 
   3,678    3,565     
 
2,375
 
   3,267    3,678 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Molybdenum
                    
Payable metal in concentrate (tonnes)
                    
Antamina, Peru
(4)
   33.75   
 
863
 
   1,666    1,141 
Antamina, Peru
4
   33.75   
 
798
 
   863    1,666 
Pampa Norte, Chile
5
   100   
 
71
 
    
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total molybdenum
     
 
863
 
   1,666    1,141     
 
869
 
   863    1,666 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
228196

  BHP interest
%
   
BHP share of production
(1)

Year ended 30 June
   
BHP interest

%
   
BHP Group share of production
1

Year ended 30 June
 
  
2021
   2020   2019   
2022
   2021   2020 
Iron ore
                    
Western Australia Iron Ore
                    
Production (‘000 tonnes)
(6)
            
Production (‘000 tonnes)
6
        
Newman, Australia
   85   
 
63,221
 
   65,641    66,622    85   
 
57,041
 
   63,221    65,641 
Area C Joint Venture, Australia
   85   
 
52,386
 
   51,499    47,440    85   
 
94,431
 
   52,386    51,499 
Yandi Joint Venture, Australia
   85   
 
68,596
 
   69,262    65,197    85   
 
38,922
 
   68,596    69,262 
Jimblebar, Australia
(7)
   85   
 
67,393
 
   61,754    58,546 
Jimblebar, Australia
7
   85   
 
58,782
 
   67,393    61,754 
Wheelarra, Australia
   85   
 
0
 
   3    159    85   
 
0
 
   0    3 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Western Australia Iron Ore
     
 
251,596
 
   248,159    237,964     
 
249,176
 
   251,596    248,159 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Samarco, Brazil
(4)
   50   
 
1,938
 
        
Samarco, Brazil
4
   50   
 
4,071
 
   1,938     
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total iron ore
     
 
253,534
 
   248,159    237,964     
 
253,247
 
   253,534    248,159 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Coal
                    
Metallurgical coal
                    
Production (‘000 tonnes)
(8)
            
Production (‘000 tonnes)
8
        
Blackwater, Australia
   50   
 
6,224
 
   5,545    6,603    50   
 
5,834
 
   6,224    5,545 
Goonyella Riverside, Australia
   50   
 
9,448
 
   8,765    8,563    50   
 
8,360
 
   9,448    8,765 
Peak Downs, Australia
   50   
 
5,892
 
   5,783    5,933    50   
 
4,944
 
   5,892    5,783 
Saraji, Australia
   50   
 
4,489
 
   4,963    4,892    50   
 
4,614
 
   4,489    4,963 
Daunia, Australia
   50   
 
1,928
 
   2,170    2,178    50   
 
1,491
 
   1,928    2,170 
Caval Ridge, Australia
   50   
 
3,903
 
   4,349    3,967    50   
 
3,899
 
   3,903    4,349 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total BHP Mitsubishi Alliance
     
 
31,884
 
   31,575    32,136     
 
29,142
 
   31,884    31,575 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
South Walker Creek, Australia
(9)
   80   
 
4,887
 
   5,415    6,194 
Poitrel, Australia
(9)
   80   
 
3,854
 
   4,128    4,071 
South Walker Creek, Australia
9
   80   
 
4,941
 
   4,887    5,415 
Poitrel, Australia
9
   80   
 
2,981
 
   3,854    4,128 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total BHP Mitsui Coal
     
 
8,741
 
   9,543    10,265 
Total BHP Mitsui Coal
11
    
 
7,922
 
   8,741    9,543 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Queensland Coal
     
 
40,625
 
   41,118    42,401 
Total metallurgical coal
    
 
37,064
 
   40,625    41,118 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Energy coal
                    
Production (‘000 tonnes)
                    
New South Wales Energy Coal, Australia
   100   
 
14,326
 
   16,052    18,257    100   
 
13,701
 
   14,326    16,052 
Cerrejón, Colombia
(4)
   33.3   
 
4,964
 
   7,115    9,230 
Cerrejón, Colombia
4
   33.3   
 
4,236
 
   4,964    7,115 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total energy coal
     
 
19,290
 
   23,167    27,487     
 
17,937
 
   19,290    23,167 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Other assets
            
Nickel
                    
Saleable production (‘000 tonnes)
                    
Nickel West, Australia
(10)
   100   
 
89.0
 
   80.1    87.4 
Nickel West, Australia
10
   100   
 
76.8
 
   89.0    80.1 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total nickel
     
 
89.0
 
   80.1    87.4     
 
76.8
 
   89.0    80.1 
     
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
BHP share of production includes the Group’s share of production for which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments, unless otherwise stated.
 
(2)
Metal production is reported on the basis of payable metal.
 
(3)
Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP interest in saleable production is 57.5 per cent.
 
(4)
For statutory financial reporting purposes, this is an equity accounted investment. We have included production numbers from our equity accounted investments as the level of production and operating performance from these operations impacts Underlying EBITDA of the Group. Our use of Underlying EBITDA is explained in section 1.8.3.OFR 4.3. BHP completed the sale of its 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón on 11 January 2022. Production for Cerrejón reported until 31 December 2021.
 
(5)
Includes Cerro Colorado and Spence.
 
(6)
Iron ore production is reported on a wet tonnes basis.
 
(7)
Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP interest in saleable production is 85 per cent.
 
(8)
Metallurgical coal production is reported on the basis of saleable product. Production figures include some thermal coal.
 
(9)
Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP interest in saleable production is 80 per cent.
 
(10)10
Nickel contained in matte and refined nickel metal, including briquette, and power, mattepowder, nickel sulphate and
by-product
streams.
 
229

4.5.2    Production – Petroleum
The table below details Petroleum’s historical net crude oil and condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids production, primarily by geographic segment, for each of the three years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019. We have shown volumes of marketable production after deduction of applicable royalties, fuel and flare. We have included in the table average production costs per unit of production and average sales prices for oil and condensate and natural gas for each of those periods.
   
BHP share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
   
2021
   2020   2019 
Production volumes
               
Crude oil and condensate
(‘000 of barrels)
               
Australia
  
 
11,918
 
   14,044    14,365 
United States – Conventional
  
 
23,165
 
   23,345    28,047 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       6,411 
Other
(2)
  
 
3,646
 
   3,823    4,885 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total crude oil and condensate
  
 
38,729
 
   41,212    53,708 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Natural gas
(billion cubic feet)
               
Australia
  
 
280.9
 
   292.6    310.1 
United States – Conventional
  
 
7.3
 
   8.1    10.4 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       96.3 
Other
(2)
  
 
52.4
 
   58.9    76.2 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total natural gas
  
 
340.6
 
   359.6    493.0 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Natural gas liquids
(3)
(‘000 of barrels)
               
Australia
  
 
6,007
 
   6,462    6,265 
United States – Conventional
  
 
1,306
 
   1,189    1,581 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       3,505 
Other
(2)
  
 
 
       42 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total NGL
(3)
  
 
7,313
 
   7,651    11,392 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total production of petroleum products
(million barrels of oil equivalent)
(4)
               
Australia
  
 
64.7
 
   69.3    72.3 
United States – Conventional
  
 
25.7
 
   25.9    31.4 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       26.0 
Other
(2)
  
 
12.4
 
   13.6    17.6 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total production of petroleum products
  
 
102.8
 
   108.8    147.3 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Average sales price
               
Crude oil and condensate
(US$ per barrel)
               
Australia
  
 
53.31
 
   52.38    69.50 
United States – Conventional
  
 
51.74
 
   46.69    64.65 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       68.02 
Other
(2)
  
 
55.33
 
   56.05    68.86 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total crude oil and condensate
  
 
52.56
 
   49.53    66.73 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Natural gas
(US$ per thousand cubic feet)
               
Australia
  
 
5.12
 
   5.60    7.00 
United States – Conventional
  
 
2.75
 
   2.20    3.22 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       2.90 
Other
(2)
  
 
3.23
 
   2.60    2.87 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total natural gas
  
 
4.79
 
   5.02    5.50 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Natural gas liquids
(US$ per barrel)
               
Australia
  
 
34.16
 
   27.51    36.54 
United States – Conventional
  
 
20.82
 
   13.44    25.73 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       27.74 
Other
(2)
  
 
 
       28.66 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total NGL
  
 
31.63
 
   25.36    32.17 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total average production cost
(US$ per barrel of oil equivalent)
(5)
               
Australia
  
 
6.40
 
   7.12    8.98 
United States – Conventional
  
 
8.43
 
   4.57    5.29 
United States – Onshore US
(1)
  
 
 
       4.93 
Other
(2)
  
 
5.20
 
   4.94    6.41 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total average production cost
  
 
6.76
 
   6.24    7.18 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1)11
BHP completed the sale of its 80 per cent interest in BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC) on 3 May 2022. Production for Onshore US assets is shown through the closing date of the divestment in FY2019. Production for Eagle Ford, Permian and Haynesville assets is shown through 31 October 2018 and production for Fayetteville is shown through 28 September 2018.
(2)
Other comprises Algeria, Trinidad and Tobago, and the United Kingdom (divestedreported until 30 November 2018).
(3)
LPG and ethane are reported as natural gas liquids (NGL).
(4)
Total barrels of oil equivalent (boe) conversion is based on the following: 6,000 standard cubic feet (scf) of natural gas equals one boe.
(5)
Average production costs include direct and indirect costs relating to the production of hydrocarbons and the foreign exchange effect of translating local currency denominated costs into US dollars, but excludes ad valorem and severance taxes, and the cost to transport our produced hydrocarbons to the point of sale.April 2022.
 
230197

4.6 Reserves
Reserves are the estimated quantities of material that can be demonstrated to be able to be economically5    Mineral resources and legally extracted from BHP’s properties. In order to estimate reserves, assumptions are required about a range of technical and economic factors, including quantities, qualities, production techniques, recovery efficiency, production and transport costs, commodity supply and demand, commodity prices and exchange rates.
Estimating the quantity and/or quality of reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies or oil and gas reservoirs to be determined by analysing geological data, such as drilling samples and geophysical survey interpretations. Economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period to period as additional technical and operational data is generated.
4.6.1    Petroleummineral reserves
Estimates of oilOur mineral resources and gasmineral reserves involve some degree of uncertainty, are inherently imprecise, require the application of judgement and are subject to future revision. Accordingly, financial and accounting measures (such as the standardised measure of discounted cash flows, depreciation, depletion and amortisation charges, the assessment of impairments and the assessment of valuation allowances against deferred tax assets) that are based on reserve estimates are also subject to change.
How we estimate andpresented in this annual report reserves
Petroleum’s reserves are estimated as of 30 June each year. Reported reserves include both Conventional Petroleum reserves and Onshore US reserves for FY2018 and are included in the opening balances in the accompanying tables. Footnotes have been includedprepared in accordance with the tables to identify the contribution of the Discontinued operations (Onshore US) for this period. The sale of Petroleum’s interests in Onshore US reserves was completed in FY2019. Remaining reserves at the end of FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 reflect the Continuing operations only.
Our proved reserves are estimated and reported on a net interest basis according to the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regulations Subpart 1300 of Regulation
S-K
(S-K
1300).
Mineral resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth’s crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A mineral resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as
cut-off
grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled.
Our mineral resources have been determinedclassified as measured, indicated or inferred depending on the level of geological certainty and confidence in accordance with SEC Rulethe estimates, as defined in Item 1300 of
4-10(a)S-K
of Regulation
S-X.
1300.
Proved oilMineral reserve is an estimate of tonnage and gas reserves
Proved oilgrade or quality of indicated and gas reserves are those quantitiesmeasured mineral resources that, in the opinion of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGL) that, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data,the qualified person, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to bethe basis of an economically producible from a given date forward from known reservoirs and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, operating contracts and government regulations. Unless evidence indicates that renewal of existing operating contracts is reasonably certain, estimates of economically producible reserves reflect only the period before the contracts expire. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain thatviable project. More specifically, it will commence within a reasonable time. As specified in SEC Rule
4-10(a)
of Regulation
S-X,
oil and gas prices are taken as the unweighted average of the corresponding first day of the month prices for the 12 months prior to the ending date of the period covered.
Proved reserves were estimated by reference to available well and reservoir information, including but not limited to well logs, well test data, core data, production and pressure data, geologic data, seismic data and in some cases, to similar data from analogous, producing reservoirs. A wide range of engineering and geoscience methods, including performance analysis, numerical simulation, well analogues and geologic studies were used to estimate high confidence proved developed and undeveloped reserves in accordance with SEC regulations.
Proved reserve estimates were attributed to future development projects only where there is a significant commitment to project funding and execution and for which applicable government and regulatory approvals have been secured or are reasonably certain to be secured. Furthermore, estimates of proved reserves include only volumes for which access to market is assured with reasonable certainty. All proved reserve estimates are subject to revision (either upward or downward) based on new information, such as from development drilling and production activities or from changes in economic factors, including product prices, contract terms or development plans.
231

Developed oil and gas reserves
Proved developed oil and gas reserves are reserves that can be expected to be recovered through:
existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods
installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserve estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well
Performance-derived reserve assessments for producing wells were primarily based on the following manner:
for our conventional operations, reserves were estimated using rate and pressure decline methods, including material balance, supplemented by reservoir simulation models where appropriate
for our Discontinued operations (Onshore US) reported for FY2018, reserves were estimated using rate-transient analysis and decline curve analysis methods
for wells that lacked sufficient production history, reserves were estimated using performance-based type curves and offset location analogues with similar geologic and reservoir characteristics
Proved undeveloped reserves
Proved undeveloped oil and gas reserves are reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage where commitment has been made to commence development within five years from first reporting or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.
A combination of geologic and engineering data and where appropriate, statistical analysis was used to support the assignment of proved undeveloped reserves when assessing planned drilling locations. Performance data along with log and core data was used to delineate consistent, continuous reservoir characteristics in core areas of the development. Proved undeveloped locations were included in core areas between known data and adjacent to productive wells using performance-based type curves and offset location analogues with similar geologic and reservoir characteristics. Locations where a high degree of certainty could not be demonstrated using the above technologies and techniques were not categorised as proved.
Methodology used to estimate reserves
Reserves have been estimated with deterministic methodology, with the exception of the North West Shelf gas operation in Australia, where probabilistic methodology has been used to estimate and aggregate reserves for the reservoirs dedicated to the gas project only. The probabilistic-based portion of these reserves totals 6 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe) in FY2021, 12 MMboe in FY2020 and 16 MMboe in FY2019. These amounts represent approximately 1 per cent of our total reported proved reserves in FY2021, and approximately 2 per cent in each of FY2020 and FY2019. Total boe conversion is based on the following: 6,000 standard cubic feet (scf) of natural gas equals 1 boe. Aggregation of proved reserves beyond the field/project level has been performed by arithmetic summation. Due to portfolio effects, aggregates of proved reserves may be conservative. The custody transfer point(s) or point(s) of sale applicable for each field or project are the reference point for reserves. The reserves replacement ratio is the change in reserves during the year excluding production, divided by the production during the year and stated as a percentage.
Governance
The Petroleum Reserves Group (PRG) is a dedicated group that provides oversight of the reserves’ assessment and reporting processes. It is independent of the various operation teams directly responsible for development and production activities. The PRG is staffed by individuals averaging more than 30 years’ experience in the oil and gas industry. The manager of the PRG, Abhijit Gadgil, is a full-time employee of BHP and is responsible for overseeing the preparation of the reserve estimates and compiling the information for inclusion in this Annual Report. He has an advanced degree in engineering and more than 40 years of diversified industry experience in reservoir engineering, reserves assessment, field development and technical management. He is a
40-year
member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE). He has also served on the Society of Petroleum Engineers Oil and Gas Reserves Committee. Mr Gadgil has the qualifications and experience required to act as a qualified petroleum reserves evaluator under the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. The estimates of petroleum reserves are based on and fairly represent information and supporting documentation prepared under the supervision of Mr Gadgil. He has reviewed and agrees with the information included in section 4.6.1 and has given his prior written consent for its publication. Noeconomically mineable part of a measured or indicated mineral resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the individual compensation for members of the PRGmaterial is dependent on reported reserves.
Reserve assessments for all Petroleum operations were conducted by technical staff within the operating organisation. These individuals meet the professional qualifications outlined by the SPE, are trained in the fundamentals of SEC reserves reporting and the reserves processes and are endorsed by the PRG. Each reserve assessment is reviewed annually by the PRG to ensure technical quality, adherence to internally published Petroleum guidelines and compliance with SEC reporting requirements. Once endorsed by the PRG, all reserves receive final endorsement by senior management and the Risk and Audit Committee prior to public reporting. Our Internal Audit and Advisory function provides secondary assurance of the oil and gas reserve reporting processes through the testing of the effectiveness of key controls that have been implemented as required by the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. For more information on our risk management governance, refer to section 2.1.10.mined or extracted.
232

FY2021 proved reserves
Production for FY2021 totalled 103 MMboe in sales with an additional 5 MMboe in
non-sales
production, which was used primarily for fuel consumed in operations. Total production of 108 Mmboe was approximately 6 MMboe lower than in FY2020. The decrease was primarily due to natural declines in mature fields.
Net additions to reserves totalled 25 MMboe, driven primarily by the acquisition of additional working interest in the Shenzi field and partially offset by a negative performance revision in the Atlantis field in the US Gulf of Mexico. The net additions replaced 23 per cent of production. As of 30 June 2021, proved reserves totalled 665 MMboe.
Reserves have been calculated using the economic interest method and represent net revenue interest volumes after deduction of applicable royalties owned by others. Reserves of 61 MMboe were in production and risk-sharing arrangements where BHP has a revenue interest in production without transfer of ownership of the products. At 30 June 2021, approximately 9 per cent of the proved reserves were attributable to these arrangements.
Extensions and discoveries
In the Atlantis field in the US Gulf of Mexico, Phase 3 development drilling in the South West region of the field added approximately 1 MMboe by extending the previously recognised proved reservoir limit.
Revisions
In Australia, revisions increased proved reserves by 4 MMboe, primarily due to strong performance in the Macedon field. Small increases in the Bass Strait and Pyrenees fields were offset by negative performance revisions in the North West Shelf fields.
In the US Gulf of Mexico, revisions decreased reserves by 11 MMboe overall, primarily driven by reductions related to lower than expected well performance in the Atlantis and Mad Dog fields of 19 MMboe and 4 MMboe respectively. Approval of the Shenzi Subsea Multi Phase Pump Project added 6 MMboe, while strong performance in the Eastern area of the Shenzi field increased reserves by a further 5 MMboe.
In Trinidad and Tobago, continued strong performance in the Angostura field added 6 MMboe to proved reserves. This addition was partially offset by a price-related reduction of approximately 1 MMboe.
Improved recovery revisions
There were no improved recovery revisions during the year.
Purchases and sales
In November 2020, BHP acquired Hess Corporation’s 28 per cent interest in the Shenzi field located in the Gulf of Mexico. The acquisition resulted in the addition of approximately 27 MMboe to proved reserves. BHP also divested its 35 per cent interest in the Neptune field in May 2021 which reduced reserves by approximately 1 MMboe. Overall, net additions from Purchases and Sales were 26 MMboe.
FY2020 proved reserves
Production for FY2020 totalled 109 MMboe in sales with an additional 5 MMboe in
non-sales
production, which was used primarily for fuel consumed in operations. Total production was approximately 13 MMboe lower than conventional production in FY2019. The decrease was due to a number of factors, including natural declines in mature fields, weather events that necessitated precautionary shut ins and lower demand as a consequence of the
COVID-19
pandemic, (refer to section 4.5.2 for more information). Discoveries, extensions and revisions to reserves added a total of 21 MMboe, which replaced 19 per cent of production. As of 30 June 2020, proved reserves totalled 748 MMboe.
Reserves have been calculated using the economic interest method and represent net interest volumes after deduction of applicable royalty. Reserves of 69 MMboe are in two production and risk-sharing arrangements where BHP has a revenue interest in production without transfer of ownership of the products. At 30 June 2020, approximately 9 per cent of the proved reserves were attributable to such arrangements.
Extensions and discoveries
Board approval of the North West Shelf Greater Western Flank Phase 3 project in Australia added 12 MMboe for development of the Goodwyn South and Lambert Deep fields. Board approval of the Ruby development project in Trinidad and Tobago during the September 2019 quarter also added 19 MMboe to proved reserves. The Ruby project is comprised of the Ruby oil field and the Delaware gas field.
233

Revisions
In Australia, reserves decreased by 35 MMboe overall due to downward revisions. This reduction was primarily in the Bass Strait due to poor reservoir performance in the Turrum field and lower overall condensate and natural gas liquids (NGL) recovery from the Bass Strait gas fields totalling 40 MMboe. Included in this reduction was a decrease of 4 MMboe due to lower product prices. Improved reservoir performance in the Pyrenees operated field added 5 MMboe partially offsetting the Bass Strait reduction. In the North West Shelf fields, reserves increased 4 MMboe for better performance and other revisions, however, this increase was offset by product price-related reductions of 4 MMboe. In the US Gulf of Mexico, strong reservoir performance and technical studies in the Atlantis, Shenzi and Mad Dog fields added a total of 25 MMboe to proved reserves.
In the Angostura field in Trinidad and Tobago and the ROD integrated development in Algeria, increases of 1 MMboe were offset by product price-related reductions of approximately 1 MMboe.
During FY2020, net revisions reduced reserves by a total of 10 MMboe overall.
Improved recovery revisions
There were no improved recovery revisions during the year.
Purchases and sales
There were no purchases or sales during the year.
FY2019 proved reserves
Production for FY2019 totalled 147 MMboe in sales, which was comprised of 121 MMboe for our conventional fields and 26 MMboe that was produced from our US Onshore fields prior to the closure of the divestment agreements. In comparison, our conventional fields produced approximately 1 MMboe more than in FY2018. This increase was due to a number of factors, including
start-up
of the Greater Western Flank Phase B project in the North West Shelf in Australia and higher uptime in several fields, which more than offset natural production declines in more mature fields (refer to section 4.5.2 for more information). There was also an additional 5 MMboe in
non-sales
production, primarily for fuel consumed in our Petroleum operations. The combined sales and
non-sales
production totalled 152 MMboe for FY2019. For our conventional fields, additions and revisions to reserves added 57 MMboe, which replaced 45 per cent of the production in FY2019. As of 30 June 2019, our proved reserves totalled 841 MMboe.
Reserves have been calculated using the economic interest method and represent net interest volumes after deduction of applicable royalty. Reserves of 64 MMboe are in two production and risk-sharing arrangements where BHP has a revenue interest in production without transfer of ownership of the products. At 30 June 2019, approximately 8 per cent of the proved reserves were attributable to such arrangements.
Extensions and discoveries
Extensions added a total of approximately 2 MMboe to proved reserves, of which 1 MMboe was added for the Atlantis field in the US Gulf of Mexico with the balance being added in the Snapper field in the Bass Strait in Australia.
Improved recovery revisions
There were no improved recovery revisions during the year.
Revisions
Revisions for FY2019 added a total of 56 MMboe. The largest addition was in the Atlantis field where 28 MMboe was added for performance and approval of Phase 3 infill drilling. Other revisions, primarily in the Mad Dog field, brought the total revisions for our US Gulf of Mexico assets to 29 MMboe. Additions through revisions in Australia totalled 22 MMboe, with the North West Shelf project adding 11 MMboe. The Goodwyn field was the largest component of this change adding 10 MMboe for strong performance. In the Bass Strait, 11 MMboe was added with the largest changes occurring in the Snapper and Turrum fields, which added 5 MMboe and 2 MMboe, respectively. In Other
(1)
geographic areas, 4 MMboe was added for better performance in the Offshore Angostura project in Trinidad and Tobago, while 1 MMboe was added for improved performance in the ROD integrated development in Algeria.
Purchases and sales
The sale of Petroleum’s interests in the US Onshore Permian, Eagle Ford, Haynesville and Fayetteville fields accounted for reported sales of approximately 464 MMboe. There were no purchases during FY2019.
These results are summarised in the following tables, which detail estimated oil, condensate, NGL and natural gas reserves at 30 June 2021, 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019, with a reconciliation of the changes in each year.
(1) 
‘Other’ comprises Algeria, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom (sold in FY2019).
234

Millions of barrels
  
Australia
  
United
States
  
Other
(b)
  
Total
 
Proved developed and undeveloped oil and condensate reserves
(a)
     
Reserves at 30 June 2018
  
 
70.5
 
 
 
361.8
(c)
 
 
 
21.9
 
 
 
454.2
(c)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   7.8   25.9   1.0   34.7 
Extensions and discoveries
   0.0   0.8      0.9 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      (79.7     (79.7
Production
   (14.4  (34.5  (4.9  (53.7
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (6.5  (87.5  (3.9  (97.9
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2019
  
 
63.9
 
 
 
274.4
 
 
 
18.0
 
 
 
356.3
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   0.9   21.3   (0.7  21.5 
Extensions and discoveries
   1.8      5.0   6.7 
Purchase/sales of reserves
             
Production
   (14.0  (23.3  (3.8  (41.2
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (11.3  (2.0  0.4   (13.0
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2020
  
 
52.6
 
 
 
272.3
 
 
 
18.4
 
 
 
343.4
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   2.7   (8.0  (0.0  (5.3
Extensions and discoveries
      1.1      1.1 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      23.9      23.9 
Production
   (11.9  (23.2  (3.6  (38.7
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (9.2  (6.2  (3.7  (19.1
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2021
  
 
43.5
 
 
 
266.1
 
 
 
14.7
 
 
 
324.3
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Developed
     
Proved developed oil and condensate reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   60.5   181.2   19.2   260.8 
as of 30 June 2019
   59.0   128.9   16.3   204.2 
as of 30 June 2020
   46.7   131.0   11.9   189.6 
Developed reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
38.2
 
 
 
138.9
 
 
 
10.6
 
 
 
187.6
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Undeveloped
     
Proved undeveloped oil and condensate reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   10.0   180.7   2.8   193.4 
as of 30 June 2019
   5.0   145.4   1.7   152.1 
as of 30 June 2020
   6.0   141.3   6.5   153.8 
Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
5.3
 
 
 
127.2
 
 
 
4.2
 
 
 
136.7
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(a) 
Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.
(b) 
‘Other’ comprises Algeria, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom (sold in FY2019).
(c) 
For FY2018 amounts include 86.1 million barrels attributable to Discontinued operations of Onshore US.
235

Millions of barrels
  
Australia
  
United
States
  
Other
(b)
  
Total
 
Proved developed and undeveloped NGL reserves
(a)
     
Reserves at 30 June 2018
  
 
56.5
 
 
 
72.0
(c)(d)
 
 
 
 
 
 
128.4
(c)(d)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   4.9   0.8   0.0   5.7 
Extensions and discoveries
   0.2   0.1      0.2 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      (58.7     (58.7
Production
   (6.3  (5.1  (0.0  (11.4
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (1.2  (62.9     (64.1
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2019
  
 
55.2
 
 
 
9.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
64.3
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   (17.8  1.2      (16.6
Extensions and discoveries
   0.3         0.3 
Purchase/sales of reserves
             
Production
   (6.5  (1.2    (7.6
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (23.9        (23.9
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2020
  
 
31.3
 
 
 
9.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
40.4
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   (1.6  (1.1     (2.7
Extensions and discoveries
      0.0      0.0 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      0.6      0.6 
Production
   (6.0  (1.3     (7.3
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (7.6  (1.7     (9.3
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2021
  
 
23.7
 
 
 
7.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.0
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Developed
     
Proved developed NGL reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   49.8   37.0      86.8 
as of 30 June 2019
   46.5   4.3      50.8 
as of 30 June 2020
   23.8   5.0      28.8 
Developed reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
17.7
 
 
 
4.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.1
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Undeveloped
     
Proved undeveloped NGL reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   6.6   35.0      41.6 
as of 30 June 2019
   8.7   4.8      13.5 
as of 30 June 2020
   7.6   4.0      11.6 
Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
6.0
 
 
 
2.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.9
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(a) 
Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.
(b) 
‘Other’ comprises Algeria, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom (sold in FY2019).
(c) 
For FY2018 amounts include 62.2 million barrels attributable to Discontinued operations of Onshore US.
(d) 
For FY2018 amounts include 2.5 million barrels consumed as fuel for Discontinued operations of Onshore US.
236

Billions of cubic feet
  
Australia
 (c)
  
United
States
  
Other
(d)
  
Total
 
Proved developed and undeveloped natural gas reserves
(a)
     
Reserves at 30 June 2018
  
 
2,412.5
(e)
 
 
 
2,160.1
(f)(i)
 
 
 
328.6
(g)
 
 
 
4,901.2
(h)(i)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   53.7   14.0   24.7   92.4 
Extensions and discoveries
   2.5   0.4      3.0 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      (1,952.8     (1,952.8
Production
(b)
   (336.8  (109.4  (77.8  (524.1
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (280.6  (2,047.8  (53.1  (2,381.5
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2019
  
 
2,131.9
(e)
 
 
 
112.3
(f)
 
 
 
275.5
(g)
 
 
 
2,519.7
(h)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   (111.7  14.2   5.6   (92.0
Extensions and discoveries
   62.4      84.0   146.5 
Purchase/sales of reserves
             
Production
(b)
   (317.3  (10.7  (60.7  (388.7
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (366.6  3.5   28.9   (334.2
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2020
  
 
1,765.3
(e)
 
 
 
115.8
(f)
 
 
 
304.4
(g)
 
 
 
2,185.5
(h)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   15.4   (8.6  27.2   34.0 
Extensions and discoveries
      0.4      0.4 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      7.5      7.5 
Production
(b)
   (304.4  (9.9  (54.9  (369.2
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (289.0  (10.6  (27.7  (327.3
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2021
  
 
1,476.3
(e)
 
 
 
105.2
(f)
 
 
 
276.7
(g)
 
 
 
1,858.2
(h)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Developed
     
Proved developed natural gas reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   1,975.9   1,479.4   328.6   3,783.8 
as of 30 June 2019
   1,856.4   65.5   275.5   2,197.3 
as of 30 June 2020
   1,453.1   73.4   220.4   1,746 .9 
Developed reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
1,262.5
 
 
 
69.5
 
 
 
199.4
 
 
 
1,531.5
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Undeveloped
     
Proved undeveloped natural gas reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   436.6   680.7      1,117.3 
as of 30 June 2019
   275.5   46.8      322.3 
as of 30 June 2020
   312.2   42.4   84.0   438.6 
Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
213 .8
 
 
 
35.6
 
 
 
77.3
 
 
 
326.7
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(a) 
Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.
(b) 
Production includes volumes consumed by operations.
(c) 
Production for Australia includes gas sold as LNG.
(d) 
‘Other’ comprises Algeria, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom (sold in FY2019).
(e) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 295, 268, 246 and 204 billion cubic feet respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations in Australia.
(f) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 160, 64, 65 and 67 billion cubic feet respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations in the United States.
(g) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 16, 14, 17 and 13 billion cubic feet respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations in Other areas.
(h) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 472, 346, 327 and 284 billion cubic feet respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations.
(i) 
For FY2018 amounts include 2,049 billion cubic feet attributable to Discontinued operations of Onshore US.
237

Millions of barrels of oil equivalent
(a)
  
Australia
  
United
States
  
Other
(d)
  
Total
 
Proved developed and undeveloped oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves
(b)
     
Reserves at 30 June 2018
  
 
529.0
(e)
 
 
 
793.8
(f)(i)
 
 
 
76.7
(g)
 
 
 
1,399.5
(h)(i)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   21.6   29.1   5.1   55.8 
Extensions and discoveries
   0.6   0.9      1.6 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      (463.9     (463.9
Production
(c)
   (76.8  (57.8  (17.9  (152.4
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (54.5  (491.7  (12.8  (558.9
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2019
  
 
474.5
(e)
 
 
 
302.2
(f)
 
 
 
63.9
(g)
 
 
 
840.6
(h)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   (35.4  24.8   0.2   (10.4
Extensions and discoveries
   12.5      19.0   31.5 
Purchase/sales of reserves
             
Production
(c)
   (73.4  (26.3  (13.9  (113.6
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (96.3  (1.5  5.2   (92.6
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2020
  
 
378.2
(e)
 
 
 
300.7
(f)
 
 
 
69.1
(g)
 
 
 
748.0
(h)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Improved recovery
             
Revisions of previous estimates
   3.7   (10.5  4.5   (2.3
Extensions and discoveries
    1.2    1.2 
Purchase/sales of reserves
      25.7      25.7 
Production
(c)
   (68.7  (26.1  (12.8  (107.6
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total changes
   (64.9  (9.7  (8.3  (83.0
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Reserves at 30 June 2021
  
 
313.2
(e)
 
 
 
290.9
(f)
 
 
 
60.9
(g)
 
 
 
665.0
(h)
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Developed
     
Proved developed oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   439.6   464.7   73.9   978.2 
as of 30 June 2019
   414.9   144.1   62.2   621.2 
as of 30 June 2020
   312.6   148.3   48.6   509.5 
Developed reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
266.3
 
 
 
154.8
 
 
 
43.8
 
 
 
465.0
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Undeveloped
     
Proved undeveloped oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves
     
as of 30 June 2018
   89.4   329.2   2.8   421.3 
as of 30 June 2019
   59.6   158.1   1.7   219.4 
as of 30 June 2020
   65.6   152.4   20.5   238.5 
Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2021
  
 
46.9
 
 
 
136.1
 
 
 
17.1
 
 
 
200.1
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(a) 
Barrel oil equivalent conversion based on 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe.
(b) 
Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.
(c) 
Production includes volumes consumed by operations.
(d) 
‘Other’ comprises Algeria, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom (sold in FY2019).
(e) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 49, 45, 41 and 34 million barrels equivalent respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations in Australia.
(f) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 29, 11, 11 and 11 million barrels equivalent respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations in the United States.
(g) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 3, 2, 3 and 2 million barrels equivalent respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations in Other areas.
(h) 
For FY2018, FY2019, FY2020 and FY2021 amounts include 81, 58, 55 and 47 million barrels equivalent respectively, which are anticipated to be consumed as fuel in operations.
(i) 
For FY2018 amounts include 490 million barrels equivalent attributable to Discontinued operations of Onshore US.
238

FY2021 proved undeveloped reserves
At 30 June 2021, Petroleum had 200 MMboe of proved undeveloped reserves, which corresponds to 30 per cent of the reported proved reserves of 665 MMboe. This represents a decrease of 38 MMboe from the 238 MMboe at 30 June 2020.
During FY2021, a total of 44 MMboe proved undeveloped reserves were converted to proved developed reserves through development activities. This was driven by the following four projects: the Barracouta West development in the Bass Strait in Australia (14 MMboe), a gas delivery pressure and compressor
re-staging
study in the Macedon field in Offshore Western Australia (14 MMboe) and the Atlantis Phase 3 development in the US Gulf of Mexico (14 MMboe).
Start-up
of the Ruby development project in Offshore Trinidad and Tobago also converted 3 MMboe to proved developed with first oil production. Increases to proved undeveloped reserves included approval of the Shenzi Subsurface Multi-Phase Pump project which added 6 MMboe. The effect of commodity prices relative to FY2020 resulted in the addition of 5 MMboe to proved undeveloped reserves while the acquisition of additional interest in the Shenzi field in the US Gulf of Mexico increased proved undeveloped reserves by 3 MMboe. Technical studies, revisions to expected performance and other changes reduced proved undeveloped reserves by 2 Mmboe.
Over the past three years, the conversion of proved undeveloped reserves to developed status has totalled 93 MMboe, averaging 31 MMboe per year. At 30 June 2021, a total of 114 MMboe proved undevelopedOur mineral reserves have been reported for five or more years. Approximately 101 MMboeclassified as proven and probable depending on the mineral resource classification and level of this amount is associated with the Mad Dog Phase 2 development which is anticipated to produce first oil in CY2022. The remaining 13 MMboe is in our currently producing fields and will be developed and brought on stream in a phased manner to best optimise the use of production facilities and to meet sales commitments.
During FY2021, Petroleum spent US$1.1 billion on development activities worldwide. Of this amount:
US$0.9 billion was spent progressing the conversion of proved undeveloped reserves for projects where developed status was achieved in FY2021 or will be achieved when development is completedconfidence in the futureassumptions, as defined in Item 1300 of
S-K
1300.
US$0.2 billion represented other development expenditures, including compliance and infrastructure improvement
FY2020 proved undeveloped reserves
At 30 June 2020, Petroleum had 238 MMboe of proved undeveloped reserves, which corresponds to 32 per cent of the reported proved reserves of 748 MMboe. This represents an increase of 19 MMboe from the 219 MMboe at 30 June 2019.
The most significant drivers of this increase were the additions of 19 MMboe for the Ruby development project in Offshore Trinidad and Tobago and 12 MMboe for the Greater Western Flank Phase 3 development project in Australia as extensions and discoveries.
Reclassifications from proved undeveloped to proved developed occurred in Australia in the Macedon field (7 MMboe), the Cobia field in Bass Strait (2 MMboe) and in the Offshore US Gulf of Mexico in the Mad Dog Spar A field (3 MMboe). In the Shenzi field, the need to perform a producer redrill resulted in the reclassification of 4 MMboe proved developed into proved undeveloped.
In Australia, in the Bass Strait, 18 MMboe was moved into proved undeveloped for the Turrum field as a result of the reservoir performance reassessment, while in the Kipper field, a reduction of the gas delivery pressure requirements enabled more gas to be delivered prior to the installation of compression. This resulted in the movement of 16 MMboe from proved undeveloped to proved developed reserves. Bass Strait proved undeveloped fuel was also increased by 3 MMboe as a result of a fuel utilisation study. Performance revisions in the Mad Dog Spar A and the Shenzi fields in the US Gulf of Mexico reduced proved undeveloped by 6 MMboe.
Lower commodity prices resulted in a 4 MMboe reduction to proved undeveloped reserves.
Over the past three years, the conversion of proved undeveloped reserves to developed status has totalled 98 MMboe, averaging 33 MMboe per year. At 30 June 2020, a total of 30 MMboe proved undeveloped reserves have been reported for five or more years. These reserves are in our currently producing fields and will be developed and brought on stream in a phased manner to best optimise the use of production facilities and to meet sales commitments. During FY2020, Petroleum spent US$1.0 billion on development activities worldwide. Of this amount:
US$0.8 billion was spent progressing the conversion of proved undeveloped reserves for conventional projects where developed status was achieved in FY2020 or will be achieved when development is completed in the future
US$0.2 billion represented other development expenditures, including compliance and infrastructure improvements
239

FY2019 proved undeveloped reserves
At 30 June 2019, Petroleum had 219 MMboe of proved undeveloped reserves, which corresponds to 26 per cent of the reported proved reserves of 841 MMboe. This represents a reduction in proved undeveloped reserves of 202 MMboe from the 421 MMboe at 30 June 2018. The largest element of this reduction was 185 MMboe, which occurred with the divestment of unconventional Onshore US assets. A reclassification from proved undeveloped to proved developed status of approximately 40 MMboe that occurred in the North West Shelf, Australia, with the completion of development and the start of production from the Greater Western Flank Phase B project, also contributed to the reduction. An additional 1 MMboe was also reclassified from proved undeveloped to proved developed status with the completion of an infill well in the ROD integrated development in Algeria. Partially offsetting these reductions were revisions for technical studies of 10 MMboe for the Kipper field in the Bass Strait, Australia. Additions following the approval of the Atlantis Phase 3 project in the Offshore US Gulf of Mexico added 8 MMboe for development plan changes, 7 MMboe for performance and 1 MMboe as an extension. A performance reduction of 2 MMboe in the Mad Dog field partially offset the Atlantis performance addition.
The changes in proved undeveloped reserves in FY2021, FY2020 and FY2019 are summarised by change category in the table below. Additional information detailing the effect of price, performance, changes in capital development plans and technical studies are also provided for revisions.
Proved Undeveloped Reserves (PUD) Reconciliation (MMboe)
(a)
  
Year ended 30 June
 
   
    2021    
  
    2020    
  
    2019    
 
PUD Opening Balance
  
 
238
 
 
 
219
 
 
 
421
 
Revisions of Previous Estimates
  
 
(41
 
 
(12
 
 
(18
Reclassifications to developed
   (44  (8  (42
Performance, Technical Studies and Other
   (2  (1  16 
Development Plan Changes
      (0  8 
Price
   5   (4   
Extensions and Discoveries
  
 
 
 
 
31
 
 
 
1
 
Acqusitions/Sales
  
 
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
(185
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Change
  
 
(38
 
 
19
 
 
 
(202
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
PUD Closing Balance
  
 
200
 
 
 
238
 
 
 
219
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(a) 
Small differences are due to rounding.
240

4.6.2    Ore Reserves
Ore Reserves are estimates of the amount of ore that can be economically and legally extracted and processed from our mining properties. In order toTo estimate mineral reserves, assumptions are required about a range of technical and economic factors, including quantities, qualities, production techniques, recovery efficiency, production and transport costs, commodity supply and demand, commodity prices and exchange rates. Estimating the quantity and/or quality of Ore Reservesmineral reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies to be determined by analysing geological data such as drilling samples and geophysical survey interpretations. Economic assumptions used to estimate reserves may change from period to period as additional technical, financial and operational data is generated. All of the Ore Reserves presented are reported in 100 per cent terms and represent estimates at 30 June 2021 (unless otherwise stated). All tonnes and grade information has been rounded, hence small differences may be present in the totals. Tonnes are reported as dry metric tonnes (unless otherwise stated).becomes available.
Our mineral resources and mineral reserves are constrained to tenure that we have rights to. Our mineral leases are of sufficient duration (or convey a legal right to renew for sufficient duration) to enable all Ore Reservesreserves on the leased properties to be mined in accordance with current production schedules. Our Ore Reserves may include areas where some additional approvals remain outstanding, but where, based on the technical investigations we carry out as part of our mine planning process, and our knowledge and experience of the approvals process, we expect that suchhowever it is anticipated these approvals will be obtained as part of the normal course of business and withinwith the timeframe required by the current life of mine schedule.schedules.
Presentation of mineral resources and mineral reserves
Mineral resources and mineral reserves are presented at the proportion attributable to our economic interest and represent estimates as at 30 June 2022. Mineral resources are presented exclusive of mineral reserves. The specific point of reference and commodity prices defining the mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates are provided in the footnotes associated with each of the mineral resources and mineral reserves tables below. Quantities of mineral reserves and mineral resources are reported Ore Reserves containedin million metric tonnes (Mt). Tonnes are reported as dry metric tonnes (unless otherwise stated). All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals. Refer to the Glossary for definitions of technical terms relating to mineral resources, mineral reserves, geology, mining or related matters and abbreviations.
Our mineral resources and mineral reserves presented in this document do not exceedannual report differ from the quantities that we estimateMineral Resources and could be extracted economically if future prices for each commodity were equal to the average historical prices for the three years to 31 December 2020, using current operating costs. In some cases where commodities are produced as
by-products
(or
co-products)
with other metals, we use the three-year average historical prices for the combination of commodities produced at the relevant mine in order to verify that each Ore Reserve is economic. The three-year historical average prices used for each traded commodity to test for impairment of the Ore Reserves contained in this Annual Report are as follows:
Commodity Price
(1)
US$
Copper   
2.83/lb
Gold   
1,477/ozt
Molybdenum   
10.66/lb
Nickel   
6.17/lb
Silver   
17.47/ozt
Zinc   
1.17/lb
Uranium
(2)
26.73/lb
Iron Ore – Fines   
82.47/dmt
Iron Ore – Lump   
95.97/dmt
Metallurgical Hard Coking Coal   
169.56/t
Metallurgical Weak Coking Coal   
95.58/t
Thermal Coal Newcastle
(2)
81.88/t
Thermal Coal Colombia
(2)
61.65/t
(1) 
Some commodities are traded on a contractual basis for which we are unable to disclose prices due to commercial sensitivity.
(2) 
The Uranium price reported is sourced from TradeTech – Uranium Spot Price Indicator. Thermal coal prices reported are sourced from the McCloskey Report FOB by region, Newcastle and Colombia 6,000 kcal/t Net As Received. These are comparable to realised prices used to test for impairment.
The reported Ore Reserves may differ in some respects from the Ore Reserves we report in our home jurisdictionsjurisdiction of Australia. The jurisdiction of Australia andrequires reporting in accordance with the UK. Those jurisdictions require the use ofAustralian Stock Exchange (ASX) listing rules and the Australasian Code for reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, December 2012 (the JORC Code), which provides guidance.
A key difference in the estimation of our resources and reserves pursuant to the ASX listing rules and
S-K
1300 are the economic inputs, commodity prices and cost assumptions. Estimates we report in accordance with the ASX listing rules are based on internally generated, projected long-term commodity prices and current operating costs or costs used in studies for development projects.
S-K
1300 requires mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates to be based on reasonable and justifiable commodity prices selected by a qualified person. Further, the prices must provide a reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for mineral resources, and be the expected prices for mineral reserves. Since
S-K
1300 requires the disclosure of the prices used in the estimation of mineral resources and mineral reserves, due to commercial sensitivity regarding the disclosure of our internally generated projected long-term commodity prices, estimates included in this report in accordance with
S-K
1300 are based on historical average commodity prices. Our mineral resources are based on the third quartile average monthly prices over the timeframe of 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021, unless otherwise stated. Our mineral reserves are based on the second quartile average monthly prices over the timeframe of 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021, unless otherwise stated. Exceptions are described in the footnotes associated with each of the mineral resources or mineral reserves tables below.
Except as otherwise stated, the estimates included in this report in accordance with
S-K
1300 are based on average costs over the timeframe of 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021 for production-stage properties or, for development-stage properties, costs are determined from first principles.
For
non-operated
properties that we have an economic interest in, the commodity prices and costs used are as the operator has advised.
The qualified persons consider that the use of historic prices and costs are appropriate to demonstrate economic viability of the mineral resources and mineral reserves. The prices are factual and the time interval is of sufficient duration to consider a range of price fluctuations. The commodity prices used to estimate the mineral resources and mineral reserves are included as footnotes to the mineral resources and mineral reserves tables below.
198

Internal controls and assurance programs
We have internal controls over our mineral resources and mineral reserves estimation efforts that are designed to produce reasonable investmentand reliable estimates aligned with industry practice and our regulatory reporting requirements. The governance for our estimation efforts is located at both the asset and the BHP Group level within our Resource Centre of Excellence, an internal assurance team independent of our qualified persons and BHP employees who are responsible for the estimations. The assets provide first-line assurance on estimates through peer review and validation processes. The Resource Centre of Excellence is responsible for assurance over the processes implemented by the assets as they relate to mineral resources and mineral reserves estimation and the compiling of the mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates to be reported in accordance with
S-K
1300.
Our internal controls utilise management systems, including, but not limited to, formal quality assurance and quality control processes, standardised procedures, workflow processes, data security covering record keeping, chain of custody and data storage, supervision and management approval, reconciliations, internal and external reviews and audits.
Our internal requirements and standards provide the basis for the governance over the estimation and reporting of mineral resources and mineral reserves and provide technical guidance to all reporting assets. These internal requirements and standards are periodically reviewed and updated for alignment with industry practice and reporting regulations.
Our internal controls for exploration data, as they relate to mineral resources and mineral reserves estimations, are managed by our operating assets with assurance provided by the Resource Centre of Excellence. These include, but are not limited to:
documented procedures and standards defining minimum requirements on critical aspects to support exploration and resource development programs
peer review of data collection including staged sign off by reviewers
quality control checks on drill hole positions, collar and down hole surveys
geological logs verified by either peer review or cross validation from other data sources, such as, sample analysis, downhole geophysical logging, core photography or scanning technologies
sample security protocols at all stages of handling, from sample collection, transportation, preparation and analysis, including the storage of core or pulps post analysis
industry standard practices for sample analysis quality control. Insertion of standards, duplicates, and blanks into sample batches at a frequency to enable the assessment of analytical data quality
commercial or internal laboratories site inspected periodically and their internal quality control data is reviewed. From time to time a selection of samples are analysed at alternate laboratories to monitor laboratory performance
quality control data reviewed at regular intervals to verify deviations to enable timely remediation
quality assurance and quality control data validation and verification processes in place to support database integrity. This is based on automatic routines inbuilt into the geological databases. Inconsistencies are reviewed, verified and where required rectified by the responsible geologist
geological databases periodically audited from source data
geological data is stored on company servers and are routinely backed up
geological models, including interpretation and mineralisation domains, internally peer reviewed prior to estimation
199

Our internal controls for mineral resources and mineral reserves estimation include, but are not limited to:
source data review from database extracts, using exploratory data statistical analysis prior to use in the estimation of mineral resources. Identification of data to exclude, outliers and visual checks against estimation domains
peer reviews of the estimation inputs based on statistical studies and estimation parameters as applied in industry standard estimation software
visual and statistical validation of the estimates against source data and where available reconciliation to previous models, operational models and production data
peer review of the classification applied, considering quantitative measures and qualitative considerations
peer review of assumptions applied that convert resources to reserves
independent audits or reviews for new or materially changed mineral resources and mineral reserves
Operating assets manage internal risk registers relating to uncertainties in the mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates to direct future work programs or estimation updates. These may include but are not limited to:
areas of uncertainty in the estimates impacting local interpretations
bulk density assumptions, based on sample test work or operational results
metallurgical recovery assumptions, based on test work or plant performance
changes in commodity prices, costs and exchange rate assumptions
geotechnical and hydrogeological considerations impacting on underground or open-cut mining assumptions
ore loss and dilution, mining selectivity and production rate assumptions
cut-off
value changes to meet product specifications
changes in environmental, permitting and social license to operate assumptions
Further to assurance activities by the assets specifically relating to the estimation of mineral resources and mineral reserves, the Resource Centre of Excellence with subject matter experts have developed standards and guidelines across BHP for reviewing and documenting the information supporting our mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates, describing the methods used and verifying the reliability of such estimates. These activities are supported by the following controls:
The reporting of mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates are required to follow BHP’s standard procedures for public reporting in accordance with current regulatory requirements.
Annual risk reviews are conducted with qualified persons and BHP employees on all mineral resources and mineral reserves to be reported including year on year change impact assessment, reconciliation performance metrics for the operating mines and control assessment for the estimation inputs. The information and supporting documentation is prepared by the applicable qualified persons relating to the estimates and is evaluated for compliance with BHP’s internal controls. Based on these reviews, recommendations of endorsement are provided to our senior management for the use and reporting of the mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates.
Periodic internal technical ‘deep dive’ assessments of mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates are conducted on a frequency that is informed by asset materiality and outcomes of the annual risk reviews.
Management and closure reviews of actions assigned to qualified persons and BHP employees resulting from the annual risk reviews and technical ‘deep dive’ assessments are conducted.
Assurance is undertaken over the reporting documentation provided by qualified persons for public release and management and verification of inputs into BHP mineral resources and mineral reserves reporting database.
The Resource Centre of Excellence also provides an annual update on assurance activities and changes relating to our mineral resources and mineral reserves estimation efforts to the Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) in connection with the RAC’s responsibility over the effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management of BHP.
200

Inherent risks in the estimation of mineral resources and mineral reserves
The estimation of our mineral resources and mineral reserves are largely based on historical average prices of the commodities we produce or intend to produce, primarily iron ore, copper, coal, potash and nickel. Estimated annual cash flows from our future operations, estimated production schedules, estimated capital expenditure and operating costs, estimated site closure costs, estimated royalty and tax costs, valuation assumptions and interpretations of geologic data obtained from drill holes and other exploration techniques, all of which may not necessarily be indicative of future results. The assumptions and interpretations used to estimate our mineral resources and mineral reserves may change from period to period, and, because additional geological data generated during the course of our operations may not be consistent with the data on which we based our mineral resources and mineral reserves, such estimates may change from period to period or may need to be revised. No assurance can be given that our mineral resources or mineral reserves presented in this report will be recovered at the grade, quality or quantities presented or at all.
There are numerous uncertainties inherent in the estimation of mineral resources and mineral reserves. Areas of uncertainty that may materially impact our mineral resources or mineral reserves estimates may include, but are not limited to: (i) changes to long-term commodity prices, external market factors, foreign exchange rates and other economic assumptions; (ii) changes in geological interpretations of mineral deposits and geological modelling, including estimation input parameters and techniques; (iii) changes to metallurgical or process recovery assumptions which adversely affect the volume, grade or qualities of our commodities produced (for example, processing that results in higher deleterious elements that result in penalties) or other changes to mining method assumptions; (iv) changes to input assumptions used to derive the potentially mineable shapes applicable to the assumed underground or open-pit mining methods used to constrain the estimates; (v) changes to life of mine or production rate assumptions; (vi) changes to dilution and mining recovery assumptions; (vii) changes to
cut-off
grades applied to the estimates; (viii) changes to geotechnical (including seismicity), structures, rock mass strength, stress regime, hydrogeological, hydrothermal or geothermal factors; (ix) changes to infrastructure supporting the operations of or access to the applicable mine site; (x) changes to mineral, surface, water or other natural resources rights; (xi) changes to royalty, taxes, environmental, permitting and social license assumptions in calculating Ore Reservesthe jurisdictions in which we operate; and (xii) changes in capital or operating costs.
Additionally, the term “mineral resources” does not indicate recoverable proven and probable mineral reserves pursuant to
S-K
1300. Estimates of mineral resources are subject to further exploration and evaluation of development and operating costs, grades, recoveries and other material factors, and, therefore, are subject to considerable uncertainty. Mineral resources do not meet the threshold for mineral reserve modifying factors, such as engineering, legal or economic feasibility, that would allow for the conversion to mineral reserves. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our mineral resources not included in mineral reserves will become recoverable proven and probable mineral reserves.
Refer to “Forward-looking statements” and the Risk Factors in OFR 9.1 for other factors that may affect our mineral resources and mineral reserves estimates.
 
241201

5.1    Copper
Mineral Resources
Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7
As at 30 June 2022
 
As at 30 June 2021
  
As at 30 June 2020
 
Commodity deposit
(1)(2)(3)(4)
 
Ore type
  
Proven Reserves
  
Probable Reserves
  
Total Reserves
  
Reserve
life
(years)
  
BHP
interest
%
  
Total Reserves
  
Reserve
life
(years)
 
 Mt  %TCu  %SCu  ppmMo     Mt  %TCu  %SCu  ppmMo     Mt  %TCu  %SCu  ppmMo     Mt  %TCu  %SCu  ppmMo    
Copper operations
                        
Chile
                        
Escondida
(6)
  Oxide   76   0.62          123   0.53          199   0.56          58   57.5   206   0.58          58 
  Sulphide   3,450   0.68          1,700   0.57          5,150   0.64            5,210   0.66         
  
Sulphide
Leach
 
 
  1,330   0.42          286   0.39          1,620   0.41            1,660   0.42         
Cerro Colorado
(5)(7)
  Oxide   6.6   0.46   0.32       0.4   0.42   0.28       7.0   0.46   0.32       2.3   100   35   0.58   0.42       3.4 
  
Supergene
Sulphide
 
 
  6.1   0.54   0.12       0.7   0.48   0.10       6.8   0.53   0.12         18   0.58   0.17      
  
Transitional
Sulphide
 
 
  10   0.50          0.6   0.46          11   0.50            14   0.51   0.10      
Spence
(5)(8)
  Oxide   26   0.67   0.41       0.3   0.57   0.39       26   0.67   0.41       38   100   31   0.61   0.42       36 
  
Oxide - low
solubility
 
 
                                           10   0.67   0.30      
  
Supergene
Sulphide
 
 
  104   0.59   0.10       7.8   0.41   0.09       112   0.58   0.10         107   0.61   0.10      
  
Transitional
Sulphide
 
 
  20   0.64      100    0.5   0.49      60    20   0.64      100      23   0.66   0.05   95   
  
Hypogene
Sulphide
 
 
  636   0.46      180    725   0.45      130    1,360   0.45      150      1,310   0.46   0.02   150   
     Mt  %Cu  kg/t
U
3
O
8
  g/tAu  g/tAg  Mt  %Cu  kg/t
U
3
O
8
  g/tAu  g/tAg  Mt  %Cu  kg/t
U
3
O
8
  g/tAu  g/tAg        Mt  %Cu  kg/t
U
3
O
8
  g/tAu  g/tAg    
Copper uranium gold operation
                        
Australia
                        
Olympic Dam
(9)
  
UG
Sulphide
 
 
  239   2.09   0.61   0.73   5   174   1.97   0.60   0.66   4   413   2.04   0.61   0.70   5   40   100   448   1.88   0.57   0.69   4   43 
  Low-grade                  31   0.83   0.27   0.34   2   31   0.83   0.27   0.34   2     25   0.86   0.29   0.34   2  
   Mt   %Cu   %Zn   g/tAg   ppmMo   Mt   %Cu   %Zn   g/tAg   ppmMo   Mt   %Cu   %Zn   g/tAg   ppmMo     Mt   %Cu   %Zn   g/tAg   ppmMo  
Copper zinc operation
                        
Peru
                        
Antamina
(10)
  
Sulphide
Cu only
 
 
  128   0.93   0.14   7   360   94   0.99   0.16   8   340   222   0.95   0.15   7   350   6.7   33.75   245   0.94   0.13   7   340   7.7 
  
Sulphide
Cu-Zn
 
 
  59   0.85   2.02   12   70   76   0.84   2.13   13   70   135   0.84   2.08   13   70     163   0.85   2.14   13   80  
Copper
1,2
 
Mining
Method
  
Measured Resources
  
Indicated Resources
  
Measured + Indicated Resources
  
Inferred Resources
 
 
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
 
 
Mt
  
%Cu
           
Mt
  
%Cu
           
Mt
  
%Cu
           
Mt
  
%Cu
          
Chile
 
                    
Escondida
3,4,5,6,7
                     
Oxide
  OC   4.0   0.48            5.0   0.47            9.0   0.48            2.0   0.75          
Mixed
  OC   4.0   0.53            9.0   0.44            13   0.47            11   0.49          
Sulphide
  OC   596   0.49            1,020   0.49            1,620   0.49            5,370   0.53          
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Escondida Total
  
 
604
 
 
 
0.49
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,030
 
 
 
0.49
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,640
 
 
 
0.49
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,380
 
 
 
0.53
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Pampa Norte
8
  OC   282   0.45            570   0.47            852   0.46            636   0.44          
Australia
    
Mt
  
%Cu
  
kg/tU
3
O
8
  
g/tAu
  
g/tAg
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
kg/tU
3
O
8
  
g/tAu
  
g/tAg
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
kg/tU
3
O
8
  
g/tAu
  
g/tAg
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
kg/tU
3
O
8
  
g/tAu
  
g/tAg
 
Olympic Dam
9
  UG   485   1.32   0.38   0.56   2   437   1.26   0.37   0.50   2   922   1.29   0.38   0.53   2   170   1.41   0.39   0.62   3 
Peru
    
Mt
  
%Cu
  
%Zn
  
g/tAg
  
ppmMo
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
%Zn
  
g/tAg
  
ppmMo
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
%Zn
  
g/tAg
  
ppmMo
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
%Zn
  
g/tAg
  
ppmMo
 
Antamina
10
  
OC &
UG
 
 
  41   0.70   0.51   11   150   159   0.85   0.63   11   180   200   0.82   0.61   11   180   425   0.99   0.57   11   170 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total copper
  
 
1,410
 
 
 
0.77
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,200
 
 
 
0.66
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,620
 
 
 
0.71
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,610
 
 
 
0.57
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1)
Mineral resources are being first time reported in accordance with
Cut-offS-K
criteria:1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
 
Deposit
2 
Ore typeMineral resources are presented exclusive of mineral reserves.
Escondida, in which BHP has a 57.5% interest, is considered a material property for purposes of Item 1304 of
S-K
1300.
4 
Ore ReservesEscondida point of reference for the mineral resources was mine gate.
EscondidaOxide5 
³
Escondida mineral resources estimates were based on a copper price of US$3.04/lb.
0.20%SCu
Sulphide6 
³Escondida mineral resources
cut-off
criteria used was Oxide ≥ 0.20% soluble Cu; Mixed ≥ 0.30%TCu Cu; Sulphide ≥ 0.25% Cu for mineralisation assigned to be processed via leaching or ≥ 0.30% Cu for mineralisation assigned to be processed via the concentrator.
Escondida metallurgical recoveries for Oxide 62%; Mixed 42%; Sulphide 42% for material processed by leaching or 83% for material processed via the concentrator.
Pampa Norte, in which BHP has a 100% interest, includes Cerro Colorado and Spence deposits. The mineral resources estimates were based on a copper price of US$3.04/lb. The reference point for the mineral resources was mine gate.
Olympic Dam mineral resources estimates, in which BHP has a 100% interest, were based on a copper price of US$3.04/lb, uranium oxide price of US$30.06/lb, gold price of US$1,817/troy oz and silver price of US$24.40/troy oz. The reference point for the mineral resources was mine gate,
ex-processing.
10 
Antamina mineral resources estimates, in which BHP has a 33.75% interest, were based on a copper price of US$3.30/lb, zinc price of US$1.20/lb, silver price of US$25.10/troy oz and molybdenum price of US$11.10/lb. The reference point for the mineral resources was in situ.
202

Mineral Reserves
As at 30 June 2022
Copper
1
 
Mining
Method
  
Proven Reserves
  
Probable Reserves
  
Total Reserves
 
 
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
 
 
Mt
  
%Cu
           
Mt
  
%Cu
           
Mt
  
%Cu
          
Chile
                
Escondida
2,3,4,5,6
 ��              
Oxide
  OC   75   0.57            31   0.51            106   0.55          
Sulphide
  OC   1,560   0.70            939   0.56            2,500   0.65          
Sulphide Leach
  OC   755   0.46            197   0.40            952   0.45          
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Escondida Total
  
 
2,390
 
 
 
0.62
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,170
 
 
 
0.53
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,560
 
 
 
0.59
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Pampa Norte
7
  OC   725   0.51            419   0.50            1,150   0.50          
Australia
    
Mt
  
%Cu
  
kg/tU
3
O
8
  
g/tAu
  
g/tAg
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
kg/tU
3
O
8
  
g/tAu
  
g/tAg
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
kg/tU
3
O
8
  
g/tAu
  
g/tAg
 
Olympic Dam
8
  UG   285   1.96   0.59   0.72   5   263   1.71   0.53   0.63   4   548   1.84   0.56   0.68   5 
Peru
    
Mt
  
%Cu
  
%Zn
  
g/tAg
  
ppmMo
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
%Zn
  
g/tAg
  
ppmMo
  
Mt
  
%Cu
  
%Zn
  
g/tAg
  
ppmMo
 
Antamina
9
  OC   57   0.92   0.65   9   280   48   0.98   0.99   11   230   105   0.94   0.80   10   260 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total copper
  
 
3,460
 
 
 
0.71
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,900
 
 
 
0.70
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,360
 
 
 
0.71
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Mineral reserves are being first time reported in accordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
Escondida, in which BHP has a 57.5% interest, is considered a material property for purposes of Item 1304 of
S-K
1300.
Escondida point of reference for the mineral reserves was mine gate.
Escondida mineral reserves estimates were based on a copper price of US$2.79/lb.
Escondida mineral reserves
cut-off
criteria used was Oxide ≥ 0.20% soluble Cu. For Sulphide ≥ 0.30% Cu and where greater than the variable
cut-off
(V_COG) of the concentrator. Sulphide ore is processed in the concentrator plants as a result of an optimised mine plan with consideration of technical and economicaleconomic parameters in order to maximise net present value.
Sulphide Leach
³
0.25%TCu Cu and 70% or less of copper contained in chalcopyrite and lower than V_COG and with >30% of copper carried by more leachable copper minerals .the variable
cut-off
grade. Sulphide Leachleach ore is processed by dumpin the leaching plant as an alternative to the concentrator process.
Cerro Colorado
Oxide, Supergene Sulphide & Transitional Sulphide
³
0.30%TCu
SpenceOxide
³
0.30%TCu
Supergene Sulphide, Transitional Sulphide & Hypogene Sulphide
³
0.20%TCu
Olympic Dam
UG SulphideVariable between 1.10%Cu and 1.70%Cu
Low-grade
³
0.60%Cu
Antamina
Sulphide Cu onlyNet value per concentrator hour incorporating all material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at the US$6,000/hr limit is equivalent to 0.15%Cu, 2.0g/tAg, 156ppmMo with 6,815t/hr mill throughput.
Sulphide
Cu-Zn
Net value per concentrator hour incorporating all material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at the US$6,000/hr limit is equivalent to 0.06%Cu, 0.73%Zn, 4.2g/tAg with 6,384t/hr mill throughput.
Antamina – All metals used in net value calculations are assumed to be recovered into concentrate and sold.
 
(2)6 
Approximate drill hole spacings used to classifyEscondida metallurgical recoveries for Oxide 62%; Sulphide Leach 42%; Sulphide 42% for material processed by leaching or 83% for material processed via the reserves were:concentrator.
 
Deposit
7 
Proven Reserves
Probable Reserves
Escondida
Oxide: 30m × 30m
Sulphide: 50m × 50m
Sulphide Leach: 60m × 60m
Oxide: 45m × 45m
Sulphide: 90m × 90m
Sulphide Leach: 115m × 115m
Pampa Norte, in which BHP has a 100% interest, includes Cerro Colorado and Spence deposits. The mineral reserves estimates were based on a copper price of US$2.79/lb. The point of reference for the mineral reserves was mine gate.
40m to 50m100m
Spence
Oxide: maximum 50m × 50m
Supergene Sulphide, Transitional Sulphide & Hypogene Sulphide: maximum 70m × 70m
100m × 100m for all ore types
Olympic Dam20m to 35m35m to 70m
Antamina25m to 45m40m to 80m
 
(3)8 
Olympic Dam mineral reserves estimates, in which BHP has a 100% interest, were based on a copper price of US$2.79/lb, uranium oxide price of US$28.68/lb, gold price of US$1,535.75/troy oz and silver price of US$17.16/troy oz. The point of reference for the mineral reserves was mine gate,
Oreex-processing.
Antamina mineral reserves estimates, in which BHP has a 33.75% interest, were based on a copper price of US$3.30/lb, zinc price of US$1.10/lb, silver price of US$20.70/troy oz and molybdenum price of US$9.30/lb. The point of reference for the mineral reserves was delivery to processing plant.
203

5.2    Escondida individual property disclosure
5.2.1    Property description
Escondida copper mine (Escondida) is a production stage property operated by Minera Escondida Limitada (MEL) consisting of Escondida and Escondida Norte deposits located in northern Chile, 170 km south-east of Antofagasta at an elevation of approximately 3,100 m above sea level.
The location of the operations centred upon the two pits are listed and shown below.
Escondida: Latitude 24°16’ S, Longitude 69° 04’ W
Escondida Norte: Latitude 24°13’ S, Longitude 69° 03’ W
204

5.2.2    Infrastructure
All required infrastructure supporting the current mine plan including roads, rail and port, power and water supply is in place. Access to the property is via a company maintained public road from Antofagasta. The city of Antofagasta is serviced by the regional airport.
The site infrastructure, centred on the two pits, includes three concentrator plants, one heap and one dump leaching process facilities, associated cathode production plant, tailings deposit, along with support and service facilities.
Two MEL owned and operated seawater desalination plants are located at Punta Coloso on the Antofagasta coastline and supply water for processing plants, mine operations and supporting infrastructure via three pipelines to the mine site. Water is recycled from the tailings dam for
re-use
in the concentrator plants.
The nearby Coloso port facility receives copper concentrate via a pipeline from the mine site and processes this to a dry concentrate ready for stockpiling and loading via a dedicated concentrate shiploading facility. Both concentrate pipeline and port facilities are owned and operated by MEL.
Additional third-party owned port infrastructure is located at Antofagasta, including rail, train unloading and ship loading facilities.
Escondida utilises an existing privately owned railway system to transport copper cathode product from site and consumables to site through the ports of Antofagasta and Mejillones. Escondida owns a minor rail spur connecting the mine site into the publicly owned railway.
The source of water for the mine, processing plants and supporting infrastructure is provided from two seawater desalination plants located at Punta Coloso, and pumping facilities to site via three pipelines. Water is recycled from the tailings dam for
re-use
in the concentrator plants.
Electrical power supplied to site infrastructure was purchased from suppliers Power Angamos and Tamakaya. From FY2023, MEL are expected to be supplied via a third-party renewable power purchase agreement, contributing towards reducing the site’s emissions. The contract has two providers Enel Generation (60%) and Colbun (40%).
The power is supplied at 220kV and then distributed throughout the operations to the required locations via a series of substations. The power transmission system that supplies the mine site is owned and managed by MEL.
The workforce is a combination of employees and contractors supporting the operations. Operational personnel reside on site in MEL accommodation and are sourced from Antofagasta or from other parts of Chile.
205

5.2.3    Mineral tenure
MEL holds a total of 764 mining concessions covering an area of 406,018 ha. There are 18 principal mining concessions that provide MEL with the right to explore and mine indefinitely, subject to payment of annual license fees. All leases were obtained through the legally established process in which judicial requests are presented to the Chilean state.
Lease name
  
Registered tenement holder
  
Expiry date
  
Surface
area (ha)
   
Annual rent
and rate (UTM)
1
 
Alexis 1/1424
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   7,059    705.9 
Amelia 1/1049
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   5,235    523.5 
Catita 1/376
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   1,732    173.2 
Claudia 1/70
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   557    55.7 
Colorado 501/977
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   2,385    238.5 
Costa 1/1861
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   9,159   ��915.9 
Donaldo 1/612
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   3,060    306.0 
Ela 1/100
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   500    50.0 
Gata 1 1/100
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   400    40.0 
Gata 2 1/50
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   200    20.0 
Guillermo 1/368
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   1,785    178.5 
Hole 14
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   1    0.1 
Naty 1/46
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   230    23.0 
Paola 1/3000
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   15,000    1,500.0 
Pista 1/22
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   22    2.2 
Pistita 1/5
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   9    0.9 
Ramón 1/640
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   3,200    320.0 
Rola 1/1680
  
Minera Escondida Ltda.
  
Permanent
   8,400    840.0 
  
Total
    
 
58,934
 
  
 
5,893.0
 
Unidad Tributaria Mensual (UTM) is a Chilean state tax unit valued in Chilean pesos (CLP) per hectare. The 2022 rate is 0.1 UTM. Annual payments are made at the end of the Chilean tax year (end of March) for concessions.
In addition to mining concessions, Chilean law also regulates, independently of mining concessions, the rights to the use of the land surface. MEL owns 155,000 ha of surface rights and these are also renewable on an annual basis. These rights are also obtained through legal process presented to the Chilean state and potentially to other third party owners, including the Chilean “Consejo de Defensa del Estado” as required, MEL’s main surface rights cover operational activities such as pits, dumps, leach pads, plant and other infrastructure.
Infrastructure
  
Surface rights identifier
1
        
Surface
area (ha)
  
Folio
  
Number
  
Year
  
Register
  
Regional office
Pits, waste dumps, leach pads, plants
  619 V  964  1984  Hipotecas y Gravámenes  Bienes Raíces Antofagasta  22,084
Energy transmission lines, aqueducts, mineral pipelines, roads
  1121 V  1117  2018  Hipotecas y Gravámenes  Bienes Raíces Antofagasta  26,988
As defined by Chilean legal requirements
MEL also holds maritime concessions for the Coloso port facilities. These concessions are requested through submission of the proposed project to the Chilean Ministry of Defence and are awarded by legal decree.
5.2.4    Registrant interest
BHP does not hold any royalty in the Escondida property in addition to its economic interest of 57.5%.
5.2.5    Present condition of property
Escondida is a production-stage property actively operating two open cut mines, Escondida and Escondida Norte.
Continuous resource definition activities are ongoing to upgrade mineral resources understanding to support the mine plans and to develop mineral reserves. These activities include drilling and
in-pit
mapping. Geological understanding of the two deposits is supported by a total of approximately 2,700 km of drilling undertaken in a total of approximately 8,600 drill holes.
206

Surface mining is by drilling and blasting along with shovel/excavator loading and truck haulage from each of the two open pits. Extracted sulphide ore undergoes crushing prior to processing in one of three concentrators with concentrate piped to the Coloso port for drying. Lower grade sulphide ore is directly dumped onto leach pads and is processed by biological leaching. Oxide and transitional ores are processed using heap leaching. Leached products are converted to copper cathode then railed to Antofagasta port.
5.2.6    Physical condition
Construction commenced on the Escondida property in 1988 with first production in 1990. A number of expansion phases followed from 1993 onwards which included the development of additional infrastructure to increase production. Key milestones subsequent to first production in 1990 relating to the development of the operations were:
1998 Acid heap leaching of oxides commenced
2002 Second concentrator (Phase 4) inaugurated
2005 Mining commenced at Escondida Norte
2006 Dump
bio-leaching
of sulphides commenced
2007 First desalination plant commenced pumping
2016 Third concentrator inaugurated
2017 Second desalination plant commenced pumping
2020 Operation converted to 100% use of desalination water
The operations undertake planned maintenance programs and implement scheduled replacement of mine fleet and infrastructure components that is intended to maintain the continued reliable operating of equipment, facilities and infrastructure to meet operational requirements.
5.2.7    Book value
The total book value for the Escondida property and its associated plant and equipment was US$10.6 billion as of 30 June 2022.
5.2.8    History of previous operations
Utah International Inc. (Utah) and Getty Oil Co. (Getty) commenced geochemical exploration in the region in 1978 which led to the discovery of Escondida deposit in 1981. In 1984 through corporate acquisitions, BHP acquired the Escondida property. Ownership changed in 1985 to a joint venture between BHP (57.5%), Rio Tinto Zinc (30%), JECO Corporation (10%) and World Bank (2.5%). The joint venture undertook all the subsequent exploration and development work to bring Escondida into operation in 1990. Current ownership, since 2010 is BHP (57.5%), Rio Tinto (30%), JECO Corporation (10%) and JECO 2 Limited (2.5%). Minera Escondida Limitada operates Escondida.
5.2.9    Significant encumbrances
Minera Escondida holds the licenses to operate pursuant to the current mine plan. BHP is not aware of any material encumbrances that would impact the current mineral resources or mineral reserves.
5.2.10    Geology and mineralisation
The Escondida and Escondida Norte copper deposits lie in the Escondida-Sierra de Varas shear lens of the Domeyko Fault System. The deposits are supergene-enriched copper porphyries with primary sulphide mineralisation associated with multiple phase intrusions of monzonite to granodiorite composition into host volcanics.
Primary mineralisation has undergone secondary supergene leaching and enrichment with associated local formation of copper oxide mineralisation, predominately brochantite. Supergene enrichment generated laterally-continuous and
sub-horizontal
high-grade sulphide mineralisation zones across the deposit, predominately chalcocite and covellite. The primary hypogene mineralisation, present in the deepest parts of the deposits is chalcopyrite with bornite.
207

5.2.11    Mineral resources and mineral reserves
Tables of mineral resources and mineral reserves for Escondida reported by ore type are included in section 5.1 above.
5.2.12    Changes to mineral resources and mineral reserves
Mineral resources are being reported for the first time in a filing with the SEC in accordance with
S-K
1300 for the fiscal year ending 30 June 2022. There are no comparable estimates for the preceding year ending 30 June 2021.
Similarly, mineral reserves are being reported for the first time in accordance with
S-K
1300 for the fiscal year ending 30 June 2022. In the preceding year ending 30 June 2021, BHP had reported mineral reserves for Escondida in accordance with the US SEC Industry Guide 7 at a 100% ownership basis.
Total reserves as at 30 June 2022 were 3,560Mt, compared to the previous year as at 30 June 2021 which were 4,010Mt (on an equity basis), a decrease of 11% (-450Mt). The changes were mainly due to the application of economic assumptions relating to commodity prices and costs in response to the disclosure requirements of
S-K
1300 relative to the assumptions we applied for the previous year in accordance with the US SEC Industry Guide 7 with some depletion.
5.2.13    Material assumptions and criteria
Material assumptions in the estimation of mineral resources are:
Resources estimated using ordinary kriging.
The sample data preparation including data capping.
The pit optimisation used to determine the resources that have reasonable prospects of economic extraction based on a copper price of US$3.04/lb.
Material assumptions in the estimation of mineral reserves are:
The classified resource model.
Variable
cut-off
grade strategy that maximises throughput for the concentrator, smelter and refinery.
Commodity prices, operating and capital costs.
Details of the material assumptions are described in the Technical Report Summary filed as an exhibit to this report, sections 11 Mineral Resource Estimates and 12 Mineral Reserve Estimates.
208

5.3    Iron ore
Mineral Resources
As at 30 June 2022
Iron ore
1,2
 
Mining
Method
  
Measured Resources
  
Indicated Resources
  
Measured + Indicated Resources
  
Inferred Resources
 
 
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
 
 
Mt
  
%Fe
  
%P
  
%SiO
2
  
%Al
2
O
3
  
%LOI
  
Mt
  
%Fe
  
%P
  
%SiO
2
  
%Al
2
O
3
  
%LOI
  
Mt
  
%Fe
  
%P
  
%SiO
2
  
%Al
2
O
3
  
%LOI
  
Mt
  
%Fe
  
%P
  
%SiO
2
  
%Al
2
O
3
  
%LOI
 
Australia
 
                        
WAIO
3,4,5,6,7,8
                         
Mt Newman
  OC   250   61.0   0.11   3.5   2.3   6.2   770   59.7   0.13   4.8   2.8   6.3   1,020   60.0   0.12   4.5   2.7   6.3   2,240   59.7   0.12   4.8   2.6   6.4 
Goldsworthy
9
  OC   100   56.7   0.13   7.9   3.6   6.8   490   58.8   0.08   6.0   3.0   6.0   590   58.4   0.09   6.4   3.1   6.2   3,900   59.9   0.10   5.2   2.3   6.2 
Yandi
  OC   360   58.3   0.11   4.7   2.4   8.9   1,300   59.4   0.14   4.5   2.3   7.6   1,660   59.2   0.13   4.5   2.3   7.8   1,930   57.9   0.13   5.5   2.6   8.3 
Jimblebar
  OC   210   60.1   0.10   5.1   2.9   5.2   560   59.5   0.14   5.3   3.1   5.7   760   59.7   0.13   5.2   3.0   5.6   280   58.6   0.10   5.7   3.4   6.2 
BHP
(Non-JV)
10
  OC   170   60.5   0.13   4.8   2.5   5.6   200   59.3   0.13   6.1   2.5   6.0   370   59.9   0.13   5.5   2.5   5.8   2,050   59.0   0.13   4.9   2.8   7.1 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total iron ore
  
 
1,090
 
 
 
59.5
 
 
 
0.11
 
 
 
4.8
 
 
 
2.6
 
 
 
6.8
 
 
 
3,320
 
 
 
59.4
 
 
 
0.13
 
 
 
5.0
 
 
 
2.7
 
 
 
6.6
 
 
 
4,400
 
 
 
59.4
 
 
 
0.12
 
 
 
5.0
 
 
 
2.6
 
 
 
6.7
 
 
 
10,410
 
 
 
59.3
 
 
 
0.12
 
 
 
5.1
 
 
 
2.6
 
 
 
6.8
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Mineral resources are being first time reported in accordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest in the respective joint venture. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
Mineral resources are presented exclusive of mineral reserves.
WAIO is considered a material property for purposes of Item 1304 of
S-K
1300. BHP interest is 85% for all joint ventures except BHP
(Non-JV)
where it is 100%.
Mineral resources qualities are presented as in situ mass percentage on a dry weight basis and tonnage as wet tonnes. Moisture content is based on deposit types, Brockman (BKM) – 3%; Marra Mamba (MM) – 4%; Channel Iron Deposit (CID) – 8% and Detrital Iron Deposits (DID) – 4%.
WAIO point reference for the mineral resources was in situ.
Mineral resources estimates were based on an iron ore price of US$86/dmt for Platts 62% Fe Fines Index free on board (FOB) Port Hedland basis. Based on the median three-year monthly average price over a timeframe of 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021.
Mineral resource estimates
cut-off
criteria was based on deposit types identified in the joint venture. These are BKM and MM 54% Fe; CID 52% Fe and DID 58% Fe and less than 6% Al
2
O
3
.
WAIO is predominantly a producer of direct shipping ore and the metallurgical recovery was assumed as 100% for the purpose of reporting all mineral resources.
Goldsworthy joint venture includes 2 Mt measured + indicated and 3 Mt of inferred mineral resources from the POSMAC joint venture that BHP has a 65% economic interest.
10 
BHP
(Non-JV)
mineral resources are those that are wholly attributable to BHP without associated mineral reserves.
209

Mineral Reserves
As at 30 June 2022
Iron ore
1
 
Mining
Method
  
Proven Reserves
  
Probable Reserves
  
Total Reserves
 
 
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
  
Tonnage
  
Qualities
 
 
Mt
  
%Fe
  
%P
  
%SiO
2
  
%Al
2
O
3
  
%LOI
  
Mt
  
%Fe
  
%P
  
%SiO
2
  
%Al
2
O
3
  
%LOI
  
Mt
  
%Fe
  
%P
  
%SiO
2
  
%Al
2
O
3
  
%LOI
 
Australia
 
                  
WAIO
2,3,4,5,6,7
                   
Mt Newman
  OC   240   63.7   0.10   2.9   1.8   3.3   510   61.9   0.11   3.4   2.1   5.3   750   62.5   0.11   3.3   2.0   4.6 
Goldsworthy
8
  OC   910   62.0   0.09   3.2   1.8   5.8   1,030   61.0   0.08   3.9   1.9   6.4   1,940   61.5   0.08   3.6   1.8   6.1 
Jimblebar
  OC   480   61.8   0.12   3.4   2.5   5.1   410   61.4   0.11   4.1   2.7   4.7   900   61.6   0.12   3.7   2.6   4.9 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total iron ore
  
 
1,630
 
 
 
62.2
 
 
 
0.10
 
 
 
3.2
 
 
 
2.0
 
 
 
5.2
 
 
 
1,960
 
 
 
61.3
 
 
 
0.09
 
 
 
3.8
 
 
 
2.1
 
 
 
5.7
 
 
 
3,590
 
 
 
61.7
 
 
 
0.10
 
 
 
3.6
 
 
 
2.1
 
 
 
5.5
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Mineral reserves are being first time reported in accordance with
S-K
1300 regulations and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest in the respective joint ventures. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
WAIO is considered a material property for purposes of Item 1304 of
S-K
1300. BHP interest is 85% for all joint ventures.
Mineral reserves qualities are presented as in situ mass percentage on a dry weight basis and tonnage as wet tonnes. Moisture content is based on deposit types, Brockman (BKM) – 3%; Marra Mamba (MM) – 4%; Channel Iron Deposit (CID) – 8% and Detrital Iron Deposits (DID) – 4%.
WAIO point of reference for the mineral reserves was as delivered to the ore handling/process plant.
 
(4)5 
Metallurgical recoveriesMineral reserves estimates were based on an iron ore price of US$86/dmt for the operations were:Platts 62% Fe Fines Index and US$103/dmt for lump, both FOB Port Hedland basis.
 
Deposit
6 
WAIO joint ventures include Brockman (BKM) and Marra Mamba (MM) deposit types. All mineral reserves estimates applied a
Metallurgical recoverycut-off
criteria of 58% Fe.
Escondida
Oxide: 58%
Sulphide: 84%
Sulphide Leach: 40%
Cerro Colorado
Oxide: 75%
Supergene Sulphide: 80%
Spence
Oxide: 80%
Supergene Sulphide: 82%
Olympic Dam
Cu 94%, U
3
O
8
68%, Au 70%, Ag 63%
Antamina
Sulphide Cu only: Cu 93%, Zn 0%, Ag 84%, Mo 62%
Sulphide
Cu-Zn:
Cu 81%, Zn 85%, Ag 74%, Mo 0%
 
(5)
Metallurgical recoveries based on testwork:WAIO is predominantly a producer of direct shipping ore and the metallurgical recovery was assumed as 99% for Mt Newman and 100% for Goldsworthy and Jimblebar joint ventures for the purposes of reporting mineral reserves.
 
Deposit
8 
Metallurgical recoveryGoldsworthy joint venture includes 11Mt of mineral reserves from the POSMAC joint venture that BHP has a 65% economic interest.
Cerro Colorado
Transitional Sulphide: 65%
Spence
Transitional Sulphide & Hypogene Sulphide: Cu 86%, Mo variable depending on mineralogy
 
210

5.4    WAIO individual property disclosure
5.4.1    Property description
WAIO is a production-stage property with mines located in the Pilbara iron ore province in the north-west of Western Australia (WA), Australia and is centred on the regional town of Newman located approximately 1,000 km north of WA’s capital city Perth. The property is accessible from Perth by road via the Great Northern Highway and by air via regular commercial flights to Newman.
Mines, processing facilities, railways and port facilities comprising WAIO are spread over a geographical area of 350 km
N-S
and 250 km
E-W
between Port Hedland and Newman towns in the Pilbara region.
The geographic coordinates of the central points of the five mines are provided below and their locations shown below.
Newman: Latitude: 23°21’40” S, Longitude: 119°40’15” E
Jimblebar: Latitude: 23°22’40” S, Longitude: 120°07’45” E
Mining Area C: Latitude: 22°55’30” S, Longitude: 118°58’55” E
South Flank: Latitude: 22°59’35” S, Longitude: 118°59’45” E
Yandi: Latitude: 22°43’15” S, Longitude: 119°05’15” E
211

5.4.2    Infrastructure
Most of the infrastructure required for WAIO to support the current mining operations including roads, airport, rail and port, power and water supply is in place. These have been developed by BHP gradually over the last six decades in pace with staged expansion of production capacity.
WAIO’s mines (Newman, Jimblebar, Mining Area C, South Flank and Yandi) and processing hubs (Newman, Jimblebar, Mining Area C and Yandi) are connected to its two ports (Nelson Point and Finucane Island) located at Port Hedland by a network of more than 1,000 km of rail infrastructure.
The mines have a network of BHP owned roads to service the mining operations and connect to the Great Northern Highway.
Water is sourced from ground water supplies for all WAIO mines, process plants and mine camps. These water supplies are drawn from BHP managed bore fields around mine sites established by WAIO under license for its operations and mine camps. Port Hedland operations are supplied water under contract from the municipal provider, sourced from nearby coastal aquifers.
WAIO has a natural
gas-fired
power plant (Yarnima Power Station, in Newman town), with an installed generator capacity for 190 megawatt. The plant supplies the entire power requirement for all its mining, processing facilities and mine camps. Power consumed for WAIO’s port operations at Port Hedland is purchased via a power purchase agreement with Alinta Energy, a large energy supplier in Australia.
BHP has set up its own accommodation villages / camps at the mines to accommodate its
fly-in-fly-out
(FIFO) personnel. In addition to the commercial airport at Newman, BHP has set up private airports at mine sites and operates regular charter flights from Perth directly to transport FIFO workforce.
WAIO relies mainly on FIFO workforce sourced primarily from within Western Australia (Perth and other regional towns) and to a lesser extent from other states in Australia.
5.4.3    Mineral tenure
BHP and its joint venture partners hold mineral rights in 54 mineral titles covering a total area of approximately 4,523 km
2
. Of this, approximately 2,678 km
2
is contributed by eight mineral titles held pursuant to five State Agreement Acts of the state of Western Australia and the remaining area (1,845 km
2
) by 46 mineral titles held pursuant to the Mining Act, 1978 (Western Australia).
The five State Agreement Acts (incorporating agreements between BHP along with its joint venture partners and the state of Western Australia) are ratified by the parliament of Western Australia and provide WAIO long-term tenure security for mineral development. These acts and details of mining titles held pursuant to each State Agreement are provided in the list and table below.
(6)1.
Escondida – Oxide and Sulphide Leach ore types contribute 13 years and 27 years respectively toIron Ore (Mount Newman) Agreement Act 1964 (WA) - ML244SA held by the reported reserve life.Mount Newman Joint Venture.
 
(7)2.
Cerro Colorado – The decrease inIron Ore Reserves was mainly due to depletion(Mount Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 (WA) - ML235SA and a reduction inML249SA held by the nominated production rate with reserve life constrainedMount Goldsworthy (Northern Areas) Joint Venture and ML281SA held by mining permit expiry in 2023.the Mount Goldsworthy (Area C) Joint Venture.
 
(8)3.
Spence – The decrease in Oxide and Transitional Sulphide ore types was mainly due to depletion. The increase in Supergene Sulphide and Hypogene Sulphide ore types was mainly due to an update inIron Ore (Goldsworthy-Nimingarra) Agreement Act 1972 (WA) - M263SA & ML251SA held by the reserves estimate supported by additional drilling and updated mine design, resulting with an increase in reserve life.Mount Goldsworthy (Northern Areas) Joint Venture.
 
(9)4.
Olympic Dam – The decrease in UG Sulphide ore type and reduction in reserve life was due to updated mine stope designs and depletion partially offsetIron Ore (McCamey’s Monster) Agreement Authorisation Act 1972 (WA) - M266SA held by an updated reserves estimate supported by additional drilling.BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd.
 
(10) 5.
Antamina – The decrease inIron Ore Reserves and reduction in reserve life was mainly due to depletion.(Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 (WA) - M270SA held by the Yandi Joint Venture.
 
242212

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7
As at 30 June 2021
  
As at 30 June 2020
 
    
Proven Reserves
  
Probable Reserves
  
Total Reserves
  
Reserve
life
(years)
  
BHP
interest
%
  
Total Reserves
  
Reserve
life
(years)
 
Commodity deposit
 
Ore
type
 Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO
2
  %Al
2
O
3
  %LOI  Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO
2
  %Al
2
O
3
  %LOI  Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO
2
  %Al
2
O
3
  %LOI  Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO
2
  %Al
2
O
3
  %LOI 
Iron ore operation
                            
Australia
                            
WAIO
(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
 BKM  980   62.8   0.13   3.1   2.1   4.4   1,500   62.1   0.13   3.5   2.2   4.8   2,480   62.4   0.13   3.4   2.2   4.7   15   88   2,480   62.5   0.13   3.3   2.2   4.6   15 
 
BKM Bene
  10   59.6   0.14   7.3   3.4   2.0   10   59.1   0.13   7.9   3.5   2.1   30   59.4   0.13   7.5   3.4   2.0     30   59.7   0.13   7.1   3.3   2.0  
 
CID
  50   56.9   0.05   5.8   1.7   10.6   10   57.9   0.04   4.9   1.5   10.4   60   57.2   0.05   5.6   1.7   10.5     150   57.2   0.05   5.5   1.5   10.6  
 
MM
  810   62.3   0.06   2.8   1.5   6.0   1,070   61.1   0.06   3.6   1.8   6.7   1,880   61.6   0.06   3.2   1.7   6.4     1,800   61.7   0.06   3.1   1.7   6.3  
Lease number
  
Registered tenement holders
1
/ interest
  
Start date
  
Expiry date
2
  
Legal

area (ha)
   
Annual rent

and rate
4
 
ML235SA
  
BHP (85/100), Itochu (8/100), Mitsui (7/100)
  5/08/1965  4/08/2028   4,142   $4,818 
ML244SA
  
BHP (85/100), Itochu (10/100), Mitsui (5/100)
  7/04/1967  6/04/2030   78,934   $116,342 
ML251SA
  
BHP (85/100), Itochu (8/100), Mitsui (7/100)
  22/09/1972  21/09/2035   1,300   $7,433 
ML249SA
  
BHP (85/100), Itochu (8/100), Mitsui (7/100)
  8/05/1974  4/08/2028   30,647   $36,618 
M266SA
  
BHP (100/100)
3
  11/10/1988  10/10/2030   51,756   $123,468 
M263SA
  
BHP (85/100), Itochu (8/100), Mitsui (7/100)
  22/01/1989  21/09/2035   14,323   $325,346 
M270SA
  
BHP (85/100), Itochu (8/100), Mitsui (7/100)
  4/09/1991  3/09/2033   30,344   $1,571,645 
ML281SA
  
BHP (85/100), Itochu (8/100), Mitsui (7/100)
  26/04/2002  4/08/2028   56,335   $157,882 
 
(1)1 
Samarco – Operations have recommencedFull Legal entity names for the tenement holders are: (i) BHP: BHP Minerals Pty Ltd, (ii) Mitsui-Itochu: Mitsui-Itochu Iron Pty Ltd, (iii) Itochu: Itochu Minerals & Energy of Australia Pty Ltd and a reserves estimate is in progress.(iv) Mitsui: Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation Pty Ltd.
 
(2)2 
Approximate drill hole spacings usedAll State Agreement Act leases, except M270SA, have right to classifysuccessive renewals of 21 years each. M270SA has right to only two renewals, each for 21 years ultimately expiring in 2054. The lease will then revert to Mining Act. BHP will need to engage with the reserves were:State Government before the expiry to renegotiate the terms of the State Agreement.
 
Deposit
3 
Proven Reserves
Probable Reserves
WAIO
50m x 50m150m x 50m
(3) 
WAIO recovery wasM266SA is held by BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd, a subsidiary of BHP Minerals Pty Ltd (BHP). In 2013, BHP entered into an incorporated Joint Venture (Jimblebar IJV) with Itochu and Mitsui in respect of the Jimblebar mining hub, owned by BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd (BHPIOJ). The Jimblebar IJV is structured so that BHP, Itochu and Mitsui hold A Class Shares in BHPIOJ, which confer an 85:8:7 economic interest, respectively in the “Jimblebar Assets”, being certain assets of BHPIOJ including the Jimblebar mine. BHPIOJ also owns other assets, called “Excluded Assets”, in which BHP alone holds a 100%, except for BKM Bene where Whaleback beneficiation plant recovery was 88% (tonnage basis). economic interest through B Class Shares in BHPIOJ.
 
(4)4 
The Ore Reserves qualities listed referStatutory Rents and Rates are payable annually to in situ mass percentage on a dry weight basis. Wet tonnes are reported for WAIO deposits based on the following moisture contents: BKM – Brockman 3%, BKM Bene – Brockman Beneficiation 3%, CID – Channel Iron Deposits 8%, MM – Marra Mamba 4%. IronState Government and the Local Government/Shire respectively.
As at 30 June 2022, all of WAIO’s mineral reserves and 86% of mineral resources (exclusive of mineral reserves) were located on the eight mineral titles held pursuant to the five State Agreement Acts. The remaining 14% of mineral resources are located across the 46 mineral titles held pursuant to the Mining Act. All mineral development and extraction activities are currently being undertaken only within tenements held pursuant to the State Agreement Acts. Activities within the Mining Act tenements are currently limited to exploration work aimed at defining mineral resources.
5.4.4    Registrant interest
In addition to being the majority owner of the property, BHP holds one royalty stream which entitles BHP to earn royalty income in relation to ore produced only from Mining Area C and South Flank. This royalty stream contributed 0.1% of free on board (FOB) revenue in FY2022.
5.4.5    Present condition of property
WAIO is a production-stage property with a large base of mineral reserves and mineral resources.
Exploration activities have been ongoing on the property since the 1960s. Drilling is the primary method for exploration and sampling. From the 1950s to December 2021, WAIO had completed over 145,000 exploration drill holes for a total of 11,400 km, including 8,312 km reverse circulation and 773 km diamond core drilling, across its tenements for the purpose of resource identification and definition. For the past 15 years, annually 400 to 500 km of drilling was carried out.
The exploration activities have occurred in areas adjacent to operating mines (brownfield areas) to replenish mineral resources depleted by mine production. In addition, activities have also been completed in strategic greenfield areas to provide optionality for future development.
All mines are open cut, with ore extracted using excavator and truck. After extraction, the ore is crushed before train loading and transporting to the port for direct shipping.
213

5.4.6    Physical condition
Production on the WAIO property started in late 1960s from one mine. Currently there are five operating mines, Newman, Yandi, Mining Area C Jimblebar and South Flank, started in 1969, 1992, 2003, 2013 and 2021 respectively. Equipment fleet for the mining operations are replaced and upgraded routinely as required to ensure these are meeting the production targets.
Yandi mine has started its
end-of-life
production ramp down, closure and decommissioning of associated infrastructure commenced in July 2021.
The operations undertake planned maintenance programs and implement scheduled replacement of equipment and infrastructure that is required to maintain the continued reliable operation of the mines and supporting services such as power, port facilities, water supplies and rail.
Modernisation of rail operations and automation of haul trucks are currently in progress.
5.4.7    Book value
The total book value of the WAIO property and its associated plant and equipment was US$17.5 billion on equity ownership basis, as of 30 June 2022.
5.4.8    History of previous operations
Since the 1960s, BHP has been continuously exploring, developing and extracting iron ore at gradually increasing rates of production to keep pace with global
sea-borne
market demands.
In 1966, BHP’s joint venture partner Goldsworthy Mining Limited (GML) was the first company to develop an iron ore mine in the Pilbara. The mine, Mount Goldsworthy ceased operations in 1982 with production entirely for export purposes. BHP was initially a joint venture partner in GML, but acquired the full ownership of GML in 1990.
In 1969, BHP developed the Mount Whaleback deposit at Newman entirely for export purposes as a part of the Mount Newman Mining Joint Venture (NJV). The majority ownership of NJV was acquired by BHP in 1986.
In 1991, BHP developed the Yandi deposit and in 1992 acquired the Jimblebar deposits. In the 1990s, subleases tied to ore purchase agreements by a Chinese consortium over part of the Jimblebar deposits and by South Korea’s POSCO for C Deposit at Mining Area C.
Since the 1990s to present day, BHP has been expanding production from its five mining hubs, Newman, Jimblebar, Mining Area C, South Flank and Yandi. South Flank commenced production in May 2021 to replace Yandi production. Yandi is decreasing production towards closure and decommissioning of infrastructure.
5.4.9    Significant encumbrances
BHP is not aware of any significant encumbrances to the property, including current and future permitting requirements and associated timelines or permit conditions.
5.4.10    Geology and mineralisation
The WAIO iron ore deposits are hosted in the late Archaean to early
Proterozoic-age
banded iron formations of the Hamersley Group in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The two main hosts for bedrock mineralisation in the Hamersley Group are the Brockman and Marra Mamba iron formations.
Brockman Iron Formation tend to have higher phosphorous and alumina concentration (both deleterious elements) with a lower
loss-on
ignition than the Marra Mamba Iron Formation. These compositional differences are one of reasons for dividing the ore by stratigraphy. The bedded iron deposits are further subdivided in terms of their genesis and mineralogy into hypogene martite-microplaty hematite and supergene martite-geothite ores.
Widespread detrital sequences occur adjacent to the bedded iron deposits in the form of colluvial-alluvial fans. The detrital deposits economic value depends on the size and concentration and are mostly exploited when associated with bedrock deposits.
In addition, mineralisation is found in fluviatile channel iron deposits of the late Eocene to early Miocene age. The iron content in the channel iron deposits tends to be lower than the bedrock mineralisation, however, they tend to be lower in phosphorous and alumina.
The primary iron bearing minerals are hematite and goethite which vary in concentration within the deposits.
Mineralisation extends more or less continuously over strike lengths of
5-10km
for the majority of deposits, but may extend for up to
50-60km.
The width of mineralisation at surface typically ranges from about 200m up to 1500m. Mineralisation extends to depths of between 100 and 400m and deposits typically have some form of surface expression.
214

5.4.11    Mineral resources and mineral reserves
Tables of mineral resources and mineral reserves for WAIO reported by joint venture are included in section 5.3 above.
5.4.12    Changes to mineral resources and mineral reserves
Mineral resources are being reported for the first time in a filing with the SEC in accordance with
S-K
1300 for the fiscal year ending 30 June 2022. There are no comparable estimates for the preceding year ending 30 June 2021.
Similarly, mineral reserves are being reported for the first time in accordance with
S-K
1300 for the fiscal year ending 30 June 2022. In the preceding year ending 30 June 2021, BHP reported mineral reserves for WAIO in accordance with the US SEC Industry Guide 7 and at a 100% ownership basis.
Total reserves as at 30 June 2022 were 3,590 Mt, compared to the previous year as at 30 June 2021 which were 3,780 Mt (on equity basis), a decrease of 5% (190 Mt). The changes were mainly due to the application of economic assumptions relating to commodity prices and costs in response to the disclosure requirements of
S-K
1300 relative to the assumptions we applied for the previous year in accordance with the SEC Industry Guide 7, as well as, the removal of mineral reserves late in the life of asset plan requiring updating to current economic assumptions and depletion.
5.4.13    Material assumptions and criteria
Mineral resources estimated for WAIO’s active mines and undeveloped deposits consider the following assumptions:
Resources estimated using ordinary kriging and inverse distance weighted methods.
Resources are reported exclusive of mineral reserves and are presented as in situ estimates.
Resources are reported on a wet tonnage basis for all deposit types associated with the joint ventures.
Standard open cut practices are assumed for all ore extraction.
Resources are excluded from reporting as appropriate for heritage, environmental, hydrological, tenure, and infrastructure purposes to minimise any potential impacts.
Mineral reserves are estimated for WAIO’s active mining areas and considers the following assumptions:
The latest and approved resource models and mineral resource estimates have been used for mine planning and conversion to mineral reserves by application of all relevant modifying factors.
The resource models are converted to mining models (WAIO equivalent of a “reserve” model) by regularising the resource model blocks to
SMU-sized
blocks.
The average of the previous three years (FY2019 to FY2021) actual yearly operating and capital costs are used to estimate the
cut-off
grades and mineral reserves.
The median of the three-year trailing calendar monthly average iron ore prices from July 2018 to June 2021 are used to estimate the
cut-off
grades and mineral reserves.
Mineral reserves are estimated using conventional
open-cut
mining method involving drill and blast with load and haul activities.
Pit optimisations are completed to determine economic pit limits using industry standard Lerch-Grossman algorithm.
Mine designs including pit, waste dumps and haul roads are generated in industry standard CAD software. The designs incorporate the minimum mining width based on the equipment and slope design parameters from geotechnical models.
WAIO’s
run-of-mine
(ROM) ore is direct shipping ore without the need of concentration or beneficiation. The processing method involves simple crushing and screening of the ore to produce lump and fines products.
Details of the material assumptions are described in the Technical Report Summary filed as an exhibit to this report, sections 11 Mineral Resource Estimates, 12 Mineral Reserve Estimates, 13 Mining Methods, 14 Processing and Recovery Methods and 18 Capital and Operating Costs.
215

5.5    Metallurgical coal
Coal Resources
1
As at 30 June 2022
     
Measured Resources
  
Indicated Resources
  
Measured + Indicated Resources
  
Inferred Resources
 
Metallurgical coal
2,3
 
Mining

method
  
Tonnage
Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
 
Australia
                 
BMA
4,5,6
  OC & UG   1,038   9.9   19.8   0.57   599   10.3   20.9   0.60   1,637   10.1   20.2   0.58   746   11.0   22.2   0.58 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total metallurgical coal
   
1,038
   
9.9
   
19.8
   
0.57
   
599
   
10.3
   
20.9
   
0.60
   
1,637
   
10.1
   
20.2
   
0.58
   
746
   
11.0
   
22.2
   
0.58
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Coal resources is marketed for WAIOused as Lump (direct blast furnace feed) and Fines (sinter plant feed).an equivalent term to mineral resources.
 
(5)2 
Coal resources are being first time reported in accordance with
Cut-offS-K
grades used1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to estimate Ore Reserves range from 50–62%Fe for all material types. Ore delivered to process facility.BHP’s economic interest in the respective joint venture. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
 
(6)3 
Ore ReservesCoal resources are reported on a Pilbara basis by ore type to align with our productionpresented exclusive of the blended lump products which comprises BKM, BKM Bene and MM ore types and blended fines products including CID. This also reflects our single logistics chain and associated management system.coal reserves.
 
(7)4 
BMA mineral resources, in which BHP has a 50% interest, is reported as Pilbara Ore Reserve tonnes weighted average across all joint ventures which can vary from year to year. BHP ownership varies between 85%includes Goonyella Complex, Daunia, Caval Ridge, Peak Downs, Saraji, Saraji South and 100%.Blackwater deposits.
 
(8)5 
Ore ReservesThe point of reference for the coal resources tonnage estimates is in situ. Coal qualities are all locatedpresented as a potential product on State Agreement mining leases that guarantee the rightan
air-dried
basis.
Coal resources estimates comprise 94% metallurgical and 6% thermal coal product categories. Coal resources were assessed for reasonable prospects of economic extraction assuming a hard coking coal (Met) price of US$197/t and a thermal coal price of US$96/t for optimisation studies.
Coal Reserves
1
As at 30 June 2022
     
Proven
Reserves
  
Probable
Reserves
  
Total
Reserves
  
Proven Marketable Reserves
  
Probable Marketable Reserves
  
Total Marketable Reserves
 
Metallurgical coal
2
 
Mining

method
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
 
Australia
                
BMA
3,4,5,6
  OC & UG   1,012   283   1,295   659   10.0   21.1   0.56   169   10.4   22.3   0.62   828   10.0   21.4   0.57 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total metallurgical coal
   
1,012
   
283
   
1,295
   
659
   
10.0
   
21.1
   
0.56
   
169
   
10.4
   
22.3
   
0.62
   
828
   
10.0
   
21.4
   
0.57
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Coal reserves is used as an equivalent term to mine. Across WAIO, State Government approvals (including environmental and heritage clearances) are required before commencing mining operations in a particular area. Included in the Ore Reserves are select areas where one or more approvals remain outstanding, but where, based on the technical investigations carried out as part of the mine planning process and company knowledge and experience of the approvals process, it is expected that such approvals will be obtained as part of the normal course of business and within the time frame required by the current mine schedule.mineral reserves.
 
(9)2 
The decreaseCoal reserves are being first time reported in CID ore type was dueaccordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to depletionBHP’s economic interest in the respective joint venture. All tonnes and mine plan changes.
243

Metallurgical coal
Coal Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7
As at 30 June 2021
  
As at 30 June 2020
 
        
Proven
Reserves
  
Probable
Reserves
  
Total
Reserves
  
Proven Marketable

Reserves
  
Probable Marketable

Reserves
  
Total Marketable

Reserves
  
Reserve
life

(years)
  
BHP
interest
%
  
Total Marketable

Reserves
  
Reserve
life

(years)
 
Commodity
deposit
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)
 
Mining
method
  
Coal type
  Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S 
Metallurgical coal operations
                      
Queensland coal
                      
CQCA JV
                      
Goonyella Riverside
(6)
  OC   Met   494   19   513   391   9.1   25.2   0.53   14   10.9   28.4   0.56   405   9.2   25.3   0.53   31   50   419   9.1   25.3   0.53   35 
Broadmeadow
(6)
  UG   Met   53   106   159   41   8.1   23.9   0.54   67   10.0   23.3   0.55   108   9.3   23.5   0.55     112   9.2   23.5   0.55  
Peak Downs
(7)(8)
  OC   Met/Th   769   296   1,065   455   10.6   21.8   0.58   168   10.6   22.1   0.69   623   10.6   21.8   0.61   38   50   444   10.6   22.3   0.62   27 
Caval Ridge
  OC   Met   222   111   333   128   11.0   22.3   0.57   68   11.0   22.4   0.57   196   11.0   22.3   0.57   27   50   196   11.0   22.2   0.57   27 
Saraji
(7)(9)
  OC   Met/Th   457   54   511   294   10.5   17.9   0.63   24   10.6   19.2   0.88   318   10.5   18.0   0.65   31   50   339   10.5   18.0   0.65   33 
Norwich Park
(10)
  OC   Met   159   70   229   116   10.3   16.8   0.70   49   10.2   16.6   0.70   165   10.3   16.7   0.70   65   50   165   10.3   16.7   0.70   65 
Blackwater
(7)(11)
  OC   Met/Th   161   225   386   140   8.8   26.5   0.43   191   9.1   26.2   0.42   331   9.0   26.3   0.42   25   50   352   9.0   26.3   0.42   27 
Daunia
(12)
  OC   Met/PCI   60   25   85   53   8.1   20.4   0.34   20   8.3   20.0   0.35   73   8.2   20.2   0.34   16   50   80   8.2   20.3   0.34   17 
BHP Mitsui Coal
                      
South Walker Creek
(13)
  OC   Met/PCI   87   36   123   69   9.2   13.6   0.29   29   9.2   13.2   0.29   98   9.2   13.5   0.29   15   80   102   9.2   13.5   0.29   16 
Poitrel
(14)
  OC   Met   24   24   48   20   7.9   23.0   0.31   19   8.4   23.3   0.31   39   8.1   23.1   0.31   8.5   80   44   8.1   23.1   0.31   9.6 
(1) 
Cut-off
criteria applied were: Goonyella Riverside, Peak Downs, Norwich Park, Saraji
³
0.5m seam thickness; Caval Ridge
³
0.4m seam thickness; Blackwater, Daunia, South Walker Creek, Poitrel
³
0.3m seam thickness; Broadmeadow
³
2.5m seam thickness.quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
 
(2)3 
Only geophysically logged, fully analysed cored holes with greater than 95% recovery (or <± 10% expected error at 95% confidence forBMA mineral reserves, in which BHP has a 50% interest, includes Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow) were used to classify Coal Reserves. Drill hole spacings vary between seamsComplex, Daunia, Caval Ridge, Peak Downs, Saraji, Saraji South and geological domains and were determined in conjunction with geostatistical analysis where applicable. The range of maximum drill hole spacings used to classify the Coal Reserves were:Blackwater deposits.
 
Deposit
Proven Reserves
Probable Reserves
Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow
900m to 1,300m plus 3D seismic coverage for UG1,750m to 2,400m
Peak Downs
250m to 1,500m500m to 2,500m
Caval Ridge
500m to 1,050m500m to 2,100m
Saraji
450m to 1,800m800m to 2,600m
Norwich Park
500m to 1,400m1,000m to 2,800m
Blackwater
450m to 1,000m900m to 1,850m
Daunia
450m to 850m900m to 1,400m
South Walker Creek
400m to 800m650m to 1,500m
Poitrel
300m to 550m600m to 1,050m
(3) 
Product recoveries for the operations were:
Deposit
Product recovery
Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow
74%
Peak Downs
59%
Caval Ridge
59%
Saraji
63%
Norwich Park
71%
Blackwater
86%
Daunia
85%
South Walker Creek
78%
Poitrel
79%
(4)4 
Total Coal Reservescoal reserves were at thea 4% moisture content when mined (4% CQCA JV and BHP Mitsui Coal).mined. Total Marketable Reservesmarketable reserves were at a product specification moisture content
(9.5-10%
Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow;Complex; 9.5% Peak Downs; 10%10.5% Caval Ridge; 10.1% Saraji;
10-11%
Norwich Park;Saraji South;
7.5-11.5%
Blackwater;
10-10.5%
Daunia; 9% South Walker Creek;
10-12%
Poitrel)Daunia) and at an
air-dried
quality basis for sale after the beneficiation of the Total Coal Reserves.total coal reserves.
 
(5)5 
Coal deliveredThe point of reference for the coal reserves was delivery to the coal handling plant.process plants.
 
(6)6 
Goonyella RiversideCoal reserves estimates comprise 95% hard coking coal, 2% soft coking coal, 1% pulverised coal injection (PCI) and Broadmeadow deposits use2% thermal coal product categories. Coal reserves prices used for each of the same infrastructurecoal categories were hard coking coal US$155/t, soft coking coal US$98/t, PCI US$99/t and reserve life appliesthermal coal US$75/t.
216

5.6    Energy coal
Coal Resources
1
As at 30 June 2022
     
Measured Resources
  
Indicated Resources
  
Measured + Indicated Resources
  
Inferred Resources
 
Energy coal
2,3
 
Mining

Method
  
Tonnage
Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities
%VM
  
%S
  
Kcal/kgCV
  
Tonnage
Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities
%VM
  
%S
  
Kcal/kgCV
  
Tonnage
Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities
%VM
  
%S
  
Kcal/kgCV
  
Tonnage
Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities
%VM
  
%S
  
Kcal/kgCV
 
Australia
                     
NSWEC
4,5,6,7
  OC   6.2   19.0   29.6   0.66   6,170   0.6   19.7   29.3   0.54   6,060   6.8   19.2   29.5   0.63   6,130   8.6   23.1   28.8   0.49   5,720 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total energy coal
   
6.2
   
19.0
   
29.6
   
0.66
   
6,170
   
0.6
   
19.7
   
29.3
   
0.54
   
6,060
   
6.8
   
19.2
   
29.5
   
0.63
   
6,130
   
8.6
   
23.1
   
28.8
   
0.49
   
5,720
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Coal resources is used as an equivalent term to both. The decrease in reserve life was mainly due to depletion and an increase in nominated production rate.mineral resources.
 
(7)2 
Coal resources are being first time reported in accordance with
PercentageS-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
Coal resources are presented exclusive of secondary thermal products for Coal Reserves with coal type Met/Th are: Peak Downs 1.7%; Saraji 1.0%; Blackwater 14%. Contributions may vary year on year based on market demand.reserves.
 
(8)4 
Peak Downs – The increaseNSWEC, in which BHP has a 100% interest, includes Mt Arthur Coal Reserves and reserve life was mainly due to conversion of tenure from an exploration lease to a mining lease.deposit.
 
(9)5 
Coal qualities are reported on an
Saraji – air-dried
in situ basis. Tonnages are reported as in situ.
The decreasepoint of reference for the coal resources was in Coal Reserves and reserve life was mainly due to depletion.situ.
 
(10)7 
Norwich Park – RemainsCoal resources estimates were based on care and maintenance.thermal coal price of US$96/t.
Coal Reserves
1
As at 30 June 2022
     
Proven
Reserves
  
Probable
Reserves
  
Total
Reserves
  
Proven Marketable Reserves
  
Probable Marketable Reserves
  
Total Marketable Reserves
 
Energy coal
2
 
Mining

Method
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
  
Kcal/kgCV
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities
%VM
  
%S
  
Kcal/kgCV
  
Tonnage
Mt
  
%Ash
  
Qualities

%VM
  
%S
  
Kcal/kgCV
 
Australia
                   
NSWEC
3,4,5,6
  OC   95   49   144   69   15.8   30.5   0.53   5,880   36   15.8   30.4   0.53   5,880   104   15.8   30.4   0.53   5,880 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total energy coal
   
95
   
49
   
144
   
69
   
15.8
   
30.5
   
0.53
   
5,880
   
36
   
15.8
   
30.4
   
0.53
   
5,880
   
104
   
15.8
   
30.4
   
0.53
   
5,880
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Coal reserves is used as an equivalent term to mineral reserves.
 
(11)2 
Blackwater – The decreaseCoal reserves are being first time reported in Coal Reserves was mainly dueaccordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to depletionBHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and exclusion of reserves to allow for
in-pit
tailings storage.quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
 
(12)3 
Daunia – The decreaseNSWEC, in which BHP has a 100% interest, includes Mt Arthur Coal Reserves and reserve life was mainly due to depletion and changes in the mine plan.deposit.
 
(13)4 
Coal qualities are presented as a potential product on an
South Walker Creek – The decreaseair-dried
basis. Tonnages for the coal reserves are reported on an in reserve lifesitu moisture basis. Moisture when mined was due to depletion.
8.7% and for marketable reserves was 9.5%.
 
(14)5 
Poitrel – The decrease in Coal Reserves and reserve life was due to depletion.
244

Energy coal
Coal Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7
As at 30 June 2021
  
As at 30 June 2020
 
Commodity
deposit
(1)(2)(3)(4)
 
Mining
method
  
Coal
type
  
Proven
Reserves
  
Probable
Reserves
  
Total
Reserves
  
Proven Marketable
Reserves
  
Probable Marketable
Reserves
  
Total Marketable
Reserves
  
Reserve
life
(years)
  
BHP
interest
%
  
Total Marketable
Reserves
  
Reserve
life
(years)
 
 Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S  KCal/
kg CV
  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S  KCal/
kg CV
  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S  KCal/
kg CV
  Mt  %Ash  %VM  %S  KCal/
kg CV
 
Energy coal
                            
Australia
                            
Mt Arthur Coal
(5)(6)
  OC   Th   97   40   137   63   15.8   30.9   0.53   5,870   26   15.8   30.9   0.53   5,870   89   15.8   30.9   0.53   5,870   7.5   100   436   15.3   28.4   0.49   6,050   20 
Colombia
                            
Cerrejón
(7)(8)(9)
  OC   Th   255   89   344   248   9.6   32.3   0.60   6,200   87   10.6   32.8   0.63   6,240   335   9.9   32.4   0.61   6,210   13   33.33   319   11.8   32.6   0.61   6,032   14 
(1) 
Cut-off
criteria:
Deposit
Coal Reserves
Mt Arthur Coal
³
0.3m seam thickness,
£
32%ash,
³
40% coal plant yield
Cerrejón
³
0.35m seam thickness
(2) 
Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:
Deposit
Proven Reserves
Probable Reserves
Mt Arthur Coal
200m to 800m (geophysically logged, >95% core recovery)400m to 1,550m (geophysically logged, >95% core recovery)
Cerrejón
>6 drill holes per 100ha2 to 6 drill holes per 100ha
(3) 
Product recoveriespoint of reference for the operations were:
Deposit
Product recovery
Mt Arthur Coal
74%
Cerrejón
97%
(4) 
Total Coal Reserves were at the moisture content when mined (8.5% Mt Arthur Coal; 12.4% Cerrejón). Total Marketable Reserves were at a product specific moisture content (9.5% Mt Arthur Coal; 12.9% Cerrejón) and at an ‘
coal reserves was as received
’ quality basis for Mt Arthur Coal and at a total moisture quality basis for Cerrejón.
(5) 
Mt Arthur Coal – Coal delivered to handling plant.
(6) 
Mt Arthur Coal – The decrease in Marketable Coal Reserves and reserve life was mainly due to changes in geotechnical parameters, costs and lower commodity prices impacting mine design.
(7) 
Cerrejón – Divestment of Cerrejón is in progress.
(8) 
Cerrejón – The increase in Marketable Coal Reserves was due to changes in mine design and an increase in nominated annual production rate. Coal is beneficiated by exception.
(9) 
Cerrejón – In response to ongoing local community legal challenges, some permits remain suspended. BHP continues to monitor the situation for potential impact on mining.
245

Other assets
Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7
As at 30 June 2021
   
As at 30 June 2020
 
Commodity
deposit
(1)(2)(3)(4)
      
Proven Reserves
   
Probable Reserves
   
Total Reserves
   
Reserve
life
(years)
   
BHP
interest
%
   
Total Reserves
   
Reserve
life
(years)
 
  
Ore type
   Mt   %Ni   Mt   %Ni   Mt   %Ni   Mt   %Ni 
Nickel West Operations
 
              
Leinster
(5)
   OC    1.2    0.61    0.76    0.62    2.0    0.61    9.0    100    3.9    0.74    8.0 
   UG            5.0    1.6    5.0    1.6        5.1    1.6   
Mt Keith
(6)
   OC    65    0.57    19    0.55    84    0.57    15    100    84    0.57    15 
   SP    2.6    0.52    0.99    0.45    3.6    0.49        7.1    0.58   
Yakabindie
   OC    54    0.59    45    0.60    99    0.59    9.2    100    96    0.61    8.9 
(1) 
Cut-off
criteria:
Deposit
Ore type
Ore Reserves
Leinster
OC
³
0.40%Ni
UG
³
0.90%Ni
Mt Keith
OC
³
0.35%Ni and
³
0.18% recoverable Ni
SP
Yakabindie
OC
³
0.35%Ni and
³
0.18% recoverable Ni
(2) 
Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserve were:
Deposit
Proven Reserves
Probable Reserves
Leinster
25m × 25m25m × 50m
Mt Keith
40m × 40m80m × 80m
Yakabindie
40m × 60m80m × 60m
(3) 
Ore delivered to thecoal handling process plant.
 
(4)6 
Metallurgical recoveryCoal reserves estimates were based on thermal coal price of US$85/t.
217

5.7    Potash
Mineral Resources
As at 30 June 2022
     
Measured Resources
  
Indicated Resources
  
Measured + Indicated Resources
  
Inferred Resources
 
Potash
1,2
 
Mining

Method
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%K
2
O
  
Qualities

%Insol.
  
%MgO
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%K
2
O
  
Qualities

%Insol.
  
%MgO
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%K
2
O
  
Qualities

%Insol.
  
%MgO
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%K
2
O
  
Qualities

%Insol.
  
%MgO
 
Canada
                 
Jansen
3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
                 
LPL
  
UG
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
1,280
   
25.6
   7.7   
0.08
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total potash
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
1,280
   
25.6
  
 
7.7
 
  
0.08
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Mineral resources are being first time reported in accordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the operations were:portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
Mineral resources are presented exclusive of mineral reserves.
 
Deposit
3 
Jansen, in which BHP has a 100% interest, is considered a material property for the purposes of item 1304 of
Metallurgical recoveryS-K
1300.
Leinster
OC80%
UG88%
Mt Keith
63%
Yakabindie
63%
 
(5)4 
Leinster – The decreasepoint of reference for the mineral resources was in OC ore type was due to depletion. The increase in the reserve life was due to a decrease in nominated annual production rate. OC and UG ore types contribute 6 years and 9 years respectively to the reported reserve life.situ.
 
(6)5 
Mt Keith –Mineral resources estimate was based on a potash price of US$338/t. The decreaseprimary basis was Nutrien’s quarterly published offshore and onshore realised price from 2008 to 2020.
6��
Mineral resources are stated for the Lower Patient Lake (LPL) potash unit and using a seam thickness of 3.96 m from the top of 406 clay seam.
Mineral resources are based on the expected metallurgical recovery of 92%.
Potash or sylvite (KCl) content of the deposit is reported in SPpotassium oxide form (K
2
O). The conversion from KCl to K
2
O uses a mineralogical conversion factor of 1.583, for example, 25.6% K
2
O grade is equivalent to 40.5% KCl.
% MgO is used as a measure of carnallite (KCl.MgCl
2
.6H
2
O) content where per cent carnallite equivalent = % MgO x 6.8918.
10 
Mineral resources tonnages are reported on an in situ moisture content basis and was estimated to be 0.3%.
Mineral Reserves
As at 30 June 2022
     
Proven Reserves
  
Probable Reserves
  
Total Reserves
 
Potash
1,2
 
Mining

Method
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%K
2
O
  
Qualities

%Insol.
  
%MgO
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%K
2
O
  
Qualities

%Insol.
  
%MgO
  
Tonnage

Mt
  
%K
2
O
  
Qualities

%Insol.
  
%MgO
 
Canada
             
Jansen
3,4,5,6,7,8,9
             
LPL
  
UG
   
   
   
   
   
1,070
   
24.9
   
7.5
   
0.10
   
1,070
   
24.9
   
7.5
   
0.10
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total potash
   
   
   
   
   
1,070
   
24.9
   
7.5
   
0.10
   
1,070
   
24.9
   
7.5
   
0.10
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Mineral reserves are being first time reported in accordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
Jansen, in which BHP has a 100% interest, is considered a material property for the purposes of item 1304 of
S-K
1300.
The point of reference for the mineral reserves was ore typeas delivered to the mill for processing.
Mineral reserves estimates were based on a potash price of US$338/t. The primary basis was dueNutrien’s quarterly published offshore and onshore realised price from 2008 to depletion.2020.
Mineral reserves estimates
cut-off
is a function of mining parameters and seam thickness. The calculated
cut-off
grade from economic modelling where the mine plan would be break-even is 11.6% K
2
O.
Mineral reserves are based on the expected metallurgical recovery of 92%.
Potash or sylvite (KCl) content of the deposit is reported in potassium oxide form (K
2
O). The conversion from KCl to K
2
O uses a mineralogical conversion factor of 1.583, for example, 25.6% K
2
O grade is equivalent to 40.5% KCl.
% MgO is used as a measure of carnallite (KCl.MgCl
2
.6H
2
O) content where per cent carnallite equivalent = % MgO x 6.8918.
Mineral reserves tonnages are reported on an
in-situ
moisture content basis and was estimated to be 0.3%.
218

5.8    Jansen individual property disclosure
5.8.1    Property description
The Jansen potash project is located in the rural municipalities of Leroy and Prairie Rose in the province of Saskatchewan, Canada, approximately 150 kilometres east of the city of Saskatoon.
The geographic coordinate location for the service shaft is Latitude 51°53’56.62“N and Longitude 104°42’53.44“W.
219

5.8.2    Infrastructure
The site is accessed by road from provincial Highway 16 approximately 12 kilometres to the south and Highway 5 approximately 32 kilometres to the north. Access to the mine site from these highways uses upgraded secondary and/or primary roads from the village of Jansen to the south and the town of LeRoy to the north. The nearest commercial airport is in the city of Saskatoon.
Communications, power, water, and natural gas are provided by provincial crown corporations. The pipeline connection to the Saskatoon South East Water Supply system for Jansen’s primary water use is complete. The natural gas supply pipeline has been installed. Currently temporary construction power is provided by SaskPower with a 138 kV overhead line, the permanent 230kV supply is to be completed when mine construction is complete.
The Jansen site has two mine shafts, the service shaft and the production shaft. The service shaft permanent headframe, hoist houses, and collar house are constructed. The production shaft sinking headframe and ground mounted drum winders are installed and in use.
A third party rail provider is planned to transport the potash produced from the Jansen site to the port terminal, located in Delta, British Columbia, Canada, which is owned and operated by a third party provider. The port facility will unload the railcars, store the product, and load shipping vessels.
The processing facilities to be constructed at Jansen include:
Raw ore handling, storage and crushing;
Process mill building wet area comprising attrition scrubbing,
de-sliming,
flotation and
de-brining;
Process mill building dry area comprising drying, screening, compaction and glazing;
Tailings processing, crystallizer and reagents;
Product handling, storage and loadout.
Employees of Jansen mine are anticipated to reside in several existing communities located in the area.
5.8.3    Mineral tenure
The total area of the Jansen project lease is approximately 115,638 ha. Most mineral rights parcels are owned by the Saskatchewan Crown, the remaining mineral parcels are owned by individuals or corporations. To gain access to the potash within mineral parcels owned by individuals or corporations (‘freehold mineral lease’), BHP must either purchase the mineral parcels or negotiate mineral lease agreement(s) with the registered owner(s) of the mineral parcel(s). The freehold mineral leases secured by BHP have a term of 21 years and are renewable at the option of BHP for successive terms of 21 years. An annual rental payment of CA$4.94/hectare is also paid to keep these leases in good standing.
All surface lands that form part of the Jansen mine operations footprint have been acquired by BHP Canada.
On 23 November 2012, the Government of Saskatchewan and BHP Canada entered into Potash Lease Special Agreement KLSA 011. This agreement gives BHP the exclusive right to search for, dig, work, mine, extract, recover, process, and carry away subsurface minerals under or within all of the Saskatchewan Crown mineral parcels of KLSA 011. The lease pertains to two categories of lands, ‘KLSA 011 Core Lands’ comprising primarily the mineral reserves and ‘KLSA 011 Expansion Lands’, area outside mineral reserves that includes the primarily inferred resources.
During the first three years of KLSA 011, BHP was required to complete CA$12M of work on the lease area. This work commitment has been met.
Lease description
  
Area
(ha)
   
%
   
Expiry date
   
Annual lease
payment
1
 
Jansen project total lease area
   115,638    100     
KLSA 011 Core lands
   63,939.43    55    22/11/2033    1,056,623.66 
KLSA 011 Expansion lands
   41,724.73    36    22/11/2033   
BHP acquired freehold mineral rights
   8,997.56    8    Not applicable   
Total of Core, Expansion, and acquired freehold mineral rights
  
 
114,661.72
 
  
 
99
 
    
Annual lease payment in CA$
 
246220

4.7    Major projects
5.8.4    Registrant interest
Capital and exploration expenditureBHP does not hold any royalty in Jansen in addition to its economic interest of US$7.1 billion in FY2021 was in line with guidance. This included maintenance
(
1)
expenditure of US$2.3 billion and exploration expenditure of US$514 million.100%.
Capital
5.8.5    Present condition of property
Jansen is currently in construction phase. A substantial portion of the site grading, drainage and exploration expenditureroad network is in place. The site is connected to natural gas supply, construction electrical power, communication fibre and
non-potable
water. A 2,600 person construction camp has been constructed and in use. The service shaft and the production shaft have been excavated and hydrostatically lined. The service shaft permanent headframe, hoist houses, and collar house are constructed. The production shaft sinking headframe and ground mounted drum winders are installed and in use.
5.8.6    Physical condition
Jansen is a development stage property that is in the process of approximatelyconstruction with board approval to proceed with Stage 1 announced in August 2021. Some permanent infrastructure is in place including site facilities, service and production shafts, along with temporary construction infrastructure. BHP has a construction program to complete all the necessary requirements such as installation of processing, underground development, mining equipment, rail and port facilities to enable the mine to commence operations.
5.8.7    Book value
The total book value for the Jansen property and its associated plant and equipment was US$6.73.7 billion as of 30 June 2022.
5.8.8    History of previous operations
There is no history of previous operations on the Jansen project area.
5.8.9    Significant encumbrances
There have been no material encumbrances to the property identified as of the date of this report. Federal, provincial, municipal permits and approval for mineralsconstruction and US$2.3 billionoperation have been received. All material permits that have been applied for petroleum
to-date
have been received.
5.8.10    Geology and mineralisation
The Jansen potash deposit is located within the Williston Basin, a large, intracratonic, and horizontally bedded sedimentary basin that has not been subject to structural deformation, either faulting or folding.
The potash beds are hosted within the Prairie Evaporite Formation, in regionally extensive, horizontal layers created by the repeated, cyclical evaporation of a shallow, inland sea during the Devonian period. The potash deposit extends from east to west in the province and are relatively uniform, except where there are anomalies due to local alterations or disruption of the potash beds.
In the Jansen area, the potash is at a depth of 800 to 1,050 metres. Two potash members are present the Patience Lake and Belle Plaine Members. The Patience Lake Member is further subdivided into Upper Patience Lake and Lower Patience Lake
sub-members.
The Lower Patience Lake
sub-member
is the potash horizon targeted for Jansen. The Lower Patience Lake
sub-member
is composed of sylvite (KCl), halite (NaCl) with variable amounts of disseminated insolubles and clay seams. Carnallite (KCl.MgCl
2
.6H
2
O), a mineral which can impact processing and ground stability, occasionally occurs in place of sylvite within the potash layer. Large carnallite zones can typically be mapped using 3D seismic survey information.
The Dawson Bay Formation includes the Second Red Beds Member and the Dawson Bay Carbonate members which overlay the Prairie Evaporite Formation. The Dawson Bay Formation in the Jansen area is expected in FY2022. In total, this is US$0.5 billion higher than previous guidance predominantly due to unfavourable impacts of a stronger Australian dollar. Guidance is subject to exchange rate movements.have low permeability or relatively low inflow deliverability potential.
This guidance includesApproximately 400 metres below the Prairie Evaporite Formation are the Cambrian-Ordovician Winnipeg and Deadwood formations. Sediments of these formations were deposited in near shore, shallow water marine environments on top of the Precambrian rocks. The coarse to fine sands of the formations, host a US$800 million exploration program in FY2022, with approximately US$260 millionvast deep saline aquifer that is used for our minerals exploration program and approximately US$540 million for our petroleum exploration and appraisal program.brine disposal.
In August 2021,
221

5.8.11    Mineral resources and mineral reserves
Tables of mineral resources and mineral reserves for Jansen reported by ore type are included in section 5.7 above.
5.8.12    Changes to mineral resources and mineral reserves
Mineral resources and mineral reserves are being reported for the BHP Board approved two major projects:first time in a filing with the SEC in accordance with
S-K
1300 for the fiscal year ending 30 June 2022. There are no comparable estimates for the preceding year ending 30 June 2021.
5.8.13    Material assumptions and criteria
The key assumptions in the estimation of mineral resources are summarised as:
 
an investmentCut-off
parameter of US$5.7 billion (C$7.5 billion) for3.96 m from the Jansen Stage 1 Potash Project intop of the province406 clay seam contact with the top of Saskatchewan, CanadaLower Patience Lake
sub-member,
aligned with the mining equipment requirements.
Geological anomalies identification including collapses representing potential water ingress hazards, carnallite anomalies impacting extraction and processing and no potash zones creating additional dilution.
 
an investmentExclusion zones sterilising sections of US$544 millionthe reserves due to lease boundaries and around drill holes.
Brine and solid salt waste estimate for disposal modelling into the Shenzi North developmentaquifer and tailings management area.
The key assumptions in the US Gulfestimation of Mexico, followingmineral reserves are summarised as:
The mining method will be continuous mining using long room and pillar method.
Extraction ratios to reduce stress and provide room stability.
Thickness of the successful acquisitionroof salt beam (horizon) as potential planes of weakness, impacting amount of ground support or dilution estimates.
Mine design layout maximising the Mineral Resource extraction based on estimated thicknesses, avoiding anomalies (collapse, massive carnallite and no potash zones) and salt beam modelling.
Commodity price and operating costs.
Details of the material assumptions are described in the Technical Report Summary filed as an additional 28 per centexhibit to this report, sections 11 Mineral Resource Estimates, 12 Mineral Reserve Estimates and 13 Mining Methods.
222

5.9     Nickel
Mineral Resources
As at 30 June 2022
Nickel
1,2
  
Mining
Method
   
Measured Resources
   
Indicated Resources
   
Measured + Indicated
Resources
   
Inferred Resources
 
  
Tonnage
Mt
   
Qualities
%Ni
   
Tonnage
Mt
   
Qualities
%Ni
   
Tonnage
Mt
   
Qualities
%Ni
   
Tonnage
Mt
   
Qualities
%Ni
 
Australia
                  
Nickel West
3,4,5
   OC & UG    54    0.59    166    0.73    220    0.69    20    0.75 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total nickel
     
54
    
0.59
    
166
    
0.73
    
220
    
0.69
    
20
    
0.75
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Mineral resources are being first time reported in accordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
Mineral resources are presented exclusive of mineral reserves.
Nickel West mineral resources, in which BHP has a 100% interest, includes Leinster, Mt Keith, Yakabindie, Venus and Honeymoon Well deposits.
The point of reference for the mineral resources was delivery to Leinster gatehouse.
Mineral resources estimates were based on a nickel price of US$7.24/lb.
Mineral Reserves
As at 30 June 2022
Nickel
1
  
Mining
Method
   
Proven Reserves
   
Probable Reserves
   
Total Reserves
 
  
Tonnage
Mt
   
Qualities
%Ni
   
Tonnage
Mt
   
Qualities
%Ni
   
Tonnage
Mt
   
Qualities
%Ni
 
Australia
              
Nickel West
2,3,4
   OC & UG    110    0.58    47    0.72    157    0.62 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total nickel
     
110
    
0.58
    
47
    
0.72
    
157
    
0.62
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Mineral reserves are being first time reported in accordance with
S-K
1300 and are presented for the portion attributable to BHP’s economic interest. All tonnes and quality information have been rounded, small differences may be present in the totals.
Nickel West mineral reserves, in which BHP has a 100% interest, includes Leinster, Mt Keith and Yakabindie deposits.
The point of reference for the mineral reserves was delivery to Leinster gatehouse.
Mineral reserves estimates were based on nickel price of US$6.13/lb.
223

6    Major projects
The Jansen Stage 1 project was tracking to plan at the end of FY2022. We are working interestto bring forward Jansen Stage 1 first production to 2026 and assessing options to accelerate Jansen Stage 2. Approximately US$740 million in Shenzi in November 2020. The capital expenditure approved represents a 100 per cent share interest. BHP is operator and holds a 72 per cent shareplanned for work at Jansen Stage 1 in Shenzi North. Repsol holds the remaining 28 per cent working interest andFY2023, which is expected to make a Final Investment Decision later this calendar year
Atcontinue to focus on civil and mechanical construction on the end of the 2021 financial year, BHP had two major projects under development, which were Mad Dog Phase 2 in petroleumsurface and Jansen mine shafts in potash. Both of these projects are tracking to plan.underground, as well as equipment procurement and port construction.
 
Commodity
 
Project and
ownership
 
Project scope / scope/capacity
(2)1
 
Date of initialCapital

expenditure
1

US$M
Date of

initial
production
  
Capital
expenditure
(US$M)
(1)Progress/comments
      
Budget
  
Target
  
Budget
 
Projects achieved first productioncompleted during the 2021 financial yearFY2022
   
PetroleumPotash
 
Atlantis Phase 3
(US Gulf of Mexico)
44%
(non-operator)
New subsea production system that will tie back to the existing Atlantis facility, with capacity to produce up to 38,000 gross barrels of oil equivalent per day. First production achieved in July 2020, ahead of schedule and on budget.CY2020696
Copper
Spence Growth Option
(Chile)
New 95 ktpd concentrator is expected to incrementally increase Spence’s payable copper in concentrate production by approximately 185 ktpa in the first 10 years of operation and extend the mining operations by more than 50 years. First production achieved in December 2020, on schedule and on budget.FY20212,460
Iron Ore
South Flank (Australia)
85% (operator)
Sustaining iron ore mine to replace production from the 80Mtpa (100 per cent basis) Yandi Mine. First production achieved in May 2021, on schedule and on budget.CY20213,061
Petroleum
Ruby
(Trinidad and Tobago)
68.46% (operator)
Five production wells tied back into existing operated processing facilities, with capacity to produce up to 16,000 gross barrels of oil per day and 80 million gross standard cubic feet of natural gas per day. First production achieved in May 2021,
ahead of schedule and on budget.
CY2021283
(1) 
Maintenance capital includes
non-discretionary
spend for the following purposes: deferred development and production stripping; risk reduction, compliance and asset integrity.
247

Commodity
Project and
ownership
Project scope / capacity
(2)
Date of initial

production
Capital
expenditure
(US$M)
Target
Budget
Projects in execution at 30 June 2021
Petroleum
Mad Dog Phase 2 (US Gulf of Mexico) 23.9%
(non-operator)
New floating production facility with the capacity to produce up to 140,000 gross barrels of crude oil per day. On schedule and on budget. The overall project is 93% complete.CY20222,154
Other projects in progress at 30 June 2021
Potash
(3)
Jansen Potash Project
(Canada)
100%
 Investment to finish the excavation and lining of the production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities.
utilities
  2,972 CY2027Completed in June 2022
Projects in execution at 30 June 2022
Potash
Jansen Stage 1
(Canada)
100%
Design, engineering and construction of an underground potash mine and surface infrastructure, with capacity to produce 4.35 Mtpa5,723CY2027Approved in August 2021. The project is 8% complete
 
(2)1 
Unless noted otherwise, references to capacity are on a 100 per cent basis, references to capital expenditure from subsidiaries are reported on a 100 per cent basis and references to capital expenditure from joint operations reflectreflects BHP’s share.
Capital and exploration expenditure (continuing operations) of US$6.1 billion in the 2022 financial year was lower than guidance of US$6.5 billion primarily due to favourable exchange rate movements. This included maintenance expenditure of US$2.8 billion and exploration of US$256 million.
(3)
Capital expenditure of approximately US$100 million (related to the above scope) is expected for FY2022.
Capital and exploration expenditure of approximately US$7.6 billion and US$9.0 billion are expected for the 2023 and 2024 financial years, including a US$0.4 billion exploration program planned in the 2023 financial year. In the medium term, capital and exploration expenditure of approximately US$10 billion per annum on average is expected. Guidance is subject to exchange rate movements.
 
248224

4.8    Sustainability
7    People – performance data – 2022
DefinitionTable 1 – Workforce data and calculation of sustainability performance metricsdiversity by region FY2022
We use sustainability performance metrics (SPMs) to assess progress against our sustainability commitments and targets. These metrics are commonly used by many of our stakeholders and most are industry standard.
                   
Employees by gender number and %
 
Region
  
Number and

% of employees
   
Average number and

% of contractors
2
   
Male
   
Male %
   
Female
   
Female %
 
Asia
   1,544    3.9    2,188    5.4    619    40.1    925    59.9 
Australia
   29,368    74.9    20,052    49.8    20,341    69.3    9,027    30.7 
Europe
   61    0.2    10    <1.0    29    47.5    32    52.5 
North America
   467    1.2    928    2.3    259    55.5    208    44.5 
South America
   7,770    19.8    17,083    42.4    5,288    68.1    2,482    31.9 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
39,210
 
  
 
100
 
  
 
40,261
 
  
 
100
 
  
 
26,536
 
  
 
67.7
 
  
 
12,674
 
  
 
32.3
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Management also uses the SPMs to evaluate our sustainability performance against the positive and negative impacts of our operational activities.
We align our SPMs with credible international standards, such as the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) sustainability reporting standards, to ensure our performance is relevant and assessed against a range of reporting.
The SPMs listed in the tables below relate to each SPM for the year ended 30 June 2021. We have obtained external limited assurance over our disclosures in this section as well as in section 1.12 People and culture and 1.13 Sustainability.
A definition and explanation that outlines why we believe the SPMs are useful to the Board, management, investors and other stakeholders, and the methodology behind our most material SPMs is provided in our methodology tables disclosed in our online ESG Standards and Databook and below.
People-related metricsTable 2 – Employees by category and diversity for FY2022
Our global workforce is the foundation of our business
           
Gender
   
Region
 
Employment category
  
Total
   
% of Total
   
Male
   
Female
   
Asia
   
Australia
   
Europe
   
North

America
   
South

America
 
Full time
   36,965    94.3    25,622    11,343    1,513    27,489    56    459    7,448 
Part time
   1,233    3.1    581    652    3    1,224    4    2   
Fixed term full time
   943    2.4    311    632    28    587    1    5    322 
Fixed term part time
   28    0.1    6    22      27      1   
Casual
   41    0.1    16    25      41       
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
39,210
 
  
 
100
 
  
 
26,536
 
  
 
12,674
 
  
 
1,544
 
  
 
29,368
 
  
 
61
 
  
 
467
 
  
 
7,770
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Table 3 – Employees by category and we believe supporting the wellbeing of our people and promoting an inclusive and diverse culture are vitaldiversity for maintaining a competitive advantage. The SPMs for gender, employment type and turnover are key indicators, which allow the Board, management, investors and other stakeholders to measure and track our near and long-term progress.FY2022
       
Gender
   
Gender %
   
Age group %
 
Category
  
Total
   
Male
   
Female
   
Male %
   
Female %
   
Under 30
   
30-39
   
40-49
   
50+
 
Senior leaders
   259    168    91    64.9    35.1    0.0    12.4    53.6    34.0 
Managers
   1,228    781    447    63.6    36.4    0.2    28.3    48.5    23.0 
Supervising and professional
   16,208    10,131    6,077    62.5    37.5    10.1    40.4    31.2    18.3 
Operators and general support
   21,515    15,456    6,059    71.8    28.2    18    29.7    26.3    26.0 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
39,210
 
  
 
26,536
 
  
 
12,674
 
  
 
67.7
 
  
 
32.3
 
  
 
14.0
 
  
 
34.0
 
  
 
29.2
 
  
 
22.8
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Reference and SPM
1 
Section
 1.12 People and culture and section 4.8.1 People – performance data FY2021
Workforce by gender, region, category and employment type
Methodology
Proportional data for average number of employees is basedBased on the average of the number of employees at the last day of each calendar month for a
10-month
period from July to April, which is then used as the average for the FY2021.
The number and average number (and percentages) of employees by region shows the weighted average number of employees based on BHP ownership.
Contractor data is collected from internal surveys and the organisation’s systems and averages for a
10-month
period from July 2020 to April 2021, which is then used as the average for the FY2021.
The gender numbers in section 1.12 People and culture
are a ‘point in time’ snapshot of employees as at 30 June 2021 usedincluding employees on extended absence, which was 948 in internal management reporting for the purposes of monitoring progress against our aspirational goal of a gender-balanced workforce by FY2025.
FY2022. There is no significant seasonal variation in employment numbers.
These methodologies have been prepared in accordance with GRI standard
102-8
and GRI standard
405-1.
249

Reference and SPM
Section
 1.12 People and culture and section 4.8.1 People – performance data FY2021
– Employee new hires and turnover
Methodology
Data for employee new hires, including by gender, age group and region, is based on the number of employee new hires for a
10-month
period from July 2020 through to April 2021 divided by the average number of employees at the last day of each calendar month for the same period, which is then used to calculate a weighted average for FY2021 based on our operated assets. Employee new hires refers to all employment types.
Data for employee turnover, including by gender, age group and region, is based on the number of employee new terminations for a
10-month
period from July 2020 through to April 2021 divided by the average number of employees at the last day of each calendar month for the same period, which is then used to calculate a weighted average for FY2021 based on our operated assets. Employee new terminations refers to all employment types.
These methodologies have been prepared in accordance with GRI standard
401-1.
Health and safety-related metrics
Our highest priority is the safety of our people and the communities where we operate. This is why we focus on identifying safety risks and implementing controls designed to minimise the likelihood and potential impact of those risks. The health and safety SPMs allow the Board, management, investors and other stakeholders to measure and track health and safety performance at our operated assets, including trends related to personal injuries, occupational illness and exposures. We focus on strengthening
in-field
verification of material and fatal risks, enhancing our internal investigation process, widely sharing and applying lessons, and enabling additional quality field time to engage our workforce.
Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.3 Our sustainability performance:
Non-financial
KPIs; section 1.13.4 Safety and section 4.8.2 Health and Safety – performance data FY2021
TRIF
Methodology
TRIF (total recordable injury frequency) is an indicator highlighting broad personal injury trends and refers to the number of recordable injuries per hours worked during the financial year. TRIF equals the sum of (fatalities + lost-time cases + restricted work cases + medical treatment cases) x 1,000,000 (or 200,000) ÷ actual hours worked. In accordance with SASB Metals and Mining Standard, we also report TRIF per 200,000 hours worked. BHP adopts the US Government Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) guidelines for the recording and reporting of occupational injury and illnesses. TRIF statistics exclude
non-operated
assets.
Year-on-year
improvement of TRIF is one of our five-year sustainability targets and is one of the indicators used to assess our safety performance.
FY2016 to FY2018 data includes Continuing operations and Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets). FY2019 data includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 28 February 2019 and Continuing operations.
This methodology has been prepared in accordance with GRI standard
403-9
and OSHA guidelines.
250

Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.4 Safety and section 4.8.2 Health and Safety – performance data FY2021
High-potential injury events
Methodology
High-potential injury (HPI) events refers to the number of recordable injuries and first aid cases where there was the potential for a fatality during the financial year. HPIs event trends remain a primary focus to assess progress against our most important safety objective: to eliminate fatalities, and provides insight into our performance on preventing future fatalities.
The basis of calculation for HPIs was revised in FY2020 from event count to injury count as part of a safety reporting methodology improvement.
FY2016 to FY2018 data includes Continuing operations and Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets). FY2019 data includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 28 February 2019 and Continuing operations.
This methodology has been prepared in accordance with GRI standard
403-9.
 
Reference and SPM
2 
Section
 1.13.5 Health and section 4.8.2 Health and Safety – performance data FY2021
Occupational illness incidence
Methodology
An occupational illness is an illness that occurs as a consequence of work-related activities or exposure and includes acute or chronic illnesses or diseases, which may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion or direct contact. Illness is determined by reference to the US OSHA Recordkeeping Handbook.
Occupational illness incidence is a lag indicator highlighting broad occupational illness trends and refers to the number of employees that suffer from an occupational illness per million hours worked during the financial year.
Incidence of occupational illness is used to identify situations where exposure controls were effective (no illness occurrence) and where exposure controls were potentially ineffective (illness occurs). It also informs priorities for exposure reduction projects.
The data for FY2016 to FY2018 includes Continuing operations and Discontinued operations. FY2019 data includes Discontinued operations (Onshore US assets) to 31 October 2018 and Continuing operations.
The data excludes potential work-related
COVID-19
cases.
This methodology has been prepared in accordance with GRI standard
403-10
and the OSHA Recordkeeping Handbook.
251

Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.3 Our sustainability performance:
Non-financial
KPIs and section 4.8.2 Health and Safety – performance data FY2021
Occupational exposures
Methodology
Occupational exposures refers to the number of employees who have potential exposure to an agent in the workplace that exceeds either regulatory or the sometimes stricter BHP internal occupational exposure limits (OELs). These employees are required to wear personal protective equipment (PPE). Reported occupational exposure data discounts the effect of the PPE worn.
BHP has adopted a five-year sustainability target to reduce by at least 50 per cent (compared to the adjusted FY2017 exposure data) the number of employees exposed to diesel exhaust particulate matter, coal mine dust and silica.
An OEL is the level of exposure to an agent to which it is believed nearly all people may be repeatedly exposed throughout a working life without adverse effect.
The exposure profile is derived through a combination of quantitative exposure measurements and qualitative assessments undertaken by specialist occupational hygienists consistent with best practice as defined by the American Industrial Hygiene Association. The 95 per cent upper confidence limit of the mean exposure is compared to our OELs.
Where employees are exposed in excess of an OEL:
•   exposure controls in accordance with the hierarchy of control must be implemented
•   PPE is provided and must be worn
•   health surveillance must be undertaken
Quantitative occupational exposure measurements are undertaken to provide assurance that implemented controls remain effective.
Community-related metrics
We seek to create and contribute to social value in the communities where we operate through the positive social and economic benefits generated by our core business, our constructive engagement and advocacy on important issues and our contribution as community partners. Our community SPMs allow the Board, management, investors and other stakeholders to track our performance in contributing to social value in the communities where we operate and monitor our relationships and engagement with this important stakeholder group.
Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.3 Our sustainability performance:
Non-financial
KPIs and section 1.13.11 Social investment
Social investment spend
Methodology
Our voluntary social investment is calculated as 1 per cent of the average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit. Social investment is our voluntary contribution towards projects or donations with the primary purpose of contributing to the resilience of the communities where we operate and the environment, aligned with our broader business priorities. By building common ground through collective impact and partnerships, our social investments will purposefully create social value to strengthen the communities where we operate, to improve the resilience of the natural environment and address the strategic priorities of the business. Donations from BHP to the BHP Foundation are included in the calculation of our 1 per cent target as are the costs of administering our social investment programs. The Sustainability Committee reviews our social investment spend on a quarterly basis.
Our social investment spend is one of the metrics used to monitor our performance against our commitment to making a contribution to social value and meeting our five-year sustainability target.
252

Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.3 Our sustainability performance:
Non-financial
KPIs and section 1.13.8 Community
Significant community events
Methodology
A significant event resulting from
BHP-operated
activities is one with an actual severity rating of four or above, based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to five by increasing severity) as defined in our mandatory minimum requirements for risk management. A significant community event is an event that could have a serious or severe impact on the community (including impacts to livelihoods, infrastructure, health, safety, security or cultural heritage) or a substantiated human rights violation.
This metric assists the Board and management in monitoring BHP’s social performance and is one indicator of the health of our relationship with the communities where we operate.
This methodology has been prepared in accordance with GRI standard
413-2
and GRI standard MM6.
Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.8 Community and section 4.8.3 Society – performance data FY2021
– Community complaints
Methodology
Community complaints refers to a verbal or written notification made directly to a BHP representative by a member of a community relating to an alleged adverse impact on that community arising from BHP’s activities and/or employee or contractor behaviour. Trends in community complaints are analysed by management every six months. This data is used as one of the inputs for management to determine whether we are operating within our risk appetite.
This metric assists the Board and management to monitor BHP’s social performance and is one indicator of the health of our relationship with the communities where we operate.
This methodology has been prepared in accordance with GRI standard MM7.
Environment-related metrics
We acknowledge the nature of our operations can have significant environmental impacts. Our environmental SPMs allow the Board and management to manage and monitor the inherent risks relating to and any adverse impacts our operations may have on air quality, water resources, biodiversity and habitats. They also allow the Board, management, investors and other stakeholders to measure and track our performance towards our environmental commitments. These measures are used to inform strategic focus areas, support planning and investments in infrastructure and identify improvement opportunities that potentially reduce environmental impacts. BHP respects legally designated protected areas and commits to avoiding areas or activities where we consider the environmental risk is outside BHP’s risk appetite. Additionally, our operations and growth strategy depend on obtaining and maintaining access to environmental resources, such as land and water. Significant environmental events and incidents of
non-compliance,
such as tailings storage facilities failures, can lead to costly environmental liabilities, which hinder our growth and expansion strategies.
Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.14 Land and biodiversity and section 4.8.4 Environment – performance data
– Land owned, leased or managed, Land disturbed, Land rehabilitated and Land set aside for conservation.
Methodology
Land may refer to sea, lake or river beds if appropriate and includes land for infrastructure to support extractive operations.
Land disturbed includes the total land area at the time of reporting that is physically impacted by the activities of the business that substantially disrupts the
pre-existing
habitats and land cover.
Land managed for conservation is the total area at the time of reporting managed for the purposes of biodiversity conservation only. It includes land that the business has formally assigned and manages as a compensatory action as well as other land that the business has protected from disturbance activities and manages for conservation.
Land data is calculated as the total land area owned, leased or managed by BHP as at 30 June of the reporting year, expressed as hectares. Data does not include land managed for rehabilitation or conservation as part of voluntary social investment.
This methodology has been prepared in accordance with GRI standard MM1 and these metrics assist the Board and management in understanding the magnitude of land that is under direct control of the company and its operational footprint.
253

Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.3 Our sustainability performance:
Non-financial
KPIs; section 1.13.13 Water and section 4.8.6 Water – performance data –
Water withdrawals, Water discharges, Water diversions, Water consumption, Water Recycling/Reuse, Water storage and Water stress
Methodology
Water withdrawals
The volume of water, in megalitres (ML), received and intended for use by the operated asset from the water environment and/or a third-party supplier. We disclose water withdrawal in ML by operated asset and source (sea, ground and surface waters and third party) as defined in section 4.11.4). Volumes by quality type (as defined in section 4.11.4) are also disclosed. Withdrawal volumes disclosed per annum include rainfall and runoff volumes captured and used during the reporting year. Rainfall and runoff volumes that have been captured and stored are excluded in withdrawals and will be reported in the future year of use. Withdrawal volumes also include water entrained (as defined in section 4.11.4) in ore.
Water withdrawal metrics assist the Board and management in understanding the significance of our water resource use, collectively for the Group and by individual operated assets, and to assess trends over time. It also helps inform investment in infrastructure to reduce water withdrawals and improve efficiency of water use.
Water discharges
The volume of water, in ML, removed from the operated asset and returned to the environment and/or distributed to a third party. This may include discharge to sea, surface waters, groundwater seepage or aquifer reinjection. We disclose water discharges in ML by operated asset and destination. Volumes by quality type (as defined in section 4.11.4) are also disclosed.
Water discharge metrics assist the Board and management in understanding the amount of water that operated assets must handle and release in line with water quality requirements. It also helps inform investment in infrastructure to improve water quality, reduce water withdrawals and improve efficiency of water use.
Water diversions
The volume of water, in ML, that is actively managed by an operated asset but not used for any operational purposes. Diversions are reported as both withdrawals and discharges and may include:
•   flood waters that are discharged to an external surface water body
•   dewatering volumes produced by aquifer interception that are reinjected to groundwater or discharged to surface water
254

•   ground or surface water that is removed by or supplied to a third party, such as a community
•   water removed as part of accessing crude oil that is returned to the sea without use
•   water used for ecosystem irrigation
Withdrawal and discharge of diverted water may occur in different annual reporting periods, so in any given annual period there may be a differential between withdrawals and discharges for diverted water.
Water diversion metrics assist the Board and management in understanding the volumes of water handled by the operated asset. This information assists in forecasting water management costs and identifying opportunities to reduce them.
Water consumption
The volume of water, in ML, used by the operated asset and not returned to the environment or a third party. We disclose consumption by total consumption and use (evaporation, entrainment and other as defined in section 4.11.4).
Water consumption metrics assist the Board and management in the planning of water supplies and infrastructure for future production, expansions or new projects. The metrics are also used to identify the areas where we have opportunity to reduce water use.
Water recycled/reused
The volume of water, in ML, that is reused or recycled at an operated asset. Reused water is water that has previously being used at the operated asset that is used again without further treatment. Recycled water is water that is reused but is treated before it is used again.
Water recycled/reused metrics assist the Board and management in assessing opportunities to reduce water withdrawals. These metrics assist with comparisons of water recycling/reuse performance and trends between our operated assets and with peers, which can be used to inform and prioritise reuse and recycling improvements and technological investments.
Water stress
Water stress is defined as the ability, or lack thereof, to meet human and ecological demand for fresh water consistent with the definition provided by the CEO Water Mandate. It is a broad term that considers a number of physical aspects, including water availability, quality and accessibility. For example, water stress may be considered to be high if water resources are physically scarce; are not directly suitable for use due to quality constraints; or are not available for access due to regulatory restrictions or a lack of infrastructure.
Water stress contributes to the overall baseline risk profile of a site or location.
These methodologies have been prepared in accordance with the ICMM A Practical Guide to Consistent Water Reporting for the Mining and Metals Industry (Version 1),
GRI standard
303-3,
GRI standard
303-4
and GRI standard
303-5.
These metrics assist the Board and management in understanding the volumes of water that BHP interacts with and the water volume and use efficiency trends over time.
255

Reference and SPM
Section
 4.8.4 Environment – performance data
Mineral waste (including tailings)
Methodology
Mineral waste refers to the large quantities of material arising as a result of extractive activities.
Non-product
materials (overburden) have to be removed to give access to product-bearing material (ores), which are processed, physically or chemically, to release them from their matrix and convert them into output products and waste products (tailings, slags, sludges, slimes or other process residues). For minerals waste, the figures represent the total deposited in the reporting year, expressed as kilotonnes (kt).
Mineral waste (hazardous)
Includes the following if classified as hazardous by local legislation:
•   mineral waste from raw or intermediate materials that have been processed as part of the production sequence, such as beneficiation, refining and smelting
•   tailings, slimes, sludge, residues, slag, fly ash, gypsum, coal rejects
Includes
non-hazardous
waste
co-disposed/mingled
with hazardous material. Excludes any hazardous mineral waste that is rehandled to prevent double counting.
Tailings waste
(non-hazardous)
Includes tailings, slimes and residue resulting from the processing of ore which is not classified as hazardous by local legislation.
This methodology has been prepared in accordance with GRI standard MM3. These metrics assist the Board and management in understanding the volumes and types of waste generated and trends over time.
Reference and SPM
Section
 1.13.3 Our sustainability performance:
Non-financial
KPIs and section 1.13.12 Environment
Significant environmental events
Methodology
A significant event resulting from BHP operated activities is one with an actual severity rating of four and above, based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to five by increasing severity) as defined in our mandatory minimum requirements for risk management. The severity rating considers the nature, extent and duration of the impact and any corrective actions required to restore ecosystem function.
This metric assists the Board and management in monitoring BHP’s environment performance and is one indicator of the impacts on the environments where we operate.
256

4.8.1    People – performance data FY2021
(1)(2)
Workforce data and diversity by region for FY2021
Region
  
Average number and

% of employees
   
Employees by gender number and %
   
Average number
and % of
contractors
(2)
   
Average no.
hours (EE)
absenteeism
rate
(3)
 
  
Male
   
Male %
   
Female
   
Female %
 
Asia
   1,907    5.5    735    38.5    1,172    61.5    2,474    5.9    27.4 
Australia
   23,828    69.1    17,530    73.6    6,298    26.4    21,467    51.2    88.5 
Europe
   54    0.2    25    46.3    29    53.7    8    <0.1    3.0 
North America
   1,299    3.8    840    64.7    459    35.3    1,333    3.2    31.6 
South America
   7,390    21.4    5,674    76.8    1,716    23.2    16,630    39.7    59.3 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
34,478
 
  
 
100.0
 
  
 
24,804
 
  
 
71.9
 
  
 
9,674
 
  
 
28.1
 
  
 
41,912
 
  
 
100.0
 
  
 
77.7
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Employees by category and diversity for FY2021
Category
  
Total %
   
Gender %
   
Age group %
   
Ratio male to female
 
  
Male %
   
Female %
   
Under 30
   
30–39
   
40–49
   
50+
   
Average
basic salary
US$
   
Average total
remuneration
US$
 
Senior leaders
   0.7    72.1    27.9    0.0    12.0    53.9    34.1    1.08    1.13 
Managers
   3.3    70.1    29.9    0.4    28.2    45.5    25.9    1.05    1.08 
Supervisory and professional
   40.0    67.3    32.7    10.2    40.9    30.9    18.0    1.14    1.17 
Operators and general support
   56.0    76.4    23.6    17.3    30.3    27.1    25.3    1.28    1.33 
Employment category
  
Total %
   
Gender %
   
Region %
 
  
Male
   
Female
   
Asia
   
Australia
   
Europe
   
North
America
   
South
America
 
Full time
   94.7    73.5    26.5    5.1    71.4    0.1    3.6    19.8 
Part time
   2.8    53.8    46.2    0.2    98.5    0.5    0.8    0 
Fixed term full time
   2.4    57.7    42.3    4.7    71.6    <0.1    0.2    23.5 
Fixed term part time
   0.1    31.3    68.7    3.1    96.9    0    0    0 
Casual
   <0.1    50    50    0    100    0    0    0 
257

Turnover and new hires for FY2021
   
Total
  
Gender
  
Age group
  
Region
 
  
Male
  
Female
  
Under 30
  
30–39
  
40–49
  
Over 50
  
Asia
  
Australia
  
Europe
  
North
America
  
South
America
 
Employee new hires
   
5,813
   3,225   2,588   1,860   2,029   1,217   707   194   4,979   5   76   559 
   
15.22
%
 
  24.64  11.64  35.41  15.46  10.82  8.24  10.17  18.07  9.26  5.85  7.56
   
Total
  
Gender
  
Age group
  
Region
 
  
Male
  
Female
  
Under 30
  
30–39
  
40–49
  
Over 50
  
Asia
  
Australia
  
Europe
  
North
America
  
South
America
 
Employee turnover
   
4,264
   2,988   1,276   768   1,355   1,054   1,087   254   3,118   6   118   768 
   
11.16
%
 
  10.79  12.15  14.62  10.32  9.37  12.67  13.32  11.32  11.11  9.08  10.39
Employee remuneration for FY2021
   
Ratio male to female
   
Ratio highest to median
(4)
   
Ratio standard entry
level wage to local
minimum wage
(5)
 
Region
  
Average

basic salary

US$
   
Average total

remuneration

US$
   
Salary
increase
percentage
   
Total
remuneration
   
Male
   
Female
 
Asia
   1.65    1.75    0:1    88:1    4:1    4:1 
Australia
   1.12    1.14    0:1    53:1    3:1    2:1 
Europe
   1.40    1.49    0:1    4:1     
North America
   1.17    1.19      13:1     
South America
   0.86    0.96      77:1    4:1    4:1 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   
1.12
    
1.14
         
  
 
 
   
 
 
         
Employee parental leave for FY2021
(7)
By gender
 
Number of employees
    
 
Parental
leave
  
Due to
return
  
Return to
work
  
Return rate %
 
Female
  830   384   352   92 
Male
  717   489   473   97 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
1,547
   
873
   
825
   
95
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Employee parental leave for FY2020
(7)
By gender
 
Number of employees
  
Percentage
 
 
Parental
leave
  
Due to
return
  
Return to
work
  
Returned
and
Retained
  
Return
rate %
  
Retention
Rate %
 
Female
  731   361   334   309   93   93 
Male
  570   411   405   378   99   93 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
1,301
   
772
   
739
   
687
   
96
   
93
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
258

Employee regular performance discussion records for FY2021
(8)
Region
  
Male %
   
Female %
   
Overall %
 
Asia
   91.3    92.6    92.1 
Australia
   92.5    91.6    92.2 
Europe
   96.2    92.9    94.4 
North America
   84.3    91.5    86.9 
South America
   95.6    93.9    95.0 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   
92.4
    
92.0
    
92.2
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Category
  
Male %
   
Female %
   
Overall %
 
Senior leaders
   90.8    90.6    90.7 
Managers
   93.1    93.5    93.3 
Supervisory and professional
   94.3    94.5    94.4 
Operators and general support
   90.2    88.6    89.7 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
92.4
 
  
 
92
 
  
 
92.2
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Active employee workforce globally on collective bargaining agreements
(9)
Region
  
Collective
agreements %
   
Non-collective
agreements %
 
Asia
   0    100 
Australia
   49    51 
Europe
   0    100 
North America
   0    100 
South America
   80    20 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   
51
    
49
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
259

Employee training for FY2021
(6)
   
Average number of hours
 
Category
  
Total
   
Male
   
Total
 
Senior leaders
   8    9    8 
Managers
   14    12    14 
Supervisory and professional
   23    19    21 
Operators and general support
   32    114    51 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   
28
    
64
    
38
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
Proportional data in the People section are based on the average of the number of employees at the last day of each calendar month for a
10-month
period which calculates the average for the year with the exception of the average number (and %) of employees in the data tables by region which shows the weighted average number of employees based on BHP ownership. There is no significant seasonal variation in employment numbers.
(2)
Contractor data is collected from internal surveys and the organisation systems and averages for a
10-month
period.
(3)
Absenteeism comprises sick leave, hospitalisation leave, injury on duty, short-term disability, unauthorised absence, industrial action, union absence, leave without pay, unpaid absence and workers’ compensation.
 
(4)
The salary increase ratio representsEmployees who left BHP via the percentage increasemerger of our Petroleum business with WoodsideEnergy Group Ltd (Woodside), which completed on 1 June 2022 (approximately 1,000 employees), or the sale of our 80 per cent interest in annual total compensation for the highest-paid individualBHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd (BMC) to the median percentage increase in annual total compensation for all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) in the same location for each significant region. Salary increases do not include promotional increases. ContractorsStanmore Resources, which completed on 3 May 2022 (approximately 500 employees) are excluded from the remuneration data.
(5)
Individuals classified as entry level are those in operations and general support roles and have been with the company for less than one year. Minimum wage is determined for all locations with the exception of Singapore and Switzerland as they do not have a minimum wage mandated by their respective governments and therefore have been excluded from the calculation. Contractors are excluded from the remuneration data.
(6)
The number of training hours has been annualised using data from a
10-month
period, July to April, to determine a total for the year. Percentages are calculated using the average of the number of employees at the last day of each calendar month for the same
10-month
period. This data includes the training provided to apprentices and trainees as part of the FutureFit Academy in Australia during FY2021, which totals more than 500,000 hours (on average over 1,100 hours per employee).
(7)
The calculation includes primary parental leave only and does not include secondary parental leave. Secondary parental leave is a
two-week
parental leave benefit for the
non-primary
caregiver. All BHP employees are eligible for parental leave. Retention rate for employees that returned from parental leave in FY2020 calculated as at least 12 months from date of return.
(8)
Data reflects the number of employees as at 30 June 2021 that have at least one performance review record in our core HR system for performance review records. Performance review records for some employees at operations in Chile and Australia are not recorded in the core HR system and not captured in this data.
(9)
Data at 30 April 2021, no major fluctuation in workforce throughout the year.excluded.
 
260225

4.8.2    Health and Safety – performance data FY2021
Regional summary for FY2021
(1)
Per 1,000,000 hours worked
   
Employee
fatalities
   
Contractor
fatalities
   
Employee
TRIF
   
Contractor
TRIF
   
Employee
occupational
illness
incidence
(2)
   
Contractor
occupational
illness
incidence
(2)
   
Employee
high
potential
injury
frequency
(3)
   
Contractor
high
potential
injury
frequency
(3)
 
Asia
   0    0    0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0 
Australia
   0    0    4.5    5.4    5.1    2.5    0.1    0.3 
Europe
   0    0    0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0 
North America
   0    0    0.0    1.8    1.4    0.4    0.0    0.4 
South America
   0    0    0.9    2.0    3.6    1.0    0.2    0.2 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   0    0    3.3    4.0    4.4    1.9    0.1    0.3 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Injury rates for FY2021
(1)
SASB basis – per 200,000 hours worked
      
Employees
   
Contractors
 
Total recordable injury frequency
  Per 200,000 hours worked   0.67    0.80 
High potential injury events frequency
(3)
  Per 200,000 hours worked   0.02    0.05 
High consequence injury events frequency
  Per 200,000 hours worked   0.07    0.04 
Number of recordable work-related injuries
     235    385 
Number of high consequence work-related injuries
   25    19 
Number of hours worked
     70,648,290    96,323,097 
(1)
Due to the lag nature of incident reporting and subsequent verification, final results may vary post reporting.
(2)
Occupational illnesses excludes
COVID-19
related data.
(3)
High potential injuries (HPI) are recordable injuries and first aid cases where there was the potential for a fatality.
261

Average hours of health, safety and emergency response training
Type
Average number of hours
Employee
11.45
The number of training hours has been annualised using data from a
10-month
period, July to April, to determine a total for the year. Percentages are calculated using the average of the number of employees at the last day of each calendar month for the same
10-month
period. The training relates to the health, safety, or emergency preparedness of employees with respect to occupational risks or hazards to which employees are reasonably likely to be exposed as assessed by BHP. This includes training related to general health and safety behavioral expectations covered in
Our Code of Conduct
, Inductions and general leadership courses.
Significant fines for
non-compliance
with health, safety and environmental laws and/or regulations
   
Number of fines
   
Total monetary value of fines (US$)
 
  Environmental
(1)
   Health   Safety   Other
(2)
   Environmental
(1)
   Health   Safety   Other
(2)
 
Australia
   3    0    0    0   US$30,933   US$0   US$0   US$0 
Europe
   0    0    0    0   US$0   US$0   US$0   US$0 
North America
   0    0    0    0   US$0   US$0   US$0   US$0 
South America
   1    6    0    1   US$4,593   US$48,494   US$0   US$342 
(1)
Does not include the dam failure at Samarco, our
non-operated
minerals joint venture.
(2)
Includes a fine at Escondida relating to a building permit under general construction and town planning laws (US$340).
262

4.8.3    Society – performance data FY2021
Community complaints
Blasting
9
Cultural heritage
1
Conduct/behaviour
7
Dust
6
Infrastructure damage
4
Lighting
14
Noise
20
Odour
22
Other
11
Road/rail
4
Spill or contamination
1
Water
4
Total
103
Indigenous peoples territories
(1)
Country
  
Operations located

in or adjacent to

Indigenous

peoples’ territories
   
Operations with a

formal agreement

with Indigenous

peoples
 
Australia
   24    13 
Canada
   6    1 
Chile
   2    2 
Mexico
   0    0 
Trinidad and Tobago
   0    0 
USA
   5    0 
(1)
The term Operations includes proven and probable reserves.
4.8.4    Environment – performance data
Not required for US reporting.
4.8.5    Climate change – performance data
Not required for US reporting.
4.8.6    Water – performance data
Not required for US reporting.
263

4.98    Legal proceedings
The Group is involved from time to time in legal proceedings and governmental investigations of a character normally incidental to our business, including claims and pending actions against it seeking damages, or clarification or prosecution of legal rights and regulatory inquiries regarding business practices. Insurance or other indemnification protection may offset the financial impact on the Group of a successful claim.
This section summarises the significant legal proceedings and investigations and associated matters in which the Group is currently involved or has finalised since our last Annual Report. The timing of many of the legal proceedings and investigations continue to be delayed or uncertain as a result of court closures or delays in response to the
COVID-19
pandemic.
Legal proceedings relating to the failure of the Fundão tailings dam at the Samarco iron ore operations in Minas Gerais and Espírito Santo (Samarco dam failure)
The Group is engaged in numerous legal proceedings relating to the Samarco dam failure. While there has been progress in priority areas, such as individual compensation and indemnification for the damage caused by the dam failure, it is not possible at this time to provide a range of possible outcomes for all proceedings or a reliable estimate of potential future exposures. There are numerous additional lawsuits against Samarco relating to the dam failure to which the Group is not party. Currently, there are approximately 5054 ongoing public civil claims and 2036 that are suspended. The most significant of these proceedings are summarised below.
R$20 billion public civil claim commenced by the Federal Government of Brazil, states of Espírito Santo and Minas Gerais and other authorities (R$20 billion Public Civil Claim)claim)
On 30 November 2015, the Federal Government of Brazil, states of Espírito Santo and Minas Gerais and other public authorities collectively filed a public civil claim before the 12
th
Federal Court of Belo Horizonte against Samarco and its shareholders, BHP Billiton Brasil Ltda. (BHP Brasil) and Vale S.A. (Vale), seeking the establishment of a fund of up to R$20 billion (approximately US$4 billion) in aggregate for
clean-up
costs and damages.
On 2 March 2016, Samarco, BHP Brasil together withand Vale, and Samarco, entered into a Framework Agreement with the states of Espírito Santo and Minas Gerais and other public authorities to establish a foundation (Fundação Renova) to develop and execute environmental and socioeconomic programs (Programs) to remediate and provide compensation for damage caused by the Samarco dam failure.
The term of the Framework Agreement is 15 years, renewable for periods of one year successively until all obligations under the Framework Agreement have been performed. Under the Framework Agreement, Samarco is responsible, as a primary obligor, for funding Fundação Renova’s annual calendar year budget for the duration of the Framework Agreement. The amount of funding for each calendar year will be dependent on the remediation and compensation projects to be undertaken in a particular year. To the extent that Samarco does not meet its funding obligations under the Framework Agreement, each of ValeBHP Brasil and BHP BrasilVale has funding obligations under the Framework Agreement, as secondary obligors, in proportion to its 50 per cent shareholding in Samarco.
R$155 billion public civil claim commenced by the Federal Public Prosecutors’ Office (R$155 billion Federal Public Prosecutors’ Office claim)
On 3 May 2016, the Brazilian Federal Public Prosecutors’ Office filed a public civil claim before the 12th 12
th
Federal Court of Belo Horizonte against Samarco, BHP Brasil Vale and SamarcoVale – as well as 18 other public entities (which has since been reduced to five defendants
(
1
)
by the 12
th
Federal Court) – seeking R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion) for reparation, compensation and collective moral damages in relation to the Samarco dam failure.
This public civil claim and the R$20 billion Public Civil Claimclaim are broad claims that encompass the majority of the public civil claims filed against Samarco, BHP Brasil Samarco and Vale. For this reason, the 12
th
Federal Court has suspended other public civil claims while negotiations continue in relation to the settlement of the R$155 billion Federal Public Prosecutors’ Office claim.
Despite suspension of thisThis public civil claim beingwas suspended for a period of two years from the date of ratification of the Governance Agreement (described below) on 8 August 2018 the claim has not been resumed.2018.
On 19 March 2021, the parties to the case agreed to extend the suspension of this case until 27 April 2021. Although the stay period has formally elapsed, neither party has made any filings to date, and the parties are engaged in negotiations to seek a definitive settlement (summarised below).
 
(1)1 
Currently, solely BHP Brasil, Vale and Samarco, the Federal Government and the state of Minas Gerais are defendants.
 
264226

Governance Agreement
On 25 June 2018, Samarco, BHP Brasil, Vale, Samarco, the other parties to the Framework Agreement, the Public Prosecutors’ Office
(
1
)2
and the Public Defense Office
(
2
)3
entered into a Governance Agreement, which settled the R$20 billion Public Civil Claimclaim and established a process to renegotiate the Programs over two years to progress settlement of the R$155 billion Federal Public Prosecutors’ Office claim.
Under the Governance Agreement, renegotiation of the Programs will be based on certain agreed principles, including full reparation consistent with Brazilian law, the requirement for a technical basis for any proposed changes, consideration of findings from experts appointed by Samarco, BHP Brasil Samarco and Vale, consideration of findings from experts appointed by prosecutors and consideration of feedback from impacted communities.
Since early CY2021, the parties have been engaging in negotiations to seek a definitive and substantive settlement of claims relating to the dam failure. The mediationnegotiations are overseen by the President of the National Council of Justice, as the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court in Brazil, and are expected to continue until at least the expected end of the term of the current President on 31 August 2022. Outcomes of the negotiations are highly uncertain, and it is ongoing as at the date of this Report. It istherefore not possible to provide a range of outcomes or a reliable estimate of potential settlement outcomes and there is a risk that a negotiated outcome may be materially higher than amounts currently reflected in the Samarco dam failure provision. Until revisions to the Programs are agreed, Fundação Renova will continue to implement the Programs in accordance with the terms of the Framework Agreement and the Governance Agreement.
Enforcement Proceedings
Since 7 January 2020, the 12
th
Federal Court of Belo Horizonte has issued several decisions creating 13 enforcement proceedings (Enforcement Proceedings) linked to the R$20 billion Public Civil Claimclaim and R$155 billion Federal Public Prosecutors’ Office claim described above.
Issues covered by these Enforcement Proceedings include environmental recovery, human health risk and ecological risk, resettlement of affected communities, infrastructure and development, registration of certain impacted individuals under the Programs and indemnities for people impacted by the dam failure, resumption of economic activities, water supply for human consumption and hiring of technical advisers to impacted people, and restructuring Fundação Renova’s management system, among other key delivery areas.
In the context of these Enforcement Proceedings, Samarco, BHP Brasil Samarco and Vale are seeking determinations, including, among other things, the repealing of fishing bans ordered by the courts or administration entities,
set-off
of compensation paid against future damages that may need to be paid, and determination regarding the hiring and supervision of technical assistants to impacted people.
In August 2020, a Simplified Indemnification System (the Novel System) was created by the 12
th
Federal Court of Belo Horizonte with specific rules designed for those who could not easily demonstrate their status as an impacted person based on ‘rough justice’ principles. Led by Fundação Renova, the Novel System has, as at the date of this Report, settled with more than 68,000 claimants who were able to prove their damages, with approximately 66,500 claims already having been paid.
On 26 June 2022, the President of the Federal Court of Appeals issued a preliminary ruling applying to impacted persons from Naque (a city in Minas Gerais) regarding the Novel System, determining that its terms do not provide a full release from damages. The amounts paid under the Novel System should therefore be considered as a ‘minimum indemnification’ granting a partial release from damages. For the same reasons, it was also determined that impacted persons should have the option to seek legal representation when settling claims under the Novel System, and that the Novel System settlement agreement does not prevent impacted persons from pursuing lawsuits in foreign jurisdictions. On 1 July 2022, the Federal Prosecutors filed a motion requesting the extension of the decision to all affected areas, as well as any settlements which have already been paid. On 6 July 2022, BHP Brasil filed its appeal and, as at the date of this Report, no decision has been made.
On 30 June 2022, the 12
th
Federal Court of Belo Horizonte extended the deadline for claim applications under the Novel System from 30 June 2022 to 31 August 2022.
The Public Prosecutors’ Office includes the Federal, State of Minas Gerais and State of Espírito Santo public prosecutors’ offices.
The Public Defense Office includes the Federal, State of Minas Gerais and State of Espírito Santo public defense offices.
227

Samarco’s judicial reorganisation
On 9 April 2021, Samarco filed for judicial reorganisation (JR) with the Second Business State Court for the Belo Horizonte District of Minas Gerais (JR Court). The JR proceeding seeks to enable Samarco to negotiate and implement an orderly restructuring of its financial indebtedness in order to establish a sustainable financial position for Samarco, among other things, to continue to rebuild its operations and meet its Fundação Renova obligations. Samarco filed for JR following multiple enforcement actions filed by some of Samarco’s creditors that threatened its operations. The JR Court granted Samarco’s JR petitionmotion on 12 April 2021 and granted a stay of the enforcement actions.
On 10 June 2021, Samarco submitted its first proposed Plan of Reorganisation (Plan) to the JR Court. Certain of Samarco’s creditors have submitted formal objections to the Plan. It is expected that
On 18 August 2021, the State Prosecutor’s Office filed an application to hold BHP Brasil and Vale responsible for Samarco’s debt. On 18 October 2021, certain creditors of Samarco filed a general meeting of creditors will be convened for creditors to vote on whether to approve, reject or modifysimilar application with the Plan.same purpose. Neither application has been decided yet.
According
Pursuant to the list of creditors filed withproduced by Judicial Administrators appointed by the JR Court, by the Judicial Administrators (who are in charge of a first review of the list of creditors filed by Samarco), Fundação Renova’s funding obligations undertaken by Samarco areSamarco’s obligation to fund Renova is not subject to the JR, although some financialJR. Certain creditors of Samarco have objected to this position. It is expected thatchallenged the Judicial Administrators’ list of creditors. Among other things, such creditors will challenge the list of creditors filed by the Judicial Administrators, in orderare seeking to among other things, prevent Samarco from funding Fundação Renova. It is also expected that such creditors will litigatedisallow shareholders’ claims against Samarco and its shareholders over the courseimpair Samarco’s obligation to fund Renova. No final decision has been rendered on these issues yet.
Certain creditors of Samarco have also requested that the JR proceeding, particularly with respectCourt appoint an examiner and a judicial manager for Samarco. The JR Court has not ruled on that request yet.
On 18 April 2022, certain creditors of Samarco voted to reject the treatmentPlan in a General Meeting of Samarco’s Fundação Renova obligations. Such lenders have objected to the financing thatCreditors (GMC). Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale have offeredchallenged the votes of such creditors and the JR Court has not ruled on such challenge yet.
On 18 May 2022, certain creditors of Samarco submitted an alternative plan of reorganisation (Lenders Plan), which, among other things, caps Samarco’s Renova funding obligations and contemplates a change in Samarco’s control. On the same date, the local labour unions also filed an alternative plan with the support of Samarco’s shareholders. Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale filed objections to Samarco on a super-priority basis, known as
debtor-in-possessionthe Lenders Plan, which are pending. No plan of reorganisation has been approved or confirmed.
funding.
No BHP entity is a debtor in Samarco’s judicial reorganisationJR case. BHP Brasil is participating in Samarco’s JR proceeding in its capacities as a shareholder and creditor.creditor of Samarco.
(1) 
The Public Prosecutors’ Office includes the Federal, State of Minas Gerais and State of Espírito Santo public prosecutors’ offices.
(2) 
The Public Defense Office includes the Federal, State of Minas Gerais and State of Espírito Santo public defense offices.
265

United States Chapter 15 Casecase
On 19 April 2021, Samarco filed a petition with the U.S.US Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York seeking recognition of the JR proceeding under Chapter 15 of the U.S.US Bankruptcy Code. On 13 May 2021, the U.S. bankruptcy courtUS Bankruptcy Court granted recognition of the JR proceeding as a ‘foreign main proceeding’ and accordingly stayed enforcement actions against Samarco in U.S.US territory. No BHP entity is a debtor in Samarco’s Chapter 15 case. BHP Brasil is participating in Samarco’s Chapter 15 proceeding in its capacities as a shareholder and creditor of Samarco.
Civil public actions commenced by the State Prosecutors’ Office in the state of Minas Gerais (Mariana CPA cases)
The State Prosecutors of Mariana have commenced several civil public actions (CPA) against Samarco, BHP Brasil Samarco and Vale.
On 10 December 2015, the State Prosecutors’ Office in the state of Minas Gerais filed a CPA against Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale before the State Court in Mariana claiming indemnification (amount not specified) for moral and material damages to an unspecified group of individuals affected by the Samarco dam failure, including the payment of costs for housing and social and economic assistance (CPA Mariana I).
On 2 October 2018, the parties reached a settlement dismissing the claim, which was ratified by the Court. Under this settlement, Fundação Renova has reached more than 85100 individual agreements with impacted families in Mariana for the payment of damages.
In connection with CPA Mariana I, the State Prosecutors (Minas Gerais) started four enforcement proceedings against Samarco, BHP Brasil and ValeVale. There are seven enforcement proceedings under way seeking (i) to set a deadline for completion of resettlement of the residents of Mariana’s districts and for fines to be imposed for delays to resettlement and forresettlement; (ii) to set the final term that will allow new households to join the resettlement; (iii) payment of compensation to affected individuals for delivery of houses below standard.standard; (iv) to guarantee access to water sources for the families of the collective resettlements; (v) payment of fines for alleged delays in presenting proposals and making payments to affected individuals; and (vi) payment of compensation to impacted individuals who allege that they have not yet received compensation and a penalty for the alleged delays in making such payments.
In addition to CPA Mariana I, the State Prosecutors (Minas Gerais) commenced eightnine other CPAs in Mariana against Samarco, BHP Brasil, Vale and, in some cases, Fundação Renova. The claims presented in those CPAs are related to damages that, according to the State Prosecutors, are not covered by CPA Mariana I.
The remaining CPAs have either been settled by the parties, including BHP Brasil, or the claims to which the CPAs relate have been dismissed (though the decisions are not yet final). Fundação Renova is responsible for any pending obligations set forth in the settlement agreements relating to the CPAs.
228

Fundação Renova dissolution lawsuit
On 24 February 2021, the Minas Gerais State Prosecutor filed a CPA against Samarco, BHP Brasil, Vale and Fundação Renova seeking the dissolution of Fundação Renova. The plaintiffs are seeking R$10 billion (approximately US$2 billion) for moral damages and an injunction for the immediate intervention of Fundação Renova was also made, alleging the need to preserve information and documents produced by Fundação Renova to evaluate criminal and civil responsibilities. On 25 May 2021, the Superior Court of Justice granted urgent relief to suspend the lawsuit. As at the date of this Report, the Court’s decision regarding the merits remains pending.
Civil public action commenced by the State Prosecutors’ Office in the state of Espírito Santo and Minas Gerais (CPA Advertising)
On 11 May 2021, Federal and State Prosecutors (Minas Gerais and Espírito Santo) filed a CPA against Fundação Renova, Samarco, BHP Brasil, Vale and Vale,Fundação Renova, challenging Fundação Renova’s advertising expenditures. The plaintiffs requested injunctive relief for Fundação Renova to cease advertisements and stop incurring new expenses on advertising. The plaintiffs requested payment of approximately R$56 million (approximately US$11 million) to be paid as compensation to the communities and approximately R$28 million (approximately US$65 million) to be spent on execution of Fundação Renova’s socio-economic and socio-environmental programs. A ruling is still pending.
Civil public action commenced by Associations concerning the use of tanfloc for water treatment (R$120 billion Associations claim)
On 28 October 2021, Vila Lenira Residents Association, State of Espírito Santo Rural Producers and Artisans Association, Colatina Velha Neighborhood Residents Association, and United for the Progress of Palmeiras Neighborhood Association filed a lawsuit against Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale and others, including the State of Minas Gerais, the State of Espirito Santo and the Federal Government. The plaintiffs allege that the defendants carried out a clandestine study on the citizens of the locations affected by the Fundão’s Dam Failure, using tanfloc – a tannin-based flocculant/coagulant – that is currently used for wastewater treatment applications. The plaintiffs claim that this product allegedly put the population at risk due to its alleged experimental qualities.
The plaintiffs are seeking multiple kinds of relief – material damage, moral damages, loss of profits – and that the defendants should pay for water supply in all locations where there is no water source other than the Doce River.
On 25 July 2022, Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale presented their defences individually, as well as the State of Minas Gerais, the State of Espírito Santo and the Federal Government. The Court’s decision is still pending.
Public civil claims currently suspended
Approximately 20 of the proceedings to which BHP Brasil is a party are currently suspended due to their connection with R$20 billion Public Civil Claimclaim and R$155 billion Federal Public Prosecutors’ Office claim. There has not yet been a ruling in these cases.
The suspended proceedings include proceedings commenced by the State Prosecutors (Minas Gerais and Espírito Santo), Public Defenders (Minas Gerais and Espírito Santo), and the states of Minas Gerais and Espírito Santo against Samarco, BHP Brasil, Vale and Fundação Renova. The claims relate to environmental remediation measures, compensation for the impacts of the dam failure, including moral damages, reconstruction of properties and populations, including historical, religious, cultural, social, environmental and intangible heritages affected by the dam failure, and suspension of public water supply, among others.
 
266229

Other civil proceedings in Brazil
As noted above, BHP Brasil has been named as a defendant in numerous lawsuits relating to the Samarco dam failure. In addition, government inquiries and investigations relating to the Samarco dam failure have been commenced by numerous agencies of the Brazilian Government and are ongoing, including criminal investigations by the federal and state police, and by federal prosecutors.
BHP Brasil’s potential liabilities, if any, resulting from other pending and future claims, lawsuits and enforcement actions relating to the Samarco dam failure, together with the potential cost of implementing remedies sought in the various proceedings, cannot be reliably estimated at this time and therefore a provision has not been recognised and nor has any contingent liability been quantified for these matters. Ultimately, these could have a material adverse impact on BHP’s business, competitive position, cash flows, prospects, liquidity and shareholder returns. For more information on the Samarco dam failure refer to section 1.15.OFR 8.
As at June 2021,2022, Samarco had been named as a defendant in more than 80,00057,000 small claims for moral damages in which people argue their public water service was interrupted for between five and 10 days. BHP Brasil is a
co-defendant
in more than 24,000 of these cases. More than 270,000 people have received moral damages related to the temporary suspension of public water supply through settlements reached with Fundação Renova.
The Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure provides that repetitive claims can be settled through a system known as Incident ofthe Resolution of Repetitive Demands Procedure (IRDR). Under the IRDR, a court will hear a ‘pilot case’ representative of asuch recurring claimlegal matters and the judgment in that decision will set a precedent for the resolution of similar cases in that jurisdiction. An IRDR has been established in Minas Gerais and the court in the pilot case has ruled that the mandatory parameter for resolution of claims will be the payment of R$20002,000 (approximately US$400) per individual claim for moral damages due to the suspension and quality of public water supply. That decision is pending an appealAppeals before higher courts.courts are pending judgment. Meanwhile, Samarco has reached settlement in more than 5,3009,900 individual cases.
Criminal charges
On 20 October 2016, the Federal Prosecutors’ Office in Brazil filed criminal charges against Samarco, BHP Brasil, Vale and certain of their employees and former employees of BHP Brasil (Affected Individuals) in the Federal Court of Ponte Nova, Minas Gerais. On 3 March 2017, BHP Brasil and the Affected Individualscharged employees and former employees of BHP Brasil (Affected Individuals) filed their preliminary defences. The Federal Court granted Habeas Corpus petitions in favour of all eight of the Affected Individuals terminating the charges against those individuals. The Federal Prosecutors’ Office appealed seven of the decisions with hearings of the appeals still pending. BHP Brasil rejects outright the charges against BHP Brasil and the Affected Individuals and will defend the charges and fully support each of the Affected Individuals in their defences of the charges.
United States class action complaint – bondholders
On 14 November 2016, a putative class action complaint (Bondholder Complaint) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of purchasers of Samarco’s
10-year
bond notes due 2022–2024 between 31 October 2012 and 30 November 2015. The Bondholder Complaint was initially filed against Samarco and the former Chief Executive Officer of Samarco. The Bondholder Complaint asserted claims under the U.S. federal securities laws and indicated that the plaintiff would seek certification to proceed as a class action.
The Bondholder Complaint was subsequently amended to include BHP Group Limited, BHP Group Plc, BHP Brasil, Vale and officers of Samarco, including four of Vale and BHP Brasil’s nominees to the Samarco Board. On 5 April 2017, the plaintiff discontinued its claims against the individual defendants. The amount of damages sought by the putative class was unspecified.
On 7 March 2018, the District Court granted a joint motion from the remaining corporate defendants to dismiss the Bondholder Complaint. A second amended Bondholder Complaint was also dismissed by the Court on 18 June 2019. On 9 July 2019, the plaintiff filed a motion for reconsideration of that decision or for leave to file a third amended complaint. On 30 October 2019, the District Court denied the plaintiff’s motion for reconsideration and for leave to amend its complaint. On 4 March 2021, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal with prejudice and the plaintiff did not seek any further review of that decision.
267

Australian class action complaintclaim
BHP Group Limited is named as a defendant in a shareholder class action in the Federal Court of Australia on behalf of persons who acquired shares in BHP Group Limited on the Australian Securities Exchange or shares in BHP Group Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd) on the London Stock Exchange and Johannesburg Stock Exchange in periods prior to the Samarco dam failure. The amount of damages sought in the class action is unspecified.
On 12 May 2020, BHP Group Limited filed an application seeking declaratory relief which, if successful, would narrow the group of claimants in the class action. BHP Group Limited was unsuccessful at first instance and on appeal to the Full Court of the Federal Court of Australia. BHP Group Limited has now sought leave to appeal the decision of the Full Court to theThe High Court of Australia.Australia heard an appeal from the Full Court’s decision on 9 August 2022 and a decision is pending.
United Kingdom group action complaintclaim
BHP Group Plc(UK) Ltd (formerly BHP Group Plc) and BHP Group Limited are named as defendants in group action claims for damages that have been filed in the courts of England. These claims have been filed on behalf of certain individuals, governments, businesses and communities in Brazil allegedly impacted by the Samarco dam failure.
On 7 August 2019, the BHP parties filed a preliminary application to strike out or stay this action on jurisdictional and other procedural grounds. That application was successful before the High Court and the action was dismissed. However, on 8 July 2022, the Court of Appeal reversed the dismissal decision and allowed the action to proceed in England. The claimants sought and were denied permissionBHP parties will now seek leave to appeal the dismissal decision.
On 29 April 2021, the claimants applied to reopen the action. The Court of Appeal heard this application on 22 June 2021 and gave judgment on 27 July 2021, allowingto the claimants to reopen the action and granting them permission to appeal the dismissal decision. The appeal is scheduled to be heard on 4-8 April 2022.Supreme Court.
 
268230

4.10
9    Shareholder information
4.10.19.1    History and development
BHP Group Limited (formerly BHP Billiton Limited, then BHP Limited and, before that, The Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited) was incorporated in 1885 and is registered in Australia with ABN 49 004 028 077. BHP Group Plc (formerly BHP Billiton Plc, and before that Billiton Plc) was incorporated in 1996 and is registered in England and Wales with registration number 3196209. Successive predecessor entities to BHP Group Plc have operated since 1860.
We have operated under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure sincefrom 29 June 2001.2001 until 31 January 2022. Under the DLC structure, the two parent companies, BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc, operateoperated as a single economic entity, run by a unified Board and senior executive management team. For more information on the DLC structure, refer to section 4.10.3.
On 31 January 2022, we unified our corporate structure under BHP Group Limited, which is now the sole parent company.
269

4.10.29.2    Markets
As at the date of this Annual Report, BHP Group Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) (ticker BHP) in Australia, and BHP Group Plc has a premiumstandard listing on the UK FCA’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) (ticker BHP). BHP Group Plc also has, a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) (ticker BHP) in South Africa.
In addition, BHP Group LimitedBHG) and BHP Group Plc areis listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the United States.
Trading on the NYSE is viain the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) evidencing American Depositary Shares (ADSs), with each ADS representing two ordinary shares of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc.Limited. Citibank N.A. (Citibank) is the Depositary for boththe ADS programs.program. BHP Group Limited’s ADSs have been listed for trading on the NYSE (ticker BHP) since 28 May 1987 and BHP Group Plc’s since 25 June 2003 (ticker BBL).
270

1987.
4.10.39.3    Organisational structure
General
From June 2001 to January 2022, BHP consists of BHPoperated under a Dual Listed Company structure, with two separate parent companies (BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc,Plc) and their respective subsidiaries operating as a single unified economic entity,entity.
On 31 January 2022, BHP unified its Dual Listed Company structure, following the completion of the DLC merger in June 2001 (the DLC merger). Forwhich BHP Group Plc became a full listsubsidiary of BHP Group Limited andLimited. BHP Group PlcLimited is now the ultimate BHP parent company of all subsidiaries referwithin the BHP Group.
Refer to Financial Statements note 28 ‘Subsidiaries’ for a list of our significant subsidiaries and to Exhibit 8.1 - List of Subsidiaries.
On 17 August 2021, BHP announced its intention to unify its current DLC structure. For further detailsSubsidiaries for a list of the unification proposal, see section 1.5.
DLC structure
BHP shareholders approved the DLC merger in 2001, which was designed to place ordinary shareholders of both companies in a position where they have economic and voting interests in a single group.
The principles of the BHP DLC structure are reflected in the DLC Structure Sharing Agreement and include the following:our subsidiaries.
 
The two companies must operate as if they are a single unified economic entity, through Boards of Directors that comprise the same individuals and a unified senior executive management team.
The Directors of both companies will, in addition to their duties to the company concerned, have regard to the interests of the ordinary shareholders in the two companies as if the two companies were a single unified economic entity and, for that purpose, the Directors of each company take into account in the exercise of their powers the interests of the shareholders of the other.
Certain DLC equalisation principles must be observed. These are designed to ensure that for so long as the Equalisation Ratio between a BHP Group Limited ordinary share and a BHP Group Plc ordinary share is 1:1, the economic and voting interests resulting from holding one BHP Group Limited ordinary share and one BHP Group Plc ordinary share are, so far as practicable, equivalent. For more information, refer to
sub-section
‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ below.
Australian Foreign Investment Review Board conditions
The Treasurer of Australia approved the DLC merger subject to certain conditions, the effect of which was to require that, among other things, BHP Group Limited continues to:
be an Australian company, which is headquartered in Australia
ultimately manage and control the companies that conducted the businesses that were conducted by its subsidiaries at the time of the DLC merger for as long as those businesses form part of BHP
The conditions also require the global headquarters of BHP to be in Australia.
The conditions have effect indefinitely, subject to amendment of the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (FATA) or any revocation or amendment by the Treasurer of Australia. If BHP Group Limited no longer wishes to comply with these conditions, it must obtain the prior approval of the Treasurer. Failure to comply with the conditions results in substantial penalties under the FATA.
Equalisation of economic and voting rights
The economic and voting interests attached to each BHP Group Limited ordinary share relative to each BHP Group Plc ordinary share are determined by a ratio known as the Equalisation Ratio.
The Equalisation Ratio is currently 1:1, meaning one BHP Group Limited ordinary share currently has the same economic and voting interests as one BHP Group Plc ordinary share.
The Equalisation Ratio governs the proportions in which dividends and capital distributions are paid on the ordinary shares in each company relative to the other. Given the current Equalisation Ratio of 1:1, the amount of any cash dividend paid by BHP Group Limited on each BHP Group Limited ordinary share must be matched by an equivalent cash dividend by BHP Group Plc on each BHP Group Plc ordinary share, and vice versa. If one company is prohibited by applicable law or is otherwise unable to pay a matching dividend, the DLC Structure Sharing Agreement requires that BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc will, as far as practicable, enter into such transactions with each other as their Boards agree to be necessary or desirable to enable both companies to pay matching dividends at the same time. These transactions may include BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc making a payment to the other company or paying a dividend on the DLC Dividend Share held by the other company (or a subsidiary of it). The DLC Dividend Share may be used to ensure that the need to trigger the matching dividend mechanism does not arise. BHP Group Limited issued a DLC Dividend Share on 23 February 2016. No DLC Dividend Share has been issued by BHP Group Plc.
271231

For more information on the DLC Dividend Share, refer to ‘DLC Dividend Share’
sub-section
below and section 4.10.5.
The Equalisation Ratio may be adjusted to maintain economic equivalence between an ordinary share in eachTable of the two companies where, broadly speaking (and subject to certain exceptions):Contents
a distribution or action affecting the amount or nature of issued share capital is proposed by one of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc and that distribution or action would result in the ratio of economic returns on, or voting rights in relation to Joint Electorate Actions (see below) of, a BHP Group Limited ordinary share to a BHP Group Plc ordinary share not being the same, or would benefit the holders of ordinary shares in one company relative to the holders of ordinary shares in the other company
no ‘matching action’ is taken by the other company. A matching action is a distribution or action affecting the amount or nature of issued share capital in relation to the holders of ordinary shares in the other company, which ensures that the economic and voting rights of a BHP Group Limited ordinary share and BHP Group Plc ordinary share are maintained in proportion to the Equalisation Ratio
For example, an adjustment would be required if there were to be a capital issue or distribution by one company to its ordinary shareholders that does not give equivalent value (before tax) on a per share basis to the ordinary shareholders of the other company and no matching action was undertaken. Since the establishment of the DLC structure in 2001, no adjustment to the Equalisation Ratio has ever been made.
DLC Dividend Share
Each of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc is authorised to issue a DLC Dividend Share to the other company or a wholly owned subsidiary of it. In effect, only that other company or a wholly owned subsidiary of it may be the holder of the share. The share is redeemable.
The holder of the share is entitled to be paid such dividends as the Board may decide to pay on that DLC Dividend Share provided that:
the amount of the dividend does not exceed the cap mentioned below
the Board of the issuing company in good faith considers paying the dividend to be in furtherance of any of the DLC principles, including the principle of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc operating as a single unified economic entity
The amounts that may be paid as dividends on a DLC Dividend Share are capped. Broadly speaking, the cap is the total amount of the preceding ordinary cash dividend (whether interim or final) paid on BHP Group Limited ordinary shares or BHP Group Plc ordinary shares, whichever is greater. The cap will not apply to any dividend paid on a DLC Dividend Share if the proceeds of that dividend are to be used to pay a special cash dividend on ordinary shares.
A DLC Dividend Share otherwise has limited rights and does not carry a right to vote. DLC Dividend Shares cannot be used to transfer funds outside of BHP as the terms of issue contain structural safeguards to ensure that a DLC Dividend Share may only be used to pay dividends within the Group. For more information on the rights attaching to and terms of DLC Dividend Shares, refer to section 4.10.5, the Constitution of BHP Group Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Group Plc.
Joint Electorate Actions
Under the terms of the DLC agreements, BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc have implemented special voting arrangements so that the ordinary shareholders of both companies vote together as a single decision-making body on matters that affect the ordinary shareholders of each company in similar ways. These are referred to as Joint Electorate Actions. For so long as the Equalisation Ratio remains 1:1, each BHP Group Limited ordinary share will effectively have the same voting rights as each BHP Group Plc ordinary share on Joint Electorate Actions.
A Joint Electorate Action requires approval by ordinary resolution (or special resolution if required by statute, regulation, applicable listing rules or other applicable requirements) of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc. In the case of BHP Group Limited, both the BHP Group Limited ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Group Limited Special Voting Share vote as a single class and, in the case of BHP Group Plc, the BHP Group Plc ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share vote as a single class.
272

Class Rights Actions
Matters on which ordinary shareholders of BHP Group Limited may have divergent interests from the ordinary shareholders of BHP Group Plc are referred to as Class Rights Actions. The company wishing to carry out the Class Rights Action requires the prior approval of the ordinary shareholders in the other company voting separately and, where appropriate, the approval of its own ordinary shareholders voting separately. Depending on the type of Class Rights Action undertaken, the approval required is either an ordinary or special resolution of the relevant company.
The Joint Electorate Action and Class Rights Action voting arrangements are secured through the constitutional documents of the two companies, the DLC Structure Sharing Agreement, the BHP Special Voting Shares Deed and rights attaching to a specially created Special Voting Share issued by each company and held in each case by a special voting company. The shares in the special voting companies are held legally and beneficially by Law Debenture Trust Corporation Plc.
Cross guarantees
BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc have each executed a Deed Poll Guarantee in favour of the creditors of the other company. Under the Deed Poll Guarantees, each company has guaranteed certain contractual obligations of the other company. This means that creditors entitled to the benefit of the BHP Group Limited Deed Poll Guarantee and the BHP Group Plc Deed Poll Guarantee will, to the extent possible, be placed in the same position as if the relevant debts were owed by both BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc on a combined basis.
Restrictions on takeovers of one company only
The BHP Group Limited Constitution and the BHP Group Plc Articles of Association have been drafted to ensure that, except with the consent of the Board, a person cannot gain control of one company without having made an equivalent offer to the ordinary shareholders of both companies on equivalent terms. Sanctions for breach of these provisions would include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and the compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.
273

4.10.4    Material contracts
DLC structure agreements
BHP Group Limited (then known as BHP Limited) and BHP Group Plc (then known as Billiton Plc) merged by way of a DLC structure on 29 June 2001. To effect the DLC structure, BHP Limited and Billiton Plc (as they were then known) entered into the following contractual agreements:
BHP Billiton DLC Structure Sharing Agreement
BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed
BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee
BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee
For information on the effect of each of these agreements, refer to section 4.10.3.
Framework Agreement
On 2 March 2016, BHP Brasil together with Vale and Samarco, entered into a Framework Agreement with the Federal Government of Brazil, states of Espírito Santo and Minas Gerais and certain other authorities to establish a foundation (Fundação Renova) that will develop and execute environmental and socio-economic programs to remediate and provide compensation for damage caused by the Samarco dam failure. For a description of the terms of the Framework Agreement, refer to section 4.9.
274

4.10.59.4    Constitution
This section sets out a summary of the Constitution of BHP Group LimitedLimited’s Constitution, as well as other related arrangements under applicable laws and the Articles of Association of BHP Group Plc. Where the term ‘BHP’ is used in this section, it can mean either BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc.regulations.
Provisions of the Constitution of BHP Group Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Group Plc can be amended only where such amendment is approved by special resolution. A ‘special resolution’ is a resolution either:
that is passed by approval as a Class Rights Action, where the amendment results in a change to an ‘Entrenched Provision’, or
otherwise, as a Joint Electorate Action
In 2015, shareholders approved a number of amendments to our constitutional documents to amend the terms75 per cent (i.e. at least three quarters) of the Equalisation Shares (which were renamed as DLC Dividend Shares) andvotes cast by BHP shareholders entitled to facilitatevote being in favour of the more streamlined conduct of simultaneous general meetings.resolution.
For a description of Joint Electorate Actions and Class Rights Actions, refer to ‘DLC structure’ in section 4.10.3.
275

Directors
The Board may exercise all powers of BHP, other than those that are reserved for BHP shareholders to exercise in a general meeting.
Power to issue securities
Under the Constitution, and Articles of Association, the Board of Directors has the power to issue any BHP shares or other securities (including redeemable shares) with preferred, deferred or other special rights, obligations or restrictions. The Board may issue shares on any terms it considers appropriate, provided that:
 
the issue does not affect any special rights of shareholders
 
if required, the issue is approved by shareholders
 
if the issue is of a class other than ordinary shares, the rights attaching to the class are expressed at the date of issue
Restrictions on voting by Directors
A Director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which they have a material personal interest except in certain prescribed circumstances, including (subject to applicable laws) where the material personal interest:
 
arises because the Director is a shareholder of BHP and is held in common with the other shareholders of BHP
 
arises in relation to the Director’s remuneration as a Director of BHP
 
relates to a contract BHP is proposing to enter into that is subject to approval by the shareholders and will not impose any obligation on BHP if it is not approved by the shareholders
 
arises merely because the Director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan, or proposed loan, to BHP
 
arises merely because the Director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to above
 
relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the Director against liabilities the Director incurs as an officer of BHP, but only if the contract does not make BHP or a related body corporate the insurer
 
relates to any payment by BHP or a related body corporate in respect of an indemnity permitted by law, or any contract relating to such an indemnity, or
 
is in a contract, or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the Director is a director of a related body corporate
If a Director has a material personal interest and is not entitled to vote on a proposal, they will not be counted in the quorum for any vote on a resolution concerning the material personal interest.
In addition, under the UK Companies Act 2006, a Director has a duty to avoid conflicts of interest between their interests and the interests of the company. The duty is not breached if, among other things, the conflict of interest is authorised by
non-interested
Directors. The Articles of Association of BHP Group Plc enable the Board to authorise a matter that might otherwise involve a Director breaching their duty to avoid conflicts of interest. An interested Director may not vote or be counted towards a quorum for a resolution authorising a conflict of interest. Where the Board authorises a conflict of interest, the Board may prohibit the relevant Director from voting on any matter relating to the conflict. The Board has adopted procedures to manage these voting restrictions.
Loans by Directors
Any Director may lend money to BHP at interest with or without security or may, for a commission or profit, guarantee the repayment of any money borrowed by BHP and underwrite or guarantee the subscription of shares or securities of BHP or of any corporation in which BHP may be interested without being disqualified as a Director and without being liable to account to BHP for any commission or profit.
 
276232

Appointment and retirement of Directors
Appointment of Directors
The Constitution and Articles of Association provideprovides that a person may be appointed as a Director of BHP by the existing Directors of BHP or may be elected by the shareholders in a general meeting.
Any person appointed as a Director of BHP by the existing Directors will hold office only until the next general meeting that includes an election of Directors.
A person may be nominated by shareholders as a Director of BHP if:
 
a shareholder provides a valid written notice of the nominationnomination; and
 
the person nominated by the shareholder satisfies candidature for the office and consents in writing to his or her nomination as a Director,
in each case,and the nomination is provided at least 40 business days before the earlier of the date of the general meeting of BHP Group Plc and the corresponding general meeting of BHP Group Limited.meeting. The person nominated as a Director may be elected to the Board by ordinary resolution passed in a general meeting.
Under the Articles of Association, if a person is validly nominated for election as a Director at a general meeting of BHP Group Limited, the Directors of BHP Group Plc must nominate that person as a Director at the corresponding general meeting of BHP Group Plc. An equivalent requirement is included in the Constitution, which requires any person validly nominated for election as a Director of BHP Group Plc to be nominated as a Director of BHP Group Limited.
Retirement of Directors
The Board has a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code under which all Non-executive Directors must, if they wish to remain on the Board, seek
re-election
by shareholders annually. This policy took effect from the 2011 Annual General Meetings (AGMs) and replaced the previous system that required Non-executive Directors to submit themselves to shareholders for
re-election
at least every three years.
A Director may be removed by BHP in accordance with applicable law and must vacate his or her office as a Director in certain circumstances set out in the Constitution and Articles of Association.Constitution. There is no requirement for a Director to retire on reaching a certain age.
Rights attaching to shares
Dividend rights
Under English law, dividends on shares may only be paid out of profits available for distribution. Under Australian law, dividends on shares may be paid only if the company’s assets exceed its liabilities immediately before the dividend is determined and the excess is sufficient for payment of the dividend, the payment of the dividend is fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders as a whole and the payment of the dividend does not materially prejudice the company’s ability to pay its creditors.
The Constitution and Articles of Association provideprovides that payment of any dividend may be made in any manner, by any means and in any currency determined by the Board.
All unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise used by the Board for the benefit of whichever of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc determined that dividend, until claimed or in the case of BHP Group Limited, otherwise disposed of according to law. BHP Group Limited is governed by the Victorian unclaimed monies legislation, which requires BHP Group Limited to pay to the State Revenue Office any unclaimed dividend payments of A$20 or more that have remained unclaimed for over 12 months.
In the case of BHP Group Plc, any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date the dividend was determined or became due for payment will be forfeited and returned to BHP Group Plc.
277

Voting rights
Generally, matters considered by shareholders at an AGM of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc constitute Joint Electorate Actions or Class Rights Actions and must be decided on a poll and in the manner described under the headings ‘Joint Electorate Actions’ and ‘Class Rights Actions’ in ‘DLC structure’ in section 4.10.3.
This means that, in practice, most items of business at AGMs are decided by way of a poll even though the Constitution and Articles of Association generally permit voting to be conducted by a show of hands in the first instance.
In addition, at any general meeting, a resolution, other than a procedural resolution, put to the vote of the meeting on which the holder of the relevant BHP Special Voting Share is entitled to vote must be decided on a poll.
For the purposes of determining which shareholders are entitled to attend or vote at a meeting of BHP Group Plc or BHP Group Limited, and how many votes such shareholder may cast, the Notice of Meeting will specify when a shareholder must be entered on the Register of Shareholders in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting. The specified time must be not more than 48 hours before the time of the meeting.
Shareholders who wish to appoint a proxy to attend, vote or speak at a meeting of BHP Group Plc or BHP Group Limited (as appropriate) on their behalf must deposit the relevant form appointing a proxy so that it is received by that company not less than 48 hours before the time of the meeting.
233

Rights to share in BHP Group Limited’s profits
The rights attached to the ordinary shares of BHP Group Limited, as regards the participation in the profits available for distribution that the Board determines to distribute, are as follows:
 
The holders of any preference shares will be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to a preferred right to participate as regards dividends up to but not beyond a specified amount in distribution.
 
Subject to the special rights attaching to any preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the DLC Dividend Share (if any) will be entitled to be paid such
non-cumulative
dividends as the Board may, subject to the cap referred to in ‘DLC structure’ in section 4.10.3 and the DLC Dividend Share being held by BHP Group Plc or a wholly owned member of its group, decide to pay on that DLC Dividend Share.
Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above will be payable to the holders of BHP Group Limited ordinary shares and the BHP Group Limited Special Voting Share in equal amounts per share.
Rights to share in BHP Group Plc’s profits
The rights attached to the ordinary shares of BHP Group Plc, in relation to the participation in the profits available for distribution that the Board determines to distribute, are as follows:
The holders of the cumulative preference shares will be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to be paid a fixed cumulative preferential dividend (Preferential Dividend) at a rate of 5.5 per cent per annum, to be paid annually in arrears on 31 July in each year or, if any such date will be a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England, on the first business day following such date in each year. Payments of Preferential Dividends will be made to holders on the register at any date selected by the Directors up to 42 days prior to the relevant fixed dividend date.
Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share will be entitled to be paid a fixed dividend of US$0.01 per annum, payable annually in arrears on 31 July.
Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares and the BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the DLC Dividend Share will be entitled to be paid such
non-cumulative
dividends as the Board may, subject to the cap referred to in ‘DLC structure’ in section 4.10.3 and the DLC Dividend Share being held by BHP Group Limited or a wholly owned member of its group, decide to pay on that DLC Dividend Share.
Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above will be payable to the holders of the BHP Group Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per BHP Group Plc ordinary share.
278

DLC Dividend Share
As set out in ‘DLC structure’ in section 4.10.3, each of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc is authorised to issue a DLC Dividend Share to the other company or a wholly owned subsidiary of it.
The dividend rights attaching to a DLC Dividend Share are described above and in ‘DLC structure’ in section 4.10.3. The DLC Dividend Share issued by BHP Group Limited (BHP Group Limited DLC Dividend Share) and the DLC Dividend Share that may be issued by BHP Group Plc (BHP Group Plc DLC Dividend Share) have no voting rights and, as set out in ‘Rights on return of assets on liquidation’ below, very limited rights to a return of capital on a
winding-up.
A DLC Dividend Share may be redeemed at any time, and must be redeemed if a person other than:
in the case of the BHP Group Limited DLC Dividend Share, BHP Group Plc or a wholly owned member of its group
in the case of the BHP Group Plc DLC Dividend Share, BHP Group Limited or a wholly owned member of its group
becomes the beneficial owner of the DLC Dividend Share.
Rights on return of assets on liquidation
Under the DLC structure, there are special provisions designed to ensure that, as far as practicable, the holders of ordinary shares in BHP Group Limited and holders of ordinary shares in BHP Group Plc are treated equitably having regard to the Equalisation Ratio. These special provisions would apply in the event of an insolvency of either or both companies.
On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Group Limited, the assets of BHP Group Limited remaining available for distribution among shareholders after the payment of all prior ranking amounts owed to all creditors and holders of preference shares, and to all prior ranking statutory entitlements, are to be applied subject to the special provisions referred to above in paying to the holders of the BHP Group Limited Special Voting Share and the DLC Dividend Share of an amount of up to A$2.00 on each such share, on an equal priority with any amount paid to the holders of BHP Group Limited ordinary shares, and any surplus remaining is to be applied in making payments solely to the holders of BHP Group Limited ordinary shares in accordance with their entitlements.
On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Group Plc, subject to the payment of all amounts payable under the special provisions referred to earlier, prior ranking amounts owed to the creditors of BHP Group Plc and to all prior ranking statutory entitlements, the assets of BHP Group Plc to be distributed on a
winding-up
are to be distributed to the holders of shares in the following order of priority:
To the holders of the cumulative preference shares, the repayment of a sum equal to the nominal capital paid up or credited as paid up on the cumulative preference shares held by them and any accrued Preferential Dividend, whether or not such dividend has been earned or declared, calculated up to the date of commencement of the
winding-up.
To the holders of the BHP Group Plc ordinary shares and to the holders of the BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share and the DLC Dividend Share, the payment out of surplus, if any, remaining after the distribution above of an equal amount for each BHP Group Plc ordinary share, the BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share and the DLC Dividend Share subject to a maximum in the case of the BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share and the DLC Dividend Share of the nominal capital paid up on such shares.
Redemption of preference shares
If BHP Group Limited at any time proposes to create and issue any preference shares, the terms of the preference shares may give either or both of BHP Group Limited and the holder the right to redeem the preference shares.
The preference shares terms may also give the holder the right to convert the preference shares into ordinary shares.
Under the Constitution, the preference shares must give the holders:
 
the right (on redemption and on a
winding-up)
to payment in cash in priority to any other class of shares of (i) the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on each of the preference shares; and (ii) the amount, if any, equal to the aggregate of any dividends accrued but unpaid and of any arrears of dividendsdividends; and
 
the right, in priority to any payment of dividend on any other class of shares, to the preferential dividenddividend.
There is no equivalent provision in the Articles of Association of BHP Group Plc, although as noted above in ‘Power to issue securities’, BHP can issue preference shares that are subject to a right of redemption on terms the Board considers appropriate.
Capital calls
Subject to the terms on which any shares may have been issued, the Board may make calls on the shareholders in respect of all monies unpaid on their shares. BHP has a lien on every partly paid share for all amounts payable in respect of that share. Each shareholder is liable to pay the amount of each call in the manner, at the time and at the place specified by the Board (subject to receiving at least 14 days’ notice specifying the time and place for payment). A call is considered to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed.
279

Borrowing powers
Subject to relevant law, the Directors may exercise all powers of BHP to borrow money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (both present and future) and all uncalled capital or any part or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of BHP or of any third party.
Variation of class rights
Rights attached to any class of shares issued by either BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc can only be varied (whether as a Joint Electorate Action or a Class Rights Action) where such variation is approved by:
 
the company that issued the relevant shares, as a special resolutionresolution; and
 
the holders of the issued shares of the affected class, either by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of the class affected, or with the written consent of members with at least 75 per cent of the votes of that classclass.
234

Annual General Meetings
The AGMs provideAnnual General Meeting (AGM) provides a forum to facilitate the sharing of shareholder views and areis an important eventsevent in the BHP calendar. These meetings provideThe meeting provides an update for shareholders on our performance and offeroffers an opportunity for shareholders to ask questions and vote. To vote at an AGM, a shareholder must be a registered holder of BHP Group Limited shares (in the case of the AGM of BHP Group Limited) or a registered holder of BHP Group Plc shares (in the case of the AGM of BHP Group Plc) at a designated time before the relevant AGM.
Key members of management, including the CEOChief Executive Officer (CEO) and CFO,Chief Financial Officer, are present and available to answer questions. The External Auditor will also be available to answer questions.
Proceedings at shareholder meetings are webcast live from our website. Copies of the speeches delivered by the Chair and CEO to the AGMsAGM are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted on our website. The outcome of voting on the items of business are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted on our website as soon as they are available following completion of the BHP Group Limited AGM and finalisation of the polls.
More information on our AGMs is available at bhp.com/meetings.
Conditions governing general meetings
The Board may, and must on requisition in accordance with applicable laws, call a general meeting of the shareholders at the time and place or places and in the manner determined by the Board. No shareholder may convene a general meeting of BHP except where entitled under law to do so. Any Director may convene a general meeting whenever the Director thinks fit. General meetings can also be adjourned or cancelled, postponed or adjourned,postponed where permitted by law or the Constitution or Articles of Association.Constitution. Notice of a general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and such notice of meeting must be given in the form and manner in which the Board thinks fit subject to any applicable law. Five shareholders of the relevant company present in person or by proxy constitute a quorum for a meeting. A shareholder who is entitled to attend and cast a vote at a general meeting of BHP may appoint a person as a proxy to attend and vote for the shareholder in accordance with applicable law. All provisions relating to general meetings apply with any necessary modifications to any special meeting of any class of shareholders that may be held.
Limitations of rights to own securities
There are no limitations under the Constitution or the Articles of Association restricting the right to own BHP shares or other securities other than restrictions that reflect the takeovers codes under relevant Australian and English law.securities. In addition, the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 imposes a number of conditions that restrict foreign ownership of Australian-based companies.
For information on share control limits imposed by the Constitution and the Articles of Association, as well as relevant laws refer to sections 4.10.9 and ‘DLC structure’ in section 4.10.3.Additional information 9.8.
Documents on display
Documents filed by BHP Group Limited on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) are available at asx.com.au and documents filed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) by BHP Group Plc are available at https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism. Documents filed on the ASX or on the LSE are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. The documents referred to in this Annual Report as being available on our website, bhp.com, are not incorporated by reference and do not form part of this Annual Report.
BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc both filefiles Annual Reports and other reports and information with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These filings are available on the SEC website at sec.gov.
 
280235

4.10.69.5    Share ownership
Share capital
The details of the share capital for both BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc are presented in Financial Statements note 16 ‘Share capital’ in section 3 and remain current as at 204 August 2021.2022.
Major shareholders
The table in ‘Ordinary share holdings and transactions’ in section 2.2.3Remuneration Report 5.4 and the information set out ‘Keyin ‘Executive Key Management Personnel’ in section 2.3.5Directors’ Report 4 present information pertaining to the shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc held by Directors and members of the Key Management Personnel (KMP).Personnel.
Neither BHP Group Limited nor BHP Group Plc is not directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation or by any government. Other than as described in ‘DLC Structure’ in section 4.10.3, noNo shareholder possesses voting rights that differ from those attaching to all of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc’sLimited’s voting securities.
Substantial shareholders in BHP Group Limited
The following table shows holdings of 5 per cent or more of voting rights in BHP Group Limited’s shares as notified to BHP Group Limited under the Australian Corporations Act 2001, Section 671B as at 30 June 2021.2022.
(1)1
 
Title of class
 
Identity of
person or group
 
Date of last notice
   
% of total voting
rights
(2)
 
Date of last notice
     
Title of class
 
Identity of
person or group
Date received
 
Date of change
 
Number
owned
 
2021
 
2020
 
2019
 
Identity of person or group
 
Date received
 
Date of change
 
Number owned
 
% of total

voting rights
2
 
 21 November 2019 18 November 2019  176,981,268  6.00 6.00 5.46 Citigroup Global Markets Australia Pty Limited 26 April 2022 21 April 2022  318,921,856.17   6.2999
Ordinary shares
 Vanguard Group 18 June 2020 19 March 2020  177,088,930     6.00 6.01  BlackRock Group 3 February 2022 31 January 2022  351,161,439   6.93
Ordinary shares
 First Sentier Investors Holdings Pty Limited 25 January 2022 21 January 2022  148,776,229   5.04
 
(1)1 
No changes inBetween 1 July 2022 and 4 August 2022, BHP received a substantial shareholder notice from State Street Corporation on 22 July 2022, which included the holdingsfollowing information: date of 5 per cent or morechange 20 July 2022, the number of thesecurities owned 261,205,833 and percentage of voting rights in BHP Group Limited’s shares have been notified to BHP Group Limited between 1 July 2021 and 20 August 2021.5.16 per cent.
 
(2)2 
The percentages quoted are based on the total voting rights conferred by ordinary sharesprovided in BHP Group Limited as at 20 August 2021 of 2,950,251,394.the last substantial shareholders notice.
Substantial shareholders in BHP Group Plc
The following table shows holdings of 3 per cent or more of voting rights conferred by BHP Group Plc’s ordinary shares as notified to BHP Group Plc under the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5 as at 30 June 2021.
(1)

Title of class
 
Identity of
person or group
 
Date of last notice
    
% of total voting
rights
(2)
 
Date received
 
Date of change
 
Number
owned
  
2021
 
2020
 
2019
Ordinary shares
 Aberdeen Asset Managers Limited 8 October 2015 7 October 2015  103,108,283  4.88 4.88 4.88
Ordinary shares
 BlackRock, Inc. 3 December 2009 1 December 2009  213,014,043
(3)
 
 <10.00 <10.00 <10.00
Ordinary shares
 Elliott International, L.P.
(4)
 4 January 2020 1 January 2020  106,940,721  5.06 5.06 5.45
Ordinary shares
 Norges Bank
(5)
 21 July 2020 20 July 2020  105,910,183  5.01 5.01 3.07
(1) 
No changes in the holdings of 3 per cent or more of voting rights in BHP Group Plc’s shares have been notified to BHP Group Plc between 1 July 2021 and 20 August 2021.
(2) 
The percentages quoted are based on the total voting rights conferred by ordinary shares in BHP Group Plc as at 20 August 2021 of 2,112,071,796.
(3) 
The
TR-1
notification of major holdings form dated 1 December 2009 showed, as at that date, an interest in 213,014,043 shares which amounted to 9.65 per cent of the BHP Group Plc issued share capital. Changes in the share capital of BHP Group Plc since the TR1 was received on 3 December 2009, including certain share
buy-backs
conducted by BHP Group Plc, indicated a formulaic holding above 10 per cent; however, given no revised TR1 has been received by BHP Group Plc, the BlackRock holding is considered to be below 10 per cent.
(4) 
Holding is made up of 4.66 per cent ordinary shares and 0.41 per cent by financial instruments.
(5) 
Holding is made up of 5.01 per cent ordinary shares and 0.001 per cent by financial instruments.
281

Twenty largest shareholders as at 204 August 20212022 (as named on the Register of Shareholders)
(1)1
 
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Limited
 
Number of fully
paid shares
 
% of issued
capital
 
BHP Group Limited
  
Number of fully

paid shares
   
% of issued
capital
 
1. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 645,004,218  21.86  
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
2
   1,308,389,176    25.85 
2. J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 469,192,067  15.90  
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited
   808,044,953    15.96 
3. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Citibank NY ADR DEP A/C> 227,232,926  7.70  
Computershare Clearing Pty Ltd <CCNL DI A/C>
3
   377,361,065    7.45 
4. Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd 133,872,944  4.54  
Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd
   345,389,241    6.82 
5. National Nominees Limited 95,294,905  3.23  
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Citibank NY ADR Dep A/C>
   287,052,215    5.67 
6. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C> 53,391,864  1.81  
South Africa Control A/C\C
4
   215,543,062    4.26 
7. BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP> 49,862,404  1.69  
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <Drp>
   140,537,183    2.78 
8. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State INV A/C> 29,303,581  0.99  
National Nominees Limited
   133,886,307    2.64 
9. BNP Paribas Nominees PTY Ltd Six Sis Ltd <DRP A/C> 26,792,321  0.91  
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending Drp A/C>
   61,711,472    1.22 
10. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
<Nt-Comnwlth
Super Corp A/C>
 21,100,336  0.72  
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>
   41,973,139    0.83 
11. Computershare Nominees CI Ltd <ASX Shareplus Control A/C> 16,974,417  0.58  
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
<Nt-Comnwlth
Super Corp A/C>
   32,952,696    0.65 
12. Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited 13,413,159  0.45  
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd ACF Clearstream
   21,016,512    0.42 
13. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <Euroclear Bank SA NV A/C> 12,599,528  0.43  
Computershare Nominees CI Ltd <ASX Shareplus Control A/C>
   19,149,708    0.38 
14. Netwealth Investments Limited <Wrap Services A/C> 9,723,904  0.33  
Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
   13,413,159    0.26 
15. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd ACF Clearstream 8,859,295  0.30  
Netwealth Investments Limited <Wrap Services A/C>
   12,887,342    0.25 
16. Argo Investments Limited 7,618,304  0.26  
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Hub24 Custodial Serv Ltd <DRP A/C>
   10,288,935    0.20 
17. CS Third Nominees Pty Limited <HSBC Cust Nom AU Ltd 13 A/C> 6,991,188  0.24  
Argo Investments Limited
   8,968,304    0.18 
18. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Hub24 Custodial Serv Ltd <DRP A/C> 6,466,956  0.22  
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
2
   7,379,822    0.15 
19. Solium Nominees (Australia) Pty Ltd <VSA A/C> 6,344,025  0.22  
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <Euroclear Bank SA NV A/C>
   6,927,263    0.14 
20. Milton Corporation Limited 4,854,921  0.16  
Solium Nominees (Australia) Pty Ltd <VSA A/C>
   5,574,376    0.11 
  
 
  
 
    
 
   
 
 
  
 
1,844,893,263
 
 
 
62.53
 
   
 
3,858,445,930
 
  
 
76.22
 
  
 
  
 
    
 
   
 
 
BHP Group Plc
 
Number of fully
paid shares
 
% of issued
capital
 
1. PLC Nominees (Proprietary) Limited
(2)
 271,064,311  12.83 
2. National City Nominees Limited 121,100,203  5.73 
3. State Street Nominees Limited 108,021,608  5.11 
4. Vidacos Nominees Limited <13559> 103,135,721  4.88 
5. Chase Nominees Limited <Usresld> 91,777,141  4.35 
6. The Bank Of New York (Nominees) 67,444,587  3.19 
7. State Street Nominees Limited 50,880,990  2.41 
8. Government Employees Pension Fund-Public Investment Corporation 40,389,304  1.91 
9. Nortrust Nominees Limited 39,359,904  1.86 
10. State Street Nominees Limited 35,523,641  1.68 
11. Chase Nominees Limited <Bbhlend> 29,919,629  1.42 
12. Hanover Nominees Limited <Sogcs> 29,263,154  1.39 
13. Hanover Nominees Limited <Ubs03> 28,040,186  1.33 
14. Chase Nominees Limited 27,621,622  1.31 
15. Lynchwood Nominees Limited 26,221,509  1.24 
16. State Street Nominees Limited 24,820,368  1.18 
17. Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa 23,537,693  1.11 
18. State Street Nominees Limited 21,080,452  1.00 
19. Hanover Nominees Limited <Jpm17> 18,945,039  0.90 
20. Vidacos Nominees Limited <Clrlux> 18,009,571  0.85 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,176,156,633
 
 
 
55.69
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
(1)1 
Many of the 20 largest shareholders shown for BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc hold shares as a nominee or custodian. In accordance with the reporting requirements, the tables reflect the legal ownership of shares and not the details of the underlying beneficial holders.
 
(2)
The largest holderHSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited is listed twice in the above table as they are registered separately under the same name on the share register.
Computershare Clearing Pty Ltd <CCNL DI A/C> represents the Depositary Interest Register (UK).
South Africa Control A/C\C represents the South African register of BHP Group Plc is the Strate nominee in which the majority of shares in South Africa (including some of the shareholders included in this list) are held in dematerialised form.branch register.
 
282236

US share ownership as at 204 August 20212022
 
  
BHP Group Limited
   
BHP Group Plc
   
BHP Group Limited
 
  
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of

shares
 
%
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
 
%
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
 
%
 
Classification of holder
Classification of holder
 
                   
Registered holders of voting securities   1,533    0.28    3,711,268  0.13    76    0.57    92,970  0.01    1,613    0.26    3,665,430  0.07 
ADR holders
       1,533        0.28       228,895,234(1)      7.76         189        1.41       121,100,202(2)      5.73        1,760      0.29       285,080,406   5.63 
 
(1)1 
These shares translate to 114,447,617 ADRs.
(2) 
These shares translate to 60,550,101142,540,203 ADRs.
Geographical distribution of shareholders and shareholdings as at 204 August 20212022
 
  
BHP Group Limited
   
BHP Group Plc
   
BHP Group Limited
 
  
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
 
%
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
   
%
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
 
%
 
Registered address
                      
Australia
   526,748    96.96    2,895,280,282  98.14    1,495    11.12    1,986,279    0.09    595,906    97.41    5,006,223,404  98.89 
New Zealand
   8,859    1.63    20,016,647  0.68    25    0.19    34,208    0.01    7,448    1.22    17,288,389  0.34 
United Kingdom
   2,486    0.46    6,504,235  0.22    9,172    68.22    1,836,043,487    86.93    2,463    0.40    6,396,636  0.13 
United States
   1,533    0.28    3,711,268  0.13    76    0.57    92,970    0.01    1,613    0.26    3,665,430  0.07 
South Africa
   96    0.02    217,529  0.01    1,935    14.39    271,244,446    12.84    93    0.02    194,146  0.00 
Other
   3,559    0.65    24,521,433  0.82    741    5.51    2,670,406    0.13    4,206    0.69    28,555,185   0.57 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
Total
   543,281    100.00    2,950,251,394     100.00    13,444    100.00    2,112,071,796    100.00    611,729    100    5,062,323,190  100 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
Distribution of shareholdings by size as at 204 August 20212022
 
  
BHP Group Limited
   
BHP Group Plc
   
BHP Group Limited
 
  
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
(1)
 
%
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
(1)
   
%
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
1
   
%
 
Size of holding
                       
1 – 500
(2)
   254,525    46.85    53,184,352  1.80    7,169    53.32    1,423,059    0.07 
1 – 500
2
   294,628    48.163    59,084,642    1.17 
501 – 1,000
   100,846    18.56    77,206,333  2.62    2,229    16.58    1,641,003    0.09    109,464    17.894    83,778,512    1.65 
1,001 – 5,000
   148,183    27.28    331,352,333  11.23    2,300    17.11    4,722,591    0.24    164,130    26.831    367,994,711    7.27 
5,001 – 10,000
   23,571    4.34    166,292,785  5.64    355    2.64    2,528,873    0.12    26,073    4.262    183,985,534    3.63 
10,001 – 25,000
   12,189    2.24    182,978,713  6.20    328    2.44    5,415,961    0.25    13,245    2.165    198,949,969    3.93 
25,001 – 50,000
   2,620    0.48    89,156,739  3.02    196    1.46    7,137,840    0.34    2,766    0.452    94,261,200    1.86 
50,001 – 100,000
   880    0.16    60,146,735  2.04    187    1.39    13,643,993    0.71    936    0.153    64,334,549    1.27 
100,001 – 250,000
   322    0.06    45,485,094  1.54    242    1.80    39,735,115    1.78    347    0.057    49,498,045    0.98 
250,001 – 500,000
   72    0.01    24,988,342  0.85    121    0.90    43,918,465    2.39    66    0.011    22,227,516    0.44 
500,001 – 1,000,000
   28    0.01    19,404,350  0.66    110    0.82    78,002,808    3.32    25    0.004    17,084,058    0.34 
1,000,001 and over
   45    0.01    1,900,055,618  64.40    207    1.54    1,913,902,088    90.62    49    0.008    3,921,124,454    77.46 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
   543,281    100.00    2,950,251,394     100.00    13,444    100.00    2,112,071,796    100.00    611,729    100    5,062,323,190    100 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
(1)1 
One ordinary share entitles the holder to one vote.
 
(2)2 
The number of BHP Group Limited shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel (A$500) based on the market price of A$44.3438.17 as at 204 August 20212022 was 5,703.9,468.
 
   
BHP Group Limited
   
BHP Group Plc
 
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
  
%
   
Number of
shareholders
   
%
   
Number of
shares
   
%
 
Classification of holder
               
Corporate
   156,217    28.75    2,164,415,676   73.36    4,591    34.15    2,103,853,273    99.61 
Private
   387,064    71.25    785,835,718   26.64    8,853    66.85    8,218,523    0.39 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   543,281    100.00    2,950,251,394      100.00    13,444    100.00    2,112,071,796    100.00 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
283237

4.10.7
9.6    Dividends
Policy
The Group adopted a dividend policy in February 2016 that provides for a minimum 50 per cent payout of Underlying attributable profit (Continuing operations) at every reporting period. For information on Underlying attributable profit (Continuing operations) for FY2021,FY2022 refer to section 1.8.1.OFR 4.2 and OFR 11.
The Board will assess, at everyeach reporting period, the ability to pay amounts additional to the minimum payment, in accordance with the Capital Allocation Framework, as described in section 1.6.OFR 2.2.
In FY2021,FY2022, we determined our dividends and other distributions in US dollars as it is our main functional currency. BHP Group Limited paid its dividends in Australian dollars, UK pounds sterling, New Zealand dollars and US dollars. BHP Group Plc paid its dividends in UK pounds sterling (or US dollars, if elected) to shareholders registered on its principal register in the United Kingdom and in South African rand to shareholders registered on its branch register in South Africa.
Currency conversions are based on foreign currency exchange rates on a single day or an average for a period of days ending on or before the dividend record date. Different periods are used for each currency, based on the size of the dividend and each currency’s liquidity and market dynamics.
Setting currency conversion rates based on a single day or over a range of days helps to reduce the Group’s exposure to movements in exchange rates, while optimising currency market liquidity to accommodate potential larger dividend currency requirements.
Payments
BHP Group Limited shareholders may currently have their cash dividends paid directly into their bank account in Australian dollars, UK pounds sterling, New Zealand dollars, or US dollars, provided they have submitted direct credit details and if required, a valid currency election nominating a financial institution to the BHP Share Registrar in Australia no later than close of business on the dividend reinvestment plan election date. BHP Group Limited shareholders who do not provide their direct credit details will receive dividend payments by way of a cheque in Australian dollars.
BHP Group Plc shareholders on the UK register who wish to receive their dividends in US dollars must complete the appropriate election form and return it to the BHP Share Registrar in the United Kingdom no later than close of business on the dividend reinvestment plan election date. BHP Group Plc shareholders may have their cash dividends paid directly into a bank or building society by completing a dividend mandate form, which is available from the BHP Share Registrar in the United Kingdom or South Africa.
Dividend reinvestment plan
BHP offers a dividend reinvestment plan to registered shareholders, which provides the opportunity to use cash dividends to purchase BHP shares in the market. Following the unification of BHP’s DLC structure, BHP made amendments to its dividend reinvestment programme to provide former shareholders of BHP Group Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd) with an ongoing opportunity to participate in the BHP Group Limited dividend reinvestment plan.
284

4.10.89.7    American Depositary Receipts fees and charges
We have an American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programsprogram for BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc.
Both of the ADR programs havewhich has a 2:1 ordinary shares to American Depositary Share (ADS) ratio.
Depositary fees
Citibank serves as the depositary bank for both of our ADR programs.program. ADR holders agree to the terms in the deposit agreement filed with the SEC for depositing ADSsordinary shares or surrendering the ADSs for cancellation and for certain services as provided by Citibank. Holders are required to pay allcertain fees for general depositary services provided by Citibank, in each of our ADR programs, as set forthout in the tables below.
Standard depositary fees:fees
 
Depositary service
  
Fee payable by the ADR holders
Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of shares  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued
Delivery of Deposited Securities against surrender of ADSs  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered
Distribution of Cash DistributionsDividends  No feeUp to US$1.50 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held
Corporate actions depositary fees:fees
 
Depositary service
  
Fee payable by the ADR holders
Cash Distributions other than Cash Dividends (i.e. sale of rights, other entitlements, return of capital)  Up to US$2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held
Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs. Excludes stock dividends and stock splits  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held
Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e.,
spin-off
shares)
  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held
Distribution of ADSs pursuant to an ADR ratio change in which shares are distributedNo fee
238

Fees payable by the Depositary to the Issuer
Citibank has provided BHP net reimbursement of US$1,157,5001,067,481.21 in FY2021FY2022 for ADR program-related expenses for both of BHP’s ADR programs (FY2020program (FY2021: US$1,157,500). ADR program-related expenses include legal and accounting fees, listing fees, expenses related to investor relations in the United States, fees payable to service providers for the distribution of material to ADR holders, expenses of Citibank as administrator of the ADS Direct Plan and expenses to remain in compliance with applicable laws.
Citibank has further agreed to waive other ADR program-related expenses for FY2021,FY2022, amounting to US$24,189.85 (BHP Group Limited: US$17,663.41; BHP Group Plc: $6,526.44)18,195.03 which are associated with the administration of the ADR programs (FY2020 less thanprogram (FY2021: US$0.03 million)24,189.85).
The ADSs issued under our ADR programsprogram trade on the NYSE under the stock tickers BHP and BBL for the BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc programs, respectively.ticker BHP. As of 204 August 2021,2022, there were 114,447,617142,540,203 ADSs on issue and outstanding in the BHP Group Limited ADR programprogram.
Charges
Holders are also required to pay the following charges in connection with depositing of ordinary shares and 60,550,101surrendering ADSs on issuefor cancellation and outstandingfor the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities: taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees, transmission and delivery expenses, expenses and charges incurred by the depositary in the BHP Group Plc ADR program.conversion of foreign currency, fees and expenses of the depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements and fees and expenses incurred by the depositary or other nominee in connection with servicing or delivery of deposit securities.
285

4.10.99.8    Government regulations
Our assets are subject to a broad range of laws and regulations imposed by governments and regulatory bodies. These regulations touch all aspects of our assets, including how we extract, process and explore for minerals oil and natural gas and how we conduct our business, including regulations governing matters such as environmental protection, land rehabilitation, occupational health and safety, human rights, the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples, competition, foreign investment, export, marketing of minerals, oil and natural gas and taxes.
The ability to extract and process minerals oil and natural gas is fundamental to BHP. In most jurisdictions, the rights to extract mineral or petroleum deposits are owned by the government. We obtain the right to access the land and extract the product by entering into licences or leases with the government that owns the mineral oil or natural gas deposit. We also rely on governments to grant the rights necessary to transport and treat the extracted material to prepare it for sale. The terms of the lease or licence, including the time period of the lease or licence, vary depending on the laws of the relevant government or terms negotiated with the relevant government. Generally, we own the product we extract and we are required to pay royalties or other taxes to the government. The Queensland Government recently announced that a
10-year
freeze on coal royalties would expire on 30 June 2022, with a new progressive royalty system to apply from 1 July 2022. The revised system replaced the fixed royalty amount of 15 per cent on any amounts above A$150 per tonne with a tiered approach, which increases the royalty amount payable as the price of coal passes certain monetary thresholds. The royalty rates for amounts up to and including A$150 will not change despite the expiry of the royalty freeze. For more information refer to OFR 5.1.
The rights to explore for minerals oil and natural gas are granted to us by the government that owns the natural resources we wish to explore. Usually, the right to explore carries with it the obligation to spend a defined amount of money on the exploration, or to undertake particular exploration activities.
In certain jurisdictions where we have assets, such as Trinidad and Tobago, a production sharing contract (PSC) governs the relationship between the government and companies concerning how much of the oil and gas extracted from the country each party will receive. In PSCs, the government awards rights for the execution of exploration, development and production activities to the company. The company bears the financial risk of the initiative and explores, develops and ultimately produces the field as required. When successful, the company is permitted to use the money from a certain set percentage of produced oil and gas to recover its capital and operational expenditures, known as ‘cost oil’. The remaining production is known as ‘profit oil’ and is split between the government and the company at a rate determined by the government and set out in the PSC.
Environmental protection, mine closure and land rehabilitation, and occupational health and safety are principally regulated by governments and to a lesser degree, if applicable, by leases. These obligations often require us to make substantial expenditures to minimise or remediate the environmental impact of our assets and to ensure the safety of our employees and contractors and the communities where we operate. Regulations setting emissions standards for fuels used to power vehicles and equipment at our assets and the modes of transport used in our supply chains can also have a substantial impact, both directly and indirectly, on the markets for these products, with
flow-on
impacts on our costs. For more information on these types of obligations refer to section 1.13.OFR 7.
The Parliament of Western Australia Government is currently progressingrecently passed the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Bill 2020Act 2021
(WA) (ACH Bill)Act). The ACH Act, which received assent on 22 December 2021, will replace the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act
1972
(WA), which, if passed into law, is expected toconcluding more than three years of consultation with Indigenous Australians, industry representatives, heritage professionals and the Western Australian community. The ACH Act will strengthen the Western Australian government’s authority to regulate land use including mining activities, and the consultation process in relation to Aboriginal cultural heritage sites in Western Australia. Before the ACH Act comes into operation, there will be a transitional period of at least 12 months during which subordinate legislation, statutory guidelines and operational policies will be developed to ensure the ACH Act will achieve its intended effects. There is potential for the ACH Act to impact BHP’s mining operations or future access to mining areas. For more information refer to section 1.13.10.
OFR 7.13.
From time to time, certain trade sanctions are adopted by the United Nations (UN) Security Council and/or various governments, including in the United Kingdom, the United States, the European Union (EU), China and Australia against certain countries, entities or individuals, that may restrict our ability to sell extracted minerals, oil or natural gas to, and/or our ability to purchase goods or services from, these countries, entities or individuals.
239

Disclosure of Iran-related activities pursuant to section 13(r) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section 13(r) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) requires an issuer to disclose in its annual reports whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran. If applicable, disclosure is required even where the activities, transactions or dealings are conducted outside the United States by
non-U.S.non-US
persons in compliance with applicable law, and whether or not the activities are sanctionable under U.S.US law. Provided in this section is certain information concerning activities of certain affiliates of BHP that took place in FY2021.FY2022. BHP believes that these activities are not sanctionable either as being outside the scope of U.S.US sanctions, or within the scope of a specific licence issued by the U.S.US Department of the Treasury‘s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC).
On 30 November 2018, BHP Billiton Petroleum Great Britain Ltd (BHP GB), a wholly owned subsidiary of BHP, and its
co-venturers
in the Bruce and Keith gas and oil fields offshore United Kingdom (BP Exploration Operating Company (BP), Marubeni Oil & Gas (UK) Limited (Marubeni) and Total E&P UK Limited (Total)) completed the sale of their interests in the Bruce and Keith gas and oil fields to Serica Energy (UK) Limited (Serica) (the Bruce and Keith Transaction). BHP divested its entire licence interests in Bruce and Keith but retained the obligation to fund decommissioning in accordance with its previous licence interest.
286

The transfer of licence interests and retention of decommissioning liabilities for the Bruce and Keith
co-venturers
in the respective gas and oil fields is described below:
 
   
Bruce
   
Keith
 
   
Pre-sale

interest %
   
Post-sale

licence
interest %
   
Post-sale

decom.

interest %
   
Pre-sale

interest %
   
Post-sale

licence
interest %
   
Post-sale

decom.
interest %
 
BP
   37    1    37    34.83    0    34.83 
Total
   43.25    1    43.25    25    0    25 
BHP GB
   16    0    16    31.83    0    31.83 
Marubeni
   3.65    0    0    8.33    0    0 
Serica
   0    98    3.75    0    100    8.33 
While the sale closed on 30 November 2018, it was effective in economic terms as of 1 January 2018. In addition to initial cash consideration received from Serica at completion, BHP subsequently received, and will continue to receive:BHP:
 
subsequently received a share of
pre-tax
net cash flow attributable to its historic interest in the Bruce and Keith gas and oil fields of 60 per cent during December 2018, 50 per cent in CY2019 and 40 per cent in each of CY2020 and CY2021 under a Net Cash Flow Sharing Deed; and
 
will continue to receive a share of projected decommissioning costs up to a specified capcap.
The Bruce platform provides transportation and processing services to the nearby Rhum gas field pursuant to a contract between the Bruce owners and Rhum owners (the Bruce-Rhum Agreement). At the same time as the Bruce and Keith Transaction, Serica acquired from BP its 50 per cent interest and operatorship of the Rhum gas field. The Rhum gas field is now owned by a 50:50 unincorporated joint venture arrangement between Serica and Iranian Oil Company (UK) Limited (IOC). IOC is an indirect subsidiary of the National Iranian Oil Company, (NIOC), which is a corporation owned by the Government of Iran.
OFAC issued licence No.
IA-2018-352294-2
(the OFAC Licence) authorising BP, Serica and all U.S.US persons and U.S.-owned
US-owned
or controlled foreign entities identified in the licence application to provide goods, services and support for the operation, maintenance and production of the Rhum gas field, and goods, services and support to the Bruce platform for a period from 2 November 2018 through 31 October 2019. On 22 October 2019, OFAC renewed this licence through to 28 February 2021, and on 19 January 2021, OFAC renewed the license through to 31 January 2023. OFAC also provided an assurance that
non-U.S.non-US
persons would not be exposed to U.S.US secondary sanctions for engaging in these activities and transactions involving Rhum or the Bruce platform, namely providing goods, services, and support to the Rhum field.
BHP continues to monitor developments concerning U.S.US sanctions with respect to Iran to maintain compliance with applicable sanctions laws and requirements. Although BHP has no ongoing direct dealings with any Iranian party, because BHP will receivereceived ongoing consideration from Serica related to the sale of its interest in the Bruce-Rhum Agreement, BHP has included this disclosure.
BHP recognised the following transactions in FY2021FY2022 related to the Bruce-Rhum Agreement. For the period 1 July 20202021 to 30 June 2021,2022, BHP received US$2.26.5 million from Serica under the Net Cash Flow Sharing Deed.
Uranium production in Australia
To mine, process, transport and sell uranium from within Australia, we are required to hold possession and export permissions, which are also subject to regulation by the Australian Government or bodies that report to the Australian Government.
To possess nuclear material, such as uranium, in Australia, a Permit to Possess Nuclear Materials (Possession Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Nuclear
Non-Proliferation
(Safeguards) Act 1987
(Non-Proliferation
Act). A Possession Permit is issued by the Australian Minister for Foreign Affairs. Compliance with the
Non-Proliferation
Act is monitored by the Australian Safeguards and
Non-Proliferation
Office, an office established under the
Non-Proliferation
Act, which administers Australia’s domestic nuclear safeguards requirements and reports to the Australian Government.
To export uranium from Australia, a Permit to Export Natural Uranium (Export Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Customs (Prohibited Exports) Regulations 1958. The Export Permit is issued by the Minister with responsibility for Resources and Energy.
A special permit to transport nuclear material is required under the
Non-Proliferation
Act by a party that transports nuclear material from one specified location to another specified location. Each of the service providers we engage to transport uranium is required to hold a permit to transport nuclear material issued by the Australian Safeguards and
Non-Proliferation
Office.
287240

Shareholding limits
BHP Group Plc
There are no laws or regulations currently in force in the United Kingdom that restrict the export or import of capital or the payment of dividends to
non-resident
holders of BHP Group Plc’s shares, although the Group does operate in some other jurisdictions where the payment of dividends could be affected by exchange control approvals.
From time to time, certain sanctions are adopted by the UN Security Council and/or various governments, including in the United Kingdom, the United States, the EU and Australia against certain countries, entities or individuals that may restrict the export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends to certain
non-resident
holders of BHP Group Plc’s shares.
There are no restrictions under BHP Group Plc’s Articles of Association or (subject to the effect of any sanctions) under English law that limit the right of
non-resident
or foreign owners to hold or vote BHP Group Plc’s shares.
There are certain restrictions on shareholding levels under BHP Group Plc’s Articles of Association described below.
BHP Group Limited
Under current Australian legislation, the payment of any dividends, interest or other payments by BHP Group Limited to
non-resident
holders of BHP Group Limited’s shares is not restricted by exchange controls or other limitations, except that, in certain circumstances, BHP Group Limited may be required to withhold Australian taxes.
From time to time, certain sanctions are adopted by the UN Security Council and/or various governments, including in the United Kingdom, the United States, the EU and Australia. Those sanctions prohibit or, in some cases, impose certain approval and reporting requirements on transactions involving sanctioned countries, entities and individuals and/or assets controlled or owned by them. Certain transfers into or out of Australia of amounts greater than A$10,000 in any currency may also be subject to reporting requirements.
The Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (the FATA) restricts certain acquisitions of interests in securities in Australian companies, including BHP Group Limited. Generally, under the FATA, the prior approval of the Australian Treasurer must be obtained for proposals by a foreign person (either alone or together with its associates) to acquire 20 per cent or more of the voting power or issued securities in an Australian company. Lower approval thresholds apply in certain circumstances, including
for acquisitions of interests in entities that operate a ‘national security business’, and acquisitions of interests by a foreign government investorinvestors of voting power or issued securities in an Australian company.
The FATA also empowers the Treasurer to make certain orders prohibiting acquisitions by foreign persons in Australian companies, including BHP Group Limited (and requiring divestiture if the acquisition has occurred) where the Treasurer considers the acquisition to be contrary to national security or the national interest. Such orders may also be made in respect of acquisitions by foreign persons where two or more foreign persons (and their associates) in aggregate already control 40 per cent or more of the issued securities or voting power in an Australian company, including BHP Group Limited.
The restrictions in the FATA on acquisitions of securities in BHP Group Limited described above apply equally to acquisitions of securities in BHP Group Plc because BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc are dual listed entities.
Except for the restrictions under the FATA, there are no limitations, either under Australian law or under the Constitution of BHP Group Limited, on the right of
non-residents
to hold or vote BHP Group Limited ordinary shares.
288

Shareholding limitsPost-unification requirements under the Constitution and Articles of AssociationFATA
There are certain other statutory restrictions and restrictions that are reflected in BHP Group Limited’s Constitution and BHP Group Plc’s ArticlesThe Treasurer gave approval under the FATA for the actions taken as part of Association that apply generally to acquisitionsimplementation of shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc (i.e. the restrictions are not targeted at foreign persons only). These include restrictionsunification of BHP’s DLC structure on a person (and associates) breaching a voting power threshold of:the conditions set out below:
 
above 20 per cent in relation to BHP Group Limited remains an Australian resident company, incorporated under the Corporations Act, that is listed on a ‘stand-alone’ basis (i.e. calculated as if there were no Special Voting Sharethe ASX under the name ‘BHP Group Limited’ and only counting BHP Group Limited’s ordinary shares)trades under that name.
 
30 per centBHP Group Limited remains the ultimate holding company of, and continues to ultimately manage and control the companies conducting the businesses which are presently conducted by the subsidiaries of BHP Group Plc. This isLimited, including the thresholdMinerals and Services businesses, for a mandatory offer under Rule 9so long as those businesses form part of the UK takeover code and this threshold applies to all voting rights of BHP Group Plc (therefore including voting rights attached to the BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share)Group.
 
30 per cent in relation toThe headquarters of BHP Group Plc on a ‘stand-alone’ basis (i.e. calculated as if there were no Special Voting Share and only countingLimited (including the BHP Group Plc’s ordinary shares)Group’s corporate head offices) are to be in Australia.
 
above 20 per cent in relation to BHP Group Plc, calculated having regard to all the voting power on a joint electorate basis (i.e. calculated on the aggregateThe Chief Executive Officer of BHP Group Limited’s and BHP Group Plc’s ordinary shares)Limited has their principal office in Australia.
Under BHP Group Limited’s Constitution and BHP Group Plc’s Articles of Association, sanctions for breach of any of these thresholds, other than by means of certain ‘permitted acquisitions’, include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.
 
289
The centre of administrative and practical management of BHP Group Limited is in Australia and BHP Group Limited’s corporate head office activities, of the kind presently carried on in Australia, continue to be managed in Australia.
The headquarters of BHP Group Limited is publicly acknowledged as being in Australia in significant public announcements and in all public documents.
The Chief Executive Officer of BHP Group Limited has their principal place of residence in Australia.
The majority of all regularly scheduled Board meetings of BHP Group Limited in any calendar year occurs in Australia.
241

4.10.10
9.9    Taxation
The taxation discussion below describes the material Australian, UK and US federal income tax consequences to a US holder owning BHP Group Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Group Plc ordinary shares or ADSs. The discussion below also outlines the potential South African tax issues for US holders of BHP Group Plc shares that are listed on the JSE.
The following discussion is not relevant to
non-US
holders of BHP Group Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Group Plc ordinary shares or ADSs. By its nature, the commentary below is of a general nature and we recommend that holders of ordinary shares or ADSs consult their own tax advisers regarding the Australian, UK South African and US federal, state and local tax and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances.
For purposes of this commentary, a US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs who is, for US federal income tax purposes:
 
a citizen or resident alien of the US;
 
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) that is created or organised under the laws of the US or any political subdivision thereof;
 
an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
a trust:
 
 (a)
if a court within the US is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more US persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions; or
 
 (b)
that has made a valid election to be treated as a US person for tax purposes.
This discussion of material tax consequences for US holders is based on the Australian, UK US and South AfricanUS laws currently in effect, the published practice of tax authorities in those jurisdictions and the double taxation treaties and conventions currently in existence. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
US holders in BHP Group Limited
(a) Australian taxation
Dividends
Dividends (including other distributions treated as dividends for Australian tax purposes) paid by BHP Group Limited to a US holder that is not an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes will generally not be subject to Australian withholding tax if they are fully franked (broadly, where a dividend is franked, tax paid by BHP Group Limited is imputed to the shareholders).
Dividends paid to such US holders, which are not fully franked, will generally be subject to Australian withholding tax not exceeding 15 per cent only to the extent (if any) that the dividend is neither:
 
franked; nor
 
declared by BHP Group Limited to be conduit foreign income. (Broadly, this means that the relevant part of the dividend is declared to have been paid out of foreign source amounts received by BHP Group Limited that are not subject to tax in Australia, such as dividends remitted to Australia by foreign subsidiaries).
The Australian withholding tax outcome described above applies to US holders who are eligible for benefits under the Tax Convention between Australia and the US as to the Avoidance of Double Taxation (the Australian Tax Treaty). Otherwise, the rate of Australian withholding tax may be 30 per cent.
In contrast, dividends (including other distributions treated as dividends for Australian tax purposes) paid by BHP Group Limited to a US holder may instead be taxed by assessment in Australia if the US holder:
 
is an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes (although the tax will generally not exceed 15 per cent where the US holder is eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty as a treaty resident of the US and any franking credits may be creditable against their Australian income tax liability); or
 
carries on business in Australia through a permanent establishment as defined in the Australian Tax Treaty, or performs personal services from a fixed base in Australia, and the shareholding in respect of which the dividend is paid is effectively connected with that permanent establishment or fixed base, (however, in such a case any franking credits may be creditable against the Australian income tax liability).
The treatment of dividends outlined above may be modified where the shareholding in BHP
Group
Limited is held through a trust, limited partnership, limited liability company, pension fund, sovereign wealth fund or other investment vehicle. Affected US holders should seek their own advice in relation to such arrangements.
 
290242

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs
Gains made by US holders on the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be taxed in Australia.
However, the precise Australian tax treatment of gains made by US holders on the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs generally depends on whether or not the gain is an Australian sourced gain of an income nature for Australian income tax purposes.
Where the gain is of an income nature, a US holder will generally only be liable to Australian income tax on an assessment basis (whether or not they are also an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes) if:
 
they are not eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty and the gain is sourced in Australia for Australian tax purposes; or
 
they are eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty but the gain constitutes any of the following (in which case the gain will be deemed to have an Australian source):
 
  
business profits of an enterprise attributable to a permanent establishment situated in Australia through which the enterprise carries on business in Australia; or
 
  
income or gains from the alienation of property that form part of the business property of a permanent establishment of an enterprise that the US holder has in Australia, or pertain to a fixed base available to the US holder in Australia for the purpose of performing independent personal services; or
 
  
income derived from the disposition of shares in a company, the assets of which consist wholly or principally of real property (which includes rights to exploit or to explore for natural resources) situated in Australia, whether such assets are held directly or indirectly through one or more interposed entities.
Where the gain is not taxed as Australian sourced income, the US holder will generally only be liable to Australian capital gains tax on an assessment basis if they acquired (or are deemed to have acquired) their shares or ADSs after 19 September 1985 and one or more of the following applies:
 
the US holder is an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes; or
 
the ordinary shares or ADSs have been used by the US holder in carrying on a business through a permanent establishment in Australia; or
 
the ordinary shares or ADSs constitute an ‘indirect Australian real property interest’ for Australian CGT purposes – this will generally be the case if the US holder (either alone or together with associates) directly or indirectly owns or owned 10 per cent or more of the issued share capital of BHP Group Limited at the time of the disposal or throughout a
12-month
period during the two years prior to the time of disposal and, at the time of the disposal, the sum of the market values of BHP Group Limited’s assets that are taxable Australian real property (held directly or through interposed entities) exceeds the sum of the market values of BHP Group Limited’s assets (held directly or through interposed entities) that are not taxable Australian real property at that time (which, for these purposes includes mining, quarrying or prospecting rights in respect of minerals, petroleum or quarry materials situated in Australia); or
 
the US holder is an individual who is not eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty as a treaty resident of the US and elected on becoming a
non-resident
of Australia to continue to have the ordinary shares or ADSs subject to Australian capital gains tax.
In certain circumstances, if the ordinary shares or ADSs constitute an ‘indirect Australian real property interest’ for Australian CGT purposes, the purchaser may be required to withhold under the
non-resident
CGT withholding regime an amount equal to 12.5 per cent of the purchase price in situations including where the acquisition is undertaken by way of an
off-market
transfer. Affected US holders should seek their own advice in relation to how this withholding regime may apply to them.
The comments above on the sale of ordinary shares and ADSs do not apply:
 
to temporary residents of Australia who should seek advice that is specific to their circumstances; or
 
if the Investment Management Regime (IMR) applies to the US holder, which exempts from Australian income tax and capital gains tax gains made on disposals by certain categories of
non-resident
funds – called IMR entities – of (relevantly) portfolio interests in Australian public companies (subject to a number of conditions). The IMR exemptions broadly apply to widely held IMR entities in relation to their direct investments and indirect investments made through an independent Australian fund manager. The exemptions apply to gains made by IMR entities that are treated as companies for Australian tax purposes as well as gains made by
non-resident
investors in IMR entities that are treated as trusts and partnerships for Australian tax purposes.
Stamp duty, gift, estate and inheritance tax
Australia does not impose any stamp duty, gift, estate or inheritance taxes in relation to transfers or gifts of shares or ADSs or upon the death of a shareholder.
 
291243

(b)
US taxation
This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This discussion addresses only US federal income taxation and does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to US holders in light of their individual circumstances, including foreign, state or local tax consequences, estate and gift tax consequences, and tax consequences arising under the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. This section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities that elects to use a
mark-to-market
method of accounting for its securities holdings, a
tax-exempt
organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the combined voting power of the voting stock or of the total value of the stock of BHP Group Limited, a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, a person that purchases or sells ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.
If an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.
This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and the Australian Tax Treaty, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
This section is in part based on the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.
In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax.
Dividends
Under US federal income tax laws and subject to the Passive Foreign Investment Company (PFIC) rules discussed below, a US holder must include in its gross income the amount of any dividend paid by BHP Group Limited out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) plus any Australian tax withheld from the dividend payment even though the holder does not receive it. The dividend is taxable to the holder when the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend.
Dividends paid to a
non-corporate
US holder on shares or ADSs will be taxable at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the
121-day
period beginning 60 days before the
ex-dividend
date and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. However, a
non-corporate
US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the US Internal Revenue Code will not be eligible for such preferential rates. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.
Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a
non-taxable
return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain. However, BHP Group Limited does not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. Accordingly, holders should expect to generally treat distributions made by BHP Group Limited as dividends.
The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received,of the distribution, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss ineligible for the preferential tax rate applicable to dividend income and generally will be income or loss from US sources for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Subject to certain limitations, Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Australian Tax Treaty and paid over to Australia will be creditable against an individual’s US federal income tax liability. However, under recently finalized Treasury regulations, it is possible that such withholding tax will not be creditable unless the U.S. holder is eligible to claim the benefits of the Australian Tax Treaty and elects to apply the Australian Tax Treaty. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains. To the extent a reduction or refund of the tax withheld is available to a US holder under Australian law or under the Australian Tax Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that could have been reduced or that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against the holder’s US federal income tax liability. A US holder that does not elect to claim a US foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Australian income tax withheld, but only for a taxable year in which the US holder elects to do so with respect to all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in such taxable year.
Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, a taxpayer’s ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on the particular circumstances. US holders should consult their tax advisers with respect to these matters.
 
292244

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a
non-corporate
US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company rules
We do not believe that the BHP Group Limited ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Group Limited were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to dividend income if BHP Group Limited were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a
mark-to-market
basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.
US holders in BHP Group Plc
(a)(c) UK taxation
Dividends
Under UK law, no UK tax is required to be withheld at source from dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs.
Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs
US holders will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless:
 
they are resident in the UK; or
 
they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency for the year in which the disposal occurs and the shares or ADSs have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade (or profession or vocation), branch or agency. In the case of a trade, the term ‘branch’ includes a permanent establishment.
An individual who ceases to be a resident in the UK for tax purposes while owning shares or ADSs and then disposes of those shares or ADSs while not a UK resident may become subject to UK tax on capital gains if he/she:
 
had sole UK residence in the UK tax year preceding his/her departure from the UK;
 
had sole UK residence at any time during at least four of the seven UK tax years preceding his/her year of departure from the UK; and
 
subsequently becomes treated as having sole UK residence again before five complete UK tax years of
non-UK
residence have elapsed from the date he/she left the UK.
In this situation US holders will generally be entitled to claim US tax paid on such a disposition as a credit against any corresponding UK tax payable.
 
293245

UK inheritance tax
Under the current UK–US Estate and Gift Tax Treaty, ordinary shares or ADSs held by a US holder who is domiciled for the purposes of the UK–US Estate and Gift Tax Treaty in the US, and is not for the purposes of the UK–US Estate and Gift Tax Treaty a national of the UK, will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a chargeable gift of the ordinary shares or ADSs during the individual’s lifetime, provided that any applicable US federal gift or estate tax liability is paid. The position as previously set out will not apply to ordinary shares or ADSs which: (a) are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the UK; or (b) in the case of a shareholder who performs independent personal services, pertain to a fixed base situated in the UK. Where the ordinary shares or ADSs have been placed in trust by a settlor who, at the time of settlement, was a US resident shareholder, the ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax unless the settlor, at the time of settlement, was not domiciled in the US and was a UK national. In the exceptional case where the ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and US federal gift or estate tax, the UK–US Estate and Gift Tax Treaty generally provides for double taxation to be relieved by means of credit relief.
UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
Under applicable legislation, UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) is, subject to certain exemptions, payable on any issue or transfer of shares to the Depositary or their nominee where those shares are for inclusion in the ADR program at a rate of 1.5 per cent of their price (if issued), the amount of any consideration provided (if transferred on sale) or their value (if transferred for no consideration). However, from 1 October 2009, thisThis 1.5 per cent charge haswill not generally ceased to apply to issues of shares into European Union (EU) depositary receipt systems and into EU clearance systems. Further,be payable on the First-tier Tribunal has held that the 1.5 per cent SDRT charge on aissue or transfer of shares to an issuerthe Depository or their nominee where, for SDRT purposes, the shares are in a
non-UK
incorporated company and, for stamp duty purposes, the instrument of ADRs (as an integral part of a fresh capital raising) was incompatible with EU law. Her Majesty’s Revenuetransfer is executed and Customs has confirmed that it willremains at all times outside the UK.
Similarly, no longer seek to impose the 1.5 per cent SDRT chargeshould be payable on the issue of shares (or, where it is integral to the raising of new capital, the transfer of shares)an ordinary share to a depositary receipt issuerperson other than the Depository or a clearance service, wherever located, and it has also confirmed that it will continue this approach after the end of the “implementation period” on 31 December 2020 following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. The law in this area may still be susceptible to change. We recommend advice should be sought in relation to paying the 1.5 per cent SDRTtheir nominee or stamp duty charge in any circumstances.
No SDRT would be payable on the transfer of an ADS. No UK stamp duty should be payable on the transfer of an ADS or an ordinary share provided that the instrument of transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the UK. Transfers of ordinary shares to persons other thanWhere it is payable, the Depositary or their nominee will give rise to stamp duty or SDRT at the time of transfer. The relevant rate is currently 0.5 per cent of the amount payable for the shares. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty or SDRT.
Special rules apply to transactions involving intermediates and stock lending.
(b) US taxation
This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities who elects to use a
mark-to-market
method of accounting for its securities holdings, a
tax-exempt
organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the combined voting power of voting stock or of the total value of the stock of BHP Group Plc, a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, a person that purchases or sells ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.
If an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.
This section is in part based on the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.
In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax.
294246

Dividends
Dividends paid to a
non-corporate
US holder on shares or ADSs will be taxable at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the
121-day
period beginning 60 days before the
ex-dividend
date and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. However, a
non-corporate
US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the US Internal Revenue Code will not be eligible for such preferential rates. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.
Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a
non-taxable
return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain. However, BHP Group Plc does not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. Accordingly, holders should expect to generally treat distributions made by BHP Group Plc as dividends.
The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss ineligible for the preferential tax rate applicable to dividend income and generally will be income or loss from US sources for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, a taxpayer’s ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on the particular circumstances. US holders should consult their tax advisers with respect to these matters.
Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a
non-corporate
US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company rules
We do not believe that the BHP Group Plc ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Group Plc were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to dividend income if BHP Group Plc were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a
mark-to-market
basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.
295

(c) South African taxation10    Glossary
Dividends
Dividends paid or payable on or after 22 February 2017 in respect of shares in foreign companies that are listed on a South African exchange will attract South African Dividends Tax at the rate of 20 per cent, unless an exemption or a reduced rate in terms of a Double Tax Agreement applies. In this regard, we note that where a foreign tax resident company, listed on the JSE declares a cash dividend to a
non-South
African tax resident, Dividends Tax would not apply (refer section 64F(j) of the South African Income Tax Act).
Accordingly, it is unlikely that a US tax resident (or any other foreign tax resident) that is a holder of BHP Group Plc shares listed on the JSE would be subject to South African Dividends Tax on any cash dividends received or accrued in respect of their JSE listed BHP Group Plc shares. However, to qualify for the exemption, the US tax resident holder (or other foreign resident holder) must within the appropriate time period provide the prescribed declaration form or written undertaking confirming the application of the exemption to the regulated intermediary responsible for making payment of the dividend (or any other appropriate party responsible for payment of the dividend). With effect from 1 October 2020, the declaration will no longer be valid after a period of 5 years, so a new declaration will be required.
If the US holder (or any other
non-resident)
is tax resident in South Africa they would likely be subject to Dividends Tax at a rate of 20%. Investors are cautioned to be certain of their tax residence to ensure correct tax treatment.
Although the beneficial owner of the dividend is liable for the South African Dividends Tax on a cash dividend, the South African Dividends Tax would be withheld from the gross amount of the dividend paid to the shareholder.
No South African Dividends Tax is required to be withheld from cash dividends provided the dividends are paid to, inter alia, South African tax resident corporate shareholders (including South African companies, pension, provident, retirement annuity and benefit funds). However, these dividends will only be exempt from South African Dividends Tax if these types of shareholders provide the prescribed declaration forms or written undertakings to the regulated intermediaries (or the person who is obliged to withhold the Dividends Tax) making the cash dividend payments before they are paid. We reiterate that with effect from 1 October 2020, the declaration is no longer be valid after a period of 5 years.
South African tax resident shareholders who are natural persons (individuals) or trusts, other than closure rehabilitation trusts, do not qualify for an exemption from South African Dividends Tax.
Except for certain exclusions, generally speaking such dividends paid to South African tax resident natural persons or trusts are exempt from South African income tax and, as such, the South African Dividends Tax may be considered as a final and
non-creditable
levy.
296

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs
A US holder who or which is tax resident in South Africa would be liable for either income tax on any profit on disposal of BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs, or capital gains tax on any gain on disposal of BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs, depending on whether the BHP Group Plc shares and ADSs are held on revenue or capital account.
Income tax is payable on any profit on disposal of BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs held by a US holder who or which is tax resident in the US, where the profit is of a revenue nature and sourced in South Africa, unless relief is afforded under the Double Tax Agreement concluded between South Africa and the US. We highlight that this Double Tax Agreement contains a limitation on benefits clause that should be carefully scrutinised to ensure application of the Double Tax Agreement. Where the Double Tax Agreement applies, the profit would only be taxed in South Africa if it is attributable to a permanent establishment of that US holder in South Africa.
Where the BHP Billiton Plc shares or ADSs are held on capital account, US holders will not be liable for South African tax on capital gains realised on the disposal of BHP Billiton Plc shares or ADSs unless:
such US holders are tax resident in South Africa; or
80 per cent or more of the market value of the BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs is attributable (at the time of disposal of those BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs) directly or indirectly to immovable property situated in South Africa and the US holder (alone or together with a connected person) in question directly or indirectly holds an interest of at least 20 per cent in BHP Group Plc; or
the US holder’s BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs form part of the business property of a permanent establishment which an enterprise of the US holder has in South Africa.
For a US holder who will recognise a capital gain or loss for South African capital gains tax purposes on a disposal of BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs, such gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the Rand value of the amount realised (i.e. proceeds) and the holder’s tax basis (i.e. base cost), determined in Rand, in those BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs. The holder’s tax basis will generally be equal to the cost that was incurred to acquire the BHP Group Plc shares or ADSs, if such shares or ADSs were acquired after 1 October 2001. South African capital gains tax is levied at an effective rate of 22.4 per cent for companies, up to 18 per cent for individuals (depending on the applicable tax bracket), and 36 per cent for trusts.
In addition to the above, in terms of the new section 9K inserted in the South African Income Tax Act, a natural person or a trust that is a South African tax resident who or which transfers listed shares from a South African exchange (eg. the JSE) to a foreign exchange is i) deemed to dispose of his/her listed shares at market value, and ii) deemed to have reacquired his/her listed shares on the same day for a tax basis (i.e. base cost), equal to market value. The section applies with effect from 1 March 2021 in respect of any security listed on an exchange outside of South Africa on or after that date.
Securities Transfer Tax
South African Securities Transfer Tax is levied at 0.25 per cent in respect of the transfer of shares in a foreign company that are listed on the JSE. Accordingly, a transfer of those BHP Group Plc shares listed on the JSE will be subject to this tax. The tax is levied on the amount of consideration at which the BHP Group Plc share is transferred or, where no amount/value is declared or if the amount so declared is less than the lowest price of the BHP Group Plc share, the closing price of the BHP Group Plc share. The tax is ultimately borne by the person to whom that BHP Group Plc share is transferred.
297

4.10.11    Ancillary information for our shareholders
This Annual Report provides the detailed financial data and information on BHP’s performance required to comply with the reporting regimes in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States.
Shareholders of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc will receive a copy of the Annual Report if they have requested a copy. ADR holders may view all documents at bhp.com or opt to receive a hard copy by accessing https://app.irdirect.net/company/0/hotline/ or calling Citibank Shareholder Services during normal business hours using the details listed in the Corporate directory at the end of this Annual Report.
Change of shareholder details and enquiries
Shareholders wishing to contact BHP on any matter relating to their shares or ADR holdings are invited to telephone the appropriate office of the BHP Share Registrar or Transfer Office listed in the Corporate directory at the end of this Annual Report.
Any change in shareholding details should be notified by the shareholder to the relevant Registrar in a timely manner.
Shareholders can also access their current shareholding details and change many of those details at bhp.com. The website requires shareholders to quote their Shareholder Reference Number (SRN) or Holder Identification Number (HIN) in order to access this information.
Alternative access to the Annual Report
We offer an alternative for all shareholders who wish to be advised of the availability of the Annual Report through our website via an email notification. By providing an email address through our website, shareholders will be notified by email when the Annual Report has been released. Shareholders will also receive notification of other major BHP announcements by email. Shareholders requiring further information or wishing to make use of this service should visit bhp.com.
ADR holders wishing to receive a hard copy of the Annual Report 2021 can do so by accessing https://app.irdirect.net/company/0/hotline/ or calling Citibank Shareholder Services during normal business hours. ADR holders may also contact the adviser that administers their investments. Holders of BHP Group Plc shares dematerialised into Strate should liaise directly with their Central Securities Depository Participant (CSDP) or broker.
298

Key dates for shareholders
The following table sets out future dates in the next financial and calendar year of interest to our shareholders. If there are any changes to these dates or times, all relevant stock exchanges (see section 4.10.2) will be notified.
Date
Event
21 September 2021
Final dividend payment date
14 October 2021
BHP Group Plc Annual General Meeting in London
Time: 9.00am (local time)
Details of the business of the meeting are contained in the separate Notice of Meeting
11 November 2021
BHP Group Limited Annual General Meeting in Perth
Time: 1.00pm (local time)
Details of the business of the meeting are contained in the separate Notice of Meeting
15 February 2022
BHP Results for the half year ended 31 December 2021
4.11     Glossary
4.11.1     Mining, oil and
gas-related
10.1    Mining-related terms
2D
Two dimensional.
3D
Three dimensional.
AnthraciteAIG
The Australian Institute of Geoscientists.
Anth (Anthracite)
Coal of high rank with the highest carbon content.
APEGS
Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of Saskatchewan.
ASPB
Alberta Society of Professional Biologists
AusIMM
The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
Beneficiation
The process of physically separating ore from waste material prior to subsequent processing of the improved ore.
Bituminous
Coal of intermediate rank with relatively high carbon content.
Block cave
An area resulting from an underground mining method where the orebody is undermined to make it collapse under its own weight.
Brownfield
The development or exploration located inside the area of influence of existing mine operations which can share infrastructure/management.
Butane
A component of natural gas. Where sold separately, is largely butane gas that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of butane is approximately equivalent to 14,000 cubic feet of gas.
299

Coal Reserves
Equivalent to Ore Reserves,mineral reserves, but specifically concerning coal.
Coal Resources
Equivalent to mineral resources, but specifically concerning coal.
Coking coal
Used in the manufacture of coke, which is used in the steelmaking process by virtue of its carbonisation properties. Coking coal may also be referred to as metallurgical coal.
Condensate
A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in gaseous form in natural underground reservoirs, but which condense to form a liquid at atmospheric conditions.
Copper cathode
Electrolytically refined copper that has been deposited on the cathode of an electrolytic bath of acidified copper sulphate solution. The refined copper may also be produced through leaching and electrowinning.
Crude oil
A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in liquid form in natural underground reservoirs and remain liquid at atmospheric pressure after being produced at the well head and passing through surface separating facilities.
Cut-off
grade
A nominated Cut-off
grade above which an Ore Reserve is defined.the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For example,purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the lowest
cut-off
grade of mineralisedis the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as
cut-off
grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio.
Development stage
Development stage, as used in “Additional Information—Information on mining operations”, refers to a property that qualifies as economic for estimating an Ore Reserve.has mineral reserves disclosed, pursuant to
S-K
1300, but no material extraction.
Dated Brent247

Electrowinning/electrowon
An electrochemical process in which metal is recovered by dissolving a metal within an electrolyte and plating it onto an electrode.
Energy coal
Used as a fuel source in electrical power generation, cement manufacture and various industrial applications. Energy coal may also be referred to as steaming or thermal coal.
EthaneExploration stage
A component of natural gas. Where sold separately, is largely ethane gasExploration stage, as used in “Additional Information—Information on mining operations”, refers to a property that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of ethane is approximately equivalent to 28,000 cubic feet of gas.no mineral reserves disclosed.
FieldFirst Principles
An area consistingFirst principles refers to building up the costs for a piece of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirswork considering all grouped on or relatedthe parts and activities needed to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition. There may be two or more reservoirs in a field that are separated vertically by intervening impervious strata, or laterally by local geologic barriers, or by both. Reservoirs that are associated by being in overlapping or adjacent fields may be treated as a single or common operational field.
The geological terms ‘structural feature’ and ‘stratigraphic condition’ are intended to identify localised geological features as opposed to the broader terms of basins, trends, provinces, plays,
areas-of-interest,
etc. (per SEC Regulation
S-X,
Rule
4-10).put it together.
Flotation
A method of selectively recovering minerals from finely ground ore using a froth created in water by specific reagents. In the flotation process, certain mineral particles are induced to float by becoming attached to bubbles of froth and the unwanted mineral particles sink.
Fly ash
The finer particle fraction of coal ash.
300

FPSO (floating production, storage and
off-take)
A floating vessel used by the offshore oil and gas industry for the processing of hydrocarbons and for storage of oil. An FPSO vessel is designed to receive hydrocarbons produced from nearby platforms or subsea templates, process them and store oil until it can be offloaded onto a tanker.
Grade or Quality
Any physical or chemical measurement of the characteristics of the material of interest in samples or product.
Greenfield
The development or exploration located outside the area of influence of existing mine operations/infrastructure.
Heap leach(ing)
A process used for the recovery of metals such as copper, nickel, uranium and gold from
low-grade
ores. The crushed material is laid on a slightly sloping, impermeable pad and leached by uniformly trickling (gravity fed) a chemical solution through the beds to ponds. The metals are recovered from the solution.
Hypogene Sulphide
Hypogene mineralisation is formed by fluids at high temperature and pressure derived from magmatic activity. Copper in Hypogene Sulphide is mainly provident from the copper bearing mineral chalcopyrite and higher metal recoveries are achieved via grinding/flotation concentration processes.
Indicated mineral resource
Indicated mineral resources is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an indicated mineral resource is sufficient to allow a Qualified Person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an indicated mineral resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a measured mineral resource, an indicated mineral resource may only be converted to a probable mineral reserve.
Inferred mineral resources
Inferred mineral resource is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an inferred mineral resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an inferred mineral resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all mineral resources, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability, an inferred mineral resource may not be considered when assessing the economic viability of a mining project, and may not be converted to a mineral reserve.
In situ
Situated in the original place.
Joint Ore Reserves Committee (JORC) Code
A set of minimum standards, recommendations and guidelines for public reporting in Australasia of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves. The guidelines are defined by the Australasian Joint Ore Reserves Committee (JORC), which is sponsored by the Australian mining industry and its professional organisations.
Leaching
The process by which a soluble metal can be economically recovered from minerals in ore by dissolution.
LNG (liquefied natural gas)
248

LOI (loss on ignition)
A measure of the percentage of volatile matter (liquid or gas) contained within a mineral or rock. LOI is determined to calculate loss in mass when subjected to high temperatures.
LPG (liquefied petroleum gas)
Consists of propane and butane and a small amount (less than 2 per cent) of ethane that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of LPG is approximately equivalent to 12 barrels of oil.
Marketable Coal Reserves
Tonnes of coal available, at specified moisture content and
air-dried
qualities, for sale after the beneficiation of Coal Reserves.
Material of economic interest
Material of economic interest when used in the context of mineral resource determination, includes mineralization, including dumps and tailings, mineral brines, and other resources extracted on or within the earth’s crust. It does not include oil and gas resources resulting from oil and gas producing activities, gases (e.g. helium and carbon dioxide), geothermal fields, and water.
MAusIMM
Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
Measured mineral resource
Measured mineral resource is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a measured mineral resource is sufficient to allow a Qualified Person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a measured mineral resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an indicated mineral resource or an inferred mineral resource, a measured mineral resource may be converted to a proven mineral reserve or to a probable mineral reserve.
Metallurgical coal
A broader term than coking coal, which includes all coals used in steelmaking, such as coal used for the pulverised coal injection process.
Mine Gate
The location at which the product is transferred from the mining operation on to the next stage, either for further
off-site
processing or distribution to customers as a saleable product.
Mineral resource
Mineral resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth’s crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A mineral resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralization, taking into account relevant factors such as
cut-off
grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralization drilled or sampled.
Mineral reserve
Mineral reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of indicated and measured mineral resources that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a measured or indicated mineral resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted.
Mineralisation
Any single mineral or combination of minerals occurring in a mass, or deposit, of economic interest.
NGL (natural gas liquids)Mixed (ore type)
ConsistsRefer to Transitional Sulphide.
Modifying Factors
Modifying factors are the factors that a qualified person must apply to indicated and measured mineral resources and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of propane, butanemineral reserves. A Qualified Person must apply and ethane – individuallyevaluate modifying factors to convert measured and indicated mineral resources to proven and probable mineral reserves. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or asagreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a mixture.function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project.
249

Nominated production rate
The approved average production rate for the remainder of the
life-of-asset
plan or five-year plan production rate if significantly different to
life-of-asset
production rate.
Open-cut
301

OC
(open-cut)
(OC)
Surface working in which the working area is kept open to the sky.
Ore Reserves
That part of a mineral deposit that can be economically and legally extracted or produced at the time of the reserves determination. To establish this, studies appropriate to this type of mineral deposit involved have been carried out to estimate the quantity, grade and value of the ore mineral(s) present. In addition, technical studies have been completed to determine realistic assumptions for the extraction of minerals including estimates of mining, processing, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors. The degree of these studies is sufficient to demonstrate the technical and economic feasibility of the project and depends on whether or not the project is an extension of an existing project or operation. The estimates of minerals to be produced include allowances for ore losses and the treatment of unmineralised materials which may occur as part of the mining and processing activities. Ore Reserves are sub-divided in order of increasing confidence into Probable Ore Reserves and Proven Ore Reserves.
PCI
Pulverised coal injection.
Probable Ore Reservesmineral reserve
Ore Reserves for which quantityProbable mineral reserve is the economically mineable part of an indicated and, grade and/or quality are estimated for information similar to that used for Proven Ore Reserves, that the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for Proven Ore Reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.in some cases, a measured mineral resource.
PropaneProduction stage
A componentProduction stage, as used in “Additional Information—Information on mining operations”, refers to a property with material extraction of natural gas. Where sold separately, is largely propane gas that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of propane is approximately equivalent to 19,000 cubic feet of gas.
Proved oil and gas reserves
Those quantities of oil, gas and natural gas liquids, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible – from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations – prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation (from SEC Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting, 2009, 17 CFR Parts 210, 211, 229 and 249).mineral reserves.
Proven Ore Reservesmineral reserve
Ore Reserves for which (a) quantityProven mineral reserve is estimatedthe economically mineable part of a measured mineral resource and can only result from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the resultsconversion of detailed samplings and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are paced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth anda measured mineral content of reserves are well established.resource.
Reserve LifeQualified Person
Current stated Ore Reserves estimate dividedDefined by US SEC as an individual who is both (1) a mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the current approved nominated production rate astype of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) an eligible member or licensee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the end oftime the financial year.technical report is prepared.
ROM (run of mine)
Run of mine product mined in the course of regular mining activities. Tonnes include allowances for diluting materials and for losses that occur when the material is mined.
Slag
A
by-product
of smelting after the desired metal has been extracted from its ore.
Slimes
A mixture of liquid and the finer particle sized fraction of minerals, typically related to tailings.
Sludge
A thick, soft, wet mud or similar viscous mixture of liquid and solid components, especially the product of minerals processing or refining activities.
Smelting
The process of extracting metal from its ore by heating and melting.
302

Solvent extraction
A method of separating one or more metals from a leach solution by treating with a solvent that will extract the required metal, leaving the others. The metal is recovered from the solvent by further treatment.
SP (stockpile)Stockpile
An accumulation of ore or mineral built up when demand slackens or when the treatment plant or beneficiation equipment is incomplete or temporarily unable to process the mine output; any heap of material formed to create a buffer for loading or other purposes or material dug and piled for future use.
SpudSub-level
cave
Commence drilling ofAn area within an oil or gas well.underground mine which uses the
sub-level
cave method. This is where an ore body is extracted from the upper horizons first and mining progresses downwards level by level.
Supergene Sulphide
Supergene is a term used to describe near-surface processes and their products, formed at low temperature and pressure by the activity of meteoric or surface water. Copper in Supergene Sulphide is mainly provident from the copper bearing minerals chalcocite and covellite and is amenable to both grinding/flotation concentration and leaching processes.
250

Tailings
Those portions of washed or milled ore that are too poor to be treated further or remain after the required metals and minerals have been extracted.
TLP (tension leg platform)
A vertically moored floating facility for production of oil and gas.
Total Ore Reservesresources
The sum of Proveninferred, indicated and Probable Ore Reserves.measured mineral resources.
Total reserves
The sum of proved and probable mineral reserves.
Transitional Sulphide
Transitional Sulphide is a term used to describe the zone of mineralisation that is a gradation between Supergene Sulphide and Hypogene Sulphide resulting from the incomplete development of the former as it overprints the latter. This results in a more irregular distribution of the three main copper bearing minerals and is amenable to both grinding/flotation concentration and leaching processes.
UG (underground)
Troy oz
Troy ounce is a unit of measure of precious metals.
Underground (UG)
Below the surface mining activities.
Wet tonnes
Production is usually quoted in terms of wet metric tonnes (wmt). To adjust from wmt to dry metric tonnes (dmt) a factor is applied based on moisture content.
 
303
251

4.11.2
10.2    Terms used in reserves and resources
Ag
  silver
AI
2
O
3
  alumina
Anth
  anthracite
Ash
  inorganic material remaining after combustion
Au
  gold
Cu
  copper
CV
  calorific value
Fe
  iron
Insol.
  insolubles
K
2
O
O
  potassium oxide
KCl
  potassium chloride
KCl.MgCl2.6H2O
carnallite
LOI
  loss on ignition
LPL
Lower Patience Lake (stratigraphic unit)
Met
  metallurgical coal
MgO
  magnesium oxide
Mo
  molybdenum
Ni
  nickel
P
  phosphorous
Pc
  phosphorous in concentrate
PCI
  pulverised coal injection
S
  sulphur
SCu
  soluble copper
SiO
2
  silica
TCu
  total copper
Th
  thermal coal
U
3
O
8
  uranium oxide
VM
  volatile matter
Yield
  the percentage of material of interest that is extracted during mining and/or processing
Zn
  zinc
304
252

4.11.3
10.3    Units of measure
 
%
  percentage or per cent
bbl
barrel (containing 42 US gallons)
bbl/d
barrels per day
Bcf
billion cubic feet (measured at the pressure bases set by the regulator)
boe
barrels of oil equivalent – 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe
CO
2
-e
carbon dioxide equivalent
dmt
  dry metric tonne
GJ
gigajoule
GL
gigalitre
g/t
  grams per tonne
ha
  hectare
kcal/kg
  kilocalories per kilogram
kg/tonne or kg/t
  kilograms per tonne
km
  kilometre
koz
  thousand troy ounces
kt
  kilotonnes
ktpa
  kilotonnes per annum
ktpd
  kilotonnes per day
kV
  kilovolt
kW
  kilowatt
kWh
  kilowatt hour
lb
  pound
m
  metre
m
3
  cubic metre
Mbbl/d
thousand barrels per day
Mcf
thousand cubic feet (measured at the pressure bases set by the regulator)
ML
  megalitre
mm
millimetre
MMbbl/d
million barrels per day (measured at the pressure bases set by the regulator)
MMboe
million barrels of oil equivalent
MMBtu
million British thermal units – 1 scf of natural gas equals approximately 1,010 Btu
MMcf/d
million cubic feet per day
Mscf
thousand standard cubic feet
Mt
  million tonnes
Mtpa
  million tonnes per annum
MW
  megawatt
oz
  troy ounce
ppm
  parts per million
PJ
petajoules
scf
  standard cubic feet
t
  tonne
tCO
2
-e
tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent
TJ
terajoule
TJ/d
terajoules per day
TW
  terawatt
TWh
  terawatt hour
tpa
  tonnes per annum
tpd
  tonnes per day
t/h
  tonnes per hour
wmt
  wet metric tonnes
305
253

4.11.4
10.4    Other terms
AASB (Australian Accounting Standards Board)
Accounting standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board.
Activity data
A quantitative measure of a level of activity that results in greenhouse gas emissions. Activity data is multiplied by an energy and/or emissions factor to derive the energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions associated with a process or an operation. Examples of activity data include kilowatt-hours of electricity used, quantity of fuel used, output of a process, hours equipment is operated, distance travelled and floor area of a building.
ADR (American Depositary Receipt)
An instrument evidencing American Depositary Shares or ADSs, which trades on a stock exchange in the United States.
ADS (American Depositary Share)
A share issued under a deposit agreement that has been created to permit
US-resident
investors to hold shares in
non-US
companies and, if listed, trade them on the stock exchanges in the United States.
ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, which are the instruments that, if listed, trade on a stock exchange in the United States.
ASIC (Australian Securities and Investments Commission)
The Australian Government agency that enforces laws relating to companies, securities, financial services and credit in order to protect consumers, investors and creditors.
306

Assets
Assets are a set of one or more geographically proximate operations (including
open-cut
mines and underground mines, and onshore and offshore oil and gas production and production facilities)mines). Assets include our operated and
non-operated
assets.assets
Asset groups
We group our assets into geographic regions in order to provide effective governance and accelerate performance improvement. Minerals assets are grouped under Minerals Australia or Minerals Americas based on their geographic location. Oil, gas and petroleum assets are grouped together as Petroleum.
ASX (Australian Securities Exchange)
ASX is a multi-asset class vertically integrated exchange group that functions as a market operator, clearing house and payments system facilitator. It oversees compliance with its operating rules, promotes standards of corporate governance among Australia’s listed companies and helps educate retail investors.
BHP
Both companies in the DLC structure, being BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc and their respective subsidiaries.
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Limited and its subsidiaries.
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Limited and its subsidiaries.
BHP Group Limited share
A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Group Limited.
254

BHP Group Limited shareholders
The holders of BHP Group Limited shares.
BHP Group Limited Special Voting Share
A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Group Limited on Joint Electorate Actions.Actions (prior to unification of the DLC structure).
BHP Group Plc
BHP Group Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd) and its subsidiaries.
BHP Group Plc share
A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Group Plc.Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd).
BHP Group Plc shareholders
The holders of BHP Group Plc shares.shares (prior to unification of the DLC structure).
BHP Group Plc Special Voting Share
A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Group Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd) on Joint Electorate Actions.Actions (prior to unification of the DLC structure).
BHP Group (UK) Ltd
BHP Group (UK) Ltd (formerly known as BHP Group Plc) and its subsidiaries.
BHP shareholders
In the context of BHP’s financial results, BHP shareholders refers to the holders of shares in BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc.Limited.
Board
The Board of Directors of BHP.
Canadian Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program
The Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program (GHGRP) collects information on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions annually from facilities across Canada.
Carbon dioxide equivalent (CO
2
-e)
The universal unit of measurement to indicate the global warming potential (GWP) of each greenhouse gas, expressed in terms of the GWP of one unit of carbon dioxide. It is used to evaluate releasing (or avoiding releasing) different greenhouse gases against a common basis.
Carbon neutral
Carbon neutral includes all those greenhouse gas emissions as defined for BHP reporting purposes.
Carbon offsets
The central purpose of a carbon offset for an organisation is to substitute for internal GHG emission reductions. Offsets may be generated through projects in which GHG emissions are avoided, reduced, removed from the atmosphere or permanently stored (sequestration). Carbon offsets are generally created and independently verified in accordance with either a voluntary program or under a regulatory program. The purchaser of a carbon offset can ‘retire’ or ‘surrender’ it to claim the underlying reduction towards their own GHG emissions reduction targets or goals or to meet legal obligations.
 
307
255

CQCA
CEO Water Mandate
Central Queensland Coal Associates.
The CEO Water Mandate is a UN Global Compact initiative that mobilises business leaders on water, sanitation, and the Sustainable Development Goals. Endorsers of the CEO Water Mandate commit to continuous progress against six core elements of stewardship and in so doing understand and manage their own water risks. Companies that endorse the Mandate agree to continuous improvement in six core areas of their water stewardship practice: Direct Operations, Supply Chain & Watershed Management, Collective Action, Public Policy, Community Engagement and Transparency. BHP is an active signatory of the Mandate.
Commercial
Our Commercial function seeks to maximise commercial and social value across our
end-to-end
supply chain. It provides effective and efficient service levels to our assets and customers through world-class insights and market intelligence, deep subject-matter expertise, simple processes and centralised standard activities. The function is organised around the core activities in our inbound and outbound value chains, supported by business partnering, credit and market risk management, and strategy and planning activities.
Company
BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc and their respectiveits subsidiaries.
Continuing operations
Assets/operations/entities that are owned and/or operated by BHP, excluding major assets/operations/entities classified as Discontinued Operations.
Convention of Biological Diversity
The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) is the international legal instrument for ‘the conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources’ that has been ratified by 196 nations.
CQCA
Central Queensland Coal Associates.
Discontinued operations
Major assets/
Assets/operations/entities that have either been disposed of or are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5/AASB 5
Non-current
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
.
Dividend record date
The date, determined by a company’s board of directors, by when an investor must be recorded as an owner of shares in order to qualify for a forthcoming dividend.
DLC (Dual Listed Company)
BHP’s Dual Listed Company structure had two parent companies (BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd)) operating as a single economic entity as a result of the DLC merger. The DLC structure was unified on 31 January 2022
DLC Dividend Share
A share to enable a dividend to be paid by BHP Group Plc to BHP Group Limited or by BHP Group Limited to BHP Group Plc (as applicable).
DLC (Dual Listed Company)
BHP’s Dual Listed Company structure has two parent companies (BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc) operating as a single economic entity as a result prior to unification of the DLC merger.structure
DLC merger
The Dual Listed Company merger between BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc (now known as BHP Group (UK) Ltd) on 29 June 2001.
ECR
BHP’s Economic Contribution Report for the year ended 30 June 2022.
ELT (Executive Leadership Team)
The Executive Leadership Team directly reports to the Chief Executive Officer and is responsible for the
day-to-day
management of BHP and leading the delivery of our strategic objectives.
Emission factor
A factor that converts activity data into greenhouse gas emissions data (e.g. kgCO
2
-e emitted per GJ of fuel consumed, kg CO
2
-e emitted per KWh of electricity used).
Equity share approach
A consolidation approach whereby a company accounts for greenhouse gas emissions from operations according to its share of equity in the operation. The equity share reflects economic interest, which is the extent of rights a company has to the risks and rewards flowing from an operation. Also see the definition for ‘Operational control approach’.
ELT (Executive Leadership Team)
The Executive Leadership Team directly reports to the Chief Executive Officer and is responsible for the
day-to-day
management of BHP and leading the delivery of our strategic objectives.
Energy
Energy means all forms of energy products where ‘energy products’ means combustible fuels, heat, renewable energy, electricity, or any other form of energy from operations that are owned or controlled by BHP. The primary sources of energy consumption come from fuel consumed by haul trucks at our operated assets, as well as purchased electricity used at our operated assets.
256

Energy content factor
The energy content of a fuel is an inherent chemical property that is a function of the number and types of chemical bonds in the fuel.
308

Entrained water
Entrained water includes water incorporated into product and/or waste streams, such as tailings, that cannot be easily recovered.
EPA (Environmental Protection Agency)
Equity share approach
A consolidation approach whereby a company accounts for greenhouse gas emissions from operations according to its share of equity in the operation. The EPAequity share reflects economic interest, which is the extent of rights a government regulator workingcompany has to protect the environment through regulation of pollutionrisks and waste.
Evaporation volumerewards flowing from an operation. Also see the definition for ‘Operational control approach’.
Volumes of water that are consumed via evaporation of water from water storage facilities and for dust suppression activities. Evaporation volumes are calculated using both climate and physical information. Evaporation may be calculated by multiplying the evaporation rate (measured through
on-site
instruments or sourced from meteorological authorities) by the surface areas of the water body, or it may be estimated from the change in stored water volumes when the other inputs and outputs are directly measured.
Executive KMP (Key Management Personnel)
Executive KMP includes the Executive Director (our CEO), the Chief Financial Officer, the President Operations (Minerals Australia), the President Operations (Minerals Americas), and the President Operations (Petroleum)Senior Executive Officer (President Petroleum until 31 May). It does not include the
Non-Executive
Directors (our Board).
Financial control approach
A consolidation approach whereby a company reports greenhouse gas emissions based on the accounting treatment in the company’s consolidated financial statements, as follows:
 
100 per cent for operations accounted for as subsidiaries, regardless of the equity interest owned
 
for operations accounted for as a joint operation, the company’s interest in the operations
It does not report greenhouse gas emissions from operations that are accounted for using the equity method in the company’s financial statements.
Functions
Functions operate along global reporting lines to provide support to all areas of the organisation. Functions have specific accountabilities and deep expertise in areas such as finance, legal, governance, technology, human resources, corporate affairs, health, safety and community.
Gearing ratio
The ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets.
GHG (greenhouse gas
)
For BHP reporting purposes, these are the aggregate anthropogenic carbon dioxide equivalent emissions of carbon dioxide (CO
2
), methane (CH
4
), nitrous oxide (N
2
O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF
6
). Nitrogen trifluoride (NF
3
) GHG emissions are currently not relevant for BHP reporting purposes.
Global goal for nature
The global goal for nature defines what is needed to halt and reverse today’s catastrophic loss of nature. It is supported by a number of organisations that ask governments to adopt the goal at the international level, which each country, the private sector, communities and others can contribute to achieving.
Goal (in respect of greenhouse gas emissions)
An ambition to seek an outcome for which there is no current pathway(s), but for which efforts will be pursued towards addressing that challenge, subject to certain assumptions or conditions.
GRI (Global Reporting Initiative)
GRI works with businesses and governments to understand and communicate their impact on critical sustainability issues.
Groundwater
Water beneath the earth’s surface, including beneath the seabed, which fills pores or cracks between porous media such as soil, rock, coal, and sand, often forming aquifers. Groundwater may be abstracted for use from bore fields or accessed via dewatering to access ore. For accounting purposes, water that is entrained in the ore can be considered as groundwater (e.g. dewatering, abstraction from bore field, ore entrainment).groundwater.
Group
BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc and their respectiveits subsidiaries.
257

GWP (global warming potential)
A factor describing the radiative forcing impact (degree of harm to the atmosphere) of one unit of a given greenhouse gas relative to one unit of CO
2
. BHP currently uses GWP from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Assessment Report 4 (AR4)5 (AR5) based on a
100-year
timeframe.
309

Henry Hub
A natural gas pipeline located in Erath, Louisiana that serves as the official delivery location for futures contracts on the New York Mercantile Exchange.
HPI (high-potential injuries)
High-potential injuries (HPI) are recordable injuries and first aid cases where there was the potential for a fatality.
ICMM (International Council on Mining and Metals)
The International Council on Mining and Metals is an international organisation dedicated to a safe, fair and sustainable mining and metals industry.
IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards)
Accounting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change)
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is the United Nations body for assessing the science related to climate change.
IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature)
The International Union for Conservation of Nature is an international organisation working in the field of nature conservation and sustainable use of natural resources.
KMP (Key Management Personnel)
Persons havingKey Management Personnel (KMP) includes the roles which have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly.
BHP. These are
For BHP, KMP includes the Executive Director (our CEO), the
Non-ExecutiveNon-executive
Directors, (our Board), as well asthe CEO, the Chief Financial Officer, the President Minerals Australia, the President Minerals Americas and the Senior Executive Officer (i.e. President Petroleum.Petroleum until 31 May 2022).
KPI (key performance indicator)
Used to measure the performance of the Group, individual businesses and executives in any one year.
Legacy assets
Legacy assets refer to those
BHP-operated
assets, or part thereof, located in the Americas that are in the closure phase.
LME (London Metal Exchange)
A major futures exchange for the trading of industrial metals.
Location-based reporting
Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions based on average energy generation emission factors for defined geographic locations, including local, subnational, or national boundaries (i.e. grid factors). In the case of a direct line transfer, the location-based emissions are equivalent to the market-based emissions.
Market-based reporting
Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions based on the generators (and therefore the generation fuel mix from which the reporter contractually purchases electricity and/or is directly provided electricity via a direct line transfer).
Minerals Americas
Nature positive
A grouphigh-level goal and concept describing a future state of assets located in Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Perunature (e.g. biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital) which is greater than the United States (see ‘Asset groups’) focusingcurrent state. This definition comes from the Taskforce on copper, zinc, iron ore, energy coal and potash.
Minerals AustraliaNature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) Framework – Beta release v0.1.
A group of assets located in Australia (see ‘Asset groups’). Minerals Australia includes operations in Western Australia, Queensland, New South Wales and South Australia, focusing on iron ore, copper, metallurgical, and energy coal and nickel.
Net zero (for a BHP greenhouse gas goal, target or pathway, or similar)
Net zero includes the use of carbon offsets as required.governed by BHP’s approach to carbon offsetting described at bhp.com/climate.
Net zero (for industry sectors, the global economy, transition or future, or similar)
Net zero refers to a state in which the greenhouse gases (as defined in this Glossary) going into the atmosphere are balanced by removal out of the atmosphere.
 
310
258

NGER (National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Scheme)
The Australian National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER) scheme is a single national framework for reporting and disseminating company information about greenhouse gas emissions, energy production, energy consumption and other information specified under NGER legislation.
Nickel intermediates
Concentrate, matte, residue, and mix sulphide.
Non-operated
asset/non-operated
joint venture (NOJV)
Non-operated
assets/non-operated
joint ventures include interests in assets that are owned as a joint venture but not operated by BHP. References in this Annual Report to a ‘joint venture’ are used for convenience to collectively describe assets that are not wholly owned by BHP. Such references are not intended to characterise the legal relationship between the owners of the asset.
Occupational illness
An illness that occurs as a consequence of work-related activities or exposure. It includes acute or chronic illnesses or diseases, which may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion or direct contact.
OELs (occupational exposure limits)
An occupational exposure limit is an upper limit on the acceptable concentration of a hazardous substance in workplace air for a particular material or class of materials. OELs may also be set for exposure to physical agents such as noise, vibration or radiation.
OMC (Operations Management Committee)
OFR
Prior to FY2018,
BHP’s Operating and Financial Review for the Operations Management Committee had responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of BHP under the authorities that have been delegated to it by the Board. This included key strategic, investment and operational decisions, and recommendations to the Board.year ended 30 June 2022.
During FY2018 the OMC was dissolved and the Remuneration Committee
re-examined
the classification of KMP for FY2018 to determine which persons have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of BHP. After due consideration, the Remuneration Committee determined the KMP for FY2018 comprised of all
Non-executive
Directors (the Board), the Executive Director (the CEO), the Chief Financial Officer, the President Operations, Minerals Australia, the President Operations, Minerals Americas, and the President Operations, Petroleum. The Committee also determined that, effective 1 July 2017, the Chief External Affairs Officer and Chief People Officer roles are no longer considered KMP.
Onshore US
BHP’s petroleumPetroleum asset (divested in the year ended 30 June 2019) in four US shale areas (Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville), where we produced oil, condensate, gas and natural gas liquids.
OPEC (Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries)
OPEC is a permanent intergovernmental organisation of 13
oil-exporting
developing nations that coordinates and unifies the petroleum policies of its Member Countries.
Operated assets
Operated assets include assets that are wholly owned and operated by BHP and assets that are owned as a joint venture and operated by BHP. References in this Annual Report to a ‘joint venture’ are used for convenience to collectively describe assets that are not wholly owned by BHP. Such references are not intended to characterise the legal relationship between the owners of the asset.
Operational control approach
A consolidation approach whereby a company accounts for 100 per cent of the greenhouse gas emissions over which it has operational control (a company is considered to have operational control over an operation if it or one of its subsidiaries has the full authority to introduce and implement its operating policies at the operation). It does not account for greenhouse gas emissions from operations in which it owns an interest but does not have operational control. Also see the definition for ‘Equity share approach’.
Operations
Open-cut
mines, underground mines offshore oil and gas production and processing facilities.
Operating Model
The Operating Model outlines how BHP is organised, works and measures performance and includes mandatory performance requirements and common systems, processes and planning. The Operating Model has been simplified and BHP is organised by assets, asset groups, Commercial, and functions.
OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration)
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration is an agency of the United States Department of Labor that regulates workplace health and safety.
311

Other (with respect to water consumption volumes)
This includes water volumes used for purposes such as potable water consumption and amenity facilities at our operated assets.
Paris Agreement
The Paris Agreement is an agreement between countries party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC) to strengthen efforts to combat climate change and adapt to its effects, with enhanced support to assist developing countries to do so.
Aims of the Paris Agreement goals
The central objective of the Paris Agreement is its long-term temperature goal to hold global average temperature increase to well below 2°C above
pre-industrial
levels and pursue efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C above
pre-industrial
levels.
Paris-aligned
Aligned to the Paris Agreement goals.
259

Petroleum (asset group)
A group of oil and gas assets (see ‘Asset groups’). formerly operated by BHP before its merger with Woodside in June 2022. Petroleum’s core production operations arewere located in the US Gulf of Mexico, Australia and Trinidad and Tobago. Petroleum producesproduced crude oil and condensate, gas and natural gas liquids.
PPE (personal protective equipment)
PPE means anything used or worn to minimise risk to worker’s health and safety, including air supplied respiratory equipment.
Quoted
In the context of American Depositary Shares (ADS) and listed investments, the term ‘quoted’ means ‘traded’ on the relevant exchange.
Residual mix
The mix of energy generation resources and associated attributes such as greenhouse gas emissions in a defined geographic boundary left after contractual instruments have been claimed/retired/cancelled. The residual mix can provide an emission factor for companies without contractual instruments to use in a market-based method calculation. A residual mix is currently unavailable to account for voluntary purchases and this may result in double counting between electricity consumers.
SASB (Sustainability Accounting Standards Board)
The Sustainability Accounting Standards Board is a
non-profit
organisation that develops standards focused on the financial impacts of sustainability.
Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions
Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions are direct emissions from operations that are owned or controlled by the reporting company. For BHP, these are primarily emissions from fuel consumed by haul trucks at our operated assets, as well as fugitive methane emissions from coal and petroleum production at our operated assets.
Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions
Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions are indirect emissions from the generation of purchased or acquired electricity, steam, heat or cooling that is consumed by operations that are owned or controlled by the reporting company. BHP’s Scope 2 emissions have been calculated using the market-based method using supplier specific emissions factors unless otherwise specified.
Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions
Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions are all other indirect emissions (not included in Scope 2) that occur in the reporting company’s value chain. For BHP, these are primarily emissions resulting from our customers using and processing the commodities we sell, as well as upstream emissions associated with the extraction, production and transportation of the goods, services, fuels and energy we purchase for use at our operations; emissions resulting from the transportation and distribution of our products; and operational emissions (on an equity basis) from our
non-operated
joint ventures.
Seawater
Water from oceans, seas and estuaries.
SEC (United States Securities and Exchange Commission)
The US regulatory commission that aims to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly and efficient markets and facilitate capital formation.
312

Senior manager
An employee who has responsibility for planning, directing or controlling the activities of the entity or a strategically significant part of it. In the Strategic Report,OFR, senior manager includes senior leaders and any persons who are directors of any subsidiary company even if they are not senior leaders.
Shareplus
All-employee
share purchase plan.
Social investment
Social investment is our voluntary contribution towards projects or donations with the primary purpose of contributing to the resilience of the communities where we operate and the environment, aligned with our broader business priorities. BHP’s targeted level of contribution is 1 per cent of
pre-tax
profit calculated on the average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit as reported. For FY2023-FY2030, our social investment will be assessed as a total over the seven-year goals period to FY2030, rather than calculated as an average of the previous three years’
pre-tax
profit.
South32
During FY2015, BHP demerged a selection of our alumina, aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel, silver, lead and zinc assets into a new company – South32 Limited.
SPM (sustainability performance metric)
The sustainability performance metrics are the metrics used to measure and evaluate our sustainability performance.
260

Strate
South Africa’s Central Securities Depositary for the electronic settlement of financial instruments.
Surface water
All water naturally open to the atmosphere, except forincluding rivers, lakes and creeks and external water dams but excluding water from oceans, seas and estuaries (e.g. precipitation and runoff, including snow and hail), rivers and creeks and external water dams..
Target (in respect of greenhouse gas emissions)
An intended outcome in relation to which we have identified one or more pathways for delivery of that outcome, subject to certain assumptions or conditions.
Third-party water
Water supplied by an entity external to the operational facility. Third-party water may contains water from the other three sources, surface water, groundwater and seawater.
Tier 1 asset
An asset that we believe is large, long life and low cost.
TRIF (total recordable injury frequency)
The sum of (fatalities + lost-time cases + restricted work cases + medical treatment cases) x 1,000,000 ÷ actual hours worked.
Stated in units of per million hours worked. BHP adopts the US Government Occupational Safety and Health Administration guidelines for the recording and reporting of occupational injury and illnesses. TRIF statistics exclude
non-operated
assets.
TSR (total shareholder return)
TSR measures the return delivered to shareholders over a certain period through the movements in share price and dividends paid (which are assumed to be reinvested). It is the measure used to compare BHP’s performance to that of other relevant companies under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.
UKLA (United Kingdom Listing Authority)
Term used when the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) acts as the competent authority under Part VI of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act (FSMA).
Underlying attributable profit
Profit/(loss) after taxation attributable to BHP shareholders excluding any exceptional items attributable to BHP shareholders as described in Financial Statements note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in section 3. Refer. For more information refer to section 4.2 for further information.OFR 11.
Underlying EBIT
Underlying EBITDA, including depreciation, amortisation and impairments. Refer to section 4.2 for further information.
313Earnings before net finance costs, taxation expense, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items. Underlying EBIT includes BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs and taxation expense/(benefit). For more information refer to OFR 11.

Underlying EBITDA
Earnings before net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments, taxation expense, Discontinued operations and exceptional items. ReferUnderlying EBITDA includes BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments and taxation expense/(benefit). For more information refer to section 4.2 for further information.OFR 11.
Unification
The unification of BHP’s corporate structure under BHP Group Limited as effected on 31 January 2022.
Unit costs
One of the financial measures BHP uses to monitor the performance of individual assets. Unit costs are calculated as ratio of net costs of the assets to the equity share of sales tonnage. Net costs is defined as revenue less Underlying EBITDA excluding freight and other costs, depending on the nature of each asset. Petroleum unit costs exclude exploration and development and evaluation expense and other costs that do not represent underlying cost performance of the business; Western Australia Iron Ore, Queensland Coal and New South Wales Energy Coal unit costs exclude government royalties; Escondida unit costs exclude
by-product
credits.
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), also known as the Global Goals, were adopted by the United Nations in 2015 as a universal call to action to end poverty, protect the planet, and ensure that by 2030 all people enjoy peace and prosperity.
WAF (Water Accounting Framework)
The Water Accounting Framework is a common mining and metals industry approach to water accounting in Australia.
261

Water quality – Type 1
Water of high quality that would require minimal (if any) treatment to meet drinking water standards. This water is considered high-quality/high-grade in the
International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) ‘A Practical Guide to Consistent Water Reporting’
‘Good Practice Guide’ (2nd Edition) (2021).
Water quality – Type 2
Water of medium quality that would require moderate treatment to meet drinking water standards (it may have a high salinity threshold of no higher than 5,000 milligrams per litre total dissolved solids and other individual constituents). This water is considered high-quality/high-grade in the
International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) ‘A Practical Guide to Consistent Water Reporting’
‘Good Practice Guide’ (2nd Edition) (2021).
Water quality – Type 3
Water of low quality that would require significant treatment to meet drinking water standards. It may have individual constituents with high values of total dissolved solids, elevated levels of metals or extreme levels of pH. This type of water also includes seawater. This water is considered
low-quality/low-grade
in the
International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) ‘A Practical Guide to Consistent Water Reporting’
‘Good Practice Guide’ (2nd Edition) (2021).
WRSA (Water Resource Situational Analysis)
A situational analysisWater Resource Situational Analysis (WRSA) is an analysisa holistic assessment of the water situation where an asset operates. The process is designed to describe the water challenges that stakeholders share and the opportunities for collective action to address those challenges. The WRSA is prepared by a credible third-party and draws on publicly available information and direct stakeholder input. Within a defined area that includes the water resources and catchments that the operated assetBHP interacts, with, includingeach WRSA includes assessment of: (i) 
the sustainability of the volume and quality of the water resources, taking into account interactions of all other parties and climate change forecasts; (ii) BHP’s direct, indirect and cumulative impacts on the sustainability of the volume and quality of the water resources and any related environmental, social or cultural values taking into accountand climate change forecasts in accordance with the Water Management Standard; (iii) 
the state of water infrastructure, water access, sanitation and hygiene of local communities; (iv) communities
the environmental health of the water catchments that feed the water resources taking into account the extent of vegetation, runoff, and any conservation of the area; (v) area
external water governance arrangements and their effectiveness.effectiveness
 
314
262

Corporate directory
Exhibits
BHP Registered Offices
BHP Group Limited
Australia
171 Collins Street
Melbourne VIC 3000
Telephone Australia 1300 55 47 57
Telephone International +61 3 9609 3333
Facsimile +61 3 9609 3015
BHP Group Plc
United Kingdom
Nova South, 160 Victoria Street
London SW1E 5LB
Telephone +44 20 7802 4000
Facsimile +44 20 7802 4111
Group Company Secretary
Stefanie Wilkinson
BHP Corporate Centres
Chile
Cerro El Plomo 6000
Piso 15
Las Condes 7560623
Santiago
Telephone +56 2 2579 5000
Facsimile +56 2 2207 6517
United States
1500 Post Oak Boulevard,
Houston TX 77056-3004
Telephone +1 713 961 8500
Facsimile +1 713 961 8400
Commercial Office
Singapore
10 Marina Boulevard,
#18-01
Marina Bay Financial Centre, Tower 2
Singapore 018983
Telephone +65 6421 6000
Facsimile +65 6421 6800
315

Share Registrars and Transfer Offices
Australia
BHP Group Limited Registrar
Computershare Investor Services
Pty Limited
Yarra Falls, 452 Johnston Street
Abbotsford VIC 3067
Postal address – GPO Box 2975
Melbourne VIC 3001
Telephone 1300 656 780 (within Australia)
+61 3 9415 4020 (outside Australia)
Facsimile +61 3 9473 2460
Email enquiries: investorcentre.com/bhp
United Kingdom
BHP Group Plc Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS13 8AE
Postal address (for general enquiries)
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
Telephone +44 344 472 7001
Facsimile +44 370 703 6101
Email enquiries: investorcentre.co.uk/contactus
South Africa
BHP Group Plc Branch Register and Transfer Secretary
Computershare Investor Services
(Pty) Limited
Rosebank Towers
15 Biermann Avenue
Rosebank 2196
South Africa
Postal address – Private Bag X9000
Saxonwold,
2132 South Africa
Telephone +27 11 373 0033
Facsimile +27 11 688 5217
Email enquiries: web.queries@computershare.co.za
Holders of shares dematerialised into Strate should contact their CSDP or stockbroker.
316

New Zealand
Computershare Investor Services Limited
Level 2/159 Hurstmere Road
Takapuna Auckland 0622
Postal address – Private Bag 92119
Auckland 1142
Telephone +64 9 488 8777
Facsimile +64 9 488 8787
United States
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
150 Royall Street
Canton MA 02021
Postal address – PO Box 43078
Providence RI 02940-3078
Telephone +1 888 404 6340
(toll-free within US)
Facsimile +1 312 601 4331
ADR Depositary, Transfer Agent and Registrar
Citibank Shareholder Services
PO Box 43077
Providence RI 02940-3077
Telephone +1 781 575 4555 (outside of US) +1 877 248 4237
(+1-877-CITIADR)
(toll-free within US)
Facsimile +1 201 324 3284
Email enquiries: citibank@shareholders-online.com
Website: citi.com/dr
317

5    Exhibits
Exhibits marked ‘*’“*” have been filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form
20-F.
Remaining exhibits have been incorporated by reference as indicated.
Exhibit 1    Constitution
 
Exhibit 1
Constitution
*1.1
Exhibit 2
Securities
1.2
Exhibit 2    Securities
*2.1
Exhibit 4
Exhibit 4    Material Contracts
4.1
4.2
SVC Special Voting Shares Deed, dated 29 June 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c.
(2)(P)
4.3
SVC Special Voting Shares Amendment Deed, dated 13 August 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c.
(2)(P)
4.4*4.1
Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of BHP Limited
(2)(P)
4.5
Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of Billiton Plc
(2)(P)
4.6
4.7
*4.2
4.8
BHP Billiton Ltd Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, datedapproved November 2010
(2)(P)
2013 (as amended in July 2018)
4.9
4.104.3
BHP Billiton Plc Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, dated November 2010
(2)(P)
4.11
Exhibit 8
List of Subsidiaries
Exhibit 8    List of Subsidiaries
*8.1
Exhibit 12
Certifications (section 302)
Exhibit 12    Certifications (section 302)
*12.1
*12.2
Exhibit 13
Certifications (section 906)
Exhibit 13    Certifications (section 906)
*13.1
*13.2
Exhibit 15
Consents
Exhibit 15    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
*15.1
*15.2
*15.3*15.4
Exhibit 96
Technical Report Summaries
101.INS*
*96.1
*96.2
*96.3
Exhibit 101
Interactive Data File
*101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document—this instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH**101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL**101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF**101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB**101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE**101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104
Exhibit 104
Cover Page Interactive Data File
*104Cover page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
 
Footnotes
 
(1) 
1
Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP’s annual report on Form
20-F
for the year ended 30 June 2016 on 21 September 2016.
(2) 
Previously filed on paper form as an exhibit to BHP’s annual report on Form
20-F
for the year ended 30 June 2001 on 19 November 2001.
(3) 
Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP’s annual report on Form
20-F
for the year ended 30 June 2008 on 15 September 2008.
 
(4) 
Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP’s annual report on Form
20-F
for the year ended 30 June 2020 on 22 September 2020.
263
(P) 
Previously filed on paper form.
318

SIGNATURE
The registrantsregistrant hereby certifycertifies that they meetit meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that they haveit has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on theirits behalf.
BHP Group Limited
BHP Group Plc
/s/ David Lamont
David Lamont
Chief Financial Officer
Date: 216 September 20212022
 
319
264

Section 3 -
Financial Statements
 
Financial Statements
1
  
3.1
 
F-2
   F-2
   F-3
   F-4
   F-5
   F-6
   F-11
F-12
3.2
1A
  
F-73
3.2A
F-73
3.3
 
F-80
3.4
2
   
F-83
F-81
3.5
3
  
F-81
3.6
 
F-81
3.7
4
   
F-84
F-82
 
F-12
F-11
1
  
F-11
F-12
1
2
   F-11F-15
2
3
   F-14F-16
3
4
  Exceptional itemsF-15
4
Significant events – Samarco dam failure F-18F-19
5
   F-23F-25
6
   F-24F-26
7
   F-27F-29
F-30
8
  
F-28
8
Trade and other receivables F-28F-30
9
   F-28F-31
10
   F-29F-31
11
  
F-30
11
Property, plant and equipment F-30F-32
12
   F-33F-35
13
   F-34F-36
14
   F-37F-39
15
   F-39F-41
F-44
16
  
F-41
F-44
16
17
   F-41F-46
17
18
   F-42F-48
18
19
  DividendsF-43
19
Provisions for dividends and other liabilities F-43F-48
F-49
20
  
F-44
F-49
20
21
   F-44F-51
21
22
   F-47F-54
22
23
  Net finance costsF-49
23
Financial risk management F-50F-55
F-62
24
  
F-57
F-62
24
25
  Key management personnelF-57
25
Employee share ownership plans F-57F-62
26
  F-60
27
 Pension and other post-retirement obligationsF-61
28
EmployeesF-62F-66
F-68
27
  
F-63
F-68
29
28
   F-63F-70
30
29
  SubsidiariesF-64
31
Investments accounted for using the equity method F-65F-71
32
30
   F-68F-74
33
31
   F-69F-75
F-76
32
  
F-70
F-76
34
33
  F-70
35
 Subsequent eventsF-70F-76
F-77
34
  
F-71
F-77
36
35
  Auditor’s remunerationF-71
37
Not required for US Reportingreporting F-72F-77
38
36
   F-72F-77
39
37
   F-72F-77

About these Financial Statements
Reporting entity
BHP Group Limited, an incorporated Australian-listed company, and BHP Group Plc, an incorporated
UK-listed
company, formformed a Dual Listed Company (DLC). These entities until 31 January 2022. Under the DLC structure BHP Group Limited, BHP Group Plc and their subsidiaries operateoperated together as a single
for-profit
economic entity (referred to as ‘BHP’ or ‘the Group’) with a common Board of Directors, unified management structure and joint objectives. In effect, the DLCOn 31 January 2022, BHP unified its corporate structure provides the same voting rights and dividend entitlements fromunder BHP Group Limited, and subsequently BHP Group Plc irrespective of whether investors hold shares inchanged its name to BHP Group Limited(UK) Ltd. Throughout the Consolidated Financial Statements (the Financial Statements), the collective contributions of the aforementioned entities are referred to as ‘BHP’ or BHP Group Plc.‘the Group’, regardless of the DLC or unified corporate structure.
Group and related party information is presented in note 3331 ‘Related party transactions’ in section 3.1.to the Financial Statements. This details transactions between the Group’s subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and other related parties. The nature of the operations and principal activities of the Group are described in the segment information (refer to note 1 ‘Segment reporting’ in section 3.1)to the Financial Statements).
Presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Directors of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc Directors have included information in this report they deem to be material and relevant to the understanding of the Consolidated Financial Statements (the Financial Statements).Statements. Disclosure may be considered material and relevant if the dollar amount is significant due to its size or nature, or the information is important to understand the:
 
Group’s current year results
impact of significant changes in the Group’s business or
aspects of the Group’s operations that are important to future performance
On 22 November 2021, the Group and Woodside Energy Group Limited (‘Woodside’) signed a binding Share Sale Agreement (‘SSA’) for the merger of the Group’s oil and gas portfolio with Woodside. While the merger had an economic effective date of 1 July 2021, the Group continued to control the Petroleum assets and carry on business in the normal course for 11 months until 1 June 2022 (Completion Date). As such, the Group recognises its share of revenue, expenses, net finance costs and associated income tax expense related to the Discontinued operation until the Completion Date. Comparative periods have been adjusted for the effects of applying IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ to disclose the Group’s Petroleum business on the same basis as the current period.
These Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 September 2021. The Directors have the authority to amend the Financial Statements after issuance.16 August 2022.
 
F-1

3.11    Consolidated Financial Statements
3.1.1
1.1    Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 20212022
 
   Notes   
2021
  2020  2019 
       
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Continuing operations
                  
Revenue
   2   
 
60,817
 
  42,931   44,288 
Other income
   5   
 
510
 
  777   393 
Expenses excluding net finance costs
   5   
 
(34,500
  (28,775  (28,022
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expense
s
   31   
 
(921
  (512  (546
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit from operations
       
 
25,906
 
  14,421   16,113 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial expenses
       
 
(1,378
  (1,262  (1,510
Financial income
       
 
73
 
  351   446 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net finance costs
   22   
 
(1,305
  (911  (1,064
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
       
 
24,601
 
  13,510   15,049 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax expense
       
 
(10,921
  (4,708  (5,335
Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)
       
 
(229
  (66  (194
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total taxation expense
   6   
 
(11,150
  (4,774  (5,529
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
       
 
13,451
 
  8,736   9,520 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Discontinued operations
                  
Loss after taxation from Discontinued operations
   29   
 
 
     (335
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
       
 
13,451
 
  8,736   9,185 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
       
 
2,147
 
  780   879 
Attributable to BHP shareholders
       
 
11,304
 
  7,956   8,306 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
223.5
 
  157.3   160.3 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
223.0
 
  157.0   159.9 
Basic earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
223.5
 
  157.3   166.9 
Diluted earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
223.0
 
  157.0   166.5 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
       
2022
  2021  2020 
   Notes   
US$M
  
US$M
Restated
  
US$M
Restated
 
Continuing operations
      
Revenue
   2   
 
65,098
 
   56,921   38,924 
Other income
   5   
 
1,398
 
   380   720 
Expenses excluding net finance costs
   5   
 
(32,371
)   (30,871  (25,453
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   29   
 
(19
)
 
   (915  (508
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit from operations
       
 
34,106
 
   25,515   13,683 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial expenses
       
 
(1,050
)   (1,290  (1,192
Financial income
       
 
81
 
   67   334 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net finance costs
   22   
 
(969
)   (1,223  (858
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
       
 
33,137
 
   24,292   12,825 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax expense
       
 
(10,430
)   (10,376  (4,216
Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)
       
 
(307
)   (240  19 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total taxation expense
   6   
 
(10,737
)   (10,616  (4,197
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing operations
       
 
22,400
 
   13,676   8,628 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Discontinued operations
                   
Profit/(loss) after taxation from Discontinued operations
   27   
 
10,655
 
   (225  108 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
       
 
33,055
 
   13,451   8,736 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Attributable to non-controlling interests
       
 
2,155
 
   2,147   780 
Attributable to BHP shareholders
       
 
30,900
 
   11,304   7,956 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
610.6
 
   223.5   157.3 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
609.3
 
   223.0   157.0 
Basic earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
400.0
 
   228.0   155.2 
Diluted earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)
   7   
 
399.2
 
   227.5   154.8 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes form part of these Financial Statements.
 
F-2

3.1.2
1.2    Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June 20212022
 
  Notes   
2021
 2020 2019       
2022
   2021 2020 
      
US$M
 US$M US$M   
Notes

   
US$M
   US$M US$M 
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations
     
 
13,451
 
 8,736  9,185      
 
33,055
 
   13,451  8,736 
Other comprehensive income
                   
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement:
                   
Hedges:
                   
Gains/(losses) taken to equity
     
 
863
 
 (315 (327
(Gains)/losses transferred to the income statement
     
 
(837
 297  299 
(Losses)/gains taken to equity
     
 
(914
)   863  (315
Losses/(gains) transferred to the income statement
     
 
881
 
   (837 297 
Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity
     
 
5
 
 1  1      
 
(5
)   5  1 
Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations transferred to income statement
     
 
 
    (6     
 
(54
      
Tax recognised within other comprehensive income
   6   
 
(8
 5  8    6   
 
10
 
   (8 5 
     
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
 
Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement
     
 
23
 
 (12 (25     
 
(82
)   23  (12
     
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
 
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:
                     
Re-measurement
gains/(losses) on pension and medical schemes
     
 
58
 
 (81 (20     
 
24
 
   58  (81
Equity investments held at fair value
     
 
(2
 (2 1      
 
(8
)   (2 (2
Tax recognised within other comprehensive income
   6   
 
(20
 26  19    6   
 
(9
)   (20 26 
     
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
 
Total items that will not be reclassified to the income statement
     
 
36
 
 (57        
 
7
 
   36  (57
     
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
 
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
     
 
59
 
 (69 (25
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income
     
 
(75
)   59  (69
     
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
 
Total comprehensive income
     
 
13,510
 
 8,667  9,160      
 
32,980
 
   13,510  8,667 
     
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
     
 
2,158
 
 769  878      
 
2,160
 
   2,158  769 
Attributable to BHP shareholders
     
 
11,352
 
 7,898  8,282      
 
30,820
 
   11,352  7,898 
     
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
The accompanying notes form part of these Financial Statements.
 
F-3

3.1.3
1.3    Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2021
2022
 
   Notes   
2021
  2020 
       
US$M
  
US$M
Restated
 
ASSETS
     
Current assets
     
Cash and cash equivalents
   20   
 
15,246
 
  13,426 
Trade and other receivables
   8   
 
6,059
 
  3,364 
Other financial assets
   23   
 
230
 
  84 
Inventories
   10   
 
4,426
 
  4,101 
Assets held for sale
   31   
 
324
 
   
Current tax assets
       
 
279
 
  366 
Other
       
 
129
 
  130 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total current assets
       
 
26,693
 
  21,471 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-current
assets
              
Trade and other receivables
   8   
 
337
 
  267 
Other financial assets
   23   
 
1,610
 
  2,522 
Inventories
   10   
 
1,358
 
  1,221 
Property, plant and equipment
   11   
 
73,813
 
  72,362 
Intangible assets
   12   
 
1,437
 
  1,574 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
   31   
 
1,742
 
  2,585 
Deferred tax assets
   14   
 
1,912
 
  3,688 
Other
       
 
25
 
  43 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
non-current
assets
       
 
82,234
 
  84,262 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total assets
       
 
108,927
 
  105,733 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
              
Current liabilities
              
Trade and other payables
   9   
 
7,027
 
  5,767 
Interest bearing liabilities
   20   
 
2,628
 
  5,012 
Liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale
   31   
 
17
 
   
Other financial liabilities
       
 
130
 
  225 
Current tax payable
       
 
2,800
 
  913 
Provisions
   4,15,19,26   
 
3,696
 
  2,810 
Deferred income
       
 
105
 
  97 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
       
 
16,403
 
  14,824 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-current
liabilities
              
Trade and other payables
   9   
 
 
  1 
Interest bearing liabilities
   20   
 
18,355
 
  22,036 
Other financial liabilities
   23   
 
1,146
 
  1,414 
Non-current
tax payable
       
 
120
 
  109 
Deferred tax liabilities
   14   
 
3,314
 
  3,779 
Provisions
   4,15,19,26   
 
13,799
 
  11,185 
Deferred income
       
 
185
 
  210 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
non-current
liabilities
       
 
36,919
 
  38,734 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total liabilities
       
 
53,322
 
  53,558 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net assets
       
 
55,605
 
  52,175 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
EQUITY
              
Share capital – BHP Group Limited
       
 
1,111
 
  1,111 
Share capital – BHP Group Plc
       
 
1,057
 
  1,057 
Treasury shares
       
 
(33
  (5
Reserves
   17   
 
2,350
 
  2,306 
Retained earnings
       
 
46,779
 
  43,396 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total equity attributable to BHP shareholders
       
 
51,264
 
  47,865 
Non-controlling
interests
   17   
 
4,341
 
  4,310 
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total equity
       
 
55,605
 
  52,175 
       
2022
  2021 
   Notes   
US$M
  US$M 
ASSETS
     
Current assets
     
Cash and cash equivalents
   20   
 
17,236
 
   15,246 
Trade and other receivables
   8   
 
5,426
 
   6,059 
Other financial assets
   23   
 
629
 
   230 
Inventories
   10   
 
4,935
 
   4,426 
Assets held for sale
       
 
 
   324 
Current tax assets
       
 
263
 
   279 
Other
       
 
175
 
   129 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current assets
       
 
28,664
 
   26,693 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-current assets
               
Trade and other receivables
   8   
 
153
 
   337 
Other financial assets
   23   
 
802
 
   1,610 
Inventories
   10   
 
1,315
 
   1,358 
Property, plant and equipment
   11   
 
61,295
 
   73,813 
Intangible assets
   12   
 
1,369
 
   1,437 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
   29   
 
1,420
 
   1,742 
Deferred tax assets
   14   
 
56
 
   1,912 
Other
       
 
92
 
   25 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total non-current assets
       
 
66,502
 
   82,234 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
       
 
95,166
 
   108,927 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
               
Current liabilities
               
Trade and other payables
   9   
 
6,687
 
   7,027 
Interest bearing liabilities
   20   
 
2,622
 
   2,628 
Liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale
       
 
 
   17 
Other financial liabilities
   23   
 
579
 
   130 
Current tax payable
       
 
3,032
 
   2,800 
Provisions
   4,15,19,26   
 
3,965
 
   3,696 
Deferred income
       
 
34
 
   105 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
       
 
16,919
 
   16,403 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities
               
Interest bearing liabilities
   20   
 
13,806
 
   18,355 
Other financial liabilities
   23   
 
1,997
 
   1,146 
Non-current tax payable
       
 
87
 
   120 
Deferred tax liabilities
   14   
 
3,063
 
   3,314 
Provisions
   4,15,19,26   
 
10,478
 
   13,799 
Deferred income
       
 
50
 
   185 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total non-current liabilities
       
 
29,481
 
   36,919 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
       
 
46,400
 
   53,322 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets
       
 
48,766
 
   55,605 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
EQUITY
               
Share capital – BHP Group Limited
       
 
4,638
 
   1,111 
Share capital – BHP Group Plc
       
 
 
   1,057 
Treasury shares
       
 
(31
)
 
   (33
Reserves
   17   
 
12
 
   2,350 
Retained earnings
       
 
40,338
 
   46,779 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total equity attributable to BHP shareholders
       
 
44,957
 
   51,264 
Non-controlling interests
   17   
 
3,809
 
   4,341 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total equity
       
 
48,766
 
   55,605 
        
 
 
   
 
 
 
The accompanying notes form part of these Financial Statements.
The Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 September 202116 August 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
 
Ken MacKenzie
  
Mike Henry
Chair
  Chief Executive Officer
 
F-4

3.1.41.4    Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 30 June 2021
2022
 
   Notes   
2021
  2020  2019 
       
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Operating activities
                  
Profit before taxation
        
24,601
  
 
13,510
 
 
 
15,049
 
Adjustments for:
                  
Depreciation and amortisation expense
        
6,824
  
 
6,112
 
 
 
5,829
 
Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles
        
2,635
  
 
494
 
 
 
264
 
Net finance costs
        
1,305
  
 
911
 
 
 
1,064
 
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
        
921
  
 
512
 
 
 
546
 
Other
        
348
  
 
720
 
 
 
308
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                  
Trade and other receivables
        
(2,723
)
 
 
 
291
 
 
 
(211
Inventories
        
(447
)
 
 
 
(715
 
 
298
 
Trade and other payables
        
1,201
  
 
(755
 
 
406
 
Provisions and other assets and liabilitie
s
        
501
  
 
1,188
 
 
 
(125
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cash generated from operations
        
35,166
  
 
22,268
 
 
 
23,428
 
Dividends received
        
753
  
 
137
 
 
 
516
 
Interest received
        
97
  
 
385
 
 
 
443
 
Interest paid
        
(771
)
 
 
 
(1,225
 
 
(1,346
(Settlements)/proceeds of cash management related instruments
        
(401
)
 
 
 
85
 
 
 
296
 
Net income tax and royalty-related taxation refunded
        
407
  
 
48
 
 
 
59
 
Net income tax and royalty-related taxation paid
        
(8,017
)
 
 
 
(5,992
 
 
(5,999
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations
        
27,234
  
 
15,706
 
 
 
17,397
 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
29
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
474
 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows
        
27,234
  
 
15,706
 
 
 
17,871
 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investing activities
                  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
        
(6,606
)
 
 
 
(6,900
 
 
(6,250
Exploration expenditure
        
(514
)
 
 
 
(740
 
 
(873
Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows
        
430
  
 
517
 
 
 
516
 
Investment in subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of cash
        
(480
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment and funding of equity accounted investments
        
(578
)
 
 
 
(618
 
 
(630
Proceeds from sale of assets
        
197
  
 
265
 
 
 
145
 
Other investing
        
(294
)
 
 
 
(140
 
 
(285
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations
        
(7,845
)
 
 
 
(7,616
 
 
(7,377
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
29
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
(443
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Proceeds from divestment of Onshore US, net of its cash
  
 
29
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
10,427
 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows
        
(7,845
)
 
 
 
(7,616
 
 
2,607
 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financing activities
                  
Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities
        
568
  
 
514
 
 
 
250
 
Proceeds/(settlements) of debt related instruments
        
167
  
 
(157
 
 
(160
Repayment of interest bearing liabilities
        
(8,395
)
 
 
 
(2,047
 
 
(2,604
Purchase of shares by Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts
        
(234
)
 
 
 
(143
 
 
(188
Share
buy-back
– BHP Group Limited
        
  
 
 
 
 
(5,220
Dividends paid
        
(7,901
)
 
 
 
(6,876
 
 
(11,395
Dividends paid to
non-controlling
interests
        
(2,127
)
 
 
 
(1,043
 
 
(1,198
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations
        
(17,922
)
 
 
 
(9,752
 
 
(20,515
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations
  
 
29
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
(13
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net financing cash flows
        
(17,922
)
 
 
 
(9,752
 
 
(20,528
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations
        
1,467
  
 
(1,662
 
 
(10,495
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations
        
  
 
 
 
 
18
 
Proceeds from divestment of Onshore US, net of its cash
        
  
 
 
 
 
10,427
 
Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year
        
13,426
  
 
15,593
 
 
 
15,813
 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
        
353
  
 
(505
 
 
(170
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year
  
 
20
 
   
15,246
  
 
13,426
 
 
 
15,593
 
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
       
2022
  2021  2020 
       
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
   Notes      Restated  Restated 
Operating activities
      
Profit before taxation from Continuing operations
       
 
33,137
 
   24,292   12,825 
Adjustments for:
                   
Depreciation and amortisation expense
       
 
5,683
 
   5,084   4,667 
Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles
       
 
515
 
   2,507   482 
Net finance costs
       
 
969
 
   1,223   858 
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
       
 
19
 
   915   508 
Other
       
 
(350
)   573   896 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                   
Trade and other receivables
       
 
(703
)   (2,389  128 
Inventories
       
 
(865
)   (405  (714
Trade and other payables
       
 
727
 
   1,149   (589
Provisions and other assets and liabilities
       
 
(248
)   486   1,350 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cash generated from operations
       
 
38,884
 
   33,435   20,411 
Dividends received
       
 
1,018
 
   728   117 
Interest received
       
 
58
 
   97   368 
Interest paid
       
 
(657
)   (766  (1,213
Proceeds/(settlements) of cash management related instruments
       
 
378
 
   (401  85 
Net income tax and royalty-related taxation refunded
       
 
105
 
   222   47 
Net income tax and royalty-related taxation paid
       
 
(10,501
)   (7,432  (5,130
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations
       
 
29,285
 
   25,883   14,685 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations
   27   
 
2,889
 
   1,351   1,021 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows
       
 
32,174
 
   27,234   15,706 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investing activities
                   
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
       
 
(5,855
)   (5,612  (5,991
Exploration expenditure
       
 
(256
)   (192  (176
Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows
       
 
199
 
   134   123 
Net investment and funding of equity accounted investments
       
 
(266
)   (553  (596
Proceeds from sale of assets
       
 
221
 
   158   187 
Proceeds/(settlements) from sale of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations net of their cash       
 
1,255
 
  (3   
Other investing
       
 
(271
)   (257  (130
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations
       
 
(4,973
)   (6,325  (6,583
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations   27   
 
(904
)   (1,520  (1,033
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net cash completion payment on merger of Petroleum with Woodside   27   
 
(683
)       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents disposed on merger of Petroleum with Woodside   27   
 
(399
      
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows
       
 
(6,959
)   (7,845  (7,616
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financing activities
                   
Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities
       
 
1,164
 
   568   514 
Proceeds/(settlements) of debt related instruments
       
 
 
   167   (157
Repayment of interest bearing liabilities
       
 
(3,358
)   (8,357  (2,008
Purchase of shares by Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts
       
 
(149
)   (234  (143
Dividends paid
       
 
(17,851
)   (7,901  (6,876
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
       
 
(2,540
)   (2,127  (1,043
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations
       
 
(22,734
)   (17,884  (9,713
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations   27   
 
(33
)   (38  (39
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net financing cash flows
       
 
(22,767
)   (17,922  (9,752
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations
       
 
1,578
 
   1,674   (1,611
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations
       
 
1,952
 
   (207  (51
Net cash completion payment on merger of Petroleum with Woodside       
 
(683
)       
Cash and cash equivalents disposed on merger of Petroleum with Woodside       
 
(399
      
Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year
       
 
15,246
 
   13,426   15,593 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
       
 
(458
)   353   (505
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year
   20   
 
17,236
 
   15,246   13,426 
        
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
The accompanying notes form part of these Financial Statements.
 
F-5

3.1.51.5    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 30 June 20212022
 
   
Attributable to BHP shareholders
       
   
Share capital
   
Treasury

shares
  
Reserves
  
Retained

earnings
  
Total equity

attributable

to BHP

shareholders
       
US$M
  
BHP

Group

Limited
  
BHP

Group

Plc
   
BHP

Group

Limited
  
BHP

Group

Plc
  
Non-

controlling

interests
  
Total

equity
 
Balance as at 1 July 2020 (restated)
  
 
1,111
 
 
 
1,057
 
  
 
(5
 
 
 
 
 
2,306
 
 
 
43,396
 
 
 
47,865
 
 
 
4,310
 
 
 
52,175
 
Total comprehensive income
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22
 
 
 
11,330
 
 
 
11,352
 
 
 
2,158
 
 
 
13,510
 
Transactions with owners:
                                      
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
(229
 
 
(5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(234
 
 
 
 
 
(234
Employee share awards exercised net of employee
contributions net of tax
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
202
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
(149
 
 
(57
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vested employee share awards that have lapsed, been cancelled or forfeited  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4
 
 
4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards net of tax  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
175
 
 
 
 
 
 
175
 
 
 
 
 
 
175
 
Dividends
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7,894
 
 
(7,894
 
 
(2,127
 
 
(10,021
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2021
  
 
1,111
 
 
 
1,057
 
  
 
(32
 
 
(1
 
 
2,350
 
 
 
46,779
 
 
 
51,264
 
 
 
4,341
 
 
 
55,605
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 1 July 2019 (restated)
   1,111   1,057    (32     2,285   42,748   47,169   4,584   51,753 
Total comprehensive income
                (12  7,910   7,898   769   8,667 
Transactions with owners:
                                      
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
          (139  (4        (143     (143
Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions net of tax          166   4   (132  (38         
Vested employee share awards that have lapsed, been cancelled or forfeited                (10  10          
Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards net of tax                175      175      175 
Dividends
                   (7,234  (7,234  (1,043  (8,277
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2020 (restated)
   1,111   1,057    (5     2,306   43,396   47,865   4,310   52,175 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 1 July 2018
   1,186   1,057    (5     2,290   51,057   55,585   5,078   60,663 
Impact of change in accounting policies (Note 39)
                   (71  (71     (71
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Restated balance as at 1 July 2018
   1,186   1,057    (5     2,290   50,986   55,514   5,078   60,592 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                (24  8,306   8,282   878   9,160 
Transactions with owners:
                                      
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
          (182  (6        (188     (188
Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions net of tax          155   6   (100  (61         
Vested employee share awards that have lapsed, been cancelled or forfeited                (18  18          
Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards net of tax                138      138      138 
Dividends
                   (11,302  (11,302  (1,205  (12,507
BHP Group Limited shares bought back and cancelled   (75               (5,199  (5,274     (5,274
Divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations                         (168  (168
Transfer to
non-controlling
interests
                (1     (1  1    
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2019 (restated)
   1,111   1,057    (32     2,285   42,748   47,169   4,584   51,753 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
Attributable to BHP shareholders
       
   
Share capital
   
Treasury
shares
  
Reserves
  
Retained

earnings
  
Total equity

attributable

to BHP

shareholders
       
US$M
  
BHP

Group

Limited
   
BHP

Group

Plc
   
BHP

Group

Limited
  
BHP

Group

Plc
  
Non-

controlling

interests
  
Total

equity
 
Balance as at 1 July 2021
  
 
1,111
 
  
 
1,057
 
  
 
(32
 
 
(1
 
 
2,350
 
 
 
46,779
 
 
 
51,264
 
 
 
4,341
 
 
 
55,605
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(90
) 
 
30,910
 
 
 
30,820
 
 
 
2,160
 
 
 
32,980
 
Transactions with owners:
                                       
BHP Group Limited shares issued
  
 
172
 
  
 
 
  
 
(172
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
(148
) 
 
(1
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(149
) 
 
 
 
 
(149
)
Employee share awards exercised net of employee
contributions net of tax
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
321
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
(207
) 
 
(116
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vested employee share awards that have lapsed, been cancelled
 

or forfeited
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(30
) 
 
30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards net of
tax
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
143
 
 
 
 
 
 
143
 
 
 
 
 
 
143
 
Corporate structure unification
  
 
3,355
 
  
 
(1,057
)  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,298
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17,720
) 
 
(17,720
) 
 
(2,540
) 
 
(20,260
)
In specie dividend on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(19,559
 
 
(19,559
 
 
 
 
 
(19,559
Divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(157
 
 
(157
Transfers within equity on divestment of subsidiaries,
operations and joint operations
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14
 
 
14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity contributed net of tax
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
��
 
 
 
 
 
158
 
 
 
 
 
 
158
 
 
 
5
 
 
 
163
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2022
  
 
4,638
 
  
 
 
  
 
(31
) 
 
 
 
 
12
 
 
 
40,338
 
 
 
44,957
 
 
 
3,809
 
 
 
48,766
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 1 July 2020
   1,111    1,057    (5     2,306   43,396   47,865   4,310   52,175 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                 22   11,330   11,352   2,158   13,510 
Transactions with owners:
                                       
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
           (229  (5        (234     (234
Employee share awards exercised net of employee
contributions net of tax
           202   4   (149  (57         
Vested employee share awards that have lapsed, been cancelled
or forfeited
                 (4  4          
Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards net of
tax
                 175      175      175 
Dividends
                    (7,894  (7,894  (2,127  (10,021
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2021
   1,111    1,057    (32  (1  2,350   46,779   51,264   4,341   55,605 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 1 July 2019
   1,111    1,057    (32     2,285   42,748   47,169   4,584   51,753 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                 (12  7,910   7,898   769   8,667 
Transactions with owners:
                                       
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
           (139  (4        (143     (143
Employee share awards exercised net of employee
contributions net of tax
           166   4   (132  (38         
Vested employee share awards that have lapsed, been cancelled
or forfeited
                 (10  10          
Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards net of
tax
                 175      175      175 
Dividends
                    (7,234  (7,234  (1,043  (8,277
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2020
   1,111    1,057    (5     2,306   43,396   47,865   4,310   52,175 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
The accompanying notes form part of these Financial Statements.
 
F-6

Basis of preparation
The Group’s Financial Statements as at and for the year ended 30 June 2021:2022:
 
are a consolidated general purpose financial report
 
have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the:of:
 
 
 
¡
 
the Australian Corporations Act 2001
¡
UK Companies (Corporations Act 2006
have been prepared in accordance with accounting standards and interpretations collectively referred to as ‘IFRS’ in this report, which encompass the:
¡
International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board2001)
 
 
 
¡
 
Australian Accounting Standards being Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued byother authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB)
¡
International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies inissued by the European Union (EU)
¡
International Accounting Standards adopted for use within the UKBoard (IASB) (collectively referred to as IFRS)
 
are prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors:
 
 
 
¡
 
have made an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern overfor the period to 30 September 2022 (the ‘going concern period’)12 months from the date of this report
 
 
 
¡
 
consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the Group’s Financial Statements
 
measure items on the basis of historical cost principles, except for the following items:
 
 
 
¡
 
derivative financial instruments and certain other financial assets and liabilities, which are carried at fair value
 
 
 
¡
 
non-current
assets or disposal groups that are classified as
held-for-sale
or
held-for-distribution,
which are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell
 
include significant accounting policies in the notes to the Financial Statements that summarise the recognition and measurement basis used and are relevant to an understanding of the Financial Statements
 
apply a presentation currency of US dollars, consistent with the predominant functional currency of the Group’s operations. Amounts are rounded to the nearest million dollars, unless otherwise stated, in accordance with ASIC (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191
 
present reclassified comparative information where required for consistency with the current year’s presentation
 
adopt all new and amended standards and interpretations under IFRS, issued by the relevant bodies (listed above), that are mandatory for application in periods beginning on 1 July 2020. Those new and amended standards and interpretations did not require restatement of prior period financial information
early adopt amendments to IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (IFRS 9), IAS 39/AASB 139 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (IAS 39); IFRS 7/AASB 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ (IFRS 7); IFRS 4/AASB 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ (IFRS 4) and IFRS 16/AASB 16 ‘Leases’ (IFRS 16) in relation to Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
apply accounting policies consistently in all prior years presented including retrospective application of2021. None had a significant impact on the Group’s accounting policy change relating to Income Taxes.Financial Statements. Refer to note 3937 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for the impact on the Financial Statementsdetails
 
have not early adopted any other standards and interpretations that have been issued or amended but are not yet effectiveeffective. Refer note 37 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for details
The accounting policies are consistently applied by all entities included in the Financial Statements.
Following unification of the Group’s corporate structure under BHP Group Limited, which was completed in January 2022, the Group Financial Statements are no longer required to be prepared in accordance with:
the UK Companies Act 2006
International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union (EU)
International Accounting Standards adopted for use within the UK
In assessing the appropriateness of the going concern assumption over the going concern period, management have stress tested BHP’s most recent financial projections to incorporate a range of potential future outcomes by considering BHP’s principal risks. The Group’s financial forecasts, including downside commodity price and production scenarios, demonstrate that the Group believes that it has sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due throughout the going concern period. As such, the Financial Statements continue to be prepared on the going concern basis.
Principles of consolidation
In preparing the Financial Statements, the effects of all intragroup balances and transactions have been eliminated.
A list of significant entities in the Group, including subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates at
year-end
is contained in note 3028 ‘Subsidiaries’, note 3129 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’ and note 3230 ‘Interests in joint operations’.
Subsidiaries:
The Financial Statements of the Group include the consolidation of BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc(the Company or parent entity) and their respectiveits subsidiaries, being the entities controlled by the parent entitiesentity during the year.year and BHP Group Plc and its subsidiaries whilst the DLC was in effect. Control exists where the Group:
has power over the investee
 
is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity
 
has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity
F-7

The ability to approve the operating and capital budget of a subsidiary and the ability to appoint key management personnel are decisions that demonstrate that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of a subsidiary.
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in profit or loss from the date the Company gains control until the date when the Company ceases to control the subsidiary.
Where the Group’s interest is less than 100 per cent, the interest attributable to outside shareholders is reflected in non-controlling interests.
Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amount of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Company.
interests.
When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the gain or loss on disposal is recognised in profit or loss.
The Financial Statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the Group’s business combinations.
F-7

Joint arrangements:
The Group undertakes a number of business activities through joint arrangements, which exist when two or more parties have joint control. Joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures, based on the contractual rights and obligations between the parties to the arrangement:
 
Joint operations:
A joint operation is an arrangement in which the Group shares joint control, primarily via contractual arrangements with other parties. In a joint operation, the Group has rights to the underlying assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. This includes situations where the parties benefit from the joint activity through a share of the output, rather than by receiving a share of the results of trading. In relation to the Group’s interest in a joint operation, the Group recognises: its assets and liabilities, including its share of any assets and liabilities held or incurred jointly; revenue from the sale of its share of the output and its share of any revenue generated from the sale of the output by the joint operation; and its expenses including its share of expenses incurred jointly. All such amounts are measuredallocated in accordance with the terms of the arrangement, which is usually in proportion to the Group’s interest in the joint operation.
The Group accounts for the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses relating to its interest in a joint operation in accordance with the IFRS Standards applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses.
 
Joint ventures:
A joint venture is a joint arrangement in which the parties that share joint control have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. A separate vehicle, not the parties, will have the rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. More than an insignificant share of output from a joint venture is sold to third parties, which indicates the joint venture is not dependent on the parties to the arrangement for funding, nor do the parties have an obligation for the liabilities of the arrangement. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity accounting method.method as outlined below.
Associates:
The Group accounts for investments in associates using the equity accounting method.method as outlined below. An entity is considered an associate where the Group is deemed to have significant influence but not control or joint control. Significant influence is presumed to exist where the Group:
 
has over 20 per cent but less than 50 per cent of the voting rights of an entity, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case or
 
holds less than 20 per cent of the voting rights of an entity; however, has the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions affecting the entity
The Group uses the term ‘equity accounted investments’ to refer to joint ventures and associates collectively.
Under the equity method, an investment in an associate or a joint venture is recognised initially at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate or joint venture. When the Group’s share of losses of an associate or a joint venture exceeds the Group’s interest in that associate or joint venture, the Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.
Foreign currencies
Transactions related to the Group’s worldwide operations are conducted in a number of foreign currencies. The majority of the subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates within each of the operations have assessed US dollars as the functional currency, however, some subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates have functional currencies other than US dollars.
Transactions and monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are translated into US dollars as follows:
 
Foreign currency item
  
Applicable exchange rate
Transactions
  
Date of underlying transaction
Monetary assets and liabilities
  
Period-end rate
rate
F-8

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are recognised in the income statement, except for qualifying cash flow hedges (which are deferred to equity) and foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency provisions for site closure and rehabilitation costs (which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment for operating sites).
On consolidation, the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of
foreign operations with non-US
dollar denominated functional currency entitiescurrencies are translated into US dollars using the following applicable exchange rates:
 
Foreign currency amount
  
Applicable exchange rate
Income and expenses
Date of underlying transaction
Assets and liabilities
Period-end rate
Income and expenses
Equity
  
Date of underlying transaction
Historical rate
Assets and liabilities
Reserves
  
Period-end
rate
Equity
Historical rate
Reserves
Historical rate
Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve and subsequently transferred to the income statement on disposal of a foreign operation.
 
F-8

Significant accounting policies, judgements and estimates
The Group has identified a number ofGroup’s accounting policies under which significant judgements,require the use of judgement, estimates and assumptions are made.assumptions. All judgements, estimates and assumptions are based on the most current facts and circumstances and are reassessed on an ongoing basis. Actual results in future reporting periods may differ for these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
 
Significant
Further information regarding the Group’s significant judgements and key estimates and assumptions, made in applying these accounting policies are embedded within the following notes:
  Note
    4
Significant events – Samarco dam failure
    6
Taxation
  10
Inventories
  11
Exploration and evaluation
  11
Development expenditure
  11
Overburden removal costs
  11
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
  13
Impairments of
non-current
assets
  15
Closure and rehabilitation provisions
  21
Leases
The Samarco dam failure, impairment assessments and closure and rehabilitation provisions have been identified as areas involving significant judgement andbeing those where changes to key estimates and assumptions may materially affect financial results and the carrying amount of assets and liabilities to be reported in the next reporting period. period, are embedded within the following notes:
  Note
    4
Significant events – Samarco dam failure
    6
Taxation
  11
Overburden removal costs
  11
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
  13
Impairments of non-current assets
  15
Closure and rehabilitation provisions
  21
Leases
Additional information including sensitivity analysis, where appropriate, has been provided in the relevant notes to enhance an understanding of the impact of key estimates and assumptions on the Group’s financial position and performance.
 
Reserve estimates
Reserves are estimates of the amount of product that can be demonstrated to be able to be economically and legally extracted from the Group’s properties. In order to estimate reserves, assumptions are required about a range of technical and economic factors, including quantities, qualities, production techniques, recovery efficiency, production and transport costs, commodity supply and demand, commodity and carbon prices and exchange rates.
Estimating the quantity and/or quality of reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies or oil and gas reservoirs to be determined by analysing geological data, such as drilling samples and geophysical survey interpretations. Economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period-to-period as additional technical and operational data is generated. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements to interpret the data.
Additional information on the Group’s mineral and oil and gas reserves can be viewed within section 4.6.
Section 4.6 is unaudited and does not form part of these Financial Statements.
Reserve impact on financial reporting
Estimates of reserves may change from
period-to-period
as the economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change and additional geological data is generated during the course of operations. Changes in reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including:
•   asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated future production levels
•   depreciation, depletion and amortisation charged into the income statement may change where such charges are determined on the units of production basis, or where the useful economic lives of assets change
•   overburden removal costs recorded on the balance sheet or charged to the income statement may change due to changes in stripping ratios or the units of production basis of depreciation
•   closure and rehabilitation provisions may change where changes in estimated reserves affect expectations about the timing or cost of these activities
•   the carrying amount of deferred tax assets may change due to changes in estimates of the likely recovery of the tax benefits
Impact of
COVID-19
pandemic
The Group continues to actively monitor the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic, including the impact on economic activity and financial reporting. During the period the Group continued to experience lower volumes at certain of its operated assets and to incur incremental directly attributable costs including those associated with the increased provision of health and hygiene services, the impacts of maintaining social distancing requirements and demurrage and other standby charges related to delays caused by
COVID-19.
These incremental costs have been classified as an exceptional item, as outlined in note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
As the pandemic continues to evolve, with the extent and timing of impacts varying across the Group’s key operating locations, it remains difficult to predict the full extent and duration of resulting operational and economic impacts for the Group. This uncertainty impacts judgements made by the Group, including those relating to assessing collectability of receivables and determining the recoverable values of the Group’s
non-current
assets as outlined in notes 8 ‘Trade and other receivables’ and 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’, respectively. Given the uncertainty associated with the pandemic, management assesses the appropriate financial treatment and disclosure of COVID-19 impacts each reporting period.
The ongoing uncertainty has also been considered in the Group’s assessment of the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. In assessing the appropriateness of the going concern assumption over the going concern period, management have stress tested BHP’s most recent financial projections to incorporate a range of potential future outcomes by considering BHP’s principal risks. The Group’s financial forecasts, including downside commodity price and production scenarios, demonstrate that the Group believes that it has sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due throughout the going concern period. As such, the Consolidated Financial Statements continue to be prepared on the going concern basis.
F-9

Climate change
The Group continues to develop its assessment of the potential impacts of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy. The Group’s current climate change strategy focuses on reducing operational greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, investing in low emissions technologies, supporting emissions reductions in our value chain and promoting product stewardship, managing climate-related risk and opportunity, and working with others to enhance the global policy and market response. Future changes to the Group’s climate change strategy or global decarbonisation signposts may impact the Group’s significant judgements and key estimates and result in material changes to financial results and the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities in future reporting periods.
During FY2022, the Group completed the merger of the Group’s Petroleum business with Woodside and the divestments of the Group’s interests in BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd (BMC) and the Cerrejón non-operated energy coal joint venture. In addition, the Group announced that it will retain New South Wales Energy Coal (NSWEC) in its portfolio, seek approvals to continue mining at NSWEC beyond its current mining consent that expires in 2026, and intends to proceed with a managed process to cease mining at the asset by the end of FY2030. While climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy remain key considerations in the Group’s significant judgements and estimates, the portfolio updates during FY2022 have reduced the Group’s exposure to fossil fuels. Following the updates, the potential risk to the carrying value of the Group’s assets and liabilities from long-term price estimates for oil, gas and energy coal is largely limited to the impact of those commodities on the Group’s supply chain.
The Group’s current climate change strategy is reflected in the Group’s significant judgements and key estimates, and therefore the Financial Statements, as follows:
Transition risks
The Group’s targets and goals
As part of its response to the Paris Agreement goals, the Group has set a target to reduce its operational GHG emissions (Scope 1 and Scope 2 from our operated assets) by at least 30 per cent from FY2020 levels by FY2030 and a goal to achieve net zero operational GHG emissions by 2050. For the FY2030 target, the FY2020 baseline has been adjusted to reflect the divestment of the Group’s Petroleum and BMC operations and will be adjusted for any material future acquisitions and divestments based on GHGdivestments. Approved emissions at the time of the transaction, and carbon offsets will be used as required. Emissions reduction projects aimed at contributing to the achievement of the Group’s operational GHG emissions target and goal have been incorporated into the forecast cash flows of the Group’s assets. The use of carbon offsets will be governed by the Group’s approach to carbon offsetting, with the Group’s offset strategy is currently being managed at a consolidated Group level and therefore is not currently incorporated into the forecast cash flows of individual assets. Any change to the Group’s climate change strategy could impact these forecasts and the Group’s significant judgements and key estimates.
The Group continues to invest, including in partnership with others, in emissions reduction projects and technology innovation and development in its value chain to support reductions to its total reported Scope 3 GHG emissions inventory.inventory, with a particular focus on steelmaking and maritime emissions. However, while we seek to influence, Scope 3 emissions occur outside of our direct control. Reduction pathways are dependent on the development, and upstream or downstream deployment of solutions and/or supportive policy. Where possible, the financial impact of the Group’s activities in support of Scope 3 reduction pathways is reflected in the financial statements, for example the Group’s chartering of LNG-fuelled vessels. It is thereforehowever currently not possible to reliably estimate or measure the full potential financial statement impacts of the Group’s pursuit of its Scope 3 goals and targets.
Expenditure under theThe Climate Investment Program (CIP) which,, as announced by the Group in July 2019, aims to invest at least US$400 million over the CIP’s five-year life in emissions reduction projects across the Group’s operated assets and value chain,chain. Spend under the CIP, along with capital expenditure in support of operational decarbonisation at our operated assets, is recognised in the relevant year of expenditure.spend.
Global transition signposts and commodity impacts
In addition to the Group’s targets and goals, significant judgements and key estimates are also impacted by the Group’s current assessment of the range of economic and climate related conditions that could exist in transitioning to a low carbon economy, considering the current trajectory of society and the global economy as a whole. Despite recent progress, all 1.5°C pathwaysSignposts do not yet indicate that the appropriate measures are in place to 2050 representdrive decarbonisation at the pace or scale required for the Group to assess achieving the aims of the Paris Agreement as the most likely future outcome. However, as governments, institutions, companies and society increasingly focus on addressing climate change, the potential for a major departure from today’s global trajectorynon-linear and/or more rapid transition and the subsequent impact on threats and opportunities increases.
The BHP Climate Transition Action Plan 2021 references the Group’s divergent climate scenarios across a range of temperature outcomes. The Group does not believecurrently uses two of those scenarios, being the technological, regulatory, or economic foundations for a rapid transitionCentral Energy View and Lower Carbon View
1
as inputs to net zero emissions are currently in place. Acknowledgingthe Group’s operational planning cases. The use of these signposts,two scenarios reflects the Group’s current best estimate of the potential impacts of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy are reflected in the following two scenarios, which consider existing policies, trends and commitments and the Group’s viewestimates of the most likely range of futuresfuture states for the global economy and associated sub-systems:
Central Energy View:
reflects, and is periodically updated to respond to, existing policy trends and commitments and currently tracks to approximately 3°C temperature increase above pre-industrial levels by 2100
Lower Carbon View:
currently tracks to approximately 2.5°C temperature increase by 2100, and accelerates decarbonisation trends and policies, particularly in easier-to-abate sectors such as power generation and light duty vehicles
sub-systems. These two scenarios are reviewed periodically to reflect new information.
These scenarios are currently being used as inputs to the Group’soperational planning cases informinginform updates to the Group’s supply, demand and price forecasts,outlooks, capital allocation and portfolio decisions. As
Given the complexity of climate modelling, these scenarios are reviewed periodically to reflect new information, with developments in the periods between scenario updates being reflected in updated internal long-term price outlooks.
Investment decisions and asset valuations also incorporate carbon price assumptions for major Group operational, competitor and customer countries. In determining the Group’s forecast, factors such as a country’s current and announced climate policies and targets and societal factors such as public acceptance and demographics are considered, with the Group forecasting the global range of regional carbon prices to reach between US$0-175/tCO
2
-e in FY2030 and US$10-250/tCO
2
-e in FY2050, and US$10-175/tCO
2
-e in FY2030 and US$100-250/tCO
2
-e in FY2050 in BHP’s current major operational and market countries.
Central Energy View reflects, and is periodically updated to respond to, existing policy trends and commitments. Lower Carbon View accelerates decarbonisation trends and policies, particularly in easier-to-abate sectors such as power generation and light duty vehicles. BHP’s Climate Change Report 2020 describes these scenarios in more detail.
F-10

The operational planning cases, price outlooks and cost of carbon assumptions, impact certain significant judgements and key estimates, including the determination of the valuation of assets and potential impairment charges (notes 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’), the estimation of the remaining useful economic life of assets for depreciation purposes (note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’), and the timing of closure and rehabilitation activities (note 15 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’).
In addition to the operational planning cases, the Group utilises a range of scenarios, including its 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario
2
, when testing the resilience of its portfolio, forming strategy and making investment decisions. While a 1.5ºC Paris-aligned scenario does not currently represent one of the recoverabilityinputs to the Group’s operational planning cases, the Group has, during FY2022, systematically integrated the Group’s 1.5ºC Paris-aligned scenario into the Group’s strategy and capital allocation process to test the extent to which its capital allocation is aligned with a rapidly decarbonising global economy. Specifically, the Group applies the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario to assess whether future demand for the Group’s products under that scenario supports ongoing capital investment. The internal allocation of certain deferred tax assets (note 14 ‘Deferred tax balances’).capital under the Group’s Capital Allocation Framework and all major investment decisions now require an assessment of investment viability under the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario.
The Group continues to monitor global decarbonisation signposts and update its operational planning cases, price outlooks, and cost of carbon assumptions and assessments relating to strategy and capital allocation accordingly. Where such signposts indicate the appropriate measures are in place for achievement of a 1.5ºC Paris-aligned scenario, this will be reflected in the Group’s operational planning cases.
Sensitivity to demand for fossil fuelsthe Group’s commodities
The Group acknowledges that there are a range of possible energy transition scenarios, including those that are aligned with the aims of the Paris Agreement, goals, that may indicate different outcomes for individual commodities. While not currently an input to the Group’s planning cases, theThe resilience of the Group’s portfolio to a 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario (the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario) has beencontinues to be considered, including the impact of Paris-aligned commodity price outlooksestimates under that scenario on the Group’s latest asset plans. Although all potential financial reporting consequences under the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario are currently impracticable to fully assess, the long-term commodity price outlooks under this scenario are either largely consistent with or favourable to the price outlooks in the Group’s current planning cases, with the exception of energy coal, oil and natural gas.
There are inherent limitations with scenario analysis and it is difficult to predict which, if any, of the scenarios might eventuate and none of the scenarios considered constitutes a definitive outcome for the Group.
The
However, the long-term commodity price outlooksestimates under the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario excluding energyreflect the world needing around twice as much steel, copper and potash and four times as much nickel in the next 30 years as in the last 30. In addition, the Group’s portfolio is transitioning towards higher quality iron ore and metallurgical coal oilthat enable steelmakers to be more efficient and natural gas, reflect:operate with a lower emissions intensity.
CopperAs such, although all potential financial reporting consequences under the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario are currently impracticable to fully assess, the long-term commodity price outlooks under this scenario for iron ore, copper, metallurgical coal, nickel and nickel benefiting frompotash are either largely consistent with or favourable to the dramatic pace of electrification over and aboveprice outlooks in the Group’s current operational planning casescases.
Iron ore growth underpinned by the benefit to steel demand from the construction of renewables, particularly wind power
Potash growth reflecting the potential for greater penetration of biofuels
Metallurgical coal supported by the limited alternatives in steelmaking over the scenario timeframe
Given the positive long-term price outlooks for these commodities, the Group currently considers that a material adverse change is not expected to the valuation, and remaining useful life, of assets and discounting of closure and rehabilitation provisions for assets relating to these commodities under its 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario.
For
While energy coal oil and natural gas, long-term commodity price outlooks under the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario are unfavourable when compared to the price outlooks in the Group’s current operational planning cases. However, recent portfolio announcements and impairments recognised in FY2021 limit the exposure of the carrying value of the Group’s assets to long-term commodity prices for energy coal, oil and natural gas, as:
the Group has announced a merger proposal to combine the Group’s petroleum business with Woodside
the Group has announced the signing of a Sale and Purchase Agreement to divest the Group’s 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón
cases, following impairments recognised in FY2021, the carrying value of assets at the Group’s remaining energy coal operations at NSWEC assets is no longer materialmaterial.
Further, as management would alter its operating and investment plansthe Group’s closure provision for NSWEC reflects the announcement in such a pricing environment for these assets to mitigate cash flow and valuation impacts, it is currently impracticable to fully assess the potential impacts on the significant judgements and key estimates used in the preparationFY2022 of the Group’s Financial Statements. However, givenplans to seek approvals to continue mining at NSWEC beyond its current mining consent that expires in 2026 and intention to proceed with a managed process to cease mining at NSWEC by the factors outlined above, NSWECend of FY2030. While the closure provisions areprovision remains subject to estimation and assumptions, the timing of closure is no longer considered the liabilities mostmaterially susceptible to the long-term impacts of the Group’s 1.5°C Paris-aligned scenario as reserves may become incapable of extraction in an economically viable fashion prior to the current best estimate of remaining useful life. In such a scenario, closure activity may be performed earlier than the Group’s current best estimate, impacting the closure provision.climate change.
Physical risks
The Group is progressing work to assess the potential impact of physical risks of climate change in line with the Group���sGroup’s Risk Management Framework. In FY2022, the Group conducted a physical risk identification process that prioritised key potential climate hazards for more detailed analysis including, for example, risks associated with higher sea levels disrupting port operations and extreme rainfall impacting the stability of tailings storage facilities. Given the ongoing nature of the Group’s physical risk assessment process, inclusion of adaptation risk in the Group’s operating plans, and associated asset valuations, is currently limited. As the Group progresses its adaptation strategy, including risk evaluations planned for FY2023, the identification of additional risks or the detailed development of the Group’s response may result in material changes to financial results and the carrying values of assets and liabilities in future reporting periods.
 
2
This scenario aligns with the aims of the Paris Agreement and requires steep global annual emissions reduction, sustained for decades, to stay within a 1.5°C carbon budget. 1.5°C is above pre-industrial levels. BHP’s Climate Change Report 2020 describes this scenario, including its assumptions, outputs and limitations, in more detail.
F-10
F-11

3.1.6
1.6    Notes to the Financial Statements
Performance

1    Segment reporting
Reportable segments
The Group operated 4three reportable segments during FY2021,FY2022, which are aligned with the commodities that are extracted and marketed and reflect the structure used by the Group’s management to assess the performance of the Group.
 
Reportable segment
  
Principal activities
Petroleum
Exploration, development and production of oil and gas
  
Copper
  
Mining of copper, silver, zinc, molybdenum, uranium and gold
  
Iron Ore
  
Mining of iron ore
  
Coal
  
Mining of metallurgical coal and energy coal
Unless otherwise noted,
On 22 November 2021, the segment reporting informationGroup signed a binding SSA for the year ended 30 June 2019 excludes Discontinued operations, beingmerger of the Petroleum Onshore US operations comprising the Eagle Ford, Haynesville, Permian and FayettevilleGroup’s oil and gas assets.portfolio with Woodside. Following that announcement, the Group’s Petroleum business no longer meets the reporting segment recognition criteria as outlined in IFRS 8/AASB 8 ‘Operating segments’ and therefore does not form part of the reportable segments. Comparative periods have been adjusted for the effects of applying IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ to disclose the Group’s Petroleum business on the same basis as the current period.
Group and unallocated items includes functions, other unallocated operations including Potash, Nickel West and legacy assets, and consolidation adjustments. Revenue not attributable to reportable segments comprises the sale of freight and fuel to third-parties,third parties, as well as revenues from unallocated operations. Exploration and technology activities are recognised within relevant segments.
Total assets and total liabilities for FY2020 and FY2019 have been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12/AASB 112 ‘Income Taxes’ (IAS 12), resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$950 million of Goodwill at Olympic Dam (included in the Copper Segment) and an offsetting US$1,021 million increase in Deferred tax liabilities (included in Group and unallocated). Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for further information.
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
  
Petroleum
  
Copper
  
Iron Ore
  
Coal
  
Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  
Group
total
 
Revenue
   3,895   15,726   34,475   5,154   1,567   60,817 
Inter-segment revenue
   51            (51   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total revenue
  
 
3,946
 
 
 
15,726
 
 
 
34,475
 
 
 
5,154
 
 
 
1,516
 
 
 
60,817
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
2,300
 
 
 
8,489
 
 
 
26,278
 
 
 
288
 
 
 
24
 
 
 
37,379
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation
   (1,739  (1,608  (1,971  (845  (661  (6,824
Impairment losses
(1)
   (128  (72  (13  (20  (31  (264
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
  
 
433
 
 
 
6,809
 
 
 
24,294
 
 
 
(577
 
 
(668
 
 
30,291
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exceptional items
(2)
   (47  (144  (1,319  (1,567  (1,308  (4,385
Net finance costs
                       (1,305
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
                      
 
24,601
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital expenditure (cash basis)
  
 
994
 
 
 
2,180
 
 
 
2,188
 
 
 
579
 
 
 
665
 
 
 
6,606
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(Loss)/profit from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(6
 
 
692
 
 
 
(1,126
 
 
(480
 
 
(1
 
 
(921
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
  
 
253
 
 
 
1,482
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
 
 
1,742
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total assets
  
 
13,775
 
 
 
31,517
 
 
 
26,171
 
 
 
11,030
 
 
 
26,434
 
 
 
108,927
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total liabilities
  
 
5,811
 
 
 
4,589
 
 
 
7,508
 
 
 
3,518
 
 
 
31,896
 
 
 
53,322
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2022
US$M
  
Copper
  
Iron Ore
  
Coal
  
Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  
Group
total
 
Revenue
   16,849    30,767    15,549    1,933    65,098 
Inter-segment revenue
                    
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue
  
 
16,849
 
  
 
30,767
 
  
 
15,549
 
  
 
1,933
 
  
 
65,098
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
  
 
8,565
 
  
 
21,707
 
  
 
9,504
 
  
 
858
 
  
 
40,634
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation
   (1,765
)
 
   (2,203
)
 
   (762
)
 
   (953
)
 
   (5,683
)
 
Impairment losses
1

   (470)   (33)   (9)   (3)   (515)
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
  
 
6,330
 
  
 
19,471
 
  
 
8,733
 
  
 
(98
)  
 
34,436
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Exceptional items
2
   (81)   (648)   849    (450)   (330)
Net finance costs
                       (969)
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
33,137
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Capital expenditure (cash basis)
  
 
2,528
 
  
 
1,848
 
  
 
621
 
  
 
858
 
  
 
5,855
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and
expenses
  
 
577
 
  
 
(595
)  
 
 
  
 
(1
)  
 
(19
)
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
  
 
1,415
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
5
 
  
 
1,420
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
3
  
 
32,762
 
  
 
24,613
 
  
 
11,524
 
  
 
26,267
 
  
 
95,166
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
3
  
 
5,342
 
  
 
7,790
 
  
 
3,874
 
  
 
29,394
 
  
 
46,400
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 

F-1
1
F-12

Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
Restated
  Petroleum  Copper  Iron Ore  Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  Group
total
 
Revenue
   4,008   10,666   20,797   6,241   1,219   42,931 
Inter-segment revenue
   62         1   (63   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total revenue
   4,070   10,666   20,797   6,242   1,156   42,931 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   2,207   4,347   14,554   1,632   (669  22,071 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation
   (1,445  (1,740  (1,608  (807  (512  (6,112
Impairment losses
 (1)
   (12  (17  (22  (14  (20  (85
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
   750   2,590   12,924   811   (1,201  15,874 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exceptional items
 (2)
   (6  (1,228  (614  (18  413   (1,453
Net finance costs
                       (911
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
                       13,510 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital expenditure (cash basis)
   909   2,434   2,328   603   626   6,900 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(Loss)/profit from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   (4  67   (508  (68  1   (512
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
   245   1,558      776   6   2,585 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total assets
 (3)
   13,071   28,892   23,841   12,110   27,819   105,733 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 (3)
   4,824   3,535   5,441   2,601   37,157   53,558 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
       
Year ended 30 June 2019
US$M
Restated
  Petroleum  Copper  Iron Ore  Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  Group
total
 
Revenue
   5,853   10,838   17,251   9,121   1,225   44,288 
Inter-segment revenue
   77      4      (81   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total revenue
   5,930   10,838   17,255   9,121   1,144   44,288 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   4,061   4,550   11,129   4,067   (649  23,158 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisatio
n
   (1,560  (1,835  (1,653  (632  (149  (5,829
Impairment losses
(1)
   (21  (128  (79  (35  (1  (264
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
   2,480   2,587   9,397   3,400   (799  17,065 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exceptional items
(2)
         (971     19   (952
Net finance costs
                      
 
(1,064
Profit before taxation
                       15,049 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital expenditure (cash basis)
   645   2,735   1,611   655   604   6,250 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(Loss)/profit from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   (2  303   (945  103   (5  (546
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
   239   1,472      853   5   2,569 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total assets
 (3)
   12,434   28,378   22,592   12,124   26,283   101,811 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 (3)
   4,102   3,340   5,106   2,450   35,060   50,058 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
Restated
  Copper  Iron Ore  Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  Group
total
 
Revenue
   15,726   34,475   5,154   1,566   56,921 
Inter-segment revenue
                
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total revenue
   15,726   34,475   5,154   1,566   56,921 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   8,489   26,278   288   18   35,073 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation
   (1,608  (1,971  (845  (660  (5,084
Impairment losses
1
   (72  (13  (20  (31  (136
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
   6,809   24,294   (577  (673  29,853 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exceptional items
2
   (144  (1,319  (1,567  (1,308  (4,338
Net finance costs
                   (1,223
                   
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
                   24,292 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital expenditure (cash basis)
   2,180   2,188   579   665   5,612 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   692   (1,126  (480  (1  (915
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
   1,482         260   1,742 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
assets
3
   31,517   26,171   11,030   40,209   108,927 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
liabilities
3
   4,589   7,508   3,518   37,707   53,322 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
      
Year ended 30 June 2020
US$M
Restated
  Copper  Iron Ore  Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  Group
total
 
Revenue
   10,666   20,797   6,241   1,220   38,924 
Inter-segment revenue
         1   (1   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total revenue
   10,666   20,797   6,242   1,219   38,924 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBITDA
   4,347   14,554   1,632   (663  19,870 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation
   (1,740  (1,608  (807  (512  (4,667
Impairment losses
1
   (17  (22  (14  (20  (73
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Underlying EBIT
   2,590   12,924   811   (1,195  15,130 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exceptional items
2
   (1,228  (614  (18  413   (1,447
Net finance costs
                   (858
                   
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
                   12,825 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Capital expenditure (cash basis)
   2,434   2,328   603   626   5,991 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   67   (508  (68  1   (508
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
   1,558      776   251   2,585 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
assets
3
   28,892   23,841   12,110   40,890   105,733 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
liabilities
3
   3,535   5,441   2,601   41,981   53,558 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1)
1
 
Impairment losses exclude exceptional items of US$ nil (2021: US$2,371 million (2020:million; 2020: US$409 million; 2019: US$ NaN)million).
 
(2) 
2
Exceptional items reported in Group and unallocated include Samarco dam failure costs of US$(13) million (2021: US$(14) million (2020:million; 2020: US$(32) million; 2019: US$(31) million) and Samarco related other income of US$
nil (2021: US$34 million (2020:million; 2020: US$489 million; 2019: US$50 million). Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ for further information.
(3) 
3
Total
Group and unallocated comparative periods total assets and total liabilities include Petroleum assets and liabilities that were previously disclosed as part of FY2020 and FY2019 have been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for further information.Petroleum segment.
 
F-1
2
F-13

Geographical information
 
   
Revenue by location of customer
 
   
2021
   2020   2019 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
Australia
  
 
2,951
 
   2,232    2,568 
Europe
  
 
1,050
 
   1,156    1,875 
China
  
 
39,727
 
   26,576    24,274 
Japan
  
 
4,808
 
   3,904    4,193 
India
  
 
2,189
 
   1,475    2,479 
South Korea
  
 
3,436
 
   2,666    2,550 
Rest of Asia
  
 
3,603
 
   2,583    2,940 
North America
  
 
2,432
 
   1,827    2,442 
South America
  
 
426
 
   315    662 
Rest of world
  
 
195
 
   197    305 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
60,817
 
   42,931    44,288 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
   
Non-current assets by location of assets
(1)
 
   
2021
   2020   2019 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
   
 
   Restated   Restated 
Australia
  
 
48,612
 
   48,236    45,963 
North America
  
 
9,701
 
   9,682    8,633 
South America
  
 
18,548
 
   18,179    18,404 
Rest of world
  
 
1,851
 
   1,955    371 
Unallocated assets
(2)
  
 
3,522
 
   6,210    5,067 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
82,234
 
   84,262    78,438 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Revenue by location of customer
 
   
2022
   2021   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
       Restated   Restated 
Australia
  
 
1,649
 
   1,871    1,212 
Europe
  
 
2,129
 
   886    963 
China
  
 
36,618
 
   39,653    26,503 
Japan
  
 
8,401
 
   4,387    3,314 
India
  
 
5,215
 
   2,189    1,475 
South Korea
  
 
4,786
 
   3,420    2,666 
Rest of Asia
  
 
4,303
 
   2,934    1,730 
North America
  
 
1,282
 
   1,147    719 
South America
  
 
715
 
   426    315 
Rest of world
  
 
 
   8    27 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
65,098
 
   56,921    38,924 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
   
Non-current assets by location of assets
 
   
2022
   2021   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
Australia
  
 
43,250
 
   48,612    48,236 
North America
  
 
3,964
 
   9,701    9,682 
South America
  
 
18,280
 
   18,548    18,179 
Rest of world
  
 
150
 
   1,851    1,955 
Unallocated assets
1
  
 
858
 
   3,522    6,210 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
66,502
 
   82,234    84,262 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
FY2020 and FY2019 have been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$950 million of Goodwill at Olympic Dam. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for further information.1
(2) 
Unallocated assets comprise deferred tax assets and other financial assets.
Underlying EBITDA
Underlying EBITDA is earnings before net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments, taxation expense, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items. Underlying EBITDA includes BHP’s share of profit/(loss) from investments accounted for using the equity method including net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairments and taxation expense/(benefit).
Exceptional items are excluded from Underlying EBITDA in order to enhance the comparability of such measures from
period-to-period
and provide investors with further clarity in order to assess the performance of the Group’s operations. Management monitors exceptional items separately. Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ for additional detail.
Segment assets and liabilities
Total segment assets and liabilities of reportable segments represents operating assets and operating liabilities, including the carrying amount of equity accounted investments and predominantly excludes cash balances, loans to associates, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax balances. The carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity method represents the balance of the Group’s investment in equity accounted investments, with no adjustment for any cash balances, interest bearing liabilities or deferred tax balances of the equity accounted investment.
 
F-1
3
F-14

2    Revenue
Revenue by segment and asset
 
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Australia Production Unit
  
 
327
 
  361   507 
Bass Strait
  
 
1,066
 
  1,102   1,237 
North West Shelf
  
 
893
 
  1,076   1,657 
Atlantis
  
 
560
 
  561   979 
Shenzi
  
 
417
 
  277   540 
Mad Dog
  
 
231
 
  216   319 
Trinidad/Tobago
  
 
204
 
  191   287 
Algeria
  
 
164
 
  159   258 
Third-party products
  
 
11
 
  39   10 
Other
  
 
73
 
  88   136 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Petroleum
(1)
  
 
3,946
 
  4,070   5,930 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Escondida
  
 
9,470
 
  6,719   6,876 
Pampa Norte
  
 
1,801
 
  1,395   1,502 
Olympic Dam
  
 
2,211
 
  1,463   1,351 
Third-party products
  
 
2,244
 
  1,089   1,109 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Copper
(2)
  
 
15,726
 
  10,666   10,838 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Western Australia Iron Ore
  
 
34,337
 
  20,663   17,066 
Third-party products
  
 
18
 
  15   32 
Other
  
 
120
 
  119   157 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Iron Ore
  
 
34,475
 
  20,797   17,255 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Queensland Coal
  
 
4,315
 
  5,357   7,679 
New South Wales Energy Coal
  
 
839
 
  885   1,421 
Third-party products
  
 
 
     19 
Other
  
 
 
     2 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total Coal
(3)
  
 
5,154
 
  6,242   9,121 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Group and unallocated items
(4)
  
 
1,567
 
  1,219   1,225 
Inter-segment adjustment
  
 
(51
  (63  (81
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total revenue
  
 
60,817
 
  42,931   44,288 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
       Restated   Restated 
Escondida
  
 
9,500
 
   9,470    6,719 
Pampa Norte
  
 
2,670
 
   1,801    1,395 
Olympic Dam
  
 
1,776
 
   2,211    1,463 
Third
-
party products
  
 
2,903
 
   2,244    1,089 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Copper
1
  
 
16,849
 
   15,726    10,666 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Western Australia Iron Ore
  
 
30,632
 
   34,337    20,663 
Third-party products  
 
19
 
   18    15 
Other
  
 
116
 
   120    119 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Iron Ore
  
 
30,767
 
   34,475    20,797 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
BHP Mitsubishi Alliance  
 
10,254
 
   3,537    4,422 
New South Wales Energy Coal  
 
3,035
 
   839    885 
Other
2
  
 
2,260
 
   778    935 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Coal
3
  
 
15,549
 
   5,154    6,242 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Group and unallocated items
4
  
 
1,933
 
   1,566    1,220 
Inter-segment adjustment
  
 
 
       (1
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue
  
 
65,098
 
   56,921    38,924 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Total Petroleum revenue includes: crude oil US$2,013 million (2020: US$2,033 million; 2019: US$3,171 million), natural gas US$977 million (2020: US$980 million; 2019: US$1,259 million), LNG US$682 million (2020: US$774 million; 2019: US$1,179 million), NGL US$212 million (2020: US$198 million; 2019: US$263 million) and other US$62 million (2020: US$85 million; 2019: US$58 million).
(2) 
Total Copper revenue includes: copper US$15,992 million (2021: US$14,812 million (2020:million; 2020: US$10,044 million; 2019: US$10,215 million) and other US$857 million (2021: US$914 million (2020:million; 2020: US$622 million; 2019: US$623 million). Other consists of silver, zinc, molybdenum, uranium and gold.
 
(3) 
2
Includes revenue related to BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC) divested in May 2022. 

3
Total Coal revenue includes: metallurgical coal US$11,990 million (2021: US$4,260 million (2020:million; 2020: US$5,311 million; 2019: US$7,568 million) and energy coal US$3,559 million (2021: US$894 million (2020:million; 2020: US$931 million; 2019: US$1,553 million).

 
(4) 
4
Group and unallocated items revenue includes: Nickel West US$1,926 million (2021: US$1,545 million (2020:million; 2020: US$1,189 million; 2019: US$1,193 million) and other revenue US$227 million (2020:(2021: US$3021 million; 2019:2020: US$3231 million).
Revenue consists of revenue from contracts with customers of US$59,302
65,504
million (2020:(2021: US$43,08755,562 million; 2019:2020: US$44,36138,917 million) and other revenue predominantly relating to provisionally priced sales of US$1,515(406) million (2020:(2021: US$(156)1,359 million; 2019:2020: US$(73)7 million).
Recognition and measurement
The Group generates revenue from the production and sale of commodities. Revenue is recognised when or as control of the promised goods or services passes to the customer. In most instances, control passes when the goods are delivered to a destination specified by the customer, typically on board the customer’s appointed vessel. Revenue from the provision of services is recognised over time as the services are provided, but does not represent a significant proportion of total revenue and is aggregated with the respective asset and product revenue for disclosure purposes.
The amount of revenue recognised reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for thetransferring goods or services.
Where the Group’s sales are provisionally priced, the final price depends on future index prices. The amount of revenue initially recognised is based on the relevant forward market price. Adjustments between the provisional and final price are accounted for under IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (IFRS 9) and, separately recorded as other revenue.revenue and presented as part of the total revenue of each asset. The period between provisional pricing and final invoicing is typically between 60 and 120 days.
Revenue from concentrate is net of treatment costs and refining charges.
Revenue from the sale of significant
by-products
is included within revenue. Where a
by-product
is not significant, revenue is credited against costs.
The Group applies the practical expedient to not adjust the expected consideration for the effects of the time value of money if the period between the delivery and when the customer pays for the promised good or service is one year or less.
F-1
4

For commodity sales contracts, each individual metric unit is a separate performance obligation. Where the Group has contracts with unfulfilled performance obligations at period-end, it is required to disclose the transaction price allocated to these performance obligations. The Group applies the practical expedient not to not disclose this information for contracts with anrelating to unfulfilled performance obligations, either due to the expected duration of the contract term being one year or less. The Groupless, or for longer term contracts, because the entity has a numberright to consideration (and can recognise revenue) for goods delivered.
F-15

3    Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those gains or losses where their nature, including the expected frequency of the events giving rise to them, and impact is considered material to the Financial Statements. Such items included within the Group’s profit from Continuing operations for the year are detailed below. Exceptional items attributable to
D
iscontinued operations are detailed in note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
  
Gross
  
Tax
  
Net
 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
 
Exceptional items by category
             
Samarco dam failure
  
 
(1,087
 
 
(71
 
 
(1,158
COVID-19
related costs
  
 
(546
 
 
146
 
 
 
(400
Impairment of Energy coal assets
  
 
(1,523
 
 
(651
 
 
(2,174
Impairment of Potash assets
  
 
(1,314
 
 
(751
 
 
(2,065
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
(4,470
 
 
(1,327
 
 
(5,797
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interest
s
  
 
(34
 
 
10
 
 
 
(24
Attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
(4,436
 
 
(1,337
 
 
(5,773
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2022
  
Gross
  
Tax
  
Net
 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
 
Exceptional items by category
             
Samarco dam failure
  
 
(1,032
)
 
  
 
(31
)
 
  
 
(1,063
)
 
Impairment of US deferred tax assets
  
 
 
  
 
(423
)  
 
(423
)
Corporate structure unification costs
  
 
(428
)  
 
 
  
 
(428
)
BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC) gain on disposal
  
 
840
 
  
 
 
  
 
840
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
(620
)  
 
(454
)  
 
(1,074
)
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Attributable to non-controlling interests
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
(620
)  
 
(454
)  
 
(1,074
)
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Samarco Mineração S.A. (Samarco) dam failure
The FY2021FY2022 exceptional loss of US$1,1581,063 million (after tax) related to the Samarco dam failure in November 2015 comprises the following:
Year ended 30 June 20212022
  
US$M
 
Other income
  
 
34
 
Expenses excluding net finance costs:
     
Costs incurred directly by BHP Brasil and other BHP entities in relation to the Samarco dam failure
  
 
(4666
)
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses:
     
Samarco impairment expense
  
 
(111
) 
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
  
 
(1568
) 
Samarco dam failure provision
  
 
(1,000663
)
Fair value change on forward exchange derivative
s
derivatives
  
 
136(81
)
Net finance costs
  
 
(85290
)
Income tax expense
  
 
(7131
)
Total
1
(1,063
)
1
Refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ for further information.
Impairment of US deferred tax assets
The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$423 million (after tax) in relation to deferred tax assets where the recoverability has historically been reliant on Petroleum earnings in the same tax group. While these tax assets remained with the Group following the merger of the Group’s oil and gas portfolio with Woodside, the impairment charge reflects the extent of other currently forecast future earnings against which the assets can be recovered.
Corporate structure unification costs
The Group incurred transaction costs associated with the unification of the Group corporate structure under its existing Australian parent company, BHP Group Limited, which was completed on 31 January 2022. Refer note 16 ‘Share capital’ for further information.
BHP Mitsui Coal (BMC) gain on disposal
On 3 May 2022 the Group sold it
s 80 
per cent interest in BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd (BMC) to Stanmore SMC Holdings Pty Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of Stanmore Resources Limited (Stanmore Resources). 
Stanmore Resources paid
US$1.1
billion cash consideration at completion plus a preliminary completion adjustment
of
US$218
million for working capital
. US$100
million in cash remains payable in
six months
on 3 November 2022 with potential for an additional amount of up to
US$150
million (US$122 million discounted) in a price-linked earnout payable in the 2024 calendar year.

F-16

Details of the gain on disposal is as follows:
US$M
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
   63
Trade and other receivables
360
Other financial assets
26
Inventories
92
Property, plant and equipment
1,214
Total assets
1,755
 
   
 
 
 
TotalLiabilities
(1)
Trade and other payables
253
Interest bearing liabilities
249
Tax payable
s
  
 
(1,1589
Provisions
425
Deferred tax liabilities
31
Total liabilities
967
Net assets disposed
788
Less non-controlling interest share of net assets disposed
157
BHP share of net assets disposed
631
Gross consideration
1,318
Transaction and other directly applicable costs
(69
)
Income tax expense
Deferred consideration
222
Gain on disposal
840
The exceptional items relating to the year ended 30 June 2021 and the year ended 30 June 2020 are detailed below.
30 June 2021
Year ended 30 June 2021
Restated
  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 
Exceptional items by category
             
Samarco dam failure
   (1,087  (71  (1,158
COVID-19 related costs
   (499  138   (361
Impairment of Energy coal assets
   (1,523  (651  (2,174
Impairment of Potash assets
   (1,314  (473  (1,787
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   (4,423  (1,057  (5,480
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Attributable to non-controlling interests
   (34  10   (24
Attributable to BHP shareholders
   (4,389  (1,067  (5,456
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Samarco Mineração S.A. (Samarco) dam failure
The FY2021 exceptional loss of US$1,158 million related to the Samarco dam failure in November 2015 comprises the following:
Year ended 30 June 2021
US$M
Other income
34
Expenses excluding net finance costs:
Costs incurred directly by BHP Brasil and other BHP entities in relation to the Samarco dam failure
(46
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses:
Samarco impairment expense
(111
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
(15
Samarco dam failure provision
(1,000
Fair value change on forward exchange derivatives
136
Net finance costs
(85
Income tax expense
(71
Total
1
(1,158
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ for further information.
COVID-19
related costs
COVID-19
is considered a single protracted globally pervasive event with financial impacts being experienced over a number of reporting periods.
The exceptional item reflects the directly attributable
COVID-19
pandemic related additional costs for the Group for the year ended 30 June 2021,FY2021, including costs associated with the increased provision of health and hygiene services, the impacts of maintaining social distancing requirements and demurrage and other standby charges related to delays caused by COVID-19. At the time, COVID-19 was considered a single protracted globally pervasive event.
COVID-19.
However, as the pandemic has continued to evolve, certain impacts that were initially considered to be potentially short-term in nature are now expected to continue over a number of reporting periods. These activities are now considered to be part of business as usual operations and, as such, for FY2022, the incremental costs have not been classified as an exceptional item.
F-17

Impairment of Energy coal assets
The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$1,704 million (after tax) in relation to New South Wales Energy Coal (NSWEC) reflecting the status of the divestment process and current market conditions for thermal coal, the strengthening Australian dollar and changes to the mine plan.
In addition, the Group recognised an impairment charge of US$470 million (after tax) for Cerrejón, reflecting the expected net sales proceeds. Refer to note 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’ for further information on the pre-tax impairment.
F-1
5

Impairment of Potash assets
The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$2,0651,787 million (after tax) in relation to Potash. The impairment charge reflectsreflect
ed
 an analysis of recent
market perspectives and the value that we would now expect
expected
a market participant to attribute to our investments to date. Refer to note 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’ for further information on the pre-tax impairment.
The exceptional items relating to the year ended 30 June 2020 and the year ended 30 June 2019 are detailed below.
30 June 2020
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
  Gross Tax Net 
Year ended 30 June 2020
Restated
  Gross Tax Net 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 
Exceptional items by category
              
Samarco dam failure
   (176  (176   (176  (176
Cancellation of power contracts
   (778 271 (507   (778 271 (507
COVID-19
related costs
   (183 53 (130   (177 51 (126
Cerro Colorado impairment
   (409 (83 (492   (409 (83 (492
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Total
   (1,546 241 (1,305   (1,540 239 (1,301
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interest
s
   (291 90 (201
Attributable to non-controlling interests
   (291 90 (201
Attributable to BHP shareholders
   (1,255 151 (1,104   (1,249 149 (1,100
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Samarco Mineração S.A. (Samarco) dam failure
The FY2020 exceptional loss of US$176 million related to the Samarco dam failure in November 2015 comprises the following:
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
  US$M 
Other income
   489 
Expenses excluding net finance costs:
     
Costs incurred directly by BHP Brasil and other BHP entities in relation to the Samarco dam failure
   (64
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses:
     
Samarco impairment expense
   (95
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
   46 
Samarco dam failure provision
   (459
Net finance costs
   (93
   
 
 
 
Total
(1)
1
   (176
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ for further information.
Cancellation of power contracts
Reflects an onerous contract provision in relation to the cancellation of power contracts at the Group’s Escondida and Spence operations, as part of the shift towards 100 per cent renewable energy supply contracts.
COVID-19
related costs
COVID-19
can be considered a single protracted globally pervasive event with financial impacts expected over a number of reporting periods.
The exceptional item reflects the directly attributable
COVID-19
pandemic related additional costs for the Group for FY2020, including costs associated with the increased provision of health and hygiene services, and the impacts of maintaining social distancing requirements.requirements and other standby charges related to delays caused by COVID-19. At the time, COVID-19 was considered a single protracted globally pervasive event.
However, as the pandemic has continued to evolve, certain impacts that were initially considered to be potentially short-term in nature are now expected to continue over a number of reporting periods. These activities are now considered to be part of business as usual operations and, as such, for FY2022, the incremental costs have not been classified as an exceptional item.
Cerro Colorado impairment
The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$492 million (after tax) in relation to Cerro Colorado. This reflects the decision taken by the Group to reduce Cerro Colorado’s throughput for the remaining period of its current environmental licence, which expires at the end of CY2023.
30 June 2019
Year ended 30 June 2019
  Gross  Tax   Net 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 
Exceptional items by categor
y
              
Samarco dam failure
   (1,060      (1,060
Global taxation matters
      242    242 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   (1,060  242    (818
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
           
Attributable to BHP shareholders
   (1,060  242    (818
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
F-1
6

Samarco Mineração S.A. (Samarco) dam failure
The FY2019 exceptional loss of US$1,060 million related to the Samarco dam failure in November 2015 comprises the following:
Year ended 30 June 2019
US$M
Other income
50
Expenses excluding net finance costs:
Costs incurred directly by BHP Brasil and other BHP entities in relation to the Samarco dam failure
(57
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses:
Samarco impairment expense
(96
Samarco Germano dam decommissionin
g
(263
Samarco dam failure provision
(586
Net finance costs
(108
Total
(1)
(1,060
(1) 
Refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ for further information.
Global taxation matters
Global taxation matters includes amounts released from provisions for tax matters and other claims resolved during the period.
F-1
7
F-18

4    Significant events – Samarco dam failure
On 5 November 2015, the Samarco Mineração S.A. (Samarco) iron ore operation in Minas Gerais, Brazil, experienced a tailings dam failure that resulted in a release of mine tailings, flooding the communities of Bento Rodrigues, Gesteira and Paracatu and impacting other communities downstream (the Samarco dam failure). Refer to section 1.15on ‘Samarco’. in the Operating and Financial Review.
Samarco is jointly owned by BHP Billiton Brasil Ltda (BHP Brasil) and Vale S.A. (Vale). BHP Brasil’s 50 per cent interest is accounted for as an equity accounted joint venture investment. BHP Brasil does not separately recognise its share of the underlying assets and liabilities of Samarco, but instead records the investment as one line on the balance sheet. Each period, BHP Brasil recognisesrecognise
d
 its 50 per cent share of Samarco’s profit or loss
and adjustsadjust
ed
 the carrying value of the investment in Samarco accordingly. Such adjustment continuescontinue
d
 until the investment carrying value is
was
reduced
to US$ NaN,nil, with any additional share of Samarco losses only recognised to the extent that BHP Brasil has an obligation to fund the losses. After
applying equity accounting, any remaining carrying value of the investment is tested for impairment.
Any charges relating to the Samarco dam failure incurred directly by BHP Brasil or other BHP entities are recognised 100 per cent in the Group’s results.
The financial impacts of the Samarco dam failure on the Group’s income statement, balance sheet and cash flow statement for the year ended 30 June 20212022 are shown in the tables below and have been treated as an exceptional item.
 
Financial impacts of Samarco dam failure
  
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Income statement
             
Other income
(1)
  
 
34
 
  489   50 
Expenses excluding net finance costs:
             
Costs incurred directly by BHP Brasil and other BHP entities in relation to the Samarco dam failure
(2)
  
 
(46
  (64  (57
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses:
             
Samarco impairment expense
(3)
  
 
(111
  (95  (96
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
(4)
  
 
(15
  46   (263
Samarco dam failure provision
(5)
  
 
(1,000
  (459  (586
Fair value change on forward exchange derivatives
(6)
  
 
136
 
      
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Loss from operation
s
  
 
(1,002
  (83  (952
Net finance costs
(7)
  
 
(85
  (93  (108
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Loss before taxation
  
 
(1,087
  (176  (1,060
Income tax expense
(8)
  
 
(71
      
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Loss after taxation
  
 
(1,158
  (176  (1,060
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance sheet movement
             
Trade and other payables
  
 
(5
  (5  4 
Derivatives
  
 
136
 
      
Tax liabilities
  
 
(71
      
Provisions
  
 
(741
  (137  (629
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net liabilities
  
 
(681
  (142  (625
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial impacts of Samarco dam failure
  
2022
   2021  2020 
   
US$M
   US$M  US$M 
Income statement
              
Other income
1
  
 
 
   34   489 
Expenses excluding net finance costs:
              
Costs incurred directly by BHP Brasil and other BHP entities in relation to the Samarco dam failure
2
  
 
(66
)   (46  (64
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses:
   
          
Samarco impairment expense
3
  
 
 
   (111  (95
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
4
  
 
68
 
   (15  46 
Samarco dam failure provision
5
  
 
(663
)   (1,000  (459
Fair value change on forward exchange derivatives
6
  
 
(81
)   136    
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Loss from operations
  
 
(742
)   (1,002  (83
Net finance costs
7
  
 
(290
)   (85  (93
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Loss before taxation
  
 
(1,032
)
 
   (1,087  (176
Income tax expense
8
  
 
(31
)   (71   
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Loss after taxation
  
 
(1,063
)   (1,158  (176
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance sheet movement
              
Trade and other payables
  
 
(1
)   (5  (5
Derivatives
  
 
(160
)   136    
Tax liabilities
  
 
(31
)   (71   
Provisions
  
 
(629
)   (741  (137
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net liabilities
  
 
(821
)   (681  (142
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 

      
2021
     2020     2019 
      
US$M
     US$M     US$M 
Cash flow statement
                         
Loss before taxatio
n
      
 
(1,087
      (176      (1,060
Adjustments for:
                         
Samarco impairment expense
(3)
  
 
111
 
      95       96     
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
(4)
  
 
15
 
      (46      263     
Samarco dam failure provision
(5)
  
 
1,000
 
      459       586     
Fair value change on forward exchange derivatives
(6)
  
 
(136
                  
Net finance costs
(7)
  
 
85
 
      93       108     
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                         
Trade and other payables
  
 
5
 
      5       (4    
Net operating cash flows
      
 
(7
      430       (11
       
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net investment and funding of equity accounted investments
(9)
      
 
(470
      (464      (424
       
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows
      
 
(470
      (464      (424
       
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
      
 
(477
      (34      (435
       
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
       
2022
      2021     2020 
       
US$M
      US$M     US$M 
Cash flow statement
                           
Loss before taxation
  
 
            
 
  
 
(1,032
)
 
       (1,087      (176
Adjustments for:
                           
Samarco impairment expense
3
  
 
 
        111       95     
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
4
  
 
(68
)
 
        15       (46    
Samarco dam failure provision
5
  
 
663
 
        1,000       459     
Fair value change on forward exchange derivatives
6
  
 
81
 
        (136           
Proceeds
 
of cash management related instruments
  
 
79
 
                    
Net finance costs
7
  
 
290
 
        85       93     
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                           
Trade and other payables
  
 
1
 
        5       5     
        
 
 
       
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows
       
 
14
 
       (7      430 
        
 
 
       
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net investment and funding of equity accounted investments
9
       
 
(256
)       (470      (464
        
 
 
       
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net investing cash flows
       
 
(256
)       (470      (464
        
 
 
       
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
       
 
(242
)       (477      (34
        
 
 
       
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
(1) 1
Proceeds from insurance settlements.
 
(2) 2
Includes legal and advisor costs incurred.
 
(3) 
Impairment expense from working capital funding provided during the period.
 
(4) 
US$(56) million (2021: US$(6) million (2020:million; 2020: US$37 million; 2019: US$263 million) change in estimate and US$(12) million (2021: US$21 million (2020:million; 2020: US$(83) million; 2019: US$ NaN) exchange translation.
(5) 
US$842 million (2020: US$916 million; 2019: US$579 million) change in estimate and US$158 million (2020: US$(457) million; 2019: US$7 million) exchange translation.
 
(6)
US$747 million (2021: US$842 million; 2020: US$916 million) change in estimate and US$(84) million (2021: US$158 million; 2020: US$(457) million) exchange translation.
6 
During the period the Group entered into forward exchange contracts to limit the Brazilian reais exposure on the dam failure provisions. While not applying hedge accounting, the fair value changes in the forward exchange instruments are recorded within Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses in the Income Statement.
 
(7) 
Amortisation of discounting of provision.
 
(8) 
Includes tax on forward exchange derivatives and other taxes incurred during the period.
 
(9) 
9
Includes US
$
nil (2021: US$(111) million (2020:million; 2020: US$(95) million; 2019: US$(96) million) funding provided during the period, US$(256)
million (2021: US$(351) million (2020:million; 2020: US$(365) million; 2019: US$(328) million) utilisation of the Samarco dam failure provision, and US
$
nil (2021: US$(8) million (2020:million; 2020: US$(4) million; 2019: US$ NaN)million) utilisation of the Samarco Germano decommissioningdecommissi
o
ning provision.
F-1
8

F-19

Equity accounted investment in Samarco
BHP Brasil’s investment in Samarco remains at US$ NaN. BHP Brasil provided US$111 million funding under a working capital facility during the period and recognised impairment losses of US$111 million. NaNnil. No dividends have been received by BHP Brasil from Samarco during the period and Samarco currently does 0tnot have profits available for distribution.

Provisions related to the Samarco dam failure
 
      
2021
      2020 
      
US$M
      US$M 
At the beginning of the financial year
      
 
2,051
 
       1,914 
Movement in provisions
      
 
741
 
       137 
Comprising:
                  
Utilised
  
 
(359
       (369    
Adjustments charged to the income statement:
                  
Change in estimate - Samarco dam failure provision
  
 
842
 
       916     
Change in estimate - Samarco Germano dam decommissionin
g
  
 
(6
       37     
Amortisation of discounting impacting net finance costs
  
 
85
 
       93     
Exchange translation
  
 
179
 
       (540    
       
 
 
       
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
      
 
2,792
 
       2,051 
       
 
 
       
 
 
 
Comprising:
                  
Current
      
 
1,206
 
       896 
Non-current
      
 
1,586
 
       1,155 
       
 
 
       
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
      
 
2,792
 
       2,051 
       
 
 
       
 
 
 
Comprising:
                  
Samarco dam failure provision
      
 
2,560
 
       1,824 
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning provision
      
 
232
 
       227 
       
 
 
       
 
 
 
      
2022
      2021 
      
US$M
      US$M 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
            
 
  
 
2,792
 
       2,051 
Movement in provisions
        
629

        741 
Comprising:
                   
Utilised
   
 
(256
)
        (359    
Adjustments charged to the income statement:
                   
Change in estimate - Samarco dam failure provision
   
 
747
         842     
Change in estimate - Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
   
 
(56
)
 

        (6    
Amortisation of discounting impacting net finance costs
  
 
290
 
        85     
Exchange translation
   
(96
)

        179     
        
 
 
       
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
       
 
3,421
 
       2,792 
        
 
 
       
 
 
 
Comprising:
                   
Current
       
 
1,815
 
       1,206 
Non-current
       
 
1,606
 
       1,586 
        
 
 
       
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
       
 
3,421
 
       2,792 
        
 
 
       
 
 
 
Comprising:
                   
Samarco dam failure provision
       
 
3,237
 
       2,560 
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning provision
       
 
184
 
       232 
        
 
 
       
 
 
 
Samarco dam failure provisions and contingencies
As at 30 June 2021,2022, BHP Brasil has identified provisions and contingent liabilities arising as a consequence of the Samarco dam failure as follows:
Provisions
Provision for Samarco dam failure
On 2 March 2016, BHP Brasil, Samarco and Vale, entered into a Framework Agreement with the Federal Government of Brazil, the states of Espírito Santo and Minas Gerais and certain other public authorities to establish a foundation (Fundação Renova) that is developing and executing environmental and socio-economic programs (Programs) to remediate and provide compensation for damage caused by the Samarco dam failure.failure (the Framework Agreement). Key Programs include those for financial assistance and compensation of impacted persons, including fisherfolk impacted by the dam failure, and those for remediation of impacted areas and resettlement of impacted communities. A committee (Interfederative Committee) comprising representatives from the Brazilian Federal and State Governments, local municipalities, environmental agencies, impacted communities and Public Defence Office oversees the activities of the Fundação Renova in order to monitor, guide and assess the progress of actions agreed in the Framework Agreement. In addition, the 12th Federal Court is supervising the work of the Fundação Renova and the Court’s decisions, including decisions relating to the scope of individuals eligible for compensation and the amount of damages to which they are entitled, have been considered in the Samarco dam failure provision change in estimate. Any future decisions will be analysed for impacts on the provision at the time of any decision.decision and the provision may be impacted in future reporting periods as a result of appeals and motions for clarification on certain Court decisions that remain outstanding.
The term of the Framework Agreement is 15 years, renewable for periods of one year successively until all obligations under the Framework Agreement have been performed. Under the Framework Agreement, Samarco has primary responsibility for funding Fundação Renova’s annual calendar year budget for the duration of the Framework Agreement. The funding amounts for each calendar year will be dependent on the remediation and compensation projects to be undertaken in a particular year. Annual contributions may be reviewed under the Framework Agreement. To the extent that Samarco does not meet its funding obligations, each of BHP Brasil and Vale have secondary funding obligations under the Framework Agreement in proportion to its
their
50 per cent shareholding in Samarco.
Samarco began to gradually recommence operations in December 2020, however, there remains significant uncertainty regarding Samarco’s long-term cash flow generation.generation
and the outcome of the Judicial Reorganisation (outlined below)
. In light of these uncertainties and based on currently available information, BHP Brasil’s provision for its obligations under the Framework Agreement Programs is US$2.63.2 billion before tax and after discounting at 30 June 20212022 (30 June 2020:2021: US$1.82.6 billion)
.
The dam failure provision at 30 June 2022 reflects only the Group’s estimate of the costs to be incurred in completing those Programs, as the Group is unable to provide a range of possible outcomes or a reliable estimate of other existing or potential future claims (refer to contingent liabilities below).
Under a Governance Agreement ratified on 8 August 2018, BHP Brasil, Samarco and Vale were to establish a process to renegotiate the Programs over two years to progress settlement of the R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion) Federal Public Prosecution Office claim (described below). Pre-requisites established in the Governance Agreement, for re-negotiation of the Framework Agreement
,
were not implemented during the two year period and on 30 September 2020, Brazilian Federal and State prosecutors and public defenders filed a request for the immediate resumption of the R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion) claim, which has been
was
suspended from the date of ratification of the Governance Agreement. The claim remains suspended after the parties to
Formal
 suspension
of the claim agreed to continue the suspension ceased 
on 19 March 2021.
10 December
 2021
, however no further rulings have been made
.

BHP Brasil, Samarco, Vale and Federal and State prosecutors have been engaging in negotiations to seek a definitive and substantive settlement of the obligations under the Framework Agreement and the R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion)
Federal Public Prosecution Office claim. It is not possibleThe negotiations are overseen by the President of the National Council of Justice, as the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court in Brazil and are expected to provide a rangecontinue until at least the expected end of outcomes or a reliable estimatethe term of potential settlement outcomesthe current President on 31 August 2022. Outcomes of the negotiations are highly uncertain and, there is a risk that a negotiated outcome may be materially higher than amounts currently reflected in the Samarco dam failure provision. Untiluntil any revisions to the Programs are agreed, Fundação Renova will continue to implement the Programs in accordance with the terms of the Framework Agreement and the Governance Agreement.
BHP Brasil, Samarco and Vale are required to maintain security of an amount equal to the Fundação Renova’s annual budget up to a limit of R$2.2 billion (approximately US$440420 million). The security currently comprises R$1.3 billion (approximately US$260250 million) in insurance bonds and a charge of R$800 million (approximately US$160150 million) over Samarco’s assets. A further R$100 million (approximately US$20 million) in liquid assets previously maintained as security was released for
COVID-19
related response efforts in Brazil.

 
F-2
F-190

Table of Contents
Samarco Germano dam decommissioning
Samarco is currently progressing plans for the accelerated decommissioning of its upstream tailings dams (the Germano dam complex). Given the significant uncertainties surrounding Samarco’s long-term cash flow generation, BHP Brasil’s provision for
a 50
per cent share of the expected Germano decommissioning costs is i
s
US$232 184
million (30 June 2020: US$227 2021:
U
S$232
million). The decommissioning is at an early stage and as a result,progressing, however further engineering work and required validation by Brazilian authorities could lead to changes to estimates in future reporting periods.
 
Key judgements and estimates
Judgements
The outcomes of litigation are inherently difficult to predict and significant judgement has been applied in assessing the likely outcome of legal claims and determining which legal claims require recognition of a provision or disclosure of a contingent liability. The facts and circumstances relating to these cases are regularly evaluated in determining whether a provision for any specific claim is required.
Management has determined that a provision can only be recognised for obligations under the Framework Agreement and Samarco Germano dam decommissioning as at 30 June 2021.2022. It is not yet possible to provide a range of possible outcomes or a reliable estimate of potential future exposures to BHP in connection to the contingent liabilities noted below, given their status.
Estimates
 
The provisionsprovision for the Samarco dam failure and Samarco Germano dam decommissioning currently reflectonly reflects the estimatedGroup’s estimate of the remaining costs to complete Programs under the Framework Agreement and estimated costs to complete the Germano dam decommissioning and requirerequires the use of significant judgements, estimates and assumptions. Based on current estimates, it is expected that approximately 8595 per cent of remaining costs for Programs under the Framework Agreement will be incurred by December 2023.2024.
 
While the provisions haveprovision has been measured based on the latest information available, likely changes in facts and circumstances are likely in future reporting periods and may lead to material revisions to these estimates. However, it is currently not possible to determine what facts and circumstances may change, therefore revisions in future reporting periods due to the key estimates and factors outlined below cannot be reliably measured.
 
The key estimates that may have a material impact uponon the provisionsprovision in the next and future reporting periods include:include the:
  
  number of people eligible for financial assistance and compensation and the corresponding amount of expected compensation
  
  costs to complete key infrastructure programs including resettlement of the Bento Rodrigues, Gesteira and Paracatu communities
 
The provisionsprovision may also be affected by factors including but not limited to:
  
  resolution of existing and potential legal claims in Brazil and other jurisdictions, including the impact of ongoing settlement negotiations and outcome of the United Kingdom group action complaint
potential changes in scope of work and funding amounts required under the Framework Agreement including the impact of the decisions of the Interfederative Committee along with further technical analysis, community participation required under the Governance Agreement and rulings made by the 12
th
Federal Court
  
  the outcome of ongoing negotiations with State and Federal Prosecutors, including review of Fundação Renova’s Programs as provided in the Governance Agreement
  
  actual costs incurred
  
  resolution of uncertainty in respect of the nature and extent of Samarco’s long-term cash generation
  
costs to complete the Germano dam decommissioning
  updates to discount and foreign exchange rates
  
  the outcomes of Samarco’s judicial reorganisation (defined below).
 
In addition, the provision may be impacted by decisions in, or resolution of, existing and potential legal claims in Brazil and other jurisdictions, including the outcome of the United Kingdom group action complaint and the negotiations seeking a definitive and substantive settlement of the obligations under the Framework Agreement and the R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion) Federal Public Prosecution Office claim.
Outcomes of the negotiations are highly uncertain and it is therefore not possible to provide a reliable estimate of potential outcomes.
Given these factors, future actual expenditurescash outflows may differ from the amounts currently provided and changes to any of the key assumptions and estimates outlined above could result in a material impact to the provision in the next and future reporting periods.
Contingent liabilities
The following matters are disclosed as contingent liabilities and given the status of proceedingsthese matters it is not possible to provide a range of possible outcomes or a reliable estimate of potential future exposures for BHP, unless otherwise stated. A number of the claims below have not specified the amount of damages sought and, where this is specified, amounts could change as the matter progresses. Ultimately, all the legal matters disclosed as contingent liabilities could have a material adverse impact on BHP’s business, competitive position, cash flows, prospects, liquidity and shareholder returns.
Federal Public Prosecution Office claim
BHP Brasil is among the defendants named in a claim brought by the Federal Public Prosecution Office on 3
 May 2016
, seeking R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion) for reparation, compensation and moral damages in relation to the Samarco dam failure.failure
.
The 12th Federal Court previously suspended the Federal Public Prosecution
Office
claim, including a R$7.7 billion (approximately US$1.5 billion) injunction request. On 30
 September 2020, Brazilian Federal and State prosecutors and public defenders filed a request for the immediate resumption of the R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion)
claim, which has beenwas suspended since the date of ratification of the Governance Agreement. The claim remains suspended after the parties toFormal suspension of the claim agreed to continue the suspensionceased on 19 March 2021.10 December 2021, however no further rulings have been made.
F-2
1

BHP Brasil, Samarco, Vale and Federal and State prosecutors have been engaging in negotiations to seek a definitive and substantive settlement of the obligations under the Framework Agreement and the R$155 billion (approximately US$30 billion)
Federal Public Prosecution Office claim. ItThe negotiations are overseen by the President of the National Council of Justice, as the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court in Brazil and are expected to continue until at least the expected end of the term of the current President on 31 August 2022. Outcomes of the negotiations are highly uncertain and it is therefore not possible to provide a range of outcomes or a reliable estimate of potential settlement outcomes and there is a risk that a negotiated outcome may be materially higher than amounts currently reflected in the Samarco dam failure provision.
F-2
0

United States class action complaint – Samarco bond holders
On 14 November 2016, a putative class action complaint (Bondholder Complaint) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of purchasers of Samarco’s
ten-year
bond notes due 2022-2024 between 31 October 2012 and 30 November 2015. The Bondholder Complaint was initially filed against Samarco and the former chief executive officer of Samarco.
The Bondholder Complaint was subsequently amended to include BHP Group Ltd, BHP Group Plc, BHP Brasil, Vale and officers of Samarco, including four of Vale and BHP Brasil’s nominees to the Samarco Board. On 5 April 2017, the plaintiff discontinued its claims against the individual defendants.
The complaint, along with a second amended complaint, had previously been dismissed by the court. The plaintiff filed a motion for reconsideration, or leave to file a third amended complaint, which was denied by the court on 30 October 2019. The plaintiff appealed this decision, which was affirmed by the court of appeals in March 2021.
Australian class action complaint
BHP Group Ltd is named as a defendant in a shareholder class action filed in the Federal Court of Australia on behalf of persons who acquired shares in BHP Group Ltd on the Australian Securities Exchange or shares in BHP Group Plc on the London Stock Exchange and Johannesburg Stock Exchange in periods prior to the Samarco dam failure. The amount of damages sought is unspecified.
United Kingdom group action complaint
BHP Group Plc and BHP Group Ltd were named as defendants in group action claims for damages filed in the courts of England. These claims were filed on behalf of certain individuals, governments, businesses and communities in Brazil allegedly impacted by the Samarco dam failure. The amount of damages sought in these claims is unspecified. The complaintIn August 2019, the BHP parties filed a preliminary application to strike out or stay this action on jurisdictional and a subsequentother procedural grounds. That application forwas successful before the High Court and the action was dismissed. However, on 8 July 2022, the Court of Appeal reversed the dismissal decision and allowed the action to proceed in England. BHP Group Ltd and BHP Group (UK) Ltd (formerly BHP Group Plc) will seek permission to appeal have been dismissed byto the court, however an application by the claimants to reopen the proceedings was granted in July 2021, allowing the claimants to appeal previous dismissalsSupreme Court of the claim.United Kingdom.
Criminal charges
The Federal Prosecutors’ Office has filed criminal charges against BHP Brasil, Samarco and Vale and certain employees and former employees of BHP Brasil (Affected Individuals) in the Federal Court of Ponte Nova, Minas Gerais. On 3 March 2017, BHP Brasil filed its preliminary defences. The Federal Court terminated the charges against 8eight of the Affected Individuals. The Federal Prosecutors’ Office has appealed 7seven of those decisions with hearings of the appeals still pending. BHP Brasil rejects outright the
charges against the company and the Affected Individuals and will defend theis defending itself from all charges andwhile fully supportsupporting each of the Affected Individuals in their defence of the charges.

Civil public action commenced by Associations concerning the use of Tanfloc for water treatment
The Vila Lenira Residents Association, State of Espírito Santo Rural Producers and Artisans Association, Colatina Velha Neighborhood Residents Association, and United for the Progress of Palmeiras Neighborhood Association have filed a lawsuit against Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale and others, including the State of Minas Gerais, the State of Espirito Santo and the Federal Government. The plaintiffs allege that the defendants carried out a clandestine study on the citizens of the locations affected by the Fundão’s Dam Failure, using TANFLOC – a tannin-based flocculant/coagulant – that is currently used for wastewater treatment applications. The plaintiffs claim that this product allegedly put the population at risk due to its alleged experimental qualities.
The plaintiffs are seeking multiple kinds of relief – material damage, moral damages, loss of profits – and that the defendants should pay for water supply in all locations where there is no water source other than the Doce River.
On 25 July 2022, Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale presented their defences individually, as well as the State of Minas Gerais, the State of Espírito Santo and the Federal Government. The Court’s decision is still pending.

Other claims
Civil public actions filed by State Prosecutors in Minas Gerais (claiming damages of approximately R$7.5 billion, US$1.5 billion), State Prosecutors in Espírito Santo (claiming damages of approximately R$2 billion, US$400 million), and public defenders in Minas Gerais (claiming damages of approximately R$10 billion, US$2 billion), have been consolidated before the 12th Federal Court and suspended. The Governance Agreement provides for a process to review whether these civil public claims should be terminated or suspended.
BHP Brasil is among the companies named as defendants in a number of legal proceedings initiated by individuals,
non-governmental
organisations, corporations and governmental entities in Brazilian Federal and State courts following the Samarco dam failure. The other defendants include Vale, Samarco and Fundação Renova. The lawsuits include claims for compensation, environmental rehabilitationreparation and violations of Brazilian environmental and other laws, among other matters. The lawsuits seek various remedies including rehabilitationreparation costs, compensation to injured individuals and families of the deceased, recovery of personal and property losses, moral damages and injunctive relief. In addition, government inquiries and investigations relating to the Samarco dam failure have been commenced by numerous agencies of the Brazilian government and are ongoing.
Additional lawsuits and government investigations relating to the Samarco dam failure could be brought against BHP Brasil and possibly other BHP entities in Brazil or other jurisdictions.
BHP insurance
BHP has various third party general liability and directors and officers insurances for claims related to the Samarco dam failure made directly against BHP Brasil or other BHP entities, their directors and officers, including class actions. External insurers have been notified of the Samarco dam failure along with the third party claims and class actions referred to above. In the period since the dam failure, to 30 June 2021, the Group has recognised US$573 million other income from general liability insurance proceeds relatingrelat
ed
 to the dam failure. Recoveries related to general liability insurance are now considered complete.
As at 30 June 2021,2022, an insurance receivable has not been recognised forf
o
r any potential recoveries in respect of ongoing matters.
F-2
2

Commitments
Under the terms of the Samarco joint venture agreement, BHP Brasil does not have an existing obligation to fund Samarco.
BHP has agreed to fund a total of up to US$765 1,350
million for the Fundação Renova programs and Samarco’s working capital during calendar year 2021. This comprises up2022
. Samarco’s cash flow generation in the period was sufficient to US$725 million relating tofund its working capital and the Fundação Renova programs, until 31 December 2021, which will be offset againstas such no funding was provided by the Group’s provision for the Samarco dam failure, and a short-term working capital facility of up to US$40 million to be made available to Samarco until 31 December 2021. Amounts related to Fundação Renova and Samarco working capital incurredGroup in the six months to 30
June 2021 have been reflected in the utilisation of the provision and impairment expense respectively disclosed above.
2022
F-2
1

. Any additional requests for funding or future investment provided would be subject to a future decision by BHP, accounted for at that time.
Samarco judicial reorganisation
Samarco filed for judicial reorganisationJudicial Reorganisation (JR) in April 2021
, with the Commercial Courts of Belo Horizonte, State of Minas Gerais, Brazil (JR Court), after multiple enforcement actions taken by certain financial creditors of Samarco. Samarco’s JR filing followed unsuccessful attempts to negotiate a debt restructure with certain financial creditors and multiple legal actions filed by those creditorsSamarco which threatened Samarco’s operations. The JR Court granted a stay of the enforcement actions in Brazil until 15
October 2022
.
The JR is an insolvency proceeding withthat provides a means for Samarco to seek to restructure its financial debts and establish a sustainable financial position that allows Samarco to, among other things, continue to rebuild its operations and strengthen its ability to meet its Fundação Renova funding obligations. Samarco’s operations are expected to continuehave continued during the JR proceeding.
According to the list of creditors filed with the JR Court by the Judicial Administrators (who are in charge of a first review of the list of creditors filed by Samarco), Fundação Renova’s funding obligations undertaken by Samarco are not subject to the JR, although some financial creditors of Samarco have objected to this position. Some such creditors filed challenges to the list of creditors filed by the Judicial Administrators, in order to, among other things, prevent Samarco from funding Fundação Renova. In December 2021
, the 12
th Federal Court granted BHP Brasil’s request that Samarco be able to fund Fundação Renova obligations, overturning a temporary injunction against such funding previously granted by the State Court in October 2021
. BHP Brasil also obtained a preliminary injunction from the Superior Court supporting the jurisdiction of the 12
th Federal Court, and not the State Court, in this matter. An appeal against this ruling by certain financial creditors is still to be ruled upon. Samarco has, with the support of BHP Brasil and Vale, continued to meet its Fundação Renova funding obligations.
In April 2022
, Samarco presented a restructure process.proposal for voting at a meeting of its creditors under the JR proceeding, which was rejected by certain of the Samarco financial creditors. Certain Samarco creditors, including a group of financial creditors and Samarco’s employee unions then proposed alternative restructure proposals. Samarco, BHP Brasil and Vale subsequently each filed objections with the JR Court to both the voting process regarding the rejection of the Samarco proposal and the restructure proposal filed by a group of financial creditors. These legal disputes, and others in the JR process, have yet to be ruled on by the JR Court.
It is expected that there will be continuing litigation from creditors against Samarco and its shareholders over the course of the JR proceeding, including with respect to the treatment of Samarco’s Fundação Renova-related obligations and attempts to pierce Samarco’s corporate veil to hold BHP Brasil and Vale liable for Samarco’s debts. The duration and outcome of the JR remains uncertain with the potential for protracted litigation and appeals because, among other things, the Samarco JR is occurring under new and untested Brazilian bankruptcy legislation.
While the JR is not expected to affect Samarco’s obligation or commitment to make full redress for the 2015
Fundão dam failure, and is not expected to impact Fundação Renova’s ability to undertake that remediation and compensation. Itcompensation, it is not possible to determine the outcomes of the JR or reliably estimate any impact that the reorganisation may have for BHP Brasil, including its share of the Samarco dam failure provisions.
 
F-2
3

The following section includes disclosure required by IFRS of Samarco’s provisions, contingencies and other matters arising from the dam failure for matters in addition to the above-mentioned claims to which Samarco is a party.
 
Samarco
 
Dam failure related provisions and contingencies
 
In addition to its obligations under the Framework Agreement as at 30 June 2021,2022, Samarco has recognised provisions of US$0.20.3 billion (30 June 2020:2021: US$0.2 billion), based on currently available information. The magnitude, scope and timing of these additional costs are subject to a high degree of uncertainty and Samarco has indicated that it anticipates that it will incur future costs beyond those provided. These uncertainties are likely to continue for a significant period and changes to key assumptions could result in a material change to the amount of the provision in future reporting periods. Any such unrecognised obligations are therefore contingent liabilities and, at present, it is not practicable to estimate their magnitude or possible timing of payment. Accordingly, it is also not possible to provide a range of possible outcomes or a reliable estimate of total potential future exposures at this time.
 
Samarco is also named as a defendant in a number of other legal proceedings initiated by individuals, non-governmental organisations, corporations and governmental entities in Brazilian Federal and State courts following the Samarco dam failure. The lawsuits include claims for compensation, environmental rehabilitation and violations of Brazilian environmental and other laws, among other matters. The lawsuits seek various remedies including rehabilitation costs, compensation to injured individuals and families of the deceased, recovery of personal and property losses, moral damages and injunctive relief. In addition, government inquiries and investigations relating to the Samarco dam failure have been commenced by numerous agencies of the Brazilian government and are ongoing. Given the status of proceedings it is not possible to provide a range of possible outcomes or a reliable estimate of total potential future exposures to Samarco.
 
Additional lawsuits and government investigations relating to the Samarco dam failure could be brought against Samarco.
 
Samarco insurance
 
Samarco has standalone insurance policies in place with Brazilian and global insurers. Insurers’ loss adjusters or claims representatives continue to investigate and assist with the claims process for matters not yet settled. As at 30 June 2021,2022, an insurance receivable has not been recognised by Samarco in respect of ongoing matters.
 
Samarco commitments
 
At 30 June 2021,2022, Samarco has commitments of US$0.7 billion (30 June 2020:2021: US$0.40.7 billion). Following the dam failure Samarco invoked force majeure clauses in a number of long-term contracts with suppliers and service providers to suspend contractual obligations.
 
Samarco non-dam failure related contingent liabilities
 
The following non-dam failure related contingent liabilities pre-date and are unrelated to the Samarco dam failure. Samarco is currently contesting both of these matters in the Brazilian courts. Given the status of these tax matters, the timing of resolution and potential economic outflow for Samarco is uncertain.
 
Brazilian Social Contribution Levy
 
Samarco has received tax assessments for the alleged non-payment of Brazilian Social Contribution Levy for the calendar years 2007-2014 totalling approximately R$5.96.2 billion (approximately US$1.2 billion).
 
Brazilian corporate income tax rate
 
Samarco has received tax assessments for alleged incorrect calculation of Corporate Income Tax (IRPJ) in respect of the
2000-2003
and 2007-2014 income years totalling approximately R$4.64.8 billion (approximately US$0.9 billion).
 
F-2
2
4

5    Expenses and other income
 
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Employee benefits expense:
             
Wages, salaries and redundancies
  
 
4,399
 
  3,706   3,683 
Employee share awards
  
 
124
 
  129   138 
Social security costs
  
 
3
 
  2   4 
Pension and other post-retirement obligations
  
 
316
 
  283   292 
Less employee benefits expense classified as exploration and evaluation expenditure
  
 
(119
  (65  (85
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress
  
 
(334
  (326  496 
Raw materials and consumables used
  
 
4,940
 
  5,509   4,591 
Freight and transportation
  
 
2,037
 
  1,981   2,378 
External services
  
 
5,260
 
  4,404   4,745 
Third-party commodity purchase
s
  
 
2,230
 
  1,139   1,069 
Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)
  
 
310
 
  (603  (147
Fair value change on derivatives
(1)
  
 
145
 
  422   8 
Government royalties paid and payable
  
 
3,217
 
  2,362   2,538 
Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred and expensed in the current period
  
 
430
 
  517   516 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
  
 
6,824
 
  6,112   5,829 
Net impairments:
             
Property, plant and equipment
  
 
2,583
 
  494   250 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
  
 
52
 
     14 
All other operating expenses
  
 
2,083
 
  2,709   1,703 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total expenses
  
 
34,500
 
  28,775   28,022 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Insurance recoveries
(2)
  
 
(46
  (489  (57
Other income
(3)
  
 
(464
  (288  (336
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total other income
  
 
(510
  (777  (393
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021  2020 
   
US$M
  
US$M
Restated
  
US$M
Restated
 
Employee benefits expense:
             
Wages, salaries and redundancies
  
 
4,197
 
   4,018   3,318 
Employee share awards
  
 
109
 
   88   90 
Social security costs
  
 
4
 
   3   2 
Pension and other post-retirement obligations
  
 
338
 
   274   246 
Less employee benefits expense classified as exploration and evaluation expenditure
  
 
(30
)   (26  (15
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress
  
 
(774
)   (321  (348
Raw materials and consumables used
  
 
5,991
 
   4,899   5,472 
Freight and transportation
  
 
2,319
 
   1,900   1,838 
External services
  
 
4,525
 
   4,640   3,899 
Third-party commodity purchases  
 
2,959
 
   2,220   1,098 
Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses  
 
(326
)   293   (617
Fair value change on derivatives
1
  
 
(29
)   87   393 
Government royalties paid and payable
  
 
4,014
 
   3,080   2,171 
Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred and expensed in the current period
  
 
199
 
   134   123 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
  
 
5,683
 
   5,084   4,667 
Net impairments:
              
Property, plant and equipment
  
 
515
 
   2,474   482 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
  
 
 
   33    
All other operating expenses
  
 
2,677
 
   1,991   2,634 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total expenses
  
 
32,371
 
   30,871   25,453 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Insurance recoveries
2
  
 
(4
)   (46  (489
(Gain)/loss on disposal of subsidiaries and operations
3
  
 
(840
)   2    
Dividend income
4
  
 
(241
  (2  (2
Other income
5
  
 
(313
)   (334
)

  (229
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total other income
  
 
(1,398
)   (380  (720
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Fair value change on derivatives is principally related to commodity price contracts, foreign exchange contracts and embedded derivatives used in the ordinary course of business as well as derivatives used as part of the funding of dividends.
(2) 
2
Insurance recoveries is principally related to claims received from Samarco dam failure. Refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ for further information.
(3)
3
Mainly relates to the divestment of BMC in FY2022. Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ for further information.
4
During FY2022, the Group received dividends of US$238 million from Cerrejón, which reduced completion proceeds net of transaction costs to US$50 million. Refer to note 29 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’ for details.
5
Other income is generally income earned from transactions outside the course of the Group’s ordinary activities and may include certain management fees from
non-controlling
interests and joint arrangements, dividend income, royalties and commission income and gains or losses on divestment of subsidiaries or operations.income.

Recognition and measurement
IncomeOther income is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with a transaction will flow to the Group and can be reliably measured. Dividends areDividend income is recognised upon declaration.
 
F-2
3
5

6    Income tax expense
 
   
2021
   2020  2019 
   
US$M
   US$M  US$M 
Total taxation expense comprises:
              
Current tax expense
  
 
9,825
 
   5,109   5,408 
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
  
 
1,325
 
   (335  121 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
11,150
 
   4,774   5,529 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
       Restated   Restated 
Total taxation expense comprises:
               
Current tax expense
  
 
10,673
 
   9,018    4,285 
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
  
 
64
 
   1,598    (88
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
10,737
 
   10,616    4,197 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Factors affecting income tax expense for the year
             
Income tax expense differs to the standard rate of corporation tax as follows:
             
Profit before taxation
  
 
24,601
 
  13,510   15,049 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Tax on profit at Australian prima facie tax rate of 30 per cent
  
 
7,380
 
  4,053   4,515 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-tax
effected operating losses and capital gains
(1)
  
 
3,112
 
  707   742 
Tax on remitted and unremitted foreign earnings
  
 
485
 
  225   283 
Tax effect of loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
(2)
  
 
317
 
  154   164 
Investment and development allowance
  
 
 
  (99  (94
Tax rate changes
  
 
(1
  (8  6 
Amounts (over)/under provided in prior years
  
 
(11
  64   (21
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax assets
  
 
(28
  (30  (10
Foreign exchange adjustments
  
 
(95
  20   (25
Impact of tax rates applicable outside of Australia
  
 
(603
  (167  (312
Other
  
 
365
 
  (211  87 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax expense
  
 
10,921
 
  4,708   5,335 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)
  
 
229
 
  66   194 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total taxation expense
  
 
11,150
 
  4,774   5,529 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
      Restated  Restated 
Factors affecting income tax expense for the year
             
Income tax expense differs to the standard rate of corporation tax as follows:
             
Profit before taxation
  
 
33,137
 
   24,292   12,825 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Tax on profit at Australian prima facie tax rate of 30 per cent
  
 
9,941
 
   7,288   3,847 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-tax effected operating losses and capital gains
1
  
 
1,087
 
   2,640   409 
Tax on remitted and unremitted foreign earnings  
 
441
 
   485   225 
Investment and development allowance  
 
 
      (99)
Tax rate changes  
 
 
   (1)  (8
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax assets  
 
(3
)   (28  (7
Tax effect of loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
2
  
 
(19
)   315   153 
Amounts (over)/under provided in prior years  
 
(80
)   (57  13 
Foreign exchange adjustments
  
 
(233
)   (33  41 
Impact of tax rates applicable outside of Australia
  
 
(801
)
 
   (669  (272
Other
  
 
97
 
   436   (86
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax expense
  
 
10,430
 
   10,376   4,216 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)
  
 
307
 
   240   (19
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total taxation expense
  
 
10,737
 
   10,616   4,197 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Includes the tax impacts related to the exceptional impairments of
US deferred tax assets in the year ended 30 June 2022
,
NSWEC and Potash in the year ended 30 June 2021 and Cerro Colorado in the year ended 30 June 2020, as presented in note 3 ‘Exceptional items’. There were no exceptional impairments in the year ended 30 June 2019.
(
2
2)
The loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses is net of income tax, with the exception of the Samarco forward exchange derivatives described in note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’. This item removes the prima facie tax effect on such loss, related impairments and expenses, excluding the impact of the Samarco forward exchange derivatives which are taxable.
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income is as follows:

   
2022
  2021  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Income tax effect of:
             
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement
:
             
Hedges:
             
Gains/(losses) taken to equity
  
 
274
 
   (259  94 
(Gains)/losses transferred to the income statement
  
 
(264
)
 
   252   (89
Others
  
 
 
   (1   
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax credit/(charge) relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement  
 
10
 
   (8  5 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:
              
Remeasurement gains/(losses) on pension and medical schemes
  
 
(9
)   (21  25 
Others
  
 
 
   1   1 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax (charge)/credit relating to items that will not be reclassified
to the income statement
  
 
(9
)   (20  26 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total income tax credit/(charge) relating to components of other comprehensive income
1
  
 
1
 
   (28  31 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Income tax effect of:
             
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement:
             
Hedges:
             
Gains/(losses) taken to equity
  
 
(259
  94   98 
(Gains)/losses transferred to the income statement
  
 
252
 
  (89  (90
Others
   
(1
)
 
      
Income tax (charge)/credit relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement
  
 
(8
  5   8 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:
             
Remeasurement gains/(losses) on pension and medical schemes
  
 
(21
  25   7 
Others
  
 
1
 
  1   12 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax (charge)/credit relating to items that will not be reclassified to the income statement
   
(20
)
 
  26   19 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total income tax (charge)/credit relating to components of other comprehensive income
(1)
  
 
(28
  31   27 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Included within total income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income is US$(28)1 million relating to deferred taxes and US$ NaNnil relating to current taxes (2020:(2021: US$(28) million and US$ nil; 2020: US$31 million and US$ NaN; 2019: US$15 million and US$12 million)
nil
).
 
F-2
4
6

Recognition and measurement
Taxation on the profit/(loss) for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Taxation is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case the tax effect is also recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.
 
Current tax
  
Deferred tax
  
Royalty-related taxation
Current tax is the expected tax on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.  
Deferred tax is providedthe tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in full,the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for in accordance with IAS 12.
Deferred tax is generally provided on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Financial Statements. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.
 
Deferred tax is not recognised for temporary differences relating to:
 
•   initial recognition of goodwill
 
•   initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit
 
•   investment in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future
 
Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
 
Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset and when the tax balances are related to taxes levied by the same tax authority and the Group intends to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
  Royalties and resource rent taxes are treated as taxation arrangements (impacting income tax expense/(benefit)) when they are imposed under government authority and the amount payable is calculated by reference to revenue derived (net of any allowable deductions) after adjustment for temporary differences. Obligations arising from royalty arrangements that do not satisfy these criteria are recognised as current liabilities and included in expenses.
F-2
7

Uncertain tax and royalty matters
The Group operates across many tax jurisdictions. Application of tax law can be complex and requires judgement to assess risk and estimate outcomes, particularly in relation to the Group’s cross-border operations and transactions. These judgements are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of tax assets and tax liabilities, including deferred tax, recognised on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognised. The evaluation of tax risks considers both amended assessments received and potential sources of challenge from tax authorities. The status of proceedings for these matters will impact the ability to determine the potential exposure and in some cases, it may not be possible to determine a range of possible outcomes or a reliable estimate of the potential exposure.
The Group has unresolved tax and royalty matters for which the timing of resolution and potential economic outflow are uncertain. Tax and royalty matters with uncertain outcomes arise in the normal course of business and occur due to changes in tax law, changes in interpretation of tax law, periodic challenges and disagreements with tax authorities and legal proceedings.
Tax and royalty obligations assessed as having probable future economic outflows capable of reliable measurement are provided for as at 30 June 2021.2022. Matters with a possible economic outflow and/or presently incapable of being measured reliably are contingent liabilities and disclosed in note 3432 ‘Contingent liabilities’. Details of uncertain tax and royalty matters relating to Samarco are disclosed in note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’.
 
F-2
5

Key judgements and estimates
 
Income tax classification
 
Judgements:Judgements
: The Group’s accounting policy for taxation, including royalty-related taxation, requires management’s judgement as to the types of arrangements considered to be a tax on income in contrast to an operating cost.
 
Deferred tax
 
Judgements:
Judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that are recognised based on the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits. Judgement is applied in recognising deferred tax liabilities arising from temporary differences in investments. These deferred tax liabilities caused principally by retained earnings held in foreign tax jurisdictions are recognised unless repatriation of retained earnings can be controlled and is not expected to occur in the foreseeable future.
 
Estimates:
The Group assesses the recoverability of recognised and unrecognised deferred taxes, including losses in Australia, the United States and Canada on a consistent basis. Estimates and assumptions relating to projected earnings and cash flows as applied in the Group impairment process are used for operating assets.
Uncertain tax matters
Judgements:
Management applies judgements about the application of income tax legislation and its interaction with income tax accounting principles. These judgements are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of tax assets and tax liabilities, including deferred tax, recognised on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognised.
Where the final tax outcomes are different from the amounts that were initially recorded, these differences impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period in which the determination is made.
Measurement of uncertain tax and royalty matters considers a range of possible outcomes, including assessments received from tax authorities. Where management is of the view that potential liabilities have a low probability of crystallising, or it is not possible to quantify them reliably, they are disclosed as contingent liabilities (refer to note 34 ‘Contingent liabilities’).
F-2
6
8

7     Earnings per share
 
                                      
2022
   2021   2020 
  
2021
   2020   2019       Restated   Restated 
Earnings attributable to BHP shareholders (US$M)
                  
- Continuing operations
  
 
11,304
 
   7,956    8,648   
 
20,245
 
   11,529    7,848 
- Total
  
 
11,304
 
   7,956    8,306   
 
30,900
 
   11,304    7,956 
Weighted average number of shares (Million)
                  
- Basic
  
 
5,057
 
   5,057    5,180   
 
5,061
 
   5,057    5,057 
- Diluted
  
 
5,068
 
   5,069    5,193   
 
5,071
 
   5,068    5,069 
Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
                  
- Continuing operations
  
 
223.5
 
   
157.3
    
166.9
  
 
400.0
 
   228.0    155.2 
- Total
  
 
223.5
 
   
157.3
    
160.3
   
 
610.6
 
   223.5    157.3 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
                  
- Continuing operations
  
 
223.0
 
   
157.0
    
166.5
   
 
399.2
 
   227.5    154.8 
- Total
  
 
223.0
 
   
157.0
    
159.9
   
 
609.3
 
   223.0    157.0 
Headline earnings per ordinary share (US cents)
                  
- Basic
  
 
284.8
 
   
171.1
    
164.9
   
 
439.0
 
   284.8    171.1 
- Diluted
  
 
284.2
 
   
170.7
    
164.5
   
 
438.1
 
   284.2    170.7 
Refer to note 2927 ‘Discontinued operations’ for basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share for Discontinued operations.
Earnings on American Depositary Shares represent twice the
earnings
for BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc ordinary shares.
Headline earnings is a Johannesburg Stock Exchange defined performance measure and is reconciled from earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders as follows:
 
  
2021
 2020   2019   
2022
   2021 2020 
  
US$M
 US$M   US$M   
US$M
   US$M US$M 
Earnings attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
11,304
 
 7,956    8,306   
 
30,900
 
   11,304  7,956 
Adjusted for:
                
(Gain)/loss on sales of PP&E, Investments and Operations
(1)
  
 
(50
 4    (52
(Gain)/loss on sales of PP&E, Investments and Operations
1
  
 
(95
)   (50 4 
Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles
  
 
2,633
 
 494    264   
 
515
 
   2,633  494 
Samarco impairment expense
  
 
111
 
 95    96   
 
 
   111  95 
Cerrejón impairment expense
  
 
466
 
         
 
 
   466    
Other
(2)
  
 
 
 48     
Recycling of
re-measurements
from equity to the income statement
  
 
 
      (6
Gain on disposal of BHP Mitsui Coal  
 
(840
      
Gain on merger of Petroleum  
 
(8,167
      
Other
2
  
 
 
     48 
Tax effect of above adjustments
  
 
(60
 54    (64  
 
(97
)   (60 54 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
Subtotal of adjustments
  
 
3,100
 
 695    238   
 
(8,684
)   3,100  695 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
Headline earnings
  
 
14,404
 
 8,651    8,544   
 
22,216
 
   14,404  8,651 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
Diluted headline earnings
  
 
14,404
 
 8,651    8,544   
 
22,216
 
   14,404  8,651 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Included in other income.
 
(2) 
2
Mainly represent BHP share of impairment embedded in the statutory income statement of the Group’s equity accounted investments.
Recognition and measurement
Diluted earnings attributable to BHP shareholders are equal to the earnings attributable to BHP shareholders.
ThePrior to Group’s corporate structure unification, the calculation of the number of ordinary shares used in the computation of basic earnings per share iswas the aggregate of the weighted average number of ordinary shares of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc outstanding during the period after deduction of the number of shares held by the Billiton Employee Share Ownership Trust and the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Equity Trust.
During December 2018, 266 million Effective from 31 January 2022, the aggregate of the weighted average number of ordinary shares of only BHP Group Limited shares were bought back and then cancelled duringis considered in the period following an
off-market
buy-back
programcomputation of US$5.2 billion relatedbasic earnings per share. Refer to the disbursement of proceeds from the disposal of Onshore US.note 16 ‘Share capital’ for details on unification.
For the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, the effect of 11 10
million dilutive shares has been taken into account for the year ended 30 June 2021 (2020: 122022 (2021: 11 million shares; 2019: 132020: 12 million shares). The Group’s only potential dilutive ordinary shares are share awards granted under the employee share ownership plans for which terms and conditions are described in note 25 ‘Employee share ownership plans’. Diluted earnings per share calculation excludes instruments which are considered antidilutive.
At 30 June 2021,2022, there are 0no instruments which are considered antidilutive (2020: NaN; 2019: NaN)(2021: nil; 2020: nil).
F-2
7F-
29


Working capital
8     Trade and other receivables
 
                         
   
2021
  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M 
Trade receivables
  
 
4,450
 
  1,974 
Loans to equity accounted investments
  
 
 
  40 
Other receivables
  
 
1,946
 
  1,617 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
6,396
 
  3,631 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Comprising:
         
Current
  
 
6,059
 
  3,364 
Non-current
  
 
337
 
  267 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Trade receivables
  
 
4,411
 
   4,450 
Other receivables
1
  
 
1,168
 
   1,946 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
5,579
 
   6,396 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
          
Current
  
 
5,426
 
   6,059 
Non-current
  
 
153
 
   337 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
1
Other receivables mainly relate to indirect tax refunds and receivables from joint venture partners.
Recognition and measurement
Trade receivables are recognised initially at their transaction price or, for those receivables containing a significant financing component, at fair value. Trade receivables are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less an allowance for impairment, except for provisionally priced receivables which are subsequently measured at fair value through the income statementprofit or loss under IFRS 9.
The collectability of trade and other receivables is assessed continuously. At the reporting date, specific allowances are made for any expected credit losses based on a review of all outstanding amounts at reporting
period-end.
Individual receivables are written off when management deems them unrecoverable. The net carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair values.
Credit risk
Trade receivables generally have terms of less than 30 days. The Group has no material concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty and is not dominantly exposed to any individual industry.
Credit risk can arise from the
non-performance
by counterparties of their contractual financial obligations towards the Group. To manage credit risk, the Group maintains Group-wide procedures covering the application for credit approvals, granting and renewal of counterparty limits, proactive monitoring of exposures against these limits and requirements triggering secured payment terms. As part of these processes, the credit exposures with all counterparties are regularly monitored and assessed on a timely basis. The credit quality of the Group’s customers is reviewed and the solvency of each debtor and their ability to pay the receivable is considered in assessing receivables for impairment.
The 10 largest customers represented 3134 per cent (2020: 32(2021: 31 per cent) of total credit risk exposures managed by the Group.
Receivables are deemed to be past due or impaired in accordance with the Group’s terms and conditions. These terms and conditions are determined on a
case-by-case
basis with reference to the customer’s credit quality, payment performance and prevailing market conditions. As at 30 June 2021,2022, trade receivables of US$68103 million (2020:(2021: US$2368 million) were past due but not impaired. The majority of these receivables were less than 30 days overdue.
The assessment of recoverability of trade receivables at 30 June 2021 has considered the impacts of
COVID-19
and no material recoverability issues have been identified. As
COVID-19
continues to impact key markets in Asia, Europe and the United States, the Group continues to perform enhanced credit monitoring of commercial counterparties.
At 30 June 2021,2022, trade receivables are stated net of provisions for expected credit losses of US$3 million (2020:(2021: US$23 million)
.

The Group may accelerate trade receivables through Letters
F-3
0

9    Trade and other payables
 
                         
   
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Trade payables
  
 
5,079
 
   4,396 
Other payables
  
 
1,948
 
   1,372 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
7,027
 
   5,768 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
          
Current
  
 
7,027
 
   5,767 
Non-current
  
 
 
   1 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Trade payables
  
 
5,360
 
   5,079 
Other payables
  
 
1,327
 
   1,948 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
6,687
 
   7,027 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
          
Current
  
 
6,687
 
   7,027 
Non-current
  
 
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
F-2
8

10    Inventories
 
   
2021
   2020   
Definitions
   
US$M
   US$M    
Raw materials and consumables
  
 
1,904
 
   1,797   Spares, consumables and other supplies yet to be utilised in the production process or in the rendering of services.
Work in progress
  
 
3,046
 
   2,814   Commodities currently in the production process that require further processing by the Group to a saleable form.
Finished goods
  
 
834
 
   711   Commodities
ready-for-sale
and not requiring further processing by the Group.
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
Total
(1)
  
 
5,784
 
   5,322    
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
Comprising:
             
Current
  
 
4,426
 
   4,101    
Non-current
  
 
1,358
 
   1,221   Inventories classified as
non-current
are not expected to be utilised or sold within 12 months after the reporting date or within the operating cycle of the business.
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
   
2022
   2021   
Definitions
   
US$M
   US$M    
Raw materials and consumables
  
 
1,713
 
   1,904   Spares, consumables and other supplies yet to be utilised in the production process or in the rendering of services.
Work in progress
  
 
3,827
 
   3,046   Commodities currently in the production process that require further processing by the Group to a saleable form.
Finished goods
  
 
710
 
   834   Commodities ready-for-sale and not requiring further processing by the Group.
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
Total
1
  
 
6,250
 
   5,784    
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
Comprising:
            
Inve
n
tories
 classified as non-current are not expected to b
e utilised

Current
  
 
4,935
 
   4,426   
or sold within 12 months after the
 reporting date
 or within the

Non-current
  
 
1,315
 
   1,358   
operating cyc
le o
f the business.

   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 

(1) 1
Inventory write-downs of US$58163 million were recognised during the year (2020:(2021: US$3758 million; 2019:2020: US$1637 million). Inventory write-downs of US$2723 million made in previous periods werewer
e
 reversed during the year (2020:(2021: US$1326 million; 2019:2020: US$218 million).
Recognition and measurement
Regardless of the type of inventory and its stage in the production process, inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined primarily on the basis of average costs. costs and involves estimates of expected metal recoveries and work in progress volumes, calculated using available industry, engineering and scientific data. These estimates are periodically reassessed by the Group taking into account technical analysis and historical performance.
For processed inventories, cost is derived on an absorption costing basis. Cost comprises costs of purchasing raw materials and costs of production, including attributable mining and manufacturing overheads taking into consideration normal operating capacity.
Minerals inventoryInventory quantities are assessed primarily through surveys and assays, while petroleum inventory quantities are derived through flow rate or tank volume measurement and the composition is derived via sample analysis.assays.
 
Key estimates
Accounting for inventory involves the use of estimates, particularly related to the measurement and valuation of inventory on hand within the production process. Key estimates, including expected metal recoveries and work in progress volumes, are calculated by engineers using available industry, engineering and scientific data. Estimates used are periodically reassessed by the Group taking into account technical analysis and historical performance. Changes in estimates are adjusted for on a prospective basis.
F-
29
F-3
1

Mining and PetroleumResource assets
11    Property, plant and equipment
 
  
Land and

buildings
 
Plant and

equipment
 
Other

mineral

assets
 
Assets under

construction
 
Exploration

and

evaluation
 
Total
   
Land and
buildings
 
Plant and
equipment
 
Other
mineral
assets
 
Assets under
construction
 
Exploration
and
evaluation
 
Total
 
  
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
   
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
Net book value – 30 June 2021
             
Net book value – 30 June 2022
             
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
8,387
 
 
 
39,429
 
 
 
8,652
 
 
 
13,774
 
 
 
2,120
 
 
 
72,362
 
  
 
8,072
 
 
 
44,682
 
 
 
8,941
 
 
 
10,432
 
 
 
1,686
 
 
 
73,813
 
Additions
(1)
  
 
25
 
 
 
3,841
 
 
 
797
 
 
 
5,961
 
 
 
93
 
 
 
10,717
 
Acquisition of subsidiaries & operations
(2)
  
 
 
 
 
151
 
 
 
491
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
642
 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts
(3)
  
 
 
 
 
(59
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(59
Additions
1
  
 
41
 
 
 
1,935
 
 
 
792
 
 
 
5,872
 
 
 
137
 
 
 
8,777
 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts
2
  
 
 
 
 
(369
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(369
)
Depreciation for the year
  
 
(694
 
 
(5,748
 
 
(310
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6,752
  
 
(663
) 
 
(5,564
) 
 
(276
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6,503
)
Impairments for the year
(4)
  
 
(208
 
 
(877
 
 
(687
 
 
(745
 
 
(66
 
 
(2,583
Impairments for the year
3
  
 
(14
) 
 
(499
) 
 
(2
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(515
)
Disposals
  
 
(18
 
 
(9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(27
  
 
(3
) 
 
(22
) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(25
)
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
(5)
  
 
 
 
 
(14
 
 
 
 
 
(2
 
 
 
 
 
(16
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
4
  
 
(448
) 
 
(8,007
) 
 
(545
) 
 
(3,549
) 
 
(842
) 
 
(13,391
)
Transfers and other movements
  
 
580
 
 
 
7,968
 
 
 
(2
 
 
(8,556
 
 
(461
 
 
(471
  
 
1,094
 
 
 
3,344
 
 
 
(416
) 
 
(3,724
) 
 
(790
) 
 
(492
)
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
At the end of the financial year
(6)
  
 
8,072
 
 
 
44,682
 
 
 
8,941
 
 
 
10,432
 
 
 
1,686
 
 
 
73,813
 
– Cost
  
 
14,545
 
 
 
108,049
 
 
 
15,059
 
 
 
11,177
 
 
 
2,531
 
 
 
151,361
 
– Accumulated depreciation and impairments
  
 
(6,473
 
 
(63,367
 
 
(6,118
 
 
(745
 
 
(845
 
 
(77,548
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net book value – 30 June 2020
             
At the beginning of the financial year
   7,885  38,174  9,211  11,149  1,622  68,041 
Impact of adopting IFRS 16
   754  1,400           2,154 
Additions
(1)
   115  1,719  684  6,100  218  8,836 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts
(3)
     733           733 
Depreciation for the year
   (630 (5,104 (294       (6,028
Impairments for the year
(4)
   (17 (189 (288       (494
Disposals
   (12 (22       (65 (99
Transfers and other movements
   292  2,718  (661 (3,475 345  (781
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
At the end of the financial year
(6)
   8,387  39,429  8,652  13,774  2,120  72,362 
At the end of the financial year
5
  
 
8,079
 
 
 
35,500
 
 
 
8,494
 
 
 
9,031
 
 
 
191
 
 
 
61,295
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
– Cost
   13,932  97,230  13,736  13,774  2,899  141,571   
 
14,823
 
 
 
81,218
 
 
 
14,353
 
 
 
9,755
 
 
 
981
 
 
 
121,130
 
– Accumulated depreciation and impairments
   (5,545 (57,801 (5,084    (779 (69,209  
 
(6,744
) 
 
(45,718
) 
 
(5,859
) 
 
(724
) 
 
(790
) 
 
(59,835
)
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Net book value – 30 June 2021
             
At the beginning of the financial year
   8,387  39,429  8,652  13,774  2,120  72,362 
Additions
1
   25  3,841  797  5,961  93  10,717 
Acquisition of subsidiaries & operations
6
     151  491        642 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts
2
     (59          (59
Depreciation for the year
   (694 (5,748 (310       (6,752
Impairments for the year
3
   (208 (877 (687 (745 (66 (2,583
Disposals
   (18 (9          (27
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations      
(14

)

     (2
)

     
(16

)

Transfers and other movements
   580  7,968  (2 (8,556 (461 (471
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
At the end of the financial year
5
   8,072  44,682  8,941  10,432  1,686  73,813 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
– Cost
   14,545  108,049  15,059  11,177  2,531  151,361 
– Accumulated depreciation and impairments
   (6,473 (63,367 (6,118 (745 (845 (77,548
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
1

Includes change in estimates and net foreign exchange gains/(losses) related to the closure and rehabilitation provisions for operating sites. Refer to note 15 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’.
 
(2) 
Relates to the acquisition of an additional 28 per cent working interest in Shenzi.
(3)2 
Relates to remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts including continuous voyage charters (CVCs). Refer to note 21 ‘Leases’.
 
(4) 
3
Refer to note 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’ for information on impairments.
 
(5) 4
Relates
BMC and Petroleum were disposed in May 2022 and June 2022 respectively. Refer to the sale of the Neptune asset in Gulf of Mexico.notes 3 ‘Exceptional items’ and 27 ‘Discontinued operations’ for more information.
 
(6)5 
Includes the carrying value of the Group’s
right-of-use
assets relating to land and buildings and plant and equipment of US$3,3502,361 million (2020:(2021: US$3,0473,350 million). Refer to note 21 ‘Leases’ for the movement of the right-of-use assets.
right-of-use6
assets.
Relates to the acquisition of an additional 28 per cent working interest in Shenzi.
Recognition and measurement
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Cost is the fair value of consideration given to acquire the asset at the time of its acquisition or construction and includes the direct costs of bringing the asset to the location and the condition necessary for operation and the estimated future costs of closure and rehabilitation of the facility.
Right-of-use
assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. Refer to note 21 ‘Leases’ for further details. Right-of-use assets are presented within the category of property, plant and equipment according to the nature of the underlying asset leased.
F-3
2

Exploration and evaluation
Exploration costs are incurred to discover mineral a
n
d petroleum deposits.resources. Evaluation costs are incurred to assess the technical feasibility and commercial viability of depositsresources found.
Exploration and evaluation expenditure is charged to the income statement as incurred, except in the following circumstances in which case the expenditure may be capitalised:
In respect of minerals activities:
 
the exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest that was previously acquired as an asset acquisition or in a business combination and measured at fair value on acquisition or
 
the existence of a commercially viable mineral deposit has been established
In respect of petroleum activities:
the exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest for which it is expected that the expenditure will be recouped by future exploitation or sale or
exploration and evaluation activity has not reached a stage that permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of commercially recoverable reserves
F-
30

A regular review of each area of interest is undertaken to determine the appropriateness of continuing to carry forward costs in relation to that area. Capitalised costs are only carried forward to the extent that they are expected to be recovered through the successful exploitation of the area of interest or alternatively by its sale. To the extent that capitalised expenditure is no longer expected to be recovered, it is charged to the income statement.
Key judgements and estimates
Judgements:
Exploration and evaluation expenditure results in certain items of expenditure being capitalised for an area of interest where a judgement is made that it is likely to be recoverable by future exploitation or sale, or where the activities are judged not to have reached a stage that permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of reserves.
Estimates:
Management makes certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances, in particular when making quantitative assessment of whether an economically viable extraction operation can be established. These estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised the expenditure under the policy, new information suggests that recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, the relevant capitalised amount is charged to the income statement.
Development expenditure
When proven mineral reserves are determined and development is sanctioned, capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is reclassified as assets under construction within property, plant and equipment. All subsequent development expenditure is capitalised and classified as assets under construction, provided commercial viability conditions continue to be satisfied.
The Group may use funds sourced from external parties to finance the acquisition and development of assets and operations. Finance costs are expensed as incurred, except where they relate to the financing of construction or development of qualifying assets. Borrowing costs directly attributable to acquiring or constructing a qualifying asset are capitalised during the development phase. Development expenditure is net of proceeds from the saleable material extracted during the development phase. On completion of development, all assets included in assets under construction are reclassified as either plant and equipment or other mineral assets and depreciation commences.
Key judgements and estimates
Judgements:
Development activities commence after project sanctioning by the appropriate level of management. Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project is economically viable.
Estimates:
In determining whether a project is economically viable, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances, including reserve estimates, existence of an accessible market and forecast prices and cash flows. Estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having commenced the development activity, new information suggests that a development asset is impaired, the appropriate amount is charged to the income statement.
Other mineral assets
Other mineral assets comprise:
 
capitalised exploration, evaluation and development expenditure for assets in production
 
mineral rights and petroleum interests acquired
 
capitalised development and production stripping costs
Overburden removal costs
The process of removing overburden and other waste materials to access mineral deposits is referred to as stripping. Stripping is necessary to obtain access to mineral deposits and occurs throughout the life of an
open-pit
mine. Development and production stripping costs are classified as other mineral assets in property, plant and equipment.
Stripping costs are accounted for separately for individual components of an ore body. The determination of components is dependent on the mine plan and other factors, including the size, shape and geotechnical aspects of an ore body. The Group accounts for stripping activities as follows:
Development stripping costs
These are initial overburden removal costs incurred to obtain access to mineral deposits that will be commercially produced. These costs are capitalised when it is probable that future economic benefits (access to mineral ores) will flow to the Group and costs can be measured reliably.
Once the production phase begins, capitalised development stripping costs are depreciated using the units of production method based on the proven and probable reserves of the relevant identified component of the ore body which the initial stripping activity benefits.
 
F-3
1
3

Production stripping costs
These are post initial overburden removal costs incurred during the normal course of production activity, which commences after the first saleable minerals have been extracted from the component. Production stripping costs can give rise to two benefits, the accounting for which is outlined below:
 
    
Production stripping activity
Benefits of stripping activity
  Extraction of ore (inventory) in current period.  Improved access to future ore extraction.
   
Period benefited
  Current period  Future period(s)
   
Recognition and measurement criteria
  When the benefits of stripping activities are realised in the form of inventory produced; the associated costs are recorded in accordance with the Group’s inventory accounting policy.  
When the benefits of stripping activities are improved access to future ore; production costs are capitalised when all the following criteria are met:
 
•   the production stripping activity improves access to a specific component of the ore body and it is probable that economic benefits arising from the improved access to future ore production will be realised
 
•   the component of the ore body for which access has been improved can be identified
 
•   costs associated with that component can be measured reliably
  
Allocation of costs
  Production stripping costs are allocated between the inventory produced and the production stripping asset using a
life-of-component
waste-to-ore
(or (or mineral contained) strip ratio. When the current strip ratio is greater than the estimated
life-of-component
ratio a portion of the stripping costs is capitalised to the production stripping asset.
   
Asset recognised from stripping activity
  Inventory  Other mineral assets within property, plant and equipment.
   
Depreciation basis
  Not applicable  On a
component-by-component
basis using the units of production method based on proven and probable reserves.
 
Key judgements and estimates
 
Judgements:
Judgement is applied by management in determining the components of an ore body.
 
Estimates:
Estimates are used in the determination of stripping ratios and mineral reserves by component. Changes to estimates related to
life-of-component
waste-to-ore
(or (or mineral contained) strip ratios and the expected ore production from identified components are accounted for prospectively and may affect depreciation rates and asset carrying values.
Depreciation
Depreciation of assets, other than land, assets under construction and capitalised exploration and evaluation that are not depreciated, is calculated using either the straight-line (SL) method or units of production (UoP) method, net of residual values, over the estimated useful lives of specific assets. The depreciation method and rates applied to specific assets reflect the pattern in which the asset’s benefits are expected to be used by the Group. The Group’s proved reserves for petroleum assets and provenproved and probable reserves for minerals assets are used to determine UoP depreciation unless doing so results in depreciation charges that do not reflect the asset’s useful life. Where this occurs, alternative approaches to determining reserves are applied, such as using management’s expectations of future oil and gas prices rather than yearly average prices, to provide a phasing of periodic depreciation charges that better reflects the asset’s expected useful life.
Where assets are dedicated to a mine or petroleum lease, the useful lives below are subject to the lesser of the asset category’s useful life and the life of the mine or petroleum lease, unless those assets are readily transferable to another productive mine or lease.
Assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and therefore not depreciated. BMC and Petroleum were classified as held for sale since November 2021 and December 2021 respectively.
 

Key estimates
 
The determination of useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods involves estimates and assumptions and is reviewed annually. Any changes to useful lives or any other estimates or assumptions, including the expected impact of climate change and the transition to a lower carbon economy, may affect prospective depreciation rates and asset carrying values. The table below summarises the principal depreciation methods and rates applied to major asset categories by the Group.
 
 
Category
  
Buildings
  
Plant and
equipment
  
Mineral rights and
petroleum interests
  
Capitalised exploration,
evaluation and
development
expenditure
 
 
  
Typical depreciation methodology
  SL  SL  UoP  UoP  
       
  
Depreciation rate
  
25-50
years
  
3-30
years
  Based on the rate of depletion of reserves  Based on the rate of depletion of reserves  

Commitments
The Group’s commitments for capital expenditure were US$2,469 2,820
million as at 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$2,5852,469 million). The Group’s commitments related to leases are included in
note 21 ‘Leases’.
F-32
F-34

12    Intangible assets
 
  
2021
 2020   
2022
 2021 
  
Goodwill
   
Other
intangibles
 
Total
 Goodwill   Other
intangibles
 Total   
Goodwill
   
Other
intangibles
 
Total
 Goodwill   Other
intangibles
 Total 
  
US$M
   
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
   US$M 
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
 
US$M
 US$M   US$M US$M 
Net book value
                              
At the beginning of the financial y
ear
  
 
1,197
 
  
 
377
 
 
 
1,574
 
 247    428  675 
Impact of change in accounting policies
(1)
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 950      950 
At the beginning of the financial year (restated)
  
 
1,197
 
  
 
377
 
 
 
1,574
 
  1,197    428   1,625 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
1,197
 
  
 
240
 
  
 
1,437
 
   1,197    377  1,574 
Additions
  
 
 
  
 
23
 
 
 
23
 
      98  98   
 
 
  
 
36
 
  
 
36
 
       23  23 
Amortisation for the year
  
 
 
  
 
(93
 
 
(93
      (118 (118  
 
 
  
 
(60
)  
 
(60
)
 
       (93 (93
Impairments for the year
(2)
  
 
 
  
 
(52
 
 
(52
          
Impairments for the year
1
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
       (52 (52
Disposals
  
 
 
  
 
(16
)  
 
(16
)           
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
2

  
 
 
  
 
(66
)
 
  
 
(66
)           
Transfers and other movements
  
 
 
  
 
(15
 
 
(15
      (31 (31  
 
 
  
 
38
 
  
 
38
 
       (15 (15
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
1,197
 
  
 
240
 
 
 
1,437
 
 1,197    377  1,574   
 
1,197
 
  
 
172
 
  
 
1,369
 
   1,197    240  1,437 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
– Cost
  
 
1,197
 
  
 
1,506
 
 
 
2,703
 
 1,197    1,580  2,777   
 
1,197
 
  
 
1,363
 
  
 
2,560
 
   1,197    1,506  2,703 
– Accumulated amortisation and impairment
s
  
 
 
  
 
(1,266
 
 
(1,266
     (1,203 (1,203
– Accumulated amortisation and impairments
  
 
 
  
 
(1,191
)  
 
(1,191
)       (1,266 (1,266
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
(1)1 
Intangible assets has been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$950 million of Goodwill at Olympic Dam. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’ for further information.information on impairments.
 
(2)2 
Relates to the merger of Petroleum with Woodside. Refer to note 13 ‘Impairment of
non-current
assets’27 ‘Discontinued operations’ for information on impairments.more information.
Recognition and measurement
Goodwill
Where theth
e
 fair value of the consideration paid for a business acquisition exceeds the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, the difference is treated as goodwill. Where consideration is less than the fair value of acquired net assets, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement. Goodwill is not amortised and is measured at cost less any impairment losses.
Other intangibles
The Group capitalises amounts paid for the acquisition of identifiable intangible assets, such as software, licences and initial payments for the acquisition of mineral lease assets, where it is considered that they will contribute to future periods through revenue generation or reductions in cost. These assets, classified as finite life intangible assets, are carried in the balance sheet at the fair value of consideration paid (cost) less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful lives are generally no greater than eight years.
Initial payments for the acquisition of intangible mineral lease assets are capitalised and amortised over the term of the permit. A regular review is undertaken of each area of interest to determine the appropriateness of continuing to carry forward costs in relation to that area. Capitalised costs are only carried forward to the extent that they are expected to be recovered through the successful exploitation of the area of interest or alternatively by its sale. To the extent that capitalised expenditure is no longer expected to be recovered, it is charged to the income statement.

Assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and therefore not amortised.
 
F-33F-3
5

13    Impairment of
non-current
assets
 
      
2021
 
Cash generating unit
  
Segment
  
Property,
plant and
equipment
   
Goodwill and
other intangibles
   
Equity-
accounted
investment
   
Total
 
      
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
 
New South Wales Energy Coal
  Coal  
 
1,025
 
  
 
32
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,057
 
Cerrejón
  Coal  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
466
 
  
 
466
 
Potash
  G&U  
 
1,314
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,314
 
Other
  Various  
 
244
 
  
 
20
 
  
 
 
  
 
264
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total impairment of
non-current
assets
     
 
2,583
 
  
 
52
 
  
 
466
 
  
 
3,101
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Reversal of impairment
     
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net impairment of
non-current
assets
     
 
2,583
 
  
 
52
 
  
 
466
 
  
 
3,101
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      2020 
Cash generating unit
  
Segment
  Property,
plant and
equipment
   Goodwill and
other intangibles
   Equity-
accounted
investment
   Total 
      US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 
Cerro Colorado
  Copper   409            409 
Other
  Various   85            85 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total impairment of
non-current
assets
      494            494 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Reversal of impairment
                   
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net impairment of
non-current
assets
      494            494 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
      
2022
 
Cash generating unit
  
Segment
  
Property,
plant and
equipment
   
Goodwill and
other intangibles
   
Equity-
accounted
investment
   
Total
 
      
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
 
Cerro Colorado  Copper  
 
455
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
455
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Other
  Various  
 
60
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
60
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total impairment of non-current assets
     
 
515
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
515
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Reversal of impairment
     
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Net impairment of non-current assets – Continuing operations

     
 
515
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
515
 
Net impairment of non-current assets – Discontinued operations     
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net impairment of non-current assets
     
 
515
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
515
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      2021
Restated
 
Cash generating unit
  
Segment
  Property,
plant and
equipment
   Goodwill and
other intangibles
   Equity-
accounted
investment
   Total 
      US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 
New South Wales Energy Coal
  Coal   1,025    32        1,057 
Cerrejón
  Coal           466    466 
Potash
  G&U   1,314            1,314 
Other
  Various   135    1        136 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total impairment of non-current assets
   2,474    33    466    2,973 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Reversal of impairment
                
Net impairment of non-current assets – Continuing operations   2,474    33    466    2,973 
Net impairment of non-current assets – Discontinued operations   109    19        128 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net impairment of non-current assets
   2,583    52    466    3,101 
      
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Recognition and measurement
Impairment tests for all non-financial assets (excluding goodwill) are performed when there is an indication of impairment, although goodwillimpairment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs, being the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. If the carrying amount of the asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or CGU is impaired and an impairment loss is charged to the income statement so as to reduce the carrying amount in the balance sheet to its recoverable amount.
Previously impaired assets (excluding goodwill)goodwill as impairment losses are not reversed in subsequent periods) are reviewed for possible reversal of previous impairment at each reporting date. Impairment reversal cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash generating units (CGUs).CGU. Such reversal is recognised in the income statement. There were no reversals of impairment in the current or prior year.
How recoverable amount is calculated
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGUsCGU’s fair value less cost of disposal (FVLCD) and its value in use (VIU). For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows.
Valuation methods
Fair value less cost of disposal
FVLCD is an estimate of the amount that a market participant would pay for an asset or CGU, less the cost of disposal. FVLCD for mineral and petroleum assets is generally determined using independent market assumptions to calculate the present value of the estimated future
post-tax
cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset, including the anticipated cash flow effects of any capital expenditure to enhance production or reduce cost, and its eventual disposal where a market participant may take a consistent view. Cash flows are discounted using an appropriate
post-tax
market discount rate to arrive at a net present value of the asset, which is compared against the asset’s carrying value. FVLCD may also take into consideration other market-based indicators of fair value. FVLCD are based primarily on Level 3 inputs as defined in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ unless otherwise noted.
Value in use
VIU is determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset in its present form and its eventual disposal or closure. VIU is determined by applying assumptions specific to the Group’s continued use and cannot take into account future development. These assumptions are different to those used in calculating FVLCD and consequently the VIU calculation is likely to give a different result (usually lower) to a FVLCD calculation.
F-3
6

Impairment of
non-current
assets (excluding goodwill)
Impairment of non-current assets relating to the year ended 30 June 2022 are detailed below.
Impairment of Cerro Colorado
The Group recognised a pre-tax impairment charge of US$455 million. The impairment charge primarily relates to an increase in closure and rehabilitation provision at Cerro Colorado due to additional work required to re-profile waste dumps for closure and an increase in scope for the following impairments to
non-currentclosure activities.
assets during the year:
Year ended 30 June 2021
NSWEC
Cerrejón
Potash
What has been recognised?
At 30 June 2021, the Group determined the overall recoverable amount of the CGU to be negative US$300 million, resulting in an aggregate impairment to property, plant and equipment and intangibles of US$1,057 million for FY2021.At 30 June 2021, the Group determined the recoverable amount to be US$284 million, being the agreed sale proceeds of US$294 million adjusted for transaction costs, resulting in an aggregate impairment of US$466 million for FY2021.At 30 June 2021, the Group determined the recoverable amount to be US$3.3 billion, resulting in an impairment charge of US$1.3 billion against property, plant and equipment.
What were the drivers of impairment?
The impairment charges reflect the status of the divestment process and the forecast market conditions for Australian thermal coal, the strengthening Australian dollar and changes to the mine plan.On 28 June 2021, the Group announced that it had signed a Sale and Purchase Agreement with Glencore to divest its interest in Cerrejón.The impairment charge against the Group’s Potash assets reflects an analysis of recent market perspectives and the value that the Group would now expect a market participant to attribute to the Group’s investments to date.
How were the valuations calculated?
The 30 June 2021 valuation represents VIU, applying discounted cash flow (DCF) techniques
(1)
.
The 30 June 2021 valuation represents a FVLCD based on the expected net sale proceeds of US$284 million
(1)
.
The 30 June 2021 valuation was determined using FVLCD methodology, applying DCF techniques
(1)
.
What were the significant assumptions and estimates used in the valuations?
The valuation for NSWEC is most sensitive to changes in energy coal prices, estimated future production volumes and discount rates. The valuation applied a
post-tax
real discount rate of 6.5 per cent. The post-impairment carrying value of NSWEC’s property, plant and equipment is not material, therefore any changes to key estimates will not give rise to a further material impairment.
The valuation for Potash is most sensitive to changes in the long-term potash price outlook and the risking applied to the future development phases of the potash resource. The valuation applied a
post-tax
real discount rate of 6.5 per cent. In August 2021, the Group sanctioned the ongoing development of Potash following a comprehensive review of the future prospects and development opportunities. In light of this investment approval and the risking applied in the current valuation, management does not consider there to be a significant risk of a further material impairment in the next financial reporting period.
Key judgements and estimates that have been applied in the valuations using DCF techniques are disclosed furtherImpairments of non-current assets relating to the year ended 30 June 2021 are detailed below.
Impairment of New South Wales Energy Coal
(1) 
Valuations are based primarily on Level 3 inputs as defined in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’.
The Group recognised pre-tax impairment charges of US$1,057 million. The recoverable amount of negative US$300 million as at 30 June 2021 was determined using VIU methodology, applying discounted cash flow (DCF) techniques. The valuation for NSWEC was most sensitive to changes in energy coal prices, estimated future production volumes and discount rates. The valuation applied a post-tax real discount rate of 6.5 per cent.
Impairment of Cerrejón
The Group recognised a pre-tax impairment charge of US$466 million. The recoverable amount of US$284 million as at 30 June 2021 represented a FVLCD based on the expected net sale proceeds.
Impairment of Potash assets
The Group recognised a pre-tax impairment charge of US$1,314 million. The recoverable amount of US$3.3 billion as at 30 June 2021 was determined using FVLCD methodology, applying DCF techniques. The valuation was most sensitive to changes in the long-term potash price outlook and the risking applied to the future development phases of the potash resource. The valuation applied a post-tax real discount rate of 6.5 per cent.
Impairment test for goodwill
The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, as follows:
   
2021
   2020 
Cash generating unit
  
US$M
   US$M
Restated
 
Olympic Dam
(1)
  
 
1,010
 
   1,010 
Other
  
 
187
 
   187 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total goodwill
  
 
1,197
 
   1,197 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Goodwill has been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$950 million of Goodwill at Olympic Dam. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for further information.
Cash generating unit
  
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Olympic Dam
  
 
1,010
 
   1,010 
Other
  
 
187
 
   187 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total goodwill
  
 
1,197
 
   1,197 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill has been allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of previous business combinations, which represent the level at which management will monitor and manage goodwill. Olympic Dam goodwill is the most significant goodwill balance.
Olympic Dam goodwill
Impairment test conclusion
  The Group’s decision during HY2021 to change the expansion strategy for Olympic Dam was identified as an indicator of impairment as at 31 December 2020. The Group performed an impairment test of the Olympic Dam CGU, including goodwill, as at 31 December 20202021 and an impairment charge was not required. A goodwill impairment test was not required at 30 June 20212022 as there were no indicators of impairment.
   
How did the goodwill arise?
  Goodwill arose on the acquisition of WMC Resources Ltd in June 2005.
   
Segment
  Olympic Dam is part of the Copper reportable segment.
   
How were the valuations calculated?
  FVLCD methodology using DCF techniques has been applied in determining the recoverable amount of Olympic Dam. The calculation is based primarily on Level 3 inputs as defined in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’
   
 
Significant assumptions and sensitivities
  
The current valuation of Olympic Dam exceeds its carrying amount by approximately US$2.4 billion (2021: US$1.8 billionbillion) and is most sensitive to changes in copper and gold commodity prices, production volumes, operating costs and discount rates. The valuation applied a
post-tax
real discount rate of 6.5 per cent (2021: 6 per cent.cent).
 
Management consider that there are no reasonably possible changes in copper and gold price forecasts, operating cost estimates or the discount rate that would, in isolation, result in the estimated recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount.
 
A production volume decrease of 6 per cent (2021: 4.8 per centcent) across all commodities (copper, gold, silver and uranium) would, in isolation, result in the estimated recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. Typically, changes in any one of the aforementioned assumptions (including operating performance) would be accompanied by a change in another assumption which may have an offsetting impact. Action is usually taken to respond to adverse changes in assumptions to mitigate the impact of any such change.
 
Key judgements and estimates that have been applied in the FVLCD valuation are disclosed further below.
Other goodwill
Goodwill held by other CGUs is US$187 million (2020:(2021: US$187 million). This represents less than 1one per cent of net assets at 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: less than 1one per cent). There was 0no impairment of other goodwill in the year to 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$ NaN)nil).
F-3
7

Key judgements and estimates
Judgements:
Assessment of indicators of impairment or impairment reversal and the determination of CGUs for impairment purposes require significant management judgement.
Indicators of impairment may include changes in the Group’s operating and economic assumptions, including those arising from changes in reserves or mine planning, updates to the Group’s commodity supply, demand and price forecasts, or the possible additional impacts from emerging risks including those related to climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy.
Climate change
Impacts related to climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy may include:
 
F-34

Key judgements and estimates
Judgements:
Assessment of indicators of impairment or impairment reversal and the determination of CGUs for impairment purposes require significant management judgement.
Indicators of impairment may include changes in the Group’s operating and economic assumptions, including those arising from changes in reserves or mine planning, updates to the Group’s commodity supply, demand and price forecasts, or the possible additional impacts from emerging risks such as those related to climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy and pandemics similar to COVID
-19.
Climate change
Impacts related to climate change and the transition to a lower carbon economy may include:
•   demand for the Group’s commodities decreasing, due to policy, regulatory (including carbon pricing mechanisms), legal, technological, market or societal responses to climate change, resulting in a proportion of a CGU’s reserves becoming incapable of extraction in an economically viable fashion
•   physical impacts related to acute risks resulting from increased severity of extreme weather events, and those related to chronic risks resulting from longer-term changes in climate patterns
The Group continues to develop its assessment of the potential impacts of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy. As outlined in the Basis of Preparation, where sufficiently developed, the potential financial impacts on the Group of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy have been considered in the assessment of indicators of impairment, including:
•   the Group’s current assumptions relating to demand for commodities and carbon pricing, including their impact on the Group’s long-term price forecasts
•   the Group’s operational emissions reduction strategy
COVID-19
The macro economic disruptions relating to
COVID-19
and mitigating actions enforced by health authorities create uncertainty in the Group’s operating and economic assumptions, including commodity prices, demand and supply volumes, operating costs, and discount rates.
However, given the long-lived nature of the majority of the Group’s assets,
COVID-19
did not, in isolation, result in the identification of indicators of impairment for the Group’s asset values at 30 June 2021.
F-3
5

Due to ongoing uncertainty as to the extent and duration of
COVID-19physical impacts related to acute risks resulting from increased frequency or severity of extreme weather events, and those related to chronic risks resulting from longer-term changes in climate patterns
restrictions and the overall impact on economic activity, actual experience may materially differ from internal forecasts and may result in the reassessment of indicators of impairment for the Group’s assets in future reporting periods.
Estimates:
The Group performs a recoverable amount determination for an asset or CGU when there is an indication of impairment or impairment reversal.
When the recoverable amount is measured by reference to FVLCD, in the absence of quoted market prices or binding sale agreement, estimates are made regarding the present value of future
post-tax
cash flows. These estimates are made from the perspective of a market participant and include prices, future production volumes, operating costs, capital expenditure, closure and rehabilitation costs, tax attributes, risking factors applied to cash flows and discount rates. The cash flow forecasts may include net cash flows expected from the extraction, processing and sale of material that does not currently qualify for inclusion in ore reserves. Reserves are included in the assessment of FVLCD to the extent that it is considered probable that a market participant would attribute value to them.
When recoverable amount is measured using VIU, estimates are made regarding the present value of future cash flows based on internal budgets and forecasts and life of asset plans. Key estimates are similar to those identified for FVLCD, although some assumptions and values may differ as they reflect the perspective of management rather than a market participant.
All estimates require management judgements and assumptions and are subject to risk and uncertainty that may be beyond the control of the Group; hence, there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will materially alter projections, which may impact the recoverable amount of assets/CGUs at each reporting date.
The Group’s assessment of the potential impacts of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy continues to mature. As outlined in the Basis of Preparation, where sufficiently developed, the potential financial impacts on the Group of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy have been considered in the assessment of indicators of impairment, including:
the Group’s current assumptions relating to demand for commodities and carbon pricing, including their impact on the Group’s long-term price forecasts
the Group’s operational emissions reduction strategy
Estimates:
The Group performs a recoverable amount determination for an asset or CGU when there is an indication of impairment or impairment reversal.
When the recoverable amount is measured by reference to FVLCD, in the absence of quoted market prices or binding sale agreement, estimates are made regarding the present value of future post-tax cash flows. These estimates are made from the perspective of a market participant and include prices, future production volumes, operating costs, capital expenditure, closure and rehabilitation costs, taxes, risking factors applied to cash flows and discount rates. The cash flow forecasts may include net cash flows expected from the extraction, processing and sale of material that does not currently qualify for inclusion in reserves. Reserves and resources are included in the assessment of FVLCD to the extent that it is considered probable that a market participant would attribute value to them.
When recoverable amount is measured using VIU, estimates are made regarding the present value of future cash flows based on internal budgets and forecasts and life of asset plans. Key estimates are similar to those identified for FVLCD, although some assumptions and values may differ as they reflect the perspective of management rather than a market participant.
All estimates require management judgements and assumptions and are subject to risk and uncertainty that may be beyond the control of the Group; hence, there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will materially alter projections, which may impact the recoverable amount of assets/CGUs at each reporting date. While no indicators of impairment, or impairment reversal, were identified across the Group’s CGUs at 30 June 2022, with the exception of the Cerro Colorado CGU, the carrying value of the Spence CGU is the most susceptible to changes in the significant estimates outlined below in the next reporting period.
The significant estimates impacting the Group’s recoverable amount determinations:determinations are:
Commodity prices
Commodity prices were based on latest internal forecasts which assume short-term market prices will revert to the Group’s assessment of long-term price. These price forecasts reflect management’s long-term views of global supply and demand, built upon past experience of the commodity markets and are benchmarked with external sources of information such as analyst forecasts. Prices are adjusted based upon premiums or discounts applied to global price markers based onto reflect the location, nature and quality produced,of the Group’s production, or to take into account contracted prices.
Future production volumes
Estimated production volumes were based on detailed data and took into account development plans established by management as part of the Group’s long-term planning process. When estimating FVLCD, assumptions reflect all reserves and resources that a market participant would consider when valuing the respective CGU, which in some cases are broader in scope than the reserves that would be used in a VIU test. In determining FVLCD, risk factors may be applied to reserves and resources which do not meet the criteria to be treated as proved.
Operating
Cash outflows (including operating costs, capital expenditure, closure and rehabilitation costs and capital expendituretaxes)
Operating costs and capital expenditure were
Cash outflows are based on internal budgets and forecasts and life of asset plans. Cost assumptions reflect management experience and expectations. Tax assumptions reflect existing tax and royalty regimes and rates applicable in the jurisdiction of the CGU. In the case of FVLCD, cash flow projections include the anticipated cash flow effects of any capital expenditure to enhance production or reduce cost where a market participant may take a consistent view. VIU does not take into account future development.
Discount rates
The Group uses real
post-tax
discount rates applied to real
post-tax
cash flows. The discount rates are derived using the weighted average cost of capital methodology. Adjustments to the rates are made for any risks that are not reflected in the underlying cash flows, including country risk.
 
F-36
F-3
8

14    Deferred tax balances
The movement for the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

 
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  
US$M
Restated
  
US$M
Restated
 
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset
             
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
(91
  (491  569 
Impact of change in accounting policies
(1)
  
 
 
     (1,021
Income tax (charge)/credit recorded in the income statement
(2)
  
 
(1,325
  335   (81
Income tax credit recorded directly in equit
y
  
 
42
 
  34   15 
Other movements
  
 
(28
  31   27 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
(1,402
  (91  (491
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M  
US$M
 
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset
             
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
(1,402
)  (91  (491
Income tax (charge)/credit recorded in the income statement
1
  
 
(125
)  (1,325  335 
Income tax (charge)/credit recorded directly in equity
  
 
(42
)
 
  42   34 
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
2
  
 
(1,439
)      
Other movements
  
 
1
 
  (28  31 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
(3,007
)  (1,402  (91
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Deferred tax has been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, resulting in the retrospective recognition of US$1,021 million of Deferred tax. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for further information.
(2) 
Includes Discontinued operations income tax (charge)/credit to the income statement of US$ NaN (2020:(61) million (2021: US$ NaN; 2019:273 million; 2020: US$40247 million).
2
Relates to the divestment of BMC and merger of Petroleum with Woodside. Refer to notes 3 ‘Exceptional items’ and 27 ‘Discontinued operations’ for more information.
For recognition and measurement refer to note 6 ‘Income tax expense’.
Th
e
The composition of the Group’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised in the balance sheet and the deferred tax expense charged/(credited) to the income statement is as follows:
 
  
Deferred tax

assets
 
Deferred tax
liabilities
 
Charged/(credited) to
the income statement
   
Deferred tax
assets
 
Deferred tax
liabilities
 
Charged/(credited) to
the income statement
 
  
2021
 2020 
2021
 2020 
2021
 2020 2019   
2022
 2021 
2022
 2021 
2022
 2021 2020 
  
US$M
 US$M 
US$M
 
US$M
Restated
 
US$M
 
US$M
 US$M   
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
US$M
 
Type of temporary difference
                              
Depreciation
(1)(2)
  
 
(1,349
 (2,749 
 
4,716
 
 2,828 
 
488
 
 1,394 (951
Exploration expenditur
e
  
 
51
 
 398 
 
 
  
 
347
 
 51 43 
Depreciation
1
  
 
(526
)   (1,349 
 
4,844
 
   4,716 
 
554
 
   488  1,394 
Exploration expenditure
  
 
9
 
   51  
 
 
    
 
13
 
   347  51 
Employee benefits
  
 
94
 
 353 
 
(333
 (26 
 
(68
 (38 14   
 
21
 
   94  
 
(322
)   (333 
 
20
 
   (68 (38
Closure and rehabilitation
  
 
638
 
 2,100 
 
(2,086
 (109 
 
(515
 (334 (53  
 
104
 
   638 
 
(1,448
)   (2,086 
 
24
 
   (515 (334
Resource rent tax
  
 
122
 
 359 
 
368
 
 921 
 
(309
 (119 (179  
 
 
   122 
 
 
   368 
 
(129
)
 
   (309 (119
Other provisions
  
 
108
 
 173 
 
(227
 (239 
 
77
 
 (268 (2  
 
70
 
   108  
 
(192
)
 
   (227 
 
49
 
   77  (268
Deferred income
  
 
11
 
 (4 
 
(16
  
 
(31
 33 (9  
 
51
 
   11  
 
(1
)   (16 
 
(31
)   (31 33 
Deferred charges
  
 
(36
 (383 
 
602
 
 187 
 
68
 
 (132 56   
 
(57
)   (36 
 
584
 
   602 
 
7
 
   68  (132
Investments, including foreign tax credits
  
 
147
 
 348 
 
671
 
 458 
 
414
 
 (77 70   
 
139
 
   147  
 
365
 
   671 
 
(298
)   414  (77
Foreign exchange gains and losses
  
 
(3
 (134 
 
133
 
 (61 
 
63
 
 (18 (45  
 
(13
)
 
   (3 
 
154
 
   133 
 
33
 
   63  (18
Tax losses
  
 
1,999
 
 2,759 
 
(82
  
 
678
 
 (148 1,147   
 
225
 
   1,999  
 
(307
)   (82 
 
28
 
   678  (148
Lease liability
(1)
  
 
68
 
 548 
 
(658
 (245 
 
67
 
 (793  
Lease liability
1
  
 
17
 
   68  
 
(594
)   (658 
 
(10
)   67  (793
Other
  
 
62
 
 (80 
 
226
 
 65 
 
46
 
 114 (10  
 
16
 
   62  
 
(20
)   226 
 
(135
)   46  114 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
Total
  
 
1,912
 
  3,688  
 
3,314
 
  3,779  
 
1,325
 
  (335  81   
 
56
 
   1,912  
 
3,063
 
   3,314 
 
125
 
   1,325  (335
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Includes deferred tax associated with the recognition of
right-of-use
assets and lease liabilities on adoption of IFRS 16. Refer to note 21 ‘Leases’.
(2) 
FY2020 has been restated to reflect the impact of the change
to the Group’s 
accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’ for further information.
The amount of deferred tax assets dependent on future taxable profits not arising from the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities, and which relate to tax jurisdictions where the taxable entity has suffered a loss in the current or preceding year, was US$1,67518 million at 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$2,865 1,675
million). The decrease from FY2021 is primarily attributable to the disposal of assets giving rise to these deferred tax assets as part of the merger of Petroleum with Woodside. For operating assets, the group assesses the recoverability of these deferred tax assets using estimates and assumptions relating to projected earnings and cash flows as applied in the Group impairment process for associated operations. Further information on the key judgements and estimates relating to the recognition of deferred tax assets is provided in note 6 ‘Income tax expense’.
 
F-37F-
39

T
he
The composition of the Group’s unrecognised deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:
 
   
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M
Restated
 
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
          
Tax losses and tax credits
(1)
  
 
5,944
 
   4,088 
Investments in subsidiaries
(2)
  
 
1,712
 
   1,575 
Deductible temporary differences relating to PRRT
(3)
  
 
2,402
 
   2,079 
Mineral rights
(4)
  
 
3,359
 
   3,265 
Other deductible temporary differences
(5)
  
 
1,630
 
   673 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total unrecognised deferred tax assets
  
 
15,047
 
   11,680 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities
          
Investments in subsidiaries
(2)
  
 
2,203
 
   2,375 
Future taxable temporary differences relating to unrecognised deferred tax asset for PRRT
(3)
  
 
720
 
   624 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total unrecognised deferred tax liabilities
  
 
2,923
 
   2,999 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
          
Tax losses and tax credits
1
  
 
8,462
 
   5,944 
Investments in subsidiaries
2
  
 
1,597
 
   1,712 
Deductible temporary differences relating to PRRT
3
  
 
 
   2,402 
Mineral rights
4
  
 
2,781
 
   3,359 
Other deductible temporary differences
5
  
 
1,777
 
   1,630 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total unrecognised deferred tax assets
  
 
14,617
 
   15,047 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities
          
Investments in subsidiaries
2
  
 
2,099
 
   2,203 
Future taxable temporary differences relating to unrecognised deferred tax asset for PRRT
3
  
 
 
   720 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total unrecognised deferred tax liabilities
  
 
2,099
 
   2,923 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
1
 
At 30 June 2021,2022, the Group had income and capital tax losses with a tax benefit of US$3,5695,777 million (2020:(2021: US$2,4053,569 million) and tax credits of US$2,3752,685 million (2020:(2021: US$1,6832,375 million), which are not recognised as deferred tax assets, because it is not probable that future taxable profits or capital gains will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits.
The gross amount of tax losses carried forward that have not been recognised is as follows:
 
Year of expiry  2021   2020   
2022
   2021 
  US$M   US$M   
US$M
   US$M 
Income tax losses
            
Not later than one year
  
 
13
 
   474   
 
 
   13 
Later than one year and not later than two years
  
 
5
 
   240   
 
 
   5 
Later than two years and not later than five years
  
 
105
 
   2,525   
 
43
 
   105 
Later than five years and not later than 10 years
  
 
1,449
 
   679   
 
248
 
   1,449 
Later than 10 years and not later than 20 years
  
 
3,347
 
   2,379   
 
1,290
 
   3,347 
Unlimited
  
 
4,799
 
   2,262   
 
4,157
 
   4,799 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
9,718
 
   8,559   
 
5,738
 
   9,718 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Capital tax losses
            
Not later than one year
  
 
0
 
   0   
 
 
    
Later than two years and not later than five years
  
 
0
 
   0   
 
 
    
Unlimited
  
 
4,238
 
   4,150   
 
14,173
 
   4,238 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Gross amount of tax losses not recognised
  
 
13,956
 
   12,709   
 
19,911
 
   13,956 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Tax effect of total losses not recognised
  
 
3,569
 
   2,405   
 
5,777
 
   3,569 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Of the US$2,3752,685 million of tax credits, US$1,805 2,129
million expires not later than 10 years and US$570556 million expires later than 10 years and not later than 20 years.
 
(2) 
2
The Group had deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries that have not been recognised because the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is not probable that these differences will reverse in the foreseeable future. Where the Group has undistributed earnings held by associates and joint interests, the deferred tax liability will be recognised as there is no ability to control the timing of the potential distributions.
 
(3) 
3
The Group had unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to Australian Petroleum Resource Rent Tax (PRRT). Recognition of a deferred tax asset for PRRT depends on benefits expected(PRRT
) in FY2021. The assets giving rise to be obtained from the deduction against PRRT liabilities
.
As PRRT payments are deductible for income tax purposes, to the extent these PRRT deferred tax assets are recognised this would give risewere disposed as part of the merger of Petroleum with Woodside. Refer to a corresponding deferred tax liabilitynote 27 ‘Discontinued operations’ for income tax (presented as the future taxable temporary differences relating to the unrecognised PRRT deferred tax assets).more information. 
 
(4) 
4
The Group had deductible temporary differences relating to mineral rights for which deferred tax assets had not been recognised because it is not probable that future capital gains will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current tax legislation.
 
(5) 
5
The Group had other deductible temporary differences for which deferred tax assets had not been recognised because it is not probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current tax legislation.
 
F-38F-4
0

15    Closure and rehabilitation provisions
 
   
2021
  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
8,810
 
  6,977 
Capitalised amounts for operating sites:
         
Change in estimate
  
 
1,974
 
  1,255 
Exchange translation
  
 
483
 
  (188
Adjustments charged/(credited) to the income statement:
         
Increases to existing and new provisions
  
 
564
 
  731 
Exchange translation
  
 
76
 
  (19
Released during the year
  
 
(157
  (43
Other adjustments to the provision:
         
Amortisation of discounting impacting net finance costs
  
 
380
 
  356 
Acquisition of subsidiaries and operations
  
 
179
 
   
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
  
 
(81
   
Expenditure on closure and rehabilitation activities
  
 
(321
  (258
Exchange variations impacting foreign currency translation reserve
  
 
3
 
  (1
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
11,910
 
  8,810 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Comprising:
         
Current
  
 
591
 
  373 
Non-current
  
 
11,319
 
  8,437 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Operating sites
  
 
9,279
 
  6,636 
Closed sites
  
 
2,631
 
  2,174 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021 
   
US$M
  US$M 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
11,910
 
  8,810 
Capitalised amounts for operating sites:
         
Change in estimate
  
 
1,579
 
  1,974 
Exchange translation
  
 
(694
)
 
  483 
Adjustments charged/(credited) to the income statement:
         
Increases to existing and new provisions
  
 
174
 
  564 
Exchange translation
  
 
(58
)  76 
Released during the year
  
 
(42
)  (157
Other adjustments to the provision:
         
Amortisation of discounting impacting net finance costs
  
 
554
 
  380 
Acquisition of subsidiaries and operations
  
 
 
  179 
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
  
 
(4,477
)  (81
Expenditure on closure and rehabilitations activities
  
 
(316
)  (321
Exchange variations impacting foreign currency translation reserve
  
 
(3
)  3 
Other movements
  
 
62
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
8,689
 
  11,910 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
         
Current
  
 
475
 
  591 
Non-current
  
 
8,214
 
  11,319 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Operating sites
  
 
6,198
 
  9,279 
Closed sites
  
 
2,491
 
  2,631 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The Group is required to close and rehabilitate sites and associated facilities at the end of or, in some cases, during the course of production to a condition acceptable to the relevant authorities, as specified in licence requirements and the Group’s environmentalclosure performance requirements as set out within
Our Charter.
The key components of closure and rehabilitation activities are:
 
the removal of all unwanted infrastructure associated with an operation
 
the return of disturbed areas to a safe, stable productive and self-sustaining condition, consistent with the agreed endpost-closure land use
F-4
1

Recognition and measurement
Provisions for closure and rehabilitation are recognised by the Group when:
 
it has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events
 
it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation
 
the amount can be reliably estimated
Initial recognition and measurement
  
Subsequent remeasurementmeasurement
Closure and rehabilitation provisions are initially recognised when an environmental disturbance first occurs. The individual site provisions are an estimate of the expected value of future cash flows required to rehabilitateclose the relevant site using current restoration standards and techniques and taking into account risks and uncertainties. Individual site provisions are discounted to their present value using currency specific discount rates aligned to the estimated timing of cash outflows.
 
When provisions for closure and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised as an asset, representing part of the cost of acquiring the future economic benefits of the operation.
  
The closure and rehabilitation asset, recognised within property, plant and equipment, is depreciated over the life of the operations. The value of the provision is progressively increased over time as the effect of discounting unwinds, resulting in an expense recognised in net finance costs.
 
The closure and rehabilitation provision is reviewed at each reporting date to assess if the estimate continues to reflect the best estimate of the obligation. If necessary, the provision is remeasured to account for factors including:such as:
 
•   additional disturbance during the period
•   revisions to estimated reserves,
resources and lives of operations including any changes to expected operating lives arising from the Group’s latest assessment of the potential impacts of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy
 
•   developments in technology
 
   changes to regulatory requirements and environmental management strategies
 
•   changes in the estimated extent and costs of anticipated activities, including the effects of inflation and movements in foreign exchange rates
 
•   movements in interest rates affecting the discount rate applied
   Changes to the closure and rehabilitation estimate for operating sites are added to, or deducted from, the related asset and amortised on a prospective basis accordingly over the remaining life of the operation, generally applying the units of production method.
  
   Costs arising from unforeseen circumstances, such as the contamination caused by unplanned discharges, are recognised as an expense and liability when the event gives rise to an obligation that is probable and capable of reliable estimation.
F-39

Closed sites
Where future economic benefits are no longer expected to be derived through operation, changes to the associated closure and remediation costs are charged to the income statement in the period identified. This amounted to US$483 74
million in the year ended 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$669483 million; 2019:2020: US$251669 million).
 
F-4
2

Key estimates
Closure cost estimates are generally based on conceptual level studies early in the operating life of an asset with more detailed studies and planning performed as closure risks (including those related to climate change) are identified and/or as an asset, or parts thereof, near closure. As such, the recognition and measurement of closure and rehabilitation provisions requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to:
the extent (due to legal or constructive obligations) of potential activities required for the removal of infrastructure, decharacterisation of tailings storage facilities and rehabilitation activities
costs associated with future closure activities
the extent and period of post-closure monitoring and maintenance, including water management
applicable discount rates
the timing of cash flows and ultimate closure of operations
The extent, cost and timing of future closure activities may also be impacted by the potential physical impacts of climate change. In estimating the potential cost of closure activities, the Group considers factors such as long-term weather outlooks, for example forecast changes in rainfall patterns. Closure cost estimates also consider the impact of the Group’s energy transition strategy on the costs and timing of performing closure activities and the impact of new technology when appropriately developed and tested. For example, closure cost estimates largely continue to reflect the use of existing fuel sources for the Group’s equipment while the Group continues to invest in the development of alternative fuel sources and fleet electrification.
Estimates for post-closure monitoring and maintenance reflect the Group’s strategies for individual sites, which may include possible relinquishment. The period of monitoring and maintenance included in the provision requires judgement and considers regulatory and licencing requirements, the outcomes of studies and management’s current assessment of stakeholder expectations. As post-closure monitoring and maintenance may be required for significant periods beyond the completion of other closure activities, it is exposed to the potential long-term impacts of climate change, particularly changes in rainfall patterns. While reflecting management’s current best estimate, the cost of post-closure monitoring and maintenance may change in future reporting periods as the understanding of, and potential long-term impacts from, climate change continue to evolve.
While progressive closure is performed across a number of operations, significant activities are generally undertaken at the end of the production life at the individual sites, the estimated timing of which is informed by the Group’s current assumptions relating to demand for commodities and carbon pricing, and their impact on the Group’s long-term price forecasts.

Remaining
production lives range from
2-104
years
(2021
:
3-91
years). Given the generally shorter remaining
operational
lives of the Group’s previously held Petroleum assets, the average remaining production life for all
operating 
sites, weighted by current closure provision, has increased to approximately
29 years
(2021
:
27 years
). The discount rates applied to the Group’s closure and rehabilitation provisions are determined by reference to the currency of the closure cash flows, the period over which the cash flows will be incurred and prevailing market interest rates (where available).
The Group continues to monitor 
current market conditions
 with
no
change
made to the Group’s discount rates in the current year.

The increase in closure and rehabilitation provisions relating to continuing operating sites reflects updates to the expected cost and timing of closure activities across the Group’s portfolio, with the most significant increases in the year ended 30 June 2022 being at BHP Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) and Cerro Colorado.

For BMA, the increase largely reflects a preliminary assessment of the potential impacts on BMA mine lives resulting from:

the significant increase in coal royalties applicable in Queensland from 1 July 2022
consideration of the Group’s long term outlook for metallurgical coal commodity prices, which reflects a range of drivers of commodity demand and supply, for example, the latest climate-related announcements from key market countries
These factors have resulted in the Group recognising that the end of operations at BMA sites may be earlier than previously anticipated. The best estimate of the impact on the estimated closure cash flows and their timing, and therefore the discounting of the provision, contributed to an increase in the provision, and associated rehabilitation asset, of approximately US$750 million. Given the timing of the announcement of the change to the Queensland coal royalty regime and the preliminary nature of the assessment, further changes to the provision may arise in future reporting periods.
At Cerro Colorado, additional work required to re-profile waste dumps for closure and an increase in scope for other closure activities have contributed to an increase in the closure provision of approximately US$
400
million. As operations are ongoing at Cerro Colorado the increase has initially been capitalised. However, given the proximity to closure and the estimated future cash flows of Cerro Colorado the resulting rehabilitation asset has been impaired as outlined in note 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’.
While the closure and rehabilitation provisions reflect management’s best estimates based on current knowledge and information, further studies, trials and detailed analysis of relevant knowledge and resultant closure activities for individual assets continue to be performed throughout the life of asset. Such studies and analysis can impact the estimated costs of closure activities. Estimates can also be impacted by the emergence of new closure and rehabilitation techniques, changes in regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations for closure (including costs associated with equitable transition), development of new technologies, risks relating to climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy, and experience at other operations. These uncertainties may result in future actual expenditure differing from the amounts currently provided for in the balance sheet.
Sensitivity
A
 0.5 per cent
increase
in the discount rates applied at 30 June 2022 would result in
a decrease
to the closure and rehabilitation provision of approximately US$675 million,
a decrease
in property, plant and equipment of approximately US$490 million in relation to operating sites and an income statement
credit
of approximately US$185 million in respect of closed sites. In addition, the change would result in
a decrease
of approximately US$70 million to depreciation expense and a US$25 million
increment
in net finance costs for the year ending 30 June 2023.
Given the long-lived nature of the majority of the Group’s assets, the majority of final closure activities are generally not expected to occur for a significant period of
time.
However
, a
one-year
acceleration in forecast cash flows of the Group’s closure and rehabilitation provisions, in isolation, would result in an increase to the provision of approximately US$
185
million, an increase in property, plant and equipment of US$
125
million in relation to operating sites and an income statement charge of US$
60
million in respect of closed sites.
The recognition and measurement of closure and rehabilitation provisions requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to:
•   the extent (due to legal or constructive obligations) of potential activities required for the removal of infrastructure and rehabilitation activities
•   costs associated with future rehabilitation activities
•   applicable discount rates
•   the timing of cash flows and ultimate closure of operations
The extent and cost of future rehabilitation activities may also be impacted by the potential physical impacts of climate change. In estimating the potential cost of closure activities, the Group considers factors such as long-term weather outlooks, for example forecast changes in rainfall patterns, and the impact of the Group’s energy transition strategy on the costs of performing rehabilitation activities.
While progressive closure is performed across a number of operations, significant rehabilitation activities are generally undertaken at the end of the production life at the individual sites, the estimated timing of which is informed by the Group’s current assumptions relating to demand for commodities and carbon pricing, and their impact on the Group’s long-term price forecasts. Remaining production lives range from
3-91
years with an average for all sites, weighted by current closure provision, of approximately 27 years. The discount rates applied to the Group’s closure and rehabilitation provisions are determined by reference to the currency of the closure cash flows, the period over which the cash flows will be incurred and prevailing market interest rates (where available). The rates were revised during the year to reflect decreases in market interest rates. The effect of changes to discount rates was an increase of approximatively US$1,085 million in the closure and rehabilitation provision of which approximately US$210 million in respect of closed sites was recognised in the income statement.
While the closure and rehabilitation provisions reflect management’s best estimates based on current knowledge and information, further studies and detailed analysis of the closure activities for individual assets will be performed as the assets near the end of their operational life and/or detailed closure plans are required to be submitted to relevant regulatory authorities. Such studies and analysis can impact the estimated costs of closure activities. Estimates can also be impacted by the emergence of new restoration techniques, changes in regulatory requirements for rehabilitation, risks relating to climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy, and experience at other operations. These uncertainties may result in future actual expenditure differing from the amounts currently provided for in the balance sheet.
Sensitivity
A further 0.5 per cent decrease in the discount rates applied at 30 June 2021 would result in an increase to the closure and rehabilitation provision of approximately US$1,075 million, an increase in property, plant and equipment of approximately US$820 million in relation to operating sites and an income statement charge of approximately US$255 million in respect of closed sites. In addition, the change would result in an increase of approximately US$115 million to depreciation expense and a US$25 million reduction in net finance costs for the year ending 30 June 2022.
Given the long-lived nature of the majority of the Group’s assets, closure activities are generally not expected to occur for a significant period of time. A one-year acceleration in forecast cash flows of the Group’s closure and rehabilitation provisions, in isolation, would result in an increase to the provision of approximately US$230 million, an increase in property, plant and equipment of US$180 million in relation to operating sites and an income statement charge of US$50 million in respect of closed sites.
 
F-40F-4
3

Capital structure
16    Share capital
   
BHP Group Limited
  
BHP Group Plc
 
   
2021

shares
  2020
shares
  2019
shares
  
2021

shares
  2020
shares
  2019
shares
 
Share capital issued
                         
Opening number of shares
  
 
2,945,851,394
 
  2,945,851,394   3,211,691,105  
 
2,112,071,796
 
  2,112,071,796   2,112,071,796 
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
  
 
(7,587,353
  (5,975,189  (6,854,057 
 
(185,054
  (185,297  (274,069
Employee share awards exercised following vesting
  
 
6,948,683
 
  6,893,113   5,902,588  
 
173,644
 
  222,245   275,984 
Movement in treasury shares under Employee Share Plans
  
 
638,670
 
  (917,924  951,469  
 
11,410
 
  (36,948  (1,915
Shares bought back and cancelled
(1)
  
 
 
     (265,839,711 
 
 
      
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Closing number of shares
(2)
  
 
2,945,851,394
 
  2,945,851,394   2,945,851,394  
 
2,112,071,796
 
  2,112,071,796   2,112,071,796 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
       
Comprising:
                         
Shares held by the public
  
 
2,944,982,333
 
  2,945,621,003   2,944,703,079  
 
2,112,057,615
 
  2,112,069,025   2,112,032,077 
Treasury shares
  
 
869,061
 
  230,391   1,148,315  
 
14,181
 
  2,771   39,719 
Other share classes
                         
Special Voting share of no par value
  
 
1
 
  1   1  
 
 
      
Special Voting share of US$0.50 par value
  
 
 
       
 
1
 
  1   1 
5.5% Preference shares of £1 each
  
 
 
       
 
50,000
 
  50,000   50,000 
DLC Dividend share
  
 
1
 
  1   1  
 
 
      
   
BHP Group Limited
  
BHP Group Plc
 
   
2022

shares
  2021
shares
  2020
shares
  
2022

shares
  2021
shares
  2020
shares
 
Share capital issued
                         
Opening number of shares
  
 
2,945,851,394
 
  2,945,851,394   2,945,851,394  
 
2,112,071,796
 
  2,112,071,796   2,112,071,796 
Issue of shares
  
 
4,400,000
 
       
 
 
      
Corporate structure unification
  
 
2,112,071,796
 
       
 
(2,112,071,796
)      
Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts
  
 
(8,704,669
)
 
  (7,587,353)
 
  (5,975,189)
 
 
 
(63,567
)
 
  (185,054)
 
  (185,297)
 
Employee share awards exercised following vesting
  
 
8,522,684
 
  6,948,683   6,893,113  
 
77,748
 
  173,644   222,245 
Movement in treasury shares under Employee Share Plans
  
 
181,985
 
  638,670   (917,924) 
 
(14,181
)  11,410   (36,948)
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Closing number of shares
  
 
5,062,323,190
 
  2,945,851,394   2,945,851,394  
 
 
  2,112,071,796   2,112,071,796 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
       
Comprising:
                         
Shares held by the public
  
 
5,061,272,144
 
  2,944,982,333   2,945,621,003  
 
 
  2,112,057,615   2,112,069,025 
Treasury shares
  
 
1,051,046
 
  869,061   230,391  
 
 
  14,181   2,771 
Other share classes
                         
5.5% Preference shares of £1 each
  
 
 
       
 
 
  50,000   50,000 
Special Voting share of no par value
  
 
 
  1   1  
 
 
      
Special Voting share of US$0.50 par
value
  
 
 
       
 
 
  1   1 
DLC Dividend share
  
 
 
  1   1  
 
 
      
During August 2021, BHP Group Limited issued 4,400,000 fully paid ordinary shares to the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Equity Trust at A$52.99 per share, to satisfy the vesting of employee share awards and related dividend equivalent entitlements under those employee share plans.
On 3 September 2021, BHP Group Plc acquired by way of gift from J.P. Morgan Limited the 50,000 issued 5.5 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1.00, in the capital of BHP Group Plc. These preference shares held by BHP Group Plc were cancelled on 31 January 2022.
On 31 January 2022,
2,112,071,796 fully paid ordinary shares in BHP Group Limited were issued to BHP Group Plc shareholders in a one for one exchange of their BHP Group Plc ordinary shares, resulting in BHP Group Limited becoming the sole parent company of the Group with a single set of shareholders.
BHP Group Plc had one Special Voting share on issue and BHP Group Limited had
one Special Voting share
and one DLC dividend share on issue to facilitate operation of the Group’s dual listed structure.
These
shares were bought back for nominal value in January 2022 and subsequently cancelled.
 
(1) 
During December 2018, BHP completed an
off-market
F-4
4
buy-back
program of US$5.2 billion of BHP Group Limited shares related to the disbursement of proceeds from the disposal of Onshore US.
(2) 
4,400,000 fully paid ordinary shares in BHP Group Limited were issued in order to satisfy the exercise of employee share awards during the period 1 July 2021 to 2 September 2021.

Recognition and measurement
Share capital of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plcat 30 June 2022 is composed of the following classes of shares:
 
Ordinary shares fully paid
Special Voting shares
  
Preference
Treasury shares
BHP Group Limited ordinary sharesEach fully paid and BHP Group Plc ordinary shares fully paid of US$0.50 par value, represent 99.99 per cent of the total number of shares. Any profit remaining after payment of preferred distributions is available for distribution to the holdersshare of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per share.Each of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc issued 1 Special Voting share to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc on Joint Electorate Actions. There has been 0 movement in these shares.Preference shares havecarries the right to repaymentone vote at a meeting of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority to the holders of any other class of shares in BHP Group Plc on a return of capital or winding up. The holders of preference shares have limited voting rights if payment of the preference dividends are six months or more in arrears or a resolution is passed changing the rights of the preference shareholders. There has been 0 movement in these shares, all of which are held by JP Morgan Limited.
DLC Dividend share
Treasury shares
The DLC Dividend share supports the Dual Listed Company (DLC) equalisation principles in place since the merger in 2001, including the requirement that ordinary shareholders of BHP Group Plc and BHP Group Limited are paid equal cash dividends per share. This share enables efficient and flexible capital management across the DLC and was issued on 23 February 2016 at par value of US$10. On 16 September 2020 and on 17 March 2021, BHP Group Limited paid dividends of US$1,915 million and US$1,610 million respectively to BHP (AUS) DDS Pty Ltd under the DLC dividend share arrangements. These dividends are eliminated on consolidation.Company.  Treasury shares are shares of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc andthat are held by the ESOP Trusts for the purpose of issuing shares to employees under the Group’s Employee Share Plans. Treasury shares are recognised at cost and deducted from equity, net of any income tax effects. When the treasury shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable costs and income tax effects, is recognised as an increase in equity. Any difference between the carrying amount and the consideration, if reissued, is recognised in retained earnings.
The following classes of shares existed prior to the Group’s unification on 31 January 2022:
Special Voting shares
  
Preference shares
DLC Dividend share
Each of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc issued one
Special Voting share to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc on Joint Electorate Actions.
Preference shares have the right to repayment of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority to the holders of any other class of shares in BHP Group Plc on a return of capital or winding up. The holders of preference shares have limited voting rights if payment of the preference dividends are six months or more in arrears or a resolution is passed changing the rights of the preference shareholders.The DLC Dividend share supported the Dual Listed Company (DLC) equalisation principles in place since the merger in 2001, including the requirement that ordinary shareholders of BHP Group Plc and BHP Group Limited are paid equal cash dividends per share. This share enabled efficient and flexible capital management across the DLC and was issued on 23 February 2016 at par value of US$10.
 
F-41F-4
5

17    Other equity
 
   
2021
  2020  2019  
Recognition and measurement
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M   
Share premium account
  
 
518
 
  518   518  The share premium account represents the premium paid on the issue of BHP Group Plc shares recognised in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006.
Foreign currency translation reserve
  
 
43
 
  39   37  The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange differences arising from the translation of
non-US
dollar functional currency operations within the Group into US dollars.
Employee share awards reserve
  
 
268
 
  246   213  
The employee share awards reserve represents the accrued employee entitlements to share awards that have been charged to the income statement and have not yet been exercised.
Once exercised, the difference between the accumulated fair value of the awards and their historical
on-market
purchase price is recognised in retained earnings.
Cash flow hedge reserve
  
 
100
 
  50   114  The cash flow hedge reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the income statement when the hedged transaction impacts the income statement, or is recognised as an adjustment to the cost of
non-financial
hedged items. The hedging reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge relationship.
Cost of hedging reserve
  
 
(54
  (23  (74 The cost of hedging reserve represents the recognition of certain costs of hedging for example, basis adjustments, which have been excluded from the hedging relationship and deferred in other comprehensive income until the hedged transaction impacts the income statement.
Equity investments reserve
  
 
15
 
  16   17  The equity investments reserve represents the revaluation of investments in shares recognised through other comprehensive income. Where a revalued financial asset is sold, the relevant portion of the reserve is transferred to retained earnings.
Capital redemption reserve
  
 
177
 
  177   177  The capital redemption reserve represents the par value of BHP Group Plc shares that were purchased and subsequently cancelled. The cancellation of the shares creates a
non-distributable
capital redemption reserve.
Non-controlling
interest contribution reserve
  
 
1,283
 
  1,283   1,283  The
non-controlling
interest contribution reserve represents the excess of consideration received over the book value of net assets attributable to equity instruments when acquired by
non-controlling
interests.
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
Total reserves
  
 
2,350
 
  2,306   2,285   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
2022
  2021  2020  
Recognition and measurement
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
   
Share premium account
  
 
 
   518   518  The share premium account represented the premium paid on the issue of BHP Group Plc shares recognised in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006.
It was transferred to the common control reserve as part of the unification of
the
Group’s
corporate structure.
Capital redemption reserve
  
 
 
   177   177  The capital redemption reserve represented the par value of BHP Group Plc
shares that were purchased and subsequently cancelled. It was transferred to the common control reserve as part of unification of the
Group’s
corporate
structure.
Common control reserves
  
 
(1,603
)        The common control reserve arose on unification of the Group’s corporate structure and represents the residual on consolidation between BHP Group
Ltd’s investment in BHP Group Plc’s and BHP Group Plc’s share capital, share premium and capital redemption reserve at the time of unification.
Employee share awards reserve
  
 
174
 
   268   246  
The employee share awards reserve represents the accrued employee
entitlements to share awards that have been charged to the income statement
and have not yet been exercised.
Once exercised, the difference between the accumulated fair value of the
awards and their historical
on-market
purchase price is recognised in retained
earnings.
Cash flow hedge reserve
  
 
41
 
   100   50  The cash flow hedge reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss
on the hedge is recognised in the income statement when the hedged
transaction impacts the income statement, or is recognised as an adjustment to
the cost of
non-financial
hedged items. The hedging reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is
determined to be an effective hedge relationship.
Cost of hedging reserve
  
 
(19
)   (54  (23 The cost of hedging reserve represents the recognition of certain costs of
hedging for example, basis adjustments, which have been excluded from the hedging relationship and deferred in other comprehensive income until the hedged transaction impacts the income statement.
Foreign currency translation reserve
  
 
(14
)
 
   43   39  The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange differences
arising from the translation of
non-US
dollar functional currency operations
within the Group into US dollars.
Equity investments reserve
  
 
(8
)   15   16  The equity investment reserve represents the revaluation of investments in
shares recognised through other comprehensive income. Where a revalued financial asset is sold, the relevant portion of the reserve is transferred to
retained earnings.
Non-controlling
interest contribution reserve
  
 
1,441
 
   1,283   1,283  The
non-controlling
interest contribution reserve represents the excess of consideration received over the book value of net assets attributable to equity instruments when acquired by
non-controlling
interests.
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
Total reserves
  
 
12
 
   2,350   2,306   
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
F-4
6

Summarised financial information relating to each of the Group’s subsidiaries with
non-controlling
interests (NCI) that are material to the Group before any intra-group eliminations is shown below:
 
   
2021
   2020 
US$M
  
Minera

Escondida

Limitada
  
Other

individually

immaterial

subsidiaries

(incl. intra

-group

eliminations)
   
Total
   Minera
Escondida
Limitada
  Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
(incl. intra
-group
eliminations)
   Total 
Group share (per cent)
  
 
57.5
 
            57.5          
   
 
 
            
 
 
          
Current assets
  
 
2,996
 
            2,432          
Non-current
assets
  
 
11,867
 
            12,121          
Current liabilities
  
 
(1,912
            (1,614         
Non-current
liabilities
  
 
(4,733
            (4,613         
   
 
 
            
 
 
          
Net assets
  
 
8,218
 
            8,326          
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets attributable to NCI
  
 
3,493
 
 
 
848
 
  
 
4,341
 
   3,539   771    4,310 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue
  
 
9,470
 
            6,719          
Profit after taxation
  
 
3,605
 
            1,088          
Other comprehensive income
  
 
27
 
            (27         
   
 
 
            
 
 
          
Total comprehensive income
  
 
3,632
 
            1,061          
Profit after taxation attributable to NCI
  
 
1,532
 
 
 
615
 
  
 
2,147
 
   462   318    780 
Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI
  
 
11
 
 
 
 
  
 
11
 
   (11      (11
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net operating cash flow
  
 
5,007
 
            2,637          
Net investing cash flow
  
 
(655
            (919         
Net financing cash flow
  
 
(4,001
            (1,920         
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends paid to NCI
  
 
1,590
 
 
 
537
 
  
 
2,127
 
   757   286    1,043 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021 
US$M
  
Minera
Escondida
Limitada
  
Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
(incl. intra

-group
eliminations)
   
Total
   Minera
Escondida
Limitada
  Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
(incl. intra
-group
eliminations)
   Total 
Group share (per cent)
  
 
57.5
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   57.5          
   
 
 
             
 
 
          
Current assets
  
 
2,929
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   2,996          
Non-current
assets
  
 
11,636
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   11,867          
Current liabilities
  
 
(2,192
)  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   (1,912         
Non-current
liabilities
  
 
(4,762
)  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   (4,733         
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets
  
 
7,611
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   8,218          
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets attributable to NCI
  
 
3,235
 
  
 
574
 
  
 
3,809
 
   3,493   848    4,341 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue
  
 
9,500
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   9,470          
Profit after taxation
  
 
3,522
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   3,605          
Other comprehensive income
  
 
11
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   27          
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
  
 
3,533
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   3,632          
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit after taxation attributable to NCI
  
 
1,497
 
  
 
658
 
  
 
2,155
 
   1,532   615    2,147 
Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI
  
 
5
 
  
 
 
  
 
5
 
   11       11 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net operating cash flow
  
 
4,519
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   5,007          
Net investing cash flow
  
 
(860
)  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   (655         
Net financing cash flow
  
 
(4,029
)
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   (4,001         
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends paid to NCI
  
 
1,760
 
  
 
780
 
  
 
2,540
 
   1,590   537    2,127 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
While the Group controls Minera Escondida Limitada, the
non-controlling
interests hold certain protective rights that restrict the Group’s ability to sell assets held by Minera Escondida Limitada, or use the assets in other subsidiaries and operations owned by the Group. Minera Escondida Limitada is also restricted from paying dividends without the approval of the
non-controlling
interests.
 
F-42F-4
7

18    Dividends
 
   
Year ended

30 June 2021
   Year ended
30 June 2020
   Year ended
30 June 2019
 
   
Per share
   
Total
   Per share   Total   Per share   Total 
   
US cents
   
US$M
   US cents   US$M   US cents   US$M 
Dividends paid during the period
 (1)
                              
Prior year final dividend
  
 
55
 
  
 
2,779
 
   78    3,946    63    3,356 
Interim dividend
  
 
101
 
  
 
5,115
 
   65    3,288    55    2,788 
Special dividend
  
 
 
  
 
 
           102    5,158 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
156
 
  
 
7,894
 
   143    7,234    220    11,302 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Year ended

30 June 2022
   Year ended
30 June 2021
   Year ended
30 June 2020
 
   
Per share
   
Total
   Per share   Total   Per share   Total 
   
US cents
   
US$M
   US cents   US$M   US cents   US$M 
Dividends paid during the period
1
                              
Prior year final dividend
  
 
200
 
  
 
10,119
 
   55    2,779    78    3,946 
Interim dividend
  
 
150
 
  
 
7,601
 
   101    5,115    65    3,288 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
350
 
  
 
17,720
 
   156    7,894    143    7,234 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
5.5 per cent dividend on 50,000 preference shares of £1 each determined and paid annually (2020: 5.5 per cent; 2019: 5.5 per cent).for
 financial
years 2021 and 2020. No dividend paid for the financial year 2022. These preference shares were cancelled on 31 January 2022.
Dividends paid during the period differs from the amount of dividends paid in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses relating to the timing of equity distributions between the record date and the payment date. Additional derivative proceeds of 
US$8127 million
were received as part of the funding of the interim dividend and is disclosed in (Settlements)/proceedsProceeds/(settlements) of cash management related instruments in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.
The
Prior to the corporate structure unification, the Dual Listed Company merger terms requirerequired that ordinary shareholders of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc arewere paid equal cash dividends on a per share basis.
Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents 2two ordinary shares of BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc.Limited. Dividends determined on each ADS represent twice the dividend determined on BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc ordinary shares.share.
Dividends are determined after
period-end
and announced with the results for the period. Interim dividends are determined in February and paid in March. Final dividends are determined in August and paid in September. Dividends determined are not recorded as a liability at the end of the period to which they relate. Subsequent to
year-end,
on 1716 August 2021,2022, BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc determined a final dividend of 175 US cents per share (US$8,857 million), which will be paid on
22
 September 2022 (30 June 2021: final dividend of 200 US cents per share (US$– US$10,114 million), which will be paid on 21 September 2021 (30million; 30 June 2020: final dividend of 55 US cents per share – US$2,782 million; 30 June 2019: final dividend of 78 US cents per share – US$3,944 million).
BHP Group Limited dividends for all periods presented are, or will be, fully franked based on a tax rate of 30 per cent.
 
   
2021
   2020   2019 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
Franking credits as at 30 June
  
 
14,302
 
   10,980    8,681 
Franking credits arising from the payment of current tax
  
 
1,799
 
   471    1,194 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total franking credits available
  (1)
  
 
16,101
 
   11,451    9,875 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021   2020 
   
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
 
Franking credits as at 30 June
  
 
7,007
 
   14,302    10,980 
Franking credits arising from the payment of current tax
  
 
2,043
 
   1,799    471 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total franking credits available
1
  
 
9,050
 
   16,101    11,451 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
1
 
The payment of the final 20212022 dividend determined after 30 June 20212022 will reduce the franking account balance by US$2,5253,796 million.
In addition to dividends paid, the Group made an in specie dividend to eligible BHP shareholders during the period by distributing the 914,768,948 Woodside shares it received as consideration for the sale of BHP Petroleum. The closing price of Woodside shares on ASX on 31 May 2022 was A$29.76. The implied value of the in specie dividend was therefore A$27.2 billion (US$19.6 billion). At this valuation, the in specie dividend was approximately A$5.38 (US$3.86), with A$2.30 (US$1.66) of franking credits being distributed, per BHP share. Further detail are detailed in note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
19    Provisions for dividends and other liabilities
The disclosure below excludes closure and rehabilitation provisions (refer to note 15 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’), employee benefits, restructuring and post-retirement employee benefits provisions (refer to note 26 ‘Employee benefits, restructuring and post-retirement employee benefits provisions’) and provisions related to the Samarco dam failure (refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’).
 
   
2021
  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M 
Movement in provision for dividends and other liabilities
         
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
1,240
 
  501 
Dividends determined
  
 
7,894
 
  7,234 
Charge/(credit) for the year:
         
Underlying
  
 
260
 
  1,027 
Discounting
  
 
2
 
  3 
Exchange variation
s
  
 
20
 
  (356
Released during the year
  
 
(43
  (94
Utilisation
  
 
(267
  (99
Dividends paid
  
 
(7,901
  (6,876
Transfers and other movements
  
 
(624
  (100
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
581
 
  1,240 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Comprising:
         
Current
  
 
293
 
  258 
Non-current
  
 
288
 
  982 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021 
   
US$M
  
US$M
 
Movement in provision for dividends and other liabilities
         
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
581
 
   1,240 
Dividends determined
  
 
17,720
 
   7,894 
Charge/(credit) for the year:
          
Underlying
  
 
493
 
   260 
Discounting
  
 
1
 
   2 
Exchange variations
  
 
122
 
   20 
Released during the year
  
 
(48
)   (43
Utilisation
  
 
(96
)
 
   (267
Dividends paid
  
 
(17,851
)   (7,901
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations

  
 
(146
)    
Transfers and other movements
  
 
(102
)   (624
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
674
 
   581 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
          
Current
  
 
356
 
   293 
Non-current
  
 
318
 
   288 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
F-43F-4
8

Financial management
20    Net debt
The Group seeks to maintain a strong balance sheet and deploys its capital with reference to the Capital Allocation Framework.
The Group monitors capital using the net debt balance and the gearing ratio, being the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets.
The net debt definition includes the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to hedge cash and borrowings which reflects the Group’s risk management strategy of reducing the volatility of net debt caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates.
Vessel
Under IFRS 16/AASB16 ‘Leases’, vessel lease contracts under IFRS 16 are required to be remeasured at each reporting date to the prevailing freight index. While these liabilities are included in the Group interest bearing liabilities, they are excluded from the net debt calculation as they do not align with how the Group assesses net debt for decision making in relation to the Capital Allocation Framework. In addition, the freight index has historically been volatile which creates significant short-term fluctuation in these liabilities.
 
   
2021
  2020
Restated
 
US$M
  
Current
   
Non-current
  Current  Non-current 
Interest bearing liabilities
                  
Bank loans
  
 
437
 
  
 
1,823
 
  737   1,755 
Notes and debentures
  
 
1,244
 
  
 
13,525
 
  3,354   17,691 
Lease liabilities
  
 
889
 
  
 
3,007
 
  853   2,590 
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings
  
 
 
  
 
 
      
Other
  
 
58
 
  
 
 
  68    
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total interest bearing liabilities
  
 
2,628
 
  
 
18,355
 
  5,012   22,036 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Lease liability associated with index-linked freight contracts
  
 
346
 
  
 
679
 
  379   781 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
                  
Cash
  
 
4,408
 
  
 
 
  3,493    
Short-term deposits
  
 
10,838
 
  
 
 
  9,933    
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Total cash and cash equivalents
  
 
15,246
 
  
 
 
  13,426    
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Derivatives included in net debt
                  
Net debt management related instruments
(1)
  
 
20
 
  
 
537
 
  (162  595 
Net cash management related instruments
  (2)
  
 
34
 
  
 
 
  (15   
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Less: Total derivatives included in net debt
  
 
54
 
  
 
537
 
  (177  595 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net debt
       
 
4,121
 
      12,044 
        
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net assets
 (3)
       
 
55,605
 
      52,175 
        
 
 
      
 
 
 
Gearing
       
 
6.9
      18.8
        
 
 
      
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021 
US$M
  
Current
  
Non-current
  Current   
Non-current
 
Interest bearing liabilities
                  
Bank loans
  
 
397
 
  
 
2,075
 
   437    1,823 
Notes and debentures
  
 
1,690
 
  
 
9,673
 
   1,244    13,525 
Lease liabilities
  
 
519
 
  
 
2,057
 
   889    3,007 
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings
  
 
 
  
 
 
        
Other
  
 
16
 
  
 
1
 
   58     
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total interest bearing liabilities
  
 
2,622
 
  
 
13,806
 
   2,628    18,355 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Lease liability associated with index-linked freight contracts
  
 
113
 
  
 
161
 
   346    679 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
                    
Cash
  
 
5,728
 
  
 
 
   4,408     
Short-term deposits
  
 
11,508
 
  
 
 
   10,838     
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Total cash and cash equivalents
  
 
17,236
 
  
 
 
   15,246     
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Derivatives included in net debt
                    
Net debt management related instruments
1
  
 
(358
)  
 
(1,330
)   20    537 
Net cash management related instruments
2
  
 
273
 
  
 
 
   34     
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less: Total derivatives included in net debt
  
 
(85
)
 
  
 
(1,330
)
 
   54    537 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net debt
       
 
333
 
        4,121 
                  
 
 
 
Net assets
       
 
48,766
 
        55,605 
       
 
 
       
 
 
 
Gearing
       
 
0.7
%
 
        6.9
        
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Represents the net cross currency and interest rate swaps designated as effective hedging instruments included within current and
non-current
other financial assets and liabilities.
(2) 
2
Represents the net forward exchange contracts included within current and
non-current
other financial assets and liabilities.
(3) 
30 June 2020 net assets have been restated to reflect changes to the Group’s accounting policy following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ resulting in a retrospective decrease of US$71 million. Refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’.
Cash and short-term deposits are disclosed in the cash flow statement net of bank overdrafts and interest bearing liabilities at call.

 
  
2021
   2020   2019   
2022
   2021   2020 
  
US$M
   US$M   US$M   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
Total cash and cash equivalents
  
 
15,246
 
   13,426    15,613   
 
17,236
 
   15,246    13,426 
Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings
  
 
 
       (20  
 
 
        
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts
  
 
15,246
 
   13,426    15,593   
 
17,236
 
   15,246    13,426 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents includes US$127 million (2021: US$159 million) restricted by legal or contractual arrangements.
Recognition and measurement
Cash and short-term deposits in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and on hand and highly liquid cash deposits with short-term maturities that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash with insignificant risk of change in value. The Group considers that the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to their short termshort-term to maturity. Refer to note 21 ‘Leases’ and note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ for the recognition and measurement principles for lease liabilities and other financial liabilities.
Cash and cash equivalents includes US$159 million (2020: US$96 million) restricted by legal or contractual arrangements.
 
F-44F-
49


Interest bearing liabilities and cash and cash equivalents include balances denominated in the following currencies:
 
   
Interest bearing liabilities
   
Cash and cash equivalents
 
   
2021
   2020   
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   
US$M
   US$M 
USD
  
 
11,146
 
   14,625   
 
12,003
 
   9,555 
EUR
  
 
4,505
 
   7,323   
 
4
 
   4 
GBP
  
 
3,415
 
   3,272   
 
32
 
   519 
AUD
  
 
1,053
 
   1,055   
 
573
 
   1,011 
CAD
  
 
635
 
   597   
 
2,455
 
   2,131 
Other
  
 
229
 
   176   
 
179
 
   206 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
20,983
 
   27,048   
 
15,246
 
   13,426 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Interest bearing liabilities
   
Cash and cash equivalents
 
   
2022
   2021   
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M   
US$M
   US$M 
USD
  
 
8,813
 
   11,146   
 
7,654
 
   12,003 
EUR
  
 
3,463
 
   4,505   
 
2,656
 
   4 
GBP
  
 
2,621
 
   3,415   
 
30
 
   32 
AUD
  
 
783
 
   1,053   
 
3,360
 
   573 
CAD
  
 
584
 
   635    
3,437
    2,455 
Other
  
 
164
 
   229   
 
99
 
   179 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
16,428
 
   20,983   
 
17,236
 
   15,246 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The Group enters into derivative transactions to convert the majority of its exposures above into US dollars. Further information on the Group’s risk management activities relating to these balances is provided in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’.
Liquidity risk
The Group’s liquidity risk arises from the possibility that it may not be able to settle or meet its obligations as they fall due and is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. Operational, capital and regulatory requirements are considered in the management of liquidity risk, in conjunction with short-term and long-term forecast information.
Recognising the cyclical volatility of operating cash flows, the Group has defined minimum target cash and liquidity buffers to be maintained to mitigate liquidity risk and support operations through the cycle.
The Group’s strong credit profile, diversified funding sources, its minimum cash buffer and its committed credit facilities ensure that sufficient liquid funds are maintained to meet its daily cash requirements.
The Group’s Moody’s credit rating has remained at
A2/P-1
outlook stable (long-term/short-term) throughout FY2021.FY2022 and Moody’s affirmed its credit rating on 31 May 2021.2 June 2022. The Group’s Standard & Poor’s rating changed from
A/A-1
outlook stable (long-term/short-term) to
A/A-1
CreditWatch negative (long-term/short-term) on 23 August 2021.2021 following the announcement of the proposed merger of our petroleum business with Woodside. Upon completion of the merger, on 1 June 2022 Standard & Poor’s lowered the Group’s long-term credit rating by one notch, removed the credit rating from CreditWatch, and confirmed a credit rating of A-/A-1 outlook stable (long-term/short-term).
There were 0no defaults on the Group’s liabilities during the period.
Counterparty risk
The Group is exposed to credit risk from its financing activities, including short-term cash investments such as deposits with banks and derivative contracts. This risk is managed by Group Treasury in line with the counterparty risk framework, which aims to minimise the exposure to a counterparty and mitigate the risk of financial loss through counterparty failure.
Exposure to counterparties is monitored at a Group level across all products and includes exposure with derivatives and cash investments.
Investments and derivatives are only transacted with approved counterparties who have been assigned specific limits based on a quantitative credit risk model. These limits are updated at least
bi-annually.
Additionally, derivatives are subject to tenor limits and investments are subject to concentration limits by rating.
Derivative fair values are inclusive of valuation adjustments that take into account both the counterparty and the Group’s risk of default.
Standby arrangements and unused credit facilities
The Group’s committed revolving credit facility operates as a back-stop to the Group’s uncommitted commercial paper program. The combined amount drawn under the facility or as commercial paper will not exceed US$5.5 billion. As at 30 June 2021,2022, US$ NaNnil commercial paper was drawn (2020:(2021: US$ NaN)nil). During the year, the Group completed a one-year extension to theThe facility which
was amended in November 2021 for IBOR transition and 
is now due to mature on 10 October 20252026.
A commitment fee is payable on the undrawn balance and an interest rateis payable on any drawn balance comprising an interbanka reference rate plus a margin applies to any drawn balance.margin. The agreed margins are typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating.
 
F-45F-5
0

Maturity profile of financial liabilities
The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the undiscounted contractual amounts, taking into account the derivatives related to debt, is as follows:
 
2021
US$M
  
Bank loans,

debentures and

other loans
   
Expected

future

interest

payments
   
Derivatives

related to

debentures
   
Other

derivatives
   
Obligations

under

lease
liabilities
   
Trade and

other

payables
 (1)
   
Total
 
Due for payment:
                                   
In one year or less or on demand
   1,722    729    61    149    980    6,851    10,492 
In more than one year but not more than two years
   2,278    661    267    80    680        3,966 
In more than two years but not more than five years
   4,062    1,492    256    240    1,397        7,447 
In more than five year
s
   7,801    4,136    585    317    1,842        14,681 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   15,863    7,018    1,169    786    4,899    6,851    36,586 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount
   17,087        586    690    3,896    6,851    29,110 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
        
2020
US$M
  Bank loans,
debentures and
other loans
   Expected
future
interest
payments
   Derivatives
related to
debentures
   Other
derivatives
   Obligations
under
lease
liabilities
   Trade and
other
payables
 (1)
   Total 
Due for payment:
                                   
In one year or less or on demand
   4,138    813    260    60    927    5,622    11,820 
In more than one year but not more than two years
   1,665    702    81        630    1    3,079 
In more than two years but not more than five years
   5,727    1,713    819        1,335        9,594 
In more than five years
   10,101    4,368    974        1,043        16,486 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   21,631    7,596    2,134    60    3,935    5,623    40,979 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount
   23,605        1,579    60    3,443    5,623    34,310 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
2022
US$M
  
Bank loans,

debentures and

other loans
   
Expected

future

interest

payments
   
Derivatives

related to

debentures
   
Other

derivatives
   
Obligations

under

lease
liabilities
   
Trade
and

other

payables
1
   
Total
 
Due for payment:
                                   
In one year or less or on demand
  
 
2,109
 
  
 
492
 
  
 
525
 
  
 
221
 
  
 
579
 
  
 
6,608
 
  
 
10,534
 
In more than one year but not more than two years
  
 
1,634
 
  
 
427
 
  
 
300
 
  
 
112
 
  
 
443
 
  
 
 
  
 
2,916
 
In more than two years but not more than five years
  
 
2,609
 
  
 
1,032
 
  
 
492
 
  
 
246
 
  
 
936
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,315
 
In more than five years
  
 
7,550
 
  
 
3,705
 
  
 
1,467
 
  
 
245
 
  
 
1,470
 
  
 
 
  
 
14,437
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
13,902
 
  
 
5,656
 
  
 
2,784
 
  
 
824
 
  
 
3,428
 
  
 
6,608
 
  
 
33,202
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount
  
 
13,852
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,824
 
  
 
752
 
  
 
2,576
 
  
 
6,608
 
  
 
25,612
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
        
2021
US$M
  Bank loans,
debentures and
other loans
   Expected
future
interest
payments
   Derivatives
related to
debentures
   Other
derivatives
   Obligations
under
lease
liabilities
   
Trade and
other
payables
1
   Total 
Due for payment:
                                   
In one year or less or on demand
   1,722    729    61    149    980    6,851    10,492 
In more than one year but not more than two years
   2,278    661    267    80    680        3,966 
In more than two years but not more than five years
   4,062    1,492    256    240    1,397        7,447 
In more than five years
   7,801    4,136    585    317    1,842        14,681 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   15,863    7,018    1,169    786    4,899    6,851    36,586 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount
   17,087        586    690    3,896    6,851    29,110 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Excludes input taxes of US$17679 million (2020:(2021: US$145176 million) included in other payables. Refer to note 9 ‘Trade and other payables’.
F-46

21    Leases
Movements in the Group’s lease liabilities during the year are as follows:
 
                         
   
2021
  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M 
At the beginning of the financial year
(1)
  
 
3,443
 
  715 
IFRS 16 transition
      2,301 
Additions
  
 
1,223
 
  436 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts
  
 
(59
  733 
Lease payments
  
 
(879
  (761
Foreign exchange movement
  
 
115
 
  (43
Amortisation of discounting
  
 
109
 
  90 
Transfers and other movements
  
 
(56
  (28
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
3,896
 
  3,443 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Comprising:
         
Current liabilities
  
 
889
 
  853 
Non-current
liabilities
  
 
3,007
 
  2,590 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021 
   
US$M
  US$M 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
3,896
 
   3,443 
Additions
  
 
866
 
   1,223 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts
  
 
(369
)   (59
Lease payments
1
  
 
(1,288
)   (879
Foreign exchange movement
  
 
(126
)   115 
Amortisation of discounting
  
 
125
 
   109 
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
2
  
 
(492
)    
Transfers and other movements
  
 
(36
)
 
   (56
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
2,576
 
   3,896 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
          
Current liabilities
  
 
519
 
   889 
Non-current
liabilities
  
 
2,057
 
   3,007 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Lease liability at the beginning of FY2020 relates
Includes US$39 million (2021: US$45 million) related to existing finance leases under IAS 17/AASB 117 ‘Leases’ (IAS 17) at 1 July 2019.Discontinued operations.
2
Relates to the divestment of BMC and merger of Petroleum with Woodside. Refer to notes 3 ‘Exceptional items’ and 27 ‘Discontinued operations’ for more information.
A significant proportion by value of the Group’s lease contracts relate to plant facilities, office buildings and vessels. Lease terms for plant facilities and office buildings typically run for over 10 years and vessels for four to 10 years. Other leases include port facilities, various equipment and vehicles. The lease contracts contain a wide range of different terms and conditions including extension and termination options and variable lease payments.
The Group’s lease obligations are included in the Group’s Interest bearing liabilities and, with the exception of vessel lease contracts that are priced with reference to a freight index, form part of the Group’s net debt.
F-5
1


The maturity profile of lease liabilities based on the undiscounted contractual amounts is as follows:
 
                         
Lease liability
  
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Due for payment:
          
In one year or less or on demand
  
 
980
 
   927 
In more than one year but not more than two years
  
 
680
 
   630 
In more than two years but not more than five years
  
 
1,397
 
   1,335 
In more than five years
(1)
  
 
1,842
 
   1,043 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
4,899
 
   3,935 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount
  
 
3,896
 
   3,443 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Lease liability
  
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Due for payment:
          
In one year or less or on demand
  
 
579
 
   980 
In more than one year but not more than two years
  
 
443
 
   680 
In more than two years but not more than five years
  
 
936
 
   1,397 
In more than five years
1
  
 
1,470
 
   1,842 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
3,428
 
   4,899 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount
  
 
2,576
 
   3,896 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
1
 
Include
Includes
US$707 million (2021: US$878 million (2020: US$302 million) due for payment in more than ten years.
At 30 June 2021,2022, commitments for leases not yet commenced based on undiscounted contractual amounts were US$457928 million (2020:(2021: US$1,458 million); and commitments relating to short-term leases were US$171 million (2020: US$103457 million).
Movements in the Group’s
right-of-use
assets during the year are as follows:
 
   
2021
  2020 
   
Land and

buildings
  
Plant and

equipment
  
Total
  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Total 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
  US$M  US$M  US$M 
Net book value
                         
At the beginning of the financial year
(1)
  
 
689
 
 
 
2,358
 
 
 
3,047
 
     492   492 
Assets recognised on adoption of IFRS 16
     
 
 
 
 
 
  754   1,400   2,154 
Additions
  
 
25
 
 
 
1,227
 
 
 
1,252
 
  104   332   436 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contract
s
  
 
 
 
 
(59
 
 
(59
     733   733 
Depreciation expensed during the period
  
 
(111
 
 
(670
 
 
(781
  (113  (543  (656
Depreciation classified as exploration
  
 
 
 
 
(19
 
 
(19
     (34  (34
Impairments
  
 
(30
 
 
(2
 
 
(32
  (2  (22  (24
Transfers and other movements
  
 
65
 
 
 
(123
 
 
(58
  (54     (54
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
638
 
 
 
2,712
 
 
 
3,350
 
  689   2,358   3,047 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
– Cost
  
 
897
 
 
 
4,393
 
 
 
5,290
 
  804   3,349   4,153 
– Accumulated depreciation and impairments
  
 
(259
 
 
(1,681
 
 
(1,940
  (115  (991  (1,106
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021 
   
Land and

buildings
  
Plant and

equipment
  
Total
  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Total 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
  US$M  US$M  US$M 
Net book value
                         
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
638
 
  
 
2,712
 
  
 
3,350
 
   689   2,358   3,047 
Additions
  
 
41
 
  
 
825
 
  
 
866
 
   25   1,227   1,252 
Remeasurements of index-linked freight contracts
  
 
 
  
 
(369
)  
 
(369
)
 
      (59  (59
Depreciation expensed during the period
  
 
(103
)  
 
(872
)  
 
(975
)   (111  (670  (781
Depreciation classified as exploration
  
 
 
  
 
(3
)  
 
(3
)      (19  (19
Impairments
 for the year
  
 
(7
)
 
  
 
 
  
 
(7
)   (30  (2  (32
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
1

  
 
(116
)  
 
(313
)  
 
(429
)          
Transfers and other movements
  
 
(1
)  
 
(71
)  
 
(72
)   65   (123  (58
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
452
 
  
 
1,909
 
  
 
2,361
 
   638   2,712   3,350 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
– Cost
  
 
745
 
  
 
4,307
 
  
 
5,052
 
   897   4,393   5,290 
– Accumulated depreciation and impairments
  
 
(293
)  
 
(2,398
)
 
  
 
(2,691
)   (259  (1,681  (1,940
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
Right-of-use assets atRelates to the beginningdivestment of FY2020 relatesBMC and merger of Petroleum with Woodside. Refer to assets previously held under finance leases under IAS 17 at 1 July 2019.notes 3 ‘Exceptional items’ and 27 ‘Discontinued operations’ for more information.
Right-of-use
assets are included within the underlying asset classes in Property, plant and equipment. Refer to note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’.
F-47

Amounts recorded in the income statement and the cash flow statement for the year were:
 
   
2021
   2020    
   
US$M
   US$M   
Included within
Income statement
             
Depreciation of
right-of-use
assets
  
 
781
 
   656   Profit from operations
Short-term,
low-value
and variable lease costs
(1)
  
 
895
 
   675   Profit from operations
Interest on lease liabilities
  
 
109
 
   90   Financial expenses
Cash flow statement
             
Principal lease payments
  
 
770
 
   671   Cash flows from financing activities
Lease interest payments
  
 
109
 
   90   Cash flows from operating activities
   
2022
   2021   2020    
   
US$M
   
US$M
Restated
   
US$M
Restated
   
Included within
Income statement
                  
Depreciation of
right-of-use
assets
  
 
964
 
   753    623   Profit from operations
Short-term,
low-value
and variable lease costs
1
  
 
847
 
   834    637   Profit from operations
Interest on lease liabilities
  
 
119
 
   102    82   Financial expenses
Cash flow statement
                  
Principal lease payments
  
 
1,130
 
   732    632   Cash flows from financing activities
Lease interest payments
  
 
119
 
   102    82   Cash flows from operating activities
 
(1)
1
Relates to US$546585 million of variable lease costs (2020:(2021: US$438510 million; 2020: US$415 million), US$316222 million of short-term lease costs (2020:(2021: US$211294 million; 2020: US$201 million) and US$3340 million of
low-value
lease costs (2020:(2021: US$2630 million; 2020: US$21 million). Variable lease costs include contracts for hire of mining service equipment, drill rigs and transportation services. These contracts contain variable lease payments based on usage and asset performance.
F-5
2

Recognition and measurement
All leases with the exception of short-term (under 12 months) and
low-value
leases are recognised on the balance sheet, as a
right-of-use
asset and a corresponding interest bearing liability. Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments from the lease commencement date and are subsequently adjusted to reflect the interest on lease liabilities, lease payments and any remeasurements due to, for example, lease modifications or a change to future lease payments linked to an index or rate. Lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, where this is readily determinable. Where the implicit interest rate is not readily determinable, the interest payments are discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, adjusted to reflect factors specific to the lease, including where relevant the currency, tenor and location of the lease.
In addition to containing a lease, the Group’s contractual arrangements may include
non-lease
components. For example, certain mining services arrangements involve the provision of additional services, including maintenance, drilling activities and the supply of personnel. The Group has elected to separate these
non-lease
components from the lease components in measuring lease liabilities.
Non-lease
components are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policies applied to each underlying good or service received.
Low-value
and short-term leases continue to be expensed to the income statement. Variable lease payments not dependent on an index or rate are excluded from lease liabilities, and expensed to the income statement.
Right-of-use
assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost will initially correspond to the lease liability, adjusted for initial direct costs, lease payments made prior to lease commencement, capitalised provisions for closure and rehabilitation and any lease incentives.incentives received.
The lease asset and liability associated with all index-linked freight contracts, including continuous voyage charters (CVCs), are measured at each reporting date based on the prevailing freight index (generally the Baltic C5 index).
Lease costs are recognised in the income statement over the lease term in the form of depreciation on the
right-of-use
asset and the unwinding of finance charges representing the unwind of the discount on the lease liability. Lease costs for the year ended 30 June 2019 represent operating lease expenses previously reported under IAS 17.
Where the Group is the operator of an unincorporated joint operation and all investors are parties to a lease, the Group recognises its proportionate share of the lease liability and associated
right-of-use
asset. In the event the Group is the sole signatory to a lease, and therefore has the sole legal obligation to make lease payments, the lease liability is recognised in full. Where the associated
right-of-use
asset is
sub-leased
(under a finance
sub-lease)
to a joint operation, for instance where it is dedicated to a single operation and the joint operation has the right to direct the use of the asset, the Group (as lessor) recognises its proportionate share of the
right-of-use
asset and a net investment in the lease, representing amounts to be recovered from the other parties to the joint operation. If the Group is not party to the head lease contract but
sub-leases
the associated
right-of-use
asset (as lessee), it recognises its proportionate share of the
right-of-use
asset and a lease liability which is payable to the operator.
 
Key judgements and estimates
 
Judgements:
Certain contractual arrangements not in the form of a lease require the Group to apply significant judgement in evaluating whether the Group controls the right to direct the use of assets and therefore whether the contract contains a lease. Management considers all facts and circumstances in determining whether the Group or the supplier has the rights to direct how, and for what purpose, the underlying assets are used in certain mining contracts and other arrangements, including outsourcing arrangements,and shipping arrangements and power purchase agreements.arrangements. Judgement is used to assess which decision-making rights mostly affect the benefits of use of the assets for each arrangement.
 
Where a contract includes the provision of
non-lease
services, judgement is required to identify the lease and
non-lease
components.
 
Estimates:
Where the Group cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease, estimation is involved in the determination of the weighted average incremental borrowing rate to measure lease liabilities. The incremental borrowing rate reflects the rates of interest a lessee would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, with similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the
right-of-use
asset in a similar economic environment. Under the Group’s portfolio approach to debt management, the Group does not specifically borrow for asset purchases. Therefore, the incremental borrowing rate is estimated with reference toreferencing the Group’s corporate borrowing portfolio and other similar rated entities, adjusted to reflect the terms and conditions of the lease (including the impact of currency, credit rating of subsidiary entering into the lease and the term of the lease), at the inception of the lease arrangement or the time of lease modification.
 
The Group estimates stand-alone prices, where such prices are not readily observable, in order to allocate the contractual payments between lease and
non-lease
components.
 
F-48F-5
3

Table of Contents

22    Net finance costs
 
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Financial expenses
             
Interest expense using the effective interest rate method:
             
Interest on bank loans, overdrafts and all other borrowings
  
 
610
 
  1,099   1,296 
Interest capitalised at 2.83% (2020: 4.14%; 2019: 4.96%)
(1)
  
 
(248
  (308  (248
Interest on lease liabilities
  
 
109
 
  90   47 
Discounting on provisions and other liabilities
  
 
467
 
  452   470 
Other gains and losses:
             
Fair value change on hedged loans
  
 
(779
  721   729 
Fair value change on hedging derivatives
  
 
704
 
  (788  (809
Loss on bond repurchase
(2)
  
 
395
 
      
Exchange variations on net debt
  
 
99
 
  (18  6 
Other
  
 
21
 
  14   19 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total financial expenses
  
 
1,378
 
  1,262   1,510 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial income
             
Interest income
  
 
(73
  (351  (446
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net finance costs
  
 
1,305
 
  911   1,064 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
2022
  2021  2020 
   
US$M
  
US$M
Restated
  
US$M
Restated
 
Financial expenses
             
Interest expense using the effective interest rate method:
             
Interest on bank loans, overdrafts and all other borrowings
  
 
491
 
   607   1,093 
Interest capitalised at 2.90% (2021: 2.83%; 2020: 4.14%)
1
  
 
(113
)   (204  (265
Interest on lease liabilities
  
 
119
 
   102   82 
Discounting on provisions and other liabilities
  
 
645
 
   353   343 
Other gains and losses:
              
Fair value change on hedged loans
  
 
(1,286
)   (779  721 
Fair value change on hedging derivatives
  
 
1,277
 
   704   (788
Loss on bond repurchase
2
  
 
 
   395    
Exchange variations on net debt
  
 
(99
)   99   (18
Other
  
 
16
 
   13   24 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total financial expenses
  
 
1,050
 
   1,290   1,192 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial income
              
Interest income
  
 
(81
)
 
   (67  (334
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net finance costs
  
 
969
 
   1,223   858 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 1
Interest has been capitalised at the rate of interest applicable to the specific borrowings financing the assets under construction or, where financed through general borrowings, at a capitalisation rate representing the average interest rate on such borrowings. Tax relief for capitalised interest is approximately US$7434 million (2020:(2021: US$9261 million; 2019:2020: US$7480 million).
 
(2) 2
Relates to the additional cost on settlement of 2two multi-currency hybrid debt repurchase programs and the unwind of the associated hedges, included in a total cash payment of US$3,402 million disclosed in repayment of interest bearing liabilities in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.
Recognition and measurement
Interest income is accrued using the effective interest rate method. Finance costs are expensed as incurred, except where they relate to the financing of construction or development of qualifying
assets.
 
F-49
F-54

23    Financial risk management
23.1 Financial risks
Financial and capital risk management strategy
The financial risks arising from the Group’s operations comprise market, liquidity and credit risk. These risks arise in the normal course of business and the Group manages its exposure to them in accordance with the Group’s portfolio risk management strategy. The objective of the strategy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets, while protecting its future financial security and flexibility by taking advantage of the natural diversification provided by the scale, diversity and flexibility of the Group’s operations and activities.
As part of the risk management strategy, the Group monitors target gearing levels and credit rating metrics under a range of different stress test scenarios incorporating operational and macroeconomic factors (refer to 1.16 ‘Robust risk assessment and viability statement’).factors.
Market risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to market risks associated with movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and commodity prices. Under the strategy outlined above, the Group seeks to achieve financing costs, currency impacts, input costs and commodity prices on a floating or index basis. This strategy gives rise to a risk of variability in earnings, which is measured under the Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) framework.
In executing the strategy, financial instruments are potentially employed in three distinct but related activities. The following table summarises these activities and the key risk management processes:
 
Activity
  
Key risk management processes
1   Risk mitigation
 
On an exception basis, hedging for the purposes of mitigating risk related to specific and significant expenditure on investments or capital projects will be executed if necessary to support the Group’s strategic objectives.
  
 
Execution of transactions within approved mandates.
2   Economic hedging of commodity sales, operating costs, short-term cash deposits, other monetary items and debt instruments
  
Where Group commodity production is sold to customers on pricing terms that deviate from the relevant index target and where a relevant derivatives market exists, financial instruments may be executed as an economic hedge to align the revenue price exposure with the index target and US dollars.  Measuring and reporting the exposure in customer commodity contracts and issued debt instruments.
Where debt is issued in a currency other than the US dollar and/or at a fixed interest rate, fair value and cash flow hedges may be executed to align the debt exposure with the Group’s functional currency of US dollars and/or to swap to a floating interest rate.  Executing hedging derivatives to align the total group exposure to the index target.
Where short-term cash deposits and other monetary items are denominated in a currency other than US dollars, derivative financial instruments may be executed to align the foreign exchange exposure to the Group’s functional currency of US dollars.  Execution of transactions within approved mandates.
3   Strategic financial transactions
  
Opportunistic transactions may be executed with financial instruments to capture value from perceived market over/under valuations.  Execution of transactions within approved mandates.
Primary responsibility for the identification and control of financial risks, including authorising and monitoring the use of financial instruments for the above activities and stipulating policy thereon, rests with the Financial Risk Management Committee under authority delegated by the Chief Executive Officer.
Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its outstanding borrowings and short-term cash deposits from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair value of fixed interest rate financial instruments. Interest rate risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.
The majority of the Group’s debt is issued at fixed interest rates. The Group has entered into interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps to convert most of its fixed interest rate exposure to floating US dollar interest rate exposure. As at 30 June 2021, 82 2022,
80
per cent of the Group’s borrowings were exposed to floating interest rates inclusive of the effect of swaps (2020: 87(2021: 82 per cent).
F-50

The fair value of interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps in hedge relationships used to hedge both interest rate and foreign currency risks are shown in the valuation hierarchy of this note.in section 23.4 ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’.
Based on the net debt position as at 30 June 2021,2022, taking into account interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps, it is estimated that a oneone percentage point increase in the US LIBOR interest rate will increase the Group’s equity and profit after taxation by US$729 million (2020: decrease(2021: increase of US$477 million). This assumes the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the fixed/floating mix and balances are constant over the year.
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other benchmark interest rates are expected to bebeing replaced by alternative risk-free rates (ARR) by the end of CY2021 as part of inter-bank offer rate (IBOR) reform. Sterling LIBOR ceased to be published on 1 January 2022 and USD LIBOR will no longer be published after 30 June 2023. The Group has established a project to assessassessed the implicationsimplication of IBOR reform across the Group, and to manage and execute the transition from current discontinuing IBORs rates to ARR, including updatinghas updated various policies, systems and processes. A detailed due diligence review has identified a rangeprocesses including the adoption of contracts thatthe International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) IBOR Fallbacks Protocol. In November 2021, the Group amended its US$5.5 billion revolving credit facility to reference IBORs, including derivative instruments, money market deposits, lease agreements, supply contracts and joint venture agreements. The Group isARRs. Furthermore, in March 2022 Escondida executed the process of developing action plans for each of these arrangements to ensure a smooth transition to ARR.Group’s first Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) linked loans.
The Group has early adopted amendments to IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, IFRS 7/AASB 7 ‘Financial Instruments:Instruments (IFRS 7): Disclosures’ and IFRS 16/AASB 16 ‘Leases’ in relation to IBOR reform (refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’). In particular,early adopted by the IBOR reform impactsGroup in previous periods impact the Group’s cross currency and interest rate swaps, which reference US LIBOR, and the associated hedge accounting. Refer to section 23.4 ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’ for further information.
F-5
5


Currency risk
The US dollar is the predominant functional currency within the Group and as a result, currency exposures arise from transactions and balances in currencies other than the US dollar. The Group’s potential currency exposures comprise:
 
translational exposure in respect of
non-functional
currency monetary items
 
transactional exposure in respect of
non-functional
currency expenditure and revenues
The Group’s foreign currency risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.
Translational exposure in respect of
non-functional
currency monetary items
Monetary items, including financial assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of an operation are periodically restated at the end of each reporting period to US dollar equivalents and the associated gain or loss is taken to the income statement. The exception is foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency denominated provisions for closure and rehabilitation at operating sites, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment.
The Group has entered into cross currency interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forwards to convert its significant foreign currency exposures in respect of monetary items into US dollars. Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates are therefore not expected to have a significant impact on equity and profit after tax.
The following table shows the foreign currency risk arising fromcarrying values of financial assets and liabilities which areat the end of the reporting period denominated in currencies other than the US dollar:dollar that are exposed to foreign currency risk:
 
Net financial (liabilities)/assets - by currency of denomination
  
2021
  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M 
Australian dollar
s
  
 
(4,421
  (3,788
Chilean peso
  
 
(649
  (369
British pound sterling
  
 
535
 
  587 
Euro
  
 
366
 
  619 
Other
  
 
128
 
  (17
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
(4,041
  (2,968
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net financial (liabilities)/assets - by currency of denomination
  
2022
  2021 
   
US$M
  US$M 
AUD
  
 
(3,649
)   (4,421
CLP
  
 
(602
)
 
   (649
GBP
  
 
388
 
   535 
EUR
  
 
280
 
   366 
Other
  
 
187
 
   128 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
(3,396
)   (4,041
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The principal
non-functional
currencies to which the Group is exposed are the Australian dollar, the Chilean peso, the Pound sterling and the Euro. Based on the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2021,2022, a weakening of the US dollar against these currencies (one cent strengthening in Australian dollar, 10 pesos strengthening in Chilean peso, one penny strengthening in Pound sterling and one centstrengthening in Euro), with all other variables held constant, would decrease the Group’s equity and profit after taxation by US$21 16
million (2020:(2021: decrease of US$1221 million).
Transactional exposure in respect of
non-functional
currency expenditure and revenues
Certain operating and capital expenditure is incurred in currencies other than an operation’s functional currency. To a lesser extent, certain sales revenue is earned in currencies other than the functional currency of operations and certain exchange control restrictions may require that funds be maintained in currencies other than the functional currency of the operation. These currency risks are managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. The Group may enter into forward exchange contracts when required under this strategy.
Commodity price risk
The risk associated with commodity prices is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. Substantially all of the Group’s commodity production is sold on market-based index pricing terms, with derivatives used from time to time to achieve a specific outcome.
Financial instruments with commodity price risk comprise forward commodity and other derivative contracts with a net assets
liabilities
at fair value of US$13856 million (2020: US$159 million). Significant commodity price risk instruments within other derivative balances include derivatives embedded in physical commodity purchase and sales contracts of gas in Trinidad and Tobago with a (2021:
net assets fair value of 
US$121 million (2020: US$180 million). These are included within other derivatives and fair value measurement related to these resulted in an expense of US$59 million (2020: expense of US$22 million).
F-51

The potential effect on these derivatives’ fair values of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in the valuation models, based on a change in the most significant input, such as commodity prices, by 10 per cent with all other factors held constant (including the pricing on underlying physical exposures), would increase or decrease profit after taxation by US$26 million (2020: US$8138 million).
Provisionally priced commodity sales and purchases contracts
Provisionally priced sales or purchases volumes are those for which price finalisation, referenced to the relevant index, is outstanding at the reporting date. Provisional pricing mechanisms within these sales and purchases arrangements have the character of a commodity derivative. Trade receivables or payables under these contracts are carried at fair value through profit andor loss using a method categorised as Level 2 valuation inputs based on forecast selling prices in the quotation period. The Group’s exposure at 30 June 20212022 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon provisionally invoiced sales and purchases volumes was predominately around copper.
The Group had 254289 thousand tonnes of copper exposure as at 30 June 2021 (2020: 3012022 (2021: 254 thousand tonnes) that was provisionally priced. The final price of these sales and purchases volumes will be determined during the first half of FY2022.FY2023. A 10 per cent change in the price of copper realised on the provisionally priced sales, with all other factors held constant, would increase or decrease profit after taxation by US$166 162
million (2020:(2021: US$134166 million).
The relationship between commodity prices and foreign currencies is complex and movements in foreign exchange rates can impact commodity prices.
F-5
6

Liquidity risk
Refer to note 20 ‘Net debt’ for details on the Group’s liquidity risk.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily from customer receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, other short-term investments, interest rate and currency derivative contracts and other financial instruments.
Refer to note 8 ‘Trade and other receivables’ and note 20 ‘Net debt’ for details on the Group credit risk.
23.2 Recognition and measurement
All financial assets and liabilities, other than derivatives and trade receivables, are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid or received, net of transaction costs as appropriate. Financial assets are initially recognised on their trade date.
Financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value or amortised cost based on:
 
the Group’s purpose, or business model, for holding the financial asset
 
whether the financial asset’s contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest
The resulting Financial Statements classifications of financial assets can be summarised as follows:
 
Contractual cash flows
  
Business model
  
Category
Solely principal and interest  Hold in order to collect contractual cash flows  Amortised cost
   
Solely principal and interest  Hold in order to collect contractual cash flows and sell  Fair value through other comprehensive income
   
Solely principal and interest  Hold in order to sell  Fair value through profit or loss
   
Other  Any of those mentioned above  Fair value through profit or loss
Solely principal and interest refers to the Group receiving returns only for the time value of money and the credit risk of the counterparty for financial assets held. The main exceptions for the Group are provisionally priced receivables and derivatives which are measured at fair value through the income statementprofit or loss under IFRS 9.
The Group has the intention of collecting payment directly from its customers in most cases, however the Group also participates in receivables financing programs in respect of selected customers. Receivables in these portfolios which are classified as ‘hold in order to sell’, are provisionally priced receivables and are therefore held at fair value through profit or loss prior to sale to the financial institution.
With the exception of derivative contracts and provisionally priced trade payables which are carried at fair value through profit or loss, the Group’s financial liabilities are classified as subsequently measured at amortised cost.
The Group may in addition elect to designate certain financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or to apply hedge accounting where they are not mandatorily held at fair value through profit or loss.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value.
F-52

Fair value measurement
The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value is principally calculated based on inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for these financial assets or liabilities, either directly (i.e. as unquoted prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates.
The inputs used in fair value calculations are determined by the relevant segment or function. The functions support the assets and operate under a defined set of accountabilities authorised by the Executive Leadership Team. Movements in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities may be recognised through the income statement or in other comprehensive income.income according to the designation of the underlying instrument.
For financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the inputs to the valuation method used based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
 
IFRS 13 Fair value hierarchy
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Valuation methodinputs Based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial assets and liabilities. Based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the financial asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as unquoted prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). Based on inputs not observable in the market using appropriate valuation models, including discounted cash flow modelling.
F-5
7


23.3 Financial assets and liabilities
The financial assets and liabilities are presented by class in the table below at their carrying amounts.
 
   
IFRS 13

Fair value

hierarchy

Level
 (1)
  
IFRS 9 Classification
  
2021

US$M
   2020
US$M
Restated
 
Current cross currency and interest rate swaps
 
(
2)
   2  Fair value through profit or loss   20    3 
Current other derivative contracts
 
(3)
   2,3  Fair value through profit or loss   207    45 
Current other investments
 (4)
   1,2  Fair value through profit or loss   3    36 
Non-current
cross currency and interest rate swaps
 (2)
   2  Fair value through profit or loss   1,123    2,009 
Non-current
other derivative contracts
 (3)
   2,3  Fair value through profit or loss   152    159 
Non-current
investment in share
s
   3  Fair value through other comprehensive income   31    32 
Non-current
other investments
 (4)(5)
   1,2,3  Fair value through profit or loss   304    322 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total other financial assets
          1,840    2,606 
Cash and cash equivalents
      Amortised cost   15,246    13,426 
Trade and other receivables
 (6)
      Amortised cost   2,363    1,633 
Provisionally priced trade receivables
   2  Fair value through profit or loss   3,547    1,480 
Loans to equity accounted investments
      Amortised cost   
    40 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total financial assets
          22,996    19,185 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-financial
assets
          85,931    86,548 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
          108,927    105,733 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
        
 
 
     
Current cross currency and interest rate swaps
 (2)
   2  Fair value through profit or loss   
    165 
Current other derivative contracts
 (3)
   2,3  Fair value through profit or loss   52    60 
Current other financial liabilities
 (7)
      Amortised cost   78     
Non-current
cross currency and interest rate swaps
 (2)
   2  Fair value through profit or loss   586    1,414 
Non-current
other financial liabilities
 (7)
      Amortised cost   560     
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total other financial liabilities
          1,276    1,639 
Trade and other payables
 (8)
      Amortised cost   6,277    5,354 
Provisionally priced trade payables
   2  Fair value through profit or loss   574    269 
Bank loans
 (9)
      Amortised cost   2,260    2,492 
Notes and debentures
 (9)
      Amortised cost   14,769    21,045 
Lease liabilities
          3,896    3,443 
Other
 (9)
      Amortised cost   58    68 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total financial liabilities
          29,110    34,310 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-financial
liabilities
          24,212    19,248 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
          53,322    53,558 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
IFRS 13
Fair value
hierarchy
Level
1
  
IFRS 9 Classification
  
2022

US$M
   2021
US$M
 
Current cross currency and interest rate swaps
2
   2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
 
   20 
Current other derivative contracts
3
   2,3  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
326
 
   207 
Current other financial assets
      
Amortised cost 

  
 
100
 
    
Current other investments
5
   1,2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
203
 
   3 
Non-current
cross currency and interest rate swaps
2
   2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
136
 
   1,123 
Non-current
other derivative contracts
3
   2,3  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
16
 
   152 
Non-current
other financial assets
4
   3  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
273
 
    
Non-current
investment in shares
   
1,3

  Fair value through other comprehensive income  
 
138
 
   31 
Non-current
other investments
5
   1,2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
239
 
   304 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total other financial assets
         
 
1,431
 
   1,840 
Cash and cash equivalents
      Amortised cost  
 
17,236
 
   15,246 
Trade and other receivables
6
      Amortised cost  
 
1,674
 
   2,363 
Provisionally priced trade receivables
   2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
3,478
 
   3,547 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total financial assets
         
 
23,819
 
   22,996 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-financial
assets
         
 
71,347
 
   85,931 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
         
 
95,166
 
   108,927 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
                  
Current cross currency and interest rate swaps
2
   2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
358
 
    
Current other derivative contracts
3
   2,3  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
118
 
   52 
Current other financial liabilities
7
      Amortised cost  
 
103
 
   78 
Non-current
cross currency and interest rate swaps
2
   2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
1,466
 
   586 
Non-current
other derivative contracts
3
   2,3  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
31
 
    
Non-current
other financial liabilities
7
      Amortised cost  
 
500
 
   560 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total other financial liabilities
         
 
2,576
 
   1,276 
Trade and other payables
8
      Amortised cost  
 
5,223
 
   6,277 
Provisionally priced trade payables
   2  Fair value through profit or loss  
 
1,385
 
   574 
Bank loans
9
      Amortised cost  
 
2,472
 
   2,260 
Notes and debentures
9
      Amortised cost  
 
11,363
 
   14,769 
Lease liabilities
         
 
2,576
 
   3,896 
Other
9
      Amortised cost  
 
17
 
   58 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total financial liabilities
         
 
25,612
 
   29,110 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-financial
liabilities
         
 
20,788
 
   24,212 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
         
 
46,400
 
   53,322 
          
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
All of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities recognised at fair value were valued using market observable inputs categorised as Level 2 with the exception of theunless specified itemsotherwise in the following footnotes.
(2) 
2
Cross currency and interest rate swaps are valued using market data including interest rate curves (which include the base LIBOR rate and swap rates) and foreign exchange rates. A discounted cash flow approach is used to derive the fair value of cross currency and interest rate swaps at the reporting date.
(3
)
Includes other derivative contracts of US$
nil (2021: US$121 million (2020: US$179 million) categorised as Level 3. Significant items arein FY2021 were derivatives embedded in physical commodity purchase and sales contracts of gas in Trinidad and Tobago with net assets fair valuewhich were disposed as part of the merger of the Petroleum business during the period.
4
Includes receivables contingent on outcome of future events relating to mining
,
and regulatory approvals of US$121233 million (2020:(2021: US$180 million) nil).
 
F-53

(4) 5
Includes investments held by BHP Billiton Foundation which are restricted and not available for general use by the Group of US$260 252
million (2020:(2021: US$296260 million) of which other investment (US(
mainly 
US Treasury Notes) of US$72 119
million categorised as Level 1 (2020:(2021: US$8772 million).
 
(5) 
Includes other investments of US$46 million (2020: US$47 million) categorised as Level 3.
(6) 6
Excludes input taxes of US$486 427
million (2020:(2021: US$478486 million) included in other receivables.
 
(7)7
Includes the discounted settlement liability in relation to the cancellation of power contracts at the Group’s Escondida operations.
 
(8) 8
Excludes input taxes of US$176 79
million (2020:(2021: US$145176 million) included in other payables.
 
(9) 9
All interest bearing liabilities, excluding lease liabilities, are unsecured.
The carrying amounts in the table above generally approximate to fair value. In the case of US$
3,018
million (2020:(2021: US$3,0193,018 million) of fixed rate debt not swapped to floating rate, the fair value at 30 June 20212022 was US$4,052 3,126
million (2020:(2021: US$4,1144,052 million). The fair value is determined using a method that can be categorised as Level 2 and uses inputs based on benchmark interest rates, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions.

For financial instruments that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation at the end of each reporting period. There were 0no transfers between categories during the period.

F-58

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
The Group enters into money market deposits and derivative transactions under International Swaps and Derivatives Association master netting agreements that do not meet the criteria in IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ for offsetting, but allow for the related amounts to be
set-off
in certain circumstances. The amounts set out as cross currency and interest rate swaps in the table above represent the derivative financial assets and liabilities of the Group that may be subject to the above arrangements and are presented on a gross basis.
23.4    Derivatives and hedge accounting
The Group uses derivatives to hedge its exposure to certain market risks and may elect to apply hedge accounting.
Hedge accounting
Derivatives are included within financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments. Financial instruments in this category are classified as current if they are due or expected to be settled within 12 months otherwise they are classified as
non-current.
Where hedge accounting is applied, at the start of the transaction, the Group documents the type of hedge, the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged items and its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The documentation also demonstrates that the hedge is expected to be effective.
The Group applies the following types of hedge accounting to its derivatives hedging the interest rate and currency risks inof its notes and debentures:
 
Fair value hedges – the fair value gain or loss on interest rate and cross currency swaps relating to interest rate risk, together with the change in the fair value of the hedged fixed rate borrowings attributable to interest rate risk are recognised immediately in the income statement.
If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the fair value adjustment on the note or debenture is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity using a recalculated effective interest rate.
 
Cash flow hedges – changes in the fair value of cross currency interest rate swaps which hedge foreign currency cash flows on the notes and debentures are recognised directly in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the cash flow hedging reserve. To the extent a hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognised immediately in the income statement.
When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold, terminated or exercised, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is amortised to the income statement over the period to the hedged item’s maturity.
When hedged, the Group hedges the full notional value of notes or debentures. However, certain components of the fair value of derivatives are not permitted under IFRS 9 to be included in the hedge accounting above. Certain costs of hedging are permitted to be recognised in other comprehensive income. Any change in the fair value of a derivative that does not qualify for hedge accounting, or is ineffective in hedging the designated risk due to contractual differences between the hedged item and hedging instrument, is recognised immediately in the income statement.
The table below shows the carrying amounts of the Group’s notes and debentures by currency and the derivatives which hedge them:
 
The carrying amount of the notes and debentures includes foreign exchange remeasurement to
period-end
rates and fair value adjustments when included in a fair value hedge.
 
The breakdown of the hedging derivatives includes remeasurement of foreign currency notional values at
period-end
rates, fair value movements due to interest rate risk, foreign currency cash flows designated into cash flow hedges, costs of hedging recognised in other comprehensive income, ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement and accruals or prepayments.
 
The hedged value of notes and debentures includes their carrying amounts adjusted for the offsetting derivative fair value movements due to foreign currency and interest rate risk remeasurement.
 
F-54F-
59

       
Fair value of derivatives
    
2021
US$M                                    
  
Carrying
amount of
notes and
debentures
   
Foreign
exchange
notional
at spot
rates
   
Interest
rate risk
  
Recognised
in cash flow
hedging
reserve
  
Recognised
in cost of
hedging
reserve
   
Recognised
in the
income
statement 
(1)
  
Accrued
cash
flows
  
Total
  
Hedged
value of
notes and
debentures 
(2)
 
   A   B   C  D  E   F  G  B to G  A + B + C 
USD
  
 
6,270
 
  
 
 
  
 
(318
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
11
 
 
 
77
 
 
 
(230
 
 
5,952
 
GBP
  
 
3,387
 
  
 
435
 
  
 
(544
 
 
(81
 
 
25
 
  
 
(34
 
 
53
 
 
 
(146
 
 
3,278
 
EUR
  
 
4,486
 
  
 
73
 
  
 
(418
 
 
(33
 
 
27
 
  
 
7
 
 
 
49
 
 
 
(295
 
 
4,141
 
CA
D
  
 
626
 
  
 
142
 
  
 
(21
 
 
(28
 
 
25
 
  
 
(2
 
 
(2
 
 
114
 
 
 
747
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
14,769
 
  
 
650
 
  
 
(1,301
 
 
(142
 
 
77
 
  
 
(18
 
 
177
 
 
 
(557
 
 
14,118
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

       
Fair value of derivatives
    
2022
US$M                                    
  
Carrying
amount of
notes and
debentures
   
Foreign
exchange
notional
at spot
rates
   
Interest
rate risk
  
Recognised
in cash flow
hedging
reserve
  
Recognised
in cost of
hedging
reserve
   
Recognised
in the
income
statement
1
  
Accrued
cash
flows
  
Total
  
Hedged
value of
notes and
debentures
2
 
   
A
   
B
   
C
  
D
  
E
   
F
  
G
  
B to G
  
A + B + C
 
USD
  
 
4,740
 
  
 
 
  
 
(16
) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
(7
) 
 
86
 
 
 
63
 
 
 
4,724
 
GBP
  
 
2,599
 
  
 
796
 
  
 
(115
) 
 
(35
) 
 
13
 
  
 
26
 
 
 
42
 
 
 
727
 
 
 
3,280
 
EUR
  
 
3,449
 
  
 
585
 
  
 
112
 
 
 
(16
) 
 
8
 
  
 
(4
) 
 
45
 
 
 
730
 
 
 
4,146
 
CAD
  
 
575
 
  
 
167
 
  
 
5
 
 
 
(8
) 
 
6
 
  
 
(3
) 
 
1
 
 
 
168
 
 
 
747
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
 
11,363
 
  
 
1,548
 
  
 
(14
) 
 
(59
) 
 
27
 
  
 
12
 
 
 
174
 
 
 
1,688
 
 
 
12,897
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
       Fair value of derivatives    
2021
US$M                                    
  Carrying
amount of
notes and
debentures
   Foreign
exchange
notional
at spot
rates
   Interest
rate risk
  Recognised
in cash flow
hedging
reserve
  Recognised
in cost of
hedging
reserve
   
Recognised
in the
income
statement
1
  Accrued
cash
flows
  Total  
Hedged
value of
notes and
debentures
2
 
   A   B   C  D  E   F  G  B to G  A + B + C 
USD
   6,270        (318         11   77   (230  5,952 
GBP
   3,387    435    (544  (81  25    (34  53   (146  3,278 
EUR
   4,486    73    (418  (33  27    7   49   (295  4,141 
CAD
   626    142    (21  (28  25    (2  (2  114   747 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   14,769    650    (1,301  (142  77    (18  177   (557  14,118 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
       Fair value of derivatives    
2020
US$M                                    
  Carrying
amount of
notes and
debentures
   Foreign
exchange
notional
at spot
rates
   Interest
rate risk
  Recognised
in cash flow
hedging
reserve
  Recognised
in cost of
hedging
reserve
  Recognised
in the
income
statement 
(1)
  Accrued
cash
flows
  Total  Hedged
value of
notes and
debentures 
(2)
 
   A   B   C  D  E  F  G  B to G  A + B + C 
USD
   9,926        (742        29   74   (639  9,184 
GBP
   3,245    764    (730  (16  13   (18  47   60   3,279 
EUR
   7,294    500    (576  (55  21   65   32   (13  7,218 
CAD
   580    199    (32     (2  (4  (2  159   747 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   21,045    1,463    (2,080  (71  32   72   151   (433  20,428 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 1
Predominantly related to ineffectiveness.
 
(2) 
2
Includes US$3,018
million (2020:(2021: US$3,019 3,018
million) of fixed rate debt not swapped to floating rate that is not in a hedging relationship.
The weighted average interest rate payable is USD LIBOR + 2.181.74 per cent (2020:(2021: USD LIBOR + 2.952.18 per cent). Refer to note 22 ‘Net finance costs’ for details of net finance costs for the year.


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
IBOR reform impacts the Group’s cross currency and interest rate swaps, which reference
3-month
US LIBOR, and the associated hedge accounting. At 30 June 2021,2022, the notional value of hedging instruments that reference
3-month
US LIBOR is
US$
15.6
billion (2021: US$
16.8 billion. It is anticipated that the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)
billion). The SOFR benchmark rate will beis being widely adopted by market participants and effectively replaceas the replacement for US LIBOR in new contracts during FY2022.contracts. However, a number of US LIBOR settings, including
3-month
US LIBOR, will continue to be published until 30 June 2023. Accordingly, absent of any agreement with counterparties to transition to an alternative risk-free rate before this date, the Group’s existing cross currency and interest rate swaps with maturity dates beyond 30 June 2023 will only transition to ARR once US LIBOR publication ceases. As at 30 June 2021,2022, the Group has not transitioned any of its existing cross currency and interest rate swaps to alternative risk-free rates.rates, however it is expecting to commence active transition of the existing cross currency and interest rate swaps portfolio to alternative benchmark rates during FY2023.
The following table shows the notional value of the Group’s hedging instruments that are expected to expire before 30 June 2023.
 
Hedging instrument
  
Notional
currency
  
Notional value

US$M
   
Notional value to mature before
LIBOR expires FY2023

US$M
 
Interest rate swaps
  USD  
 
11,950
 
  
 
1,979
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
  EUR  
 
3,187
 
  
 
404
 
   GBP  
 
1,673
 
  
 
923
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Total
  
 
16,810
 
  
 
3,306
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Hedging instrument
  
Notional
currency
  
Notional value

US$M
   
Notional value to mature before
LIBOR expires FY2023

US$M
 
Interest rate swaps
  USD  
 
10,719
 
  
 
748
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
  EUR  
 
3,187
 
  
 
404
 
   GBP  
 
1,673
 
  
 
923
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Total
  
 
15,579
 
  
 
2,075
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
In addition, the Group has other arrangements which reference
3-month
US LIBOR benchmarks and extend beyond 2021.2022. These include USD bank loans of
US$2.31.6 billion and an undrawn revolving credit facility (refer(2021: US$
2.3
billion). Refer to note 20 ‘Net debt’).
The Group has earlypreviously adopted amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ in relation to IBOR Reform (refer to note 39 ‘New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies’).Reform. These amendments provide reliefs from applying specific hedge accounting requirements to hedging arrangements directly impacted by these reforms. In particular, where changes to the Group’s instruments arise solely as a result of IBOR reform and do not change the economic substance of the Group’s arrangements, the Group is able to maintain its existing hedge relationships and accounting. The Group has appliedcontinued to apply these reliefs, resulting in no impact on the Group’s hedge accounting. Upon transition to alternative risk-free rates, the Group will seek to apply further reliefs in IFRS 9 and continue to apply hedge accounting to its hedging arrangements.

F-60

Movements in reserves relating to hedge accounting
The following table shows a reconciliation of the components of equity and an analysis of the movements in reserves for all hedges. For a description of these reserves, refer to note
17 ‘Other
‘Other equity’.
 
2022
US$M
  
Cash flow hedging
reserve
 
Cost of hedging
reserve
 
Total
 
  
Gross
 
Tax
 
Net
 
Gross
 
Tax
 
Net
   
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
142
 
 
 
(42
 
 
100
 
 
 
(77
 
 
23
 
  
 
(54
 
 
46
 
Add: Change in fair value of hedging instrument recognised in OCI
  
 
(914
) 
 
274
 
 
 
(640
) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(640
)
Less: Reclassified from reserves to interest expense – recognised through OCI
  
 
831
 
 
 
(250
) 
 
581
 
 
 
50
 
 
 
(15
)
 
  
 
35
 
 
 
616
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
59
 
 
 
(18
 
 
41
 
 
 
(27
 
 
8
 
  
 
(19
 
 
22
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
2021
US$M
  
Cash flow hedging
reserve
 
Cost of hedging
reserve
 
Total
   Cash flow hedging
reserve
 Cost of hedging
reserve
 Total 
  
Gross
 
Tax
 
Net
 
Gross
 
Tax
   
Net
     Gross Tax Net Gross Tax   Net    
At the beginning of the financial yea
r
  
 
71
 
 
 
(21
 
 
50
 
 
 
(32
 
 
9
 
  
 
(23
 
 
27
 
At the beginning of the financial year
   71   (21  50   (32  9    (23  27 
Add: Change in fair value of hedging instrument recognised in OCI
  
 
863
 
 
 
(259
 
 
604
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
604
 
   863   (259  604             604 
Less: Reclassified from reserves to financial expenses – recognised through OCI
  
 
(792
 
 
238
 
 
 
(554
 
 
(45
 
 
14
 
  
 
(31
 
 
(585
Less: Reclassified from reserves to interest expense – recognised through OCI
   (792  238   (554  (45  14    (31  (585
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
142
 
 
 
(42
 
 
100
 
 
 
(77
 
 
23
 
  
 
(54
 
 
46
 
   142   (42  100   (77  23    (54  46 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 

F-55

2020
US$M
  Cash flow hedging
reserve
  Cost of hedging
reserve
  Total 
   Gross  Tax  Net  Gross  Tax  Net    
At the beginning of the financial year
   163   (49  114   (106  32   (74  40 
Add: Change in fair value of hedging instrument recognised in OCI
   (315  94   (221           (221
Less: Reclassified from reserves to financial expenses – recognised through OCI
   223   (66  157   74   (23  51   208 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
   71   (21  50   (32  9   (23  27 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Changes in interest bearing liabilities and related derivatives resulting from financing activities
The movement in the year in the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and related derivatives are as
follows:
 
   
Interest bearing liabilities
  
Derivatives
(assets)/

liabilities
    
2021
US$M
  
Bank
loans
  
Notes and
debentures
  
Lease
liabilities
  
Bank
overdraft
and short-
term
borrowings
  
Other
  
Cross
currency
and
interest
rate swaps
  
Total
 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
2,492
 
 
 
21,045
 
 
 
3,443
 
 
 
 
 
 
68
 
 
 
(433
    
Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities
  
 
504
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64
 
 
 
 
 
 
568
 
Settlements of debt related instruments
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
167
 
 
 
167
 
Repayment of interest bearing liabilities
  
 
(737
 
 
(6,888
 
 
(770
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8,395
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change from Net financing cash flows
  
 
(233
 
 
(6,888
 
 
(770
 
 
 
 
 
64
 
 
 
167
 
 
 
(7,660
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Other movements:
                             
Loss on bond repurchase
      579            (184    
Interest rate impacts
  
 
 
 
 
(764
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
704
 
    
Foreign exchange impacts
  
 
(1
 
 
798
 
 
 
115
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14
 
 
(796
    
Lease additions
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,223
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
Remeasurement of index-linked freight contracts
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(59
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
Other interest bearing liabilities/derivative related changes
  
 
2
 
 
 
(1
 
 
(56
 
 
 
 
 
(60
 
 
(15
    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
     
At the end of the financial year
  
 
2,260
 
 
 
14,769
 
 
 
3,896
 
 
 
 
 
 
58
 
 
 
(557
    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
     
    
   Interest bearing liabilities  Derivatives
(assets)/
liabilities
    
2020
US$M
  Bank
loans
  Notes and
debentures
  Lease
liabilities
  Bank
overdraft
and short-
term
borrowings
  Other  Cross
currency
and
interest
rate swaps
  Total 
At the beginning of the financial year
   2,498   21,529   715   20   66   204     
Proceeds from interest bearing liabilitie
s
   514                  514 
Settlements of debt related instruments
                  (157  (157
Repayment of interest bearing liabilities
   (522  (859  (671     5      (2,047
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change from Net financing cash flows
   (8  (859  (671     5   (157  (1,690
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Other movements:
                             
Interest rate impacts
      720            (788    
Foreign exchange impacts
      (354  (43     (4  316     
Leases recognised on IFRS 16 transition
         2,301              
Lease additions
         436              
Remeasurement of index-linked freight contracts
         733              
Other interest bearing liabilities/derivative related changes
   2   9   (28  (20  1   (8    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
     
At the end of the financial year
   2,492   21,045   3,443      68   (433    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
     
   
Interest bearing liabilities
  
Derivatives
(assets)/

liabilities
    
2022
US$M
  
Bank
loans
  
Notes and
debentures
  
Lease
liabilities
  
Bank
overdraft
and
short-term

borrowings
   
Other
  
Cross
currency
a
n
d
interest
rate swaps
  
Total
 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
2,260
 
 
 
14,769
 
 
 
3,896
 
 
 
 
  
 
58
 
 
 
(557
    
Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities
  
 
1,150
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
14
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,164
 
Settlements of debt related instruments
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of interest bearing liabilities
1
  
 
(941
) 
 
(1,232
) 
 
(1,163
) 
 
 
  
 
(55
) 
 
 
 
 
(3,391
)
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change from Net financing cash flows
  
 
209
 
 
 
(1,232
) 
 
(1,163
) 
 
 
  
 
(41
) 
 
 
 
 
(2,227
)
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Other movements:
                              
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(492
) 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
Interest rate impacts
  
 
 
 
 
(1,286
) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
1,277
 
    
Foreign exchange impacts
  
 
3
 
 
 
(894
) 
 
(126
) 
 
 
  
 
(2
) 
 
898
 
    
Lease additions
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
866
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
Remeasurement of index-linked freight contracts
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(369
) 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
Other interest bearing liabilities/derivative related changes
  
 
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
(36
) 
 
 
  
 
2
 
 
 
70
 
    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
     
At the end of the financial year
  
 
2,472
 
 
 
11,363
 
 
 
2,576
 
 
 
 
  
 
17
 
 
 
1,688
 
    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
     
    
   Interest bearing liabilities  Derivatives
(assets)/
liabilities
    
2021
US$M
  Bank
loans
  Notes and
debentures
  Lease
liabilities
  Bank
overdraft
and
short-term

borrowings
   Other  Cross
currency
and
interest
rate swaps
  Total 
At the beginning of the financial year
   2,492   21,045   3,443       68   (433    
Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities
   504             64      568 
Settlements of debt related instruments
                   167   167 
Repayment of interest bearing liabilities
1
   (737  (6,888  (770            (8,395
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Change from Net financing cash flows
   (233  (6,888  (770      64   167   (7,660
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Other movements:
                              
Loss on bond repurchase
      579             (184    
Interest rate impacts
      (764            704     
Foreign exchange impacts
   (1  798   115       (14  (796    
Lease additions
         1,223               
Remeasurement of index-linked freight contracts
         (59              
Other interest bearing liabilities/derivative related changes
   2   (1  (56      (60  (15    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
     
At the end of the financial year
   2,260   14,769   3,896       58   (557    
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
1
Includes US$33 million (2021: US$38 million) of Discontinued operations cash flows.
F-56
F-
6
1

Employee matters
24    Key management personnel
Key management personnel compensation
comprises:
 
   
2021
   2020   2019 
   
US$
   US$   US$ 
Short-term employee benefits
  
 
14,081,625
 
   12,564,637    11,557,506 
Post-employment benefits
  
 
744,951
 
   1,172,727    1,490,716 
Share-based payments
  
 
11,601,866
 
   13,514,588    15,821,972 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
26,428,442
 
   27,251,952    28,870,194 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021   2020 
   
US$
   US$   US$ 
Short-term employee benefits
  
 
13,979,139
 
   14,081,625    12,564,637 
Post-employment benefits
  
 
634,363
 
   744,951    1,172,727 
Share-based payments
  
 
11,165,439
 
   11,601,866    13,514,588 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
25,778,941
 
   26,428,442    27,251,952 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Key Management Personnel (KMP) includes the roles which have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of BHP. These are
Non-executive
Directors, the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer, the President Minerals Australia, the President Minerals Americas and the Senior Executive Officer (i.e. President Petroleum.Petroleum until 31 May 2022).
Transactions and outstanding loans/amounts with key management personnel
There were 0no purchases by key management personnel from the Group during FY2021 (2020:FY2022 (2021: US$ NaN; 2019:nil; 2020: US$ NaN)nil).
There were 0no amounts payable by key management personnel at 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$ NaN; 2019:nil; 2020: US$ NaN)nil).
There were 0no loans receivable from or payable to key management personnel at 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$ NaN; 2019:nil; 2020: US$ NaN)nil).
Transactions with personally related entities
A number of Directors of the Group hold or have held positions in other companies (personally related entities) where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. There were 0no reportable transactions with those entities and no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities at 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$ NaN; 2019:nil; 2020: US$ NaN)nil).
For more information on remuneration and transactions with key management personnel, refer to section 2.2.the Remuneration Report under Governance.
25    Employee share ownership plans
Awards, in the form of the right to receive ordinary shares in either BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc, have been granted under the following employee share ownership plans: Cash and Deferred Plan (CDP), Short-Term Incentive Plan (STIP), Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), Management Award Plan (MAP), Transitional and Commencement KMP awards and the
all-employee
share plan, Shareplus. Following unification of our dual listed company structure in January 2022, employees holding unvested BHP Group Plc awards received one BHP Group Limited award per BHP Group Plc award held at the time of unification. Vesting of awards will stay on the original timeframes. Employees holding BHP Group Plc acquired shares under Shareplus received one BHP Group Limited share for each BHP Group Plc share owned.
Some awards are eligible to receive a cash payment, or the equivalent value in shares, equal to the dividend amount that would have been earned on the underlying shares awarded to those participants (the Dividend Equivalent Payment, or DEP). The DEP is provided to the participants once the underlying shares are allocated or transferred to them. Awards under the plans do not confer any rights to participate in a share issue; however, there is discretion under each of the plans to adjust the awards in response to a variation in the share capital of BHP Group Limited orLimited.
On completion of the merger between BHP Petroleum and Woodside on 1 June 2022, adjustments were made to unvested awards held under the above mentioned employee share ownership plans to ensure participants continue to be appropriately treated. The number of ‘Uplift’ awards granted of 1,574,034 shares was calculated based on the number of unvested awards held prior to the merger multiplied by 1.1205 being the USD value of the in specie dividend divided by the closing BHP Group Plc.Limited share price on 31 May 2022 (converted into USD on the same date) plus one.
 
F-57F-6
2

Table of Contents

The table below provides a description of each of the
plans.
Plan
 
CDP and STIP
 
LTIP and MAP
 
Transitional and
Commencement KMP
awards
 
Shareplus
Type
 Short-term incentive Long-term incentive Long-term incentive All-employee share purchase plan
 
 
 
 
 
Overview
 
The CDP was implemented in FY2020 as a replacement for the STIP, both of which are generally plans for Executive KMP and members of the Executive Leadership Team who are not Executive KMP.
 
Under the CDP, two thirds of the value of a participant’s short-term incentive amount is awarded as rights to receive BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc shares at the end of the vesting period (and the remaining one third is delivered in cash). Two awards of deferred shares are granted, each of the equivalent value to the cash award, vesting in two and five years respectively.
 
Under STIP, half of the value of a participant’s short-term incentive amount is awarded as rights to receive BHP Group Limited or BHP Group Plc shares at the end of the
two-year
vesting period.
 
The LTIP is a plan for Executive KMP and members of the Executive Leadership Team who are not Executive KMP, and awards are granted annually.
 
The MAP is a plan for BHP senior management who are not KMP. The number of share rights awarded is determined by a participant’s role and grade.
 
Awards may be granted to new Executive KMP recruited into or within the Group to bridge the time-based gap between the vesting of awards either granted in their
non-KMP
roles or to replace awards foregone from a previous company.
 
Employees
may contribute
up
to
US$5,000 to acqui
r
e
s
haresacquire shares in any plan year. On
the third anniversary of the
start of a plan year,
, the
Group will match the
number of acquired shares.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Vesting conditions
 
CDP: Service conditions only for the
two-year
award. Vesting of the five-year award is subject to service conditions and also to holistic review of performance at the end of the five-year vesting period, including a five-year view on HSEC performance, profitability, cash flow, balance sheet health, returns to shareholders, corporate governance and conduct.
 
STIP: Service conditions only.
 
LTIP: Service and performance conditions.
 
BHP’s Total Shareholder
Return
1
(TSR)(1) performance relative to the Peer Group TSR over a five-year performance period determines the vesting of 67 per cent of the awards, while performance relative to the Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index) determines the vesting of 33 per cent of the awards. For the awards to vest in full, BHP’s TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR and Index TSR (if applicable) by a specified percentage per year, determined for each grant by the Remuneration Committee. From the establishment of the LTIP in 2004 until the awards granted in December 2016, this percentage was set at 5.5 per cent per year.
For awards granted from December 2017 onwards, 25 per cent of the award will vest where BHP’s TSR is equal to the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s), as measured over the performance period. Where TSR is below the median, awards will not vest. Vesting occurs on a sliding scale when BHP’s TSR measured over the performance period is between the median TSR of the relevant comparator group(s) up to a nominated level of TSR outperformance over the relevant comparator group(s), as determined by the Committee, above which 100 per cent of the award will vest.
MAP: Service conditions only.
 
Service and performance conditions.
The Remuneration Committee has absolute discretion to determine if the performance condition has been met and whether any, all or part of the award will vest (or otherwise lapse), having regard to personal performance and the underlying financial performance of the Group during the performance period.
To the extent the performance condition is not achieved, awards will lapse. There is no retesting of the performance condition. Vested awards may be subject to a holding lock.
 Service conditions only.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F-6
3

Plan
CDP and STIP
LTIP and MAP
Transitional and
Commencement KMP
awards
Shareplus
     
Vesting period
 
CDP – 2 and 5 years
 
STIP – 2 years
 
LTIP – 5 years
 
MAP – 1 to 5 years
 
2 years
 3 years
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Dividend Equivalent Payment
 
CDP – Yes
 
STIP – Yes
 
LTIP – Yes
 
MAP – Varies
 
Yes
 No
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Exercise period
 None None None None
 
(1) 
1
BHP’s
For LTIP awards granted prior to unification and where the five-year performance period ends after unification, the TSR at the start of the performance period is based on the weighted average of the TSRs of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc.Plc and the TSR at the end of the performance period is based on the TSR of BHP Group Limited.
Employee share awards

2022
 
Number of
awards

at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  
Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  
Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  
Number of
awards
lapsed
  
Number of
BHP Group
Plc awards
transferred to
BHP Group
Limited on
unification
1
  
Number of
awards

at the end
of the
financial
year
  
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
  
Weighted
average
share
price at
exercise
date
 
BHP Group Limited
                                
CDP awards
 
 
216,340
 
 
 
491,654
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
707,994
 
 
 
2.2
 
 
 
n/a
 
STIP awards
 
 
200,785
 
 
 
9,014
 
 
 
125,989
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83,810
 
 
 
0.2
 
 
 
A$47.70
 
LTIP awards
 
 
3,543,220
 
 
 
714,781
 
 
 
1,114,524
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,143,477
 
 
 
1.8
 
 
 
A$47.70
 
MAP awards
2
 
 
9,953,517
 
 
 
3,915,785
 
 
 
4,615,318
 
 
 
2,321,453
 
 
 
161,642
 
 
 
7,094,173
 
 
 
1.2
 
 
 
A$46.62
 
Transitional and Commencement KMP
awards
 
 
77,000
 
 
 
9,279
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86,279
 
 
 
0.2
 
 
 
n/a
 
Shareplus
 
 
4,539,194
 
 
 
3,091,639
 
 
 
2,465,378
 
 
 
531,479
 
 
 
280,494
 
 
 
4,914,470
 
 
 
1.3
 
 
 
A$50.54
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
     
BHP Group Plc
                                
MAP awards
 
 
176,049
 
 
 
72,412
 
 
 
70,657
 
 
 
16,162
 
 
 
161,642
 
 
 
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
£22.18
 
Shareplus
 
 
232,767
 
 
 
63,209
 
 
 
2,174
 
 
 
13,308
 
 
 
280,494
 
 
 
 
 
 
n/a

 
 
 
£22.11
 
1
On unification of the Group’s corporate structure on 31 January 2022 (refer note 16 ‘Share capital’ for details) 161,642 of unvested awards over BHP Group Plc shares lapsed and were replaced by equivalent awards over BHP Group Limited on the terms of the MAP awards.
Under the rules of the Shareplus, on unification, holders of acquired BHP Group Plc shares, exchanged them for BHP Group Limited shares on the same terms of other BHP Group Plc shareholders. As participants were not eligible for matching shares in BHP Group Plc, BHP Group Limited made an equivalent offer of rights to match 280,494 unvested awards, which will vest based on their original timeline and will be satisfied with the delivery of BHP Group Limited shares.
F-58
Given the unification had no impact on the vesting timelines or the terms and conditions of the MAP awards and Shareplus, the changes did not represent a modification that changed the fair value of the awards.
2
There were 2,761 number of awards vested and exercisable at the end of the financial year.
F-6
4

Table of Contents

Employee share awards
2021
 
Number of
awards

at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  
Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  
Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  
Number of
awards
lapsed
  
Number of
awards

at the end
of the
financial
year
  
Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
  
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
  
Weighted
average
share
price at
exercise
date
 
BHP Group Limited
                                
CDP awards
 
 
 
 
 
276,944
 
 
 
 
 
 
60,604
 
 
 
216,340
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.2
 
 
 
 
STIP awards
 
 
377,140
 
 
 
74,796
 
 
 
251,148
 
 
 
3
 
 
 
200,785
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.5
 
 
 
A$39.06
 
GSTIP awards
(1)
 
 
12,041
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,041
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A$39.06
 
LTIP awards
 
 
4,937,506
 
 
 
654,790
 
 
 
653,170
 
 
 
1,395,906
 
 
 
3,543,220
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.6
 
 
 
A$39.06
 
MAP awards
  
11,159,990
   
3,502,112
   
4,161,573
   
547,012
   
9,953,517
   
51,247
   
1.2
  
 
A$39.16
 
Transitional and Commencement KMP awards
 
 
 
 
 
77,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.2
 
 
 
 
Shareplus
 
 
4,057,382
 
 
 
2,536,374
 
 
 
1,694,880
 
 
 
359,682
 
 
 
4,539,194
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.3
 
 
 
A$45.49
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
BHP Group Plc
                                
MAP awards
 
 
218,403
 
 
 
82,404
 
 
 
70,569
 
 
 
54,189
 
 
 
176,049
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.1
 
 
 
£17.89
 
Shareplus
 
 
229,462
 
 
 
125,493
 
 
 
103,128
 
 
 
19,060
 
 
 
232,767
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.3
 
 
 
£20.57
 
(1) 
Short-term incentive awards that were granted to BHP senior management who were not KMP. Awards were last granted in FY2018. All awards had vested or lapsed at 30 June 2021.
Employee share awards
pre-tax
expense is US$123.525 million (2020: US$128.999 million; 2019: US$138.275 million).
Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued
 
2021
 
Weighted
average fair
value of
awards
granted
during the
year US$
  
Risk-free

interest
rate
  
Estimated
life of
awards
  
Share price at grant date
  
Estimated
volatility
of share
price
  
Dividend
yield
 
BHP Group Limited
                        
CDP awards
 
 
25.28
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
2 and 5
years
 
 
  
A$35.90
  
 
n/a
 
 
 
n/a
 
STIP awards
 
 
25.28
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
2 years
 
 
 
A$35.90
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
n/a
 
LTIP awards
(1)
 
 
14.68
 
 
 
0.25%
 
 
 
5 years
 
 
A$35.90/A$33.81/A$38.56
 
 
 
28.0
  
n/a
 
MAP awards
(2)
 
 
22.88
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
1-5 years
 
 
 
A$38.36/A$36.91/A$35.90/A$45.88
 
  
n/a
  
 
4.90
Transitional and Commencement KMP awards
  
28.35
   
n/a
   
2 years
   
A$38.56
   
n/a
  
 
n/a
 
Shareplus
 
 
24.96
 
 
 
0.21%
 
 
 
3 years
 
 
 
A$30.19
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
5.59
BHP Group Plc
                        
MAP awards
 
 
18.66
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
3 years
 
 
 
£17.13
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
5.70
Shareplus
 
 
15.32
 
 
 
0.12%
 
 
 
3 years
 
 
 
£12.11
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
6.40
2022
 
Weighted
average fair
value of
awards
granted
during the
year US$
  
Risk-free

interest
rate
  
Estimated
life of
awards
  
Share price at
grant date
  
Estimated
volatility
of share
price
  
Dividend yield
 
BHP Group Limited
                        
CDP awards
 
 
27.46
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
2 and 5
 
years
 
 
 
A$38.05
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
n/a
 
LTIP awards
 
 
13.66
 
 
 
1.36%
 
 
 
5 years
 
 
 
A$38.05
 
 
 
30.0%

  
 
n/a
 
MAP awards
1
 
 
22.10
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
1-5 years
 
 
 
A$51.33/A$36.39/

A$46.55/
A$50.58
/
A$42.52

 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 

 
5.0% up to 30 June
2022 and 7.5% per
annum thereafter
 
 
 
Shareplus
 
 
22.80
 
 
 
0.12%
 

 
 
3 years
 
 
 
A$45.66
 
 
 
n/a

 
 
 
5.51
%

  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
BHP Group Plc
                        
MAP awards
 
 
20.85
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
3 years
 
 
 
£18.62
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 

 
5.0% up to 30 June
2022 and 7.5% per
annum thereafter
 
 
 
Shareplus
 
 
14.53
 
 
 
0.15%
  
 
3 years
 
 
 
£20.68
 
 
 
n/a

 
 
 
6.60
%
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes LTIP awards granted on 20 October 2020, 2 November 2020 and 1 December 2020.
(2) 
1
Includes MAP awards granted on 2117 August 2020, 242021, 29 September 2020, 20 October 20202021, 1 March 2022, 30 March 2022 and 7 April 2021.17 June 2022.
Recognition and measurement
The fair value at grant date of equity-settled share awards is charged to the income statement over the period for which the benefits of employee services are expected to be derived. The fair values of awards granted were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology and Black-Scholes option pricing technique and consider the following factors:
 
exercise price
 
expected life of the award
 
current market price of the underlying shares
 
expected volatility using an analysis of historic volatility over different rolling periods. For the LTIP, it is calculated for all sector comparators and the published MSCI World index
 
expected dividends
 
risk-free interest rate, which is an applicable government bond rate
 
market-based performance hurdles
 
non-vesting
conditions
Where awards are forfeited because
non-market-based
vesting conditions are not satisfied, the expense previously recognised is proportionately reversed.
The tax effect of awards granted is recognised in income tax expense, except to the extent that the total tax deductions are expected to exceed the cumulative remuneration expense. In this situation, the excess of the associated current or deferred tax is recognised in equity and forms part of the employee share awards reserve. The fair value of awards as presented in the tables above represents the fair value at grant date.
In respect of employee share awards, the Group utilises the Billiton Employee Share Ownership Trust and the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Equity Trust. The trusteestrustee of these trusts arethis trust is an independent companies,company, resident in Jersey. The trusts usetrust uses funds provided by the Group to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value.
 
F-59F-6
5

26    Employee benefits, restructuring and post-retirement employee benefits provisions
 
   
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Employee benefits
(1)
  
 
1,624
 
   1,313 
Restructuring
(2)
  
 
54
 
   34 
Post-retirement employee benefits
(3)
  
 
534
 
   547 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total provisions
  
 
2,212
 
   1,894 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
          
Current
  
 
1,606
 
   1,283 
Non-current
  
 
606
 
   611 
   
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Employee benefits
1
  
 
1,351
 
   1,624 
Restructuring
2
  
 
27
 
   54 
Post-retirement employee benefits
3
  
 
281
 
   534 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total provisions
  
 
1,659
 
   2,212 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprising:
          
Current
  
 
1,319
 
   1,606 
Non-current
  
 
340
 
   606 
 
2021
US$M
  
Employee
benefits
  
Restructuring
  
Post-
retirement
employee
benefits
(3)
  
Total
 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
1,313
 
 
 
34
 
 
 
547
 
 
 
1,894
 
Charge/(credit) for the year:
                 
Underlying
  
 
1,402
 
 
 
45
 
 
 
62
 
 
 
1,509
 
Discounting
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31
 
 
 
31
 
Net interest expense
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10
 
 
(10
Exchange variations
  
 
104
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
30
 
 
 
135
 
Released during the year
  
 
(82
 
 
 
 
 
(46
 
 
(128
Remeasurement gains taken to retained earning
s
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(58
 
 
(58
Utilisation
  
 
(1,119
 
 
(26
 
 
(59
 
 
(1,204
Transfers and other movements
  
 
6
 
 
 
 
 
 
37
 
 
 
43
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
1,624
 
 
 
54
 
 
 
534
 
 
 
2,212
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
2022
  
Employee
benefits
  
Restructuring
  
Post-
retirement
employee
benefits
3
  
Total
 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
1,624
 
  
 
54
 
  
 
534
 
  
 
2,212
 
Charge/(credit) for the year:
                    
Underlying
  
 
1,424
 
  
 
24
 
  
 
78
 
  
 
1,526
 
Discounting
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
30
 
  
 
30
 
Net interest expense
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
(9
)  
 
(9
)
 
Exchange variations
  
 
(131
)  
 
(1
)
 
  
 
(51
)  
 
(183
)
Released during the year
  
 
(58
)  
 
(2
)  
 
(2
)  
 
(62
)
Remeasurement gains taken to retained earnings
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
(24
)  
 
(24
)
Utilisation
  
 
(1,381
)
 
  
 
(43
)  
 
(58
)  
 
(1,482
)
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations  
 
(128
)  
 
(6
)  
 
(217
)
 
  
 
(351
)
Transfers and other movements
  
 
1
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
  
 
2
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
1,351
 
  
 
27
 
  
 
281
 
  
 
1,659
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 
1
The expenditure associated with total employee benefits will occur in a pattern consistent with when employees choose to exercise their entitlement to benefits.
(2) 
2
Total restructuring provisions include provisions for terminations and office closures.
(3) 
3
Refer to note 27 ‘PensionThe net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet includes US$165 million present value of funded defined benefits pension obligation (2021: US$377 million) offset by fair value of defined benefit scheme assets US$(169) million (2021: US$(398) million), US$85 million present value of unfunded defined pension and other post-retirement obligations’medical benefits obligation (2021: US$321 million) and US$200 million unfunded post-employment benefits obligation in Chile (2021: US$234 million).
Recognition and measurement
Provisions are recognised by the Group when:
 
there is a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events
 
it is more likely than not that a permanent outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation
 
the amount can be reliably estimated and measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the cash outflow required to settle the obligation at the reporting date
 
Provision
  
Description
Employee benefits
  
Liabilities for benefits accruing to employees up until the reporting date in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave and any accumulating sick leave accrued up untilare recognised in the reporting date that areperiod the related service is rendered.
Liabilities recognised in respect of short-term employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.
 
Liabilities for other long-term employee benefits, including long service leave are measured as the present value of estimated future payments for the services provided by employees up to the reporting date and disclosed within employee benefits.date.
 
Liabilities that are not expected to be settled within 12 months are discounted at the reporting date using market yields of high-quality corporate bonds or government bonds for countries where there is no deep market for corporate bonds. The rates used reflect the terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
 
In relation to industry-based long service leave funds, the Group’s liability, including obligations for funding shortfalls, is determined after deducting the fair value of dedicated assets of such funds.
 
Liabilities for short and long-term employee benefits (other than unpaid wages and salaries) are disclosed within employee benefits. Liabilities for unpaid wages and salaries are recognised in other creditors.
F-6
6

Table of Contents

Provision
  
Description
Restructuring
  
Restructuring provisions are recognised when:
 
•   the Group has developed a detailed formal plan identifying the business or part of the business concerned, the location and approximate number of employees affected, a detailed estimate of the associated costs, and an appropriate timeline
 
•   the restructuring has either commenced or been publicly announced and can no longer be withdrawn
 

Payments falling due greater thanthat are not expected to be settled within 12 months afterof the reporting date are discountedmeasured at the present value of the estimated future cash payments expected to present value.be made by the Group.
F-60

27    Pension and other post-retirement obligations
The Group operates or participates in a number of pension (including superannuation) schemes throughout the world. The funding of the schemes complies with local regulations. The assets of the schemes are generally held separately from those of the Group and are administered by trustees or management boards.
Schemes/Obligations
Post-retirement employee benefits
  
Description
Defined contribution pension schemes and multi-employer pension schemes
For defined contribution schemes or schemes operated on an industry-wide basis where it is not possible to identify assets attributable to the participation by the Group’s employees, the pension charge is calculated on the basis of contributions payable. The Group contributed US$334 324
million during the financial year (2020:(2021: US$260301 million; 2019:2020: US$274243 million) to defined contribution plans and multi-employer defined contribution plans. These contributions are expensed as incurred.
Defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes
The Group operates or participates in a number of defined benefit pension schemes throughout the world, all of which are closed to new entrants. The funding of the schemes complies with local regulations. The assets of the schemes are generally held separately from those of the Group and are administered by trustees or management boards. The Group also operates a number of unfunded post-retirement medical schemes in the United States, Canada and Europe.
For defined benefit pension schemes, the cost of providing pensions is charged to the income statement so as to recognise current and past service costs, net interest cost on the net defined benefit obligations/plan assets and the effect of any curtailments or settlements. Remeasurement gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. Anan asset or liability is consequently recognised in the balance sheet based onat the present value of defined benefit obligations less, where funded, the fair value of plan assets, except that any such asset cannot exceed the present value of expected refunds from and reductions in future contributions to the plan. Defined benefit obligationsFull actuarial valuations are estimatedprepared by discounting expected future paymentslocal actuaries for all schemes, using discount rates based on market yields at the reporting date on high-quality corporate bonds in countries that have developed corporate bond markets. However, where developed corporate bond markets do not exist, the discount rates are selectedor by reference to national government bonds. In both instances, thebonds if high-quality corporate bonds are selected with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash flows.not available.
 
The Group has closed all defined benefit pension schemes to new entrants. Defined benefit pension schemes remain operating in Australia, the United States, Canada and Europe for existing members. Full actuarial valuations are prepared and updated annually to 30 June by local actuaries for all schemes. The Group operates final salary schemes (that provide final salary benefits only),
non-salary
related schemes (that provide flat dollar benefits) and mixed benefit schemes (that consist of a final salary defined benefit portion and a defined contribution portion).
Defined benefit post-retirement medical schemes
The Group operates a number of post-retirement medical schemes in the United States, Canada and Europe and certain Group companies provide post-retirement medical benefits to qualifying retirees. In some cases, the benefits are provided through medical care schemes to which the Group, the employees, the retirees and covered family members contribute. Full actuarial valuations are prepared by local actuaries for all schemes. These schemes are recognised on the same basis as described for defined benefit pension schemes. All of the post-retirement medical schemes in the Group are unfunded.
Defined benefit post-employment obligations
The Group has a legal obligation to provide post-employment benefits to employees in Chile. The benefit is a function of an employee’s final salary and years of service.
These obligations are recognised on the same basis as described for defined benefit pension schemes.
Full actuarial valuations are prepared by local actuaries. These post-employment obligations are unfunded.
Risk
The Group’s defined benefit schemes/obligations expose the Group to a number of risks, including asset value volatility, interest rate variations, inflation, longevity and medical expense inflation risk.
Recognising this, the Group has adopted an approach of moving away from providing defined benefit pensions. The majority of Group-sponsored defined benefit pension schemes have been closed to new entrants for many years. Existing benefit schemes and the terms of employee participation in these schemes are reviewed on a regular basis.
Fund assets
The Group follows a coordinated strategy for the funding and investment of its defined benefit pension schemes (subject to meeting all local requirements). The Group’s aim is for the value of defined benefit pensionWhere funded, scheme assets to be maintained at close to the value of the corresponding benefit obligations, allowing for some short-term volatility.
Scheme assets are invested in a diversified range of asset classes, predominantly comprising bonds and equities.
The Group’s aim is to progressively shift defined benefit pension scheme assets towards investments that match the anticipated profile of the benefit obligations, as funding levels improve and benefit obligations mature. Over time, this is expected to result in a further reduction in the total exposure of pension scheme assets to equity markets. For pension schemes that pay lifetime benefits, the Group may consider and support the purchase of annuities to back these benefit obligations if it is commercially sensible to do so.
F-61

Net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
The net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is as follows:
   
Defined benefit pension

schemes / post-

employment obligations
  
Post-retirement medical

schemes
 
   
2021
  2020  
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
  US$M  
US$M
   US$M 
Present value of funded defined benefit obligation
  
 
377
 
  613  
 
0
 
   0 
Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation
  
 
358
 
  354  
 
197
 
   214 
Fair value of defined benefit scheme assets
  
 
(398
  (634 
 
0
 
   0 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Scheme deficit
  
 
337
 
  333  
 
197
 
   214 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Unrecognised surplus
  
 
0
 
  0  
 
0
 
   0 
Unrecognised past service credits
  
 
0
 
  0  
 
0
 
   0 
Adjustment for employer contributions tax
  
 
0
 
  0  
 
0
 
   0 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
  
 
337
 
  333  
 
197
 
   214 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
The Group has no legal obligation to settle these liabilities with any immediate contributions or additional
one-off
contributions. The Group intends to continue to contribute to each defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical scheme in accordance with the latest recommendations of each scheme actuary.
28    Employees
   
2021
   2020��  2019 
   
Number
   Number   Number 
Average number of employees
(1)
               
Australia
  
 
23,828
 
   20,967    18,146 
South America
  
 
7,390
 
   7,330    6,979 
North America
  
 
1,299
 
   1,296    1,999 
Asia
  
 
1,907
 
   1,939    1,743 
Europe
  
 
54
 
   57    59 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total average number of employees
  
 
34,478
 
   31,589    28,926 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1) 
Average employee numbers include the Executive Director and 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies. Employees of equity accounted investments and joint operations are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses disposed of during the year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.
 
F-62F-6
7

Group and related party information
2927    Discontinued operations
On 28 September 2018, BHP completed22 November 2021, the sale of 100 per centGroup and Woodside signed a binding SSA for the merger of the issuedGroup’s oil and gas portfolio with Woodside. Woodside has subsequently acquired the entire share capital of BHP Billiton Petroleum (Arkansas) Inc. and 100 per cent of the membership interestsInternational Pty Ltd (‘BHP Petroleum’) in BHP Billiton Petroleum (Fayetteville) LLC, which held the Fayetteville assets,exchange for a gross cash consideration of US$0.3 billion.new Woodside ordinary shares.
On 31 October 2018, BHP completed the sale of 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Petrohawk Energy Corporation, the BHP subsidiary which held the Eagle Ford (being Black Hawk and Hawkville), Haynesville and Permian assets, for a gross cash consideration of US$10.3 billion (net of customary completion adjustments of US$0.2 billion).
While the merger had an economic effective date at which the right to economic profits transferred to the purchasers wasof 1 July 2018,2021, the Group continued to control the Onshore USPetroleum assets and carry on business in the normal course for 11 months until the completion dates of their respective transactions.1 June 2022 (Completion Date). As such, the Group continued to recogniserecognises its share of revenue, expenses, net finance costs and associated income tax expense related to the Discontinued operation until the completion date. In addition,Completion Date.
As consideration for the sale of BHP Petroleum, the Group provided transitional servicesreceived
 914,768,948 newly
issued Woodside ordinary shares at Completion Date. On the Completion Date, the Group paid a fully franked in specie dividend in the form of Woodside shares to the buyer, which ceased in July 2019.eligible BHP shareholders. Eligible BHP shareholders received one Woodside share for every
 5.5340 BHP
The completion adjustments included a reduction in sale proceeds, basedshares they held on the operating cash generatedGroup’s register at the record date of 26 May 2022. 
As part of completion and retained by the Group in the period prior to completion, in order to transferreflect the economic profits fromeffective date, the Group made a net cash payment of US$0.7 billion to Woodside in addition to US$0.4 billion in cash that was left in the BHP Petroleum bank accounts to fund ongoing operations. The total cash transfer of US$1.1 billion reflects the net cash flows generated by BHP Petroleum between 1 July 20182021 and Completion Date adjusted for dividends Woodside would have paid on the newly issued Woodside ordinary shares, had the
m
erger completed on 1 July 2021. The net cash completion payment to completion dateWoodside is subject to a customary post-completion review, which may result in an adjustment to the buyers. Therefore,amount paid.
BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd (BMC), while being divested on 3 May 2022, is not considered to meet the
pre-tax
profit from operating the assets is largely offset by a
pre-tax
loss on disposal. Accordingly, the net loss from Discontinued operations predominantly relates to incremental costs arising criteria for classification as a consequence ofDiscontinued operation given its relative size to the divestment, including restructuring costs and provisions for surplus office accommodation, and tax expenses largely triggered by the completion of the transactions.
There was no contribution of Discontinued operations for the year ended 30 June 2021Group and the year ended 30 June 2020. Coal segment. For further information, refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’.
The contribution of Discontinued operations included withinto the Group’s profit and cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2019 areis detailed below:
Income statement – Discontinued operations
 
2019
US$M
   
2022
  2021  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Revenue
  
 
6,404
 
   3,896   4,007 
Other income
  
 
170
 
   130   57 
Expenses excluding net finance costs
  
 
(2,207
)
 
   (3,629  (3,322
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
(4
)   (6  (4
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit from operations
  
 
4,363
 
   391   738 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financial expenses
  
 
(165
)   (88  (70
Financial income
  
 
6
 
   6   17 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net finance costs
  
 
(159
)   (82  (53
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
  
 
4,204
 
   309   685 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Income tax expense
  
 
(1,471
)   (545  (492
Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)
  
 
(237
)   11   (85
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total taxation expense
  
 
(1,708
)   (534  (577
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) after taxation from operating activities
  
 
2,496
 
   (225  108 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net gain on
Petroleum merger with Woodside (after tax)
  
 
8,159
 
       
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) after taxation
  
 
10,655
 
   (225  108 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
  
 
 
       
Attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
10,655
 
   (225  108 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents)
  
 
210.5
 
   (4.5  2.1 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents)
  
 
210.1
 
   (4.5  2.1 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit after taxation from operating activities
175
Net loss on disposal
(510
Loss after taxation
(335
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
7
Attributable to BHP shareholders
(342
Basic loss per ordinary share (cents)
(6.6
Diluted loss per ordinary share (cents)
(6.6
The total comprehensive income attributable to BHP shareholders from
Discontinued
operations was a gain of US$10,596 million (30 June 2021: loss of US$342 million in FY2019.231 million; 30 June 2020: gain of US$118 million).
The conversion of options and share rights would decrease the loss per share for the year ended 30 June 2019 and2021, therefore its impact has been excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation.
Cash flows from Discontinued operations
 
   
2022
  2021  2020 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Net operating cash flows
  
 
2,889
 
  1,351   1,021 
Net investing cash flows
1
  
 
(904
)
 
  (1,520)  (1,033
Net financing cash flows
2
  
 
(33
)  (38)  (39
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations
  
 
1,952
 
  (207)  (51
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net
cash completion 
payment
on merger of Petroleum with
Woodside
  
 
(683
)      
Cash and cash equivalents
 disposed
  
 
(399
)      
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total cash impact
  
 
870
 
  (207)
 
  (51
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
1
Includes purchases of property, plant and equipment and capitalised exploration of US$1,144
million related to drilling and development expenditure (30 June 2021: US$1,020 million; 30 June 2020: US$1,079 million),
proceeds from sale of
 subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of cash of US$91
million 
(30 June 2021:
investment of 
US$480 million; 30 June 2020: US$ nil), proceeds from sale of assets of US$151 million (30 June 2021: US$39 million; 30 June 2020: US$78 million) and other investing outflows of US$2
million (30 June 2021:
outflow of 
US$59 million; 30 June 2020:
outflow of 
US$32 million).
2
Represents net repayment of interest bearing liabilities of US$33
million (30 June 2021: US$38 million; 30 June 2020: US$39 million).
F-
68


Exceptional items – Discontinued operations
Exceptional items are those gains or losses where their nature, including the expected frequency of the events giving rise to them, and impact is considered material to the Financial Statements.
Items related to Discontinued operations included within the Group’s profits for the year ended 30 June 2022 are detailed below.
Year ended 30 June 2022
  
Gross
   
Tax
  
Net
 
   
US$M
   
US$M
  
US$M
 
Exceptional items by category
              
Net gain on Petroleum merger with Woodside
1
  
 
8,167
 
  
 
(8
)  
 
8,159
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
8,167
 
  
 
(8
)
 
  
 
8,159
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Attributable to BHP shareholders
  
 
8,167
 
  
 
(8
)  
 
8,159
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
1
The tax expense associated with the exceptional item reflects the tax impact of transaction costs and other restructuring related activities undertaken pre-merger. There are no further tax impacts arising on the net gain on merger of our Petroleum business with Woodside as generated tax losses were either offset with capital gains in other entities in the Group, or not recognised on the basis that it is not probable that future capital gains will be available against which the Group can utilise the tax losses.
Net gain on disposal of Discontinued operations

Details of the net gain on Petroleum merger with Woodside is presented below:
   2019
2022
 
   
US$M
 
Net operating cash flows
474
Net investing cash flows
(1)Assets
   (443) 
Net financingCash and cash flowsequivalents
(2)
399
Trade and other receivables
1,560
Other financial assets
91
Inventories
295
Property, plant and equipment
12,055
Intangible assets
66
Investments accounted for using the equity method
240
Deferred tax assets
1,470
Other
18
Total assets
16,194
Liabilities
   
Trade and other payables
913
Interest bearing liabilities
243
Tax payables
300
Provisions
4,518
Deferred income
48
Total liabilities
6,022
Net assets
10,172
Fair value of Woodside shares
1
19,566
Net cash completion payment on merger of Petroleum with Woodside
2
(13683
Foreign currency translation reserve transferred to the income statement
54
Other provisions and related indemnities recognised at completion
(353
Transaction and other directly attributable costs
(245
)
Income tax expense
(8
)
   
 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operationsgain on Petroleum merger with Woodside
18
  
 
Net proceeds received from the sale of Onshore US
10,531
Less Cash and cash equivalents
(104
8,159
 
Proceeds from divestment of Onshore US, net of its cash
10,427
Total cash impact
10,445
(1) 
Includes purchases of property, plant and equipment of US$443 million.
(2) 
Includes net repayment of interest bearing liabilities of US$6 million and dividends paid to
non-controlling
interests of US$7 million.
Net loss on disposal of Discontinued operations
Details of the net loss on disposal for the year ended 30 June 2019 is presented in the table below:
2019
US$M
Net assets
11,111
Less
non-controlling
interest share of net assets disposed
(168
BHP Share of net assets disposed
10,943
Gross consideration
10,555
Less transaction costs
(54
Income tax expense
(68
Net loss on disposal
(510
   
 
 
 
1
Represents the consideration received being the fair value of 914,768,948 Woodside ordinary shares received using the closing ASX share price of A$29.76 on 31 May 2022 (US$21.39 equivalent based on an exchange rate of AUD/USD 0.7187).
2
Reflects the net cash flows generated by BHP Petroleum between 1 July 2021 and Completion Date adjusted for dividends Woodside would have paid on the newly issued Woodside ordinary shares, had the
m
erger completed on 1 July 2021.
F-63
F-
69

The Exceptional items related to Discontinued operations included within the Group’s profit for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 are outlined below:
Year ended 30 June 2021
  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 
Exceptional items by category
             
Impairment of Potash assets
1
      (278  (278
COVID-19
related costs
   (47  8   (39
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total
   (47  (270  (317
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
          
Attributable to BHP shareholders
   (47  (270  (317
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
1
The exceptional item reflects the impairment of tax losses originally expected to be recoverable against taxable profits from the Group’s Potash assets. The impairment is included in Discontinued operations as the entity with the losses transferred to Woodside and therefore the losses are no longer available to the Group.
Year ended 30 June 2020
  Gross  Tax   Net 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 
Exceptional items by category
              
COVID-19
related costs
   (6  2    (4
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   (6  2    (4
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Attributable to
non-controlling
interests
           
Attributable to BHP shareholders
   (6  2    (4
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
28    Subsidiaries
S
ignificantSignificant subsidiaries of the Group are those with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets. The Group’s interest in the subsidiaries’ results are listed in the table below. For a complete list of the Group’s subsidiaries, refer to Exhibit 8.1 - List of Subsidiaries.
 
         
Group’s interest
 
Significant subsidiaries
  
Country of
incorporation
  
Principal activity
  
2021

%
   2020
%
 
Coal
                
BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd
  Australia  Coal mining  
 
80
 
   80 
Hunter Valley Energy Coal Pty Ltd
  Australia  Coal mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Copper
                
BHP Olympic Dam Corporation Pty Ltd
  Australia  Copper and uranium mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Compañia Minera Cerro Colorado Limitada
  Chile  Copper mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Minera Escondida Ltda
(1)
  Chile  Copper mining  
 
57.5
 
   57.5 
Minera Spence SA
  Chile  Copper mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Iron Ore
                
BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd
(2)
  Australia  
Iron ore mining
  
 
85
 
   85 
BHP Iron Ore Pty Ltd
  Australia  
Service company
  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Minerals Pty Ltd
  Australia  Iron ore and coal mining  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP (Towage Service) Pty Ltd
  Australia  Towing services  
 
100
 
   100 
Marketing
                
BHP Billiton Freight Singapore Pte Limited
  Singapore  Freight services  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Marketing AG
  Switzerland  Marketing and trading  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Marketing Asia Pte Ltd
  Singapore  Marketing support and other services  
 
100
 
   100 
Group and Unallocated
                
BHP Billiton Finance B.V.
  The
Netherlands
  
Finance
  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Finance Limited
  Australia  Finance  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Limited
  Australia  Finance  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Canada Inc.
  Canada  
Potash development
  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Group Operations Pty Ltd
  Australia  Administrative services  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Nickel West Pty Ltd
  Australia  Nickel mining, smelting, refining and administrative services  
 
100
 
   100 
WMC Finance (USA) Limited
  Australia  Finance  
 
100
 
   100 
   
Country of
incorporation
  
Principal activity
  
Group’s interest
 
Significant subsidiaries
  
2022

%
   2021
%
 
Coal
                
BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd
1
  Australia  Coal mining  
 
 
   80 
Hunter Valley Energy Coal Pty Ltd
  Australia  Coal mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Copper
                
BHP Olympic Dam Corporation Pty Ltd
  Australia  Copper and uranium mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Compañia Minera Cerro Colorado Limitada
  Chile  Copper mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Minera Escondida Ltda
2
  Chile  Copper mining  
 
57.5
 
   57.5 
Minera Spence SA
  Chile  Copper mining  
 
100
 
   100 
Iron Ore
                
BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd
3
  Australia  Iron ore mining  
 
85
 
   85 
BHP Iron Ore Pty Ltd
  Australia  Service company  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP (Towage Service) Pty Ltd
  Australia  Towing services  
 
100
 
   100 
Marketing
                
BHP Billiton Freight Singapore Pte Limited
  Singapore  Freight services  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Marketing AG
  Switzerland  Marketing and trading  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Marketing Asia Pte Ltd
  Singapore  Marketing support and other services  
 
100
 
   100 
Group and Unallocated
                
BHP Billiton Finance B.V.
  The Netherlands  Finance  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Finance Limited
  Australia  Finance  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Limited
  Australia  Finance  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Canada Inc.
  Canada  Potash development  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Group Operations Pty Ltd
  Australia  Administrative services  
 
100
 
   100 
BHP Nickel West Pty Ltd
  Australia  Nickel mining, smelting, refining and administrative services  
 
100
 
   100 
WMC Finance (USA) Limited
  Australia  Finance  
 
100
 
   100 
1
The divestment of BHP’s 80 per cent interest in BHP Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd (BMC) to Stanmore Resources Limited was completed on 3 May 2022. Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ for further information.
 
(1) 
2
As the Group has the ability to direct the relevant activities at Minera Escondida Ltda, it has control over the entity. The assessment of the most relevant activity in this contractual arrangement is subject to judgement. The Group establishes the mine plan and the operating budget and has the ability to appoint the key management personnel, demonstrating that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of Minera Escondida Ltda.
 
(2) 
3
The Group has an effective interest of 92.5 per cent in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd; however, by virtue of the shareholder agreement with ITOCHU Iron Ore Australia Pty Ltd and Mitsui & Co. Iron Ore Exploration & Mining Pty Ltd, the Group’s interest in the Jimblebar mining operation is 85 per cent, which is consistent with the other respective contractual arrangements at Western Australia Iron Ore.
 
F-64F-7
0


31
29    Investments accounted for using the equity method
S
ignificant
Significant interests in equity accounted investments of the Group are those with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets. The Group’s ownership interest in equity accounted investments results are listed in the table below. For a complete list of the Group’s associates and joint ventures, refer to Exhibit 8.1 - List of Subsidiaries.
 
Significant associates
and joint ventures
 
Country of
incorporation/
principal
place of
business
 
Associate or
joint
venture
 
Principal
activity
 
Reporting
date
 
Ownership interest
  
Country of
incorporation/
principal
place of
business
 
Associate or
joint
venture
 
Principal
activity
 
Reporting
date
 
Ownership interest
 
2021

%
 2020
%
 
2022

%
 2021
%
 
Cerrejón
 
Anguilla/
Colombia/Ireland
 Associate Coal mining in Colombia 31 December 
 
33.33
 
  33.33 
Cerrejón
1
 Anguilla/Colombia/Ireland Associate Coal mining in
Colombia
 31 December 
 
 
  33.33 
Compañía Minera Antamina S.A. (Antamina)
 Peru Associate Copper and zinc mining 31 December 
 
33.75
 
  33.75  Peru Associate Copper and zinc
mining
 31 December 
 
33.75
 
  33.75 
Samarco Mineração S.A. (Samarco)
 Brazil Joint venture Iron ore mining 31 December 
 
50.00
 
  50.00  Brazil Joint venture Iron ore mining 31 December 
 
50.00
 
 50.00 
1

At 30 June 2021, the Group’s investment in Cerrejón was classified as ‘Assets held for sale’ and payables owed to Cerrejón was classified as ‘Liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale’. During FY2022 the Group received dividends of US$238 million from Cerrejón and on 11 January 2022, BHP completed the sale of its 33.33 per cent interest in Cerrejón to Glencore. In accordance with the sale agreement, the final sale proceeds was adjusted for the dividends received to a final number of US$50 million.
Voting in relation to relevant activities in Antamina, and Cerrejón, determined to be the approval of the operating and capital budgets, does not require unanimous consent of all participants to the arrangement, therefore joint control does not exist. Instead, because the Group has the power to participate in the financial and operating policies of the investee, these investments arethis investment is accounted for as associates.an associate.
Samarco is jointly owned by BHP Billiton Brasil Ltda (BHP Brasil) and Vale S.A. (Vale). As the Samarco entity has the rights to the assets and obligations to the liabilities relating to the joint arrangement and not its owners, this investment is accounted for as a joint venture.
The Group is restricted in its ability to make dividend payments from its investments in associates and joint ventures as any such payments require the approval of all investors in the associates and joint ventures. The ownership interest at the Group’s and the associates’ or joint ventures’ reporting dates are the same. When the annual financial reporting date is different to the Group’s, financial information is obtained as at 30 June in order to report on an annual basis consistent with the Group’s reporting date.
The movement for the year in the Group’s investments accounted for using the equity method is as follows:
 
2021
US$M
  
Investment in
associates
  
Investment in
joint ventures
  
Total equity
accounted
investments
 
At the beginning of the financial year
  
 
2,585
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,585
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and
expenses
(1)
  
 
69
 
 
 
(990
 
 
(921
Investment in equity accounted investments
  
 
108
 
 
 
111
 
 
 
219
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
  
 
(737
 
 
 
 
 
(737
Transfer to assets held for sale
(2)
  
 
(284
 
 
 
 
 
(284
Other
  
 
1
 
 
 
879
 
 
 
880
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
1,742
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,742
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2022
US$M
  
Investment in
associates
  
Investment in
joint ventures
  
Total equity
accounted
investments
 
At the beginning of the financial year  
 
1,742
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,742
 
Loss from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
1,2

  
 
653
 
  
 
(676
)
 
  
 
(23
)
Investment in equity accounted investments  
 
52
 
  
 
 
  
 
52
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
3
  
 
(787
)  
 
 
  
 
(787
)
Divestment and demerger of equity accounted investments  
 
(240
 
 
 
 
 
(240
Other
  
 
 
  
 
676
 
  
 
676
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
At the end of the financial year
  
 
1,420
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,420
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 1
US$(990)(676) million represents US$(111) million impairment relating to US$(111) million funding provided during the period, US$(1,000)(663) million movement in the Samarco dam failure provision including US$(842)(747) million change in estimate and US$(158)84 million exchange translation, US$(15)68 million movement in provisions related to the Samarco Germano dam decommissioning provision including US$656 million change in estimate and US$(21)12 million exchange translation and US$136 (81)
million fair value change on forward exchange derivatives. Refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ for further information.
(2) 
2
On 28 June 2021, the Group announced the divestment
Includes share of its 33.3 per cent interest in Cerrejón to Glencore, for US$294 million cash consideration. The transaction has an effective economic dateoperating losses of 31 December 2020. The purchase price is subject to adjustments at transaction completion which may include an adjustment for the dividends paid by Cerrejón to the Group during the periodequity accounted investments from signing to completion. An impairment chargeDiscontinued operations of US$4664 million (before tax) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2021 reducing the carrying value of the Group’s investment in Cerrejón at 30 June 2021 to(2021: US$284 million, being the agreed sale proceeds of6 million; 2020: US$
294
million adjusted for expected transaction costs.4 million). Refer to note 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’ for details.27 ‘Discontinued operations’.
At 30 June 2021, the Group’s investment of US$284 million in Cerrejón along with a loan due from Cerrejón of US$40 million, has been classified as ‘Assets held for sale’. Payables owed to Cerrejón of US$17 million have been classified as ‘Liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale’. Subject to the satisfaction of customary competition and regulatory requirements, the transaction is expected to be completed within 12 months from the balance sheet date.
 
3
Includes dividends received from equity accounted investments from Discontinued operations of US$10 million (2021: US$10 million; 2020: US$12 million).
F-65
F-7
1

T
he following table summarises the financial information relating to each of the Group’s significant equity accounted investments. Information of the Group’s investment in Cerrejón has not been included for FY2021 following its classification as ‘Assets held for sale’. BHP Brasil’s 50 per cent portion of Samarco’s commitments, for which BHP Brasil has no funding obligation, is US$350 million (2020:(2021: US$200350 million).

   
Associates
  
Joint ventures
     
2022
US$M
  
Antamina
  
Individually
immaterial
1
  
Samarco
2
  
Individually
immaterial
   
Total
 
Current assets  
 
1,275
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
499
3
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-current
assets
  
 
5,293
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
5,717
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Current liabilities  
 
(847
)
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(10,830
)
4
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Non-current
liabilities
  
 
(1,851
)  
 
 
 
  
 
(7,873
)  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets/(liabilities) – 100%  
 
3,870
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(12,487
)  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets/(liabilities) – Group share  
 
1,306
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(6,244
)  
 
 
 
  
 
  
Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
268
5
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
Investment in Samarco
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
516
6
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(1,041
)
7
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
Additional share of Samarco losses  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
5,326
8
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
Unrecognised losses  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
1,175
9
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity
method
  
 
1,306
 
  
 
114
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,420
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue – 100%
  
 
5,264
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
1,670
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from Continuing operations – 100%
  
 
2,133
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(528
)
10
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments
  
 
720
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(276
)
11
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Additional share of Samarco losses
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
290
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Fair value change on forward exchange derivatives  
 
 
     
 
(81
      
 
 
 
Unrecognised losses
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(609
)
9
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related
impairments and expenses
  
 
720
 
  
 
(63
)
 
  
 
(676
)  
 
 
  
 
(19
)
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive income – 100%
  
 
2,133
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
(528
)  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – Group share in equity
accounted investments
  
 
720
 
  
 
(63
)  
 
(676
)  
 
 
  
 
(19
)
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
  
 
776
 
  
 
11
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
787
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 

   
Associates
  
Joint ventures
     
2021
US$M
  
Antamina
  
Cerrejón
  
Individually
immaterial
(1)
  
Samarco
(2)
  
Individually
immaterial
   
Total
 
Current assets
  
 
1,499
 
 
 
 
     
 
509
 (3)
 
         
Non-current
assets
  
 
4,885
 
 
 
 
     
 
4,380
 
         
Current liabilities
  
 
(1,285
 
 
 
     
 
(9,222
)
 (4)
 
         
Non-current
liabilities
  
 
(1,062
 
 
 
     
 
(7,627
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets/(liabilities) – 100%
  
 
4,037
 
 
 
 
     
 
(11,960
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets/(liabilities) – Group share
  
 
1,362
 
 
 
 
     
 
(5,980
         
Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
280
 (5)
 
         
Investment in Samarco
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
516
 (6)
 
         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
(1,041
)
 (7)
 
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
4,442
 (8)
 
         
Unrecognised losses
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
1,783
 (9)
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method
  
 
1,362
 
 
 
 
 
 
380
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
1,742
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue – 100%
  
 
4,822
 
 
 
844
 
     
 
814
 
         
Profit/(loss) from Continuing operations – 100%
  
 
1,847
 
 
 
(43
     
 
(2,202
)
 (10)
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments
  
 
623
 
 
 
(14
     
 
(1,076
)
 (11)
 
         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Cerrejón
  
 
 
 
 
(466
     
 
 
         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
(111
)
 (7)
 
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
85
 
         
Fair value change on forward exchange
derivatives
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
136
 
         
Unrecognised losses
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
(24
)
 (9)
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
  
 
623
 
 
 
(480
 
 
(74
 
 
(990
 
 
 
  
 
(921
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive income – 100%
  
 
1,847
 
 
 
(43
     
 
(2,202
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – Group share in equity accounted investments
  
 
623
 
 
 
(480
 
 
(74
 
 
(990
 
 
 
  
 
(921
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
  
 
714
 
 
 
13
 
 
 
10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
737
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   Associates  Joint ventures     
2021
US$M
Restated
  Antamina  Cerrejón  
Individually
immaterial
1
  
Samarco
2
  Individually
immaterial
   Total 
Current assets
   1,499          509
3

                
Non-current
assets
   4,885          4,380          
Current liabilities
   (1,285         (9,222)
4
         
Non-current
liabilities
   (1,062         (7,627)         
   
 
 
  
 
 
      
 
 
          
Net assets/(liabilities) – 100%
   4,037          (11,960)         
   
 
 
  
 
 
      
 
 
          
Net assets/(liabilities) – Group share
   1,362          (5,980)         
Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments
             280
5

         
Investment in Samarco
             516
6

         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
             (1,041)
7
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
             4,442
8

         
Unrecognised losses
             1,783
9

         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity
method
   1,362      380   –        1,742 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue – 100%
   4,822   844       814           
Profit/(loss) from Continuing operations – 100%
   1,847   (43      (2,202)
10
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments
   623   (14      (1,076)
11
         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Cerrejón
      (466      –           
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
             (111)
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
             85          
Fair value change on forward exchange derivatives
             136          
Unrecognised losses
             (24)
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments
and expenses
   623   (480  (68  (990)      (915
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive income/(loss) – 100%
   1,847   (43      (2,202)         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – Group share in equity accounted investments
   623   (480  (68  (990)      (915
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
   714   13   10   –        737 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
F-66F-7
2

   Associates  Joint ventures     
2020
US$M
Restated
  Antamina   Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  
Samarco
2
  Individually
immaterial
   Total 
Revenue – 100%
         2,464    1,091       26                 
Profit/(loss) from Continuing operations – 100%
   629    (182      (3,617)
10
 
         
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments
   212    (68      (1,918)
11
         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
              (95)
7
 
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
              93          
Unrecognised losses
              1,412
9
 
         
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   212    (68  (144  (508      (508
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive income/(loss) – 100%
   629    (182      (3,617         
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – Group share in equity accounted investments
   212    (68  (144  (508      (508
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
   105    9   12          126 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   Associates  Joint ventures     
2020
US$M
  Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
 
(1)
  Samarco
 
(2)
  Individually
immaterial
   Total 
Current assets
   974   712       49 (3)                 
Non-current
assets
   4,743   2,462       3,601    ��     
Current liabilities
   (239  (170      (7,961)
 (4)
 
         
Non-current
liabilities
   (1,173  (854      (5,447         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets/(liabilities) – 100%
   4,305   2,150       (9,758         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net assets/(liabilities) – Group share
   1,453   717       (4,879         
Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments
      59       256 (5)          
Investment in Samarco
             405 (6)          
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
             (930)
 (7)
 
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
             3,341 (8)          
Unrecognised losses
             1,807 (9)          
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method
   1,453   776   356          2,585 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue – 100%
   2,464   1,091       26          
Profit/(loss) from Continuing operations – 100%
   629   (182      (3,617)
 (10)
 
         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments
   212   (68      (1,918)
 (11)
 
         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
             (95)
 (7)
 
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
             93          
Unrecognised losses
             1,412 (9)          
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   212   (68  (148  (508      (512
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive income/(loss) – 100%
   629   (182      (3,617         
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – Group share in equity accounted investments
   212   (68  (148  (508      (512
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
   105   9   12          126 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   Associates  Joint ventures     
2019
US$M
  Antamina   Cerrejón   Individually
immaterial
  Samarco
(2)
  Individually
immaterial
   Total 
Revenue – 100%
         3,203    2,094        24                 
Profit/(loss) from Continuing operations – 100%
   1,168    309        (2,166)
 (10)
 
         
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments
   394    103        (1,075)
 (11)
 
         
Impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Samarco
               (96)
 (7)
 
         
Additional share of Samarco losses
               108          
Unrecognised losses
               118 (9)          
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments, related impairments and expenses
   394    103    (98  (945      (546
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive income/(loss) – 100%
   1,168    309        (2,166         
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – Group share in equity accounted investments
   394    103    (98  (945      (546
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Dividends received from equity accounted investments
   361    134    15          510 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
1
The unrecognised share of gain for the period was US$
16 million (2021: unrecognised share of loss for the period was US$40 million (2020: unrecognised share of loss for the period was US$12
 million), which increaseddecreased the cumulative losses to US$233
217 million (2020:(2021: increase to US$193233 million).
 
(2) 2
Refer to note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’ for further information regarding the financial impact of the Samarco dam failure in November 2015 on BHP Brasil’s share of Samarco’s losses.
 
(
3
)
Includes cash and cash equivalents of US$134106 million (2020:(2021: US$15134 million).
 
(4) 
4
Includes current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions) of US$6,5676,837 million (2020:(2021: US$6,0236,567 million).
 
(5) 
5
Relates mainly to dividends declared by Samarco that remain unpaid at balance date and which, in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, are recognised when received not receivable.
 
(6)
6
Working capital funding provided to Samarco during the period is capitalised as part of the Group’s investments in joint ventures and disclosed as an impairment included within the Samarco impairment expense line item.
 
(7)
7
In the year ended 30 June 2016 BHP Brasil adjusted its investment in Samarco to US$ NaN
nil (resulting from US$(655) million share of loss from Samarco and US$(525) million impairment). Additional cumulative impairment losses relating to working capital funding of US$(516) million have also been recognised.
 
(8)
8
BHP Brasil has recognised accumulated additional share of Samarco losses of US$(4,442)(5,326) million resulting from US$(3,945)(4,539) million provisions relating to the Samarco dam failure, including US$(497)(787) million recognised as net finance costs.
 
(9) 
9
Share of Samarco’s losses for which BHP Brasil does not have an obligation to fund.
 
(10)
10
Includes depreciation and amortisation of US$205 million (2021: US$154 million (2020:million; 2020: US$84 million; 2019: US$85 million), interest income of US$19 million (2021: US$million
(
million; 2020: US$16 million; 2019: US$22 million), interest expense of US$628 million (2021: US$492 million (2020:million;
2020
: US$588 million; 2019: US$342 million) and income
tax
(expense)/
benefit of
US$
(7) million (2021: US$(303) million (2020:million; 2020: US$(256) million; 2019: US$52 million).
 
(11) 
11
Includes accounting policy adjustments mainly related to the removal of foreign exchange gains on excluded dividends payable.
 
F-67F-7
3


32
30    Interests in joint operations
S
ignificant
Significant joint operations of the Group are those with the most significant contributions to the Group’s net profit or net assets. The Group’s interest in the joint operations results are listed in the table below. For a complete list of the Group’s investments in joint operations, refer to Exhibit 8.1 - List of Subsidiaries.
 
      
Group’s interest
 
Significant joint operations
 
Country of operation
 
Principal activity
 
2021

%
  2020
%
 
Atlantis
 US 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
44
 
  44 
Bass Strait
 Australia 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
50
 
  50 
Macedon
(1)
 
Australia
 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
71.43
 
  71.43 
Mad Dog
 
US
 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
23.9
 
  23.9 
North West Shelf
 
Australia
 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
12.5–16.67
 
  12.5–16.67 
Pyrenees
(1)
 Australia 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
40–71.43
 
  40–71.43 
ROD Integrated Development
(2)
 
Algeria
 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
28.85
 
  29.50 
Shenzi
(3)
 
US
 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
72
 
  44 
Trinidad/Tobago
(1)(4)
 Trinidad and Tobago 
Hydrocarbons production
 
 
45–68.46
 
  45–68.46 
Mt Goldsworthy
(5)
 Australia 
Iron ore mining
 
 
85
 
  85 
Mt Newman
(5)
 Australia 
Iron ore mining
 
 
85
 
  85 
Yandi
(5)
 Australia 
Iron ore mining
 
 
85
 
  85 
Central Queensland Coal Associates
 Australia 
Coal mining
 
 
50
 
  50 
       
Group’s interest
 
Significant joint operations
 
Country of operation
 
Principal activity
  
2022

%
   2021
%
 
Mt Goldsworthy
1
 Australia Iron ore mining  
 
85
 
   85 
Mt Newman
1
 Australia Iron ore mining  
 
85
 
   85 
Yandi
1
 Australia Iron ore mining  
 
85
 
   85 
Central Queensland Coal Associates Australia Coal mining  
 
50
 
   50 
Atlantis
2
 US Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   44 
Bass Strait
2
 Australia Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   50 
Macedon
2
 Australia Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   71.43 
Mad Dog
2
 US Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   23.9 
North West Shelf
2
 Australia Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   12.5–16.67 
Pyrenees
2
 Australia Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   40–71.43 
ROD Integrated Development
2
 Algeria Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   28.85 
Shenzi
2
 US Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   72 
Trinidad/Tobago
2
 Trinidad and Tobago Hydrocarbons production  
 
 
   45–68.46 
 
(1)
While the Group may hold a greater than 50 per cent interest in these joint operations, all the participants in these joint operations approve the operating and capital budgets and therefore the Group has joint control over the relevant activities of these arrangements.
(2) 
1
Group interest reflects the working interest and may vary
year-on-year
based on the Group’s effective interest in producing wells.
(3) 
Increase in Group interest reflects the acquisition of an additional 28 per cent working interest in Shenzi. The transaction was completed on 6 November 2020 for a purchase price of US$480 million after customary post-closing adjustments. Shenzi continues to be accounted for as a joint operation because BHP continues to have joint decision-making rights with the other joint venture partner (Repsol). The assets and liabilities related to the acquired interests have been accounted for in line with the principles of IFRS 3/AASB 3 ‘Business Combinations’ with no remeasurement of the Group’s previous interest. The acquisition resulted in increases to property plant and equipment of US$642 million, inventory of US$17 million and closure and rehabilitation liabilities of US$179 million. Fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities approximate the consideration paid and therefore 0 goodwill or bargain purchase gain has been recognised for the acquisition.
(4) 
Trinidad/Tobago joint operations include Greater Angostura and Ruby.
(5) 
These contractual arrangements are controlled by the Group and do not meet the definition of joint operations. However, as they are formed by contractual arrangement and are not entities, the Group recognises its share of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses arising from these arrangements.
2
These joint operations formed part of the Group’s oil and gas portfolio that merged with Woodside on 1 June 2022. Refer to note 27 ‘Discontinued operations’ for details.
Assets held in joint operations subject to significant restrictions are as follows:
 
   
Group’s share
 
   
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Current assets
  
 
2,260
 
   2,059 
Non-current
assets
  
 
38,725
 
   37,193 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
(1)
  
 
40,985
 
   39,252 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Group’s share
 
   
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Current assets
  
 
1,928
 
   2,260 
Non-current
assets
  
 
26,256
 
   38,725 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
1
  
 
28,184
 
   40,985 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
1
While the Group is unrestricted in its ability to sell a share of its interest in these joint operations, it does not have the right to sell individual assets that are used in these joint operations without the unanimous consent of the other participants. The assets in these joint operations are also restricted to the extent that they are only available to be used by the joint operation itself and not by other operations of the Group.
 
F-68F-7
4

3331    Related party transactions
The Group’s related parties are predominantly subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, and key management personnel of the Group. Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 24 ‘Key management personnel’. Transactions between each parent company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.
 
All transactions to/from related parties are made at arm’s length, i.e. at normal market prices and rates and on normal commercial terms.
 
Outstanding balances at
year-end
are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash. Loan amounts owing from related parties represent secured loans made to associates and joint ventures under
co-funding
arrangements. Such loans are made on an arm’s length basis.
 
NaNNo guarantees are provided or received for any related party receivables or payables.
 
NaNNo provision for expected credit losses has been recognised in relation to any outstanding balances and 0no expense has been recognised in respect of expected credit losses due from related parties.
 
There were 0no other related party transactions in the year ended 30 June 2021 (2020:2022 (2021: US$ NaN)nil), other than those with post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of Group employees. These are shown in note 27 ‘Pension26 ‘Employee benefits, restructuring and other post-retirement obligations’employee benefits provisions’.
 
Related party transactions with Samarco are described in note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’.
Further disclosures related to related party transactions are as follows:
Transactions with related parties
 
   
Joint ventures
   
Associates
 
   
2021
   2020   
2021
  2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   
US$M
  US$M 
Sales of goods/services
  
 
 
      
 
 
   
Purchases of goods/services
  
 
 
      
 
1,564.073
 
  967.276 
Interest income
  
 
 
      
 
2.241
 
  2.370 
Interest expense
  
 
 
      
 
 
   
Dividends received
  
 
 
      
 
737.250
 
  126.187 
Net loans (repayments from)/made to related parties
  
 
 
      
 
(12.108
  12.273 
   
Joint ventures
   
Associates
 
   
2022
   2021   
2022
  2021 
   
US$M
   US$M   
US$M
  US$M 
Sales of goods/services
  
 
 
      
 
 
    
Purchases of goods/services
  
 
 
      
 
1,852.132
 
   1,564.073 
Interest income
  
 
 
      
 
0.398
 
   2.241 
Interest expense
  
 
 
      
 
0.005
 
    
Dividends received
  
 
 
      
 
787.208
 
   737.250 
Net loans made to/(repayments from) related parties
  
 
 
      
 
(23.554
)   (12.108
Outstanding balances with related parties
       
   
Joint ventures
   
Associates
 
   
2022
   2021   
2022
  2021 
   
US$M
   US$M   
US$M
  US$M 
Trade amounts owing to related parties
  
 
 
      
 
351.607
 
   316.269 
Loan amounts owing to related parties
  
 
 
      
 
 
   17.097 
Trade amounts owing from related parties
  
 
 
      
 
6.855
 
   0.004 
Loan amounts owing from related parties
  
 
 
      
 
 
   40.651 
Outstanding balances with related parties
   
Joint ventures
   
Associates
 
   
2021
   2020   
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   
US$M
   US$M 
Trade amounts owing to related parties
  
 
 
      
 
316.269
 
   69.490 
Loan amounts owing to related parties
  
 
 
      
 
17.097
 
   5.097 
Trade amounts owing from related parties
  
 
 
      
 
0.004
 
   0.473 
Loan amounts owing from related parties
  
 
 
      
 
40.651
 
   40.759 
 
F-69F-7
5

Unrecognised items and uncertain events
34
32    Contingent liabilities
 
   
2021
   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Associates and joint ventures
(1)
  
 
1,532
 
   1,314 
Subsidiaries and joint operations
(1)
  
 
1,615
 
   1,534 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
3,147
 
   2,848 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021 
   
US$M
   US$M 
Associates and joint ventures
1
  
 
1,541
 
   1,532 
Subsidiaries and joint operations
1
  
 
925
 
   1,615 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
2,466
 
   3,147 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1) 1
There are a number of matters, for which it is not possible at this time to provide a range of possible outcomes or a reliable estimate of potential future exposures, and for which no amounts have been included in the table above.
A contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by occurrence or
non-occurrence
of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group. A contingent liability may also be a present obligation arising from past events but is not recognised on the basis that an outflow of economic resources to settle the obligation is not viewed as probable, or the amount of the obligation cannot be reliably measured.
When the Group has a present obligation, an outflow of economic resources is assessed as probable and the Group can reliably measure the obligation, a provision is recognised.
The Group has entered into various counter-indemnities of bank and performance guarantees related to its own future performance, which are in the normal course of business. The likelihood of these guarantees being called upon is considered remote.
The Group presently has tax matters, litigation and other claims, for which the timing of resolution and potential economic outflow are uncertain. Obligations assessed as having probable future economic outflows capable of reliable measurement are provided at reporting date and matters assessed as having possible future economic outflows capable of reliable measurement are included in the total amount of contingent liabilities above. Individually significant matters, including narrative on potential future exposures incapable of reliable measurement, are disclosed below, to the extent that disclosure does not prejudice the Group.
 
Uncertain tax and royalty matters
  
The Group is subject to a range of taxes and royalties across many jurisdictions, the application of which is uncertain in some regards. Changes in tax law, changes in interpretation of tax law, periodic challenges and disagreements with tax authorities, and legal proceedings result in uncertainty of the outcome of the application of taxes and royalties to the Group’s business. Areas of uncertainty at reporting date include the application of taxes and royalties to the Group’s cross-border operations and transactions.
 
To the extent uncertain tax and royalty matters give rise to a contingent liability, an estimate of the potential liability is included within the table above, where it is capable of reliable measurement.
Samarco contingent liabilities
  The table above includes contingent liabilities related to the Group’s equity account
ed
accounted investment in Samarco to the extent they are capable of reliable measurement. Details of contingent liabilities related to Samarco are disclosed in note 4 ‘Significant events – Samarco dam failure’.
Demerger of South32
Divestments and

demergers

  AsWhere the Group divests or demerges entities, it is generally agreed to provide certain indemnities to the acquiring or demerged entity. Such indemnities include those provided as part of the demerger of South32 Limited (South32)South 32 Ltd in May 2015, certain indemnities were agreed underdivestment of Group’s Onshore US assets in September 2018 and October 2018, divestment of BMC in May 2022 and the Separation Deed. Subject to certain exceptions, BHP Group Limited indemnifies South32 against claims and liabilities relating tomerger of the Group Businesses and former Group Businesses prior to the demerger and South32 indemnifies the Group against all claims and liabilities relating to the South32 Businesses and former South32 Businesses.Group’s Petroleum business with Woodside in June 2022. No material claims have been made pursuant to the Separation Deedthese indemnities as at 30 June 2021.2022.
35
33    Subsequent events
On 27 July 2021, the Group entered into a definitive Support Agreement with Noront Resources (Noront) to make an all-cash takeover offer for Noront.
On 17 August 2021, the Group announced a major growth investment of US$5.7 billion (C$7.5 billion) in the Jansen Stage 1 potash project, which is aligned with its strategy of growing its exposure to future facing commodities in world class assets.
On 17 August 2021, the Group announced the proposed merger of our Petroleum assets with Woodside. On completion of the proposed transaction, BHP’s oil and gas business would merge with Woodside, and Woodside would issue new shares to be distributed to BHP shareholders, at which time it is expected that Woodside would be owned 52 per cent and 48 per cent by existing Woodside and BHP shareholders, respectively. The merger, which has a proposed effective date of 1 July 2021, is subject to confirmatory due diligence, negotiation and execution of full form transaction documents, and satisfaction of conditions precedent including shareholder, regulatory and other approvals. The Group continues to assess the full financial reporting impacts of the proposed merger. However, the preliminary terms of the merger did not provide an indicator of impairment for our Petroleum assets at 30 June 2021. The merger is expected to be completed during the first half of CY2022, at which time, we would derecognise the carrying value of our Petroleum assets, which at 30 June 2021 included, but was not limited to, property plant and equipment and closure and rehabilitation provisions of approximately US$11.9 billion and US$3.9 billion, respectively.
On 17 August 2021, the Group announced its intention to realise simplification and enhanced strategic flexibility benefits through unifying its corporate structure under its existing Australian parent company.
Other than the matters outlined above,elsewhere in the Financial Statements, no matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the financial year that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations, results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in subsequent accounting periods.
 
F-70F-
76

Other items
36
34    Auditor’s remuneration
 
   
2021
   2020   2019 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors for assurance services
               
Audit of the Group’s Annual Report
  
 
10.642
 
   11.196    6.764 
Audit of the accounts of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
  
 
1.234
 
   1.262    5.127 
Audit-related assurance services required by legislation to be provided by the auditor
  
 
1.770
 
   1.815    1.358 
Other assurance and agreed-upon procedures under legislation or contractual arrangements
  
 
1.867
 
   2.003    1.266 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assurance services
  
 
15.513
 
   16.276    14.515 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors for
non-assurance
services
               
Other services
  
 
 
   0.400    0.013 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total other services
  
 
 
   0.400    0.013 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total fees
  
 
15.513
 
   16.676    14.528 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
2022
   2021   2020 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors for assurance services
               
Audit of the Group’s Annual Report
  
 
9.816
 
   10.642    11.196 
Audit of the accounts of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
  
 
0.605
 
   1.234    1.262 
Audit-related assurance services required by legislation to be provided by the auditor
  
 
1.933
 
   1.770    1.815 
Other assurance and agreed-upon procedures under legislation or contractual arrangements
  
 
7.938
 
   1.867    2.003 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assurance services
  
 
20.292
 
   15.513    16.276 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors for
non-assurance
services
               
Other services
  
 
 
       0.400 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total other services
  
 
 
       0.400 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total fees
  
 
20.292
 
   15.513    16.676 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
In each of FY2021 and FY2020, all
All amounts were paid to EY or EY affiliated firms. Fees arefirms with fees determined, and predominantly billed, in US dollars.
In FY2019, all amounts were paid to KPMG or KPMG affiliated firms, being the Group’s auditors for the financial year. Fees were determined in local currencies and predominantly billed in US dollars based on the exchange rate at the beginning of the financial year.
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors for assurance services
For all periods disclosed, 0 fees are payable in respect of the audit of pension funds.
Audit of the Group’s Annual Report comprises fees for auditing the statutory financial report of the Group and includes audit work in relation to compliance with section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Audit-related assurance services required by legislation to be provided by the auditors mainly comprises review of half-year reports.
Other assurance services comprise assurance in respect of the Group’s sustainability reporting and economic contribution reporting,report, in addition to the audits of the financial reports prepared in connection with the merger of BHP’s oil and comfort letters.gas portfolio with Woodside and the unification of BHP’s dual listed corporate structure.
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors for other services
NaN
No
 amounts were payable for other services in FY2022 or FY2021. In prior years, amountsAmounts for other services in FY2020 comprised tax compliance services   (2020: 
(
US$
0.269 million; 2019: US$0.013
 million) and tax advisory services of (2020: US$(US$
0.131 million; 2019: US$ NaN)
 million).
F-71

3735    Not required for US Reportingreporting
3836    Not required for US Reportingreporting
39
37    New and amended accounting standards and interpretations and changes to accounting policies
AmendedNew and amended accounting standardspronouncements adopted in the current year
The adoption of amendmentsnew and revisions toamended accounting pronouncements applicable from 1 July 2020, including the change in definition of a business under the amendments to IFRS 3/AASB 3 ‘Business Combinations’ and revisions to the Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting2021 did not haveresult in a significant impact on the Group’s Financial Statements.
The Group has early adopted ‘Interest This includes the Interest Rate Benchmark (IBOR) Reform – Phase 2 (Amendments to IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, IAS 39/AASB139 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’; IFRS 7/AASB 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’; IFRS 4/AASB 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ and IFRS 16/AASB 16 ‘Leases’). These amendments address the financial reporting impacts from IBOR reform and supplement the IBOR Reform Phase 1 amendments to IFRS 7 and IFRS 9 which were early adopted by the Group in the financial year ended 30 June 2020. Refer to note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ for information on IBOR reform.prior year.
IssuedNew and amended accounting pronouncements on issue but not yet effective
From 1 July 2022, the Group will adopt an amendment to IAS 16/AASB 116 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ that
requires an entity to recognise the sales proceeds from selling items produced while preparing property, plant and equipment for its intended use, and the related cost, in profit or loss, instead of deducting the amounts received from the cost of the asset.
The amendment is applied retrospectively, but only to items of property, plant and equipment that became ready for its intended use on or after 1 July 2020.
The impact of the amendment on the Group is not expected to be significant and the Group has not identified any material amounts deducted from the cost of assets since 1 July 2020.
A number of other accounting standards and interpretations have been issued and will be applicable in future periods. While these remain subject to ongoing assessment, no significant impacts have been identified to date.
These standardspronouncements have not been applied in the preparation of these Financial Statements.
Changes in accounting policies
On 29 April 2020, the IFRS Interpretations Committee issued a decision on the application of IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ when the recovery of the carrying amount of an asset gives rise to multiple tax consequences, concluding that an entity must account for distinct tax consequences separately. As a result, the Group has changed its accounting policy for assets that have no deductible or depreciable amount for income tax purposes, but do have a deductible amount for capital gains tax (CGT) when determining deferred tax. The Group’s policy had been to use only the amount deductible for CGT purposes whereas the Group will now account for the distinct income tax and CGT consequences arising from the expected manner of recovery. The assets impacted by the change predominately relate to mineral rights.
Retrospective application of the accounting policy change has resulted in the following adjustments:
F-
Consolidated Balance Sheet
77
The consolidated balance sheet as at 1 July 2019 has been updated for the following:
US$M
Increase in Deferred tax liabilities
1,021
Increase in Goodwill (included within Intangible assets)
950
Decrease in Retained earnings
(71
The goodwill recognised as a result of the change in accounting policy relates to Olympic Dam and has been tested for impairment in the period, with no impairment charge being required. Refer to note 13 ‘Impairment of non-current assets’ for information on impairments. The comparative balance sheet as at 30 June 2020 has been restated to reflect these amounts.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
The consolidated statement of changes in equity as at 1 July 2018 and 1 July 2019 has been updated to reflect the reduction in retained earnings of US$71 million.
Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
The impact of the accounting policy change on the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income is de minimus and therefore the comparative information has not been restated.
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
The change in accounting policy has no impact on the consolidated cash flow statement.
Further impacts of the accounting policy change are disclosed in notes 1 ‘Segment reporting’, 12 ‘Intangible assets’ and 14 ‘Deferred tax balances’.
F-72

3.2     Not required for US Reporting
3.2A1A    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmsFirm
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmsFirm
To the membersShareholders and the Board of Directors of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc and their respective subsidiaries (the “BHP Group” or “the Group”“Company”) as of 30 June 20212022 and 2020,2021, the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the twothree years in the period ended 30 June 2021,2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the BHP GroupCompany at 30 June 20212022 and 2020,2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the twothree years in the period ended 30 June 2021,2022, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the BHP Group’sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2021,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring OrganizationsOrganisations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), as applicable and our report dated 216 September 20212022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the BHP Group’sCompany’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the BHP Group’s consolidatedCompany’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the BHP GroupCompany in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether to due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the Risk and Audit Committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgements. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
 
F-73
F-
78

  
Carrying value of non-current assetsproperty, plant and equipment

Description of the Matter
As disclosed in Notes 3,Note 11 12, 13 and 31 to the consolidated financial statements the Group hadCompany recorded US$73,81361,295 million in property plant and equipment US$1,437 million in intangible assets and US$1,742 million in investments accounted for using the equity method as of 30 June 20212022. The Company performs an assessment of indicators of impairment and recorded an impairment charge of US$4,239 million (including tax impacts) related to the Potash, New South Wales Energy Coal (NSWEC) and Cerrejónreversal for all cash generating units (CGU). The Group assessed at the recoverable amountend of Olympic Dam; no impairment charge was required. The Group performs impairment assessments for all CGUs where there are indicators of impairment. Where such indicators exist, the Group determines the recoverable value based on the higher of the value in use (VIU) or Fair Value Less Cost of Dispose model (FVLCD) for each CGU.
reporting period.
 
Auditing management’s assessment of indicators of impairment indicators and subsequent impairment estimatesreversal was complex due to the high degree of estimation uncertainty in forecasting the future cash flows for each CGU which formCGU. Specifically, the basisindicators of the VIUimpairment or impairment reversal and FVLCD. Specifically, the forecasted cash flows wereare sensitive to changes in significant assumptions, such as forecast commodity prices, reserve quantities, discount rates and discount rates.the possible impacts related to climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy, which includes carbon price assumptions and the Company’s operational emissions reduction strategy.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of the controls over the Group’sCompany’s process to identify indicators of impairment and the assessment of the recoverable amounts of CGUs for which an indicator ofor impairment was identified.
reversal.
 
We performed an independent analysis for indicators of impairment.impairment and impairment reversal. Our procedures involved assessing the key inputs such as forecast commodity prices, reserve quantities, and discount rates and the impact of climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy used in the assessment of indicators of impairment indicators.
or impairment reversal.
 
Our testing of management’s estimates of the recoverable amount for the Potash, NSWEC, Cerrejón and Olympic Dam CGUs included, among others, evaluating the significant assumptions used and testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data.
We involved our valuation professionalsand climate change specialists to assist in assessing the reasonableness of commodity prices by comparing the forecasted commodity and carbon price assumptions to analysts’analyst and broker forecasts and those used by other market participants.
In addition, our valuation professionalsspecialists assisted in testing the discount rates used, including a comparison to external market data and evaluating whether the valuation methodology used was consistent with industry practice. We compared the projected cash flows against approved budgets and plans and performed a retrospective comparison to actual historical data for the material cashflow forecasts. In addition, we performed sensitivity analyses over the significant assumptions used within the impairment forecasts.
 
To test the reserve quantities, we examined the information provided by the Group’sCompany’s experts and we involved our mining and oil and gas reserve professionalsspecialists to assist in the assessment of the reserve estimation methodology against the relevant industry and regulatory guidance.
 
With the assistance of our climate change specialists, we tested that the Company’s forecast cash flows incorporated the Company’s operational emissions reduction strategy.
In addition, we tested the mathematical accuracy of the models used and assessed the competence, qualifications, and objectivity of management’s internal and external specialists. Finally, we assessed the adequacy of the disclosures within Notes 3,11,12,1311 and 3113 of the consolidated financial statements.
F-74
F-
79

Table of Contents
  
Closure and rehabilitation provisions
Description of the Matter
As disclosed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the GroupCompany recorded US$11,9108,689 million in closure and rehabilitation provisions as ofat 30 June 2021.2022. Provisions for closure and rehabilitation are recognised by the GroupCompany when there is a present legal or constructive obligation, it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be reasonablyreliably estimated.
 
The GroupCompany estimates the individual site provisions using the expected value of future cash flows required to close and rehabilitate the relevant site using current restoration standards and techniques and taking into account risks and uncertainties. Individual site provisions are discounted to theirthe present value using currency specific risk-free discount rates aligned to the estimated timing of cash outflows.
 
Auditing management’s closure and rehabilitation provisions was complex and highly judgemental due to the significant estimation uncertainty within the key assumptions. Specifically, there was significant judgement in determining the expected life of sites including the site,impact of the Company’s climate related strategies, estimated cost and extent of rehabilitation activities, timing of activities, and the discount rates used. As a result of these inputs the provision hasprovisions have a significant estimation uncertainty and a wide range of potential outcomes.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Group’sCompany’s closure and rehabilitation provision estimate process. Specifically, our procedures involved testing the controls around the significant assumptions used within the estimate, such as the estimated cost and extent of rehabilitation activities, in addition to the timing of activities.
 
Our procedures included evaluation of the Group’sCompany’s process for identifying legal and regulatory obligations for closure and rehabilitation, and the completeness and accuracy of data used within management’s estimate.
 
We tested that the future rehabilitation costs were consistent with the approved closure plans prepared by management’s internal specialists. We compared the expected life of the sitesites and resulting timing of closure activities used in the provision to the life of asset plans prepared by management’s internal specialists.
 
With the assistance of our environmental professionalsspecialists, we evaluated a sample of closure and rehabilitation provisions for operating and closed sites within the Group.sites. Our testing included evaluating the closure and rehabilitation plan based on the relevant legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, we compared the timing of future cash flows and cost estimates against the closure and rehabilitation plan, environmental studies, and industryindustrial practices. We evaluated the discount rates used against market data.
 
With the assistance of our climate change and environmental specialists, we evaluated the Company’s consideration of physical risks, estimates related to post closure monitoring and maintenance and the timing of closure activities impacted by mine operating lives within the closure and rehabilitation provision.
We tested the mathematical accuracy of the closure and rehabilitation provision calculations and assessed the competence, qualifications, and objectivity of management’s internal and external specialists. Finally, we assessed the adequacy of the disclosures within Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.
F-75
F-8
0

Table of Contents
Samarco dam failure provisions recognised, including the Germano dam decommissioning and contingent liabilities disclosed
Description of the Matter
As described in Notes 3, 4, and 3432 to the consolidated financial statements, the BHP GroupCompany recorded lossesa loss of US$1,0871,032 million (pre-tax) for the year ended 30 June 20212022 and hadrecognised provisions of US$2,5603,237 million for the Samarco dam failure and US$232184 million for the Germano dam decommissioning as of 30 June 2021.2022. The GroupCompany recognises a provision when it has a present obligation, and an outflow of economic resources is probable, and the obligation can be reliably measured.
 
Auditing management’s estimate of the Samarco dam failure provisions and contingent liabilities disclosure was complex and highly judgemental due to the significant estimation uncertainty in determining the measurement and completeness of future cash outflows, as well as the extent of the Group’sCompany’s legal obligations to fund the costs under the Framework and Governance Agreements. In particular, thereThere was significant judgement in determining the nature and extent of remediation activities, the cost estimates for remediation and the number and categorisation of impacted people entitled to compensation. As a result of these inputs the provision has a significant estimation uncertainty and a wide range of potential outcomes.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Group’sCompany’s controls in determining the Samarco dam failure provisions. Specifically, we tested management’s controls over the significant assumptions as described above and the completeness and accuracy of data used within management’s estimates.
 
To test the provisions, we performed audit procedures that included, amongamongst others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the GroupCompany in its analysis. We tested a sample of cost estimates used to source documents such as court decisions outlining compensation levels. We compared the nature and extent of activities included in the forecasted cash flows to the Framework Agreement. We also tested the mathematical accuracy of the models.models used to calculate the provisions. To assess management’s ability to forecast, we compared the prior year’syears forecasted cash flows to actual results.
results and understood key differences.
 
To assess the status of claims we held discussions with internal and external legal counsel regarding ongoing Samarco dam failure litigation matters. In addition, we obtained legal confirmations and inspected communications with the Group’sCompany’s external legal counsel.
 
We evaluated the competence, qualifications and objectivity of the Group’sCompany’s experts who assisted management in estimating the provision by considering the scope of work, their professional qualifications and remuneration structure. We also assessed the adequacy and completeness of the disclosures within NotesNote 4 and 3432 to the consolidated financial statements.
/s/ Ernst & Young
Ernst & Young
We have served as BHP Group Limited’s auditor since 1 July 2019
Melbourne, Australia
21 September 2021
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as BHP Group Plc’s auditor since 1 July 2019
London, United Kingdom
21 September 2021
/s/ Ernst & Young
We have served as BHP Group Limited’s auditor since 2019
Melbourne, Australia
6 September 2022
 
F-76
F-8
1

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmsFirm
To the membersShareholders and the Board of Directors of BHP Group Limited and BHP Group Plc
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc and their respectiveits subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2021,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework)Framework) (the “COSO criteria”).
In our opinion, BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc and their respectiveits subsidiaries (the “BHP Group”“Company”) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2021,2022, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the BHP GroupCompany as of 30 June 20212022 and 2020,2021, the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes inof equity, and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the twothree years in the period ended 30 June 2021,2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”) and our report dated 216 September 20212022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The BHP Group’sCompany’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying section 2.10 Risk and Audit Committee7.2 Corporate Governance Report / Management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the BHP Group’sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the BHP GroupCompany in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our auditsaudit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our auditsaudit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provideaudit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
F-77

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizationsauthorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorizedunauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young
Ernst & Young
Melbourne, Australia
21 September 2021
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Ernst & Young LLP
London, United Kingdom
21 September 2021
F-78

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
To the members of BHP Group Plc and BHP Group Limited:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statement of the BHP Group (comprising BHP Group Plc, BHP Group Limited and their respective subsidiaries) for the year ended 30 June 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of the BHP Group and its cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Revisions due to Changes in Accounting Principles, Additional Disclosure of Earnings per Share, Revision of Segment Reporting, and Change in Definition of Net Debt
As discussed in Note 39 of the consolidated financial statements, BHP Group adopted a change in accounting principle following a decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee on IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’. This revision has been retrospectively adjusted as of 1 July 2018, and for the year ended 30 June 2019.
As disclosed in Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements, certain additional earnings per share disclosures have been included in the consolidated financial statements.
As discussed in Notes 3, 4, and 31 of the consolidated financial statements, BHP Group adopted an amendment to IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’ as of 1 July 2019, which required reclassification of certain exceptional items. This revision has been retrospectively adjusted for the year ended 30 June 2019.
As discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, BHP Group revised certain segment reporting. This revision has been retrospectively adjusted for the year ended 30 June 2019.
As discussed in Note 20 of the consolidated financial statements, BHP Group made a change in the definition of net debt. This revision has been retrospectively adjusted for the year ended 30 June 2019.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the BHP Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLPErnst & Young
KPMG LLP
We served as BHP Group’s auditor from 2002 to 2019.
London, United Kingdom
17 September 2019, except as to Notes 1, 3, 4, 20, and 31, which are as of 22 September 2020 and as to Notes 7 and 39, which are as of 14 September 2021.
/s/ KPMG
KPMG
We served as BHP Group’s auditor from 2002 to 2019.
Melbourne, Australia
17
6 September 2019, except as to Notes 1, 3, 4, 20, and 31, which are as of 22 September 2020 and as to Notes 7 and 39, which are as of 14 September 2021.2022

 
KPMG, an Australian partnership, and KPMG LLP, a
UK limited liability partnership, member firms of the
KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated
with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG
International”), a Swiss entity.
KPMG’s liability limited by a scheme approved
under Professional Standards Legislation.
KPMG LLP
Registered in England No OC301540
Registered office: 15 Canada Square, London, E14 5GL
For full details of our professional registration please
refer to ‘Regulatory Information’ under ‘About/About
KPMG’ at www.kpmg.com/uk
F-
F-7982

Table of Contents
3.3     Director’s2    Directors’ declaration
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of BHP Group Limited, and BHP Group Plc, the Directors declare that:
 
(a)
in the Directors’ opinion and to the best of their knowledge the Financial Statements and notes set out in sections 3.1 and 3.2, are in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), including:
 
 (i)
complying with the applicable Accounting Standards and the Australian Corporations Regulations 2001 (Cth); and
 
 (ii)
giving a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of each of BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc,and the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole as at 30 June 20212022 and of their performance for the year ended 30 June 20212022
 
(b)
the Financial Statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards, as disclosed in section 3.1the Basis of preparation to the Financial Statements
 
(c)
to the best of the Directors’ knowledge, the management report (comprising the Strategic ReportOperating and Financial Review and Directors’ Report) includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the Group faces
 
(d)
in the Directors’ opinion there are reasonable grounds to believe that each of BHP Group Limited BHP Group Plc and the Group will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable
 
(e)
as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that BHP Group Limited and each of the Closed Group entities identified in Exhibit 8.1 - List of Subsidiaries will be able to meet any liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject because of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between BHP Group Limited and those group entities pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785
 
(f)
the Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 20212022
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.
Ken MacKenzie
Chair
Mike Henry
Chief Executive Officer
Dated this 2nd16th day of September 2021August 2022
 
F-
80
83

Table of Contents
3.4     Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Parent Company Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. References to the ‘Group and Parent Company Financial Statements’ are made in relation to the Group and individual Parent Company Financial Statements of BHP Group Plc.
UK company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent company Financial Statements for each financial year. The Directors are required to prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 and have elected to prepare the Parent company Financial Statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS 101’).
Under UK company law the Directors must not approve the Group Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Parent Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and the Parent Company for that period.
Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, Group Financial Statements are required to be prepared in accordance with IFRSs adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.
In preparing each of the Group and Parent company Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:
select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’ and then apply them consistently
make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent
present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information
provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs (or in respect of the Parent Company Financial Statements, FRS 101) is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Group’s financial position and financial performance;
for the Group Financial Statements, state whether International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and IFRSs adopted pursuant to Regulation(EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the Financial Statements
for the Parent Company Financial Statements, state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards, including FRS 101, have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the Parent Company Financial Statements
assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, related matters
use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent Company’s and Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply with the UK Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of Financial Statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and the Parent Company and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Group’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
3.53    Not required for US Reportingreporting
3.64    Included as item 3.2Asection 1A
 
F-
8184

3.7     Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited
In accordance with the requirements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification ‘Extractive
Activities-Oil
and Gas’ (Topic 932) and SEC requirements set out in Subpart 1200 of Regulation
S-K,
the Group is presenting certain disclosures about its oil and gas activities. These disclosures are presented below as supplementary oil and gas information, in addition to information disclosed in section 1.17.1 ‘Petroleum’ and section 4.6.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’.
The information set out in this section is referred to as unaudited as it is not included in the scope of the audit opinion of the independent auditor on the Financial Statements, refer to section 3.6 ‘Independent Auditors’ reports’.
Reserves and production
Proved oil and gas reserves and net crude oil and condensate, natural gas, LNG and NGL production information is included in section 4.5.2 ‘Production – Petroleum’ and section 4.6.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’.
Capitalised costs relating to oil and gas production activities
The following table shows the aggregate capitalised costs relating to oil and gas exploration and production activities and related accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provisions.
   
Australia
  
United States
  
Other
(1)
  
Total
 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
 
Capitalised cost
                 
2021
                 
Unproved propertie
s
      754   580   1,334 
Proved properties
   17,882   13,210   1,972   33,064 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total costs
   17,882   13,964   2,552   34,398 
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provisions
   (12,720  (8,329  (1,483  (22,532
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net capitalised cost
s
  
 
5,162
 
 
 
5,635
 
 
 
1,069
 
 
 
11,866
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
2020
                 
Unproved properties
   10   808   576   1,394 
Proved properties
   17,079   12,538   1,743   31,360 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total costs
   17,089   13,346   2,319   32,754 
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provisions
   (11,423  (8,726  (1,370  (21,519
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net capitalised costs
   5,666   4,620   949   11,235 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
2019
                 
Unproved properties
   10   875   458   1,343 
Proved properties
   16,514   11,751   1,625   29,890 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total costs
   16,524   12,626   2,083   31,233 
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provisions
   (10,867  (8,339  (1,302  (20,508
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net capitalised costs
   5,657   4,287   781   10,725 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Mexico, and Trinidad and Tobago.
Costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities
The following table shows costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities (whether charged to expense or capitalised). Amounts shown include interest capitalised.
   
Australia
   
United States
(3)
   
Other
(4)
   
Total
 
   
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
   
US$M
 
2021
                    
Acquisitions of proved property
  
 
 
  
 
642
 
  
 
 
  
 
642
 
Acquisitions of unproved property
  
 
 
  
 
19
 
  
 
 
  
 
19
 
Exploration
(1)
  
 
23
 
  
 
166
 
  
 
310
 
  
 
499
 
Development
  
 
201
 
  
 
749
 
  
 
184
 
  
 
1,134
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total costs
(2)
  
 
224
 
  
 
1,576
 
  
 
494
 
  
 
2,294
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
2020
                    
Acquisitions of proved property
                
Acquisitions of unproved property
       38    6    44 
Exploration
(1)
   38    278    370    686 
Development
   232    676    100    1,008 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total costs
(2)
   270    992    476    1,738 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
2019
                    
Acquisitions of proved property
                
Acquisitions of unproved property
       5        5 
Exploration
 (1)
   44    190    492    726 
Development
   132    792    54    978 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total costs
 (2)
   176    987    546    1,709 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1) 
Represents gross exploration expenditure, including capitalised exploration expenditure, geological and geophysical expenditure and development evaluation costs charged to income as incurred.
F-
82

(2) 
Total costs include US$1,160 million (2020: US$1,178 million; 2019: US$1,275 million) capitalised during the year.
(3) 
Total costs include Onshore US assets of US$ NaN (2020: US$ NaN; 2019: US$331 million).
(4) 
Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Canada, Mexico and Trinidad and Tobago.
Results of operations from oil and gas producing activities
The following information is similar to the disclosures in note 1 ‘Segment reporting’ in section 3.1, but differs in several respects as to the level of detail and geographic information. Amounts shown in the following table exclude financial income, financial expenses, and general corporate overheads. Further, the amounts shown below include Onshore US however the disclosures in note 1 ‘Segment reporting’ in Section 3.1 do not.
Income taxes were determined by applying the applicable statutory rates to
pre-tax
income with adjustments for permanent differences and tax credits.
   
Australia
  
United States
(7)
  
Other
(8)
  
Total
 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
 
2021
                 
Oil and gas revenue
(1)
   2,272   1,244   368   3,884 
Production costs
   (487  (267  (93  (847
Exploration expenses
   (23  (164  (305  (492
Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision
(2)
   (1,210  (489  (113  (1,812
Production taxes
(3)
   (125     (11  (136
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    427   324   (154  597 
Accretion expense
(4)
   (89  (22  (7  (118
Income taxes
   (46  (78  (115  (239
Royalty-related taxes
(5)
   11         11 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Results of oil and gas producing activities
(6)
  
 
303
 
 
 
224
 
 
 
(276
 
 
251
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
2020
                 
Oil and gas revenue
(1)
   2,535   1,101   350   3,986 
Production costs
   (575  (161  (80  (816
Exploration expenses
   (37  (271  (252  (560
Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision
(2)
   (906  (476  (75  (1,457
Production taxes
(3)
   (177  (1  (13  (191
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    840   192   (70  962 
Accretion expense
(4)
   (78  (24  (10  (112
Income taxes
   (275  (35  (157  (467
Royalty-related taxes
(5)
   (85        (85
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Results of oil and gas producing activities
(6)
   402   133   (237  298 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
2019
                 
Oil and gas revenue
(1)
   3,404   2,675   610   6,689 
Production costs
   (752  (568  (118  (1,438
Exploration expenses
   (44  (162  (229  (435
Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision
(2)
   (917  (621  (103  (1,641
Production taxes
(3)
   (198     (25  (223
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    1,493   1,324   135   2,952 
Accretion expense
(4)
   (80  (34  (13  (127
Income taxes
   (530  (193  (267  (990
Royalty-related taxes
(5)
   (164        (164
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Results of oil and gas producing activities
(6)
   719   1,097   (145  1,671 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes sales to affiliated companies of US$51 million (2020: US$62 million; 2019: US$75 million).
(2) 
Includes valuation provision of US$101 million (2020: US$12 million; 2019: US$21 million).
(3) 
Includes royalties and excise duty.
(4) 
Represents the unwinding of the discount on the closure and rehabilitation provision.
(5) 
Includes petroleum resource rent tax and petroleum revenue tax where applicable.
F-
8
3

(6) 
Amounts shown exclude financial income, financial expenses and general corporate overheads and, accordingly, do not represent all of the operations attributable to the Petroleum segment presented in note 1 ‘Segment reporting’ in section 3.1.
(7) 
Results of oil and gas producing activities includes Onshore US assets of US$ NaN (2020: US$ NaN; 2019: US$431 million).
(8) 
Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Canada, Mexico, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom (divested 30 November 2018).
Standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves (Standardised measure)
The following tables set out the standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows, and changes therein, related to the Group’s estimated proved reserves as presented in section 4.6.1 Petroleum reserves, and should be read in conjunction with that disclosure.
The analysis is prepared in compliance with FASB Oil and Gas Disclosure requirements, applying certain prescribed assumptions under Topic 932 including the use of unweighted average
first-day-of-the-month
market prices for the previous
12-months,
year-end
cost factors, currently enacted tax rates and an annual discount factor of 10 per cent to year-end quantities of net proved reserves.
Certain key assumptions prescribed under Topic 932 are arbitrary in nature and may not prove to be accurate. The reserve estimates on which the Standard measure is based are subject to revision as further technical information becomes available or economic conditions change.
Discounted future net cash flows like those shown below are not intended to represent estimates of fair value. An estimate of fair value would also take into account, among other things, the expected recovery of reserves in excess of proved reserves, anticipated future changes in commodity prices, exchange rates, development and production costs as well as alternative discount factors representing the time value of money and adjustments for risk inherent in producing oil and gas.
   
Australia
  
United States
  
Other
(1)
  
Total
 
   
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
  
US$M
 
Standardised measure
                 
2021
                 
Future cash inflows
  
 
8,948
 
 
 
13,437
 
 
 
1,561
 
 
 
23,946
 
Future production costs
  
 
(3,783
 
 
(5,122
 
 
(418
 
 
(9,323
Future development costs
  
 
(4,118
 
 
(2,996
 
 
(261
 
 
(7,375
Future income taxes
(2)
  
 
706
 
 
 
(944
 
 
(438
 
 
(676
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Future net cash flows
  
 
1,753
 
 
 
4,375
 
 
 
444
 
 
 
6,572
 
Discount at 10 per cent per annum
  
 
(160
 
 
(1,468
 
 
(93
 
 
(1,721
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Standardised measure
  
 
1,593
 
 
 
2,907
 
 
 
351
 
 
 
4,851
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
2020
                 
Future cash inflows
   11,526   12,997   1,660   26,183 
Future production costs
   (4,027  (4,943  (494  (9,464
Future development costs
   (4,124  (3,242  (433  (7,799
Future income taxes
(2)
   (187  (880  (473  (1,540
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Future net cash flows
   3,188   3,932   260   7,380 
Discount at 10 per cent per annum
   (642  (1,586  (94  (2,322
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Standardised measure
   2,546   2,346   166   5,058 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
2019
                 
Future cash inflows
   18,292   18,076   1,807   38,175 
Future production costs
   (4,710  (4,917  (459  (10,086
Future development costs
   (3,860  (4,516  (226  (8,602
Future income taxes
(2)
   (2,551  (1,657  (711  (4,919
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Future net cash flows
   7,171   6,986   411   14,568 
Discount at 10 per cent per annum
   (1,926  (3,396  (94  (5,416
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Standardised measure
   5,245   3,590   317   9,152 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
Other is primarily comprised of Algeria and Trinidad and Tobago.
(2) 
Future income taxes include credits to be received as a result of oil and gas operations and the utilisation of future tax losses by the Group.
Changes in the Standardised measure are presented in the following table.
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Changes in the Standardised measure
             
Standardised measure at the beginning of the year
  
 
5,058
 
  9,152   10,240 
Revisions:
             
Prices, net of production costs
  
 
(175
  (5,633  3,821 
Changes in future development costs
  
 
(238
  330   (228
Revisions of reserves quantity estimates
(1)
  
 
(107
  (229  1,268 
Accretion of discount
  
 
678
 
  1,313   1,178 
Changes in production timing and other
  
 
360
 
  (310  (618
   
 
5,576
 
  4,623   15,661 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Sales of oil and gas, net of production costs
  
 
(2,901
  (2,980  (5,029
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Acquisitions of
reserves-in-place
  
 
462
 
      
Sales of
reserves-in-place
(2)
  
 
44
 
     (1,489
Previously estimated development costs incurred
  
 
1,075
 
  1,005   545 
Extensions, discoveries, and improved recoveries, net of future costs
  
 
17
 
  145   (33
Changes in future income taxes
  
 
578
 
  2,265   (503
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Standardised measure at the end of the year
  
 
4,851
 
  5,058   9,152 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1) 
Changes in reserves quantities are shown in the Petroleum reserves tables in section 4.6.1.
(2) 
Onshore US assets disposal in 2019.
F-
84

Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs
Refer to note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ in section 3.1 for a discussion of the accounting policy applied to the cost of exploratory wells. Suspended wells are also reviewed in this context.
The following table provides the changes to capitalised exploratory well costs that were pending the determination of proved reserves for the three years ended 30 June 2021, 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019.
   
2021
  2020  2019 
   
US$M
  US$M  US$M 
Movement in capitalised exploratory well costs
             
At the beginning of the year
  
 
1,089
 
  1,040   794 
Additions to capitalised exploratory well costs pending the determination of proved reserves
  
 
7
 
  120   297 
Capitalised exploratory well costs charged to expense
  
 
(66
     (9
Capitalised exploratory well costs reclassified to wells, equipment, and facilities based on the determination of proved reserves
  
 
 
  (6  (42
Sale of suspended wells
  
 
 
  (65   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
At the end of the year
  
 
1,030
 
  1,089   1,040 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
The following table provides an ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs, based on the date the drilling was completed, and the number of projects for which exploratory well costs has been capitalised for a period greater than one year since the completion of drilling.
Exploration activity typically involves drilling multiple wells, over a number of years, to fully evaluate and appraise a project. The term ‘project’ as used in this disclosure refers primarily to individual wells and associated exploratory activities.
   
2021
   2020   2019 
   
US$M
   US$M   US$M 
Ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs
               
Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period of one year or less
  
 
7
 
   120    210 
Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period greater than one year
  
 
1,023
 
   969    830 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
At the end of the year
  
 
1,030
 
   1,089    1,040 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
   
2021
   2020   2019 
Number of projects that have been capitalised for a period greater than one year
  
 
15
 
   14    13 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Drilling and other exploratory and development activities
The number of crude oil and natural gas wells drilled and completed for each of the last three years was as follows:
   
Net exploratory wells
   
Net development wells
     
 
  
Productive
   
Dry
   
Total
   
Productive
   
Dry
   
Total
   
Total
 
Year ended 30 June 2021
                                   
Australia
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
1
 
United States
 (1)
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
1
 
Other
 (2)
  
 
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
2
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
4
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2020
                                   
Australia
                            
United States
 (1)
                   1    1    1 
Other
 (2)
   1    1    2    1        1    3 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   1    1    2    1    1    2    4 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Year ended 30 June 2019
                                   
Australia
               1        1    1 
United States
 (1)
   1        1    33        33    34 
Other
 
(2)
   4    2    6                6 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   5    2    7    34        34    41 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes Onshore US assets net productive development wells of NaN (2020: NaN; 2019: 33). Includes Onshore US assets net exploratory wells of NaN for 2021, 2020 and 2019.
(2) Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Mexico and Trinidad and Tobago.
F-85

The number of wells drilled refers to the number of wells completed at any time during the respective year, regardless of when drilling was initiated. Completion refers to the installation of permanent equipment for production of oil or gas, or, in the case of a dry well, to reporting to the appropriate authority that the well has been abandoned.
An exploratory well is a well drilled to find oil or gas in a new field or to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or gas in another reservoir. A development well is a well drilled within the limits of a known oil or gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.
A productive well is an exploratory, development or extension well that is not a dry well. Productive wells include wells in which hydrocarbons were encountered and the drilling or completion of which, in the case of exploratory wells, has been suspended pending further drilling or evaluation. A dry well (hole) is an exploratory, development, or extension well that proves to be incapable of producing either oil or gas in sufficient quantities to justify completion as an oil or gas well.
Oil and gas properties, wells, operations, and acreage
The following tables show the number of gross and net productive crude oil and natural gas wells and total gross and net developed and undeveloped oil and natural gas acreage as at 30 June 2021. A gross well or acre is one in which a working interest is owned, while a net well or acre exists when the sum of fractional working interests owned in gross wells or acres equals one. Productive wells are producing wells and wells mechanically capable of production. Developed acreage is comprised of leased acres that are within an area by or assignable to a productive well. Undeveloped acreage is comprised of leased acres on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of economic quantities of oil and gas, regardless of whether such acres contain proved reserves.
The number of productive crude oil and natural gas wells in which the Group held an interest at 30 June 2021 was as follows:
   
Crude oil wells
   
Natural gas wells
   
Total
 
   
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
 
Australia
   334    166    176    66    510    232 
United States
   55    27            55    27 
Other
 (1)
   61    23    8    4    69    27 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
450
 
  
 
216
 
  
 
184
 
  
 
70
 
  
 
634
 
  
 
286
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1) 
Other is primarily comprised of Algeria and Trinidad and Tobago.
Of the productive crude oil and natural gas wells, 131 (net: 60) operated wells had multiple completions.
Developed and undeveloped acreage (including both leases and concessions) held at 30 June 2021 was as follows:
   
Developed acreage
   
Undeveloped acreage
 
Thousands of acres
  
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
 
Australia
   2,423    897    391    148 
United States
   92    41    403    339 
Other
 (1)(2)
   160    67    3,394    3,104 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
  
 
2,675
 
  
 
1,005
 
  
 
4,188
 
  
 
3,591
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1
)
Developed acreage in Other primarily consists of Algeria and Trinidad and Tobago.
(2) 
Undeveloped acreage in Other primarily consists of Barbados, Canada, Mexico and Trinidad and Tobago.
Approximately 139 thousand gross acres (22 thousand net acres), 386 thousand gross acres (241 thousand net acres) and 121 thousand gross acres (103 thousand net acres) of undeveloped acreage will expire in the years ending 30 June 2022, 2023 and 2024 respectively, if the Group does not establish production or take any other action to extend the terms of the licences and concessions.
F-8
6